• Oil & Gas Exploration & Production
  • Energy
Marathon Oil Corporation logo
Marathon Oil Corporation
MRO · US · NYSE
27.27
USD
+0.41
(1.50%)
Executives
Name Title Pay
Mr. Rob L. White Executive Vice President & Chief Financial Officer --
Ms. Kimberly O. Warnica Executive Vice President, General Counsel & Secretary 1.04M
Mr. Bruce A. McCullough Senior Vice President of Technology & Innovation and Chief Information Officer --
Mr. Guy Allen Baber IV, CPA Vice President of Investor Relations --
Ms. Jill Ramshaw Senior Vice President of Human Resources --
Mr. Michael A. Henderson Executive Vice President of Operations 1.09M
Mr. Lee M. Tillman Chairman, President & Chief Executive Officer 3.56M
Mr. Zach B. Dailey Vice President, Controller & Chief Accounting Officer --
Mr. Patrick J. Wagner Executive Vice President of Corporate Development & Strategy 1.23M
Insider Transactions
Date Name Title Acquisition Or Disposition Stock / Options # of Shares Price
2024-07-01 White Rob L. Executive VP and CFO A - A-Award Common Stock 11842 0
2024-05-01 Dailey Zachary B. VP, Controller & CAO D - Common Stock 0 0
2024-03-27 WAGNER PATRICK See Remarks D - S-Sale Common Stock 36094 27.6469
2024-03-25 Henderson Michael A Executive VP, Operations A - M-Exempt Common Stock 13889 10.47
2024-03-25 Henderson Michael A Executive VP, Operations D - S-Sale Common Stock 37500 27.5961
2024-03-25 Henderson Michael A Executive VP, Operations D - S-Sale Common Stock 13889 27.59
2024-03-25 Henderson Michael A Executive VP, Operations D - M-Exempt Employee Stock Option (Right to Buy) 13889 10.47
2024-03-22 Whitehead Dane E Executive VP and CFO D - S-Sale Common Stock 73233 27.0591
2024-03-19 WAGNER PATRICK See Remarks D - S-Sale Common Stock 39969 26.8913
2024-03-19 TILLMAN LEE M Chairman, President and CEO D - S-Sale Common Stock 80647 26.9411
2024-03-01 Whitehead Dane E Executive VP and CFO A - A-Award Common Stock 40650 0
2024-03-01 Whitehead Dane E Executive VP and CFO D - F-InKind Common Stock 22656 24.6
2024-03-01 White Rob L. VP, Controller & CAO A - A-Award Common Stock 12195 0
2024-03-01 White Rob L. VP, Controller & CAO D - F-InKind Common Stock 3106 24.6
2024-03-01 Warnica Kimberly O. See Remarks A - A-Award Common Stock 30081 0
2024-03-01 Warnica Kimberly O. See Remarks D - F-InKind Common Stock 12855 24.6
2024-03-01 WAGNER PATRICK See Remarks A - A-Award Common Stock 32520 0
2024-03-01 WAGNER PATRICK See Remarks D - F-InKind Common Stock 17151 24.6
2024-03-01 Henderson Michael A Executive VP, Operations A - A-Award Common Stock 40650 0
2024-03-01 Henderson Michael A Executive VP, Operations D - F-InKind Common Stock 15066 24.6
2024-03-01 TILLMAN LEE M Chairman, President and CEO A - A-Award Common Stock 138211 0
2024-03-01 TILLMAN LEE M Chairman, President and CEO D - F-InKind Common Stock 68601 24.6
2024-03-01 TILLMAN LEE M Chairman, President and CEO D - G-Gift Common Stock 103016 0
2024-03-01 Williams Shawn D. director A - A-Award Common Stock 8130.081 0
2024-03-01 SMOLIK BRENT J director A - A-Award Common Stock 8130 0
2024-03-01 MCCOLLUM MARK A director A - A-Award Common Stock 8130 0
2024-03-01 Ladhani Holli C. director A - A-Award Common Stock 8130.081 0
2024-03-01 Hyland M Elise director A - A-Award Common Stock 4065 0
2024-03-01 Hyland M Elise director A - A-Award Common Stock 4065.041 0
2024-03-01 Donadio Marcela E director A - A-Award Common Stock 8130.081 0
2024-03-01 DEATON CHAD C director A - A-Award Common Stock 8130 0
2024-01-31 Warnica Kimberly O. See Remarks A - A-Award Common Stock 44642 0
2024-01-31 Warnica Kimberly O. See Remarks D - F-InKind Common Stock 17567 22.85
2024-01-31 Henderson Michael A Executive VP, Operations A - A-Award Common Stock 53570 0
2024-01-31 Henderson Michael A Executive VP, Operations D - F-InKind Common Stock 21080 22.85
2024-01-31 WAGNER PATRICK See Remarks A - A-Award Common Stock 66964 0
2024-01-31 WAGNER PATRICK See Remarks D - F-InKind Common Stock 26351 22.85
2024-01-31 Whitehead Dane E Executive VP and CFO A - A-Award Common Stock 83704 0
2024-01-31 Whitehead Dane E Executive VP and CFO D - F-InKind Common Stock 32938 22.85
2024-01-31 TILLMAN LEE M Chairman, President and CEO A - A-Award Common Stock 267856 0
2024-01-31 TILLMAN LEE M Chairman, President and CEO D - F-InKind Common Stock 105402 22.85
2023-09-29 Whitehead Dane E Executive VP and CFO A - M-Exempt Common Stock 43403 10.47
2023-09-29 Whitehead Dane E Executive VP and CFO D - S-Sale Common Stock 10000 27.0709
2023-09-29 Whitehead Dane E Executive VP and CFO D - S-Sale Common Stock 43403 27.0472
2023-09-29 Whitehead Dane E Executive VP and CFO D - M-Exempt Employee Stock Option (Right to Buy) 43403 10.47
2023-09-28 Henderson Michael A Executive VP, Operations D - S-Sale Common Stock 37000 27.302
2023-09-27 WAGNER PATRICK See Remarks A - M-Exempt Common Stock 34722 10.47
2023-09-27 WAGNER PATRICK See Remarks D - S-Sale Common Stock 6623 27.43
2023-09-27 WAGNER PATRICK See Remarks D - S-Sale Common Stock 34722 27.4606
2023-09-27 WAGNER PATRICK See Remarks D - M-Exempt Employee Stock Option (Right to Buy) 34722 10.47
2023-09-27 Whitehead Dane E Executive VP and CFO D - S-Sale Common Stock 50000 27.6311
2023-09-28 Whitehead Dane E Executive VP and CFO D - G-Gift Common Stock 5023 0
2023-09-15 TILLMAN LEE M Chairman, President and CEO A - M-Exempt Common Stock 159722 10.47
2023-09-15 TILLMAN LEE M Chairman, President and CEO D - S-Sale Common Stock 159722 27.3573
2023-09-15 TILLMAN LEE M Chairman, President and CEO D - M-Exempt Employee Stock Option (Right to Buy) 159722 10.47
2023-09-01 Henderson Michael A Executive VP, Operations D - S-Sale Common Stock 20000 26.9117
2023-08-28 WAGNER PATRICK See Remarks D - S-Sale Common Stock 34756 25.8836
2023-08-28 TILLMAN LEE M Chairman, President and CEO D - G-Gift Common Stock 40478 0
2023-08-23 Whitehead Dane E Executive VP and CFO D - S-Sale Common Stock 50000 25.7616
2023-08-07 White Rob L. VP, Controller & CAO D - S-Sale Common Stock 8000 26.24
2023-03-01 White Rob L. VP, Controller & CAO D - F-InKind Common Stock 5092 25.79
2023-03-27 White Rob L. VP, Controller & CAO D - S-Sale Common Stock 5000 22.85
2021-07-20 Ladhani Holli C. director A - P-Purchase Common Stock 155 11.0634
2023-03-01 Whitehead Dane E Executive VP and CFO A - A-Award Common Stock 38774 0
2023-03-01 Whitehead Dane E Executive VP and CFO D - F-InKind Common Stock 17570 25.79
2023-03-01 White Rob L. VP, Controller & CAO A - A-Award Common Stock 8724 0
2023-03-01 White Rob L. VP, Controller & CAO D - F-InKind Common Stock 5757 25.79
2023-03-01 Warnica Kimberly O. See Remarks A - A-Award Common Stock 27142 0
2023-03-01 Warnica Kimberly O. See Remarks D - F-InKind Common Stock 9295 25.79
2023-03-01 TILLMAN LEE M Chairman, President and CEO A - A-Award Common Stock 124079 0
2023-03-01 TILLMAN LEE M Chairman, President and CEO D - F-InKind Common Stock 52326 25.79
2023-03-01 WAGNER PATRICK See Remarks A - A-Award Common Stock 31019 0
2023-03-01 WAGNER PATRICK See Remarks D - F-InKind Common Stock 13082 25.79
2023-03-01 Henderson Michael A Executive VP, Operations A - A-Award Common Stock 31795 0
2023-03-01 Henderson Michael A Executive VP, Operations D - F-InKind Common Stock 10895 25.79
2023-03-01 Williams Shawn D. director A - A-Award Common Stock 7108.698 0
2023-03-01 WELLS JAMES KENT director A - A-Award Common Stock 7754.944 0
2023-03-01 SMOLIK BRENT J director A - A-Award Common Stock 7754 0
2023-03-01 MCCOLLUM MARK A director A - A-Award Common Stock 7754 0
2023-03-01 Ladhani Holli C. director A - A-Award Common Stock 7754.944 0
2023-03-01 Hyland M Elise director A - A-Award Common Stock 5816 0
2023-03-01 Hyland M Elise director A - A-Award Common Stock 1938.736 0
2023-03-01 Donadio Marcela E director A - A-Award Common Stock 7754.944 0
2023-03-01 DEATON CHAD C director A - A-Award Common Stock 7754 0
2023-02-17 Whitehead Dane E Executive VP and CFO D - F-InKind Common Stock 28188 25.86
2023-02-17 WAGNER PATRICK See Remarks D - F-InKind Common Stock 22550 25.86
2023-02-17 Henderson Michael A Executive VP, Operations D - F-InKind Common Stock 9020 25.86
2023-02-17 TILLMAN LEE M Chairman, President and CEO D - F-InKind Common Stock 103731 25.86
2023-02-01 Williams Shawn D. director D - Common Stock 0 0
2023-01-25 Whitehead Dane E Executive VP and CFO A - A-Award Common Stock 149235 0
2023-01-25 Whitehead Dane E Executive VP and CFO D - F-InKind Common Stock 53546 27.86
2023-01-25 WAGNER PATRICK See Remarks A - A-Award Common Stock 119387 0
2023-01-25 WAGNER PATRICK See Remarks D - F-InKind Common Stock 47199 27.86
2023-01-25 Henderson Michael A Executive VP, Operations A - A-Award Common Stock 47755 0
2023-01-25 Henderson Michael A Executive VP, Operations D - F-InKind Common Stock 13631 27.86
2023-01-25 TILLMAN LEE M Chairman, President and CEO A - A-Award Common Stock 549187 0
2023-01-25 TILLMAN LEE M Chairman, President and CEO D - F-InKind Common Stock 210848 27.86
2022-12-01 MCCOLLUM MARK A director A - A-Award Common Stock 415 0
2022-12-01 MCCOLLUM MARK A director D - Common Stock 0 0
2022-11-16 Whitehead Dane E Executive VP and CFO A - M-Exempt Common Stock 70588 16.79
2022-11-14 Whitehead Dane E Executive VP and CFO D - G-Gift Common Stock 3170 0
2022-11-16 Whitehead Dane E Executive VP and CFO D - S-Sale Common Stock 70588 32.1406
2022-11-16 Whitehead Dane E Executive VP and CFO D - S-Sale Common Stock 20000 32.2204
2022-11-16 Whitehead Dane E Executive VP and CFO D - M-Exempt Employee Stock Option (Right to Buy) 70588 0
2022-11-16 Whitehead Dane E Executive VP and CFO D - M-Exempt Employee Stock Option (Right to Buy) 70588 16.79
2022-11-09 Warnica Kimberly O. See Remarks D - S-Sale Common Stock 2870 31.3229
2022-11-11 Warnica Kimberly O. See Remarks D - S-Sale Common Stock 5000 32.715
2022-11-11 TILLMAN LEE M Chairman, President and CEO D - S-Sale Common Stock 30000 32.4897
2022-11-08 Henderson Michael A Executive VP, Operations D - S-Sale Common Stock 80000 32.5556
2022-11-08 TILLMAN LEE M Chairman, President and CEO D - S-Sale Common Stock 30000 32.5579
2022-11-04 TILLMAN LEE M Chairman, President and CEO D - G-Gift Common Stock 40400 0
2022-11-04 Whitehead Dane E Executive VP and CFO A - M-Exempt Common Stock 148971 16.28
2022-11-04 Whitehead Dane E Executive VP and CFO D - S-Sale Common Stock 148971 31.8579
2022-11-04 Whitehead Dane E Executive VP and CFO D - S-Sale Common Stock 23259 31.8911
2022-11-04 Whitehead Dane E Executive VP and CFO D - M-Exempt Employee Stock Option (Right to Buy) 148971 0
2022-11-04 Whitehead Dane E Executive VP and CFO D - M-Exempt Employee Stock Option (Right to Buy) 148971 16.28
2022-11-04 White Rob L. VP, Controller & CAO D - S-Sale Common Stock 2000 32.313
2022-11-04 WAGNER PATRICK See Remarks A - M-Exempt Common Stock 58823 16.79
2022-11-04 WAGNER PATRICK See Remarks A - M-Exempt Common Stock 31696 15.76
2022-11-04 WAGNER PATRICK See Remarks D - S-Sale Common Stock 58823 32.2231
2022-11-04 WAGNER PATRICK See Remarks D - S-Sale Common Stock 31696 32.2367
2022-11-04 WAGNER PATRICK See Remarks D - S-Sale Common Stock 44852 32.1875
2022-11-04 WAGNER PATRICK See Remarks D - M-Exempt Employee Stock Option (Right to Buy) 31696 0
2022-11-04 WAGNER PATRICK See Remarks D - M-Exempt Employee Stock Option (Right to Buy) 58823 16.79
2022-11-04 WAGNER PATRICK See Remarks D - M-Exempt Employee Stock Option (Right to Buy) 31696 15.76
2022-09-30 Whitehead Dane E Executive VP and CFO D - S-Sale Common Stock 28553 22.6125
2022-09-19 Whitehead Dane E Executive VP and CFO D - S-Sale Common Stock 33252 26.0106
2022-08-30 TILLMAN LEE M Chairman, President and CEO D - S-Sale Common Stock 2079 26.0513
2022-08-30 TILLMAN LEE M Chairman, President and CEO D - S-Sale Common Stock 81390 25.23
2022-05-18 Whitehead Dane E Executive VP and CFO D - S-Sale Common Stock 30291 28.0295
2022-05-16 Whitehead Dane E Executive VP and CFO A - M-Exempt Common Stock 79711 14.52
2022-05-16 Whitehead Dane E Executive VP and CFO D - S-Sale Common Stock 79711 28.1818
2022-05-16 Whitehead Dane E Executive VP and CFO D - M-Exempt Employee Stock Option (Right to Buy) 79711 0
2022-05-16 Whitehead Dane E Executive VP and CFO D - M-Exempt Employee Stock Option (Right to Buy) 79711 14.52
2022-03-31 WAGNER PATRICK See Remarks A - M-Exempt Common Stock 65218 14.52
2022-03-31 WAGNER PATRICK See Remarks D - S-Sale Common Stock 65218 25.6311
2022-03-31 WAGNER PATRICK See Remarks D - M-Exempt Employee Stock Option (Right to Buy) 65218 14.52
2022-03-25 TILLMAN LEE M Chairman, President and CEO A - M-Exempt Common Stock 270588 16.79
2022-03-25 TILLMAN LEE M Chairman, President and CEO D - S-Sale Common Stock 270588 26.0907
2022-03-25 TILLMAN LEE M Chairman, President and CEO D - M-Exempt Employee Stock Option (Right to Buy) 270588 0
2022-03-25 TILLMAN LEE M Chairman, President and CEO D - M-Exempt Employee Stock Option (Right to Buy) 270588 16.79
2022-03-22 Henderson Michael A Executive VP, Operations A - M-Exempt Common Stock 27777 10.47
2022-03-22 Henderson Michael A Executive VP, Operations A - M-Exempt Common Stock 23529 16.79
2022-03-22 Henderson Michael A Executive VP, Operations D - S-Sale Common Stock 23529 24.7296
2022-03-22 Henderson Michael A Executive VP, Operations D - S-Sale Common Stock 40000 24.7286
2022-03-22 Henderson Michael A Executive VP, Operations D - S-Sale Common Stock 27777 24.7281
2022-03-22 Henderson Michael A Executive VP, Operations D - M-Exempt Employee Stock Option (Right to Buy) 27777 10.47
2022-03-22 Henderson Michael A Executive VP, Operations D - M-Exempt Employee Stock Option (Right to Buy) 23529 0
2022-03-22 Henderson Michael A Executive VP, Operations D - M-Exempt Employee Stock Option (Right to Buy) 23529 16.79
2022-03-22 TILLMAN LEE M Chairman, President and CEO A - M-Exempt Common Stock 242473 15.76
2022-03-22 TILLMAN LEE M Chairman, President and CEO D - S-Sale Common Stock 242473 25.0417
2022-03-22 TILLMAN LEE M Chairman, President and CEO D - M-Exempt Employee Stock Option (Right to Buy) 242473 0
2022-03-22 TILLMAN LEE M Chairman, President and CEO D - M-Exempt Employee Stock Option (Right to Buy) 242473 15.76
2022-03-21 WAGNER PATRICK See Remarks D - S-Sale Common Stock 13537 24.89
2022-03-08 WAGNER PATRICK See Remarks D - S-Sale Common Stock 21473 25.45
2022-03-08 WAGNER PATRICK See Remarks D - S-Sale Common Stock 200 25.455
2022-03-08 Whitehead Dane E Executive VP and CFO A - M-Exempt Common Stock 43403 10.47
2022-03-08 Whitehead Dane E Executive VP and CFO D - S-Sale Common Stock 43403 25.3612
2022-03-08 Whitehead Dane E Executive VP and CFO D - S-Sale Common Stock 42928 25.3519
2022-03-08 Whitehead Dane E Executive VP and CFO D - M-Exempt Employee Stock Option (Right to Buy) 43403 10.47
2022-03-08 TILLMAN LEE M Chairman, President and CEO A - M-Exempt Common Stock 298914 14.52
2022-03-08 TILLMAN LEE M Chairman, President and CEO D - S-Sale Common Stock 298914 24.9455
2022-03-08 TILLMAN LEE M Chairman, President and CEO D - M-Exempt Employee Stock Option (Right to Buy) 298914 14.52
2022-03-07 Henderson Michael A Executive VP, Operations A - M-Exempt Common Stock 27174 14.52
2022-03-07 Henderson Michael A Executive VP, Operations D - S-Sale Common Stock 24388 24.11
2022-03-07 Henderson Michael A Executive VP, Operations D - S-Sale Common Stock 2786 24.12
2022-03-07 Henderson Michael A Executive VP, Operations D - M-Exempt Employee Stock Option (Right to Buy) 27174 0
2022-03-07 Henderson Michael A Executive VP, Operations D - M-Exempt Employee Stock Option (Right to Buy) 27174 14.52
2022-03-03 White Rob L. VP, Controller & CAO D - S-Sale Common Stock 8700 23
2022-03-02 TILLMAN LEE M Chairman, President and CEO D - S-Sale Common Stock 54151 23.109
2022-02-28 WILSON GARY EUGENE VP, Controller & CAO A - M-Exempt Common Stock 5883 16.79
2022-02-28 WILSON GARY EUGENE VP, Controller & CAO D - S-Sale Common Stock 5883 22.265
2022-03-01 WILSON GARY EUGENE VP, Controller & CAO D - F-InKind Common Stock 2811 22.89
2022-02-28 WILSON GARY EUGENE VP, Controller & CAO D - M-Exempt Employee Stock Option (Right to Buy) 5883 16.79
2022-03-01 White Rob L. VP, Controller & CAO A - A-Award Common Stock 8191 0
2022-03-01 White Rob L. VP, Controller & CAO D - F-InKind Common Stock 5987 22.89
2022-03-01 Warnica Kimberly O. See Remarks A - A-Award Common Stock 26212 0
2022-03-01 Warnica Kimberly O. See Remarks D - F-InKind Common Stock 3624 22.89
2022-03-01 Henderson Michael A Executive VP, Operations A - A-Award Common Stock 29488 0
2022-03-01 Henderson Michael A Executive VP, Operations D - F-InKind Common Stock 7027 22.89
2022-02-28 Henderson Michael A Executive VP, Operations D - S-Sale Common Stock 25913 22.1931
2022-03-01 WAGNER PATRICK See Remarks A - A-Award Common Stock 32765 0
2022-03-01 WAGNER PATRICK See Remarks D - F-InKind Common Stock 8784 22.89
2022-03-01 Whitehead Dane E Executive VP and CFO A - A-Award Common Stock 50240 0
2022-03-01 Whitehead Dane E Executive VP and CFO D - F-InKind Common Stock 10980 22.89
2022-03-01 TILLMAN LEE M Chairman, President and CEO A - A-Award Common Stock 131061 0
2022-03-01 TILLMAN LEE M Chairman, President and CEO D - F-InKind Common Stock 35134 22.89
2022-02-28 TILLMAN LEE M Chairman, President and CEO D - S-Sale Common Stock 99698 22.3891
2022-03-01 WELLS JAMES KENT A - A-Award Common Stock 6553.08 0
2022-03-01 SMOLIK BRENT J director A - A-Award Common Stock 6553 0
2022-03-01 Ladhani Holli C. director A - A-Award Common Stock 6553.08 0
2022-03-01 Hyland M Elise director A - A-Award Common Stock 4915 0
2022-03-01 Hyland M Elise director A - A-Award Common Stock 1638.27 0
2022-03-01 Few Jason director A - A-Award Common Stock 6553.08 0
2022-03-01 DEATON CHAD C director A - A-Award Common Stock 6553 0
2022-03-01 Donadio Marcela E A - A-Award Common Stock 6553.08 0
2022-03-01 White Rob L. VP, Controller & CAO D - Common Stock 0 0
2022-03-01 White Rob L. VP, Controller & CAO D - Employee Stock Option (Right to Buy) 864 27.82
2022-03-01 White Rob L. VP, Controller & CAO D - Employee Stock Option (Right to Buy) 1002 32.84
2022-03-01 White Rob L. VP, Controller & CAO D - Employee Stock Option (Right to Buy) 955 34.72
2022-03-01 White Rob L. VP, Controller & CAO D - Employee Stock Option (Right to Buy) 3698 34.9
2022-02-25 WILSON GARY EUGENE VP, Controller & CAO D - F-InKind Common Stock 3216 21.88
2022-02-25 Henderson Michael A Executive VP, Operations D - F-InKind Common Stock 10313 21.88
2022-02-25 Whitehead Dane E Executive VP and CFO D - F-InKind Common Stock 16875 21.88
2022-02-25 TILLMAN LEE M Chairman, President and CEO D - F-InKind Common Stock 64685 21.88
2022-02-25 WAGNER PATRICK See Remarks D - F-InKind Common Stock 14062 21.88
2022-02-22 WILSON GARY EUGENE VP, Controller & CAO A - M-Exempt Common Stock 11764 16.79
2022-02-22 WILSON GARY EUGENE VP, Controller & CAO A - M-Exempt Common Stock 10417 10.47
2022-02-22 WILSON GARY EUGENE VP, Controller & CAO D - S-Sale Common Stock 10417 22.05
2022-02-22 WILSON GARY EUGENE VP, Controller & CAO D - S-Sale Common Stock 11764 22.06
2022-02-22 WILSON GARY EUGENE VP, Controller & CAO D - M-Exempt Employee Stock Option (Right to Buy) 10417 10.47
2022-02-22 WILSON GARY EUGENE VP, Controller & CAO D - M-Exempt Employee Stock Option (Right to Buy) 11764 16.79
2022-02-22 WAGNER PATRICK See Remarks A - M-Exempt Common Stock 34722 10.47
2022-02-22 WAGNER PATRICK See Remarks D - S-Sale Common Stock 29548 21.29
2022-02-22 WAGNER PATRICK See Remarks D - S-Sale Common Stock 34122 21.31
2022-02-22 WAGNER PATRICK See Remarks D - S-Sale Common Stock 600 21.32
2022-02-22 WAGNER PATRICK See Remarks D - S-Sale Common Stock 2227 21.3
2022-02-22 WAGNER PATRICK See Remarks D - M-Exempt Employee Stock Option (Right to Buy) 34722 10.47
2022-02-18 Whitehead Dane E Executive VP and CFO A - M-Exempt Common Stock 43402 10.47
2022-02-18 Whitehead Dane E Executive VP and CFO D - S-Sale Common Stock 43402 21.872
2022-02-18 Whitehead Dane E Executive VP and CFO D - S-Sale Common Stock 45631 21.892
2022-02-18 Whitehead Dane E Executive VP and CFO D - M-Exempt Employee Stock Option (Right to Buy) 43402 10.47
2022-02-22 TILLMAN LEE M Chairman, President and CEO A - M-Exempt Common Stock 159722 10.47
2022-02-22 TILLMAN LEE M Chairman, President and CEO D - S-Sale Common Stock 159722 22.2043
2022-02-18 TILLMAN LEE M Chairman, President and CEO D - S-Sale Common Stock 159722 21.9548
2022-02-18 TILLMAN LEE M Chairman, President and CEO D - S-Sale Common Stock 164971 22.013
2022-02-18 TILLMAN LEE M Chairman, President and CEO D - M-Exempt Employee Stock Option (Right to Buy) 159722 10.47
2022-02-22 TILLMAN LEE M Chairman, President and CEO D - M-Exempt Employee Stock Option (Right to Buy) 159722 10.47
2022-01-26 WILSON GARY EUGENE VP, Controller & CAO A - A-Award Common Stock 15901 0
2022-01-26 WILSON GARY EUGENE VP, Controller & CAO D - F-InKind Common Stock 4245 19.61
2022-01-26 Henderson Michael A Executive VP, Operations A - A-Award Common Stock 21202 0
2022-01-26 Henderson Michael A Executive VP, Operations D - F-InKind Common Stock 5536 19.61
2022-01-26 WAGNER PATRICK See Remarks A - A-Award Common Stock 53007 0
2022-01-26 WAGNER PATRICK See Remarks D - F-InKind Common Stock 21232 19.61
2022-01-26 Whitehead Dane E Executive VP and CFO A - A-Award Common Stock 63609 0
2022-01-26 Whitehead Dane E Executive VP and CFO D - F-InKind Common Stock 17978 19.61
2022-01-26 TILLMAN LEE M Chairman, President and CEO A - A-Award Common Stock 243835 0
2022-01-26 TILLMAN LEE M Chairman, President and CEO D - F-InKind Common Stock 89181 19.61
2021-12-07 WILSON GARY EUGENE VP, Controller & CAO A - M-Exempt Common Stock 48000 7.22
2021-12-07 WILSON GARY EUGENE VP, Controller & CAO A - M-Exempt Common Stock 21740 14.52
2021-12-07 WILSON GARY EUGENE VP, Controller & CAO A - M-Exempt Common Stock 19018 15.76
2021-12-07 WILSON GARY EUGENE VP, Controller & CAO A - M-Exempt Common Stock 10416 10.47
2021-12-07 WILSON GARY EUGENE VP, Controller & CAO D - S-Sale Common Stock 21740 16.368
2021-12-07 WILSON GARY EUGENE VP, Controller & CAO D - S-Sale Common Stock 48000 16.3665
2021-12-07 WILSON GARY EUGENE VP, Controller & CAO D - S-Sale Common Stock 10416 16.3645
2021-12-07 WILSON GARY EUGENE VP, Controller & CAO D - S-Sale Common Stock 19018 16.3702
2021-12-07 WILSON GARY EUGENE VP, Controller & CAO D - M-Exempt Employee Stock Option (Right to Buy) 10416 10.47
2021-12-07 WILSON GARY EUGENE VP, Controller & CAO D - M-Exempt Employee Stock Option (Right to Buy) 48000 7.22
2021-12-07 WILSON GARY EUGENE VP, Controller & CAO D - M-Exempt Employee Stock Option (Right to Buy) 19018 15.76
2021-12-07 WILSON GARY EUGENE VP, Controller & CAO D - M-Exempt Employee Stock Option (Right to Buy) 21740 14.52
2021-11-24 WAGNER PATRICK See Remarks A - M-Exempt Common Stock 34722 10.47
2021-11-24 WAGNER PATRICK See Remarks D - S-Sale Common Stock 34722 16.8319
2021-11-24 WAGNER PATRICK See Remarks D - S-Sale Common Stock 27435 16.8172
2021-11-24 WAGNER PATRICK See Remarks D - M-Exempt Employee Stock Option (Right to Buy) 34722 10.47
2021-06-04 WAGNER PATRICK See Remarks A - M-Exempt Common Stock 26667 7.22
2021-06-04 WAGNER PATRICK See Remarks D - S-Sale Common Stock 26667 13.713
2021-06-04 WAGNER PATRICK See Remarks D - S-Sale Common Stock 5000 13.756
2021-06-04 WAGNER PATRICK See Remarks D - M-Exempt Employee Stock Option (Right to Buy) 26667 7.22
2021-06-02 TILLMAN LEE M Chairman, President and CEO A - M-Exempt Common Stock 212000 7.22
2021-06-02 TILLMAN LEE M Chairman, President and CEO D - S-Sale Common Stock 212000 13.854
2021-06-02 TILLMAN LEE M Chairman, President and CEO D - M-Exempt Employee Stock Option (Right to Buy) 212000 7.22
2021-05-03 TILLMAN LEE M Chairman, President and CEO D - S-Sale Common Stock 67500 11.0272
2021-04-12 TILLMAN LEE M Chairman, President and CEO D - S-Sale Common Stock 67500 11.08
2021-03-31 Ladhani Holli C. director A - A-Award Common Stock 10533.708 0
2021-03-31 Ladhani Holli C. director D - Common Stock 0 0
2021-03-11 Henderson Michael A Executive VP, Operations D - S-Sale Common Stock 20938 12.55
2021-03-01 WILSON GARY EUGENE VP, Controller & CAO A - A-Award Common Stock 21428 0
2021-03-01 Whitehead Dane E Executive VP and CFO A - A-Award Common Stock 83705 0
2021-03-01 Warnica Kimberly O. Senior VP & General Counsel A - A-Award Common Stock 44642 0
2021-03-01 WAGNER PATRICK See Remarks A - A-Award Common Stock 66964 0
2021-03-01 TILLMAN LEE M Chairman, President and CEO A - A-Award Common Stock 267857 0
2021-03-01 Henderson Michael A Executive VP, Operations A - A-Award Common Stock 53571 0
2021-03-01 WELLS JAMES KENT director A - A-Award Common Stock 6696 0
2021-03-01 WELLS JAMES KENT director A - A-Award Common Stock 6696.429 0
2021-03-01 SMOLIK BRENT J director A - A-Award Common Stock 13392 0
2021-03-01 Hyland M Elise director A - A-Award Common Stock 13392 0
2021-03-01 FOSHEE DOUGLAS L director A - A-Award Common Stock 13392 0
2021-03-01 Few Jason director A - A-Award Common Stock 13392.857 0
2021-03-01 Donadio Marcela E director A - A-Award Common Stock 13392.857 0
2021-03-01 DEATON CHAD C director A - A-Award Common Stock 13392 0
2021-03-01 BOYCE GREGORY H director A - A-Award Common Stock 13392 0
2021-02-26 WILSON GARY EUGENE VP, Controller & CAO D - F-InKind Common Stock 3019 11.1
2021-02-26 Whitehead Dane E Executive VP and CFO D - F-InKind Common Stock 16902 11.1
2021-02-26 WAGNER PATRICK See Remarks D - F-InKind Common Stock 15081 11.1
2021-03-01 WAGNER PATRICK See Remarks D - S-Sale Common Stock 37905 11.365
2021-02-26 TILLMAN LEE M Chairman, President and CEO D - F-InKind Common Stock 67075 11.1
2021-02-26 Henderson Michael A Executive VP, Operations D - F-InKind Common Stock 3774 11.1
2021-01-11 SMOLIK BRENT J director D - Common Stock 0 0
2021-01-11 Warnica Kimberly O. Senior VP & General Counsel D - Common Stock 0 0
2020-07-01 Henderson Michael A Senior VP, Operations D - F-InKind Common Stock 18392 5.95
2020-05-04 Henderson Michael A Senior VP, Operations D - Common Stock 0 0
2014-05-25 Henderson Michael A Senior VP, Operations D - Employee Stock Option (Right to Buy) 5842 33.06
2015-02-28 Henderson Michael A Senior VP, Operations D - Employee Stock Option (Right to Buy) 933 35.06
2015-08-31 Henderson Michael A Senior VP, Operations D - Employee Stock Option (Right to Buy) 1621 27.82
2016-04-08 Henderson Michael A Senior VP, Operations D - Employee Stock Option (Right to Buy) 1380 32.84
2016-10-07 Henderson Michael A Senior VP, Operations D - Employee Stock Option (Right to Buy) 5389 34.72
2017-04-07 Henderson Michael A Senior VP, Operations D - Employee Stock Option (Right to Buy) 15876 34.9
2020-05-04 Henderson Michael A Senior VP, Operations D - Employee Stock Option (Right to Buy) 27174 14.52
2020-05-04 Henderson Michael A Senior VP, Operations D - Employee Stock Option (Right to Buy) 23529 16.79
2020-05-04 Henderson Michael A Senior VP, Operations D - Employee Stock Option (Right to Buy) 41666 10.47
2020-04-24 Hedgebeth Reginald D see remarks D - F-InKind Common Stock 1560 4.93
2020-04-24 Hedgebeth Reginald D see remarks D - F-InKind Common Stock 4677 4.93
2020-03-31 WAGNER PATRICK See Remarks A - P-Purchase Common Stock 15000 3.3105
2020-03-24 TILLMAN LEE M Chairman, President and CEO A - P-Purchase Common Stock 28600 3.6156
2020-03-23 TILLMAN LEE M Chairman, President and CEO A - P-Purchase Common Stock 28000 3.3779
2020-03-16 TILLMAN LEE M Chairman, President and CEO A - P-Purchase Common Stock 27500 4
2020-03-13 TILLMAN LEE M Chairman, President and CEO A - P-Purchase Common Stock 22500 4.2071
2020-03-12 TILLMAN LEE M Chairman, President and CEO A - P-Purchase Common Stock 25000 3.8399
2020-03-09 Whitehead Dane E Executive VP and CFO D - F-InKind Common Stock 15091 3.63
2020-03-09 Whitehead Dane E Executive VP and CFO D - F-InKind Common Stock 18292 3.63
2020-02-28 WAGNER PATRICK See Remarks D - F-InKind Common Stock 4066 8.28
2020-02-28 Little Thomas Mitchell Executive VP - Operations D - F-InKind Common Stock 5646 8.28
2020-02-24 WILSON GARY EUGENE VP, Controller & CAO D - F-InKind Common Stock 7995 9.46
2020-02-24 WAGNER PATRICK See Remarks D - F-InKind Common Stock 4245 9.46
2020-02-24 Little Thomas Mitchell Executive VP - Operations D - F-InKind Common Stock 17149 9.46
2020-02-24 TILLMAN LEE M Chairman, President and CEO D - F-InKind Common Stock 52475 9.46
2020-02-19 WILSON GARY EUGENE VP, Controller & CAO A - A-Award Common Stock 17191 0
2020-02-19 WILSON GARY EUGENE VP, Controller & CAO A - A-Award Employee Stock Option (Right to Buy) 31250 10.47
2020-02-19 Whitehead Dane E Executive VP and CFO A - A-Award Common Stock 71633 0
2020-02-19 Whitehead Dane E Executive VP and CFO A - A-Award Employee Stock Option (Right to Buy) 130208 10.47
2020-02-19 WAGNER PATRICK See Remarks A - A-Award Common Stock 57306 0
2020-02-19 WAGNER PATRICK See Remarks A - A-Award Employee Stock Option (Right to Buy) 104166 10.47
2020-02-19 Little Thomas Mitchell Executive VP - Operations A - A-Award Common Stock 71633 0
2020-02-19 Little Thomas Mitchell Executive VP - Operations A - A-Award Employee Stock Option (Right to Buy) 130208 10.47
2020-02-19 Hedgebeth Reginald D see remarks A - A-Award Common Stock 51575 0
2020-02-19 Hedgebeth Reginald D see remarks A - A-Award Employee Stock Option (Right to Buy) 93750 10.47
2020-02-19 TILLMAN LEE M Chairman, President and CEO A - A-Award Common Stock 263610 0
2020-02-19 TILLMAN LEE M Chairman, President and CEO A - A-Award Employee Stock Option (Right to Buy) 479166 10.47
2020-01-02 WELLS JAMES KENT director A - A-Award Common Stock 12792.398 0
2020-01-02 Hyland M Elise director A - A-Award Common Stock 3837.719 0
2020-01-02 Hyland M Elise director A - A-Award Common Stock 8954 0
2020-01-02 FOSHEE DOUGLAS L director A - A-Award Common Stock 12792 0
2020-01-02 Few Jason director A - A-Award Common Stock 12792.398 0
2020-01-02 Donadio Marcela E director A - A-Award Common Stock 12792.398 0
2020-01-02 DEATON CHAD C director A - A-Award Common Stock 12792 0
2020-01-02 BOYCE GREGORY H director A - A-Award Common Stock 12792 0
2019-10-01 Little Thomas Mitchell Executive VP - Operations D - F-InKind Common Stock 15164 11.79
2019-04-26 Hedgebeth Reginald D see remarks D - F-InKind Common Stock 1899 17.38
2019-04-01 WELLS JAMES KENT director A - A-Award Common Stock 7547.441 0
2019-04-01 Few Jason director A - A-Award Common Stock 7547 0
2019-04-01 WELLS JAMES KENT director D - Common Stock 0 0
2019-04-01 Few Jason director D - Common Stock 0 0
2019-03-07 Whitehead Dane E Executive VP and CFO D - F-InKind Common Stock 16194 16.86
2019-02-27 WAGNER PATRICK See Remarks A - A-Award Common Stock 35735 0
2019-02-28 WAGNER PATRICK See Remarks D - F-InKind Common Stock 4065 16.6
2019-02-27 WAGNER PATRICK See Remarks A - A-Award Employee Stock Option (Right to Buy) 58823 16.79
2019-02-27 Little Thomas Mitchell Executive VP - Operations A - A-Award Common Stock 44669 0
2019-02-28 Little Thomas Mitchell Executive VP - Operations D - F-InKind Common Stock 5646 16.6
2019-02-27 Little Thomas Mitchell Executive VP - Operations A - A-Award Employee Stock Option (Right to Buy) 73529 16.79
2019-02-27 WILSON GARY EUGENE VP, Controller & CAO A - A-Award Common Stock 10720 0
2019-02-27 WILSON GARY EUGENE VP, Controller & CAO A - A-Award Employee Stock Option (Right to Buy) 17647 16.79
2019-02-27 Whitehead Dane E Executive VP and CFO A - A-Award Common Stock 42882 0
2019-02-27 Whitehead Dane E Executive VP and CFO A - A-Award Employee Stock Option (Right to Buy) 70588 16.79
2019-02-27 Hedgebeth Reginald D see remarks A - A-Award Common Stock 30375 0
2019-02-27 Hedgebeth Reginald D see remarks A - A-Award Employee Stock Option (Right to Buy) 50000 16.79
2019-02-27 TILLMAN LEE M Chairman, President and CEO A - A-Award Common Stock 164383 0
2019-02-27 TILLMAN LEE M Chairman, President and CEO A - A-Award Employee Stock Option (Right to Buy) 270588 16.79
2019-02-25 WILSON GARY EUGENE VP, Controller & CAO D - F-InKind Common Stock 4433 16.67
2019-02-25 WAGNER PATRICK See Remarks D - F-InKind Common Stock 10552 16.67
2019-02-25 Little Thomas Mitchell Executive VP - Operations D - F-InKind Common Stock 22750 16.67
2019-02-25 TILLMAN LEE M Chairman, President and CEO D - F-InKind Common Stock 78149 16.67
2019-01-02 REILLEY DENNIS H director A - A-Award Common Stock 11888 0
2019-01-02 Hyland M Elise director A - A-Award Common Stock 5944.293 0
2019-01-02 Hyland M Elise director A - A-Award Common Stock 5944 0
2019-01-02 FOSHEE DOUGLAS L director A - A-Award Common Stock 11888 0
2019-01-02 Donadio Marcela E director A - A-Award Common Stock 11888.587 0
2019-01-02 DEATON CHAD C director A - A-Award Common Stock 11888.587 0
2019-01-02 BOYCE GREGORY H director A - A-Award Common Stock 5944.293 0
2019-01-02 BOYCE GREGORY H director A - A-Award Common Stock 5944 0
2018-09-14 Little Thomas Mitchell Executive VP - Operations A - M-Exempt Common Stock 117333 7.22
2018-09-14 Little Thomas Mitchell Executive VP - Operations D - S-Sale Common Stock 117333 20.694
2018-09-14 Little Thomas Mitchell Executive VP - Operations D - M-Exempt Employee Stock Option (Right to Buy) 117333 7.22
2018-05-16 WAGNER PATRICK See Remarks A - M-Exempt Common Stock 53333 7.22
2018-05-16 WAGNER PATRICK See Remarks D - S-Sale Common Stock 53333 21.199
2018-05-16 WAGNER PATRICK See Remarks D - M-Exempt Employee Stock Option (Right to Buy) 53333 7.22
2018-05-17 TILLMAN LEE M President and CEO A - M-Exempt Common Stock 400000 7.22
2018-05-17 TILLMAN LEE M President and CEO D - S-Sale Common Stock 400000 21.647
2018-05-17 TILLMAN LEE M President and CEO D - M-Exempt Employee Stock Option (Right to Buy) 400000 7.22
2018-05-07 Little Thomas Mitchell Executive VP - Operations D - S-Sale Common Stock 21286 19.889
2018-04-26 Hedgebeth Reginald D see remarks D - F-InKind Common Stock 1899 18.46
2018-04-02 Hyland M Elise director A - A-Award Common Stock 8429 0
2018-04-02 FOSHEE DOUGLAS L director A - A-Award Common Stock 8429 0
2018-04-01 Hyland M Elise director D - Common Stock 0 0
2018-04-01 FOSHEE DOUGLAS L director D - Common Stock 0 0
2018-03-07 Whitehead Dane E Executive VP and CFO D - F-InKind Common Stock 13232 14.8
2018-02-28 WILSON GARY EUGENE VP, Controller & CAO A - A-Award Common Stock 12397 0
2018-02-28 WILSON GARY EUGENE VP, Controller & CAO A - A-Award Employee Stock Option (Right to Buy) 21740 14.52
2018-02-28 WAGNER PATRICK See Remarks A - A-Award Common Stock 30992 0
2018-02-28 WAGNER PATRICK See Remarks A - A-Award Common Stock 37191 0
2018-02-28 WAGNER PATRICK See Remarks A - A-Award Employee Stock Option (Right to Buy) 65217 14.52
2018-02-28 Little Thomas Mitchell Executive VP - Operations A - A-Award Common Stock 43045 0
2018-02-28 Little Thomas Mitchell Executive VP - Operations A - A-Award Common Stock 51653 0
2018-02-28 Little Thomas Mitchell Executive VP - Operations A - A-Award Employee Stock Option (Right to Buy) 90580 14.52
2018-02-28 KRAJICEK CATHERINE LEE VP-Conventional A - A-Award Common Stock 20662 0
2018-02-28 KRAJICEK CATHERINE LEE VP-Conventional A - A-Award Employee Stock Option (Right to Buy) 36232 14.52
2018-02-28 Hedgebeth Reginald D see remarks A - A-Award Common Stock 33058 0
2018-02-28 Hedgebeth Reginald D see remarks A - A-Award Employee Stock Option (Right to Buy) 57972 14.52
2018-02-28 Whitehead Dane E Executive VP and CFO A - A-Award Common Stock 45455 0
2018-02-28 Whitehead Dane E Executive VP and CFO A - A-Award Employee Stock Option (Right to Buy) 79711 14.52
2018-02-28 TILLMAN LEE M President and CEO A - A-Award Common Stock 170455 0
2018-02-28 TILLMAN LEE M President and CEO A - A-Award Employee Stock Option (Right to Buy) 298914 14.52
2018-02-26 WILSON GARY EUGENE VP, Controller & CAO D - F-InKind Common Stock 1651 15.34
2018-02-26 WAGNER PATRICK See Remarks D - F-InKind Common Stock 3131 15.34
2018-02-26 Little Thomas Mitchell Executive VP - Operations D - F-InKind Common Stock 5825 15.34
2018-02-26 KRAJICEK CATHERINE LEE VP-Conventional D - F-InKind Common Stock 1651 15.34
2018-02-26 TILLMAN LEE M President and CEO D - F-InKind Common Stock 22659 15.34
2018-01-02 PHELPS MICHAEL E J director A - A-Award Common Stock 10069.0449 0
2018-01-02 PHELPS MICHAEL E J director D - D-Return Common Stock 1.445 0
2018-01-02 REILLEY DENNIS H director A - A-Award Common Stock 10069 0
2018-01-02 REILLEY DENNIS H director D - D-Return Common Stock 1.443 0
2018-01-02 LADER PHILIP director A - A-Award Common Stock 10069.0449 0
2018-01-02 LADER PHILIP director D - D-Return Common Stock 1.444 0
2018-01-02 Donadio Marcela E director A - A-Award Common Stock 10069.0449 0
2018-01-02 Donadio Marcela E director D - D-Return Common Stock 1.446 0
2018-01-02 DEATON CHAD C director A - A-Award Common Stock 10069.0449 0
2018-01-02 DEATON CHAD C director D - D-Return Common Stock 1.445 0
2018-01-02 BOYCE GREGORY H director A - A-Award Common Stock 10069 0
2018-01-02 BOYCE GREGORY H director D - D-Return Common Stock 1.443 0
2018-01-02 Banister Gaurdie E. JR. director A - A-Award Common Stock 10069.0449 0
2018-01-02 Banister Gaurdie E. JR. director D - D-Return Common Stock 1.698 0
2017-10-30 WILSON GARY EUGENE VP, Controller & CAO D - F-InKind Common Stock 1167 14.04
2017-10-30 KRAJICEK CATHERINE LEE VP-Conventional D - F-InKind Common Stock 1457 14.04
2017-05-09 WAGNER PATRICK See Remarks D - F-InKind Common Stock 4771 14.46
2017-04-24 Hedgebeth Reginald D see remarks D - Common Stock 0 0
2017-04-26 Hedgebeth Reginald D see remarks A - A-Award Employee Stock Option (Right to Buy) 105449 15.31
2017-04-26 Hedgebeth Reginald D see remarks A - A-Award Common Stock 19207 0
2017-04-26 Hedgebeth Reginald D see remarks A - A-Award Common Stock 19207 0
2017-04-24 Hedgebeth Reginald D see remarks D - Common Stock 0 0
2017-04-06 KRAJICEK CATHERINE LEE VP-Conventional D - F-InKind Common Stock 520 16.24
2017-03-07 Whitehead Dane E Executive VP and CFO A - A-Award Common Stock 139454 0
2017-03-07 Whitehead Dane E Executive VP and CFO A - A-Award Employee Stock Option (Right to Buy) 148971 16.28
2017-03-07 Whitehead Dane E Executive VP and CFO A - A-Award Common Stock 38350 0
2017-03-06 Whitehead Dane E Executive VP and CFO D - Common Stock 0 0
2017-02-27 Little Thomas Mitchell Executive VP - Operations D - F-InKind Common Stock 2359 15.82
2017-02-27 Kerrigan Sylvia J See remarks D - F-InKind Common Stock 3524 15.82
2017-02-27 TILLMAN LEE M President and CEO D - F-InKind Common Stock 11908 15.82
2017-02-22 WILSON GARY EUGENE VP, Controller & CAO A - A-Award Common Stock 32831 0
2017-02-22 WILSON GARY EUGENE VP, Controller & CAO A - A-Award Employee Stock Option (Right to Buy) 19018 15.76
2017-02-22 WAGNER PATRICK See Remarks A - A-Award Common Stock 17432 0
2017-02-22 WAGNER PATRICK See Remarks A - A-Award Employee Stock Option (Right to Buy) 31696 15.76
2017-02-22 Little Thomas Mitchell Executive VP - Operations A - A-Award Common Stock 43580 0
2017-02-22 Little Thomas Mitchell Executive VP - Operations A - A-Award Employee Stock Option (Right to Buy) 79240 15.76
2017-02-22 KRAJICEK CATHERINE LEE VP-Conventional A - A-Award Common Stock 17432 0
2017-02-22 KRAJICEK CATHERINE LEE VP-Conventional A - A-Award Employee Stock Option (Right to Buy) 31696 15.76
2017-02-22 Kerrigan Sylvia J See remarks A - A-Award Common Stock 34864 0
2017-02-22 Kerrigan Sylvia J See remarks A - A-Award Employee Stock Option (Right to Buy) 63392 15.76
2017-02-22 TILLMAN LEE M President and CEO A - A-Award Common Stock 133353 0
2017-02-22 TILLMAN LEE M President and CEO A - A-Award Employee Stock Option (Right to Buy) 242473 15.76
2017-01-03 LADER PHILIP director A - A-Award Marathon Oil Corporation Common Stock 9853.604 0
2017-01-03 LADER PHILIP director D - D-Return Marathon Oil Corporation Common Stock 0.457 0
2017-01-03 Donadio Marcela E director A - A-Award Marathon Oil Corporation Common Stock 9853.604 0
2017-01-03 DEATON CHAD C director A - A-Award Marathon Oil Corporation Common Stock 9853.604 0
2017-01-03 DEATON CHAD C director D - D-Return Marathon Oil Corporation Common Stock 0.459 0
2017-01-03 BOYCE GREGORY H director A - A-Award Marathon Oil Corporation Common Stock 9853 0
2017-01-03 BOYCE GREGORY H director D - D-Return Marathon Oil Corporation Common Stock 0.459 0
2017-01-03 REILLEY DENNIS H director A - A-Award Marathon Oil Corporation Common Stock 9853 0
2017-01-03 REILLEY DENNIS H director D - D-Return Marathon Oil Corporation Common Stock 0.457 0
2017-01-03 PHELPS MICHAEL E J director A - A-Award Marathon Oil Corporation Common Stock 9853 0
2017-01-03 PHELPS MICHAEL E J director D - D-Return Marathon Oil Corporation Common Stock 0.458 0
2017-01-03 LADER PHILIP director A - A-Award Marathon Oil Corporation Common Stock 9853.604 0
2017-01-03 LADER PHILIP director D - D-Return Marathon Oil Corporation Common Stock 0.457 0
2017-01-03 Donadio Marcela E director A - A-Award Marathon Oil Corporation Common Stock 9853.604 0
2017-01-03 DEATON CHAD C director A - A-Award Marathon Oil Corporation Common Stock 9853.604 0
2017-01-03 DEATON CHAD C director D - D-Return Marathon Oil Corporation Common Stock 0.459 0
2017-01-03 BOYCE GREGORY H director A - A-Award Marathon Oil Corporation Common Stock 9853 0
2017-01-03 BOYCE GREGORY H director D - D-Return Marathon Oil Corporation Common Stock 0.459 0
2017-01-03 Banister Gaurdie E. JR. director A - A-Award Marathon Oil Corporation Common Stock 9853.604 0
2017-01-03 REILLEY DENNIS H director A - A-Award Marathon Oil Corporation Common Stock 9853 0
2017-01-03 REILLEY DENNIS H director D - D-Return Marathon Oil Corporation Common Stock 0.457 0
2017-01-03 PHELPS MICHAEL E J director A - A-Award Marathon Oil Corporation Common Stock 9853 0
2017-01-03 PHELPS MICHAEL E J director D - D-Return Marathon Oil Corporation Common Stock 0.458 0
2017-01-03 LADER PHILIP director A - A-Award Marathon Oil Corporation Common Stock 9853.604 0
2017-01-03 LADER PHILIP director D - D-Return Marathon Oil Corporation Common Stock 0.457 0
2017-01-03 Donadio Marcela E director A - A-Award Marathon Oil Corporation Common Stock 9853.604 0
2017-01-03 DEATON CHAD C director A - A-Award Marathon Oil Corporation Common Stock 9853.604 0
2017-01-03 DEATON CHAD C director D - D-Return Marathon Oil Corporation Common Stock 0.459 0
2017-01-03 BOYCE GREGORY H director A - A-Award Marathon Oil Corporation Common Stock 9853 0
2017-01-03 BOYCE GREGORY H director D - D-Return Marathon Oil Corporation Common Stock 0.459 0
2017-01-03 Banister Gaurdie E. JR. director A - A-Award Marathon Oil Corporation Common Stock 9853.604 0
2016-10-28 WILSON GARY EUGENE VP, Controller & CAO D - F-InKind Marathon Oil Corporation Common Stock 348 13.94
2016-10-06 KRAJICEK CATHERINE LEE VP-Conventional D - F-InKind Marathon Oil Corporation Common Stock 209 16.08
2016-10-01 Little Thomas Mitchell Executive VP - Operations A - A-Award Marathon Oil Corporation Common Stock 38536 0
2016-10-01 Little Thomas Mitchell Executive VP - Operations A - A-Award Marathon Oil Corporation Common Stock 38536 0
2016-09-26 Little Thomas Mitchell Executive VP - Operations D - F-InKind Marathon Oil Corporation Common Stock 2352 14.61
2016-08-15 TILLMAN LEE M President and CEO D - F-InKind Marathon Oil Corporation Common Stock 3849 14.92
2016-08-15 TILLMAN LEE M President and CEO D - F-InKind Marathon Oil Corporation Common Stock 34632 14.92
2016-05-10 Little Thomas Mitchell Vice President (See Remarks) D - F-InKind Marathon Oil Corporation Common Stock 1271 11.71
2016-05-10 Robertson Lance W Vice President (See Remarks) D - F-InKind Marathon Oil Corporation Common Stock 1271 11.71
2016-05-09 WAGNER PATRICK Vice President - See Remarks D - F-InKind Marathon Oil Corporation Common Stock 512 11.62
2016-04-06 KRAJICEK CATHERINE LEE Vice President (See Remarks) D - F-InKind Marathon Oil Corporation Common Stock 642 10.97
2016-02-26 Kerrigan Sylvia J Exec.V.P., Gen. Counsel & Sec. D - F-InKind Marathon Oil Corporation Common Stock 3690 7.9
2016-02-26 Robertson Lance W Vice President (See Remarks) D - F-InKind Marathon Oil Corporation Common Stock 1959 7.9
2016-02-24 Kerrigan Sylvia J Exec.V.P., Gen. Counsel & Sec. A - A-Award Employee Stock Option (Right to Buy) 160000 7.22
2016-02-24 Kerrigan Sylvia J Exec.V.P., Gen. Counsel & Sec. A - A-Award Marathon Oil Corporation Common Stock 51665 0
2016-02-24 WILSON GARY EUGENE Vice President (See Remarks) A - A-Award Employee Stock Option (Right to Buy) 48000 7.22
2016-02-24 WILSON GARY EUGENE Vice President (See Remarks) A - A-Award Marathon Oil Corporation Common Stock 15500 0
2016-02-24 WAGNER PATRICK Vice President - See Remarks A - A-Award Employee Stock Option (Right to Buy) 80000 7.22
2016-02-24 WAGNER PATRICK Vice President - See Remarks A - A-Award Marathon Oil Corporation Common Stock 25833 0
2016-02-24 KRAJICEK CATHERINE LEE Vice President (See Remarks) A - A-Award Employee Stock Option (Right to Buy) 60000 7.22
2016-02-24 KRAJICEK CATHERINE LEE Vice President (See Remarks) A - A-Award Marathon Oil Corporation Common Stock 19375 0
2016-02-24 Little Thomas Mitchell Vice President (See Remarks) A - A-Award Employee Stock Option (Right to Buy) 176000 7.22
2016-02-24 Little Thomas Mitchell Vice President (See Remarks) A - A-Award Marathon Oil Corporation Common Stock 56832 0
2016-02-24 Robertson Lance W Vice President (See Remarks) A - A-Award Employee Stock Option (Right to Buy) 176000 7.22
2016-02-24 Robertson Lance W Vice President (See Remarks) A - A-Award Marathon Oil Corporation Common Stock 56832 0
2016-02-24 SULT JOHN R Executive V.P. and CFO A - A-Award Employee Stock Option (Right to Buy) 184000 7.22
2016-02-24 SULT JOHN R Executive V.P. and CFO A - A-Award Marathon Oil Corporation Common Stock 59415 0
2016-02-24 TILLMAN LEE M President and CEO A - A-Award Employee Stock Option (Right to Buy) 612000 7.22
2016-02-24 TILLMAN LEE M President and CEO A - A-Award Marathon Oil Corporation Common Stock 197618 0
2016-02-04 KRAJICEK CATHERINE LEE Vice President (See Remarks) D - F-InKind Marathon Oil Corporation Common Stock 317 9.69
2016-01-04 REILLEY DENNIS H director A - A-Award Marathon Oil Corporation Common Stock 13650.546 0
2016-01-04 REILLEY DENNIS H director D - D-Return Marathon Oil Corporation Common Stock 0.217 12.82
2016-01-04 PHELPS MICHAEL E J director A - A-Award Marathon Oil Corporation Common Stock 13650.546 0
2016-01-04 PHELPS MICHAEL E J director D - D-Return Marathon Oil Corporation Common Stock 0.217 12.82
2016-01-04 Donadio Marcela E director A - A-Award Marathon Oil Corporation Common Stock 13650.546 0
2016-01-04 DEATON CHAD C director A - A-Award Marathon Oil Corporation Common Stock 13650.546 0
2016-01-04 BRONDEAU PIERRE R director A - A-Award Marathon Oil Corporation Common Stock 13650.546 0
2016-01-04 BRONDEAU PIERRE R director D - D-Return Marathon Oil Corporation Common Stock 0.216 12.82
2016-01-04 BOYCE GREGORY H director A - A-Award Marathon Oil Corporation Common Stock 13650.546 0
2016-01-04 BOYCE GREGORY H director D - D-Return Marathon Oil Corporation Common Stock 0.214 12.82
2016-01-04 Banister Gaurdie E. JR. director A - A-Award Marathon Oil Corporation Common Stock 13650.546 0
2016-01-04 LADER PHILIP director A - A-Award Marathon Oil Corporation Common Stock 13650.546 0
2016-01-04 LADER PHILIP director D - D-Return Marathon Oil Corporation Common Stock 0.217 12.82
2015-12-01 KRAJECIK CATHERINE LEE Vice President (See Remarks) D - Marathon Oil Corporation Common Stock 0 0
2011-05-28 KRAJECIK CATHERINE LEE Vice President (See Remarks) D - Employee Stock Option (Right to Buy) 3530 32.06
2012-05-27 KRAJECIK CATHERINE LEE Vice President (See Remarks) D - Employee Stock Option (Right to Buy) 4315 18.32
2013-05-26 KRAJECIK CATHERINE LEE Vice President (See Remarks) D - Employee Stock Option (Right to Buy) 2071 19.03
2014-05-25 KRAJECIK CATHERINE LEE Vice President (See Remarks) D - Employee Stock Option (Right to Buy) 10065 33.06
2014-08-31 KRAJECIK CATHERINE LEE Vice President (See Remarks) D - Employee Stock Option (Right to Buy) 7392 26.92
2015-02-28 KRAJECIK CATHERINE LEE Vice President (See Remarks) D - Employee Stock Option (Right to Buy) 5491 35.06
2015-08-31 KRAJECIK CATHERINE LEE Vice President (See Remarks) D - Employee Stock Option (Right to Buy) 7304 27.82
2014-04-08 KRAJECIK CATHERINE LEE Vice President (See Remarks) D - Employee Stock Option (Right to Buy) 6467 32.84
2014-10-07 KRAJECIK CATHERINE LEE Vice President (See Remarks) D - Employee Stock Option (Right to Buy) 6633 34.72
2015-04-07 KRAJECIK CATHERINE LEE Vice President (See Remarks) D - Employee Stock Option (Right to Buy) 19544 34.9
2016-02-25 KRAJECIK CATHERINE LEE Vice President (See Remarks) D - Employee Stock Option (Right to Buy) 17575 29.06
2015-10-30 Robertson Lance W Vice President (See Remarks) D - F-InKind Marathon Oil Corporation Common Stock 1362 18.06
2015-10-28 WILSON GARY EUGENE Vice President (See Remarks) D - F-InKind Marathon Oil Corporation Common Stock 348 17.56
2015-10-01 Banister Gaurdie E. JR. director A - A-Award Marathon Oil Corporation Common Stock 2857.609 0
2015-10-01 Banister Gaurdie E. JR. director I - Marathon Oil Corporation Common Stock 0 0
2015-09-28 Little Thomas Mitchell Vice President (See Remarks) D - F-InKind Marathon Oil Corporation Common Stock 1452 15.15
2015-09-14 WAGNER PATRICK V.P.-Corporate Development A - P-Purchase Marathon Oil Corporation Common Stock 5000 15.395
2015-09-11 SULT JOHN R Executive V.P. and CFO D - F-InKind Marathon Oil Corporation Common Stock 3021 14.87
2015-08-31 Robertson Lance W Vice President (See Remarks) D - F-InKind Marathon Oil Corporation Common Stock 258 16.59
2015-08-17 TILLMAN LEE M President and CEO D - F-InKind Marathon Oil Corporation Common Stock 4194 17.15
2015-08-07 TILLMAN LEE M President and CEO A - P-Purchase Marathon Oil Corporation Common Stock 600 19.505
2015-08-07 TILLMAN LEE M President and CEO A - P-Purchase Marathon Oil Corporation Common Stock 6995 19.507
2015-08-07 TILLMAN LEE M President and CEO A - P-Purchase Marathon Oil Corporation Common Stock 1100 19.508
2015-08-07 TILLMAN LEE M President and CEO A - P-Purchase Marathon Oil Corporation Common Stock 305 19.509
2015-08-07 TILLMAN LEE M President and CEO A - P-Purchase Marathon Oil Corporation Common Stock 12100 19.51
2015-08-07 TILLMAN LEE M President and CEO A - P-Purchase Marathon Oil Corporation Common Stock 4000 19.515
2015-08-07 TILLMAN LEE M President and CEO A - P-Purchase Marathon Oil Corporation Common Stock 500 19.519
2015-05-11 Robertson Lance W Vice President (See Remarks) D - F-InKind Marathon Oil Corporation Common Stock 1415 28.87
2015-05-11 Little Thomas Mitchell Vice President (See Remarks) D - F-InKind Marathon Oil Corporation Common Stock 1448 28.87
2015-05-11 Little Thomas Mitchell Vice President (See Remarks) D - F-InKind Marathon Oil Corporation Common Stock 1448 28.87
2015-02-25 Kerrigan Sylvia J Exec.V.P., Gen. Counsel & Sec. A - A-Award Employee Stock Option (Right to Buy) 70299 29.06
2015-03-10 TILLMAN LEE M President and CEO A - P-Purchase Marathon Oil Corporation Common Stock 28791 26
2015-03-02 Robertson Lance W Vice President (See Remarks) D - F-InKind Marathon Oil Corporation Common Stock 382 27.52
2015-03-02 Little Thomas Mitchell Vice President (See Remarks) D - F-InKind Marathon Oil Corporation Common Stock 201 27.52
2015-03-02 Kerrigan Sylvia J Exec.V.P., Gen. Counsel & Sec. D - F-InKind Marathon Oil Corporation Common Stock 5236 27.52
2015-02-25 TILLMAN LEE M President and CEO A - A-Award Employee Stock Option (Right to Buy) 256591 29.06
2015-02-25 TILLMAN LEE M President and CEO A - A-Award Marathon Oil Corporation Common Stock 81292 0
2015-02-25 SULT JOHN R Executive V.P. and CFO A - A-Award Employee Stock Option (Right to Buy) 80844 29.06
2015-02-25 SULT JOHN R Executive V.P. and CFO A - A-Award Marathon Oil Corporation Common Stock 25613 0
2015-02-25 Kerrigan Sylvia J Exec.V.P., Gen. Counsel & Sec. A - A-Award Marathon Oil Corporation Common Stock 22272 0
2015-02-25 Kerrigan Sylvia J Exec.V.P., Gen. Counsel & Sec. A - A-Award Employee Stock Option (Right to Buy) 37120 29.06
2015-02-25 Robertson Lance W Vice President (See Remarks) A - A-Award Marathon Oil Corporation Common Stock 22272 0
2015-02-25 Robertson Lance W Vice President (See Remarks) A - A-Award Employee Stock Option (Right to Buy) 70299 29.06
2015-02-25 Little Thomas Mitchell Vice President (See Remarks) A - A-Award Marathon Oil Corporation Common Stock 22272 0
2015-02-25 Little Thomas Mitchell Vice President (See Remarks) A - A-Award Employee Stock Option (Right to Buy) 70299 29.06
2015-02-25 WILSON GARY EUGENE Vice President (See Remarks) A - A-Award Employee Stock Option (Right to Buy) 17575 29.06
2015-02-25 WILSON GARY EUGENE Vice President (See Remarks) A - A-Award Marathon Oil Corporation Common Stock 5568 0
2015-02-25 WAGNER PATRICK V.P.-Corporate Development A - A-Award Employee Stock Option (Right to Buy) 35150 29.06
2015-02-25 WAGNER PATRICK V.P.-Corporate Development A - A-Award Marathon Oil Corporation Common Stock 11136 0
2015-01-02 REILLEY DENNIS H director A - A-Award Marathon Oil Corporation Common Stock 6118.881 0
2015-01-02 REILLEY DENNIS H director D - D-Return Marathon Oil Corporation Common Stock 0.854 28.6
2015-01-02 PHELPS MICHAEL E J director A - A-Award Marathon Oil Corporation Common Stock 6118.881 0
2015-01-02 PHELPS MICHAEL E J director D - D-Return Marathon Oil Corporation Common Stock 0.852 28.6
2015-01-02 LADER PHILIP director A - A-Award Marathon Oil Corporation Common Stock 6118.881 0
2015-01-02 LADER PHILIP director D - D-Return Marathon Oil Corporation Common Stock 0.853 28.6
2015-01-02 JACKSON SHIRLEY A director A - A-Award Marathon Oil Corporation Common Stock 6118.881 0
2015-01-02 JACKSON SHIRLEY A director D - D-Return Marathon Oil Corporation Common Stock 0.856 28.6
2015-01-02 Donadio Marcela E director A - A-Award Marathon Oil Corporation Common Stock 6118.881 0
2015-01-02 DEATON CHAD C director A - A-Award Marathon Oil Corporation Common Stock 6118.881 0
2015-01-02 BRONDEAU PIERRE R director A - A-Award Marathon Oil Corporation Common Stock 6118.881 0
2015-01-02 BRONDEAU PIERRE R director D - D-Return Marathon Oil Corporation Common Stock 0.854 28.6
2015-01-02 BOYCE GREGORY H director A - A-Award Marathon Oil Corporation Common Stock 6118.881 0
2015-01-02 BOYCE GREGORY H director D - D-Return Marathon Oil Corporation Common Stock 0.855 28.6
2014-12-01 Donadio Marcela E director D - Marathon Oil Corporation Common Stock 0 0
2014-11-12 WILSON GARY EUGENE Vice President (See Remarks) D - Marathon Oil Corporation Common Stock 0 0
2014-11-12 WILSON GARY EUGENE Vice President (See Remarks) I - Marathon Oil Corporation Common Stock 0 0
2015-10-28 WILSON GARY EUGENE Vice President (See Remarks) D - Employee Stock Option (Right to Buy) 2043 34.27
2014-10-30 Robertson Lance W Vice President (See Remarks) D - F-InKind Marathon Oil Corporation Common Stock 701 34.12
2014-10-17 Robertson Lance W Vice President (See Remarks) D - F-InKind Marathon Oil Corporation Common Stock 2686 34.07
2014-09-26 Little Thomas Mitchell Vice President (See Remarks) D - F-InKind Marathon Oil Corporation Common Stock 494 38.36
2014-09-11 SULT JOHN R Executive V.P. and CFO D - F-InKind Marathon Oil Corporation Common Stock 3331 39.81
2014-07-30 Little Thomas Mitchell Vice President (See Remarks) A - A-Award Common Stock 12659 0
2014-07-30 Robertson Lance W Vice President (See Remarks) A - A-Award Common Stock 12659 0
2014-09-02 Little Thomas Mitchell Vice President (See Remarks) D - F-InKind Marathon Oil Corporation Common Stock 501 41.23
2014-09-02 Robertson Lance W Vice President (See Remarks) D - F-InKind Marathon Oil Corporation Common Stock 266 41.23
2014-08-15 TILLMAN LEE M President and CEO D - F-InKind Marathon Oil Corporation Common Stock 3834 39.06
2014-07-30 Robertson Lance W Vice President (See Remarks) A - A-Award Employee Stock Option (Right to Buy) 12659 39.66
Transcripts
Operator:
Good day, and welcome to the Marathon Oil First Quarter 2024 Earnings Conference Call. [Operator Instructions] Please note, this event is being recorded.
I would now like to turn the conference over to Guy Baber, Vice President of Investor Relations. Please go ahead.
Guy Baber:
Thank you very much, Danielle, and thank you as well to everyone for joining us on our call this morning. Yesterday, after the close, we issued a press release, a slide presentation and investor pack that address our first quarter 2024 results. Those documents can be found on our website at marathonoil.com.
Joining me on today's call are Lee Tillman, our Chairman, President and CEO; Dane Whitehead, who, as of yesterday, is now our adviser to the CEO; Dane's successor as our EVP and CFO, also effective yesterday, Rob White, welcome Rob; Pat Wagner, Executive VP of Corporate Development and Strategy; and Mike Henderson, our Executive VP of Operations. As a reminder, today's call will contain forward-looking statements, subject to risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed or implied by such statements. I'll refer everyone to the cautionary language included in the press release and presentation materials as well as to the risk factors described in our SEC filings. We'll also reference certain non-GAAP terms in today's discussion, which have been reconciled and defined in our earnings materials. So with that, I'll turn the call over to Lee and the rest of the team, who will provide prepared remarks. After the completion of their remarks, we'll move to a question-and-answer session. And in the interest of time, we have a lot to cover today, so we ask that you all limit yourselves to one question and a follow-up. Lee?
Lee Tillman:
Thank you, Guy, and good morning to everyone joining us on the call. I want to start by again extending my heartfelt thanks to our employees and contractors. We built a track record of execution excellence that is differentiated in our peer space and the S&P 500, a track record that now spans multiple years through the ups and downs of the commodity cycle.
Such execution is only made possible through the hard work and dedication of our talented people, who, through it all, remain committed to our core values, including safety and environmental excellence. Now turning to first quarter results. We have a lot to cover today. I'll start with 3 key takeaways. First, first quarter was another strong financial and operational quarter. We executed our plan, and we built on our multiyear track record of sustainable free cash flow generation, meaningful return of capital to shareholders and strong capital and operating efficiency. More specifically, we returned 41% or $350 million of our cash flow from operations back to our investors, consistent with our cash flow-driven return of capital framework that provides our investors with the first call on capital. Oil production of 181,000 barrels of oil per day was just above our guidance. And free cash flow generation was solid, despite not receiving any EG cash distributions from equity affiliates. This is purely due to timing, and we expect to receive a catch-up in EG cash distributions during the second quarter. Importantly, and similar to last year, first quarter marked the trough for both our oil production and free cash flow generation for 2024. Free cash flow momentum should build significantly as the year progresses, starting with the second quarter. This is driven by several factors, including the expected catch-up in EG cash distributions, a significant increase to our oil production, especially into the second and third quarters, and a moderating capital spending profile over the second half of the year, consistent with the phasing of our capital program. My second key takeaway this morning, we continue to make important strides to organically enhance our asset base, making Marathon Oil a stronger, more resilient and more sustainable company. Specifically, we're improving our capital efficiency through extended lateral drilling. About 25% of our first quarter wells to sales were 3-mile laterals, spread across the Permian, Bakken and Eagle Ford. Execution on this program was excellent, including a record pad in the Permian basin. We continue to bolster the strength of our asset base through refracs and redevelopment, disclosing approximately 600 opportunities across the Bakken and Eagle Ford. These opportunities are complementary and additive to our company's decade-plus of primary development inventory [ life ] and have been derisked through multiple years of technical work by our teams and actual results generated in the field. Notably, 30% of these opportunities are concentrated in the acquired Ensign acreage and upside to our acquisition basis. And we continue to progress the E.G. Gas Mega Hub, a key competitive differentiator for our company. During the first quarter, we realized the long-awaited shift to global LNG pricing for our Alba LNG. We started optimizing our integrated gas operations by diverting a portion of our Alba Gas away from methanol production and towards higher-margin LNG sales. And we sanctioned a high-competent, low-execution risk Alba infill program that offers risk-adjusted full-cycle returns that are competitive with our U.S. onshore portfolio. So not only are we realizing improved financial performance this year on the back of our shift to global LNG price realizations, but we believe this improvement is sustainable due to all the great work our teams continue to do to advance the E.G. Mega Hub concept. My third and final key takeaway this morning, we remain fully on track to deliver a 2024 business plan that once again benchmarks at the top of the E&P sector on the metrics that I believe matter most, free cash flow generation, capital efficiency and shareholder returns. This is demonstrated by the strength of our first quarter execution, supporting no changes to our annual guidance. This data is comprehensively summarized on Slides 8 and 9 of our deck and is a compelling endorsement of our value proposition in the marketplace. No peer offers such comprehensive top quartile performance across this powerful combination of metrics. More specifically, we're expecting $2.2 billion of free cash flow generation this year, equivalent to a mid-teens free cash flow yield. We'll stay true to our CFO-driven return of capital framework and expect to again return at least 40% of our CFO back to investors through the combination of our base dividend and material share repurchases, providing visibility to both double-digit distribution yield and significant growth in -- for future metrics. We'll keep improving our capital efficiency, delivering flat year-on-year total oil production with fewer net wells to sales. And perhaps most importantly, we believe all these results are sustainable. That's true for our U.S. multi-basin portfolio, and that's true for our Integrated Gas business in EG. Before I close my introductory remarks, I'd be remiss if I didn't use this time to recognize Dane Whitehead and his contributions to Marathon Oil as our Executive VP and CFO over the last 7 years. Under Dane's watch, we've established a truly differentiated track record of sustainable free cash flow generation and return of capital to our shareholders, underpinned by an investment-grade balance sheet. Dane's contributions to this success have been invaluable. But more than that, he's led this organization with the utmost integrity and humility. Dane, on behalf of the entire organization, thank you, and you'll be missed.
Dane Whitehead:
Well, Lee, thank you for those kind words. I really appreciate it. The past 7 years at Marathon Oil has certainly been the highlight in my 40-year career, working with you, our executive leadership team and Board and with all of our talented employees and in forms like this with our analysts and investors.
Rob and I have been working very closely together in recent months, and that will continue for a while as we ensure a seamless transition. Rob has been with the company for more than 30 years, and I have all the confidence in the world in his leadership. With that, I'll pass the CFO torch to Rob, who will be handling our prepared commentary today on our financial performance and return of capital initiatives. Rob, welcome to the show.
Rob White:
Thanks, Dane. As Lee mentioned, under Dane's leadership, our company has built a track record of providing a truly compelling shareholder return proposition, while at the same time continuing to enhance our investment-grade balance sheet. You can expect more of the same going forward with continuity in our long-held capital allocation framework and conservative financial policies.
I'll now walk through a few key highlights regarding our first quarter performance and reiterate our key financial priorities for this year. First quarter cash flow and free cash flow generation were solid and consistent with our plan, despite not receiving any EG equity affiliate cash distributions in the quarter. As Lee mentioned, this is purely a timing issue. For the full year, we expect total EG cash distributions to approximate our annual equity earnings, starting with catch-up payments during 2Q. The EG catch-up distributions during the second quarter will contribute to an overall significant improvement in our free cash flow momentum as 2024 progresses. This is driven primarily by a significant production increase, especially in the second and third quarters, and a moderation of our capital spending starting in the third quarter, given the front half-weighted nature of our capital program.
Turning now to our key financial priorities for this year. Priority 1 is clear:
continuing to return at least 40% of our cash flow from operations to shareholders, consistent with our return of capital framework, which represents one of the strongest shareholder return commitments in our peer space and across the entire S&P 500.
For 2024, our minimum 40% commitment translates to $1.7 billion of total distributions to shareholders at $80 per barrel WTI price tag, providing our investors visibility to double-digit shareholder distribution yield, a truly compelling shareholder return proposition. During 1Q, we returned $350 million, 41% of CFO to shareholders. We believe our commitment to shareholder returns and the consistency and transparency of our approach have positively differentiated our company. Over the trailing 10 quarters, we now returned $5.8 billion to equity holders, including $5.2 billion of share repurchases, reducing our outstanding share count by 29% and contributing to peer-leading growth in our per share metrics. We continue to see share repurchases as the preferred return vehicle with our stock trading at a free cash flow yield in the mid-teens. Repurchases remain value accretive, are a very efficient means to continue driving per share growth and are highly synergistic with sustainable base dividend growth. Regarding the base dividend, as we've messaged before, our focus remains on competitiveness and sustainability. Given the ongoing benefits of our material share repurchase program as well as the interest expense savings from our gross debt reduction initiatives, we see clear potential for further base dividend growth while protecting the lowest enterprise free cash flow breakeven in the peer group. After meeting our shareholder return commitment, our second priority this year remains continued enhancement of our investment-grade balance sheet through gross debt reduction. Last year, we returned meaningful capital to shareholders and also reduced our gross debt by $500 million. My expectation is that you'll see more of the same from us in 2024. During first quarter, we strengthened our financial flexibility by completing a $1.2 billion offering of 5- to 10-year bonds. Investor demand was strong at greater than 7x oversubscribed, which enabled us to achieve a timely and competitive weighted average interest rate of 5.5%. Proceeds from the offering were used to repay the remaining balance on our variable rate term loan facility in its entirety, which in turn delivers $20 million of annual interest savings. With the term loan facility paid off, our focus now turns to the $400 million of tax-exempt bonds that are due in July. As a reminder, this is a very unique vehicle in our capital structure, with advantaged interest rates relative to taxable [ debt ] instruments. As such, we will likely remarket those bonds as we've done previously. At the bottom right graphic on Slide 11 of our deck shows, after having paid off terms -- the term loan, we have minimal bond maturities over the next 5 years. We do, however, retain the ability to efficiently [ delever ] down to our medium-term gross debt objective of $4 billion, which would make our current debt-to-EBITDA of 1x at strip durable down to a more conservative $50 to $60 WTI pricing environment. To be clear, our balance sheet is in great shape and provides us with tremendous financial flexibility, including $2.2 billion of liquidity at quarter end. Our top priority remains consistently meeting our 40% of CFO shareholder return commitment. We are also committed to reducing debt over the medium term down to our $4 billion gross debt objective. We can do both. With that, I'll turn the call over to Mike to walk through the operational highlights.
Mike Henderson:
Thanks, Rob. With strong first quarter execution consistent with our plan, we've made no changes to our annual guidance and remain fully on track to deliver our 2024 program [ with ] once again, benchmarks at the top of our sector on metrics that we believe matter most, the combination of free cash flow generation, capital efficiency and shareholder returns.
During the first quarter, oil production of 181,000 barrels of oil per day was slightly better than our guidance, while capital expenditures of $603 million were [ in line ] . It's been a very strong start to the year for our asset teams. That's especially true in the Eagle Ford as our first quarter drilling rate of penetration was among the best it's been in the last 5 years. First quarter Eagle Ford completion efficiencies also continue to improve. And in the Bakken, despite the challenging winter weather, we held on to the same execution efficiencies on both the drilling and completion side that we were delivering during the second half of last year, a trend, which bodes very well for execution in future quarters. Referencing Slide 14 of our deck. I'd like to highlight the performance of our Permian team. First quarter was another excellent execution quarter, marked by significant production growth. The primary driver of the production increase was our growth [ while outperformance ]. 3 upper Wolfcamp wells in core Red Hills at all at 100% working interest are significantly outperforming [ tight ], realizing early well productivity almost 4x that of the average Delaware Basin well. The business isn't just about one pad or one quarter performance. Our Permian team has now built up a clear track record of execution success. [ With ] all wells brought online since 2022, our Permian program has delivered among the best results of any Delaware Basin operator for oil productivity per foot. And the team has done so very competitive drilling and completion execution, now almost exclusively bringing online 2-mile-plus laterals. Additionally, after taking a 2-year break in the Permian during the 2020 pandemic, we now have one of the more likely developed acreage positions in the play, with over 2 decades of high-quality drilling inventory at current activity levels. We're allocating more capital to Permian, and the asset will continue to be a growth driver for us. But we'll continue to increase our capital investment at a disciplined pace, with an eye on maintaining our execution excellence. With this exceptionally strong start across our U.S. asset base, our annual guidance midpoints for both production and capital expenditures remain unchanged. And my confidence in delivering on our full-year guidance commitment is high. Consistent with our initial outlook, we expect our 2024 capital program to be heavily weighted in the first half of the year, similar to the profile you've seen from us before. Driven by [ realizing ] execution efficiencies, we're pulling forward some of our activity. This should result in a slight increase to both our expected capital spending and our oil production during second quarter versus our original assumptions. We now expect our capital spending to be just over [ 60% ] weighted to the first half of the year, which will drive a significant sequential increase in second quarter oil for production up to the midpoint of our annual guidance range, 190,000 barrels of oil per day. In addition to delivering on our guidance commitments, we also remain focused on continuing to enhance our capital efficiency and the strength of our underlying asset base through both the application of extended laterals and other organic enhancement initiatives summarized in more detail on Slide 13 of our deck. Extended laterals remain a compelling opportunity to continue enhancing our capital efficiency. At a high level, we're expecting significantly lower total well cost per foot yet similar EUR per foot and thus, better returns and higher per well NPV in comparison to shorter laterals. And that's exactly what our initial cohort of 12 3-milers during first quarter, representing 25% of our total well set, is delivering. Execution on the cost front is a clear positive as we're consistently realizing well cost savings on a per foot basis of more than 20% versus comparable 2-mile laterals. While early [ train ] production in the Bakken and Eagle Ford has been consistent with our expectations, our first 3-mile pad in the Permian Basin, as previously mentioned, has dramatically outperformed. It's shaping up to be one of the strongest pads in basin history. In addition to the extending laterals, we also continue to further bolster the strength of our asset base through refracs and redevelopment. More specifically, we're disclosing approximately 600 high-quality refrac and redevelopment opportunities across the Bakken and Eagle Ford. Approximately 30% of these opportunities are concentrated in our Ensign acreage in the Eagle Ford, representing upside to our acquisition basis. These refrac and redevelopment opportunities are complementary and additive to our decade-plus primary drilling inventory at the total company level. It's derisked through multiple years of [ tech ] work, numerous trials over the last 5-plus years and a recent track record of very strong bottom line results. Importantly, we progressed this opportunity set with tremendous discipline and [ intentionality ]. Redev and refrac testing has been a key part of what we've long described as our organic enhancement program, which typically comprises 5% to 10% of our total capital budget for a given year. This capital is dedicated to enhancing the returns and resource recovery of our existing asset base through targeted testing of the best concepts the asset teams bring forward each year. For redevs and refracs, we've specifically identified potentially [ stranded ] resource from early vintage completions that we can economically access through integration into our primary plan of development. In total, we brought online over [ 100 ] refracs and 50 redevelopment wells across the Bakken and Eagle Ford to date. So we've compiled a rich technical dataset and have mastered deep operational understanding. All 600 of future opportunities we are disclosing are strongly economic at prevailing commodity prices. And about half of the 600, we believe, are directly competitive with a Tier 1 primary development inventory industry is drilling today. More recently, we've been bringing [ online ] around 20 or so of these opportunities per year. This year, we're expecting to bring online just over 25. Again, this can account for around 10% of our activity in the Bakken and Eagle Ford. In terms of our development approach, for the most part, we aren't doing refracs or redevelopment as part of a separate stand-alone program. Rather, these opportunities are mostly integrated into our primary plan of development, typically directly offsetting our primary activity with the goal of maximizing the capital efficiency, financial returns of our overall program. Recent results have been very strong, proving out the economic attractiveness of these opportunities, supporting the disclosure we're now providing. In the Bakken, our opportunity set is more heavily weighted to refracs, where we've had good success. Over the last couple of years, our refrac program has delivered 6-month oil productivity per foot that is competitive of the basin average for industry new drills. And we delivered this competitive productivity with a total well cost per foot more than 20% below the industry average for a new drill well. Again, most of our Bakken refracs have not been stand-alone, rather they offset new development wells. This has had the added benefit of improving the productivity of direct offset Middle Bakken wells by around 10%. In the Eagle Ford, our opportunity set is a bit more balanced, split roughly 55% to refracs and 45% to redevelopment. Over the last couple of years, our refrac and redevelopment productivity has actually been even better than the basin average for industry new drills. In fact, it's been closer to top quartile. And with our refracs, we realized the same positive impact to offset wells that we see in the Bakken. To summarize, at approximately 10% of our activity in the Bakken, Eagle Ford, our refrac and redevelopment programs aren't primary drivers of our capital spend in those [ big basins ], but they still represent a very valuable opportunity set that is positively contributing to our bottom line results and extending effective inventory life. And they're a great example of our ability to extract the most value possible out of our existing high-quality resource base. I'll now turn the call back to Lee, who will wrap up with an EG update and some closing thoughts.
Lee Tillman:
Thank you, Mike. Shifting to our E.G. operations on Slide 15. With the expiration of our legacy Henry Hub-linked LNG contract at the end of last year, first quarter marked the transition to fully realizing global LNG pricing for Alba Gas.
Under the new contractual agreements effective this year, we began marketing our own share of Alba LNG directly into the global LNG market. During the first quarter, these LNG sales at $7.21 per mcf realization drove a significant increase to the international revenue within our consolidated financials. In comparison to previous years, when our E.G. income was dominated by equity affiliates, a greater share of our E.G. profitability will accrue to the upstream through our Alba LNG sales and will, therefore, be consolidated in our financial statements. These reporting changes should all result in improved transparency into the underlying operations of our Integrated Gas business in E.G. We see no change to our 2024 guidance as we continue to expect $550 million to $600 million of total E.G. EBITDAX this year, assuming $10 TTF. That's a significant increase from our actual 2023 EBITDAX generation of $309 million. Importantly, we don't expect this to be a 1-year financial event. For some time, we've been focused on sustaining this improved financial performance by progressing all elements of the E.G. Gas Mega Hub concept. The 5-year E.G. EBITDAX outlook we provided last quarter demonstrates the sustainability of our E.G cash flow generation. You'll recall the strength of our multiyear outlook is driven by a number of additional factors beyond realizing global LNG pricing, ongoing methanol volume optimization, which started during first quarter; our Alba infill program, which we just sanctioned; and further monetization of third-party gas through the ethane gas cap. A few more details on our just-sanctioned Alba infill program. This is a high-confidence, low-execution-risk, shorter-cycle project with returns that are competitive with our high-quality U.S. onshore reinvestment opportunities. We successfully contracted a rig within the region and expect a first half of 2025 spud, with first gas from both wells expected during the second half of the year. These wells will largely mitigate Alba base decline, contributing to a flat production profile from full year 2024 to full year 2026. Our 2024 capital spending for this program is limited but fully accounted for in the capital spending guidance we provided to the market in February. We expect 2025 capital for the program to be about [ $100 million ]. We covered a lot of ground today. All great stuff and all intended to further our more S&P mandates. Consistent with that mandate, for the last 3-plus years, we've been delivering financial performance highly competitive with the most attractive investment alternatives in the market, as measured by corporate returns, free cash flow generation and return of capital. I fully expect 2024 to build on this track record, and we're off to a great start. Our compelling investment case is simple, a high-quality multi-basin U.S. portfolio and integrated global gas business that delivers peer-leading free cash flow, a unique and differentiated return of capital framework that provides our shareholders with the first call on cash flow, the output of which is clear visibility to compelling shareholder distributions across a broad range of commodity prices and sector-leading growth in per share metrics and a multiyear track record of consistent execution and proven discipline. And perhaps most importantly, everything we're doing is sustainable, with resilience through the commodity cycle. This is due to the quality and depth of our U.S. multi-basin portfolio, where we have over a decade of high-return inventory and a disciplined and multifaceted approach to portfolio renewal, including organic enhancement initiatives. It's also due to our differentiated Integrated Gas business that's now fully realizing global LNG pricing, as we continue to progress all elements of the Regional Gas Mega Hub concept. Rest assured, our commitment to our strategy is unwavering and is built upon our core values, resilience across the commodity cycle and our long-term track record of success. With that, we can open up the line for Q&A.
Operator:
[Operator Instructions] The next question -- the first question comes from Scott Hanold from RBC.
Scott Hanold:
Mike, you spent a lot of time kind of going through the refracs and talking about that a lot. Obviously, it seems like it's going to be -- it has been an initiative, but it's got a little bit more prominence.
But could you sort of [ dump ] some of the sort of the economic and productive parameters down for us? Like what would a typical Bakken and then a typical Eagle Ford well be producing when you'd kind of play to refrac? And what would that bounce to after that? And could you just give us a sense of the cost associated with it?
Mike Henderson:
Yes. Let me start with the cost, Scott. So I mean specifically, when you look at these refracs, I mean, refracs, we got a deeper history in the Bakken and the Eagle Ford necessarily. But when you look at the cost, we're kind of thinking about it roughly 80% of a new grassroots well, and that's kind of how we'd be thinking about it on a go-forward basis.
And in terms of the well productivity, I think I covered that in some of the prepared comments that we just gave you. The refracs that we're seeing in the Bakken, pretty comparable from when we look at some of the new wells that the peers are bringing online. In Eagle Ford, it's actually a more constructive story for -- we're seeing the refrac/redev well is actually outperforming some of the new wells that we are bringing online. In fact, if anything, there -- you're looking at kind of top quartile performance there.
Scott Hanold:
Yes. And I guess maybe the point I was trying to ask is, are these wells like producing like 50 or 100 a day and then they're going to get back to a new well and kind of continue the typical profile that you would see with the new well? That, I guess, that was my specific kind of question.
Mike Henderson:
Yes. I mean, very similar to new well, you get that initial production and then you get back on to that pretty regular decline rate that you would expect with the new well.
Scott Hanold:
Okay. And then my follow-up question is the Permian. Obviously, you guys really stood out this quarter with those Lea County wells. And you talked about having like 2 decades, roughly, of inventory but looking to maybe increase that pace.
Like where should we think about like Marathon kind of moving the Permian terms of capital allocation as you think about 2025 and beyond? Because obviously, 20 years is nice. But optimally, it seems like your investment there should probably increase, given returns and your visibility of inventory.
Lee Tillman:
Yes. Maybe I'll start, Scott, and let see if Mike wants to add any additional color. I think we've been very methodical in our approach to the Permian. I think as we stated in the prepared comments, it's probably one of the more likely developed positions in the basin because we have pace. I mean we have fantastic black oil assets right in the Bakken and the Eagle Ford to deliver superior, top of Tier 1 kind of returns.
And so it's taken a bit of time for Permian to kind of penetrate into the capital allocation. But based on the results that we've really seen kind of post, I'd say, the pandemic pause, they are now competing. What you've seen is a steady increase in the capital that is flowing into the Permian. And you should expect to see that continue. We don't view it as a -- it's going to be a step change increase in one given budget cycle, but you should expect to continue to see us drive more investment there as Permian, as you said, it is going to be a growth asset for us as we move into the future. And there's a tremendous amount of potential. And so with no doubt, as that consumption of wells to sales goes up, that 20-plus years of inventory will obviously moderate. But the strength of that inventory is unquestioned. And probably at least half of that inventory like we believe we can ascribe to extended lateral drilling as well. So it's -- we're very excited about it. I mean the Permian team has definitely earned their spot in capital allocation now.
Mike Henderson:
I think the only other thing I can say is we've been very thoughtful in terms of both how we reengage with that asset. And I think I described in the prepared comments, we've been doing things at a very disciplined pace. I mean that's -- we've done that for a number of reasons. It certainly allows us to mitigate any potential execution risk in moving too quickly. It also provides us the ability to integrate any learnings into what we're doing.
Maybe the final thing I'll say is when I think about our go-forward program in the Permian, I'd probably characterize it we have been focused on the Wolfcamp. But as I think about the go-forward program, I'd say we're going to be targeting -- it's going to be proven benches at a very proven well spacing, maybe even slightly conservative well spacing. So I think just to echo Lee's comments about it, we feel very, very good about the go-forward program there.
Lee Tillman:
And the last thing I would maybe add, Scott, is this is also a great demonstration of the strength of the multi-basin portfolio and how we kind of feather these other assets. I mean, today, as you see the dislocation between value between oil and natural gas, obviously, the true black oil areas are very strong, the Eagle Ford and the Bakken.
And then even if you look at some of the realizations coming out of the Permian, which are challenged today on the gas side, very little of our revenue and production is being sourced or being exposed to that today. And again, it just really demonstrates the strength of having a multi-basin approach, where you can move capital allocation around.
Operator:
The next question comes from Arun Jayaram from JPMorgan.
Arun Jayaram:
Mike, I wanted to get a little bit more details on the refrac program. As you know, the buy side has historically been a little reticent to give value for refracs versus, call it, primary sticks on the map. So you mentioned that you're doing kind of 25 refracs this year. I'd love to get a sense of what kind of NPVs per well do you see in this program versus a primary development? And how do you think about value creation potential? You highlighted 600 opportunities across the Bakken and the Eagle Ford.
Mike Henderson:
Yes. I mean as I mentioned to Scott in the last call, in terms of volume, we're looking at these Bakken and refracs being very comparable to industry new drills. So I think you could tag a number of that, Arun.
And then similarly, in the Eagle Ford, again, we mentioned that refracs there were probably outcompeting some of the new drills that industry was bringing on. If anything, they're kind of top quartile. So again, I think you could get at a number there and you can do the math. 600x that number, it gets you to a potential volume uplift.
Lee Tillman:
Yes. And maybe just to stress around, we're not looking at refrac and redevelopments as necessarily displacing primary development opportunities within our portfolio. But when we benchmark them against where others are drilling today, economic-wise, they're very, very competitive.
But it's going to be [ most of main-ish ] kind of 10% of the Eagle Ford, Bakken program. It's not a major driver necessarily in terms of capital, but it is very high value. And that's what I think is very exciting. The other thing that I'll just emphasize is if you rewind back to when we talked about the Ensign acquisition, we were very clear that we ascribe no value in that transaction to refrac and redevelopment. And here -- and so the importance to think of this disclosure is multifold, not only at an enterprise level, but even zooming in on that acquisition. 30% of these opportunities lie in the Ensign acreage, which is that upside that we referenced when we described that acquisition.
Mike Henderson:
[ I'll take ] it. When I think about we're doing 10% refracs, redevs, I think that talks to the quality of our primary inventory. The fact that we are undertaking the refrac suite development as part of the overall primary development, it's not a stand-alone program. Again, I think it just talks to the quality that we've got in the existing primary, hopefully.
Arun Jayaram:
Great. And just my follow-up. I know that some of the accounting in EG will change. This year, you're giving the change in the marketing agreements. We'll have to spend some time with Guy to go through this in terms of our model. But one of the questions that comes in is, does it impact how you're recognizing cash flow from ops versus [ CFI ]? Just wanted to see if there's any changes to how you're -- how this will impact the reporting of cash flow on a go-forward basis?
Lee Tillman:
I'll maybe hand over here in just a minute to Rob and/or Dane. But first of all, I want to be clear, don't let the accounting situation kind of take away from the results in EG. If you look at the bottom line results that we generated this quarter, they were very much in line with the expectations of capturing that global LNG pricing.
So we can get into the vagaries of consolidated versus equity accounting, but from a bottom line delivery standpoint, the asset is delivering exactly what we described. Okay. So now I'll turn over to the green eyeshades here and let them talk a little bit about this piece.
Rob White:
Arun, this is Rob. Just a quick point there. I think actually, a difference you would see would be a positive difference on a cash flow perspective with more of our business flowing through the consolidated side. It kind of eliminates the timing issue of the dividend.
So as we've migrated that from the EG LNG EMI earnings over to the consolidated side, these LNG listings, the cash would come in without a dividend process, will be subject to lifting schedules. So the timing of some of those liftings might put us in under [ overly ] position at the end of any quarter, but would potentially be a positive on dividend timing.
Arun Jayaram:
Great. Dane, I wanted to thank you for all of your counsel and help over the years, and glad you had a successful act after EPE, but great work. And we'll miss you.
Dane Whitehead:
Thanks, Arun. I really appreciate it. Yes, thinking back to the early days of EP Energy, boy, there's been a lot of water under the bridge, but it's been a great run here at Marathon and really proud of where this company is right now. So thank you for all your support.
Operator:
The next question comes from Betty Jiang of Barclays.
Wei Jiang:
I want to ask about the continued value maximization efforts that we're seeing here at EG Integrated Gas assets. Lee, perhaps if you could help us think about the value uplift from redirecting the volumes into the methanol plant instead of LNG sales? And basically, is there opportunity to do more of that before that gas contract expires in 2026, I believe?
Lee Tillman:
Yes. No, thanks for the question, Betty. Yes, I think the overall approach in EG has been very comprehensive. We've always talked about EG in terms of a value proposition that consists of the Alba Gas condensate field, but also this world-class infrastructure and how we can maximize taking advantage of that. And so we're always looking to drive more opportunity here.
And you just highlighted one of the very key ones as we look to optimize gas flows within this Integrated Gas asset. And for where methanol stands today and where obviously uplift to global LNG stands today, it makes a lot of sense to divert a large component of the gas speed into AMPCO or the methanol facility into LNG. It's best for our partners. It's also best for the state as well in terms of maximizing revenues. The GSA, the Gas Sales Agreement, that we have with the methanol plant, runs its course in 2026. And obviously, at that point in time, we'll have another strategic decision to make, going forward, around what is the future of that facility. But again, we would not be subject to that Gas Sales Agreement in 2026. So maximizing flow to EG LNG becomes a real option for us at that stage. Today, you should really think about it as we're taking advantage of that arbitrage to the extent that we can while also keeping AMPCO running in good stead and continuing to meet our marketing obligations on the methanol [ side ].
Wei Jiang:
Got it. That's clear. And then I have another question on the Permian. It's great to see that the 1Q results showcased the strength of the wells that were brought online during the quarter.
But I'm also wondering, how sustainable is this level of productivity that we're seeing in the Permian? Basically, as you start ramping up activities in the basin as the development approach potentially evolve, can we expect to see this level of productivity, going forward? Or would there be some level of dilution as you get into full development?
Mike Henderson:
Betty, it's Mike here. I'll take that question. Yes. I mean we probably touched on that one a little bit, one of the earlier responses. But when I look at the Permian, we talk about over 20 years of inventory at the current drilling pace. When I look at what we're going to be targeting in the future, again, I'd describe it as it's -- we're going to be targeting proven benches at proven, if not conservative, well spacing sold.
When I think about the capital efficiency coming out of that basin, I think it's going to be pretty consistent certainly in the near term. So you should expect more of the same as we potentially look to even ramp up some activity there in the coming years.
Lee Tillman:
Yes, Betty, I would just reference the fact again that when you look at our acreage position, just because of the way we've developed it, it is one of the more [ lightly ] developed position in the peer group, which I think just underpins what Mike says. We've got a lot of running room there with very high-quality inventory, a big chunk of which will still be subject to extended lateral drilling as well.
Operator:
The next question comes from Neal Dingmann from Truist Securities.
Neal Dingmann:
My first question is on capital allocation. Specifically, I was hoping maybe you could just maybe give a broad comment on how you view the current value of your stock versus what you're seeing out there for potential assets in the market. I'm just wondering, I mean, I love how you continue to sort of dig in and keep repurchasing those shares. And I'm just wondering if that's still because of your view on the valuation versus where some of this external assets are at.
Lee Tillman:
Yes. Well, certainly, as you look at the efficiency of a share repurchase program, when you quickly go to the free cash flow yield that you're generating and being strongly and double-digit yields there, it still makes a lot of sense to see any discretionary cash flow above and beyond our base dividend flowing to that vehicle.
I mean, I think as we said in the opening remarks that, that still is our preferred vehicle, the combination of a competitive and sustainable base dividend as well as ratable share repurchases. We still believe in that. Now I wouldn't say -- there's really 2 independent questions there. I think that your shares can be a good value in the market, but we obviously continue to watch all of our basins for opportunities, inorganic opportunities to enhance our business, but we have a very strict criteria for that. And we've been very clear about that from the beginning. And that was really exemplified in the Ensign transaction. If anything, that criteria is even higher when you consider the addition of Ensign, some of the Permian performance that we just described and the length and duration of inventory there and even the refrac and redevelopment opportunity set that we've disclosed here. So that bar for that type of opportunity remains high as it should be in such a high-quality portfolio. But I kind of view those a little bit as 2 independent decisions. I still think from a return of cash to shareholder standpoint, a 40% CFO commitment that reign supreme and the best vehicles for accomplishing that are base dividend and share repurchases. But we're going to continue to obviously watch and evaluate any and all high-quality opportunities that come into the market, but we're going to scrutinize those through the lens of a very exacting M&A criteria.
Neal Dingmann:
Very clear. And then just a quick second one on EG, I think I know the answer to I want to ask. Is there any room there to expand your current footprint? I'm just wondering given how positive the contractual terms and other things you have there, is there any opportunities for expansion over EG?
Lee Tillman:
Yes. I think when you say expansion, we continue to look at, I would say, gas aggregation in the area, both indigenous gas and EG, but also cross-border opportunities as well, particularly in Cameroon. So yes, I think there is opportunity there to expand our footprint. Now that may not necessarily look like upstream investment. It could look at -- look like maximizing throughput through EG LNG for an extended duration. But we see a lot of opportunity there.
But right now, I think as you look at kind of the multiple phases and how we're executing those within the Gas Mega Hub, it really started with the Alen, third-party molecules that got infrastructure built using someone else's money, and we now have access to that infrastructure, and we're realizing both tolling plus profit share on those molecules. The next step was really coming into the global LNG market with our Alba equity molecules. We can now kind of tick that one off the list. Complementary to that was to get more Alba molecules, which the infill program will help us drive more high-value molecules, equity molecules there. And then finally, we're right now in the throes of negotiating the ethane gas processing, which that's the ethane gas cap that we know is there. We're well positioned with the infrastructure that was built for Alen to bring those molecules to EG LNG. And all of these are continuing to extend the runway of this world-class infrastructure. And by extending that runway, you just open up the aperture for even more opportunities, which may look like something like -- could be indigenous EG gas, but it could also very well be cross-border gas because this facility is going to be the natural aggregation point for regional gas in this area.
Operator:
The next question comes from Nitin Kumar from Mizuho Securities.
Nitin Kumar:
Lots of good updates this quarter. I just want to focus on the long laterals. Obviously, this quarter, you did, I think, about 8 long laterals in the Eagle Ford and the Bakken and a few less in Permian. Given that your Bakken and Eagle Ford are more developed than your Permian assets, what's the mix of your future inventory when it comes to these 3-mile laterals?
Lee Tillman:
Yes. Maybe I'll take it at a high level, and I'll let Mike jump in and maybe talk a little bit about at an asset level. .
Year-over-year, the portfolio is actually the lateral length has increased by about 5% to 10%. And so we are moving the entire portfolio toward longer laterals, some areas, some leases and some basins are more adaptable to an extended lateral [ 2- ], 3-mile kind of approach. So it's going to be very dependent upon the lease form, our position in that particular basin. But we're definitely pressing hard to drive as much of our capital allocation toward extended level because we see just the efficiency of doing that, the reduction in costs on a per foot basis and then essentially very similar EUR per foot in the [ similar ] laterals. I mean, what we're seeing in the third mile is consistent with a lot of capture out of that third mile. So there's a lot of incentive for us to continue to drive -- and other operators feel the same way. And so in areas where perhaps there are some trades or some swaps that you can make, it kind of benefits everyone to continue to consolidate and drive as much of their operated acreage toward extended laterals as they can.
Mike Henderson:
I think you've covered it, Lee. I think maybe the only thing I'd add in, our land team has done a great job. They've done a great job, continue to do a great job. I think as we mentioned, we see the capital efficiency enhancements. There's alignment there with offsetting operators.
So the trend that we've been on in terms of increasing our average lateral lengths, obviously, gets a little bit more difficult every year. But see, the land team has done a phenomenal job. And all of the asset teams are very, very active in terms of engaging with those offset operators just to see if there are deals that we could do to just extend the average lateral [ length ].
Nitin Kumar:
Great. And I just wanted to touch on the hedging. I noticed that you had added some gas hedges to your portfolio in 2025. They're pretty wide collars. But just to the thought process behind hedging some of the gas exposure, it's not like you have much of it anyway, but just any thoughts there?
Patrick Wagner:
This is Pat. I'll take that one. I think we've covered our hedging strategy in the past. And we -- as you said, gas is not a big component of our revenue, but we did see a unique opportunity in the market for next year. Maybe seen weakness in the [ crop ] this year. And so we saw some really nice hedges available on a [ 2-way ] collar last [ setting ] at a [ 250 ] floor. So we went ahead and took that.
I mean, hedging is a part of how we manage our commodity risk. We have a strong balance sheet, very low breakevens. We're in a good position. So we don't need to go into the market to protect our capital program. But when we see an opportunity like that, we'll do that. We need regularly to look at those opportunities, and we're always ready to capitalize when we see them.
Operator:
The next question comes from Matt Portillo from TPH.
Matthew Portillo:
Just maybe a follow-up to Nitin's question on the 3-mile laterals, I was actually curious on Ajax specifically, seeing some strong results there. With the lighter spacing and the 3-mile lateral development, wondering if you might be able to just speak to the return profile you're seeing at Ajax versus maybe the development program that's a bit more focused on Hector over the last year or so?
Mike Henderson:
It's -- Matt, it's Mike here. It's certainly getting it more competitive. But as you know, we've had a pretty successful program there with 11 wells brought online between the fourth quarter of last year, first quarter of this year. We covered it in the prepared comments, over 20% reduction in [ PwC ] per foot savings. And you couple that with the solid initial production, it was very consistent with our expectations.
Now what I would say is we probably do need to [ do more ] on the longer-term production just to make sure that the shallower declines that we're expecting actually come to fruition. But with the enhanced capital efficiency that we expect is going to come from it, I'd certainly hope that the Ajax portfolio is going to get more competitive.
Matthew Portillo:
Great. And then maybe just a high-level question. Curious, if you might be able to speak to maybe the drilling and completion efficiency gains you've seen this year? I know that was a big theme for you all last year, but it seems like you're continuing to see success on that front, both on the drill bit and on the frac side.
And what that may mean I guess, as we think about the guidance range for the wells to sales? It's a little bit early, but should we be thinking about biasing our expectations towards the higher end of the range if you guys continue to see success on efficiency gains?
Mike Henderson:
No, you shouldn't expect much of a change in terms of wells to sales. It's really just a phasing within the year, Matt, is how I'd describe it.
Lee Tillman:
Yes. I think just on your specific question, I think Mike had [ followed ] a little bit of this in his opening comments. But on the D and the C side, we've definitely seen improvements in rate of penetration. Certainly, Eagle Ford was a bit of a standout there on the drilling side. I mean we continue to find ways to [ drive execution ] and efficiency there.
And even on the frac side as well, I think we're continuing to see in terms of stages per day and hours -- pump hours, see improvements there. And I don't know, Mike, do you want to quantify that...
Mike Henderson:
Yes. I think we touched on the Eagle Ford and the Bakken. I think Bakken, despite the winter weather challenges that we had in the first quarter, we held on a lot of the efficiencies that we secured the second half of last year. That obviously bodes really well for future quarters.
Interestingly, in Permian, that first quarter 3-mile Wolfcamp program, when we look at peer data, it looks like we drilled those wells 40% faster than the peer average. We're also just completing of the drilling of the Texas, Delaware multi-well pad. Looking at some of the numbers there, our [ ROP ] 25% faster than the last time, we were drilling wells there. Yes, I think there's a lot going into that. We certainly took advantage of the improved market situation towards the Bakken last year for a coordinated sense. We've high graded in certain areas of the business. I think you're seeing the benefits of that in the performance. A lot of effort is going into the preplanning side of things. We actually brought on a couple of new rigs [ in Eagle Ford ] at the beginning of the year, and we have not missed a beat there. They very quickly got up to the expected pace. And then just continuing to work with the longer-term program contracts, [ we're ] implementing a lot of changes with them. We're drilling these extended laterals. What we're finding, we're drilling a lot more of these laterals with a single [ trip ], and that includes some of the 3-miles that we've recently drilled. And that's a little bit of a balancing act, but we've had some success there just in terms of trying to get a little bit more probabilistic in terms of how we should manage the directional plan. So a lot going on in the execution space, but great to be off to such a solid start at the beginning of the year, and I think it bodes well for the rest of the year.
Lee Tillman:
And I think at the end of the day, it provides us very high confidence in delivery of our full-year guidance. It's more of a timing question, as Mike said, is pulling forward a little bit of activity. And that just enhances our confidence in overall delivery on both our financial and operating commitments this year.
Operator:
This concludes our question-and-answer session. I would like to turn the conference back over to Lee Tillman for closing remarks.
Lee Tillman:
Thank you for your interest in Marathon Oil, and I'd like to close by again recognizing all our dedicated employees and contractors for their commitment safely and responsibly deliver the energy the world needs now more than ever. And let me end also by just thanking Dane once again for his commitment as well to Marathon Oil. So thank you, and that concludes our call.
Operator:
The conference has now concluded. Thank you for attending today's presentation. You may now disconnect.
Operator:
Good morning and welcome to the Marathon Oil 4Q and Full Year 2023 Earnings Conference Call. All participants will be in a listen-only mode. [Operator Instructions] Please note this event is being recorded. I would now like to turn the conference over to Guy Baber, Vice President, Investor Relations. Please go ahead, sir.
Guy Baber:
Thank you very much and thanks as well to everyone for joining us on our call this morning. Yesterday, after the close, we issued a press release, a slide presentation and investor packet that address our fourth quarter 2023 results and our full year 2024 outlook. Those documents can be found on our website at marathonoil.com. Joining me on today's call are Lee Tillman, our Chairman, President and CEO; Dane Whitehead, our Executive VP and CFO; Pat Wagner, Executive VP of Corporate Development and Strategy; and Mike Henderson, our Executive VP of Operations. As a reminder, today's call will contain forward-looking statements subject to risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed or implied by such statements. I'll refer everyone to the cautionary language included in the press release and presentation materials as well as the risk factors described in our SEC filings. We'll also reference certain non-GAAP terms in today's discussion, which have been reconciled and defined in our earnings materials. So with that, I'll turn the call over to Lee and the rest of the team who will provide prepared remarks. After the completion of their prepared remarks, we'll move to a question-and-answer session. And in the interest of time, we ask that you limit yourselves to one question and a follow-up. Lee?
Lee Tillman:
Thank you, Guy, and good morning to everyone joining us on our call today. As I always start these calls, I want to first and foremost thank our employees and contractors for their dedication and hard work in delivering the excellent results we have the privilege of discussing today. And I especially want to thank our employees and contractors for their enduring commitment to our core values. On that front, we have a few notable accomplishments to highlight today. First, we delivered a record safety year in 2023 as measured by total recordable incident rate for both our employees and our contractors. This builds on a multi-year track record of top quartile TRIR in our industry. Providing a safe, healthy, and secure workplace remains a top priority for us. With our safety performance a key element of our executive and employee compensation scorecards. Second, we continue to make progress in reducing our natural gas flaring, improving our total company gas capture to 99.5% in 2023, a new high for our company. We'll continue to work hard on our journey of continuous improvement, moving toward our ultimate objective of zero routine flaring. And third, we achieved our 2025 GHG intensity reduction goal of 50% relative to 2019 levels a full two years ahead of schedule. Consistent with our objective to help meet the world's growing demand for oil and natural gas, while achieving the highest standards of environmental excellence. We are a result driven company, but how we deliver those results matters and I couldn't be more proud of our people and what they've accomplished. Yet this type of delivery isn't new for us. It's the continuation of a well-established trend. And before I get into our 2023 results and 2024 outlook, I'd like to reflect on what I believe is our unmatched track record of delivery on our framework for success. We're now more than three years into our more S&P less E&P journey. My challenge for our company was to raise our game and compete heads up with not just the best companies in our sector, but with the best companies in the S&P 500. And to do so year in, year out, through the commodity cycle on the metrics that matter most. Sustainable free cash flow generation, return of capital to shareholders, and capital and operating efficiency. For the last three years, we consistently held true to our framework for success. We've prioritized corporate returns, sustainable free cash flow, meaningful return of capital, and we delivered differentiated execution quarter in, quarter out. We continue to enhance our multi-basin portfolio, which has produced the best capital efficiency in the sector. And we protected our investment grade balance sheet while prioritizing all elements of our ESG performance. I believe our commitment to our strategy and the consistency of our execution over the last three years have successfully differentiated Marathon Oil in the marketplace. The proof points are summarized in slide six of our deck. First, sustainable free cash flow generation. Through discipline, corporate returns, focused capital allocation, we've generated $8.4 billion of free cash flow over the trailing three years. That equates to over 60% of our current market cap, almost double that of our E&P peers and six times that of the S&P 500. Next, a meaningful return of capital to shareholders. Over the last three years, we've consistently held true to our transparent cash flow driven return of capital framework that prioritizes our investors as the first call on cash flow, not the drillbit and not inflation. In total, we've returned $5.6 billion to our shareholders, equivalent to over 40% of our current market cap. Again, that's double that of our E&P peers and well in excess of the S&P 500. Capital and operating efficiency, a testament to the quality of our multi-basin portfolio and the extreme discipline inherent in both our capital allocation and cost structure. Over the trailing three years, we've delivered the lowest reinvestment rate in the E&P sector, below the S&P average. And our well-level capital efficiency, according to independent third-party data, has been the best in the E&P's peer space, 35% superior to the peer average. And 2023 was emblematic of these three proof points. Last year, we delivered $2.2 billion of adjusted free cash flow, $1.7 billion of shareholder distributions, equivalent to 41% of our CFO, providing a shareholder distribution yield of more than 12%. $1.5 billion of share repurchases that drove a 9% reduction for our outstanding share count, a 22% increase to our base dividend while maintaining our peer low, free cash flow break-even, $500 million of gross debt reduction, and 28% growth in our production per share, driven by our share repurchase program and the seamless integration of the Ensign Eagle Ford acquisition. That's what comprehensive delivery on our key properties looks like. And if you like 2023, then you will not be disappointed in our 2024 business plan, which offers more of the same as we continue to build on our multi-year track record. We have confidence in our strategy and in our capital allocation and return of capital frameworks and our focus will be on consistently executing our plan amidst all the volatility inherent in our sector. And at the end of the day, I expect our plan to again benchmark with the very best companies in our sector outperforming the S&P 500. More specifically, this year, we expect our $2 billion capital program to deliver approximately $1.9 billion of free cash flow, assuming $75 WTI, $250 Henry Hub and $10 TTF. We fully recognize that we are a price taker, not a price predictor and commodity price volatility impacts our financial outcomes. As such, we've provided cash flow sensitivities for each of the key commodities within our slide deck to help you model expectations based on your own commodity forecast. We'll stay true to our CFO return of capital framework, expecting to return at least 40% of our CFO to shareholders, again, providing visibility to a double-digit shareholder distribution yield. We expect the underlying capital efficiency of our 2024 capital program to improve as we maintain our well productivity leadership and work all avenues to improve capital efficiency, including further extending lateral links. And perhaps most importantly, we believe our results are sustainable. That's true for our U.S. multi-basin portfolio, and that's true for our integrated gas business and E.G. As you all know, our E.G. business now has no Henry Hub exposure with the expiration of our legacy contract at the end of 2023. That business is now fully realizing global LNG pricing, which will drive improved financial performance this year. We believe this improvement is sustainable due to all the great work our team has done to advance the E.G. gas mega hub concept. For example, over the next five years, we're expecting our E.G. business to generate cumulative EBITDAX of approximately $2.5 billion, assuming flat $10 TTF commodity price. With that, I'll turn it over to Dan, who will walk through our commitment to return of capital while also fortifying our investment grade balance sheet.
Dane Whitehead:
Thank you, Lee, and good morning, everybody. As Lee mentioned, in 2023, we continued building on a peer leading track record of returning capital to shareholders as consistent with our differentiated cash flow driven framework that prioritizes our shareholder as the first call on capital. Importantly, we did this while continuing to make progress on our balance sheet objectives through $500 million of gross step reduction. We've built a track record of providing a truly compelling shareholder return proposition, while at the same time continuing to enhance our investment rate balance sheet. We did both in 2023, and that's my expectation again for 2024. More specifically, on our 2023 return of capital delivery, total shareholder returns amounted $1.7 billion, including more than $400 million during the fourth quarter. That translates to 41% of our CFO consistent with our framework, and an annual distribution yield of over 12% on our current market cap, compelling relative to any investment opportunity in the market. The majority of shareholder returns came in the form of share repurchases, which reduced our share count by 9% last year. That's about double the share count reduction of our next closest competitor. For full year 2023, we grew our oil production per share by a peer leading 28% due to our share repurchase program and the integration of the accretive Ensign acquisition. Looking to 2024, we expect to prioritize free cash flow via our disciplined capital allocation framework by holding our top line oil production flat. We also remain focused on driving significant per share growth and fully expect to maintain our long held leadership position in the peer group. While the majority of our capital returns 2023 came in the form of share repurchases, our base dividend remains foundational and we remain committed to paying a competitive and sustainable base dividends to our shareholders. During 2023 we raised our base dividend by 22%, one of the strongest growth rates in our sector. Importantly, we did so with laser focus on sustainability, maintaining one of the lowest post dividend free cash flow break-evens in the peer group. Our consistent and committed approach to shareholder returns over the last three years has positively differentiated our company and our approach in 2024 will remain the same. Priority number one remains consistently delivering returns of at least 40% of our CFO in the form of share of purchases and base dividends. That minimum 40% level translates to about $1.6 billion of expected shareholder distributions at a reference price deck, again providing visibility to a compelling double-digit shareholder distribution yield. With our stock trading in the low $20 per share range and at a free cash flow yield in the mid-teens at strip pricing, repurchases remain highly value accretive. They're also a very efficient means to continue driving our per share growth and are highly synergistic with continuing to grow our per share base dividend without negatively impacting our peer leading free cash flow break-even. To summarize our 2024 return of capital plans, at least 40% of our CFO to shareholders which will be near the top of our sector, driving peer leading per share growth and competitive sustainable growth in our base dividend. We're also committed to further improving our investment grade balance sheet and we plan to direct excess cash flow to continue reducing gross debt. We have tremendous financial strength and flexibility in our capital structure with net debt to EBITDA approximately one times at strip pricing. We have $400 million of tax exempt bonds that mature this year. This is a really unique vehicle in our capital structure and will likely remarket those at an advantaged interest rate relative to taxable debt as we've done previously. We also have plenty of flexibility to manage the 1.2 remaining outstanding on our Ensign term loan due at the end of this year. The markets are wide open for us to potentially refinance a portion of that debt and as a reminder we have $2.1 billion available capacity on our credit facility that matures in 2027. And even if we opt to refinance in total the maturing tax exempt bonds and the term loan, we will retain capacity to payoff at par almost $1.5 billion of commercial paper and bonds which would get us to our medium term gross debt goal of $4 billion. One final comment for me on our '24 outlook before I turn it over to Mike to walk through some of the details of our capital program. Consistent with our prior messaging, our 2024 financial guidance assumes we'll transition to becoming an alternative minimum tax, or AMT, cash taxpayer this year. The AMT tax rate is 15% on our pre-tax U.S. income. Our primary exposure here is domestic as our E.G. income will largely be offset by current year foreign tax credits. The new information we're providing today involves research and development, or R&D, tax credits. We recently completed a study of capital spent in past years on organic enhancement activities that qualified for R&D tax credits. As a result, we expect to apply approximately $150 million of these R&D tax credits this year as a direct offset to a significant portion of our 2024 AMT cash payments. A direct benefit to our free cash flow is most likely not included in any sell-side models at this point. With that, I'll hand over to Mike who will walk us through the final points of our 2024 capital program.
Mike Henderson:
Thanks, Dane. As we highlighted earlier, we're a results-driven company. So I'll start with the expected bottom-line results of our 2024 capital program. We expect our $2 billion capital program to deliver $1.9 billion of free cash flow with one of the lowest reinvestment rates and free cash flow break-evens in the sector. This will enable us to deliver our investors a truly compelling shareholder return profile. We fully anticipate these bottom-line financial outcomes and the underlying capital efficiency of our 2024 program to again benchmark at the very top of our high-quality E&P peer group. To deliver these outcomes, we'll operate approximately nine rigs and four frac crews on average this year. We expect our capital program to again be first half weighted with about 60% of our CapEx concentrated in the first half of the year, largely a function of the timing of our wells to sales. This should drive stronger production and underlying free cash flow over the second half of the year. At the midpoint of our full year guidance we expect to deliver flat total company oil production approximately 190,000 barrels of oil per day consistent with what we previewed last quarter. Yet importantly, as Dane highlighted, we fully expect to continue driving significant growth in oil production on a per share basis. We're guiding to a modest year-on-year decline in our oil equivalent production this year. This BOE decline is largely a function of well mix and our focus on value over volume. Given the extreme weakness in natural gas prices relevant for oil, we're allocating capital to the oiliest and thus highest volume areas in each of our plays consistent with our prioritization of corporate returns and free cash flow generation. We're also expecting some modest ongoing base decline in Equatorial Guinea. As is typical for our business and consistent with last year, there will be some quarter-to-quarter variability in our production. First quarter should mark the low point for the year impacted by about 4,000 barrels of oil per day of winter weather-related outages largely concentrated in the Bakken. We'll then grow from first quarter levels as we bring more wells to sales as the year progresses. Now to the more important details of our 2024 program. We expect to deliver our flat oil production guidance with 5% to 10% fewer net wells to sales than last year. This is a function of improving underlying capital efficiency driven by durable well productivity at peer leading levels, an additional 5% increase to our average lateral lengths and modest deflation recapture that is built on conservative underlying assumptions. Approximately 70% of our total capital will be allocated to our high confidence Eagle Ford and Bakken programs where we have a demonstrated track record of execution excellence. For 2023, external state data indicates we delivered six months per foot oil productivity 60% better than the basin average in the Eagle Ford and 40% better than the basin average in the Bakken. With our cost structure, we believe we're leading each basin in capital efficiency. We expect another year of leading performance in 2024 as we maintain our productivity advantage and find ways to continue enhancing our capital efficiency. The bulk of our remaining resource play spend will be dedicated to the Permian where we're increasing our activity and capital investment in a disciplined manner. Since getting back to work with a consistent D&C program in the Permian a couple of years ago, we've delivered among the best well productivity in the basin with competitive drilling completion performance for transitioning to an almost exclusive two-mile-plus lateral program. This year over 20% of our Permian wells will be three-mile laterals. We'll get into more details in E.G. in a minute, but our E.G. CapEx will be up modestly this year with spend limited to long lead items in preparation for potential Alba infill program in 2025. Our non-developing capital is higher this year to large-late to more environmental regulatory and emissions-related spending, as well as some nonrecurring projects such as water infrastructure and pipeline additions. For context, a couple of years ago this bucket represented about 5% of our total capital. It's about 10% this year. Importantly, however, we expect our non-D&C capital to peak this year and to trend lower in 2025. I would also add that many of those projects designated as emissions-related have the added economic benefit of enhancing our reliability and uptime performance. Now to Lee for E.G. and the wrap up.
Lee Tillman:
Thank you, Mike. Focusing on slide 15 in our deck with the expiration of our legacy Henry Hub linked LNG contract at the end of last year, our E.G. integrated gas business is now fully realizing global LNG pricing, and in January we lifted our first cargo under these new contractual terms. Consistent with our prior disclosure, the majority of our Alba LNG sales are covered by the five-year sales contract we announced last year. That contract is TTF linked. The balance of our 2024 LNG cargos have now all been contracted, but at a JKM price linkage. This will afford us a nice combination of both TTF and JKM price exposure this year. Although, global LNG pricing has weakened somewhat on warmer winter weather, the arbitrage between global LNG and Henry Hub pricing is still significant and therefore should still drive improved financial performance for our international operations. We're guiding to $550 million to $600 million of E.G. EBITDAX this year, assuming $10 TTF, that's a significant increase from actual 2023 EBITDAX generation of $390 million. Importantly, we don't expect this to be a one year financial uplift. For some time we've been focused on sustaining this improved financial performance by progressing all elements of the E.G. gas mega hub concept supported by the HoA signed with the E.G. government and our partner last year. The five-year E.G. EBITDAX outlook we're providing today is intended to demonstrate the sustainability of our E.G. cash flow generation. Over the next five years, we expect to deliver cumulative E.G. EBITDAX of approximately $2.5 billion, assuming $10 TTF and $80 Brent flat. Beyond realizing global LNG pricing, there are a few drivers of the strong performance over the duration of the five-year period. They include, ongoing methanol volume optimization to maximize higher margin, higher working interest LNG throughput; an Alba infill well program, which will help mitigate Alba decline and maximize the amount of Alba equity gas through the LNG plant in coming years; and further monetization of third-party gas through the Aseng gas cap as we continue to take full advantage of our unique and highly valuable gas monetization infrastructure in one of the most gas prone areas of the world. And while this five-year EBITDAX scenario reflects the life of our recent global LNG sales agreement, we fully expect to extend the life of E.G. LNG beyond the next five years, well into the next decade as we continue to advance the longer term gas mega hub concept. In summary, consistent with our more S&P mandate, for the last three years, we've been delivering financial performance, highly competitive with the most attractive investment alternatives in the market as measured by corporate returns, free cash flow generation and return of capital. I fully expect 2024 to build on this track record. Our compelling investment case is simple, a high quality multi-basin U.S. portfolio and integrated global gas business that delivers peer leading free cash flow, a unique and differentiated return of capital framework that provides our shareholders with the first call on cash flow. The output of which is clear visibility to compelling shareholder distributions across a broad range of commodity prices. Sector leading growth in first share metrics, and a multi-year track record of consistent execution and proven discipline. And perhaps most importantly, everything we're doing is sustainable through the commodity cycle. This is due to the quality and depth of our U.S. multi-basin portfolio where we have over a decade of high return inventory and a disciplined and multifaceted approach to portfolio renewal. It's also due to our differentiated integrated gas business that's now fully realizing global LNG pricing as we continue progressing all elements of the regional gas mega hub concept. Rest assured our commitment to our strategy is unwavering and is built upon our core values, resilience across the commodity cycle and our long-term track record of success. With that, we can open the line for Q&A.
Operator:
Thank you. We will now begin the question-and-answer session. [Operator Instructions] Our next question comes from Arun Jayaram with JP Morgan Chase. Please proceed.
Arun Jayaram:
Good morning, Lee. Lee, I wanted to start off with an M&A, obviously a significant level of industry M&A activity, including a large transaction announced in your Bakken backyard last night. I was wondering if you could provide some perspective on how should we think about M&A for MRO post the Ensign transaction, and I did want to cite a recent example of a low cost Permian producer as a low cost structure such as yourself did announce a deal to get more scale in the Permian, adding more sticks on the map and the multiple appears to rerated it on that deal. So again, just some thoughts on where the M&A landscape and what this means for MRO.
Lee Tillman:
Yeah. Thank you, Arun. First of all, size and scale are important, but it's not obviously just about getting bigger, it's about how do we get better. So any consolidation opportunity fundamentally needs to enhance our ability to execute on the path that we've been on really for the last three years that I just described in my opening remarks. We have a very clear, very transparent framework for assessing M&A. That framework is unchanged, and if anything, the bar is even higher now with the successful addition of the Ensign asset that you mentioned. And just as a reminder, Arun, there really five elements of that criteria. First and foremost, of course, is accretion to financial metrics. Secondly, accretion to our cash flow driven return of capital framework. Third, accretion to our resource or inventory life with inventory that competes for capital from day one, clear industrial logic, which to us means going into basins where we have a well-established level of execution, excellence and credibility. And then finally, of course, doing all this without any harm to our investment grade balance sheet. We know that's a challenging criteria, but we can be discerning and we can be patient. As I mentioned, with over a decade plus of high quality inventory, we can wait for those opportunities like Ensign that ticks all the boxes and that's what made Ensign so compelling. I mean, we integrated that asset into our operations and essentially a couple of months, Mike and his team did a fantastic job doing that. We never missed a step and we've seen others stumble in that very critical integration step. So, can we be acquirer? Absolutely. Should you expect us to still apply our criteria and be a discerning and be as disciplined as we are in our organic business? Absolutely.
Arun Jayaram:
Great. My follow up is on E.G., Lee. You provided a five-year outlook, which suggests relatively stable earnings profile or EBITDAX relative to your 2024 guide. I was wondering if you could talk about opportunities to extend these financial outcomes in E.G. beyond the five-year threshold. As well as I was wondering if you could address the recent decision by a super major to exit E.G. And does that open up any opportunities for you given that country exit?
Lee Tillman:
Absolutely. Well, first of all, I want to be very clear, the five-year view we provided was really just a scenario that matched up with the LNG sales agreement that we just inked last year. And so you should not interpret that as a life of LNG kind of model. This was just to match up with that certainty that we now had around that five-year TTF linked LNG sales agreement. The reality is that when we look at all of the things that we have active now and E.G., whether that's methanol volume optimization, the future -- potential for Alba infill drilling and even more third-party molecules like Aseng, we already see the path to extend well past 2030. So, don't view that five-year view as anything other than just matching up with, in fact, that five-year sales agreement that we inked on TTF. In terms of exits, out of E.G. by super majors, clearly that's a very unique set of circumstances where you have a concession that's kind of at the end of its PSC term. It's a very mature oil play there. And again, pretty much end of field life that likely is going to be taken over by the government and run by the government. So very different set of opportunities than we would look like. And again, I would just take you back, Arun, to the criteria that we just talked about and making sure that we look at any opportunity through that same lens when we're talking about doing something inorganically. But we do believe there's a lot of opportunity outside of that within E.G., both from an equity molecule standpoint as well as a third-party molecule standpoint. And the good news for us is when we were able to bring the Aseng molecules to E.G. LNG, that was our first kind of third-party framework, we can now replicate that framework going forward, and that project constructed a very significant piece of infrastructure that we can now use for the future.
Arun Jayaram:
Great. Thanks a lot.
Lee Tillman:
Thank you.
Operator:
Our next question comes from Neal Dingmann with Truist Securities. Please proceed.
Neal Dingmann:
Morning. Nice update. First questions likely for Mike, on your -- you mentioned -- Mike, you referenced the leading operational efficiencies, which are noted. I'm just wondering, could you maybe give a little more detail? Is it largely the longer laterals or, maybe what other key drivers would you point us to that that's really driving this remarkable upside?
Mike Henderson:
Yeah. We all, Neal, I can certainly answer that. So yeah, underlying resource play capital efficiency as we noted is improving in '24. And I highlighted a few things there in my prepared remarks, but I think it probably starts with that consistently strong peer leading well productivity. When I look at our '24 productivity by basin compare it to '23 and Eagle Ford, I would say '24 is looking very comparable to what we delivered in '23. When I look at the Bakken, I would actually say our productivity is up marginally in '24 really on the back of -- we are going to go Bakken, Myrmidon and complete a few wells there. And then the Permian, it looks pretty flat from '23 to '24. So I think that's the first thing I would point to. The second thing, as you noted was the longer laterals we mentioned in the prepared remarks, they're up 5% at a company level. Eagle Ford, they're up about 10% year-on-year. Even Bakken is up just notionally a couple of percentage points. And then you look at the Permian, they're up by 10% as well. And that is a big part of that capital efficiency driver. And then the third part is we are forecasting a little bit of deflation, albeit very modest kind of low single digit numbers there.
Neal Dingmann:
Makes a lot of sense. And then, my second question, Lee, maybe for you or Dane, just on capital allocation. I'm just wondering, is there anything that would cause you to move towards -- more towards the variable dividends or do you believe your active buyback program continues to be most strategic? And maybe around that, I mean, how should we continue to think about per share of growth? Obviously as you keep buying the shares back, it really continues to ramp that nicely, so I'd just love to hear your comments there.
Dane Whitehead:
Yeah. Hey, Neal, this is -- good morning. This is Dane. I'll take a first cut at it. So, the bottom line is expect our framework and sort of the mix of return vehicles to remain unchanged in 2024. We've set all along sort of variable dividend is a -- it's a third mechanism that it's on the table, but it's not front and center for us at this point. 40% return to shareholders is a very firm commitment. That's our primary commitment for use of capital. Base dividend, I talked about the sustainability of that base dividend is critically important to us, so dividend increases will probably be driven by the pace of share repurchases as much as anything because that kind of keeps the post dividend break-even flat. And it's -- right now we're peer leading in the low to mid 40s. Share buybacks again at mid-teens free cash flow yield, super efficient vehicle. And as you noted, they drive that per share growth on a pretty significant basis. The second use of CapEx or of cash -- available cash for us, and you saw us do some of it this year, is paydown debt. We paid down $500 million worth of debt last year. Our leverage levels are -- we're comfortable with, they're like one time net at the EBITDA at strip pricing, but I'd like to get them down and we've stated, we've got $5.4 million of gross debt today. We'd like to drive that down to $4 million gross debt, which was the pre-Ensign debt level. And so we will continue to allocate some excess free cash flow in excess of the 40% return to further improving the balance sheet.
Neal Dingmann:
Great details. Thank you both. Go ahead.
Lee Tillman:
Yeah. Maybe I'll just add one thing to that too. I think, the power of a consistent and meaningful share repurchase program, you really see that showing up in the growth and the per share metrics that really matter. If you just look at 2023, we took out 9% of our outstanding shares that was roughly double the next best in our peer group. And, of course, that translated into tremendous value growth on a per share basis for our shareholders. So we still believe in that. I mean, again, we kind of look through the cycle. It's a program that we set in place and let it run we dollar average. And we think it's very powerful. If you rewind all the way back to October of '21 that 9% comes 27% of our shares outstanding that we've retired. So it's been a very powerful program for us and we remain extremely committed. We still have $2.3 billion of outstanding authorization against the repurchase program with our Board of Directors.
Neal Dingmann:
Great point, Lee. Thank you all.
Operator:
Our next question comes from Matt Portillo with TPH.
Matt Portillo:
Good morning, all. Two asset level questions that I wanted to run by you. I guess first in the Bakken. Looking at the early time results on Ajax looks quite encouraging from a production and productivity perspective. Just curious if you could talk about potentially your learnings on the spacing design here. And then also as you kind of look across your acreage position, how much of your Bakken acreage might be set up for three-mile development moving forward?
Mike Henderson:
Yeah. I'll answer that one, Matt. In terms of the spacing pattern there, it was in a kind of 5 by 0 spacing, so five wells in the middle Bakken and there's no three forks opportunity down there. And as you probably know, that's kind of down to the southwest of the Hector area where we've been pretty active the last couple of years. What I'd say in terms of maybe a read through probably feels a little bit early, don't have a lot of data to share. Obviously, we've just brought three of the wells online, we've got some early production there. What I'd probably tell you this quarter may well change next quarter. So rest assured thought we'll continue to work our land position there hard and if there are any opportunities to get more extended laterals, you could -- you can expect us to be talking about those in the future.
Lee Tillman:
I think one of the things I would add too, Mike, though, is that certainly -- even though we're still waiting for a little bit more longitudinal production data to declare victory. When you look at the total well cost per foot and the savings that we've already captured there, it's very significant. So from an execution standpoint, we feel very good about the D&C performance. So as you said, early returns on the production side, very strong, but absolutely encouraging on the cost side, on the D&C side.
Mike Henderson:
Matt, I'll maybe provide a little bit of more color there. The first of the wells that we did execute on a TWC per foot basis, we're looking at those be 25%, sorry, below comparable to milers. And I think you couple that with the early production, couple of thousand barrels of oil equivalent a day, 80% oil, the IPs will probably be not as stout as you might expect up in Hector, but I think you'll get that volumes back over the long term. So as Lee pointed out, you take the well productivity with the well costs, I would like to think that that's going to present a pretty compelling case for Ajax in the future.
Matt Portillo:
Great. And then just as a follow up. Looks like the Texas, Delaware is going to be about a third of your program, give or take in 2024. I'm curious one on the development plan here, are you moving towards development, or are you still working on delineating the resource? I know that 2023 was still kind of a learning year for you. And then two, just curious how well cost have progressed in this area. I think that was also kind of initiative last year is to get more reps on wells and get the cost down in that Texas, Delaware play, given that there's high productivity trends, but the cost side of the ledger still needed some work.
Pat Wagner:
Matt, this is Pat. I'll take the development piece and maybe I'll let Mike take out the cost piece. Yeah. As you said this -- we moved this project into our development team last year. So it's still longer an exploration project. It is in our development program. As I think you probably know, we have 13 wells that have been online for some time, nine in the Woodford, four in the Merrimack. And they continue to perform this as we expect. Excellent productivity, high oil cut, shallow declines, and low moral ratios. We will be bringing on nine wells this year. Two of those are leasehold wells, and then there's two multi-well pad that will be bringing on. We've gone to longer laterals. We have this 57,000 acre blocking position, so that gives us the ability to drill really long laterals. The wells we're bringing on this year will average around two miles next year, or the wells will be drilling in the future will be up to 13,000 feet. From a development standpoint, we're still looking at four by four spacing in the Woodford and Merrimack. I think I hit it all there maybe.
Mike Henderson:
Yeah. Matt, from a cost perspective, what I'd say is we're kind of still mid program, so to speak. We've just completed drilling the wells, not completed them yet, so don't have all of the data to share. What I would say is from a drilling perspective, costs are in line with kind of pre-drill expectations. What I would say, maybe the encouraging thing is as we progressed through the drilling, it seemed that the efficiencies were getting better and therefore when we do get all of the costs, and I would expect that -- you would see that natural that improvement in the cost as we get -- quite frankly, we just get more reps.
Lee Tillman:
Yeah. One other thing I'll just mention too, this is a little bit of a subtlety, but the fact that we brought the two asset teams, Permian and Oklahoma together, and now that's under a single leadership structure. And this is one of the areas where we can benefit from learning because of course, Woodford Merrimack drilling and completing in Oklahoma, that's something that we've already kind of cut our teeth in. So we're bringing a lot of those learnings and expertise now into this, if you will, joint asset team. Now that we have this Texas, Delaware play, with the Woodford Merrimack, because it is challenging drilling. I mean, let's be honest. It's deeper, it's hard pressure, it's more challenging, hard rock drilling, but bringing that expertise in from Oklahoma is certainly allowing us to advance up the learning curve a bit more efficiently.
Matt Portillo:
Thank you.
Operator:
Our next question comes from Neil Mehta with Goldman Sachs.
Neil Mehta:
Yeah. Good morning Lee and team. First question I had was just post 2024, capital efficiency this year, another very strong year. But as you think about setting the sticks for 2025 and ensuring that you're able to sort of continue at this capital efficiency pace, just some thoughts post 2024, and can you hold 190 of oil at 2 billion the CapEx?
Lee Tillman:
Yeah. Well, it feels like we're just now releasing 2024. So jumping hit 2025 is a bit of a leap. But first of all, let me just say Neil, we feel very good about our, I'll say, underlying well productivity. I think it's actually pretty remarkable when you think about the fact that we operated to, of what the market uses very mature basins, and we're still very much holding the line on productivity that is already at the top of the peer space. So I think you have to keep all of this in the proper context. And certainly as we do our longer term modeling, clearly Permian will start competing for a bit more capital, but we believe that from a productivity as well as a capital efficiency standpoint, certainly as we look out over the horizon, we see ways to continue to hold the line and certainly hold the line if not improve on some metrics. And again, we can have a lot of tools available to us, right? I mean, there's some of the things that Mike talk about. There's the fundamental, well designed, longer laterals, better completions, there's execution efficiency, stages per day. Our rate of penetration on the drilling side, we're just talking about the Woodford hard rock drilling. There's supply chain optimization. We continue to work on how best to integrate and manage our supply chain. And then finally, there's just the sheer commercial leverage. You can kind of put that in the deflation/inflation bucket, but all of those things give us an opportunity to continue to work on overarching capital efficiency as we move forward in time. Even though we may be moving to different parts, different geology, we certainly see a path to continue to protect our peer leading capital efficiency that we've worked very hard for.
Neil Mehta:
Thank you. Yeah. And it definitely is notable. The question -- the follow up question is just on the natural gas outlook in the U.S. It's obviously a tough environment as you referenced in your comments, but how is your designing your plan for 2024, and you're thinking about which areas you want to prosecute? Are you trying to maximize the value of your net backs? Thank you.
Lee Tillman:
Yeah. I think Mike was pretty clear in describing the capital program that, that our program for '24 already reflects the reality of where natural gas pricing sits today. So not surprisingly, we're driving capital allocation to our three kind of black oil basins, Eagle Ford, Bakken and the Permian. Thus, a combination play essentially like Oklahoma is struggling obviously to compete for capital because of where we are on the commodity cycle, right? Doesn't mean that it won't compete in the future, but today because of the multi-basin model, we're able to take a hard look. I mean, I think Mike said, it's value over volumes and even though we're taking a little bit of a downtick on OEVs, that's by design, we're driven by returns and value optimization, which is making our oil program very efficient in 2024, and very much our focus given where gas pricing sits today in North America.
Neil Mehta:
Thanks team.
Operator:
Our next question comes from Doug Leggate with Bank of America.
Unidentified Analyst:
Hey, good morning, guys. This is actually Kaleo [ph] for Doug, so I appreciate you taking the question. My first question goes to inventory depth. You guys obviously can -- continue to show a very consistent capital program with the emphasis on harvesting those mature assets. So hoping that you can provide a view on how you see the resource depth evolving on each one of your four U.S. plays. And when you think about that program as you work into the future, do you ever see the Anadarko Permian carrying the load of that program? And if so, when do you see it?
Lee Tillman:
Yeah. There's a lot in there. So let me maybe try to unpack a little bit of that. First of all, maybe just let me deal with the inventory question. Our team has been very successful at replacing inventory over the last five years, and there's several ways that we're able to do that. One is organic enhancement, and that can include everything from cost reductions in places where we operate, extending laterals, refrac and redevelopment work like we have ongoing in places like the Eagle Ford, so that's helpful. We do small bolt-ons and even trades. One of the reasons that we're now having a primarily two-mile-plus program in Delaware is because of all the good work around small acquisition, small trades there to allow us to get a more contiguous kind of position there. And then we just talked about the migration of the Delaware, I'm sorry, the Texas, Delaware play from kind of exploration into the development program. And then finally there is large scale -- larger scale M&A like we do with Ensign. You've got these four avenues to continue to replenish and in some cycles you lean on one more than another, but typically you need to see all four of those to have a sustainable replenishment model. And that's really what we've been able to prosecute over the last five years and hold that 10-plus-decade plus of inventory relatively constant over that period of time. So you should expect us to use that same playbook going forward. I mean, every year is not going to have a large scale M&A, but certainly every year we're investing in things like organic enhancement. We're investing and still trying to progress some of our exploration place. So those things are just part and parcel of how we address inventory replenishment. At a basin level, we allocate capital at an enterprise level, so when we look at our inventory, we're looking at it from a holistic standpoint. And that's why, for instance, today you see Permian starting to compete for more capital allocation. And so, when we think through that 10-plus-year inventory, we think through it with a mindset of managing it at an enterprise level with basins coming in and out and receiving capital allocation based on the highest return and the best fit for us to continue to generate sustainable free cash flow generation.
Unidentified Analyst:
Thanks, Lee. I appreciate those comments. My quick follow up just goes to E.G. I'm just trying to get a sense of the readability for the perspective of the commodity sensitivity. Not to be stupid about it, but let's say prices blew out to $30 per MMBtu in a very extreme scenario. I'm wondering if the earnings that you've shown here would exhibit the same linearity compared to the $10 to $15 scenarios that you've laid out.
Lee Tillman:
Well, first of all, it goes to $30. We're going to be very happy. But there is a bit of linearity there though. And one of the reasons that -- and I think I mentioned this my open comments, we've provided some sensitivities at an enterprise level for all of the key products. So you can see how E.G. factors into the overall enterprise delivery, but certainly the data that we've included in the deck, you should be able to test those sensitivities because it is a commercial framework, it's a linked to global LNG pricing. So the extent that we're delivering, same level of volumes under the same cost structure, then that should be a pretty linear relationship with commodity pricing.
Unidentified Analyst:
I appreciate that. Thank you.
Lee Tillman:
I want to make that $30 as a prediction too, by the way.
Operator:
Our next question comes from Paul Cheng with Scotiabank.
Paul Cheng:
Thank you. Good morning, guys.
Lee Tillman:
Morning.
Paul Cheng:
Maybe this is, for both Lee and Dane. You guys are changing a bit on the accounting in E.G. shifting the transfer price. Just curious that -- with that other than say the shift on earning between the equity affinity and fully owned operation, but see in any way that changed the way how your decision making for that operation level. That's the first question. The second question that I want to -- maybe go back to the consolidation, in your operating region, because of that, we are going to see some bigger payer, do you foresee that going to change the landscape in terms of the service supply, in terms of all that, because of the consolidation, people become more rational. So you actually think that the pricing on the survey will become better for the rest of the payer. So just curious then, I mean, what you view on the competitive landscape that may have changed, if any, due to that consolidation in the operating regions that you are in.
Lee Tillman:
Okay. Great. Well, again, lots to unpack there, Paul. Let me, maybe start off on the E.G. question. I'll get Dane to jump in here and help me out. But you're spot on in that under the new contractual structure that we will be shifting some element of profitability from the equity companies over to the consolidated reporting. And in fact we provided a very kind of detailed breakdown of that in our guidance in the deck just to hopefully eliminate any confusion or lack of clarity around this point. I mean, we know E.G. still is complex, but in some ways this will bring more transparency by migrating more of that profitability into the consolidated entity. It will also limit kind of this timing dislocation that we also have between when we generate the income or the earnings and when we receive, say, the dividend from an equity company. Because in the consolidated entities, obviously that step does not occur. The only other thing you said, well, would this change anything around our decision making because of this new structure? And what I would tell you is, the beauty we have in E.G. is that we are aligned from an equity percentage standpoint across the value chain. So there's really no impact to our decision making or how we think about investments across that value chain because we have alignment in every aspect of it from the upstream, all the way through the LNG plan. I don't know, Dane, if I missed anything there.
Dane Whitehead:
No, I agree completely, Lee. I would just add the guidance that we provided on page 15 of the slide deck, it's really sort of at an -- holistic E.G. business unit level $550 million to $600 million EBITDA in 2024, assuming $10 TTF and we gave price sensitivity. So you can dial that how you want. But I will say that's the best way to look at the business is the aggregate EBITDA generation. That's how we think about it. So it doesn't really -- to echo Lee's point, I don't think it drives our decision making which entity, whether it's consolidated or an equity affiliate where that earning is coming from. We like it all. The other thing is that guidance is quite a bit stronger than what we previously provided for '24 and now we've actually gone out five years and given you a five-year average. So this business is very strong and it's improving with the infill opportunities and bringing the same gas into the system. I mean, there's a lot of running room here and a lot that's not fully baked into the future model yet. So we're pretty bullish on E.G.
Lee Tillman:
I think the last question you had was just around kind of the, I'll call it, the competitive landscape certainly in some of the basins where we operate today. Consolidation is absolutely a factor in all basins. It's probably in some ways it becomes a bit more challenging and mature basins as the best operators tend to be aggregating the best assets and many of them have already done so and have a material position. The other challenge I think you have in those assets is it's the balancing act between PDP production versus forward inventory. And I would use the example, for instance, of Ensign where we really struck that balance. It brought cash flow and EBITDA with it, but it also brought 600 plus locations that was not only inventory life accretive to the Eagle Ford, but with inventory life accretive to the overall company. And those opportunities came in and competed immediately and continue to compete within our capital allocation today. And so there are some unique challenges as you look at the more mature basins, but ultimately the high quality assets will be run by the highest quality operators. And we certainly put ourselves in that category.
Paul Cheng:
Thank you.
Operator:
Our next question comes from Scott Gruber with Citigroup.
Scott Gruber:
Yes. Thanks for squeezing me in and just have one question here. Lee, I think your M&A framework is certainly a very prudent approach. But obviously there does seem to be an industry rush here to secure good rock and scale up. So the question we get from investors is, do you worry about the opportunity set for acquisitions shrinking and the quality of the opportunity set fading? And does that warrant a tweak to your M&A strategy? I guess ultimately the question is, are you comfortable with the longer term outlook for adding quality resource, whether that's organic or inorganic within the construct of your M&A approach or -- and in the context of this hyper consolidation phase?
Lee Tillman:
Yeah. Well, definitely there -- we're in that phase today, but we see no upside to our shareholder to compromise our criteria today. Again, all of these transactions are very bespoke. They reflect the attributes of the counterparties. Most of those counterparties are searching for something. They're searching for scale, they're searching for resilience, they're searching for balance sheet help. I mean, they're searching for sustainability in inventory, so they're trying to fill a void. And what that drives is, is this I'll -- I won't necessarily refer to it as desperation, but it drives a different kind of behavior for us. We're sitting with 10-plus years of inventory. So we can be patient, we can be thoughtful, we can exercise the same level of discipline that we do in our organic business and be very successful. And we've demonstrated that. We've got a track record. I talked about those four levers we have available for inventory replenishment. Large scale M&A is just one of those levers that we can apply. And also keep in mind that even when transactions occur, the assets are still there and so they're not going anywhere. And so there is still that aspect of ultimately the best assets will find their hands into being operated by the best operators.
Scott Gruber:
I appreciate the color. Thanks, Lee.
Lee Tillman:
Thank you, Scott.
Operator:
Thank you. This concludes our question-and-answer session. I would like to turn the conference back over Lee Tillman for any closing remarks.
End of Q&A:
Lee Tillman:
Thank you for your interest in Marathon Oil. And I'd like to close by again thanking all of our dedicated employees and contractors for their commitment to safely and responsibly delivering the energy the world needs now more than ever, cannot be proud of what they achieve each and every day. Thank you. And that concludes our call.
Operator:
The conference has now concluded. Thank you for attending today's presentation. You may now disconnect.
Operator:
Good day, and welcome to the Marathon Oil Third Quarter 2023 Earnings Conference Call. [Operator Instructions]. Please note this event is being recorded. I would now like to turn the conference over to Guy Baber, Vice President of Investor Relations. Please go ahead.
Guy Baber:
Thank you, Danielle, and thank you as well to everyone for joining us on the call this morning. Yesterday, after the close, we issued a press release, a slide presentation and investor packet that address our third quarter 2023 results. Those documents can be found on our website at marathonoil.com. Joining me on today's call are Lee Tillman, our Chairman, President and CEO; Dane Whitehead, Executive VP and CFO; Pat Wagner, Executive VP of Corporate Development and Strategy; and Mike Henderson, Executive VP of Operations. As a reminder, today's call will contain forward-looking statements subject to risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed or implied by such statements. I'll refer everyone to the cautionary language included in the press release and presentation materials as well as the risk factors described in our SEC filings. We'll also reference certain non-GAAP terms in today's discussion, which have been reconciled and defined in our earnings materials. So with that intro, I'll turn the call over to Lee and the rest of the team who will provide prepared remarks today. After the completion of those remarks, we'll move to a question-and-answer session. Lee?
Lee Tillman:
Thank you, Guy, and good morning to everyone listening to our call today. First, I want to again start our call by expressing my thanks to our employees and contractors for another quarter of comprehensive execution against our framework for success. We know than on another great quarter while continue to stay true to our core values as you responsibly remember the oil and gas of our need. There are few key takeaways among leading this morning. First, the third quarter results we've continue to build on our track record of consistent operational execution that is translating to peer leading financial results. Our strong execution culminated in $718 million of adjusted free cash flow at a reinvestment rate of just 38%, truly exceptional delivery. And I expect our free cash flow generation to further improve during fourth quarter from this already strong level. The first half weighted nature of our 2023 capital program contributed to a significant increase in our third quarter production, above the top end of our full year guidance, while capital spending declined. At the same time, we remain focused on managing our unit cash cost, which declined to the lower end of our annual guidance range, down more than 15% from the prior year quarter. We are well positioned to take advantage of any market-based deflation opportunities, are ensuring that we are driving underlying efficiencies in all aspects of our business, both expense and capital. Second key takeaway this morning. Powered by this foundation of consistent execution, we continue to lead our peer group and the broader S&P 500 in returning capital to our shareholders through our transparent cash flow driven framework that prioritizes our shareholders as the first call on cash flow. And importantly, we're delivering on our shareholder return objectives, while continuing to enhance our investment grade balance sheet. During third quarter, we returned $476 million to shareholders, bringing total return of capital through the first three quarters to more than $1.3 billion, representing 41% of our top-line cash flow from operations, fully consistent with our framework. We're offering shareholders a double-digit annualized distribution yield and peer leading per share growth. Our consistent and committed approach to share repurchases has driven a 26% reduction to our outstanding share count over the trailing 8 quarters, far in excess of any peer company. We've also now reduced our gross debt by $450 million this year, including a $250 million October prepayment on our term loan. We are well on our way to our medium-term gross debt objective of about $4 billion that will further enhance our financial flexibility and lower our leverage metrics to less than one times EBITDA at a conservative oil price assumption. Looking ahead, we remain steadfastly committed to both our return of capital program and further gross debt reduction. It is not an either oral position. Consistent with that focus, our board recently approved a 10% increase to our base dividend and an increase in our outstanding share repurchase authorization to $2.5 billion. Importantly, this dividend raise is fully funded by the synergy with our repurchase program. That also ensures we hold the line on our post dividend free cash flow breakeven price, which is the lowest in the peer group. My third key takeaway this morning is that our unique EG integrated gas business is now set to realize a significant financial uplift in 2024, driven by a substantial increase in our global LNG price exposure. To this end, we recently signed a new TTF linked LNG sales agreement for our equity Alba Gas. This contract marks the conclusion of the legacy Henry Hub contract, which expires at the end of this year. In 2024, this new contract is expected to contribute to a year-on-year EBITDA increase of approximately $300 million to $500 million, assuming TTF pricing of $15 to $20 per MMbtu, with all contractual agreements necessary to realize this uplift now formalized. Our focus turns to further enhancing the longer-term free cash flow generation capacity in EG by optimizing our integrated gas operations, including the version of a portion of the methanol feed gas to higher margin LNG, and progressing the additional phases of the EG gas mega hub concept. Our final key takeaway is that we remain on track to deliver a 2023 business plan that benchmarks at the top of our high quality EMP peer group on the metrics that matter most. Free cash flow generation, reinvestment rate, capital efficiency, free cash flow breakeven, and production growth per share. These differentiated outcomes are underpinned by a high quality and high return inventory that is demonstrating durable productivity year-over-year and offers a decade plus of running. And as I look ahead to 2024, I expect more of the same. Our framework for success and our core priorities won't change. Our objective will again be to maximize our sustainable free cash flow generation. An objective we believe is best accomplished by a maintenance oil program of 190,000 barrels of oil per day. We'll, again, strive to deliver pure leading return of capital and per share growth. I fully expect another year of very strong wealth productivity and operational execution across our high quality multi basin portfolio, and we will benefit from the added tailwind of our growing exposure to the global LNG market and the associated financial uplift. With that, I'll turn it over to Dane, who will provide a brief financial update.
Dane Whitehead:
Thank you, Lee, and good morning to all on the call today. As Lee mentioned, the third quarter was an exceptional financial quarter for us, highlighted by $718 million for adjusted free cash flow, a reinvestment rate of just 38% and $476 million of capital return back to shareholders. Importantly, we expect even stronger free cash flow generation during the fourth quarter as our capital spending continues to moderate. It should go without saying by now, but we continue to believe that returning significant capital back to our shareholders is foundational to our value proposition in the marketplace. We're successfully building a long-term track record of consistent shareholder returns through the cycle that can be measured in years, not just quarters. We're now two years into that journey and the bottom-line results of our program is delivered are both compelling and differentiated. Over the trailing eight quarters, we've now returned $5.1 billion back to our shareholders. That's over 30% of our current market capitalization. We've repurchased $4.6 billion of our stock and attractive levels, driving a 26% reduction to our standing share count contributing to peer leading growth on our per share metrics. The commitment and the consistency of our approach is paid off, and we remain committed to this powerful combination of material share repurchases along with the competitive and sustainable based dividend. To that end, we raised our base dividend by 10% this quarter, that's the ninth increase in the last 13 quarters. This increase was fully funded by share count reduction from our buyback program, protecting our free cashflow breakeven, which is the lowest in our peer group. Additionally, we've increased our outstanding share repurchase authorization to $2.5 billion, which gives us plenty of runway to continue buying stock. As I've said over the last few quarters, our plan is to maintain this return on capital leadership, while also further improving our already investment grade balance sheet through gross debt reduction. We can do both and that's exactly what we're demonstrating. We've now paid down $450 million of gross debt year-to-date, including $250 million of term loan that we paid down in October. Looking into fourth quarter specifically, we aim to continue paying down the term loan. At current prices, we expect to be able to pay down $400 million to $500 million in the fourth quarter, and that's inclusive of the $250 million reduction already executed in October. With the variable interest rate, that the term loan carries, aggressively reducing outstanding principal of free cash flow will make a meaningful dent in our annual cash interest expense, and we expect to continue to hit our minimum 40% of CFO shareholder return opportunity. Our balance sheet is very strong, firmly in investment grade territory. Yet we'd like to be even stronger. Our current leverage at prevailing commodity prices it's around one time debt to EBITDA. Over the medium-term, our objective is to reduce current gross debt of $5.5 billion down to around $4 billion. That would translate to one time debt to EBITDA, assuming a $50 to $60 WTI price environment. Turn our gross debt level back to where it was before the Ensign acquisition. With that financial summary, I'll turn it over to Mike.
Mike Henderson :
Thanks, Dane. The strength and sustainability of our shareholder return and balance sheet initiatives are ultimately underpinned by the high quality of our U.S. multi basin portfolio and our ability to consistently execute. Slide 12 highlights we're delivering strong and durable well productivity, while also continuing to improve our drilling and completion efficiencies. While we are positioning ourselves to take advantage of commercial leverage and potential deflation, we recognize that self-help is fully within our control. More specifically, our average oil productivity per foot this year is trending flat with 2020. And at those levels, we are 25% better on a 180 day cumulative basis than our high quality peers. In Eagle Ford, the successful integration of the Ensign acquisition earlier this year this further enhanced both the quality and quantity of our inventory. Our fully integrated program is delivering another very strong year, with oil productivity flat to 2022 and oil equivalent productivity better. In the Bakken, we're consistently bringing online the best wells in the basin. Wells that payout in less than 6 months with early oil productivity 40% better than the basin average. We're also just wrapping up the drilling of our first 3 mile laterals in the Ajax area. And in the Permian, we've significantly improved our capital efficiency through our transition to a 2 mile lateral or longer program, now reliably delivering oil productivity consistent with the industry top quartile. Yet while underlying well productivity gets most of the external attention, there are 2 components to the capital efficiency equation, and we're equally focused on both the numerator and the denominator. Field level operational execution matters and is a primary driver for well costs. I'm pleased to report that our year-to-date execution has been strong with drilling and completion efficiencies continuing to improve. More specifically, our average drilling efficiency this year is on pace for a 10% improvement versus 2022, while our completion efficiency is set to improve 15%. We've taken advantage of an improved market, high grading certain areas of our business where it's made sense. We've placed a greater emphasis on preplanning efforts, which will reduce non-product time on location. And we continue to work closely with our longer term service providers to implement incremental changes that can drive quantifiable execution improvements. Turning to our integrated gas business in EG, great job by our teams in achieving all our targeted commercial milestones this year. With the signing of our new TTS linked Alba LNG contract with Glencore's beginning January 1, 2024. Of the sourced LNG will no longer be sold at a Henry Hub linkage. The current arbitrage between Henry Hub and European natural gas pricing is expected to drive significant financial uplift for our company at current forward curve pricing next year. A year-over-year EBITDA increase of $300 million to $500 million assuming a TTF price range of $15 to $20 per MMBtu. With the commercial framework now fully in place to realize this financial uplift. Our focus now turns to further extending the longevity of stronger financial performance. Next year, we'll begin diverting a portion of our Alba Gas from the methanol facility to the higher margin, higher working interest LNG facility. Highlighting the flexibility of our integrated EG operations where we have alignment across the entire volume chain. Additionally, we're continuing to assess up to 2 well in field drilling program on the Alba block, targeting high confidence, low execution risk, shorter cycle opportunities that could partially mitigate Alba field decline beginning in 2025 and maximize the flow of our equity molecules through the LNG plant. Our Alba infill program is expected to compete with the risk-based returns generated from our U.S. resource base. Before any other infill capital spending is unlikely to make a significant impact on our overall 2024 capital program. And finally, we continue to advance longer term gas mega hub concept in EG, as more fully described in the edge agreement signed between ourselves, to the EG government and our partner Chevron earlier this year. By truly leveraging our unique world class infrastructure in one of the most gas prone areas West Africa. We expect to extend the life of EGLNG well into this decade and further enhance our multiyear free cash flow capacity. The next phases of development likely with the same gas cap monetization, as well as potential cross border opportunities. With that, I will turn it over to Lee, who'll wrap up our call.
Lee Tillman:
Thank you, Mike. For years now, I have reiterated that for our company and for our sector to attract increased investor sponsorship. We must deliver financial performance competitive with other investment alternatives in the market as measured by corporate returns, free cash flow generation, and return of capital. More S&P, less ENT. We've delivered exactly that type of performance over the last two years and counting, and not just competitive, but at the very top tier group. And looking ahead to 2024, I don't expect anything to change. To close, I would be remiss if I didn't address the competitive landscape for our sector. We've obviously seen significant consolidation in our peer space recently. While every transaction is unique with its own set of facts and circumstances, a common takeaway is clear, low cost, high quality traditional oil and gas assets will have a critical role to play in helping meet global energy demand for decades to come. And within the oil and gas space, the short cycle, U.S. shell opportunities where there advantage, risk adjusted returns and potential for further innovation will continue to be highly valued and critical to meeting that long-term demand. Recently, you may have seen articles speculating on Marathon's involvement in M&A. While I won't address any specific market rumors or speculation on today's call, I will reiterate that it's our duty to always explore avenues to further enhance the long-term value for our shareholders. Whether those opportunities are organic or inorganic, that's always been our objective and our responsibility to our shareholders and nothing has changed. For Marathon oil, our approach to M&A, small or large has been consistent and will not be compromised. As exemplified by the inside transaction, which ticked all the boxes of our well-established criteria. It is about making our company better, not just bigger and enhancing the delivery against our framework for success. Any transaction must meet or tried and true principles of financial and return of cash accretion, industrial logic within our existing basins, inventory life extension and no harm to our investment grade balance sheet. Our paradigm needs to shift from that of an energy transition to one of an energy expansion. And I continue to believe that elite group of high-quality U.S. EMP companies are necessary to drive that energy expansion to deliver strong financial results for shareholders, while also collectively defending U.S. energy security, playing our role in lifting billions out of energy, poverty, and protecting the standard of living we've all come to enjoy. Marathon Oil is well positioned to be one of those significant few companies, with over a decade of high return U.S. unconventional inventory and a differentiated EG integrated gas business with unique and growing global L&G exposure. I'm proud of how our company is delivering for our shareholders. Our financial and operational leadership speaks for itself, and you can have confidence that our strategic framework will continue to guide all of our decisions by prioritizing strong corporate returns, sustainable free cash flow generation, significant return of capital to our shareholders, and ongoing resource base enhancement, and all while protecting our investment grade balance sheet. With that, we can open the line for Q&A.
Operator:
[Operator Instructions] The first question comes from Arun Jayaram of JP Morgan.
Arun Jayaram:
I wanted to follow up on your M&A comments and wanted to get your thoughts on how you would view transactions that could potentially be viewed as more of an MOE for Marathon. And just maybe if you could address, we got numerous buy-side pings and an 8-K filing from MRO last week that was filed under M&A or an asset disposition or under Reg FD. Looks like you had an amendment earlier this week, but just wanted to see if you could touch upon what the deal was with that 8-K filing as well?
Lee Tillman:
Yes. No worries. Yes. Good morning. Well, first of all, just around M&A and whatever flavor of M&A you want to talk about, whether that's MOE or a large bolt on transaction like we did in Ensign, the criteria is still fully in play. We don't look at those, really, through any different lens, and I'll take you back to what I stated in the prepared remarks, which is any transaction of scale is going to have to tick all the boxes in and our criteria. It's going to need to be financially accretive, it's going to need to be return of cash accretive, it needs to add to our already high quality in resource life and inventory life. It needs to have very clear industrial logic, meaning for us, it exists in one of the basins where we have high execution confidence. And then finally, it can't do any harm to our investment grade, balance sheet, and financial flexibility. So it's really irrespective of the scale, that's going to be the lens, the criteria that we're going to evaluate any opportunity. Yes, let me just, maybe put to rest any of the noise created on the 8-K. We had not updated, our corporate bylaws since back in 2016. This was just some cleanup on those bylaws. There was a little bit of a mistake on how those got classified which prompted the amendment, but there's nothing more to it than that.
Arun Jayaram:
My follow-up is on EG. Lee, you mentioned in your press release earlier in October. You had a long-term sales agreement by Glencore. Can you talk about why they were the right partner for you? And maybe you could talk about, the new wrinkle, which is the ability to shift maybe some volumes from Methanol to back to LNG, some thoughts on what the implications of that could be? And perhaps, as well, you could outline kind of your development program, at Alba later in 2024?
Lee Tillman:
Okay. Well, you just packed a lot into that question. Let me start maybe with Glencore. First, I want to say up front that the team, the marketing team, did an exceptional job of creating competitive tension in the marketplace, and we had a lot of interest, when we put out the RFP for those, base load cargos, so, the positive, of course, is Glencore came in with a very competitive offer with a 5-year term, a TTF linkage, a fixed transportation element as well. They also have experience working and operating an EG. So from a lifting, scheduling standpoint, etcetera, they're very familiar with how we operate the business there. So, 1st and foremost, it was about driving the best competitive offer, and I think an added bonus, of course, was just the fact that Glencore did have a lot of experience already, in country. On the diversion question, we've talked a lot about the arbitrage between Henry Hub and, obviously, TTF and Global LNG, but there's another element of arbitrage that we have available to us in EG as well. And that is the feed gas that we send to the Methanol facility. And because of our alignment across the full value chain, we can look at optimization, around that, where we can divert some of those volumes where we believe the highest value can be attained. And as we look at and we're methanol pricing and were TPF pricing under the new, contract terms, as well as just the market in general, we feel very strongly that redirecting those molecules and optimizing, that flow, we'll end up just adding some incremental value as we look ahead to '24. And then finally, I think the last element of your question was really around just the Alba infill program and some of the opportunities that we're pursuing there. The way we've described that thus far has been up to a 2 well infill program. And as Mike mentioned in his comments, the reason we really like this, well, first of all, it competes head-to-head from an economic return standpoint, with our U.S. resource play, but importantly, this is about as short cycle as you can get, in the offshore space. We have very high geologic certainty. This'll all be jack-up drilling with dry trees. There's no facilities investment, required, and so we're just working through that process, and I would just say, just be patient with us. We'll have a lot more to say about the Alba Enzo program, as part of February's budget release and work program. I think, I called it every day, but I was telling if I did it.
Operator:
The next question comes from Scott Gruber of Citi.
Scott Gruber:
Just looking back at your tilt schedule and how that's evolved over the course of the year. It looks like the targeted well count for the full year has tick tire, just a bit over the course of the year. So the question is, as you look out at your maintenance program next year. Do you think you can achieve the 190 or so in oil production at a flat well count from the 260 or so this year, if you include all the JV wells, or would you anticipate the well count needing to take higher a bit next year?
Lee Tillman:
Well, first of all, I would just say that the till count, there's a positive story in there, which is around execution efficiency. And obviously, we don't want to pump the brakes on that. When we're achieving that kind of efficiency that Mike talked about on both the drilling and completion side, we want to continue, that momentum. And so you saw that, again, that wells to sales count being a bit higher. It's still probably a little premature to talk specifically about the 2024 program, but I will tell you, even with, a bit of capital, say, from some long lead kit in EG, we expect the capital program to essentially the flattish year-over-year. And so I think the subtext to that would be that we would, on a, if you kind of move from maybe gross wells to net wells, we would expect, on a net well basis, to generally be in alignment with where we have been this year. And a lot of that, quite frankly, is driven by the productivity that we have machine, that underlying productivity that was in the deck, which really shows you that as we move from 2022 to 2023, there was really no downshift in productivity, and as we've just started our early planning for 2024, we believe that's a trend that we're going to be able to support, even moving into next year. So we feel very good about the capital efficiency that we're going to be able to deliver in 2024. We set a pretty high bar this year, but we believe that we can continue that trend and that momentum going into 2024.
Scott Hanold:
Got it. And those drilling completion efficiencies, look robust and it's obviously given you some leverage, your service contractors. So what's the latest thinking on kind of overall deflation potential into ‘24?
Mike Henderson:
Yes, Scott, it's Mike here. I'll take that one. So still feels a little bit early to make any definitive call on 2024 Service cost. I mean, that said, I think we're likely to trending towards that kind of low single digit year-on-year deflation in ‘24. But again, I think ultimately, it's going to be dependent on what commodity prices do, and probably more importantly, what kind of industry activity levels look like. I think for us, looking at ‘24 largest contribution to any deflation is likely going to be around steel and hydraulic horsepower. Maybe the counter to that categories that have significant labor, any labor costs feel pretty sticky. So don't see much movement there. And when you think about B&C services, that's a big part of that is labor. So maybe an area where we don't see as much deflation, certainly absent any kind of material move in the commodities. Maybe just providing a little bit more detail in the various areas for us steel costs, they are trending down, as I've said from kind of first half eyes in 2023. We're kind of thinking about 20% there. And that's pretty consistent. Lower raw materials, milk capacity has opened up and just a bit of decreased demand as well. Similar story in the frack space. Hydraulic horsepower softened, spot rates have come down. We're kind of looking at off at 25% from those highs. Now, what I would note is we were never contracted at those levels, so that's more just about an industry perspective. Similarly, high spec rig market availability has definitely improved. Again, pricing's kind of trended down your at 20% of peaks there. And again, we weren't contracted at those levels. And as I mentioned, anything that has got a labor components or things like directional drilling, cement, coil, wire line, hauling, all of those kinds of costs are probably going to be a little bit stickier and it's worth recognizing that is not an insignificant component of your total well costs. And then maybe the last area is diesel. And that is a bit of a wild card. Supply demand fundamentals still feel pretty tight there.
Operator:
The next question comes from Umang Choudhary of Goldman Sachs.
Umang Choudhary:
On EG, appreciate all of your response to Arun's questions. I guess one more, any update you can provide us on the progress on capturing the third party as saying volumes?
Lee Tillman:
Yes, I mean, I would just say that right now that's an active dialogue as we look to bring those third party. And maybe just as a little bit of a reminder, we already have a commercial model in place that will guide that discussion. And obviously the saying gas cap was also part and parcel of the heads of agreement that we signed earlier this year. But again, just to maybe lay out the opportunity here, this is a reservoir where the operator has been producing the oil rim. They're now looking to really turn that around and blow down the gas cap. There's already the existing Alen pipeline that connects in to our gas plant and LNG plant, so much of the infrastructure to get to our facility is already in place. And again, we have the commercial model, which is a tolling plus percentage of proceeds or profit-sharing model, that we already have in place for the Alem molecule. So I would say that's just a continuing effort right now and a negotiation that's ongoing, and I would just say stay tuned. But at the end of the day, this is really the only monetization route, ultimately for that gas.
Umang Choudhary:
And then on Slide 12, you've highlighted strong productivity and efficiency gains across your U.S. asset base. When you look across your assets, which ADAS are moving up from a return perspective and are probably going to likely demand more capital deployment over time? And then, the housekeeping question which I have for you is that implied 4Q guidance, oil guidance, it's calls for a bigger step down versus what we were expecting if you plan to keep, if you plan to hit the midpoint of your FY guidance. So any color you can provide there?
Lee Tillman:
Yes. Let me start with what I think was kind of a little bit of a question around capital allocation and how we're thinking about that, certainly, as you look ahead to 2024. I think, again, we're very early in the cycle, so it's a bit difficult to give specifics, and more to come on this. But certainly, the Eagle Ford and the Bakken are going to continue, to compete for the lion's share of capital. We do expect that because of the strong results that we've seen in the Permian, so that will start competing for a bit more capital as we finalize the 2024 plan as well, and of course, we've also talked about potentially the need to loop in some long lead items for the Alba Infill program in 2024. So when you think about capital allocation next year, not any seismic shifts there. You're looking at, again, a couple $1 billion inclusive of a little bit of EG spend, but again, Bakken, Eagle Ford, the black oil plays, coupled with a little more incremental, allocation, to the Permian, is likely the case to be. On the 4Q, kind of, I'll call it the 4Q squeeze against where we sit right now. First of all, we don't get that fussed about quarter-to-quarter variations. That's just an output of our business plan. Our focus is really on delivering our annual guidance commitment. That's where we're really looking to drive the results. So if you just reflect, for instance, on this year, we started in the first quarter at about 186,000, second quarter we're about at 189,000 barrels of oil per day. Third quarter, we're at 198,000. We'll probably be in the upper kind of 180s in fourth quarter. All that being driven by our business plan and that commitment to meet that 190 annual average. And we do expect, just like we saw this year, that there will be some quarter-to-quarter variation, going into 2024. It's likely that we'll once again have a bit of a first half weighted program, and that'll translate into a bit of a shape to our production volumes. But at the end of the day, we believe, for a nominal $2 billion program, we're going to nail those 190,000 barrels of oil per day because of the underlying productivity durability that we're seeing in our portfolio.
Operator:
The next question comes from Josh Silverstein of UBS.
Josh Silverstein:
Just on EG, now that you guys are linked to TTF pricing. It's been pretty volatile over the last two years. Is there anything that you guys can do to lock in some of that $300 plus $1 million uplift whether through some hedges or any other tools in the Glencore contract?
Lee Tillman:
Yes. I'll maybe say a few things and let maybe Pat jump in as well. Our philosophy has been that we obviously want to protect the upside and the linkage to TPF are investors. We have an investment grade balance sheet. We have the lowest enterprise breakeven in the peer group. We have a very balanced portfolio from a product mix standpoint. And so when you couple all that together, we feel that we can Hold some of that upside and not hedge that away for our investors. Taking as a little bit different, maybe not quite as liquid as some of the other markers as well. But we believe, because of the way we position this asset within a broader portfolio, That with the TTF linkage, that's going to give us the market based upside, that's going to give us the biggest valve. Pat, do you want to add anything?
Pat Wagner:
You really did it all. I mean our contract is linked to TTF, but we'll close that. And we have a commodity risk committee that meets weekly and looks our opportunity to hedge that volume and we said there's not a lot of liquidity there. We'll continue to look at it.
Josh Silverstein:
And then thanks for the commentary on the thoughts around spending as well and the 190 for next year. Can you talk about how much runway you guys see to kind of hold that level of oil and total production of around a similar couple of billion-dollar CapEx level?
Lee Tillman:
Well, certainly, in the past, we've talked about, a maintenance program, they can take us out 5, even 10 years, and when you look at our inventory life and the quality of that inventory, when we talk about a decade plus of inventory, it really is thinking about projecting that maintenance program out in time. There'll be some well mixed effects, as you move through the portfolio, but I believe our productivity and the durability of that productivity is pretty resilient. And the example I would use is, when you look at places like the Bakken where we've made the shift into the Hector area, that type of productivity and capital efficiency, that's the forward inventory there. Similarly, all the good work in Permian that's been done on extended laterals 2 miles or beyond, that's the type of capital efficiency that we see, going forward and with the addition of something like Ensign, which had capital efficiency at or above our legacy acreage, we see that also being very additive as we look forward in time and look at projecting that maintenance program out across our, like I said, over a decade in inventory.
Operator:
The next question comes from Doug Leggate from Bank of America.
Doug Leggate:
Lee, I wonder if I could just address the balance sheet topic that you obviously touched on what your targets are there, but I want to kind of put it to you a little differently and say your capital structure today is still about 25% net debt. And if you think about market recognition of value, you've got a backward if the oil curve and a buyback program that is arguably buying back stock at the front of a very backwardated oil price. Why would it not make more sense to try and tackle the net debt formula to transfer value from debt to equity rather than pursue the per share growth metrics that obviously come with the buyback program?
Lee Tillman:
Yes. Well, Doug, maybe I'll start it off then I'll get Dane to jump in here. First of all, this for us -- this is not an either or proposition. I mean, we are consistently delivering our minimum a 40% CFO back to our shareholders while also continuing to work against that gross debt kind of midterm gross debt target. And I'll let Dane talk about that a little bit more. But on your -- on the stock repurchase question, keep in mind that, we're trying to look through the cycle. I mean, this is a different business model today. I mean, we're not trying to time the market or be opportunistic. We're putting TD programs in place, we're getting dollar averaging, we're consistently doing free cashflow yield on our shares is still well into the double digits, which means that program is devastatingly efficient. And so, because we can do both, that's what we in essence are doing. So we don't have to make that choice today. And we still believe, when you look at some of the numbers that Dane shared on just how much dilution we have taken out of the share repurchase program, we've done that at a very attractive price point on our shares as well. So as long as we continue to have that free cash flow yield efficiency in our shares, it's still very competitive for us to focus on that per share metric and drive that. Dane, you want to say anything a little bit more about kind of how we're approaching the gross debt?
Dane Whitehead:
Yes, maybe how we think about prioritization, it is -- it's a both answer right now. We could -- we feel like we've got the capacity to do both. I think about the investment rate balance sheet. We're on positive watch with one or more of the ratings agencies in our current state. We've got a ton of flexibility with regard to debt maturities over $2 billion of liquidity. We just have all the tools in the toolkit we need to manage a glide path from $5.5 billion of gross debt down to 4 billion over time. And I think over the next 12 to 18 months, we're well positioned to do that while we need that minimum 40% return to shareholders. So really, if I was perceiving something a little more stressed than that or that was showing up in our stock valuation, for example, maybe it would be a little more urgent to pay down the debt. But I don't feel like we're in that situation at all. Current pricing environment. We're generating a bunch of free cash flow, and if we get a tailwind, it will just further accelerate things. And remember also, Doug, our return of cash framework also does recalibrate as you move through price bands as well. So if we start seeing some of that backwardation, and obviously, we can -- we will adjust by virtue of the framework that we have put out to the market.
Doug Leggate:
That's very clear, thanks guys. On how you think about this. I guess my follow up is, if you don't mind on EG, I think, we all recognize the capacity, the potential of the legacy plant. And clearly, you're the only game in town, so I think, it's inevitable that you find opportunities, I guess to help frame the current situation though. I wonder if you could just share with us, with what you have today, how long do you keep the plant full, in other words to try and kind of risk what the future opportunity needs to be. If nothing else happened, what do you have today in terms of plant longevity?
Lee Tillman:
Yes. No. I understand the question, Doug. Let me maybe describe it in financial terms, Doug. So, we've shown very clearly the potential uplift that's going to occur in 2024. That is a very durable uplift at a minimum for the duration of this 5-year contract, that we have with Glencore. So, I can say with great confidence that that financial uplift that we're capturing in 2024 is very durable over the next 5 years. With just a few of these incremental items that we're talking about, the out of the infill program as well as the same, which, as you say, we're the only game in town. Just those relatively modest projects are going to extend the EG LNG operating life well into the Next decade. And that's wonderful, and that gives us a much broader runway on cash flows and EBITDA, but it also provides some time for us to continue to work on things like the cross border opportunities, some of the discovered undeveloped assets that could really be game changers for us, and they just take time to mature. And so when we think back, a lens was kind of the first step. Now we've moved on to the next step, which is the recalibration of the commercial terms. From there, we're now looking at diversion options from, Methanol, because it makes value sense to do so. And finally, the Alba Infill work is under evaluation right now between ourselves and our partners, and the commercial terms are being discussed with the same. So, just with those few incremental wins, and I hope you see that we've demonstrated a track record of actually capturing those wins, will extend EG LNG, like I said, well out into the next decade.
Operator:
The next question comes from Neal Dingmann from Truist.
Neal Dingmann:
My first question is on maybe for John just on the regional activity. Specifically, I'm just wondering, how do you view sort of upcoming quarterly plans for the Bakken and Permian? And it seems like the Bakken activity remains brisk with 20 plus wells to sales quarterly while the Permian incremental activity has gone back to a couple wells.
Lee Tillman:
Yes. I think, naturally, there's going to be some ebb and flow from a capital allocation standpoint. First of all, I just want to recognize the Bakken team had a tremendous third quarter and that was a, as usual, that was a combination of things. We brought on some fantastic wells. Execution efficiency was strong, which we've already talked about, so we're getting more wells to sell today. The team did an amazing job of keeping our facilities, up and running. I mean, our most profitable barrels are the ones that we've already invested in. Keeping it online, doing things like very aggressive workover programs. All of these things are contributing to that very strong performance that you saw in the Bakken. But again, we're going to balance, capital allocation across. That's one of the beauties of the multi basin model, and we're going to move that capital and take advantage of the efficiency that we have across all the bases. I don't know, Mike, if you wanted to add anything else.
Mike Henderson:
Maybe just the other, the only other thing I'd add, Neil, is don't interpret lack of wells to sales as lack of activity. We got 9 rigs running at the moment. We got a couple of JV rigs running. We've got 3 rigs running in Bakken City and Eagle Ford. We've actually got 3 running in between Oklahoma and Northern and Permian. So, I think that's an indicator. I think the value that we place in that asset and the potential future upside I think is going to be, a key contributor for us next year is just maybe well as the sales in the fourth quarter and third quarter, for that matter, just down a little bit, but wouldn't read too much into it.
Neal Dingmann:
And then, Lee, just a follow-up. I'm just wondering, how does the broad M&A market look today in terms of just potential deals or quality of deals out there versus, it's interesting. I would say versus exactly a year ago today when you announced the Ensign deal?
Lee Tillman:
Well, the Ensign deal for us was a little bit of a unicorn in the sense that it did tick all the boxes in our criteria. And as we look at what's in the market today or rumored to be in the market today, I have to say, frankly, that they really don't tick the boxes on our criteria. They may tick 1 or 2, possibly, but we can be patient. I mean, we have a tremendous amount of organic opportunity that was made only stronger with the addition of Ensign. Remember, Ensign added 600 plus wells into the Eagle Ford, very high quality wells. And keep in mind, there were already 700 plus existing wells, many of those with earlier early designs for the completions, and we took no credit for redevelopment and refrac, which based on our legacy experience in the Eagle Ford, we know will ultimately compete for capital as well. So when I look at what's out there today, Neil, we're just not seeing anything that would really fit, our criteria, and there's just no need for us to compromise.
Operator:
The next question comes from Phillips Johnston from Capital One.
Phillips Johnston :
Lee, you just touched on the 190 for next year and how there's some similarities to this year. Just in terms of activity weighting, this might be too granular, but relative to the high 180s exit rate after a pretty flush Q3 here. Can you maybe directionally talk about the sequential quarter-over-quarter trajectory from Q4 into Q1?
Lee Tillman:
Well, I think you probably can be pretty well informed just by looking at what we have done in the past. If you go back and you kind of look at how we have trended, even from '22 to '23, that's probably a good indicator. I know Ensign may have muddied the waters a little bit, this year, early in the year. But if you get down to the underlying legacy business, That profile, where we come in probably a little bit lighter, like I said, if you just look at 2023, we're at 186,000, 189,000. Now we're at 198,000 probably trending toward the high 180,000 in the fourth quarter. That kind of profile, because of the way that we laid our capital, directionally, that's what you should expect to see in 2024. And again, we'll give a lot more color and granularity on that in February, but that shape and that concentration of capital in the first half, that's going to feel very familiar relative to this year.
Mike Henderson:
Okay. But the only thing I'd add to that, Lee. But if you look back to this time last year, fourth quarter last year. We brought 26 wells to sales. This quarter sorry, fourth quarter last year we brought '22. We're getting the quarters mixed up. This time last year, we brought 22 wells to sales. This quarter, we're projecting ‘26, so there's a playbook there that we've tried and tested it works well. Just really building on these comments there.
Phillips Johnston :
Okay, great. And then just one more follow up on EG, I guess. I think in the past you guys have talked about sort of an 8% to 10% natural PDP decline rate there, so I wanted to check to see if that's still a good number. And then, obviously you're still evaluating the two infill wells, but if you were to drill those, how might they impact your production trajectory in EG just over the next couple of years? I guess the question is will those wells more than offset those declines and they keep production relatively flat or just offset some of the declines?
Lee Tillman:
Okay. First of all, your, your 10% decline number is in the right zip code. In terms of thinking about our EG gas production there, for sure. With respect to the info wells, obviously we are -- we've talked about up to two wells. Even if we get to the two well program, what we're talking about is partially mitigating the decline. And of course, those wells wouldn't even be coming online until 2025. But the beauty of those wells, they're very high value molecules for us, because of our alignment, again, across the value chain from the Alba PSC, all the way through the LNG plant. Those are going to be extremely valuable equity molecules. So if I accept the fact that we're -- we won't obviously offset all of the decline, but if you look at it through a financial lens and being able to extend the financial performance of the con -- of the integrated asset, those wells are really going to help us there.
Operator:
This concludes our question-and-answer session. I would like to turn the conference back over to Lee Tillman for closing remarks.
Lee Tillman:
All right. Thank you for your interest in Marathon Oil. And I'd like to close by again thanking all our dedicated employees and contractors for their commitment to safely and responsibly deliver the energy the world needs now, more than ever. I could not be prouder of what they achieve each and every day. Thank you and that concludes our call.
Operator:
Thanks. The conference has now concluded. Thank you for attending today's presentation. You may now disconnect.
Operator:
Good morning, and welcome to the Marathon Oil Second Quarter 2023 Earnings Conference Call. [Operator Instructions]. I would now like to turn the conference over to Guy Baber, Vice President of Investor Relations. Please go ahead.
Guy Baber:
Thank you, Danielle, and thank you as well to everyone for joining us on the call this morning. Yesterday, after the close, we issued a press release, a slide presentation and investor packet that address our second quarter 2023 results. Those documents can be found on our website at marathonoil.com. Joining me on today's call are Lee Tillman, our Chairman, President and CEO; Dane Whitehead, Executive VP and CFO; Pat Wagner, Executive VP of Corporate Development and Strategy; and Mike Henderson, Executive VP of Operations. As a reminder, today's call will contain forward-looking statements subject to risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed or implied by such statements. I'll refer everyone to the cautionary language included in the press release and presentation materials as well as the risk factors described in our SEC filings. We'll also reference certain non-GAAP terms in today's discussion, which have been reconciled and defined in our earnings materials. So with that, I'll turn the call over to Lee and the rest of the team who will provide prepared remarks today. After the completion of these remarks, we'll move to a question-and-answer session. Lee?
Lee Tillman:
Thank you, Guy, and good morning to everyone listening to our call today. First, I want to again kick off our call by expressing my thanks to our employees and contractors for another quarter of comprehensive execution against our framework for success. We don't take such delivery for granted, and I'm especially grateful for your commitment to safety and environmental excellence in addition to delivering on all of our operational and financial objectives. Well done on another great quarter, while staying true to our core values. There are a few takeaways I want to leave you all with this morning. First, we delivered another very strong quarter on all fronts, highlighted by sequential increases to our cash flow from operations, free cash flow and our total company oil and oil-equivalent production. We delivered around $530 million of free cash flow during the second quarter, with a significant increase from first quarter driven by strong execution and improving production trend and a catch-up in EG cash distributions. Second key takeaway. We continue to lead our peer group and the broader S&P 500 in returning capital to our shareholders. During second quarter, we returned $434 million to shareholders, including $372 million of share repurchases. Through the first half of 2023, we've returned over $830 million to our shareholders, representing 40% of our top line cash flow from operations consistent with our framework. Our differentiated cash flow-driven return of capital framework continues to prioritize our shareholders as the first call on our cash flow, not the drill bit and non inflation. First half 2023 return of capital represents a double-digit total shareholder distribution yield on an annualized basis and the highest in our E&P peer space. Our commitment and consistency and returning significant capital is contributing to peer-leading growth in our per share metrics. We've now reduced our outstanding share count by 24% in just the last 7 quarters, and we are on track to deliver 30% year-over-year production growth per share. Our third and final key takeaways this morning. Our forward outlook remains compelling and differentiated. We are on track to deliver a 2023 business plan that benchmarks at the top of our high-quality E&P peer group on the metrics that matter most
Dane Whitehead:
Thank you, Lee, and good morning, everyone. As we mentioned, second quarter was a tremendous financial quarter for us as we generated $531 million of adjusted free cash flow and returned $434 million of capital back to shareholders. That's a 10% increase in shareholder distributions relative to the first quarter. Importantly, we expect our financial delivery to improve even further over the second half of the year. On a price normalized basis, we expect our free cash flow generation to improve across the third and fourth quarters relative to the second quarter's already meaningful level, driven by higher expected production and lower capital spending consistent with the phasing of our 2023 program. Returning significant capital back to our shareholders remains foundational to our value proposition in the marketplace. We're focused on building a long-term track record of consistent shareholder returns through the cycle that can be measured in years, not just quarters, and the first half of 2023 represents another successful step in that journey. Through the first 2 quarters of the year, we returned over $830 million to shareholders, representing 40% of our adjusted CFO. First half return of capital translates to a double-digit shareholder distribution yield on an annualized basis, and that's the highest in our peer group. Over the trailing 7 quarters, we've now returned approximately $4.6 billion back to shareholders. That's almost 30% of our current market capitalization that we've returned in less than 2 years. We repurchased $4.2 billion of our stock at attractive levels, driving a 24% reduction in our outstanding share count, contributing to pure leading growth in our per share metrics. We remain confident. Our cash flow-driven return of capital framework is uniquely advantaged versus peers, providing investors with first call on cash flow and offering them a differentiated shareholder return profile. Our framework is sector-leading and transparent, providing clear visibility to one of the strongest shareholder distribution yields in the entire S&P 500. For the full year, we expect to continue to deliver against our framework, returning a minimum of 40% of our top line CFO to shareholders. We're committed to the powerful combination of a competitive and sustainable base dividend and material share repurchases. More or less our base dividend unchanged this quarter. Keep in mind that we've raised it basically last 11 quarters, and we're well positioned for another dividend raise later this year, with the increase expected to be fully funded by the share count reduction from our buyback program. This is consistent with our focus on sustainability and our objective to maintain one of the lowest post-dividend free cash flow breakevens in the peer space. Additionally, we have ample capacity to continue buying back a significant amount of our stock with $1.8 billion of share repurchase authorization outstanding. Our plan is to maintain our return of capital leadership and improve our already investment-grade balance sheet through gross debt reduction. We can do both, and that's exactly what we're demonstrating. We paid down $200 million of high-coupon U.S. debt so far this year and remarketed $200 million of tax in bonds at a favorable interest rate. The strength and durability of our shareholder return and balance sheet enhancement initiatives are underpinned by the quality of our assets, our disciplined capital allocation framework, our peer-leading capital efficiency and our strong free cash flow generation. This is proven out by our leadership position when it comes to the most important metrics for our sector. For full year 2023, we expect to deliver the best free cash flow yield in the high-quality E&P space, the lowest reinvestment rate and among the best capital efficiency, all while maintaining the lowest enterprise free cash flow breakeven on a pre- and post-dividend basis. With that summary, I'll turn it over to Mike to provide a brief update of our 2023 execution that's delivering the sector-leading outcomes.
Michael Henderson:
Thanks, Dane. My key message today is that the priorities for our capital program remain unchanged and that we remain fully on track to deliver on our key commitments to the market, including our annual capital spending and production guidance. Starting with our capital program, we spent just over 60% of our full year budget during the first half of the year, fully consistent with our stated business plan. We expect third quarter capital spending to be in the $400 million to $450 million range, with a further moderation expected in the fourth quarter and are well positioned to take advantage of any deflationary tailwind in the second half of the year. For the full year 2023, the midpoint of our annual capital guidance remains a reasonable assumption for your models. In terms of the service cost environment, first half 2023 pricing was very consistent with our expectations entering the year. We started to see a general plateauing of cost during the second quarter and had improved access to services and equipment. The macro environment remains dynamic. We've now started to see an improved pricing trend across raw materials and most service lines in equip, consistent with a lower level of industry-wide drilling and completion activity. We'll look to capture better pricing where we can with the balance of the year, while continuing to protect our execution excellence, where we are also seeing a number of positive trends. To that point, year-to-date, field-level execution has been very strong and efficiency outperformance has us tracking to the higher end of our annual wealth sales guidance in the Eagle Ford, Bakken and Permian. While this won't have a material impact on our full year 2023 capital for production, it should enhance our production momentum into 2024, where we also believe there will be more opportunity to capture deflation in the market. Turning to production. The phasing of our capital program is driving strong production momentum into a strengthening commodity price environment. For third quarter specifically, we expect total company oil and oil equivalent production to be at or above the high end of our annual guidance range before a modest sequential decline into the fourth quarter. For full year 2023, we've reiterated our production guidance ranges of forward trending above the midpoint of guidance on an oil equivalent basis. The combination of higher production and lower capital spending over the second half of the year is expected to drive even further improvement to our underlying free cash flow profile. Turning briefly to our integrated gas business in EG after receiving a substantial catch-up cast distribution. During second quarter we expect the relationship between earnings and cash distributions to normalize over the second half of the year. Third quarter distributions should be somewhat evenly split between dividends and return of capital. Looking a bit further ahead to 2024, we continue to expect to realize significant financial uplift in EG on the back of an increase in our global LNG price exposure. We're right on track with all the necessary contractual milestones. And beginning January 1, 2024, all the sourced LNG will no longer be sold at Henry Hub linkage. It will be sold in the global LNG market. This arbitrage between Henry Hub and global LNG pricing trickled with the highly competitive market for LNG cargoes from reliable suppliers is expected to drive significant financial uplift for our company at current forward card pricing. To take further advantage of these new commercial terms, we are actively assessing up to a 2-well infill drilling program at Alba, targeting high confidence, low execution risk, shorter cycle opportunities that should mitigate base decline and maximize equity molecules through the LNG plan under the more attractive global LNG linked pricing. These opportunities are expected to compete with the risk-based returns generated from our U.S. resource plays, although any Alba infill capital spending is unlikely to make a significant impact on our overall 2024 capital program. Yet, it's not just about capturing near-term commercial uplift in EG. As we've stated before and consistent with the recently executed HOA with the EG government and our partner Chevron, we're equally focused on the longer-term outlook via the gas mega hub concept. By truly leveraging our unique world-class infrastructure in one of the most gas prone areas of West Africa, we expect to extend the life of EG LNG well into the next decade and further enhance our multiyear free cash flow capacity. The next phases of development in the same gas [indiscernible] as well as potential cross-border opportunities. With that, I will turn it over to Lee, who will wrap up our prepared remarks.
Lee Tillman:
Thank you, Mike. For years now, I have reiterated that for our company and for our sector to attract increased investor sponsorship, we must deliver financial performance competitive with other investment alternatives in the market. As measured by corporate returns, free cash flow generation and return of capital, more S&P, less E&P. We've delivered exactly that type of performance over the last 2 years and not just competitive, but at the very top. Our one-line investment thesis is this
Operator:
[Operator Instructions]. The first question comes from Arun Jayaram of JPMorgan.
Arun Jayaram:
Lee, Dan and Mike, you mentioned how your free cash flow should inflect in the second half of this year, just given the, call it, $450 million decline in higher output in oil prices. So I wanted to get your thoughts on how you balance cash return in the second half between equity holders, debt reduction and perhaps building up the cash balance. You've been operating around $200 million in cash for this year. So just thoughts on balancing those 3 items.
Dane Whitehead:
Yes. Sure, Arun. Yes, the cash return conversation is so central to the value proposition for shareholders. I might take a little longer than you anticipated to cover this, but just to be thorough, we've really been steady executing a return of capital framework and it calls for a minimum 40% of operating cash flow in the form of either share repurchases or a base dividend. And obviously, our track record on meeting that minimum return, it's very solid and unwavering, and we expect that to continue that going forward. We returned exactly 40% in the first half 2023 CFO to shareholders. That's $700 million in share repurchases plus $125 million base dividend, which equated to 11% [indiscernible] distribution yield is really at the top of the class in terms of return. Now on top of that, we also paid off $200 million of 8-plus percent coupon U.S. tax debt and kind of balancing those share repurchases and returns to investors with debt reduction is something that will be a feature for us going forward. We certainly continue to see share repurchases as the preferred return vehicle for the lion's share of our shareholder returns. Our stock is trading at a free cash flow yield in the mid-teens. So for purchases continue to be very value accretive, a real efficient way to drive per share growth, and they're synergistic with growing our base dividend, as I referenced in my prepared comments. We have $1.8 billion of repurchase authorization outstanding. So plenty of running room there. And the per share growth that we're driving 24% since fourth quarter of 2021 when we restarted this program, it's pretty eye-watering. So for the balance of the year, we expect us to continue to return 40% of operating cash flow and look to pay down additional debt. Now make no mistake, the 40% return to shareholders is the top priority. The second priority will be to continue to start to pay down the term loan that we took out when we acquired the Ensign Eagle Ford asset. We have a very significant cash flow inflection that we started to free cash flow inflection that we started to realize in the second quarter, but we expect that to continue in the third and the fourth quarter. And even on a price normalized basis, we're going to have a lot more flexibility than we've had over the past couple of quarters to serve both of those needs, shareholder return and debt reduction. With the tailwind we're seeing in commodity prices, particularly WTI right now, that's going to provide even more flexibility. We can go bigger on share repurchases, and we can go faster on debt reduction or some more likely some combination of those. You asked about cash balance. We're operating around $200 million right now. And in the course of the month, we actually made a negative. It need to borrow on our credit facility a little bit, waiting for the big 20th of the month check for oil receipts, which is -- that's the big time when a big way for cash flow comes into the company. that working capital that we're managing the mechanics of that. We actually just established a commercial paper program, which is very cost effective compared to the credit facility. And so I think we're comfortable with that. Over time, we may build up cash, but I don't -- it's not a priority for us right now. Right now, it's going to be hit to 40%, exceed it where we can and take down that term loan to get that interest expense out of the system.
Arun Jayaram:
That's helpful. My follow-up maybe is for Mike, is kind of maybe a 2-parter. Mike, your updated TIL guidance is about 17 TIL is higher, 230 versus 213. Does that impacting any production from from the higher TILs, that was a question from the buy side. And then maybe I'd love to see if you could describe the positive variance in the Eagle Ford this quarter and maybe a little bit light in the Northern Delaware, a couple of those variances in 2Q.
Michael Henderson:
Yes. Just looking at the wells to sales cadence, I'd probably start the capital program is very much tracking its plan. So kind of we fully expect it to execute on that. Kind of purely typical for us to be more front-end loaded. We are seeing some outperformance from an execution perspective, particularly in the drilling space. Looking back, and I think we've got a record quarter in the second quarter from a drilling perspective. Similar story in Permian where I think year-to-date, we've had our best-ever drilling performance, similar story in the completion space. And then in Eagle Ford, again, a similar story there. I think what's encouraging in the Eagle Ford is with the Ensign acreage since we've got in there, we're probably drilling our wells about 10% faster than what they were drilling them last year. So when you kind of combine all of that together, it's putting a little bit of pressure on the wells to sales in the year, but I think how I think about it, that pressure is going to really translate more so in the fourth quarter. So if you think about it, we're probably pulling a few wells in from the first quarter into the fourth quarter. So from a capital and production perspective, not going to have a big impact on 2023, but potentially could set us up well or for the run into 2024 in the first quarter there. You asked specifically about Eagle Ford well performance. Yes, I think we highlighted the 74 branch wells in Atascosa County. Those are extended laterals. We're seeing some great performance and great early production performance out of those, and that's an area of the play that we've got some future running room. I expect that's going to be a big part of our execution portfolio in '24 and then into '25 . Hopefully, that answered all the questions that you had there.
Lee Tillman:
Yes. I just think one, Arun, just on Permian to, you'd asked a little bit about why we saw a little bit of a step down sequentially there. That was generally speaking to a little bit of lag in our workover program, and we are on top of a couple of large producers that went down. We had to get a workover rig on them. And then finally, we had some midstream gas takeaway that was a little bit delayed on one of our new pads in the quarter. All that's been resolved now. So really just a question of timing, no well performance issues whatsoever.
Operator:
The next question comes from Josh Silverstein of UBS.
Joshua Silverstein:
You had some comments before on the -- some of the EG infilling opportunities there. Can you also talk about just the product scope of some of the other field developments, the time line for investments? Are these a couple of hundred million dollar products over 3 or 4 years? Just a little bit more about the scope of the opportunity there?
Lee Tillman:
Yes. You bet, Josh. Happy to do so. Yes, just maybe stepping back, first of all, on the infill drilling program. The objective here, of course, in EG is to continue to base load, our 3.7 MTPA train. We obviously prefer to do that with equity molecules. But to the extent [indiscernible] will also drive third-party molecules there to maximize the value proposition out of this really world-class infrastructure. The unique feature, of course, of the Alba infill program is that we're fully aligned across the value chain, from the AlpaPSC, all the way through EG LNG, so those are extremely valuable molecules and would ultimately help us offset and mitigate some of the decline that we're seeing from the Alpha field. And again, remember, we have aligned interest that we've got about 64% interest in the Albin unit. We've got about 56% working interest in EG LNG and, of course, are operator of both. So the beauty of the program is this is going to be a very high confidence low execution risk. And in the world of offshore production, we would consider this about a short cycle as you can get. These are -- this would be jackup drilling over existing facilities, typically reentry, dry trees. And so again, from an offshore perspective, these are relatively straightforward opportunities. The work we're doing now is, of course, assessing the economics, really making sure that we have good solid target locations, working with our partners to ensure there's good alignment there, but ultimately, we believe up to 2 wells in Alba can compete with those risks at a very strong risk-adjusted returns that we're generating here in the U.S. portfolio. If we can stay on track with an FID decision in the near term, then they could have us in a position subject to rig availability to may even be able to spud late '24 in that time frame. The way the capital will phase just quite frankly, on a say, a notional couple of billion-dollar budget, it's not going to be material. It will be phased over time. And again, across our total budget, we just don't see this to be a big needle mover for us, but very accretive opportunities for our EG asset.
Joshua Silverstein:
Got it. That's helpful. And then obviously, there's a lot of upside to come as the contract rolls off, but we've also seen a lot of volatility in TTF and international pricing. Is there anything you guys can do to take some of that volatility out? Are there -- is there a hedging liquidity? Are there contracts you can sign. Just anything that you can provide there, given we've seen as much volatility there as we have here.
Lee Tillman:
Yes, I think we've tried to show the notional uplift that we could obtain from the change in commercial terms that will occur January 1, 2024. And the reality is, Josh, as long as there is arbitrage between Henry Hub and TTF, there's going to be financial uplift in EG. Really, it's just going to be a matter, as you said, of where does that global LNG market price ultimately land. We've shown some sensitivities, $15, $20 and $40 TTF. And in all those cases, there's material uplift relative to what we're seeing in 2023. The work is ongoing from a commercial standpoint from the liquefaction agreement, the lifting agreements all the way through to LNG marketing. More to come on that. But as I think we said in our opening comments, the good news for us is we're going out into a very competitive market today where LNG cargoes, particularly Atlantic Margin sourced LNG cargoes that are advanced into Europe are going to be very much sought after. And I would just emphasize that buyers are looking for reliable suppliers. And over the life of EG LNG, we've never missed a cargo. And so I think we're in a very good position to maybe not damp out all the volatility that you referenced, but certainly take full advantage of the market price that's available to us.
Operator:
The next question comes from Scott Hanold from RBC Capital Markets.
Scott Hanold:
I guess just sticking with EG since we're on that topic. Could you give us some color on how those discussions with counterparties are going and your partners? And just give us a sense, if you could, on what, I guess, counterparties are looking for in terms of duration and flexibility as well, that would be helpful.
Lee Tillman:
Yes. I would just say, first of all, this is a competitive process, Scott, that we're in. And from a milestone standpoint, we're right on track in terms of the commercial milestones that we laid out. And so I want to be absolutely clear. There's no question that we'll be receiving global LNG pricing come January 1. Right now, we're in a competitive process with multiple buyers to, again, drive that competitive tension and deliver what we think will be the most value from whoever that counterparty will ultimately be. But that's an active ongoing competitive process right now, Scott.
Scott Hanold:
I mean, are you able to talk about what kind of duration you're looking for? And obviously, you talked about maybe stabilizing the Elba field. Is that part of showing that the assets have duration for those counterparties?
Lee Tillman:
Yes. I'll go back to my comment around reliability and security of supply. So certainly, duration is an important element that is in. Of course, the terms that we're currently discussing. But until we kind of complete that competitive discussion, I don't want to get too far into some of the commercial details. Suffice to say though, Scott, that we do believe that we'll be able to provide a very solid runway of LNG cargoes for those counterparties. And so it will be -- certainly, we're looking at a longer-term kind of contractual relationship.
Scott Hanold:
Okay. And then my follow-up is a little on 2024. You gave a few tidbits, but clearly, you're sticking to the maintenance program, but with some of the potential tailwinds coming into the year that you spoke of based on your more efficient program. I mean, at a high level, that coupled with maybe some service cost savings, can you give us a sense of how in general, you're thinking about that CapEx budget relative to the one, I guess, 195 you're targeting this year?
Lee Tillman:
Yes. Well, of course, it's a bit early to start forecasting into 2024. But let me, first of all, just share a few thoughts. The case to be for us remains a maintenance oil production level, that means we're going to be back targeting kind of that notional 10,000 barrels of oil per day. So no real surprises there. And in fact, even at a capital allocation level, I wouldn't expect a sea change in terms of the mix amongst even our assets as we look ahead to 2024. I do believe, and I think Mike hit upon this in the comments that market trends continue to, I think, give us an opportunity to see some downward pressure in pricing I think we're well positioned to take advantage of that in the second half of the year. But I don't think from a materiality standpoint, those deflationary impacts are really not going to take root until 2024. Now that's all going to be subject to the market kind of staying where it is. I mean on the service side, it continues to be a supply and demand market for them as well. So do I see an encouraging trend there? Yes. Am I going to give you a quantification of that right now. It's just a bit too early to go there.
Operator:
The next question comes from Neal Dingmann of Truist Securities.
Neal Dingmann:
My question is on the D&C specifically, like a number of your peers continue to sort of push the limits and see the benefits of going to larger wells, such as the 3 milers and talking about the upside that they see on returns from this versus the 2 milers and 1. I'm just wondering do you all agree with this assessment? And if so, what type of opportunities in your plays do you have for this?
Michael Henderson:
Yes, Neal, it's Mike. Yes, I definitely, definitely agree with that assessment. It's been a focus area for -- I think it started predominantly with the Permian asset. We've progressed from a lot of single mile laterals there. Team has done an incredible amount of work over the last few years. We've actually traded close to 5,000 acres over the last couple of years. And that's allowed us to develop this inventory of 10 years plus of 2 milers there. We've now expanded that approach. We're having a look at potential opportunities in the Eagle Ford and the Bakken. What I'd say Permian is probably still the basin that I think presents the most opportunity for us. But I mean, as we as we included in the deck, we've got some opportunities that we just brought online in Atascosa County this quarter in Eagle Ford, I expect more of that. I mentioned that earlier in the response to run. I expect more of those types of wells coming into the portfolio next year and potentially even '25, having a look in Bakken is probably a bit more of a limited opportunity set there, but nevertheless, the team are looking at. And even Oklahoma, we're drilling 3-mile Springer well at the moment. That's being drilled under the JV that we've got there. But if that proves successful, I could open up a few more parts as well for us and oily pads also in Oklahoma, which is always helpful. So I'd characterize it by yet, we're definitely seeing the uplift, and it's something that the teams are actively progressing.
Neal Dingmann:
Very good. That's great to hear. And then my second question, just on sort of the regional oil production. I know you guys don't specifically guide on in each of the regions, but there's definitely continues to be a pretty nice notably pick up in the Bakken. And I'm just wondering, I guess, almost simultaneously, it seemed like the perm fell a little bit more than we were anticipating. I'm just wondering for each of those, or anything to read into that? Or is it just more timing of the D&C plan?
Michael Henderson:
I think in Bakken, you're seeing the benefits, strong execution there in the second quarter. You've seen the benefits and read through into volumes. I think that would translate into the third quarter as well. And Permian, as we mentioned, we've had 3 or 4 quarters growing volumes there, but a bit of -- seeing some outperformance there, a little bit of underperformance this quarter. But again, as we mentioned, 2 contributing factors there. We had a few prolific base wells go down that we had to work over. And that was simply -- that was transitions from ESPs to gas lift. So just it was more of a timing thing there. We do plan for better than that at any given quarter but we just so few more wells coming out and normally there were just some tie-ins were little that weighted on the gas side for the new five well patent that was brought on. So nothing concerning and again we contract in Q3 from the volume perspective yet no concerns there.
Operator:
The next question comes from Doug Leggate of Bank of America Merrill Lynch.
Doug Leggate:
Dan, I wonder if I could just pickup on the cash tax common slide deck, its obviously been a moving piece for you guys given the AMT but can you, if I look at slide 18, can you give us an idea what that free cash flow delta would look like at different decks on when you expect to transition to cash tax to full cash tax.
Dane Whitehead:
Yes, maybe not quantify that as specifically but let me just tell you what's happening. So we have in a non-AMT world sufficient tax attributes not to taxable U.S. Federal Income tax taxable until late 2025, when this new rule of inflation reduction act in the AMT that came in with it impose being a 15% alternative minimum tax if you are not paying taxes if you meet certain criteria the primary criteria is your 3 year average pre-tax book income was a $1 billion or more. In 2023, we are below that $1 billion threshold, in 2024 we expect to be above that. There was a big loss, here a pandemic loss in the current three year average number that would roll off when we get to 2024. So we expect we are going to be AMT taxable at a 15% rate starting in 2024 and we expect that should continue at that rate for about a decade. In the background the conventional NOLs and tax attributes will be conferred to AMT credits and so we will end up sort of capping our tax rate to 15% in the U.S. for that period of time. At 15% it will only to U.S. income, we pay a 25% rate [indiscernible] and that generates its own foreign tax credit so it won't get doubled [ph] by the AMT tax rate as well. Hopefully that you can apply that kind of math to any price outcome you are looking at and quantify it.
Doug Leggate:
I know it’s a complicated issue. Dane, thanks for running through that. I guess my follow-up lead is we haven't really heard a lot about REX [ph] recently I wonder if you could just give us your updated thoughts on thinking on portfolio development and maybe sit along side how you see the M&A landscape [indiscernible].
Dane Whitehead:
Yes, well let me start and then I may ask support from Pat as well. Now the portfolio development side we really look at this kind of as a multi-element approach when we talk about resource replenishment, inventory replenishment. On one end of the spectrum you have large acquisition like the Ensign acquisition which as you say was a tremendous win for our shareholder. I think the other avenue that we have are smaller bolt-ons and trades and I think Mike actually mentioned that some of the trade work in the Permian is giving us some access to some more extended laterals and then you have I would say our internal kind of self-help which is can be some of the redevelopment activities but also the REX program as well and so we look across all those dimensions we talk about resourced replenishment and how do we continue to build a resource base since we are an extractive industry we have to stay on top of that. But maybe I will let Pat talk a little bit about our program particularly maybe focused on the Texas Delaware program and how that's now kind of progressed from what we would have originally called a REX program now more into developmental program.
Patrick Wagner:
As we said our primary project within REX has been this Texas Delaware Oil Play and we have now fully integrated that into our Permian asset team. So its no longer as REX and we talked a little bit last quarter, we brought on a four well pad this year taking down -- well that pad has performed exactly as we expected it to. We will drill another pad in 2024 -- coming up that we will bring online in 2024. We are committed to now a developmental approach that is 4x4, four in the NERAMAC and four in the Woodford 10,000 foot lateral length that's kind of our developmental plan to be going forward. The good news in this recent pad as well as is we are still not seeing any communication between the NERAMAC and the Woodford so we can definitely co-develop those two zones. Our real work now is to try drive our D&C cost down as low as possible. I have got a lot of experience in Oklahoma and these two formations that we are trying to replicate here in this project so we will just continue to mature this project as part of the kind of the development portfolio now moving forward.
Michael Henderson:
I was just going to say I think its -- we really are now focused on this Woodford and NERAMAC play really looking at how do we get up the learning curve to get D&C cost down as low as practical. So it really has moved more into a development project they have to compete for capital allocation and that's exactly what we want to see is that output from the REX program is moving that stuff and to development mode. I did want to come back to your question to just around M&A though real quickly. I think you mentioned of course the very successful Ensign acquisition, if anything I would say that actually raised the bar for us from an M&A perspective and we are not going to compromise obviously on our criteria along those lines. We would be making sure that something is absolutely accretive from a financial metric standpoint, it would have to be accretive from our return of capital standpoint. It would have to be accretive to our overall sustainability meaning inventory kind of resourced like accretive. They got to be industrial logic there meaning it needs to be in one of the basins where we have high executive confidence and then finally we wouldn't want to do anything that would damage the financial flexibility in the balance sheet that we worked so hard to establish. That's a very tough filter and I will tell you today as we look into the market we just don't see anything today that really hits all of that criteria and that's what we saw in Ensign, it really did check all of the boxes and that's why I think that's been such a successful addition to our portfolio.
Doug Leggate:
Pardon me with a clarification question Lee, what the Permian oil play included in your inventory, what would you say the inventory life is now in the Permian now? I will leave it there. Thank you.
Lee Tillman:
We probably say based on Pat, kind of doing a nominal 4x4 spacing recognizing obviously that there is some variability across the play but its generally a continuous 55,000 acre position. So we are thinking several 100 locations right now and we will get more specific on that as we get up that learning curve on D&C and to really integrate it into the rest of our enterprise level inventory.
Operator:
The next question comes from Matt Portillo of TPH. Please go ahead.
Matt Portillo:
Just a follow up around the shift in the tilt [ph] count for the year. We noticed that the Oklahoma assets are slight down shift in your expected in the JV. I was curious if that was operationally driven or if just given the low commodity prices some of those wells are sliding in 2024 and more broadly speaking how do you think about the return profile in Oklahoma relative to the rest of the portfolio?
Patrick Wagner:
This is Pat. Just a little bit on the JV in Oklahoma, that's a very targeted program and we are getting close to finishing that up. It's just really been focused around lease retention there using somebody else's capital trying to maintain our lease program. Just some other strategic advantage including keeping that active through work [ph] in there.
Lee Tillman:
No, I don't think there's anything. I mean I think we guided 15 to 20 wells there earlier, Matt. I think I just think we're going to be at the whole end of the range. I don't think there's anything to read through into that.
Matthew Portillo:
Perfect. And then maybe just a follow-up on JVs across your asset base. I know you have a couple at this point that are for lease retention purposes, given the strengthening crude market and what could be a better environment for gas and NGLs as we head into 2025, how is the company's aptitude or kind of appetite at the moment for incremental JVs versus retaining those inventory locations and developing those on your own going forward.
Patrick Wagner:
This is Pat again. I think what our approach on JVs to date is to keep them very small and targeted to achieve certain strategic objectives. We're not doing large multiyear operated programs. We're just trying to satisfy lease commitments or protect operatorship, things like that. So we'll continue to view them through that lens. And as you see an opportunity you got people go ahead and do very small ones. Most of the inventory that we consume in these JVs is not our top-tier inventory to keep that, and we will go ahead and drill that. But if there's lesser quality inventory that doesn't compete for capital in the current next few years, and we need to execute on it to retain a lease, then we'll bring in a JV partner to help us see that.
Operator:
The next question comes from Paul Cheng of Scotiabank.
Paul Cheng:
I have to apologize is that I joined late, so if my question has already been addressed, please let me know, I will look at the transcript. We -- just curious that some of your competitors is talking about the refrac and redevelopment opportunity in Eagle Ford. Have you guys do more detail and notes on that. I assume that currently, your inventory backlog that you mentioned, say, 10 to 12 years, that's not including that -- So if we're including those that -- how big is that opportunity for you? And what kind of oil and gas price you need in order for those that to be economic? That's the first question.
Lee Tillman:
Yes. Paul, let me take a first pass of this and then I'll maybe let Mike sum some details. First of all, in terms of inventory, we do not put refracs into our inventory. So when we talk about inventory life, these are primary development opportunities, new drill wells, if you will. We've had a lot of experience in the Eagle Ford with refrac and the best and redevelopment. It continues to be an area that we pursue. But again, because we have so many primary recovery opportunities there. We usually do them when there's synergy with nearby new development, but maybe I'll let Mike just throw in is as well.
Michael Henderson:
Yes, Paul. No, you hit the nail in the head there. I mean, our approach with refracs is as we're pulling together a fun development, we're looking at our primary infill -- we'll have a look at the section, and we'll determine that the team is determined then, is there a potential refrac candidate or refrac candidates in the section. And quite frankly, those opportunities have to compete for capital on a heads-up basis with all of the other opportunities. So rest assured, we're doing refracs. They are profitable and they are competing with infill opportunities. I mean to give you a kind of idea for the scale in any given year, I think we're probably doing less. We're probably in the 10 to 15 new fracs this year, and that's kind of how we think about it. It's not a targeted program what we will call and do a bunch of refracs exactly to Lee's point, I think we've got enough primary and sole opportunities that we just don't to do that. I think probably answered most of your questions there. The pricing, they've got to compete on a heads-up basis the other capital that we're deploying.
Lee Tillman:
Yes. The other maybe item I would point out, Paul, as well as maybe just reflecting back on the Ensign conversation that we were having -- in that acquisition, we placed no value on our refrac and redevelopment activities. We based the value really on PDP and the full route 600-plus new primary recovery kind of opportunity that existed there. So as you recall from the acquisition, there were 700 existing wells, many of which -- most of which were completed back in time, right? And so you've got a lot of early generation completion technology out there. We haven't had a chance yet to quantify that because the primary opportunities within sign are so attractive. They're a little bit further down a priority list, but we absolutely expect in the balance of time to continue not only in the legacy area of the herd, but also in the inside area of Eagle Ford. So look at refrac and redevelopment opportunities going forward. But again, it's just a question of prioritizing them within the capital allocation.
Paul Cheng:
The second question is I want to go back into the EG commercial renegotiation on the post 2023, is it necessary for you that you have 100% of the volume under long-term contract or from a portfolio management standpoint, better off for you to reserve a fairly sizable amount on the spot market so that you can take the opportunity of the trading and maybe other tranche opportunities. And also that I know you already have a large exposure starting next year on the international gas market, but does it make sense for you to further diversify your maybe that when we argue that is financial engineering on your U.S. natural gas exposure to also linked to the international market by signing some supply agreement that with the U.S. Gulf to LNG operator, I know some of your peers have done?
Patrick Wagner:
Paul, this is Pat. I'll take that. Maybe I'll start with your second question first on U.S. gas linkage to LNG. I mean we're always exploring ways to maximize our realizations, but we are heavily exposed in EG to the LNG market. So there's nothing in the U.S. You have to have a significant amount of gas volume to do that in the U.S. just happen focused on that and don't see us doing that in the near future. In terms of EG, we will commit to a certain level of volumes through a long-term contract. We will have some terms in there that I want to get into too much detail that we'll have how we handle extra volumes, but I expect that we will have capacity above that sell into the spot market. as progressed. That's -- a lot of those details are still to come, and it depends on the specific negotiations with the buyers coming.
Paul Cheng:
Pat, can I just want to clarify that from a company intention, what will be the ideal mix for the EG contract, do you have a number you might say 70% lock-in on contract and 30% spot or something bigger, something smaller? Any number that you can share?
Patrick Wagner:
No, I don't have any specifics to share with you. But I would think the bulk of the contract will be fixed.
Operator:
Seeing that there are no further questions at this time. I would like to turn the call back over to Lee Tillman for closing remarks.
Lee Tillman:
Thank you for your interest in Marathon Oil, and I'd like to close by again thanking all our dedicated employees and contractors for their commitment safely and responsibly deliver the energy the world needs now more than ever. Do not be proud of what they achieve each and every day. Thank you, and that concludes our call.
Operator:
The conference has now concluded. Thank you for attending today's presentation. You may now disconnect.
Operator:
Good morning, everyone, and welcome to the Marathon Oil First Quarter 2023 Earnings Conference Call. [Operator Instructions] Please also note today's line is being recorded. At this time, I'd like to turn the floor over to Guy Baber, Vice President of Investor Relations. Please go ahead.
Guy Baber:
Thanks, Jamie, and thank you as well to everyone for joining us on the call this morning. Yesterday, after the close, we issued a press release, a slide presentation, and investor packet that address our first quarter 2023 results. Those documents can be found on our website at marathonoil.com. Joining me on today's call are Lee Tillman, our Chairman, President, and CEO; Dane Whitehead, Executive VP and CFO; Pat Wagner, Executive VP of Corporate Development and Strategy; and Mike Henderson, our Executive VP of Operations. As a reminder, today's call will contain forward-looking statements subject to risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed or implied by such statements. I'll refer everyone to the cautionary language included in the press release and presentation materials, as well as the risk factors described in our SEC filings. We'll also reference certain non-GAAP terms in today's discussion, which have been reconciled and defined in our earnings materials. With that, I will turn the call over to Lee and the rest of the team, who'll provide prepared remarks. After the completion of those remarks, we'll move to a question-and-answer session. Lee?
Lee Tillman:
Thank you, Guy, and good morning to everyone listening to our call today. First, I want to say thank you to our employees and contractors for another quarter, a comprehensive execution against our framework for success. I'm especially grateful for your commitment to safety, differentiated execution, and environmental excellence. Well done on another great quarter, while staying true to our core values. We have a number of notable topics to cover today to continue to build on our peer-leading and market-leading financial and operational performance. I'll start by reviewing some key takeaway consistent with the summary on Slide 5 of our earnings presentation. First, we reported another very strong quarter, both financially and operationally that is fully consistent with the guidance we provided back in February and further built on our track record of delivery. We continue to execute against our differentiated cash flow driven return of capital framework, again exceeding our commitment to return at least 40% of our cash flow from operations to shareholders and industry-leading commitment. Our adjusted earnings per share handily beat consensus, and we generated strong free cash flow during first quarter, despite not receiving any E.G. cash dividends. The entirety of the variance in our cash flow and free cash flow versus consensus can be explained by the fact that we reported $80 million of E.G. equity income, but did not receive any E.G. cash dividends. This difference is strictly related to timing, and importantly, we expect to receive over $200 million of E.G. cash distributions during second quarter, more than making up for the first quarter delta versus consensus. And in fact, we expect E.G. cash distributions to exceed E.G. equity income for full-year 2023. We continue to strengthen our already investment-grade balance sheet, proving we can both deliver industry-leading shareholder returns and reduce our gross debt. It's not an either/or proposition. And operationally, first quarter oil production came in at 186,000 barrels of oils per day, consistent with our guidance. We expect an improving oil production trend into the second and third quarters, given our first-half weighted capital program and the associated timing of our wells to sales. Second key takeaway. Our full-year capital spending and production guidance remains unchanged. We remain on track to deliver our 2023 business plan, our plan that benchmarked at the very top of our high-quality E&P peer group on the metrics that matter most. Those metrics include total shareholder distributions relative to our market capitalization, free cash flow yield and free cash flow efficiency, reinvestment rate and capital efficiency, free cash flow breakeven on both the pre and post-dividend basis, and growth in our production per share. This is strong evidence that not only the quality of our assets but the strength of our operational execution and the merits of our disciplined shareholder-friendly capital allocation and return of capital framework that focuses on per-share growth. And my third and final takeaway this morning. While we are focused on executing our 2023 plan that leads our sector, we're equally focused on continuous portfolio enhancements to further improve our competitive positioning and longer-term sustainability. We've now successfully integrated the highly-accretive Ensign acquisition ahead of schedule and we're realizing excellent results from our initial wells to sales. We're delivering tremendous results in the Permian Basin since our return to activity last year. Today, the Permian is effectively competing for capital on a heads-up basis with the best of the Eagle Ford and Bakken in our portfolio, a very high bar to clear. And finally. in Equatorial Guinea, we've made great strategic progress and further strengthening the longer-term outlook of our unique, fully-integrated global gas business. With that, I'll turn it over to Dane, who will provide more detail on our 2023 outlook and how it stacks up to peers.
Dane Whitehead:
Thank you, Lee, and good morning, everybody. Full year 2022 data shows that we performed at the very top of a high-quality E&P peer group last year, as well as the broader market, consistent with the charts on Slide 7 of our deck. An analysis of 2023 guidance indicates that our business plan again benchmarks at the very top of our sector and all the metrics that we believe matter most. I'll start with a recap of our 2023 return of capital outlook summarized on Slide 8 of our slide deck. As I've stated many times on our earnings calls, returning significant capital to shareholders through the cycle remains foundational to our value proposition. We're focused on building -- excuse me, a long-term track record of consistent shareholder returns that can be measured in years, not just quarters, and 1Q was another step on that journey. We again exceeded our commitment to return a minimum of 40% of our CFO, returning 42% to shareholders, including $334 million of share repurchases and our $63 million base dividend. Looking at the full year, we expect to continue adhering to our return on capital framework, while also paying down debt, including some of the Ensign-related finance. We believe we can do both, maintain our return-of-capital leadership and further enhance our already investment-grade balance sheet. And we're off to a great start, beating our 40% of CFO target in 1Q, while paying down $70 million high-coupon USX debt and remarketing $200 million of tax exempt bonds at a very favorable rate. We'll take down our remaining $130 million of USX debt in July and maturity. We continue to believe our cash flow driven return of capital framework is uniquely advantaged versus peers, truly providing investors with the first call on cash flow and insulating shareholder returns from the effects of capital inflation. Offsetting inflation is on ops, not the shareholder. Even at our minimum 40% of the CFO commitment, our return of capital framework is sector-leading. It provides clear visibility to a double-digit distribution yield across a broad range of commodity prices as shown on the top-right graphic on Slide 8, and it benchmarks the very top of our peer group with a total shareholder yield about double the peer average. In terms of our preferred vehicle for shareholder returns, there's no change to our approach. We'll pay a competitive sustainable base dividend with the lion's share of shareholder returns coming through share repurchases. We currently have $2 billion of buyback authorization outstanding, which gives us plenty of room to keep executing. With our free cash flow yield in the high-teens, buybacks remain significantly value-accretive, a very efficient means to drive per-share growth, and highly synergistic withdrawing our base dividends, which we've raised eight out of last 10 quarters without compromising sustainability. Though peers have now migrated to our model, we were an early proponent of share repurchases and our dollar-cost averaging approach since October 2021 has delivered a peer-leading 22% reduction in our shares outstanding. The strength and durability of our shareholder return profile underpinned by strong free cash flow generation and capital efficiency. While first quarter free cash flow was solid at $330 million, we expect both our underlying free cash flow and cash flow from operations to strengthen as we progress through the year. There are a number of factors driving this trend. As we mentioned, we didn't receive any E.G. cash dividends during 1Q. We expect to start receiving those distributions in the second quarter, beginning with a larger-than-normal dividend of more than $200 million. Additionally, our CapEx is front-end loaded with 2Q capital spend expected to be comparable to first quarter consistent with our outlook for about 60% of our full-year capital to be concentrated in the first half of the year. And the timing of this spend will drive oil production growth from 1Q levels, improving our cash flow generation capacity as we move through the year. Therefore, operationally and financially, we remain fully on track with the assumptions that underpinned our initial full-year free cash flow outlook provided earlier this year. And our 2023 outlook very clearly benchmarks at the top of our peer space as illustrated on Page 9 of the deck. We continue to trade at one of the most attractive free cash flow yields in the entire S&P 500, as the top-left graphic shows. While this meeting free cash flow yields is in part due to attractive valuation, it's also a function of our peer-leading free cash flow efficiency. The top right graphic shows our free cash flow margins well above the peer average. For every barrel we produce, we're delivering 30% more free cash flow than the average high-quality E&P. Similarly, our reinvestment rate, a direct measure of capital invested versus cash flow generated, a true cash flow efficiency metric as it considers both capital and operating expenditures, is the lowest in the peer space, a full 10 percentage points below average. Further, our capital intensity is measured by CapEx per barrel of production, is more than 20% better than the peer average. This strong performance is a testament to not only the quality of our asset base but the strength of our operational execution and the discipline inherent in our capital allocation framework. Our focus remains on maximizing the free cash flow and corporate returns on every dollar we spend. Turning to Slide 10, we benchmarked ourselves on one of the most important metrics for our sector, our free cash flow breakeven or the WTI oil price necessary to achieve free cash flow neutrality, a metric so important that we've hardwired it into our short-term incentive scorecard. Through disciplined capital allocation, ongoing cost structure optimization and a relentless focus on our capital and operating efficiency, our objective is to maintain the lowest sustainable free cash flow breakeven level. This is crucial to maintaining business model resilience and ensuring we're positioned to deliver compelling free cash flow across a broad range of commodity prices. When commodity prices are healthy, we expect to materially outperform the S&P 500 in free cash flow generation. When commodity prices are challenged, we expect to remain competitive with the S&P 500. And we can only do this by maintaining a low free cash flow breakeven. And Slide 10 shows we have the lowest 2023 pre-dividend free cash flow breakeven among high-quality peers at around $40 per barrel WTI. Additionally, we expect to realize significant improvement in our free cash flow breakeven from 2023 to 2024, largely driven by the expected financial uplift in E.G. So while our 2023 competitive positioning is strong, it's even better in 2024. Finally, our free cash flow breakeven is also the lowest on a post-dividend basis. While we've raised our base dividend in eight of the last 10 quarters, we stay focused on base dividend sustainability and the synergies that exist between share buybacks and sustainable dividend growth. Whereas certain peers now have base dividends that add $10 or even $15 per barrel to their breakeven, our base dividend adds a more modest $3 to $4 a barrel, underscoring a sustainability and our headroom for longer-term growth as long as we continue to reduce our share count. Turning to Slide 11. While we've been a leading proponent of a capital allocation framework that strongly prioritizes corporate returns and free cash flow generation over production growth, the reality is that we're leading the peer group in growth on a per-share basis. 2021 to 2023, we expect to grow our production per share by more than 40%. In 2023 alone, we expect to grow production per share by approximately 30% year-over-year. Absolute production growth is not the objective, but we do see value in significantly growing our underlying per-share metrics. Two primary factors are driving our exceptional per-share growth profile. First, a consistent and disciplined approach to shareholder returns with a strong emphasis on buybacks. Through our buyback program, we've reduced our share count by 22% in the last six quarters. Our peers have moved toward our model, but we're definitely enjoying a first-mover advantage. And second, the highly accretive Ensign acquisition, which increased our maintenance of oil production by approximately 12% with no increase in share count. So with that summary of our 2023 business plan and competitiveness, I'll turn it over to Mike to provide a brief update on Ensign and our recent outstanding performance in the Permian.
Mike Henderson:
Thanks, Dane. As we've stated, the Ensign acquisition checks every box of our M&A framework, immediate financial accretion, return of capital accretion, accretion to inventory life and quality and industrial logic with enhanced scale, all while maintaining our financial strength and investment-grade balance sheet. We stated before our early focus with Ensign has been on integration and execution. Today, I'm happy to report that our integration of the asset is now complete. With a faster-than-anticipated timeline underscoring the execution confidence that comes with an acquisition and an established basin where we have a track record of success. And on the execution side, as highlighted on Slide 12 of the deck, early well performance continues to demonstrate that the acquired inventory offers some of the strongest returns in capital efficiency in the entire Eagle Ford. Of our first three parts, 14 wells in total, are delivering top decile oil productivity in the basin. We plan to bring online another 20 or so Ensign wells during the second quarter. These wells are expected to deliver accretive capital efficiency and financial returns with comparable oil productivity to our legacy Eagle Ford program. With that, let me turn to our Permian operations where the team has been delivering tremendous results since we returned to a higher level of activity last year. As a reminder, we effectively shut down our Permian program in 2020 during the COVID-related commodity price collapse. In hindsight, pausing activity was one of the best things we could have done, not dissimilar from the pause in activity we took in the Bakken during 2016, also during a period of low commodity price before we transformed the performance of that asset. More specifically, in the Permian, our team spent the last couple of years better understanding our acreage position from a top-down, bottoms-up perspective and repositioning that asset for success. We closely analyzed peer results across the basin by taking a hard look at our well spacing and our completion designs and we worked diligently on traits to core up areas we like to enable the extended laterals we are drilling today. The culmination of this hard work is shown on Slide 13. Since returning to activity at scale during the second half of last year, we brought 23 Northern Delaware wells to sales, 18 of which are extended laterals with an average lateral length of about 9,000 feet. These 18 extended laterals are significantly outperforming the Delaware Basin top-quartile on a cumulative oil basis by about 30%, truly exceptional results that compete with the absolute best operators in the basin. This well set also includes the strongest well in the entire Delaware Basin during 2022, the Thunderbird 014H in Red Hills, which produced over 380,000 barrels of oil during its first 180 days. Geographically, these 18 extended laterals are evenly split between our Red Hills and Malaga areas. And from this point forward, as we benefit from coring up our acreage footprint and high grading our development program, we'll almost exclusively be drilling the extended laterals. With these results, the asset is now effectively competing for capital against the best in the Eagle Ford and Bakken in our portfolio, which is no easy task and enhancing the long-term outlook for our company. I'll now hand it back to Lee, who will provide an update on our E.G. operations and then conclude our prepared remarks.
Lee Tillman:
Thank you, Mike. As highlighted on Slide 14, we recently completed a significant planned E.G. turnaround and the asset is now back to normal operations. While the downtime reduced our second quarter E.G. production by about 12,000 oil equivalent barrels per day, it's intended to contribute to stronger uptime for both the winter of 2023, as well as next year and beyond when we'll benefit for more attractive pricing for our Alba equity gas. The turnaround impact is fully contemplated in our full-year production numbers. We are reducing our full-year E.G. equity income guidance by about $50 million, strictly due to lower assumed natural gas prices. However, we expect our E.G. cash flows to prove more resilient. E.G. cash distribution should actually exceed equity income this year, starting in second quarter, illustrating the strong cash flow nature of the assets plus a bit of catch-up in dividends from prior quarters. Looking ahead to 2024, we continue to expect to realize significant earnings and cash flow improvement on the back of an increase in our global LNG price exposure. While we're still working through contractual specifics, the bottom line is, the beginning January 1, 2024, Alba sourced LNG will no longer be sold at a Henry Hub linkage. It will be sold into the global LNG market, which is expected to drive a significant financial uplift for our company, given the material arbitrage between Henry Hub and global LNG pricing. Yet, it's not just about capturing commercial uplift in E.G. We're equally focused on the longer-term outlook and fully leveraging the value of our unique infrastructure in one of the most gas prone areas of West Africa to enhance our multiyear free cash flow capacity. That's exactly what our recently-signed HOA summarized on Slide 15 as intended to accomplish. A few elements of the recently-announced HOA are worth highlighting. For clarity, Phase 1 of the E.G. Regional Gas Mega Hub is already completed and delivering value via the processing of third-party gas on a toll plus profit share basis from the Alen Field. Phase 2 of the Gas Mega Hub involves the expected 2024 cash flow uplift I just discussed, processing our equity Alba gas molecules under new contractual terms as of January 1, 2024, with linkage to the global LNG market. The HOA aligns all the critical parties on the necessary commercial principles to that end. Under Phase 2, we're also analyzing the potential for infill drilling on our Alba block, giving -- given our alignment across the value chain for equity Alba molecules. Recall that we have a 64% working interest in the upstream Alba Unit and a 56% working interest in the downstream E.G. LNG facility and are the operator of both. More specifically, we're assessing up to a two-well program targeting high confidence, low-execution risks, shorter-cycle opportunity that could mitigate Alba base decline and maximize flow of Alba equity molecules through the LNG plant under more attractive global LNG-linked terms. These opportunities are expected to compete with the risk-based returns generated from our U.S. resource plays. Phase 3 highlights the next step in the development of the Regional Gas Mega Hub. The intent to process third-party Aseng gas at our facilities once capacity at the LNG plant begins to open up. The Aseng gas cap blowdown can access the same upsized pipeline that was funded and constructed by the Alen partners. This is fully consistent with our long-stated objective to extract maximum value from our world-class E.G. infrastructure by keeping the LNG facility as full as possible or as long as possible. Phase 3 will effectively extend the life of the E.G. LNG facility into the next decade, enhancing our long-term free cash flow capacity. Beyond Phase 3, we'll continue to assess additional opportunities with the same objective in mind. There is a lot of discovered undeveloped gas in the area and the path to monetization runs through our infrastructure. A recent cross-border agreement between E.G. and Cameroon opens the door to additional fast track opportunities in addition to other regional discoveries. Turning now to Slide 16. I'll close our call on the same slide we've used to conclude our remarks in recent quarters. For years now, I've reiterated that for our company and for our sector to attract increased investor sponsorship, we must deliver financial performance competitive with other investment alternatives in the market, as measured by corporate returns, free cash flow generation and return of capital or S&P, less E&P. We've delivered exactly that type of performance over the last two years and not just competitive, but at the very top. Our one line investment thesis, top-tier sustainable free cash flow yield at an attractive valuation with an advantaged return of capital profile, centered on per-share growth. And as our detailed 2023 competitive benchmarking slide show today, we're well positioned to again lead both our peer group and the S&P 500 on the metrics that matter most. This peer-leading financial and operational delivery is not a one-year phenomenon. It's a continuation of a multiyear trend. It's sustainable, underpinned by our high quality and oil-weighted U.S. unconventional portfolio, recently strengthened by the Ensign acquisition that is complemented by our unique fully-integrated global gas business in E.G. To close, I want to iterate -- reiterate how proud I am of the way we positioned our company. We are results-driven, but it is also about how we deliver those results, staying true to our core values and responsibly delivering the oil and gas the world needs. And the world needs more energy, not less. The energy transition is really an energy expansion and oil and gas is uniquely positioned to drive global economic progress, defend U.S. energy security, lift billions out of energy property and protect the standard of living we have all come to enjoy. With that, we can open the line for Q&A.
Operator:
[Operator Instructions] Our first question today comes from Arun Jayaram from JPMorgan. Please go ahead with your question.
Arun Jayaram:
Yes, good morning. Lee, I wanted to get maybe a few more insights on the dividend expectations for 2Q out of E.G. and wanted to run some math by you. In the first half of the year, you -- including 1Q actuals, you would expect to generate about $115 million of equity income based and on that $200 million dividend, that would suggest maybe an $85 million tailwind to cash flow relative to your equity income guide. So wanted to run that math by to see if that made sense to you.
Lee Tillman:
Yes, Arun, thanks for bringing a little bit of clarity to this point, but your math is relatively spot on. And the reality is that we do have a little bit of dislocation from time to time between equity income and receipt of the cash dividend and we're in that space in first quarter. But as you accurately stated, we're going to more than make up for that in second quarter with a greater than $200 million cash dividend payment coming from E.G. LNG, but your math is spot on, Arun.
Arun Jayaram:
Great. And just my follow-up, Lee, I wanted to go back to E.G. again. Looking at the 10-K, gross sales out of Alba we're about 2 million tons per annum at the 3.7 million ton per annum facility. I know that the Alen volumes bring you closer to nameplate, but as you know, Lee, one of the bare thesis on the stock has been the fact that Alba volumes are declining, call it, at a 10% to 15% annum clip. And so, wanted to get your thoughts on how Phase 1, Phase 2, Phase 3 of your strategy on Slide 15 can help keep the plant full. The duration that you see from these opportunities and just broader thoughts on your -- on Marathon continuing this capital-light strategy with third-party volumes or wanting to get more operating volumes through that facility.
Lee Tillman:
Yes. Thanks for the question. You're exactly right. Right now, coupling both the Alba equity volumes with the Alen volumes, we're at a relatively high utilization rate through the physical plant. And that was really part of the design of Phase 1 was to ensure that with a long life, low decline deals like Alba, coupled with some third-party volumes, in this case Alen, that we would kind of bridge to that next set of opportunities and keep that facility utilized. And that -- that's been networks -- that work's completed. We now have another piece, the fantastic infrastructure and a pipeline that connects us with the Alen Field. So that phase is doing exactly what it was designed to do. As we look out ahead, Phase 2 is really dominated by really the shift in the commercial structure, which is less about really production volume and more about gaining more exposure to the global LNG market and the associated cash flow uplift that we'll see from that, of course. Even though we've seen a weakened gas environment, the reality is that the arbitrage between Henry Hub and global LNG pricing remains intact, and so that's going to be a value uplift. And an additional element that we've kind of brought into play as part of Phase 2 has been the fact that we are evaluating the potential for some Alba infill drilling opportunities, which have the potential to mitigate some of that base decline, but also allow us to move equity -- high-value equity molecules through the E.G. LNG facility. And just for clarity, we're still in the early days in that evaluation, but these are going to be -- this is relatively shallow water. This is jack-up drilling, dry trees, so when you think about it from a capital standpoint, there is not -- these are not going to be material movers in our capital budget. That will also be kind of phased out in time. And the test for those is just making sure that those do compete head-to-head with the opportunities, of course, that we have here in the U.S. So that's a little bit of an addition that we weaved into the story this quarter. And then, finally, when you get to Phase 3, this is again looking at third-party molecules coming from that broad kind of Alen-Aseng area, this is a gas cap associated with the Aseng Field that, of course, is operated by Chevron, just like the Alen is, and it's our view that we will be the monetization path for that, and that was part of the HOA that was signed with E.G. and other relevant parties. The positive there is all of that work, Phase 1, Phase 2 and Phase 3, really extends us out through into the next decade. So it gives us this runway to now advance additional opportunities. So what could be beyond Phase 3? Well, we talked about and I mentioned in my opening remarks the bilateral agreement between E.G. and Cameroon, that opens up the aperture to cross-border opportunities. And quite frankly, as I said in my remarks, this is one of the most gas-prone areas in West Africa. There's a numerous discovered, undeveloped opportunities that E.G. LNG could provide a very efficient and profitable monetization route.
Arun Jayaram:
Great. Thanks a lot, Lee.
Operator:
And our next question comes from Scott Hanold from RBC. Please go ahead with your question.
Scott Hanold:
Yes, thanks. Just turning to the Permian, the results looked pretty impressive. And my question would be -- is, can you talk about the depth of inventory and the sustainability of those extended laterals? And how do you kind of look at this play going forward? I mean it seemed like it was complementary to kind of the overall asset base, but it does seem like now it's got the ability to really step up and be a bigger part of the portfolio. So is -- what's the depth of that inventory look like? And are you guys looking at opportunities to add to that acreage position?
Mike Henderson:
Hi, Scott, it's Mike here. I'll hopefully answer that question for you. In terms of the runway that we're looking at, at the current consumption rate, current activity rates, I think we've disclosed publicly that you're looking at almost two decades or up to two decades of -- maybe even more than two decades of potential inventory there. So that maybe gives you a fuel for what we could be looking like in the future. And you're absolutely right, based on the performance that the team has delivered there, not only from a well productivity perspective, but from an execution perspective as well, I mean, some of the drilling completion results that the team's delivered since they've got back to work in the middle of last year, absolutely competing for capital. And I would remind you that while maybe the completion activity, wells to sales is from [indiscernible] and Permian. We do have a pretty heavy drilling program this year, which will then set us up well for 2024. So we've kind of preempted this a little bit in terms of the performance with the additional drilling. We've been looking for those wells. We're not probably going to see those wells coming to sales until the early part of next year. But you're absolutely right, based on the performance that we've seen since getting back to work there, that asset is definitely going to be competing for capital as we go forward.
Lee Tillman:
Yes. And if I -- maybe if I could just jump in for a minute as well, one thing I want to highlight is that, in the Permian numbers now, we have fully integrated what we refer to as the Texas Delaware oil play, the Woodford-Meramec oil play and it's been very successful for us. It has now migrated for more of an exploration play into really part of our base capital allocation within the Permian Basin. And so that's another tranche of inventory that has now moved in to that asset team. And that's unique in the sense that, I'll just remind everyone that our Permian and Oklahoma teams, they are integrated teams. And so it makes absolute natural sense for that Woodford-Meramec play to migrate into a team that already has such broad experience in how to develop those two zones. To your other question around acreage addition, what I would say to that is that our M&A framework remains unchanged. And if anything, the addition of Ensign probably rates that are even further. We still look at everything within our core basins. But I would just tell you that today, we don't see anything in the market that really satisfies what is a very demanding M&A criteria.
Scott Hanold:
Got it. And just to clarify one thing on -- you said there's two decades of inventory there. Are those extended lateral? Are those two decades of extended laterals?
Mike Henderson:
Pretty much, Scott. There's maybe -- it maybe tails off to the back end, but predominantly extended laterals. And quite frankly, the team have been very active converting some of those smaller SLs to XLs. So maybe some of those SLs that are at the back end of the portfolio at the moment. Expectation is that we'd be looking to convert those to longer laterals over time.
Scott Hanold:
Okay. Understood. And then, my follow-up question is going back to E.G. again. Thinking about the contract kind of rolling over at the end of this year, how are you positioning for that? Like, what steps are you taking right now to look at what is the best way to kind of optimize it going forward? Do you expect to sign some sort of a hard longer-term contract? Or do you want to keep it more open and flexible just to be more opportunistic with it? But just give us a sense of how you're looking at setting up the pricing dynamics starting in 2024.
Pat Wagner:
Hi, Scott, this is Pat. I'll take that one. Yes, obviously, we're getting ready to market on January 1, 2024. We will be going to market shortly with an RFP for global LNG providers. And that will be, as Lee has said, linked to global LNG prices, what marker is still to be determined, but we'll have a big process through that and expect to tie up those contracts probably in Q3.
Scott Hanold:
Understood. Thanks.
Lee Tillman:
And I -- Scott, there's still details to be worked out there, but we believe that there will be competitive tension in the market for such an advantaged set of LNG cargoes that are proximal to the European market.
Scott Hanold:
Right, right. What is that cost benefit do you think relative to, say, like U.S. -- shipping U.S. volumes?
Lee Tillman:
Well, I think we look at it through the lens of kind of how does that look relative to where we stand today. And when you think about the movement -- the bulk movement from a Henry Hub link to a global LNG link, I mean, the torque there, regardless of where absolute gas pricing goes is going to be pretty significant. I mean you're going to be talking about 2x or 3x kind of uplift as you move to a more index -- global index contract..
Scott Hanold:
Understood. Thanks.
Lee Tillman:
Thanks, Scott.
Operator:
Our next question comes from Doug Leggate from Bank of America. Please go ahead with your question.
Unidentified Analyst:
Hi, good morning, guys. This is actually [Clay] on for Doug. I've got a couple of follow-ups on E.G. First one, can you discuss what your decline rate is and what the infill drilling opportunity could do to stem that decline? And secondly, you guys highlighted that there will be a turnaround or a turnaround has been completed and that's going to improve the uptime. What does that mean for volumes in '24? And does that simply means less downtime? Can you qualify what that downtime is that we've avoid it? And I'll leave it there. Thanks.
Lee Tillman:
Yes. Well, maybe to start off with the decline question. I mean, our nominal decline in E.G. is about 10% per year, so that's really where we land. There's no doubt that an Alba infill program will help mitigate some of that decline. It's probably too early to talk about the contribution and the amount of offset until that program is fully defined and ultimately funded by the partners. With respect to the turnaround, that's really a triennial turnaround. It's very comprehensive. It occurs usually every three to four years. It's both onshore and offshore, so it's a very comprehensive turnaround. And really, that's protecting uptime performance that's already world class at E.G. LNG. This is recognized as one of the best operating, most reliable facilities globally in the LNG market. And we're really investing to continue to protect that exceptional uptime performance that that team delivers really each and every year. And so this really is that investment. And it becomes even more important as we transition into this commercial phase where we're going to be leveraging much more heavily global LNG prices through the Henry Hub. So it's very fortuitous. It's beginning that turnaround done during low gas prices and while we're still linked to Henry Hub contracting.
Mike Henderson:
Yes, Clay, I'll speak about a little bit more color. We're looking at 99% plus uptime there from the facilities in E.G. So as we pointed out, it's really about protecting that uptime as we get into next year specifically.
Unidentified Analyst:
I appreciate it, guys. Thank you.
Operator:
Our next question comes from Neal Dingmann from Truist. Please go ahead with your question.
Neal Dingmann:
Hi. Thanks for the time. My first question, maybe for Lee or Mike, just on Ensign, just wondering now that you've operated the asset for just a brief time. Can you speak to any thoughts or changes on how you think the asset will compete for capital versus the legacy assets? Both are good, so I'm just curious how they'll compete.
Mike Henderson:
I mean, obviously, super, super happy with how the integration's gone, ahead of schedule, no surprises, everything's positive. You saw the well results that we put at, I think it's in Slide 12 of the deck. Top- decile performance there on oil basis within the basin. I think it's a little bit too early to say in terms of a view of what that does from a capital allocation perspective. But I think first impression is very, very positive, and if we are going to be doing anything from a capital perspective, it feels like we may be allocating more in the future, but a little bit early just to get too definitive on that.
Neal Dingmann:
[technical difficulty] forward to see what you can do with it, Mike. And then, second question just on OFS inflation. I'm just wondering if you could speak to any potential -- not only potentially some softness that some others have spoken about, but any specific areas, either domestically or E.G. that you might be seeing.
Mike Henderson:
Yes, I'll take that one again, Neal, maybe just start with a reminder. Our 2023 guidance, we did incorporate about 10% to 15% inflation compared to 2022. And what we were assuming was the cost environment through 2023 would be comparable to the fourth quarter of 2022. We didn't assume any deflation over the second half of the year. We did assume a little bit of moderation in steel pricing, which we're actually starting to see. What I'd say we're seeing at the moment is maybe a general flattening or plateauing of service costs. What we are definitely seeing is the access side. That has definitely improved. And that could potentially lead to maybe some improved pricing later in the year. As I look at the specific or the larger areas of spend, start with maybe rigs, I think we've all seen the softer guidance and activity that the publics have come out within the second quarter again, could lead to some modest softening in the rig rates later in the year. Pressure pumping market access certainly improved, but I still think it's a little bit early to make the call on where rates potentially go in the second half of the year. And as I mentioned, steel pricing is definitely trending lower there, and that's pretty consistent with just the general softness that we're seeing in all of the commodities. One point I would make is with the improving market access situation and the contracting flexibility that we've got in the second half of the year, we've actually already been able to hybrid in a few areas of the business. So for example, we get more experienced crews, we're getting better equipment. That was something that couldn't happen five, six months ago. So I'm pro with painting a somewhat positive trend there. I would just caution, it does feel a little bit too early to be counting in deflation in the second half of the year. I think, particularly just when you think about the volatility of the backdrop that we face at the moment.
Lee Tillman:
Yes, I think that, if I could just jump in, Neal. I think that we intentionally left commercial and contractual flexibility in the second half of the year such that we would have the opportunity to take advantage of any softening in the market. However, we took no credit for that within the budget. So as Mike said, our budget fully reflects inflation across the full year. So if we were to see more softening, that would certainly be perhaps a bit of a even a tailwind in the second half of the year.
Neal Dingmann:
That's great detail. Thanks, guy.
Operator:
Our next question comes from Matt Portillo from TPH. Please go ahead with your question.
Matt Portillo:
Good morning, all. Maybe just starting out in the Permian, you turned in line an additional four wells in the Texas Delaware. Looking at the state data over the last few years, that's been an area that's been quite surprising in terms of well performance. Curious if you could give us any color on the early time performance from these wells, and also just updated thoughts on the spacing design. I know you guys are working on some tests, but may be a bit too early to infer anything, but just curious how you all are thinking about the spacing design going forward.
Pat Wagner:
Matt, this is Pat. I'll take that one. Yes, as you said, we brought on four wells in the first quarter. I would characterize those wells as performing in line with pre-drill expectations. This is a reminder for everyone. I think we heard this a little bit last call. This was a down spacing test, so we did three wells in the Woodford at 880-foot spacing and one Meramec about 650 feet above those kind of between two of the wells. So the key takeaway from early time in this pad is that the wells are -- they're acting just like the other wells, strong oil production, high oil cuts, low oil ratio and already low decline that we're seeing. The other key takeaway is that there's been no communication between the Woodford and the Meramec, which gives us a lot of confidence about co-development moving forward. We do now have 13 wells online across our 55,000 acre blocking position, nine of the Woodford and four of the Meramec. And as I said, we're very confident now in productivity and we've moved it into the Permian asset team and fully integrated it there. In terms of future development, this was a down spacing test. I think our early learnings is that we're going to probably pursue a 4x4 co-development, which will maximize capital efficiency. But there's such a large volume of oil in place in the Woodford, we're going to continue to look at maybe a little bit tighter spacing in the Woodford, and just as we drill the next pad, we will look at that again.
Lee Tillman:
Maybe if I could just add too, Matt, we were really a first mover in this kind of combination Woodford-Meramec oil window and we were able to essentially amass a 55,000 net acre continuous position at relatively low cost at 100% working interest. And of course, now we see other operators are starting to get more active in both the Woodford and the Meramec. And I think that all is constructive and supportive of kind of what we've been saying all along. And we believe that that this asset can compete for capital allocations. One of the key reasons we've now integrated it in with the Permian is we believe we're out of the exploration phase and really moving into that developmental phase.
Matt Portillo:
Perfect. And then, just as a follow-up question, just wanted to clarify on the color for the volume cadence for the year. You guys gave context on Q2 and Q3, which is quite helpful. Just curious as we look towards the second half of the year, I know you've got a heavy fill program in the Eagle Ford in Q1 and Q2. And it looks like the Permian. For the most part, will wrap up from a TIL perspective in the first half as well. Any additional color you might be able to provide into Q4 as we should think about volume cadence? I know you gave some color there on Q3, but just trying to figure out how we should be thinking about the back half of the year in general.
Lee Tillman:
Maybe let me jump in on that one, Matt. I think as Mike mentioned in his opening comments, we expected first quarter to be right where we landed at, the 186,000. Our guidance for second quarter is right around the midpoint of the full-year guidance. But we do see second and third quarter being an increasing, if you will, oil production trend moving forward, which is really reflective of the capital program. Having said that, our full-year guidance remains intact and -- on both the oil and OEB basis. And so that profile will, in fact, generate those midpoints that we provided. And we also are very mindful, of course, of making sure that we maintain momentum as we start thinking ahead to 2024 as well.
Matt Portillo:
Thank you.
Operator:
Our next question comes from Scott Gruber from Citigroup. Please go ahead with your question.
Scott Gruber:
Yes. Good morning. I actually want to come back to the theme of the future opportunities, maybe look out a little bit further. But as we contemplate the growth potential for gas demand along the Gulf Coast, we may need more than just the Haynesville and associated out of the Permian and Eagle Ford. Do you guys have a good sense for the economics in the dry gas window of the Eagle Ford? It's deeper, so the wells are going to cost more, but wondering whether you have a sense of the breakeven.
Lee Tillman:
Yes, well, certainly, as we look at the complete inventory in all of our basins, dry gas today is at a bit of a disadvantage, both pricing and as you say cost, as you get into some of these areas of these plays, the drilling and completion costs will get quite high. We also have, of course, dry gas optionality within our Oklahoma position as well. And that's a good example. I think, Oklahoma, we put in place a JV structure in Oklahoma that allows us to protect our acreage, keep our crews operating, and in general, be prepared if we do find that we see a more favorable environment for gas production and these combo plays that do rely a bit more heavily on both gas as well as NGLs. But the JV program is a good example of how we're really keeping everything warm and ready to go. So I don't think that gas question is necessarily limited to the Eagle Ford. I think it could apply to Oklahoma as well. And we just need to be ready with opportunities when that makes sense. It's all going to be done based on return and capital. I mean, I won't say we're completely agnostic on commodity. But at the end of the day, it's going to be driven by economics.
Scott Gruber:
Yes, no, of course. It's good to highlight the Oklahoma position. I'm just thinking about kind of with gas prices depressed here near term, but given the potential demand recovery and future growth, whether it's worthwhile to contemplate building out a acreage position kind of further south from the inside position, or is that -- I know you guys have a lot on your collective plate today. Just wondering whether that's on the radar or not.
Lee Tillman:
Yes. Well, I think you're right in the sense that there's, certainly, there is more gas optionality. Even though we're getting a lot of oil production from Ensign, it also brings significant gas with it as well, particularly in this very strong condensate window. But there are dry gas opportunities within Ensign as well that we could certainly look to exploit in the future. I do think, though, if you just step back, Scott, when you think about our portfolio today, we're generally kind of a 50% oil, 50% gas and NGL company. And we like that balance and we like that commodity price exposure. So we want to be very mindful of just, again, at an enterprise level, keeping that balanced exposure to the kind of the full commodity price. And that even includes our E.G. assets, which, of course, have a different kind of commodity price exposure and that they're exposed to both Brent on the condensate side, and then right now, clearly linked into global LNG. And in the future, that linkage is even getting stronger.
Scott Gruber:
Got it. Appreciate the color, Lee. I'll turn it back. Thank you.
Lee Tillman:
Thanks, Scott.
Operator:
[Operator Instructions] Our next question comes from Umang Choudhary from Goldman Sachs. Please go ahead with your question.
Umang Choudhary:
Hi, good morning and thank you for taking my question.
Lee Tillman:
Good morning.
Umang Choudhary:
Hi. My first question is on just on the international gas price outlook. Clearly, the arb between international gas and Henry Hub is very attractive today. But would love your thoughts, if you see any risk to those arbs with the sharp build out in LNG capacity through 2027?
Lee Tillman:
Yes. Without trying to look too deeply into the crystal ball, one of the things that we never want to pretend to do is to predict pricing going forward. But what I will say is that the world certainly needs more energy. A lot of power generation is going to still lean heavily on gas and in Europe, that's likely going to be LNG. There are LNG projects that are coming on in the second half of this decade that I think will start to meet that demand, but demand is growing. And so U.S. LNG as well as global LNG, we believe will still be in strong demand. And I think that that arbitrage will still be in play, certainly, between Henry Hub and global LNG linked contracts. So even if we see volatility in the absolute gas pricing, we think that arbitrage will still remain intact. And certainly, when you look at Europe today and you look at the dynamic there, we still believe that's going to be a strong market for LNG in the future.
Umang Choudhary:
Got it. Very helpful. Thank you. And then just given the weakness in natural gas prices today, as we think through your plan, I was wondering if there's any flexibility to shift more towards any liquids-rich drilling away from a more-gassier areas.
Lee Tillman:
Yes. Well, the reality is that we've already optimized our plan around that outcome. As I mentioned, we have a very balanced program at an enterprise level. But the reality is that our program is a very oil-weighted program in terms of capital allocation. The bulk of our capital allocation is flowing to our black oil basins, which are the Eagle Ford and the Bakken. So -- and that's, again, going back to that Oklahoma JV, we recognized that early on. And so rather than spending our operated capital there, we're basically leveraging the funding of others for that very reason. So we believe the program is already optimized around the commodity pricing that we're seeing today, and we feel very good that it's going to generate extremely strong returns.
Umang Choudhary:
Thank you. Thanks for taking my questions.
Operator:
And ladies and gentlemen, with that, we'll be concluding today's question-and-answer session. I'd like to turn the floor back over to Lee Tillman for any closing remarks.
Lee Tillman:
Well, thank you for your interest in Marathon Oil. And I'd like to close by again thanking all our dedicated employees and contractors for their commitment to safely and responsibly deliver the energy the world needs now more than ever. Cannot be prouder of what they achieve each and every day. Thank you. And that concludes our call.
Operator:
Ladies and gentlemen, with that, we'll conclude today's conference call and presentation. We thank you for joining. You may now disconnect your lines.
Operator:
Good morning. And welcome to the Marathon Oil Fourth Quarter and Full Year 2022 Conference Call. All participants will be in a listen-only mode. [Operator Instructions]. Please note, this event is being recorded. I would now like to turn the conference over to Guy Baber, Vice President of Investor Relations. Please go ahead.
Guy Baber:
Thank you, Anita. And thank you as well to everyone for joining us on the call this morning. Yesterday after the close, we issued a press release, a slide presentation and investor packet that addressed our fourth quarter and full year 2022 results, as well as our 2023 outlook. These documents can be found on our website @marathonoil.com. Joining me on today’s call are Lee Tillman, our Chairman, President and CEO; Dane Whitehead, our Executive VP and CFO; Pat Wagner, our Executive VP of Corporate Development and Strategy; and Mike Henderson, our Executive VP of Operations. As a reminder, today’s call will contain forward-looking statements subject to risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed or implied by such statements. As always I will refer everyone to the cautionary language included in the press release and presentation materials, as well as to the risk factors described in our SEC filings. We will also reference certain non-GAAP terms in today’s discussion, which have been reconciled and defined in our earnings materials. With that, I will turn the call over to Lee and the rest of the team, who will provide prepared remarks. After the completion of these remarks, we will move to question-and-answer session. Lee?
Lee Tillman:
Thank you, Guy, and good morning to everyone listening to our call today. First, I want to thank our employees and contractors for their collective contributions to another remarkable year. A year that can only be described as comprehensive delivery against all dimensions of our well established framework for success. Your dedication and hard work, as well as your steadfast commitment to our core values, including safety and environmental excellence that made it possible -- that made possible the exceptional results I get to talk about today. So thank you. 2022 truly was an exceptional year. But our outlook for 2023 and beyond is equally compelling. While the team and I will cover a lot of ground today I'll start by highlighting a few key things. First, we're successfully executing on the more S&P less E&P mandate our champions for the last two years. They are delivering financial and operational outcomes not just at the top of our high performing E&P peer group, but at the very top of the S&P 500. The results in 2022 really do speak for themselves. $4 billion of adjusted free cash flow generation, the strongest free cash flow yield in our peer group, and one of the top five free cash flow yields in the entire S&P 500. The lowest reinvestment rate in our peer group a full 10 percentage points below the S&P 500 average. And one of the lowest capital intensities, all indicators of a now well established capital and operating efficiency advantage relative to a high performing peer group. Second, we're returning significant capital back to our shareholders through our cash flow driven return of capital framework. Our framework is transparent, it's differentiated, it prioritizes our investors as the first call on capital, and it uniquely protect shareholder distributions from capital inflation. During 2022, we’ve returned 55% of our adjusted free cash flow from operations or $3 billion to shareholders. And for those keeping score relative to the free cash flow based models of our peers, that equates to about 75% of free cash flow. That also translates to a 17% shareholder distribution yield, the highest distribution yield on our E&P peer space, and one of the top 10 distribution deals in the entire S&P 500. We've remained steadfast in our commitment to the powerful combination of a competitive and sustainable base dividend. In addition to consistent share repurchases. That consistency paid off with $2.8 billion of accretive share repurchases that reduced our share count by 15%, driving significant growth on a per share basis. Rewinding all the way back to the start of this most recent share repurchase program in October of 2021, we have reduced our share count by 20%. Again, leading the peer group. And we raised our base dividend three times during 2022, bringing our track record to seven increases in the last eight quarters. Third, we successfully closed on the Ensign acquisition before year end. Materially strengthening our portfolio and enhancing our Eagle Ford scale. The Ensign acquisition makes us a stronger company. Checking every box of our disciplined acquisition criteria. It's a accretive to key financial metrics, it’s accretive to our return of capital framework, it’s accretive to our high quality inventory life and it offers compelling industrial logic in the core of a basin we know well. Pat will provide additional details later in the call but ensure integration efforts are progressing well and initial 2023 results have outperformed our expectations. Finally, while 2022 was certainly a banner year, I'm just as excited about our potential in 2023 and beyond. Fully consistent with our disciplined capital allocation framework, our 2023 budget prioritizes significant free cash flow generation and return of capital to shareholders. At reference commodity prices of $80 WTI $3 Henry Hub and $20 TTF we expect to generate $2.6 billion of adjusted free cash flow and we expect to return a minimum of $1.8 billion to our shareholders, providing clear visibility to a double digit shareholder distribution yield. And recognizing the ongoing volatility in commodity prices, particularly natural gas it is important to note that a $0.50 per MMBtu change in Henry Hub only impacts our annual cash flow by just over $100 million. While dollar change in WTI moves cash flow by about $70 million, reflecting continued leverage to oil pricing at our balanced portfolio. Once again, we fully expect to lead our peer group and the broader S&P 500 when it comes to the financial and operational metrics that matter most. Free cash flow generation, capital and operating efficiency and shareholder distributions. While our 2023 outlook is compelling, we're even better positioned for 2024 as our unique integrated gas business in Equatorial Guinea will benefit from an increase to global LNG price exposure. Just as a reminder, the current Henry Hub index contract for our equity Alba gas through ET LNG expires at the end of 2023. And we will move to a market base global LNG linkage. With the current and significant arbitrage between Henry Hub and global LNG prices, we expect this to translate into an uplift to 2024 EBITDA of $500 million to potentially more than $1 billion relative to 2023. With that, I'll turn it over to Dane, who’ll provide more detail around our return of capital performance and outlook. Dane?
Dane Whitehead:
Thank you, Lee. Good morning, all. Lee [has referred] (ph) capital high points, but giving you importance of the topic, I'll further elaborate on our framework, our execution and our outlook. As we've stated before, returning a significant amount of capital to shareholders, through this cycle, remains foundational to our value proposition in the marketplace. And when it comes to shareholder distributions, track record matters. We're building a track record we're really proud of and that investors can trust. During 2022 we’ve returned 55% of our CFO to shareholders, significantly exceeding our 40% of CFO framework commitment. Total shareholder distributions amounted to $3 billion, good for a total shareholder distribution yield of 17%. That's the highest in our peer space and one of the top distribution yields in the S&P 500. That includes $2.8 billion of accretive share repurchases during the year. We continue to believe that buying back our stock is an excellent use of capital due to the value we see with our shares, trading at a free cash flow yield in the upper teens. Repurchases are value accretive, a very efficient means to drive per share growth and are synergistic to grow in our base dividends. During 2022, we reduced our share count by 15%. And since reinitiating our share repurchase program in October 2021, we've reduced our share count by more than 20%, by far, the most significant share count reduction in our peer space as shown on the bottom right graphic on Slide seven. Another benefit of our buyback program, is the capacity it creates for ongoing growth in our per share base dividend. We recently raised our quarterly base dividend by 11% to $0.10 per share. The seventh increase in the trailing eight quarters. While its most recent increases more than fully funded by incremental cash flow from the Ensign acquisition, ongoing share count reductions from our buyback program create clear potential for further base dividend increases in the future. Our operating cash flow driven framework is differentiated and it protects distributions from the effects of capital inflation, offsetting inflation is on us. We believe this makes for a stronger commitment to our investors, as our investors will truly get the first call on cash flow. For 2023, the recently completed Ensign acquisition makes our framework even more shareholder friendly adding close to 20% to our pre-acquisition operating cash flow, and therefore adding 20% to our shareholder distribution capacity. In addition, with the 2022 financial -- actual financial results in hand, along with the December close at Ensign, we anticipate will be able to defer U.S. cash alternative minimum taxes to 2024. Our objective for 2023 is to firmly adhere to our return to capital framework, continuing to return at least 40% of CFO while also paying [Indiscernible] including some of the Ensign related acquisition financing. We believe we can do both, maintaining our return of capital leadership in this peer space, which is the top priority, and continue to enhance our already investment grade balance sheet through gross debt reduction, all supported by our financial strength and flexibility. On the balance sheet, we have about $200 million of high coupon U.S.X debt maturing and replaced. We plan to pay that off with cash on hand to reduce gross debt and interest expense. We also have $200 million of low cost tax exempt bonds maturing in 2023. These tax exempt bonds are unique and very flexible component of our capital structure. We plan to leverage the cost advantage or tax exempt credit capacity to refinance those bonds in 2023. And we have the optionality to do the same with future tax exempt maturities in 2024 and 2026. With regard to shareholder returns, our 40% return on capital commitment in 2023 provides visibility to $1.8 billion of minimum shareholder distributions at our reference price deck as a double digit return of capital yield, one of the highest in our peer space. We have been executing share repurchases so far in Q1 ‘23. And plan to continue to do so consistent with our framework. And we have ample capacity in our current Board authorization to keep moving. While 40% represents a good starting point for your models, our track record has been to exceed that minimum return, and we'll look to keep that track record intact in 2023. Especially if we benefit from any commodity price support over the balance of the year, which would significantly enhance both shareholder returns and debt reduction. They have tremendous leverage to commodity price improvement. And we'll use that to the benefit of our shareholders. Now I'll turn the call over to Pat, who’ll briefly walk us through an update on the Ensign acquisition.
Pat Wagner:
Thanks, Dane. Consistent with our market commitment, we successfully closed on the Ensign acquisition before the end of the year. As we've stated, this transaction checks all the boxes of our M&A framework, immediate financial accretion, return of capital appreciation consistent with Dane comments, accretion to inventory life and quality and industrial logic with enhanced scale, all on maintaining our financial strength and investment grade balance sheet. And we based our Ensign valuation on a one rig maintenance program with no credit for potential upside associated with redevelopment refrac. Our focus now is on integration and execution. In terms of integration, early efforts have gone exceptionally well. We had originally planned for major elements of the transition to take up to four months post close, we not expect to be substantially complete with operations transition activities by the end of this month. That accelerated timeline is in large measure due to the excellent collaboration and cooperation between both organizations. And it serves to underscore the execution competence that comes with an acquisition and established base and then has a track record of success. On the execution side, as highlighted on Slide 11 on the deck. Early well performance is consistent with our stated view that the acquired Ensign inventory has the potential to deliver some of the best returns and highest capital efficiency in the Eagles Ford, and therefore the entire Lower 48. Our first two pads, nine wells in total are outperforming expectations delivering top decile oil productivity in the basin. This year we plan to bring approximately 40 wells to sales on the acquired acreage, accounting for about one-third of our total Eagle Ford program. The Ensign wells are expected to deliver accretive capital efficiency and financial returns from comparable oil productivity to those legacy Eagle Ford program. I'll now hand over to Mike, to provide more color on our 2023 capital program.
Michael Henderson:
Thanks, Pat. Turning to Slide 12 of our deck. I'll provide a brief overview of the high points of our 2023 capital pool. As expected, consistent with our disciplined capital allocation framework and our more S&P less E&P mandate, we expect to deliver strong free cash flow and significant return capital to our shareholders across a wide band of commodity prices as the graphics on the right of the slide show. At our reference price deck, we expect our $1.9 billion to $2 billion capital budget to deliver $2.6 billion adjusted free cash flow at just over a 40% reinvestment paid. As Lee and Dane both highlighted, we expect to return at least $1.8 billion of capital to our shareholders. To deliver these financial outcomes, we'll operate approximately nine rigs and 3 to 4 frac crews on average this year. We expect 2023 capital to be first half weighted, with about 60% of our total capital spend concentrated in the first half of the year largely driven by the timing of our activity. At the midpoint of our guidance, we expect to deliver maintenance level oil production of approximately 190,000 barrels of oil per day, flat relative to 2022 after incorporating Ensign volumes. As is typical for our business, there will be some standard quarter-to-quarter variability throughout the year. The lower end of our annual guidance range is a good starting point for our first quarter total oil production, approximately 185,000 barrels of oil per day. This is largely a reflection of activity timing and the associated impact on well sales, along with a very modest negative carryover impact from winter storm Ellie, concentrated in the Bakken. With activity and wells to sales weighted to the first two quarters of the year, we expect to see an improving production trend for oil into the second and third quarters. Turning to oil equivalent production. The midpoint of our guidance is 395,000 oil equivalent barrels per day, inclusive of a planned second quarter turnaround in EG that is designed to set us up for a high level of uptime in 2024. Overall, our 2023 plan is a disciplined and high confidence program designed to deliver strong financial and operational outcomes. In the Eagle Ford, we run a 4-rig program. We expect an improving well productivity trend in 2023 from an already strong 2022, due in part to Ensign contributions. In the Bakken, we will run 3 rigs in average again, focusing our activity in our high-quality hectare area of the play, where the average well pays out and licensed six months at current commodity prices. In the Permian, we expect to continue improving our capital efficiency by increasing on average lateral lines to 10,000 feet this year, an increase of over 25% in 2022. While our headline Permian wells sales guidance looks similar to last year, the strong well productivity and competitive drilling and completion performance that we've delivered is getting back to work over the second half of 2022 supports a higher level of capital allocation. We, therefore, plan to spud between 25 and 30 wells this year inclusive of at least one multi-well pad in our Texas Delaware, Meramac Woodford fleet, which will support a higher level of well to sales in early 2024. Our Texas Delaware position is no longer an exploration play. The asset is now fully integrated into our Permian asset development team where it will compete for capital on a heads-up basis with all the other assets. So our Oklahoma asset continues to provide us valuable optionality to a fundamental strengthening of the gas and NGL price environment. We aren't exposing much capital to the asset this year. Rather, near-term activity is limited to a 1.5 rig joint venture program that will allow us to efficiently defend our acreage position and delineate some lower priority acreage limited scope and capital. With that, I'll turn it over to Lee, who will provide an update on our Integrated Gas business in Equatorial Guinea.
Lee Tillman:
Thank you, Mike. 2022 was an exceptional year for our unique world-class integrated gas business in EG. We delivered over $600 million of equity income more than double our guidance at the beginning of the year. And we generated approximately $900 million of EBITDA. Our results were driven by solid operational performance as well as higher-than-expected commodity pricing, especially for Henry Hub and European natural gas. For 2023, we expect equity income and EBITDA to decline largely due to assume significantly lower commodity prices, especially for natural gas and the already referenced planned turnaround during the second quarter. The outlook beyond 2023, however, is robust as we expect to realize significant EG earnings and cash flow improvement in 2024 on the back of an increase in our global LNG price exposure. A way of background, in addition to our 64% interest in the operated Alba gas condensate field, which produced approximately 60,000 oil equivalent barrels per day on a net basis in 2022. We also have a 56% interest in equity accounted 3.7 MTPA baseload LNG facility. This LNG facility currently processes equity gas from our operated Alba field that is sold on a legacy Henry Hub link contract and third-party Alen gas volumes on a total plus profit sharing basis. The Alba Henry Hub link contract expires at the end of 2023. While we're still working through contractual and commercial details, the bottom line is that beginning January 1, 2024, Alba source LNG will no longer be sold at a Henry Hub linkage. It will be sold into the global LNG market which is expected to drive a significant financial uplift for our company given the material arbitrage between Henry Hub and global LNG pricing. More specifically, at pricing generally consistent with the forward curve or $20 per MMBtu TTF, we're positioned to realize an approximate $500 million EBITDA uplift in comparison to 2023. As there is a wide range of potential global LNG price outcomes in 2024, we've also provided a high side sensitivity to help you better appreciate the leverage we'll have in 2024 to global LNG prices. Assuming an upside case of $40 per MMBtu TTF in 2024 or a price consistent with the average of the trailing 12 months, the potential EBITDA uplift could be in excess of $1 billion. And beyond the significant financial uplift expected in 2024, we remain equally focused on further maximizing the long-term value of our unique EG gas assets by leveraging available haulage through EGL&G. This world-class infrastructure is well positioned in one of the most gas prone areas of West Africa and is a natural aggregation point to monetize both indigenous EG gas as well as discovered undeveloped cross-border opportunities. In summary, for years now, I've reiterated my view that for our company and for our sector to attract increased investor sponsorship, we must deliver financial performance competitive with other investment alternatives in the market, as measured by corporate returns, free cash flow generation and the return of capital. More S&P, less E&D. We've delivered exactly that type of performance over the last two years and not just competitive, but at the very top. And as I said before, our challenge now is to prove that our results are sustainable, quarter in, quarter out, year-end and year out. We believe they are. We're up for the challenge, and I believe our outlook is as strong as it has ever been. Our compelling investment case is simple. We offer a unique and differentiated return of capital framework that provides shareholders first call on cash flow and protect distributions from capital inflation. For 2023, we're providing clear visibility to double-digit shareholder distribution yield. We have an established track record of market-leading free cash flow yield and shareholder distributions at an attractive valuation and offer investors a free cash flow and return of capital profile that competes with any sector and company in the S&P 500 across a wide range of commodity prices. We have delivered per share growth across all the metrics that matter via a consistent share repurchase program that leads our peers in addition to a durable and competitive base dividend. We believe this peer-leading financial delivery is sustainable, underpinned by our high-quality U.S. unconventional portfolio with over a decade of high return inventory and a track record of sector-leading capital efficiency, recently strengthened by the Ensign acquisition. Our portfolio provides commodity leverage with strong oil weighting, coupled with a unique and increasing exposure to global LNG prices that will drive material financial uplift in 2024 and beyond, all underpinned by an investment-grade balance sheet. And finally, we're delivering these results to help meet global oil and gas demand while prioritizing all elements of our ESG performance. To close, I want to again reiterate how proud I am of the way we position our company. We are results driven, but it is also about how we deliver those results, staying true to our core values and responsibly delivering the oil and gas the world needs. The oil and gas that is critical to furthering global economic progress, defending U.S. energy security, limiting billions out of energy poverty and protecting the standard of living, we have all come to enjoy. With that, we can open the line for Q&A.
Operator:
[Operator Instructions] The first question today comes from Jeanine Wai with Barclays. Please go ahead.
Jeanine Wai:
Hi, good morning, everyone. Thanks for taking our questions. Our first question, maybe just starting with the '23 outlook for Lee or Mike, one of the things that really stood out to us in the outlook was actually the number of Eagle Ford wells to sales in the plan, which was decently below our forecast, and it's about, I think, 20% lower year-on-year on an adjusted basis, if you just assume maintenance mode and then you add the 40 Ensign wells to the number of wells you did last year. And we saw your comments about higher aggregate year-over-year well productivity in the Eagle Ford in '23. And we were just wondering if you could share any further details about the implied improved capital efficiency in the Eagle Ford because it seems to be pretty meaningful. So for example, if the Eagle Ford -- is the Eagle Ford actually in maintenance mode this year on an adjusted basis and are there any other factors out there that would be affecting the wells this year to sales, whether it be the mix, the working interest or anything else? Thank you.
Michael Henderson:
Thanks, Jeanine, it's Mike here. I'll take that call. So to maybe answer part of your question. Yes, I think it is safe to assume that the Eagle Ford is in maintenance mode -- all maintenance mode this year. And I think it's also correct. You're also correct in that the legacy position, we are holding volumes flat on a lower well to sales count in 2023, which is obviously a positive thing. A couple of elements that I would say go into that. The first one being the timing of when we bring wells online in the year. We are going to be bringing close to 60% of our legacy wells to sales in the first half of '23. And that definitely helps the annualized volumes. I think the second element and probably the more important one from my perspective is well productivity and a lot goes into well productivity. But one of the things that the team has been doing is really continuing to optimize our completion design. That has resulted in an uplift in our well performance. And you see that factored into this year's business plan and the ultimate volumetric outlook. So we were already setting up for a strong year in Eagle Ford with the legacy business. I think the addition of the Ensign acreage only reinforces our position, as Pat mentioned. I think we're particularly encouraged with the performance of the first 9 wells from the 2 pads that we brought online in the condensate window, very strong productivity, top decile and oil, really fully consistent with our belief that this is some of the highest capital efficiency inventory in the Eagle Ford. And that only adds to what was already a highly capital-efficient business. So very, very excited about the opportunities that the acquisition brings us this year and even beyond.
Jeanine Wai:
Okay. Great. Same [traction] (ph) on this well is always a good thing. Thank you for the detail. Maybe Dane, turning to you on just the shareholder returns versus debt pay down, you're committed to returning at least 40% of CFO this year. The balance sheet is in a really comfortable place. At least at Barclays, our house forecast calls were meaningfully higher crude prices than $80 this year. And assuming our prices show up, how should we think about the allocation of capital in this scenario between buybacks and early debt pay down? We heard your prepared remarks where you talked about your track record is to actually exceed the original target percent return. In the past, you've given kind of different percent targets at different commodity prices. But this time around, you've got the new Ensign debt in the mix. And so at what point do you really start chipping away at the Ensign debt? Is it as simple as if oil is $85 or $90, you start going after that more? Can you provide any more color? Thank you.
Dane Whitehead:
Good morning, Jeanine, yes, definitely. Let me kind of go back to our return on capital commitment framework for a second, and then I'll work my way to how we're thinking about paying down acquisition debt and timing of that. One, as I stated, we're firmly committed to our [return on] (ph) capital framework, a minimum of 40% of operating cash flow to shareholders as long as WTI is about $60 and obviously, we're well above that right now. In '22, we significantly exceeded that. We hit 55%, $3 billion back to shareholders, $2.8 billion of that was share repurchases. So significant return to in the form of share repurchases, and that's how we're thinking about 2023 as well. The Ensign acquisition really enhances our shareholder return capability added about 20% both our pre-acquisition operating cash flow and our shareholder distribution capacity. So another way to think about that is a 40% minimum shareholder return post Ensign [Indiscernible] 50% pre-Ensign. So at a minimum, we're pretty close to what we actually delivered last year, but we like having a track record not only of meeting our goal, meeting our minimum target but exceeding it, and that's what we've done so far and we intend to continue that. Too soon to give you more guidance to model on that, but that's our bias. With respect to how do we pay back acquisition debt in the context of that return framework, I think we really have the capacity to do both, even at today's commodity price, as I look at this, I see the capability to not only meet and exceed our shareholder return goals but to start to meaningfully chip away at the acquisition debt and get that interest expense and just that gross debt out of the system. From your lips to God's ears on higher oil price, we have a tremendous amount of leverage to strong commodity prices, especially oil, and that would just increase our return capacity. You did note our balance sheet is really strong. Rating agencies have given us positive feedback around that. So we're not in a mad rush to delever. But my base case is to get that taken down at $1.5 billion 2-year term loan paid off within that window. And we can prepay it without penalty so we can just start kind of slicing chunks off as we go through. And I think we'll probably just assess that periodically as we go through the year based on how our cash generation is. But once again, restated our primary goal, our number 1 goal is return to shareholders, and that will not take a back seat to paying down the debt. While I'm here, let me just talk a second about the flexibility we have in our capital structure. I noted in my prepared comments, we have $200 million of high coupon legacy USX debt that’s going to be -- it's like 8.5% to 9% coupon. So it'd be really nice to get that out of the system. It's not a big quantum, so we're just going to pay that off of cash on hand. Aside from that, and the acquisition term loan that I already referenced, the only other maturities we have between now and 2027 are in aggregate $1 billion in tax exempt bonds that mature somewhat ratably over '23, '24 and '26. And under that tax exempt bond arrangement, we can refinance fees, as they come due in any tenor all the way out to 2037. So a ton of flexibility there. They're very interest rate advantaged to taxable debt. Even in this crazy interest rate environment, they're quite a bit advantaged and the things normalize as we go forward here a little bit from an interest rate perspective, they're -- the coupon on this one we're retiring now is 2%, and that's kind of [Indiscernible] companies. So we really like that flexibility. And the last thing I'll say is we extended recently our $2.5 billion credit facility out to July of 2027. So kind of flexibility there. Bottom line, shareholder returns first, pay back debt second. We have capacity to do both. I'm not going to give you a break line formula how we're thinking about it. But that's our commitment. And that's how we're going to proceed.
Jeanine Wai:
Great. Thank you, gentlemen.
Operator:
Next question comes from Neal Dingmann, Truist Securities. Please go ahead.
Neal Dingmann:
I'll leave my first question for you or Dane, on capital allocation, specifically. I definitely appreciate and really support the buyback focus. I'm just curious, have you all changed the way you think about your stock dividend or your stock valuation as the savers the dividend payout. Just wondering, I mean, you all think about some mid-cycle prices used when looking at the metrics? Or is there any other details you were taking to provide on kind of how you're looking at the buyback versus the disk?
Michael Henderson:
Yes. Go ahead, Dane.
Dane Whitehead:
Neal, yes. So from a base dividend perspective, we want that to be competitive and sustainable. And sustainability is kind of the governor there. We look at sort of conservative mid-cycle pricing, maybe a $50 WTI world and trend not get too far of, say, 10% of operating cash flow on that base dividend. And so that's a bit of a governor. Now we have the synergy with the share repurchases that surprisingly -- is surprising how quickly you can buy back enough stock to pay for another 10% increase, and we'll definitely be in that window again sometime this year. So that's how we think about the dividend, share repurchases, obviously, organic lion's share of our return of capital program, and I would expect that to continue as long as our free cash flow yield is indicative of a really efficient way to buy back stock.
Lee Tillman:
Yes. I think, Neal, if you look at the aggregate efficiency of our share repurchase program, it really has been a differentiating, I think, feature for us since we started that program back in October of '21. I mean to be talking about a 20% -- over 20% reduction in shares outstanding and the dramatic impact that, that has on per share metrics it's pretty notable. And as Dane noted, not only is that a very efficient mechanism for getting that cash back to shareholders. But the synergy effect that it has with the base dividend is also pretty remarkable. So that -- those mechanisms, we believe, are still the case to be as we look ahead into 2023.
Neal Dingmann:
Yes, I love that per share growth, it really stands out. And then my second question is just on cost, specifically. Incremental cost expectations for the next few quarters seem to be now the most topical once again. Just curious on how volatile you all believe these -- that caused let's say, for the next 2, 3, maybe even 4 quarters will continue to be. And can you continue? It seems like you've done a pretty good job in the past, locking in a good piece of those. I know when talking to Mike and the team. So I'm just wondering when you guys look at that, how you're thinking about costs here for the -- call it, the near term and locking in?
Lee Tillman:
Yes. Maybe I'll just provide a couple of comments and then hand over to Mike to perhaps get into some of the details of how we're really working to mitigate those pressures in time. But when you think about cost overall, we have to bear in mind that 2022 was kind of a tale of 2 halves of the year. The first half of the year was -- certainly didn't see the level of inflationary impacts that we saw in the second half. So some of the pressure that I think we're feeling not only the company but as a sector, in 2023 is the fact that we have the full year impact of those inflationary pressures. And our $1.9 billion to $2 billion number fully contemplates that full year impact of those inflationary pressures. I think the team has done an outstanding job being very disciplined about how we lock in both capacity and costs from our service providers. And maybe I'll let Mike just expand a little bit on that point.
Michael Henderson:
Yes. Thanks, Lee. It's Mike here, Neal. Maybe a couple of things. How I'd maybe characterize '23. At a high level, we've kind of assumed similar service cost on that fourth quarter environment. So that's probably a good starting point for you. And maybe consistent with what we've highlighted previously, and we touched on this a little bit. We're assuming 10% to 15% inflation that is built into our 2023 budget as relative to 2022. As we mentioned in the past, we've been working this one hard. Really, our objective was to really baseload the maintenance program kind of really try to minimize the need for spot work. A lot of benefits in doing that from safety, execution and commercial perspective. We've taken what I describe as a disciplined but thoughtful approach. Our priority has been to really protect the execution side of the business and try to get access to the same high-quality providers and equipment that we were using in '22, and I can tell you been successful there. And the majority of the folks that we're working with in '23 are we see folks that we're working with in '22. As I think about the year -- for the first half of the year, majority of our reg pressure, pumping sand in leads all fully secured. Most of the price is locked in. There's a little bit of open pricing, but not a lot where we can try to index link that to the pricing mechanisms. And then maybe for the second half of the year, that's really been a little bit more patient. That feels like the right calls just given the macro volatility at the moment. We feel good about our ability to access high-quality providers and equipment, but we've maybe been a little bit more thoughtful in terms of how much prices we lock in. Potentially, that could work to our advantage later in the year, particularly if you see some of this commodity price weakness that we seen recently, if that persists, especially on the natural gas side of the business. That could potentially lead to less drilling and completion activity, particularly in some of those higher cost gas, please.
Lee Tillman:
Yes. And maybe one just kind of closing comment as well, Neal. I know we spend a lot of time talking about inflationary pressures on the CapEx side of our business. I don't want us to forget that our operating expenses are also a critical element of our business model. And if you look at our guidance, particularly for the U.S. business this year, the U.S. unit production expense is actually going down by circa 10% year-over-year. A lot -- obviously, a lot of great work by the team, but also it reflects some of the implicit efficiency that we're gaining through the scale and the performance from the Ensign acquisition. So I just don't want to focus all of our time just on CapEx, OpEx is still a very key element of delivery of our financial metrics. And so I just wanted to highlight that before we let these questions.
Neal Dingmann:
That’s a great. Thanks, Lee, thanks, Mike.
Operator:
The next question comes from Doug Leggate with Bank of America. Please go ahead.
Douglas Leggate:
Good morning, guys. Thanks for getting me on. So Lee tremendous acquisition in the Eagle Ford. My question is whether you have line of sight or any thoughts about how you address the balance of the portfolio. And let me frame my question like this. On Slide 20, you're showing about a 13-year inventory in the Lower 48, but you're also suggesting the Eagle Ford today is more than 15 years, and that's about half of production. So I guess I'm coming to a conclusion that the rest of the portfolio is probably sub-10. So I'm wondering if you could give us some thoughts as to whether that sounds reasonable, maybe break it down by asset, but how you think about extending the asset life on those other parts of the portfolio? And I've got a follow-up, please.
Lee Tillman:
Yes. No. Thank you, Doug. Well, first of all, I appreciate you pointing out the inventory life because I do think this is an important topic. This is third-party data. This is -- that we showed in the pack. It's also kind of sub-$50 WTI breakeven data. So you just have to keep in mind that this is a very specific slice of inventory life. To me, one of the key takeaways is that we're clustered in with 4 or 5 other companies that are really sitting in that 12- to 15-year inventory life. And so we're in a very good ZIP code there. So I want to start with that as a premise. We're not disadvantaged in any form or fashion when it comes to quality inventory like with exceptionally low breakeven. Getting beyond that and talking about inventory life for the portfolio, but also at a basin level. You're right in the sense that Ensign has been very accretive specifically to the Eagle Ford. But as you know, capital allocation and consumption rates ultimately sits the inventory life calculation, that's why we tend to look at it at a portfolio level as opposed to a basin level. But you can take comfort in the fact that when we look across our basins, in aggregate, they are all at that kind of 10-year or better inventory like when we look at that from an internal perspective. We said, well, how do you think about growing that inventory life moving forward. Well, I think right now, we're just wanting to integrate and digest the Ensign acquisition, which, to us, was very much representative of the type of acquisition that makes sense for a company like Marathon, right? If you -- we talked extensively about the criteria we would use to evaluate any acquisition. And it was obviously financial accretion. It was obviously industrial logic. But a big component of that was to look for assets or opportunities that would also have a net positive effect on inventory life. And not just long-dated inventory, but inventory that can compete right now today, and that's exactly what we're seeing from the Ensign acquisition. So to the extent that we continue to screen and look at opportunities here in the U.S. And they -- and we find some that meet that criteria. I will take a very hard look at that Pat and his team are constantly looking at the opportunities within our core basins. But if anything, Ensign has actually raised that bar and raise and elevated that criteria because it was so accretive to the overall enterprise and specifically the Eagle Ford metrics.
Douglas Leggate:
I appreciate the answer, Lee. I mean, good assets and hands great management with a lot of cash and you can kind of see where I'm going with that. So thank you for the answer. My follow-up is kind of a similar question on EG. And you know we've been kind of struggling with this a little bit because I realize that the step change in the 18-year contract is extraordinary. The problem we're facing is that on our numbers at least on third-party data, in particular, the $900 million of EBITDA more or less on the production, it looks like it's about $600 million gross going through the plant. That production looks to decline about 70% over the next 5 years, and you don't have any capital associated with the uplift this coming year. So my question is, how do you maintain -- what are the opportunities that in terms of whether it might require capital or third-party on that gas to spend capital, which brings questions over what kind of margin you can actually maintain on that. So I guess I'm looking for confirmation. Is that really the decline rate? And how do you backfill it?
Lee Tillman:
Yes. Well, I think the -- first of all, on the decline rate, on the equity Alba gas time and safe, we're kind of 8% to 10% annual decline rate. So that's kind of the decline rate that we would typically experience within that asset. In terms of future opportunities, let me describe it like this. First of all, as I said in my opening comments, we have this world-class very unique infrastructure sitting in 1 of the most gas prone areas of West Africa. And quite frankly, those molecules will not get monetized unless they probably flow through EG LNG. We are the route to monetization. And we've already demonstrated success in that. If you look at the Alen project, which, as you said, if you will, another molecule, a non-equity project. But with that, we were able to participate both from a tolling as well as a percentage of proceeds on the profit sharing side of that. Not only that, but when you talk about capital, we had more infrastructure built out on someone else's capital, i.e., the Alen pipeline. And that was obviously critical for the Alen project but it also subsequently now connects us to additional discovered undeveloped gas that we know ultimately will come to market. Remember, we're in the Atlantic Basin, where transportation and geographically advantaged to European markets. There is no other monetization route for those molecules. So I have a very high confidence that between third-party opportunities as well as the fact that we continue to assess both on-block Alba and off block opportunities ourselves. Now there could be some capital requirements there. But for third-party molecules, those are going to come to us, and we're going to be able to participate in the upside, just like we have in the Alen project. So in aggregate, when I think about all of those opportunities, when I think about our already demonstrated success at Alen, we have commercial framework that works and that framework can be replicated. The fact that these molecules have to find a home or they're going to be stranded gas. I have a lot of confidence that we've got a very strong trajectory for EG LNG out to 2030 and beyond.
Douglas Leggate:
Appreciate the answer. Lee, thanks so much.
Lee Tillman:
Anita, maybe we can do on question per analyst to try to make our way through remaining a key there.
Operator:
Okay. The next question comes from Matt Portillo with TPH. Please go ahead.
Matthew Portillo:
Just a follow-up to Doug's question. Great to see the Texas Delaware making its way into the development program. Just curious if you can give us an update on the delineation plan for this year? What you've learned so far? And how this might impact kind of your inventory views for the Permian kind of moving forward?
Patrick Wagner:
I'll take this one. Matt, this is Pat. Yes, as you said, we just completed three wells on our most recent pad. The wells are performing well to date, consistent with our predrill expectations. All three wells and achieve at least 1,000 barrels of oil per day on flow back. It's still early. We're still watching the wells. We need some time to look at longer-term performance, but early indications that are good, they're exhibiting high oil cuts, they're showing low water on ratios and a low decline, some positive outcome there. You may recall that we deliberately down-spaced this pad in Woodford and check our spacing development. We collected a lot of fiber data and other day to try and work in the optimal spacing, both vertically and horizontally. The key takeaway so far is that there's no communication we've seen between the Woodford and the Meramec, which gives us strong evidence that we can successfully co-develop those two reservoirs without in the period. With regard to future development spacing, I'd say early learnings from this pad appear to confirm our original view that optimally will probably go with a 4x4 co-development. That will be the most capital-efficient way to develop the acreage. I'll remind you that the previous pad, we had the strongest Woodford oil well average drilled and that well continues to just be a really strong well. We now have about 12 wells online across the 55,000-acre position that we have 8 in the Woodford or in the Meramec. Again, very confident in all their performance very high oil productivity, low water ratio and shallow decline. And we think ultimately, this play is going to generate very high returns. As Mike said in his opening remarks, no longer an exploration play fully integrated into the team. It will compete with cap for capital with the rest of the portfolio. That said, we will drill another multi-well pad this year to continue the development, and we'll see how it goes. We'll help in that.
Operator:
[Operator Instructions] The next question comes from Subhasish Chandra with Benchmark Company.
Subhasish Chandra:
Just curious on your gas views. Yesterday, we might have seen a company that targets oil and see gas as a derivative. And the risk of that strategy, given what's happened in the macro world. I think in your commentary, you are more cautious on gas, at least in Mid-Con, et cetera. But could you talk more specifically to how you might adjust activity at all based on gas prices? And secondly, I should -- well, a follow-up -- no follow-up on the Bakken. Bakken is getting gassier, and how you kind of look at that going forward?
Lee Tillman:
Yes, Subhasish, this is Lee. Just in terms of gas views, we're not in the business of predicting pricing. We're a price taker. We do have, though, however, a very natural hedge by virtue of our portfolio. I want to keep in mind that our portfolio is about 50% oil, about 50% gas and NGL. So even though prices will inevitably exhibit volatility. We've seen that on the gas side, we don't anticipate radical changes within our capital allocation program for this year. Could we see some small optimization here and there, well absolutely? But again, we're not going to try to predict or chase pricing because inherently, we have a very balanced portfolio that gives us a very broad exposure across the whole commodity deck. So we feel very good about that. We talked about some of the sensitivities within our portfolio. We still are very leveraged to oil. We like that. We think that, that is -- I'm very constructive on oil now and in the future. And I like the fact that for every dollar change in WTI, that's a $70 million uplift in cash flow for us. So I don't anticipate any major shifts in capital allocation as a result of gas volume. On your other question just around the Bakken, obviously, typically, as we have moved into the Hector area, et cetera, we will see some natural variation in GOR. But again, we're driven by profitability. I won't say we're fully agnostic to commodities. But again, we're going to be driven by economics.
Michael Henderson:
Yes. I think, Subhash, I'll just chime in as well on the Bakken. What you're seeing there is maybe just the improving gas capture situation in the basin as well and for ourselves. We've progressively each year got better and better and expect that to continue. So there's probably an element of that playing into it as well.
Lee Tillman:
Yes. And that's been a conscious investment on our part to improve that gas capture to capture that value in the field as well as obviously the emissions benefits that come with that.
Operator:
The next question comes from Nitin Kumar with Mizuho Securities. Please go ahead.
Nitin Kumar:
Hi, good morning. And thanks for taking my question. I'll limit myself to one question, one-part question. Can you talk a little bit about how do you see capital allocation amongst your four key U.S. resource base going forward? As you did pointed out, you had fewer wells in the Eagle Ford, but you're also doing a few more in the Bakken than we expected for 2023. So just how should we think about the allocation of capital between the 4 plays?
Lee Tillman:
Well, maybe I'll say a couple of things, and I'll let maybe Mike fill in some of the details. But -- and this year's capital allocation, about 80% of the capital allocation is flowing to the Eagle Ford and the Bakken. But we also have an uplift year-over-year in allocation to the Permian as well based on the outstanding results that we experienced in 2022. And so that's what we're looking at this year. I would expect that as we march forward in time, the Eagle Ford and the Bakken are still going to compete very, very heavily for capital allocation. But there's no doubt that Permian now coupled not only with the Northern Delaware position, but with the Texas Delaware, Woodford, Meramec is going to start stepping up and competing more directly for capital. There are obviously some other subtleties within each basin in terms of how the capital allocation is flowing. And maybe I'll let Mike give a little bit of color on specifically what's happening at a basin level.
Michael Henderson:
It's Mike here. Yes, just a little bit more detail on '23. We provided the reg splits and the wells to sales in the deck. So 9 to 10 rigs in total, that's excluding the JV activity, 4 rigs in the Eagle Ford, and I'll be 1 on the Ensign acreage with 3 in Bakken and then 2.5 in the Permian then 1.5 JV rigs in Oklahoma. I think Lee mentioned that roughly 80% of the capital is going to Eagle Ford and market Eagle Ford is acute capital asset with the addition of Ensign. And maybe a little bit surprised well, maybe not, it was Permian just grabbing the majority of the remaining capital. And really, that's driven by the excellent results that we've had in Permian last year. That asset is now effectively competing for capital against the Eagle Ford and the Bakken, which is no small mean feat, making a strong case for even more capital in 2024. And a couple of elements to that well productivity is a big part of it, seen some very, very strong results there in aggregate. The 19 wells that we brought online last year averaged IP30s of over 2,200 barrels of oil equivalent per day and a 70% oil cut. Extended production history in the county is looking really good as well. One of the Thunderbird 4H well in Red Hills, that achieved an IP 120 over 2,100 barrels of oil per day. And I think you then couple that with the team. We've seen the teams really excel in their completion activities, we're probably pumping for over 19 hours a day. I think you can combine all of that together and you see the capital efficiency, a lot to like about 2022 performance then. Just paint great job that the teams have done as well with acreage trades and kind of adding to our average lateral length, it just causes that asset to become even more capital efficient. Yes, that's probably.
Lee Tillman:
Anita, we’ll take one more question.
Operator:
Our next question comes from Neil Mehta with Goldman Sachs. Please go ahead.
Neil Mehta:
Thanks for squeezing me in. Just a quick question on capital efficiency. Obviously, you provided the '23 guide here, but are you seeing any signs of real time of the second derivative of inflation improving with diesel coming off, chemicals getting a little bit better. Just talk about what is sticky and what might actually be moving back into your direction?
Lee Tillman:
Well, I think that there's no doubt that the rate of change on inflation is certainly slow. And we -- as Mike said earlier, what we have embedded in this year's budget to $1.9 billion to $2 billion is basically the inflation levels that we saw as we exited 2022. So from our perspective, to the extent that we see inflation and commodities like diesel, et cetera, start to moderate. We would expect that to be basically a tailwind for us relative to not only our capital program, but also obviously our operating cost as well. Mike, I don't know if you want to say anything else on that?
Michael Henderson:
I think -- I mean the other thing probably you look at rig count, broadly speaking, that's definitely flattened also from an activity perspective that should be helpful as well. I kind of alluded to this in maybe one of my previous answers with commodity prices, particularly gas being where they are potentially some of the gas basins, maybe in particular, start to see activity and tailing off and that potentially could lead to a little bit of a weakening in the market as well. And I'll probably start with rigs, but then there's a non-current effect on contribution crews and everything else that comes in the oilfield service sector. So I think when -- again, I touched on a few minutes ago when I think about our strategy, our approach to the year in terms of locking in, pretty much most of our prices in the first half of the year and then the flexibility in the second half of the year, I think we feel pretty good about the broad macro situation.
Operator:
This concludes our question-and-answer session. I would now like to turn the conference back over to Lee Tillman for any closing remarks.
Lee Tillman:
Well, thank you for your interest in Marathon Oil. I'd like to close by again thanking all of our dedicated employees and contractors for their commitment to safely and responsibly deliver the energy the world needs now more than ever. Thank you very much.
Operator:
This conference has now concluded. Thank you for attending today's presentation. You may now disconnect.
Operator:
Welcome to Marathon Oil Third Quarter Earnings Call. My name is Sheryl, and I will be your operator for today’s call. At this time, all participants are in a listen-only mode. Later we will conduct a question-and-answer session. [Operator Instructions] As a reminder, the conference is being recorded. I will now turn the call over to Guy Baber, Vice President, Investor Relations. Sir, you may begin.
Guy Baber:
Thank you, Sheryl. Thank you as well to everyone for joining us on the call this morning. Yesterday after the close, we issued a press release, slide presentation and investor packet that addressed our third quarter 2022 results. Alongside those standard earnings materials, we also issued a separate press release and slide deck, addressing our acquisition of the Ensign Natural Resources’ Eagle Ford assets. All of those documents can be found on our website at marathonoil.com. Joining me on today’s call are Lee Tillman, our Chairman, President and CEO; Dane Whitehead, Executive VP and CFO; Pat Wagner, Executive VP of Corporate Development and Strategy; and Michael Henderson, Executive VP of Operations. As a reminder, today’s call will contain forward-looking statements subject to risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed or implied by such statements. I will refer everyone to the cautionary language included in the press release and the presentation materials, as well as to the risk factors described in our SEC filings. We will also reference certain non-GAAP terms in today’s discussion, which have been reconciled and defined in our earnings materials. With that, I will turn the call over to Lee and the rest of the team, who will provide prepared remarks. After the completion of the remarks, we will move to question-and-answer session. So in the interest of time we ask that you limit yourselves to one question with a follow-up. Lee?
Lee Tillman:
Thank you, Guy, and good morning to everyone listening to our call today. To start, as always, I want to first thank our employees and contractors for their dedication and hard work, as well as their commitment to our core values, especially safety and environmental excellence. We are a results-driven company, but we are equally focused on how we deliver those results. I am proud of our entire organization. As Guy mentioned, in addition to our standard quarterly earnings materials, we are also very excited to discuss our acquisition of Ensign Natural Resources’ Eagle Ford assets, a truly compelling opportunity for our company that furthers each and every one of our core strategic objectives. While there is no shortage of highlights from our third quarter financial and operational results, our continued return of capital leadership is certainly near the top of the list. In fact, our third quarter shareholder distribution set a new record for our company. Dane will start there and provide a bit more context around our return of capital success and then Mike will walk us through our third quarter financial and operational results and outlook in more detail. We will then spend the balance of our opening remarks on our material expansion in the Eagle Ford. Needless to say we have a lot of ground to cover today, so let’s get started. Over to Dane.
Dane Whitehead:
Thank you, Lee and good morning, everybody. We returned a significant amount of capital to our shareholders through the cycle, the foundational element of our value proposition in the marketplace. As we have consistently highlighted, we believe our return of capital framework is differentiated in our peer space, uniquely calibrated to operating cash flow, not free cash flow, prioritizing our shareholders’ first call on our cash generation. This is especially important in a market characterized by inflationary headwinds and represents a strong commitment to our shareholders. And during the third quarter, I am pleased to announce we further built on our return of capital leadership by setting a new quarterly shareholder distribution record for our company corresponding to over 80% of our CFO and essentially 100% of our free cash flow to equity holders. Total third quarter shareholder distributions amounted to $1.2 billion, translating to an annual distribution yield of around 24%, a yield that’s not just at the top of the E&P peer space, but at the very top of the S&P 500. While we had guided third quarter return of capital to at least 50% of our CFO, due to strong operating and financial performance, our financial strength, including our replenished cash balance and favorable market conditions, including clear value in our stock price, we saw an opportunity to materially step-up the pace of repurchases. We bought back $1.1 billion of stock during the third quarter. The timing of our decision proved beneficial as third quarter buybacks were executed at an average price of around $24 a share, well below current trading levels. While our commitment to an operating cash flow driven, return on capital model remains differentiated, so is our commitment to significant ongoing share repurchases and the cumulative benefit of this approach has become pretty hard to ignore. Since kicking off our share buyback program last October, we repurchased $3.4 billion of our stock, driving a 20% reduction to our outstanding share count in just 13 months, contributing to significant underlying growth in all of our per share metrics. We continue to believe buying back stock is a good use of capital at current market conditions and consistent with this belief, our Board has again topped up our outstanding buyback authorization to $2.5 billion. Looking ahead, to the fourth quarter, we expect to execute around $300 million of share repurchases and we will ensure we fully meet our commitments to the market to return at least 50% our full year 2022 CFO to equity holders. This will represent a peer leading 2022 annual distribution yield. Dialing back the pace of buybacks a bit at the end of the year will allow us to build some additional cash in the fourth quarter, enabling us to increase the cash funding portion of the Ensign acquisition, which as you will hear in a minute will contribute to a higher level of shareholder distributions in 2023 and beyond. In addition to increasing our buyback authorization, our Board has also approved another increase to our base dividend, demonstrating the important synergies that exist between our base dividend and accretive buybacks. The increase of the dividend was entirely funded through year-to-date share repurchases. To summarize, we have been clear about our commitment to return significant capital to shareholders. We believe our operating cash flow driven framework is a strong commitment to our shareholders protecting distributions from the impact of capital inflation. Our consistent execution of accretive buybacks has driven peer leading per share growth of 20%. We have built one of the strongest return on capital track records in the entire S&P 500 over the trailing four quarters and we are fully committed to extending this leadership with our 2023 distribution profile further enhanced by the highly accretive Ensign acquisition. I will now turn the call over to, Mike, who will briefly walk us through our third performance and outlook. Mike?
Michael Henderson:
Thanks Dane, and good morning to everyone. Third quarter was yet another strong financial and operational quarter, highlighted by over $1 billion of free cash generation at a reinvestment rate of just 29%. Our oil and oil equivalent production increased sequentially to 176,000 barrels of oil per day and 352,000 barrels of oil equivalent per day, outperforming our guidance provided in the last earnings call, driven by achieving the high end our quarterly well sales guidance and new well outperformance in both the Eagle Ford and Permian. In the Permian, specifically, we returned to our highest level of activities since 2019. We brought 13 wells to sales, including eight 2 mile laterals, which are more representative of the go-forward program for this asset. Productivity for those extended laterals is very strong, including three laterals wells deploying our latest completion design that delivered an average IP30 over 3,800 barrels oil equivalent per day. The future for our Permian is bright amplified by our success in the Texas Delaware oil play. We developed both the Woodford and Meramec with our initial four-well pads expected to deliver first oil in early 2023. Stepping back a bit to the updated full year 2022 financial and operational outcomes, our outlook remains compelling. We raised our EG equity income guidance by another $70 million to over $600 million. EG equity income guidance is now more than double what it was at the beginning of the year, due to strong operational performance and upside in pricing, especially for European natural gas, where our commodity exposure remains under appreciated. And while we are -- we already have differentiated European LNG price exposure that has contributed to stronger financial performance this year, we will see significant increase to our global LNG price leverage in 2024, as our legacy Henry Hub linked LNG contract expires, which will potentially drive a step change increase in EG’s financial performance, as we have more equity molecules exposed to the global LNG market. We also raised our 2022 capital spending guidance to $1.4 billion, an increase of $100 million from prior guidance due to a combination increment inflation and targeted efforts to protect our execution and operational momentum into 2023. We expect this additional capital to set us up for success next year, protecting our production profile early in 2023, mitigating our execution risk and improving operational continuity. Despite this increase in our capital budget we still expect to lead our peer group in 2022, free cash flow yield, re-investment rate and capital spending per barrel production, as depicted in slide 11 of our earnings deck. In other words our delivery against the metrics that matter remain intact. Looking ahead to 2023, while, it is too early for explicit guidance, as we are actively optimizing our plan and working to integrate the Ensign assets. A case to be remains the maintenance program in order to deliver maximum free cash flow, significant return of capital and continued our share growth, while maintaining our investment-grade balance sheet. Under this maintenance scenario and incorporating the targeted efforts we are already taking in 2022, we would expect to mitigate the year-over-year increase to our pre-Ensign 2023 capital spending to the 10% to 15% range. I will now turn it over to Lee to discuss the strategic rationale of the Ensign acquisition.
Lee Tillman:
Thank you, Mike. Hopefully, you have all had a chance to review our dedicated Eagle Ford acquisition press release and associated slide deck. I am especially excited to talk to you today about the strategic rationale for this transaction, as this satisfies each and every element of the exacting acquisition criteria, as you have heard me and the rest of the team talk about on these earning calls. While we have assessed each and every opportunity that has come to market in recent years in our core basins, we truly believe this asset offers a superior risk adjusted return profile, especially given our experience and knowledge in the Eagle Ford, while striking the right balance between immediate free cash flow accretion and future high quality development opportunity. This is a truly unique asset. Going back to our M&A framework, this transaction checks all the boxes, immediate financial accretion, return of capital accretion, accretion to inventory life and quality, and industrial logic with enhanced scale, all while maintaining our financial strength, conservative balance sheet and shareholder return commitments. I will personally walk through each of these key points. First, this deal is immediately and significantly accretive, expected to drive double-digit accretion to all key financial metrics. More specifically, we are modeling an approximate 17% increase to our 2023 operating cash flow and a 15% increase to our 2023 free cash flow. Accretion is even stronger on a per share basis and will only improve as the additional cash flow generation will support a higher level of share repurchases, further reducing our share count and driving incremental per share growth. It’s also accretive on a debt adjusted per share basis. The cash consideration paid for the asset is attractive at just 3.4 times 2023 EBITDA with a 17% 2023 free cash flow yield, highly accretive relative to Marathon Oil’s standalone metrics at the same price stack. Second, this transaction is accretive to our return of capital profile, as the additional cash flow generation will go straight to our shareholders, consistent with our unique and transparent operating cash flow driven framework. Simply put, we remain committed to returning at least 40% of our CFO to shareholders in 2023 and beyond at prices above $60 WTI. But we will now be delivering this return of cash from a higher base of CFO. Therefore, the 17% cash-flow accretion I just discussed will translate to an increase in our shareholder distribution capacity by an equivalent 17%. Additionally, we plan to raise our quarterly base dividend by another 11% post-transaction close to $0.10 per share, taking full advantage of the cash flow accretive nature of the deal. Third, this transaction offers compelling industrial logic and is accretive to our inventory life with locations that immediately compete for capital, enhancing our cash flow sustainability. We are adding 130,000 high working interest, operated net acres adjacent to our legacy position, fully leveraging our knowledge, experience and operating streams, and a high confidence capital-efficient basin, where we have a demonstrated track record of execution excellence. We are acquiring more than 600 undrilled locations, representing an inventory life greater than 15 years, with locations that immediately compete for capital in the Marathon Oil portfolio, not an easy bar to clear by any means. Finally, we are executing this deal while maintaining our investment grade balance sheet with our net debt-to-EBITDA are expected to remain below 1 and our financial strength firmly intact. Importantly our valuation was based on a nominal one rig maintenance program, no assumed synergy credits and no redevelopment refrac upside. With that overview of the strategic rationale, I will turn it over to Pat to discuss the inventory depth and quality of this asset, which we believe is an especially critical and differentiating element of this deal.
Pat Wagner:
Thanks, Lee. I will focus my comments on slide six of our acquisition deck, speaking specifically to the inventory quality of this asset since it’s a differentiating factor compared to recent asset packages we have evaluated. As Lee mentioned, we have assessed every asset that has come to market in our core basins in recent years, especially in the Eagle Ford and Bakken, we believe this asset is truly unique, given its attractive combination of immediate cash flow accretion and future development opportunities. Due to the unique history of this asset, there has been limited drilling activities since 2015, effectively preserving the high quality inventory. Additionally the Ensign team has done an excellent job of cleaning up some legacy midstream contracts, consolidating operatorship and ownership ventures. The end result is a high margin, 99% operated, 97% working interest, 130,000 net acre position in the core of the Eagle Ford, significant high return undrilled inventory. Our technical teams have spent significant time and effort analyzing each and every DSU on this acreage, a bottoms effort -- bottoms up effort to truly understand the quantity and quality of undrilled inventory. We came away from this process impressed, signing value to over 600 undrilled locations, representing an inventory life in excess of 15 years, using conservative spacing development assumptions. We see value in this position across all three phase windows, condensate, wet gas and dry gas, with significant inventory that immediately competes for capital, especially in the condensate and wet gas phase windows. The undrilled condensate inventory has the potential to deliver some of the best returns at highest capital efficiency in the Eagle Ford and therefore the entire Lower 48. And the economic dry gas inventory enhances our longer term development optionality and further strengthens our underlying resource base. A simple analysis of external third -party data validates the quality of Ensign’s inventory, as shown in the charts on the right-hand side on slide six in our deck. Screening all wells brought online since 2019 Ensign’s 12 month oil equivalent productivity on a 15 to 1 value basis has been among the very best in the Eagle Ford. And on a capital efficiency basis analyzing 12 month cumulative production relative to total well cost, Ensign has proven to be one of the most capital efficient operators in the entire U.S., outperforming every large cap E&P in our peer group. It’s worth highlighting that the Ensign acreage also includes 700 existing wells, many of which are pre-2015 early generation under stimulated completions, which likely left substantial recoverable resource behind. We therefore see upside potential associated with redevelopment and/or refracs on the acreage, especially considering our track record of high return successful development on our legacy position. Peers have been successful refracs on asset on offsetting acreage to Ensign and Ensign has recently brought online three refrac test of their own with encouraging early results. Importantly all of this represents pure upside for us, as we assign no redevelopment refrac upside in our valuation of the asset or in our inventory count. I will now pass it over to Dane to discuss financing and our return of capital objectives.
Dane Whitehead:
Thanks, Pat. I will be short and sweet. My key point is that we are executing on this accretive transaction, while maintaining our financial strength, our investment grade balance sheet and conservative leverage profile, while continuing to deliver our return of capital commitments to equity holders. Who says, you can’t have it all. We plan to fund this acquisition with a combination of cash on hand, our credit facility and new pre-payable debt. Financing approach will give us the optionality to pay off the acquisition debt quickly without incurring additional costs. Importantly, with the incremental debt we expect our net debt-to-EBITDA ratio to remain below 1 times at the forward curve and even testing our leverage against more conservative price deck, $50 per barrel WTI to $60 per barrel WTI, we remained in the zip code of 1.5 times leverage by the end of 2023. We have received constructed -- constructive feedback about the deal from the ratings agencies, given the improvement to our scale and sustainability, coupled with the limited impact to our leverage profile. We also believe that tangible assets acquired in this transaction are eligible for full expensing in 2022, contributing to our income tax optimization efforts, another positive aspect of this deal that could differ our exposure to AMT. Bottomline our balance sheet remains rock solid, giving us the financial flexibility to do an attractive deal like this and pay down our acquisition debt in short order while simultaneously enhancing our return of capital to equity holders. Additionally, as we have already stated, our commitment to return of capital framework remains steadfast. In 2023 and beyond our objective remains return at least 40% of our CFO to equity holders and potentially more if market conditions are supportive, all driven by a higher base of cash flow consistent with the financial accretion of the Ensign deal. Back to Lee for wrap-up.
Lee Tillman:
Thank you, Dane. Consistent with our earlier remarks it remains too early to offer up any detailed 2023 capital spending guidance, as we are still working our plan and optimizing the integration of an accretive new asset. Yet, I can say that our strategic objectives will remain unchanged to continue delivering peer and market leading free cash flow generation and return of capital to shareholders, all of which is further strengthened by the Eagle Ford acquisition. Our case to be for 2023 is the maintenance program that efficiently and expeditiously integrates the Ensign Eagle Ford assets and that continues to focus on growing per share metrics. For years, now I have reiterated my view that for our company and for our sector to attract increased investor sponsorship, we must deliver financial performance competitive with other investment alternatives in the market, as measured by corporate returns, free cash flow generation and return of capital, more S&P, less E&P. Today we are successfully delivering just that kind of performance. Our challenge now is to prove that our results are sustainable quarter in and quarter out, year in and year out. We are up for the challenge. Our compelling investment case is simple, capital discipline, sustainable free cash flow protecting commodity price upside, market leading return of capital to shareholders and per share growth. And we have a track record of delivery, underscored by this quarter’s record setting shareholder distribution. Our multi-basin U.S. portfolio has only been strengthened with the balanced Eagle Ford acquisition, and our complementary integrated gas business in EG brings a growing and differentiated exposure to the global LNG market that is unique among our peers. To close our call today, I want to reiterate how proud I am of how we have positioned our company. We are delivering financial outcomes at the very top of the S&P 500, and just as important, we are doing so while adhering to our core values, supporting the continued responsible development of much needed oil and gas that is absolutely critical to furthering global economic progress, lifting billions out of energy poverty and protecting the standard of living we have all come to enjoy. With that, we can open up the line for Q&A.
Operator:
Thank you. [Operator Instructions] Our first question comes from Neal Dingman from Truist Securities. Your line is now open.
Neal Dingman:
Good morning, guys. Congrats on the deal. It looks quite good. My question is on the Ensign deal. You gave a lot of color around this guys, but I am just wondering, in sort of broad strokes, how are you thinking about, obviously, comes with some great PDP but also you mentioned Lee some really nice undrilled inventory. I am just wondering, number one, how do you sort of think about value in-between the two, and then, secondly, now with almost 300,000 in Eagle Ford, a good bit of this be focused on drilling the new Ensign next year in your Eagle Ford activity.
Lee Tillman:
Yeah. I think just on the value component Neal, when we think about the valuation, I would say in general, we would kind of put in almost in that 50-50 between PDP and future undrilled development opportunities. I think that was one of the unique aspects of this deal was that it really hit the sweet spot between immediate and significant cash flow accretion, with inventory life accretion, with Inventory that competes immediately for capital. So that really stood out to us and made this deal quite unique. In terms of how we view it, I mean, obviously, we are still in the midst going through our detailed budget for 2023. We model this from a valuation perspective, as a maintenance program that would layer on top of an enterprise maintenance program that we are thinking about for 2023. We believe that the bulk of these locations and Ensign compete for capital in today’s portfolio and so that’s just going to be part of the detailed allocation process that we are going through today. But for us the case to beat remains maintenance capital and Ensign would in essence be layering on top of the enterprise.
Neal Dingman:
Great, Great details. And then maybe just a follow-up, second one for Mike, maybe on the Delaware. Mike, now with all the activity now that you have had recently the Delaware, I am just wondering if you have any deferred sort of thoughts or expectations on that play then you had, obviously, earlier this year prior to really stepping up activity there.
Michael Henderson:
Yeah. Neal, so I will take a run at that. I think they the results that we have seen this year have been impressive, 30 wells to sales, and obviously, in the Florida another five or so coming on in the fourth quarter. And most of those wells that we are bringing online this year 1.5 miles, 2 milers. I was pretty excited, as we look-forward to next year 2023. We are probably only going to bring in on two milers. So when you look at the third quarter 2022 and very strong well performance and execution from the team, I think we mentioned it in the deck. The 13 wells to sales, eight were 2-mile laterals. I think that’s mentioned more representative of go-forward program. And again, as we touched those wells averaged over 2,700 barrels of oil equivalent per day. Over the first 30 days, that was at 73% oil cut. And then, probably, most exciting were the three [inaudible] wells that we brought online. Those were latest design up space, largely completions and look to be some of the best Delaware Basins that we brought on this year, IP 30, 100 barrels of oil per day. So I tried to share all of that and I think you teased it out well for next year. And we are probably going to be similar next year in terms of about 70-30 split on capital with 30% of the capital going to Permian, but I think it teased it up well for next year. And the team got back, hit the ground running. So we are pretty excited about what future brands spend more in the Delaware for us.
Lee Tillman:
And I would just add too to that, Neal, the team continues to do some really good blocking and tackling to give us the ability to do extended laterals through trades, et cetera, across our position. And that was always kind of our theory, when we made the original acquisition that over time we would continue to build a more contiguous position, which would give us more access to extended lateral drilling and that’s exactly what the team has delivered.
Neal Dingman:
Great details guys and again congrats on the deal, sort of looks positive.
Lee Tillman:
Thank you, Neal.
Operator:
Thank you. Our next question comes from Scott Hanold from RBC Capital Markets. Your line is now open.
Scott Hanold:
Yeah. Thanks. Hey. If we can touch base on the Ensign acquisition a little bit. Obviously, you guys made a pretty good case. It’s got very strong economics especially in the condensate window. But could you give us a little color on, how you think about that acquisition holistically, does have a little bit more balanced hydrocarbon mix. I think traditionally Marathon very -- had a very much higher oil kind of cut focus. So how do you think about that as you layer on this within the total corporation? And when you talk about maintenance activity next year, I think, you have historically talked about it on a barrels of oil kind of thought process. Does that change a little bit because this asset again has a little bit more of a gas mix?
Lee Tillman:
Yeah. No. All great questions, Scott. Let me start a little bit on, if you will, the product mix of Ensign. First and foremost, we are driven by returns and economics and the Ensign inventory is extremely competitive within our portfolio. In terms of delivering economic returns, which in essence translate into our sustainable free cash flow and return of cash model. So its best with that -- those locations will underpin for us. So I wouldn’t say we are agnostic to product mix, but we are much more focused on the economic returns and the competitiveness of these locations. So the -- if you will, the one-third, one-third, one-third mix that we see at Ensign, that to us in and of itself is it’s a bit arbitrary and we are more focused again on returns. When we think about maintenance going forward, certainly, oil is still what we are flattening on. I mean we still, when we talked about maintenance we are referring to oil production. And the positive there is that, Ensign will contribute to continuing to hold that maintenance level of oil production, but now at a higher level. And just to maybe even step back, when you think about even Ensign coming into the enterprise portfolio, we still loss of maintenance are around 50% oil. I mean we may drop down a little bit with Ensign in the mix, but at the enterprise level we still have balance between nominally 50% oil, nominally 50% gas and NGLs now. At Eagle Ford, at a basin level, we will be getting a little bit more gassy, but the reality is it’s we are still 50% plus oil in the Eagle Ford, even with bringing the Ensign asset into play.
Scott Hanold:
Appreciate that context. And if we can pivot a little bit to shareholder returns, I mean, your buybacks this past quarter was pretty impressive, the level that you guys were able to accomplish. And now thinking about this acquisition, and obviously, the debt you will have to take on for this acquisition. Should we think about at least in the near term until, I guess, obviously, visibility on, I guess commodity prices is a little bit better into next year. Will you -- obviously you still hit your commitment, but maybe temper from existing your recent pace and also does this hedging -- your thoughts on hedging different now, since you have taken on a little bit more leverage?
Dane Whitehead:
Hey, Scott. This is Dane. I will take the first cut at that. Thank you for acknowledging the fact that we believe the doors off shares repurchases are 82% of CFO, well, I like the share repurchases in the quarter and that was certainly a high watermark for us. Historically that I think really demonstrates our commitment to driving that high return when we have the capacity to do it. We also re-mooted the share repurchase authorization in the quarter, the Board did at $2.5 billion, which should be a strong signal that post Ensign we are going to continue with that kind of a very aggressive share repurchase strategy. The acquisition itself is 17% accretive, so the -- to our CFO. So the quantum of cash available to return to shareholders is greater. Think about it as pre-Ensign 50% return equals a post-Ensign 40% return. So it’s a significant increase the quantum of cash that we can allocate to shareholders. We certainly are going to be meeting our minimum 40% return to shareholder threshold. That’s our minimum. We have shown the ability to exceed that up to this point pretty consistently and we would look to do that opportunistically going forward. The debt that we are going to be taking on is not -- our leverage is going to be in pretty good shape post-close and I think our ability to service that debt is going to be -- we will have lots of flexibility around that and that’s why we are using new pre-payable debt and credit facility so that we can really have a lot of flexibility at a pace that we repay that. The priority obviously we are going to pay back the debt in an appropriate timeframe, but the priority in our framework given our strong balance sheet is going to be returns to shareholders. So we are going to stay focused on that. You might have asked one other hedging question in there. Pat, did you want to take that?
Pat Wagner:
Yeah. Sure. I would just say in general that our philosophy hasn’t changed. Hedging is just one part of the commodity basically managing that. And so, Dane talked about the balance sheet, our balance sheet is still going to be strong, but it contributed incremental debt. And I think it’s important to focus on really low free cash flow breakeven at some $35. So we are in good shape in any range of commodity prices. So we don’t see a need to just go into the market and hedge because we did this acquisition. That said, we will be very opportunistic, as we have been in the past, if you see some opportunities that would provide us a little downside protection. We will take those but we don’t feel compelled to do that unless the market shows us something that is compelling.
Lee Tillman:
Yeah. I think it’s very important that because of our leverage profile and where it sits that, future debt retirement and achieving our capital return to shareholders, those are not mutually exclusive. We are going to be doing both of those things. How we gauge those, will obviously be dependent a bit on commodity price, but the way we have modeled it is that we are doing both of those over time. And as Dane stated, with the 17% uplift in CFO by virtue of the Ensign transaction, the 40% minimum is kind of now 50%. In other words 40% is the new 50%, if you will. So we are seeing that accretion and our ability to give return back to shareholders.
Scott Hanold:
I appreciate that. Thanks.
Operator:
Thank you. Our next question comes from Jeanine Wai from Barclays. Your line is now open.
Jeanine Wai:
Hi. Good morning, everyone. Thanks for taking our questions. Hey. Maybe just…
Lee Tillman:
Good morning, Jeanine.
Jeanine Wai:
Good morning. Hey. Maybe just following up on a couple of your comments there, so buybacks are expected to be $300 million in Q4, which will help rebuild the cash balances. In terms of how the deal impacts 2023, can you provide a sense of the rough split envisioned between the cash revolver and the new debt for funding the deal and whether your view on cash levels has changed for 2023?
Dane Whitehead:
Yeah. So I think -- I would think about the cash versus debt split to be cash roughly 45% of the funding and the balance from a mix of revolver borrowings and new pre-payable debt, which should be terms loans or go to debt capital markets to get that. We are still assessing the most advantageous approach there. I am sorry, what was the…
Jeanine Wai:
Okay.
Lee Tillman:
Cash count.
Dane Whitehead:
Cash -- oh, the cash count. Yeah. Sorry about that. So, obviously, we are going to dial back share repurchases towards the end of the year. We will use a portion of the $1.6 or so that we forecast at the end of the year for the acquisition. As we head through next year, I still think this sort of $300 million to $500 million cash balance to enable us to manage interim month working capital is a good number to work with. And within that quantum of cash that we are generating, we will be able to service the debt and make the shareholder distributions, like, we have historically but at a higher point.
Jeanine Wai:
Okay. Great. Thank you for all that detail. Maybe pivoting to another asset in the portfolio here in EG, there is certainly upside to EG income starting in 2024 relating to striking the new contractors, you mentioned in your prepared remarks. In terms of other upside, I think that, LNG plant was originally meant to have a footprint, so that it could be twinned. And just wondering if that’s on the horizon anywhere on your radar maybe in the medium or longer term? Thank you.
Lee Tillman:
Yeah. Jeanine, yeah, there is a tremendous value proposition for us in EG. We have talked about it and really two areas. One of course is the Alba Gas condensate field, our equity production there. And then there is this world-class infrastructure that we have there in Punta Europa, the LNG plant storage offloading, as well as the gas plant and the methanol plant. Our number one objective right now is to continue to load the existing LNG train. And one of the first steps in that was to bring in some third-party gas, which was by virtue of the land development, basically, the Alen Partners brought that gas to our plant. Essentially they invested in the infrastructure, built the pipeline and we have been able to take advantage of those third-party molecules through both, if you will, travelling through that facility, but also percentage of proceeds, hence our exposure to global LNG pricing. And so, our vision is that there will continue to be opportunities that are not dissimilar to Alen, where we will be able to drive more molecules and continue to at least base flow the current LNG trend. We are sitting in one of the most gas prone areas of West Africa both in terms of indigenous gas in EG but also cross-border opportunities, including Cameroon, as well as Nigeria, as they look for an accretive home to their gas molecules as well. You are correct in that the facility was designed for expansion beyond the base flow, but today our number one priority is ensuring and we have the gas that can help us grow the current train really through the next decade.
Jeanine Wai:
Great. Thank you.
Operator:
Thank you. [Operator Instructions] Our next question comes from Doug Leggate from Bank of America Merrill Lynch. Your line is now open.
Doug Leggate:
Thanks, everyone. Thanks for getting me on. Dane, I wonder if I could ask you a question on cash tax. There is an interesting footnote or comment on the acquisition slide deck about the -- I am not going to get this description exactly right, but it looks like some of the acquisition cost can help your cash tax position. So I wonder if you could just walk us through, how has that evolved with the AMT and how does Ensign help you? How should we think about cash tax?
Dane Whitehead:
Yeah. Sure, Doug. Thank you for cash tax question for us.
Doug Leggate:
Yeah.
Dane Whitehead:
But very great, so prior to the Inflation Reduction Act, we were not going to be cash taxpayers for a couple of years under the traditional tax system. With the IRA there’s an alternative minimum tax structure, it’s 15%. And so we could be subject to that if we hit a certain threshold. The threshold is $1 billion of pretax income on average for the three years, 2020 through 2022. So we are still in that measurement -- living through the end of that measurement period. We do our forecasting. We are pretty close to that $1 billion threshold for that three-year average is kind of a coin flip. And so you look at that and go to close the call what else could move the needle for us and there are a couple of things that we have line of sight to, one of which relates to Ensign, but just to give you a little more color runs on the whole playing field. There is a question about whether we can deduct foreign tax credits for that threshold calculation. We think if we get favorable treasury interpretation on that would be -- which would be very consistent with precedent, that we will be able to in that one, of course, with that threshold calculation. There’s also the possibility of favorable new legislation on the deductibility of intangible drilling costs and that’s a big part of our capital program. That’s got to be a legislative change, so kind of hard to predict at this point, but that’s a significant move -- needle mover if it does happen. And then the third one it directly relates to this Ensign transaction is the acquired tangible assets, not the intangible assets, the tangible asset portion of the acquisition price, which is a fairly significant number and if that’s -- that will be eligible for expensing in 2022 for purposes of this threshold calculation, assuming we close the deal as we plan this year. So without really kind of quantifying all those for you today, Doug, they are all moving sort of in the right direction in -- on the margin certainly this Ensign deal could help us defer paying AMT taxes until 2024 which would be nice.
Doug Leggate:
Yes. That’s really helpful. I guess that’s kind of what I was trying to get at is how much you can shield your tax from this transaction. So thank you for that. I guess my follow-up, there’s so many things we could try and address today, but I want to try and hit the comment about the Shell marketing agreement on LNG. Obviously, there’s been -- there’s a lot of moving parts, when you go from equity gas to a land gas and then this transaction, I guess, so the legacy contract rolls over at the end of 2023. How should we think about the delta, if all things were equal on LNG pricing, let’s say, flat, no change in the commodity. How would your exposure shift on January 1, 2024, versus where it is today, given the mix of all of those things? I will leave it there. Thanks.
Lee Tillman:
Yeah. Doug, yeah, just -- first of all, listen all of that, just for clarity on kind of how things flow today through selling back, we put it in the chart, just because it gets more complex through all the equity companies there. But today, of course, Alen is third-party molecules, not equity molecules that flow through the gas plant, the LNG plant. They are sold through there and then on the backend we receive a percentage of proceeds from that contract. That will not change post 2024. That runs the term of the Alen production. Relative to what we refer to as Alba Tail, which are the remaining Alba production post the current Shell contract, which runs its course at the end of 2023, those molecules are open for negotiation into the current marketplace. So we would move from essentially a Henry Hub-linked contract to more of a global LNG-linked contract on those equity molecules that would be flowing post 2024. Based on today’s market conditions and obviously the arbitrage between something like a TTS to Henry Hub, we would expect to see a material uplift there, despite the fact of course that we are on a decline in the Alba Field. We would expect to see financial uplift, as we make that shift from more of a Henry Hub linked to more of a global LNG basis and those negotiations will be going on really starting next year to finalize those new contracts post 2023.
Doug Leggate:
Presumably you quantify at that time. Lee, would that be fair?
Lee Tillman:
Yeah. No. I think just like we have done, I think, we have tried to give a lot more visibility and transparency on EG by providing equity income guidance, et-cetera. As we get and understand what those new commercial terms are going to be like, we absolutely intend to share that with the market, so there’s clarity on what that will do to the EG financials.
Doug Leggate:
That’s terrific. Thanks fellas. Appreciate it.
Lee Tillman:
Thank you, Doug.
Dane Whitehead:
Thank you.
Operator:
Thank you. Our next question comes from Paul Cheng from Scotiabank. Your line is now open.
Paul Cheng:
Hey, guys. Good morning.
Lee Tillman:
Hey, Paul.
Dane Whitehead:
Good morning.
Paul Cheng:
Two question. One is, I think, I have to apologize first. In terms of the new debt that you take on or that we are looking at that $3 billion, in a perfect external environment, how quickly you want to or you feel is the optimum pace of paying that down or that you get the net debt back, if we do that $3 billion? So that’s the first question. In an ideal world, so if the commodity price is as good as you hope, then how quickly that you want to pay it down? The second question on the 600 Ensign inventory, do you have a split between the condensate window, wet gas and dry gas? Thank you.
Dane Whitehead:
I think that the pace of the debt reduction, our -- sort of our base case, we model this out and just used to sort of aggregate the forward curve, we feel very comfortable for us to pay this over say a 24 month period. That will be incremental debt. If we get a tailwind on commodity prices or help on AMT, things like that, it’s going to give us much more flexibility to both deal with the debt in a more expeditious fashion if we want to or increase shareholder distributions and in a perfect world book. So there’s quite a bit of flexibility with revolver borrowings. I guess, technically they aren’t due until 2027. That’s when the bulk revolver has been extended to. So we have a lot of flexibility in there. But my bias -- I guess, my personal bias is to get the debt and the interest cash payments out of the system as quickly as possible without stressing something else like the distributions.
Pat Wagner:
This is Pat. I will take the question on inventories. Without going into too much specific, I would just say that, the vast majority of the locations that we have described, i.e., in the condensate and wet gas window, and as Lee and I mentioned it, those compete very favorably in our inventory today and those would be the ones that we attack first few years.
Lee Tillman:
Yeah. And if I could add just to maybe amplify that, I want to emphasize again that we have taken no credit and that inventory count or the potential upside that exists in redevelopment and refracking the 700 existing wells. And I think it was probably Jeanine that also pointed out that the teaser that had come out on Ensign recorded 1,200 wells and so we are taking a very conservative approach and really putting our own technical view on that inventory. So we feel very confident in the 600 -- over 600 undrilled locations that we probably we believe that to be conservative. It was a strong basis for the valuation that continues to protect potential upside for us as well in the future.
Paul Cheng:
And can I ask that whether you guys have any preliminary -- I know you are certainly on, but preliminary potential, call it, synergy benefits from this deal and what is the OpEx cost for Ensign operation?
Lee Tillman:
Yeah. I will maybe say a couple of things and let Mike jump in. Right now, we included none of that fall into the valuation equation. But our expectation is that our excellent Eagle Ford asset team is going to find ways to drive even more value with this acquisition and so contiguous to our legacy position, we believe those savings will come. And Mike you may want to talk a little bit about kind of the unit kind of cash cost that we think we are bringing in with Ensign and how that looks relative to the Eagle Ford, and quite frankly, the rest of the enterprise.
Michael Henderson:
Yeah. I mean, it’s fairly short answer on that one, Paul. The OpEx, that we are bringing in it’s actually it’s more Eagle Ford and more then the company toward at the moment. So that should be a net positive. Maybe a little bit in terms of just some of the synergies. Well, just the fact that it doubles our footprint, increases our size and scale and positive, a shout out to the Ensign team. They have done a great job with some of these recent wells that they brought online. I do think just given our expertise and the scale that we can continue to optimize both on well productivity and cost, and so there’s potential upside there that again is baked in. And just that increased scale and basin as well is going to help us with the supply chain side of things. It’s still a tight market out there, so I think anyway which that we can bring there is a positive and then the other one is obviously the potential positive implications, with regards to AMT that Dane mentioned quite a while ago. Again, I think, the positive thing is that, we have not baked any of that and that’s potential upside for us as we get into the asset proper.
Paul Cheng:
So thank you on that. I will follow-up. Hope I am sure we will be talking more about that in the future.
Lee Tillman:
Thank you.
Operator:
Thank you. We have no further questions at this time. I’d like to turn the call back to Lee Tillman for closing comments.
Lee Tillman:
Thank you for your interest in Marathon Oil and I’d like to close by again thanking all of our dedicated employees and contractors for their commitment to safely and responsibly deliver the energy the world needs now more than ever. Thank you very much.
Operator:
Thank you. Ladies and gentlemen, this concludes today’s conference. Thank you for participating. You may now disconnect.
Operator:
Welcome to the Marathon Oil Corporation MRO 2Q 2022 Earnings Conference Call. My name is Richard, and I'll be your operator for today's call. [Operator Instructions]. I'll now turn the call over to Guy Baber, Vice President, Investor Relations. Mr. Baber, you may begin.
Guy Baber:
Thanks, Richard, and thank you to everyone for joining us this morning. Yesterday, after the close, we issued a press release, a slide presentation and investor packet that addressed our second quarter 2022 results. Those documents can be found on our website at marathonoil.com. Joining me on today's call are Lee Tillman, our Chairman, President and CEO; Dane Whitehead, Executive VP and CFO; Pat Wagner, Executive VP of Corporate Development and Strategy; and Mike Henderson, Executive VP of Operations. As a reminder, today's call will contain forward-looking statements subject to risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed or implied by such statements. I'll refer everyone to the cautionary language included in the press release and presentation materials as well as to the risk factors described in our SEC filings. We will also reference non-GAAP terms in today's discussion, which have been reconciled and defined in our earnings materials, including reinvestment rate, adjusted cash flow and adjusted free cash flow. With that said, I'll turn the call over to Lee, who will provide his opening remarks. We'll also hear from Dane and from Mike today before we move to our question-and-answer session. Lee?
Lee Tillman:
Thank you, Guy, and good morning to everyone listening to our call today. To start, I want to once again thank all of our employees and contractors for their dedication and hard work as well as their commitment to our core values, especially safety and environmental excellence. We are results-driven but equally focused on how we achieve those results. While both equity and commodity markets remain characterized by significant day-to-day volatility, a few underlying trends remain well entrenched. Global demand for oil and gas continues to recover from the depths of the pandemic, while supply of oil and gas remains constrained by multiple years of underinvestment, strained supply chain, labor shortages and inconsistent, if not outright hostile regulatory policy on a global scale. Physical commodity markets are tight, global inventories are well below historic norms, and global spare capacity is limited at best. The ongoing Russian invasion of the Ukraine and the associated humanitarian crisis has only exacerbated these underlying trends. And even in the unlikely event of a near-term resolution, the dying has been cast in actions, particularly by European countries, are already well underway to move away from Russian oil, natural gas and refined products. Here at home, the U.S. consumer is facing inflationary pressures across the board, including energy. The potential for recession looms and American families are suffering, but the U.S. Energy Renaissance led by the Shell revolution has provided a measure of protection from the forced and more austere measures now being considered in Europe. We are experiencing firsthand the value of energy security and Made in America oil and gas, while witnessing the fallout of failed energy policies that have put much of Europe at risk. We must ensure that the U.S. economy does not fall victim to the same 4 choices. So while we are fully aware, we are price takers and remain steadfastly committed to capital discipline, we could be in for an extended period of elevated commodity prices globally, both for oil and natural gas. All of this underscores the need for an orderly energy transition or more accurately and energy expansion as part of an all-of-the-above strategy to meet the world's growing demand for reliable, affordable and responsible energy. And it highlights the critical role the U.S. oil and gas sector must play on a global scale, especially as one of the world's lowest GHG emissions intensity producers. As I've said before, our mandate is clear, and it is a statement of Marathon Oil's corporate purpose to help responsibly meet global energy demand by operating with the highest standards, prioritizing all elements of safety, environmental, social and governance performance while delivering strong financial returns to our shareholders. We have conviction we are pursuing the right strategy for our shareholders and stakeholders alike. It's best summarized by our framework for success on Slide 4 of our deck. Strong corporate returns, sustainable free cash flow generation and meaningful return of capital to our shareholders through the commodity price cycle, all underpinned by a high-quality portfolio of U.S. unconventional resources complemented by global LNG exposure via our EG Integrated Gas business. A bullet through balance sheet and a transparent commitment to comprehensive ESG excellence. Importantly, second quarter once again represented another quarter of comprehensive delivery against this differentiated framework highlighted by record quarterly financial performance. I would like to focus on a few key takeaways this morning. First, we are building a market-leading track record of returning capital to our shareholders. returning a significant amount of capital to our shareholders through the commodity price cycle is foundational to our value proposition in the marketplace. Our return of capital framework is uniquely calibrated to operating cash flow, not free cash flow, prioritizing our shareholders as the first call on capital instead of the drill bit. Basing our return on capital framework on a percentage of operating cash flow instead of free cash flow has been an intentional decision. It reflects the confidence we have in our high-quality asset base and the strength of our commitment to shareholders. This is an especially important distinction in an inflationary environment, where capital inflation will necessarily reduce the cash available for peer companies to return to investors based on the inherent design of their frameworks. It won't for us. While frameworks and commitments are important, we continue to believe that establishing a consistent track record of delivery quarter in and quarter out is key to building and maintaining trust and credibility in the market. We are in the process of building one of the strongest return of capital track records in the entire S&P 500. Since achieving our leverage objective in October of 2021 through significant gross debt reduction, we have returned $2.5 billion of capital to our shareholders. Over the trailing 3 quarters, we've returned approximately 55% of our CFO, equating to approximately 75% of our free cash flow. This includes $2.3 billion of share repurchases driving a 15% reduction to our outstanding share count in just 10 months and contributing to significant underlying growth in all of the per share financial metrics that matter most to our equity valuation. My second key point. We are delivering financial outcomes that are not only at the top of our E&P peer group, but at the very top of the S&P 500. We must compete with investment alternatives across the broader market. As I already mentioned, second quarter represented a record financial quarter for our company in many respects, an all-time high for adjusted earnings, free cash flow and shareholder distributions. The full year outlook is just as strong. We expect to generate around $4.5 billion of free cash flow for the full year, assuming $100 WTI and $6 Henry Hub, consistent with guidance provided last quarter. That's good for a free cash flow yield north of 25%, not only one of the best yields in the large [indiscernible] space, but the second highest free cash flow yield in the entire S&P 500. For full year 2022, we expect to continue returning at least 50% of our operating cash flow to our shareholders, significantly outperforming the minimum 40% of CFO commitment per our framework. That translates to an annualized shareholder distribution yield of around 20%, one of the strongest return of capital profiles in the S&P 500. Market-leading free cash flow yield and return on capital all at an attractive valuation with our shares trading at an EV to EBITDA multiple among the most attractive in the entire S&P. My third key point is perhaps the most important. It is that these market-leading financial results I just highlighted are all sustainable. Our continued financial delivery is supported by a high-quality U.S. unconventional portfolio with over a decade of high return inventory and a track record of superior capital efficiency and execution excellence, a world-class integrated gas business in EG with differentiated exposure to the global LNG market, a transparent, disciplined reinvestment rate capital allocation business model and a unique operating cash flow linked return of capital framework. Our 5- and 10-year benchmark maintenance scenarios that highlight our confidence in continuing to deliver peer-leading financial outcomes. And finally, by our commitment to comprehensive ESG excellence, including our objectives to deliver top quartile safety performance while driving peer-leading GHG and methane intensity reductions by 2030 and that are consistent with the trajectory called for by the Paris Climate Agreement. I will now pass it off to Dane, who will provide a financial update.
Dane Whitehead:
Thank you, Lee, and good morning all. As Lee mentioned, second quarter was highlighted by record financial results for our company since becoming an independent E&P company. This includes adjusted net income of $934 million or $1.32 per share and adjusted free cash flow of more than $1.2 billion and a 24% reinvestment rate. Such strong financial delivery is enabling us to deliver market-leading return of capital to our shareholders. Turning to Slide 8 and 9. I'll briefly cover our return on capital track record and outlook. Our cash flow driven return on capital framework remains unchanged. And in these uncertain times, we believe the market will reward that commitment, clarity and consistent delivery. We've built a hard-earned reputation for execution excellence, and we're just as focused on establishing the same credibility when it comes to consistently returning capital to our shareholders. The overall objectives of our framework are to maintain capital return leadership versus peers and the S&P 500 and to maximize our equity valuation and reduce downside equity volatility providing clear capital return commitments tied to specific commodity price environments. As a reminder, our framework calls for delivering a minimum of 40% of cash flow from operations to our equity holders when WTI is at or above $60 a barrel. During 2Q, we returned $816 million of capital to equity holders, including $760 million of share repurchases. That represents 51% of our adjusted CFO and an annualized shareholder distribution yield of almost 20%, one of the strongest capital return profiles in the entire S&P 500. In addition, we further enhanced our financial position by adding around $500 million cash to the balance sheet. As long as we're conformably meeting our shareholder return objectives, we like the idea of modestly building some cash on the balance sheet in the current volatile commodity price environment to provide optionality for future debt maturities and small opportunistic bolt-on acquisitions that are accretive long term. But rest assured that returning cash to shareholders at levels that meet or exceed our framework remains our top priority for use of cash and our track record of back stand out. Since achieving our leverage object in last October, we've consistently outperformed our minimum commitment, returning approximately 55% of our CFO back to equity holders over the trailing 3 quarters. In total, since last October, we returned $2.5 billion of capital. We've repurchased $2.3 billion worth of our stock at an average price of $20.51 per share, producing outstanding share count by 15%, driving truly differentiated per share growth, as shown on the graph at the bottom right of Slide 8. We've also raised our base dividend by 167% since the beginning of last year. While we believe our base dividend is competitive with the S&P 500 and similarly sized industrial companies and certainly sustainable at conservative commodity pricing, there is still a clear opportunity to drive further base dividend growth over time, especially considering the important synergies between the base dividend and our share repurchase program. Turning to the full year '22 outlook, 2022 outlook on Slide 9. We expect to continue to outperform our 40% minimum CFO commitment. We're targeting to return at least 50% of our adjusted CFO for total shareholder return of at least $3 billion with upside potential to that number. We're trading at a free cash flow yield more than 25%, one of the lowest trading multiples in the entire S&P 500. We continue to believe that our equity is fundamentally mispriced. And as long as that's the case, we'll aggressively repurchase around stock. As I've said before, it's the best acquisition we can make. Now I'll pass it over to Mike for a brief operational overview.
Michael Henderson:
Thanks, Dane. Similar to last quarter, my key message today is that the priorities for our capital program remain unchanged. We are staying disciplined. We are prioritizing free cash flow generation, and we are protecting our execution excellence. And we still expect to deliver free cash flow, capital efficiency and operating efficiency at the very top of our peer group. More specifically, our free cash flow guidance of $4.5 billion at a reinvestment rate, approximately 20% remains unchanged as to our full year capital and production guidance ranges. While we've increased our U.S. production expense guidance by $0.25 per barrel. The impact to our earnings and cash flow is more than offset by a $0.25 per barrel reduction to our U.S. DD&A guidance and a $40 million increase to our EG equity income guidance. With respect to the near-term outlook for production capital, we expect third quarter oil production to increase sequentially from 167,000 barrels per day to over 172,000 barrels a day driven by the timing of our Wells to Sales program. Total oil equivalent production is expected to be relatively flat quarter-on-quarter due to a modest decline in EG. Year-to-date, capital spending has been fully consistent with our expectations and with our guidance for first half weighted program. We spent 56% of our full year budget versus prior guidance of 55% to 60%. Third quarter CapEx is expected to be similar to the second quarter level reflecting some shift in capital spend from second quarter to third quarter and a working interest uptick. While it's premature to provide detailed 2023 guidance, we are part of work optimizing our 2023 execution plans. A little earlier than normal, we are taking a disciplined and thoughtful approach to our contracting strategy. Our top priority is to continue protecting our execution confidence and access to high-quality service providers and equipment in order to continue delivering peer-leading free cash flow generation and return of capital. With that, I will turn it back over to Lee to close this out.
Lee Tillman:
Thanks, Mike. Before we move to our question-and-answer session, I want to provide a few preliminary comments on the 2023 outlook and then put the financial results we are currently delivering into context. Consistent with Mike's remarks, it's far too early to offer up any detailed 2023 capital spending guidance, largely due to macro uncertainties that could materially impact the outlook for inflation. But I can give you confidence that Marathon Oil's key priorities will remain unchanged. Regardless of the environment, our objective will be to continue delivering peer-leading and market-leading free cash flow generation and return of capital to shareholders. This durability is supported by our peer-leading capital efficiency, balanced portfolio, investment-grade balance sheet and low free cash flow breakeven of less than $35 per barrel. Our case to be for 2023 will be a maintenance program that holds production flat in order to deliver maximum free cash flow, peer-leading return of capital and significant per share growth. For years now, I have reiterated my view that for our company and for our sector to attract increased investor sponsorship, we must deliver competitive financial performance with other investment opportunities in the market as measured by free cash flow generation and return of capital, more S&P less E&P. This is especially true when commodity prices are much lower than they are today. We believe we have built that type of resilience into our business. And when we do experience a constructive commodity price environment, as is currently the case in which could continue to be the case for some time, we must deliver truly outsized free cash flow and return of capital versus the S&P 500. Slide 12 of our earnings deck illustrates just how strongly we are delivering on this more S&P less E&P mandate. According to consensus estimates, we are delivering the #2 free cash flow yield in the entire S&P 500 this year, driven by our high-quality capital-efficient U.S. conventional portfolio, our world-class integrated gas business in EG, featuring unique global LNG exposure and our disciplined approach to capital investment. Due to the strength of our financial delivery and despite solid year-to-date equity performance, we are trading at one of the most attractive valuations in the S&P 500 with 2022 consensus EV to EBITDA multiple among the 10 most attractive in the S&P 500. And we are returning the majority of the cash flow we generate right back to our shareholders, building one of the strongest return of capital track records in the entire market while driving significant per share growth. Though others are now transitioning to a focus on per share growth, no peer has delivered more strongly or consistently than us or matched our 15% reduction in outstanding shares in just 10 months. To close, I am proud of how we have positioned our company. We are delivering financial outcomes that are at the very top of the S&P 500. And just as important, we are supporting the continued responsible development of much needed oil and gas that is absolutely fundamental to furthering global economic progress lifting billions globally out of energy poverty and protecting the standard of living we have all come to enjoy. With that, we can open the line for Q&A.
Operator:
[Operator Instructions]. Okay, and our first question online comes from Arun Jayaram.
Arun Jayaram:
Lee, I did want to maybe start with kind of your thoughts on -- you've released a 5-year and 10-year kind of maintenance scenario. I know it's preliminary to talk about 2023, but I did want to just get your preliminary thoughts on how you're thinking about allocating capital next year. On Slide 20, you highlight kind of your well activity this year between the 4 different U.S. basins. And I guess, effectively, what we're thinking about is you're doing $1.3 billion in capital this year. We've seen less inflation in terms of your numbers than your peers. And as you think about rigs, Frac services and tubulars, are you, call it, hedged below market rates today? And as we think about 2023, would you expect if the industry is -- CapEx trends are up 10% to 15% to be within that range?
Lee Tillman:
Yes. Yes. Thanks, Arun, for the question. Maybe I'll take a bit of that and then maybe let Mike expand a bit on the inflation question. As you stated, around, we did put out a 5- and 10-year view that is a maintenance view. And then that, of course, the capital programs are all calibrated to the actual commodity price decks there so that those 2 are really linked to one another. From a capital allocation standpoint, as you know, there was a pretty material shift from 2021 to 2022. We moved from kind of 90% Eagle Ford and Bakken to about 75% Eagle Ford and Bakken this year. It's still a bit too early to get into specifics around capital allocation. But needless to say, we see all basins contributing as we get prepared to go through that exercise and prepare our 2023 program. We did experience like others inflation this year. In fact, we did raise our capital program budget a bit last quarter from the kind of the $1.2 billion to the $1.3 billion. We have been very, I would say, deliberate about ensuring first and foremost, that we have the execution capability and capacity to not only execute our 2022 program, but to have us in very good stead as we look ahead, at least to the first half of 2023, that there's maybe a bit of a difference this year, and I think Mike mentioned this in his opening comments is that we are getting a much earlier start on how we want to secure those services and materials looking ahead to 2023. To the specific question though around inflation, maybe I'll let Mike talk a bit about, obviously, the service side as well as kind of the goods and commodity size, everything from steel to Frac sand. So with that, Mike, I'll turn it over to you.
Michael Henderson:
Thanks, Lee. Morning, Arun. Let me maybe start with 2022 and then I'll swing over to '23. Market is still tied across the board. We think it's going to stay that way, particularly, we assume current prices are sustained activity levels, particularly the privates have increased, access to labor continues to be a challenge, a high degree of volatility, particularly anything commodities related. So we're seeing it in diesel, we're seeing it in steel. I think as a result of that, ourselves and others, we're just continuing to see that tight market for most categories of spend. I think you then throw in maybe the macro backdrop, things are tight there, economy quite supply chain labor market. And as Lee mentioned, as I mentioned, -- our focus, our priority really is about securing established and trusted service providers. Execution excellence is everything for us this year and as we get ready for next year. And I think maybe just looking at the major execution-related elements of the business plan through the remainder of '22 for us. Start with rigs, I would say the majority of our remaining rig lines in 2022 have been secured in long-term contracts that, in a lot of cases, run into '23. We've also had quite a bit of success farming out some of our operational rigs. So maybe rather than lose the arm and crews that we like working with. That's allowed us to take a bit of a break in our program and then get them back to us when we need them. Similar type story in the pressure pumping remaining -- sorry, the majority of the remaining scope for the year is tied down and when I think about the rig based -- pressure pumping space, I do think it's worth mentioning that we are termed up longer term that the companies that we're working with at the moment. So we've got established relationships. They do an excellent job for us. And they're real quickly sound. Again, most of our needs secured for the remainder of the year. And similar with steel, we have the capacity maybe just working through some open pricing at the moment with regards to that and certainly recognize a lot of volatility in 2022, but $1.3 billion remains the budget, and that's what we're looking to deliver. With regards to [indiscernible] we mentioned pretty early to address that in any detail, very dynamic market. In our case to beat next year's maintenance program. And really, that's how we're thinking about the things that we're doing at the moment. It really is taking steps to ensure that we can deliver on that program. One of the things that we've done is how to look at our execution plans, we're trying to minimize spot work wherever we can. So being able to offer that consistent extended program, obviously, safety benefits, execution benefits and commercial benefits. Maybe just a little bit more on the contracting strategy. I'd described it in the comments there. We're taking a disciplined and thoughtful approach. Working in the first half of 2023 as a priority. I'd say we've secured much of our rig pressure pumping sand and steel needs. Some of the pricing remains open. We've had a little bit of success with index link pricing mechanisms. We've used that in the pressure pumping sand, rig and chemical space. And then on the second half of '23, I'd say we're being a little bit more patient there. We feel good about our ability to maybe access to providers and equipment we need, but just given the uncertainty around the macro environment. We're probably just taking our time when it comes to locking in prices and just being a little bit more thoughtful in that set of things.
Arun Jayaram:
My follow-up is maybe for Dane. Dane, I was wondering if you could give us a little bit of a teach-in of your understanding of the AMT or mansion tax proposal. Obviously, you guys had earned a favorable U.S. cash tax position kind of today. I do know that there is a 3-year average book income provision of $1 billion. I don't think it would affect you until 2024. But I was wondering if you could maybe provide some thoughts on what this means for your U.S. cash tax position? And how does your EEG earnings -- how could those be taxed under the new proposal, which is in law, of course?
Lee Tillman:
Arun, before maybe flipping it over to Dane on that specific item, it's probably worth just a little bit of commentary around the Inflation Reduction Act of 2022. I want to stress that, first and foremost, this proposed legislation is just that it's proposed and that we're continuing to really digest the potential impacts and a lot of the details that come along with it. Second, I would just say the purported legislative objective is to reduce inflation. But as validated by non -- Bipartisan Policy Center, Non-partisan Internal Congressional Agency. As far as we can tell, it will have no measurable effect on inflation. So from a legislative standpoint, it does seem to be a little poorly conceived from the get go. And certainly, the proposed actions look like they're going to add some costs and complexity to businesses specifically manufacturing in oil and gas in the form of taxes and regulation that ultimately are going to be passed on to the U.S. consumer and negatively, I think, impact future investment. So beyond some of those fundamental flaws and the fact that it has zero impact on inflation, there are a couple of provisions, and you mentioned one of them that caused this particular concern. One is kind of the approach to methane fees and taxes and then, of course, this corporate AMT issue as well. On the methane tax, I think we need clarification around certain elements, including measurement methodology. There still remains a high degree of uncertainty around the proposal. But the bottom line is we don't need legislation to incentivize us to reduce our methane footprint. We're already doing exactly that, and we've got a great track record of significant reductions in some of the most aggressive targets in the industry that, as I mentioned earlier, fully consistent with the trajectory of the Paris Climate Agreement. So even though we support reasonable regulation, regulation of methane is already happening. And so anything that this act does is going to be somewhat duplicative and certainly without any discernible policy benefit. So with that little bit of an overview, let me flip it over to Dane to share a few thoughts on your specific question around the tax provision.
Dane Whitehead:
Arun. First of all, let me say that under current tax law, not this proposed change but current tax law, we have substantial NOL and foreign tax credit positions that we are highly confident will shield us from cash taxes, U.S. cash taxes until the second half of the decade, even at high prevailing commodity prices. So there's no change in that outlook at this time. With the [indiscernible] proposal, proposing to implement an alternative minimum tax based on 15% of GAAP pretax income. The legislative process, I'll say it's ongoing and contentious to say the least. And the timeline for getting something done before midterms really ramp-up is extremely tight. So I think the outcome of this proposal remains uncertain whether it gets done at all or what shape it gets done in. And I think that's an important point to keep in mind at this juncture. There are a couple of major issues with the alternative -- the AMT proposal that I think are pretty significant, 2 of them stand out to me. One, it significantly reduces the investment incentives for capital-intensive industries that where those incentives currently reside in the tax code, and this goes around those. Second, by using GAAP pretax income as the basis for taxes, it allows accounting rules to drive tax policy, which effectively puts taxation authority in the hands of the likes of the [indiscernible] and the SEC. And I think we've learned recently that Congress shouldn't be delegating the powered attacks to those bodies. There are a number of counterproposals emerging that could potentially address these and other shortcomings but, most -- if you look at the stats, most of the companies that are going to be impacted by this are industrial manufacturers essentially. And so I expect a very spirited challenge to be mounted. It actually has been mounted by that constituency, and we'll see how that plays out. We'll say a straight up minimum tax like the one proposed could accelerate our cash taxability is really too much uncertainty on how the rule is going to play out for us to really be super definitive for you right now, Arun. But even in the scenario of a straight minimum tax on book earnings, our historical tax attributes, our NOLs and for tax credit positions remain very valuable. And we'll realize the value of those. Also important to note that about the proposal in its current form, and exposure Marathon might have due to the proposed AMT is limited to domestic income. EG income will largely be offset by foreign tax credits. So we wouldn't expect the AMT proposal to impact taxes in EG.
Lee Tillman:
Maybe just -- Yes. Maybe just to wrap up, Arun. It's definitely clear to us that kind of the bad idea factory in Washington D.C. is in overdrive. And in essence, this proposed legislation will elevate taxes and costs at a time of high inflation. And as Dave said, it's going to negatively impact much needed investment in both the manufacturing and oil and gas sectors. So thanks for the question.
Operator:
Our next question on line comes from Phillips Johnston.
Phillips Johnston:
Just a follow-up question for Mike on the CapEx guidance for the third quarter. It seems to imply a fairly large drop in the fourth quarter from the first 3 quarters. I think you mentioned some shift in spending from Q2 into Q3, and you expect working interest to tick up. It also looks like you're turning line well count in both the Bakken and Eagle Ford for the remainder of the year. Is very much weighted to Q3? So I just wanted to confirm that's also coming into play and just generally see what kind of confidence you guys have in that fourth quarter number coming down.
Michael Henderson:
Yes, Phillips, it's Michael here -- it's Mike. Just as I mentioned on the call, first half capital fully consistent with our guidance where we spent 56% of the full year [indiscernible] program that was that in line with the guidance we supplied. We'd also mentioned that the program was front-end weighted. So we do expect third quarter expense to be similar to the second quarter before a bit of a decline into the fourth quarter. As you touched on there, we did have some capital shift from second quarter into the third quarter and the uptick in working interest. Again, as I mentioned just a minute ago, the 1.3 budget remains the number that we're looking delever. In terms of maybe the Wells to Sales cadence, what I'd say is third quarter, we're guiding 50 to 60 Wells to Sales, fourth quarter will be our low quarter from a Well to Sales perspective and also the working interest drops. So maybe that helps explain why we're seeing the -- or capital being the whole point of the year.
Operator:
Our next question on line comes from Doug Leggate.
Doug Leggate:
Dane, I apologize for beating up on the AMT question again, but I just wonder if you could potentially quantify if that minimum tax was put in place, what would it do to the timing in your opinion of when you would expect to become a cash taxpayer, if you can try and frame that with any certainty?
Dane Whitehead:
Yes. My comments earlier really meant to convey that there's just so much uncertainty around the final shape of these rules that coming out and giving you some really specific outlook like that, I think it's just -- it's premature to do that. Certainly, at the AMT construct could accelerate to some extent, some cash taxes quantifying at this point, I think it's just too early. I did note in my earlier response to a room though that it would be probably less not impactful on EG earnings, which is an interesting important data point as well.
Doug Leggate:
Yes. I'm sorry. I just wanted to try and push on it again because it's about trying to figure this out. So thanks for your thoughts on it. Lee, you have done an extraordinary job on capital discipline. You led the market on your commitment to stable production, not outspending your cash flow and returning cash. It's left you with a lot of commodity leverage, obviously, and tremendous cash flow potential in an environment where it seems that a lot of assets coming for sale pretty much in your backyard to the list goes from the back end to the Eagle Ford and, of course, the EG with Chevron's assets. I'm just curious how you see the role of M&A in a framework, which is obviously very disciplined on shareholder returns, but you've also got a lot of headroom for potential acquisitions if you choose to. How are you thinking about that?
Lee Tillman:
Yes. Thanks for the question, Doug. Obviously, Doug, I can't comment on any specific or hypothetical M&A transactions. But -- what I will say is that we're always assessing and evaluating bolt-on opportunities in basins where we have a competitive advantage and can generate value for our shareholders. Clearly, as you stated, we have a tremendous amount of confidence in our organic case, which delivers market-leading free cash flow and return of capital. And that is the lens that we're going to assess all opportunities. So the bar is quite high. And whatever we do, it's going to have to be accretive to that organic case. And so the same discipline that we show in our business is the same discipline we'll show in assessing inorganic opportunities. But to be clear, we like the assets in our core portfolio, and we're always looking to further improve our core positions. That's true for all of our core positions, U.S. resource plays as well as EG. And there are a number of reasons why when we think about EG, we do deem that very much one of our core assets, very free cash flow generative, low level of capital reinvestment, competitively advantaged infrastructure that should be the natural aggregator of gas in a very gas-rich portion of the world, differentiated and direct exposure to the global LNG market, which relative to our peers is quite unique. And then, of course, it does have a geographic and cost advantage as a supplier into the European gas market, which, as you know, is very short on gas. So hopefully, that addressed your question, Doug.
Doug Leggate:
It does. I guess I was kind of curious if you had an opinion on Chesapeake's announcement, and you need to go forward if that fits with your portfolio or prefer not to comment, I guess.
Lee Tillman:
Yes. I mean, I think, again, I don't want to get into specific assets in the marketplace. But rest assured, I think, Doug, that to the extent that there are sound opportunities within our core basins that Pat and his team are actively evaluating and assessing those against that criteria that I described.
Operator:
Our next question on line comes from Neal Dingmann.
Neal Dingmann:
Lee, maybe I could just do a follow-up on Doug's just to maybe M&A one different way. I'm just wondering, have your -- I guess what I'm curious on is your requirements for deals have that those requirements change in the recent year or 2, you guys continue to have some fabulous acreage. You do a good job of laying this out in the slides. I'm just where now when you continue to look at deals out there and I guess, given the environment we're in, I'm just wondering if the requirements have changed. And if you can maybe discuss maybe some of those key requirements.
Lee Tillman:
Certainly, Neal. Fundamentally, the criteria on which we evaluate any inorganic opportunity has remained constant -- as I mentioned, the bar is high. I mean it's going to have to deliver financial accretion. It's going to have to be leverage neutral to positive. It's going to have to offer industrial logic and clear synergies. And so we look across all those dimensions to make an assessment and trying to determine as well as does it play into the sustainability of our model also. We're not looking to necessarily buy someone's decline curve. We're looking for things that can amplify the already strong sustainability of our portfolio. So fundamentally, Neal, no, we're -- it's not different -- is the market different, absolutely. I think in a high price environment in a volatile environment like we are, I do think you're going to run into instances where the bid ad spread is going to be difficult to reconcile. And given that, we just have to be that much more committed to our criteria and ensuring that we're bringing any type of opportunity is bringing true value, lasting value into the portfolio.
Neal Dingmann:
Great details. And then my second is just on capital allocation. Specifically, you've all been pretty clear about suggesting that the shareholder return will continue to be predominantly buybacks given the intrinsic value. I'm just wondering how do you think about the relative comparisons, I guess, in today's market, even given where oil and given where your share price is, when you think about the comparative comparison between buybacks and dividends?
Dane Whitehead:
Yes, Neal, it's Dane. I'll just take a quick cut at that. I mean I think we've been pretty strong in our view that returning capital to shareholders through the share buybacks structurally changes the company drives per share growth and is synergistic with our ability then to increase our base dividend over time without increasing our cash -- total cash distributions on the dividend. And so we like that, especially in light of the fact that the free cash flow yield that our stock is generating right now is in the 25%. It's even got closer to 30% recently. So it's just an unquestionable value to do that. And so it's been very easy for us to allocate capital that way. We still do think the base dividend is a very important part of the return equation. We have raised the base dividends through the first quarter of this year, 5 consecutive quarters, total of 167% over that period of time. We paused this quarter I will say, though, that with the consistent and large share repurchase activity that we're doing, we'll definitely be in a position likely this year to reassess that because we're just absorbing so much of that outstanding stock. So I think they're synergistic there. We like them both. And the variable dividend idea is something we -- it's a tool in the toolkit. But given what I have said about how compelling share repurchases are to us right now, it's going to just be on the back bench.
Operator:
Our next question on line comes from Scott Hanold.
Scott Hanold:
If I could ask a question is you -- I think Lee had mentioned that your -- the equity -- Marathon's equity is mispriced, and that's why buybacks makes more sense. And I think largely, most people agree with that. And fundamentally, your discussion also talked about you're fine with building some cash on the balance sheet. And I'm just kind of wondering, when you look at that sort of cash build, do you think a way to bridge the valuation gap would be to further lean in hard with the buybacks and kind of force the issue? Or are there other things you can do with that sort of incremental cash that you think could help bridge the gap with Marathon to some of the peers?
Lee Tillman:
Yes. Maybe I'll offer a comment or 2 and then maybe flip over to Dane. I want to be really clear, Scott. When we talk about the 50% of CFO as a target, that's a minimum. We still have optionality to go beyond. And then from time to time, we have already gone beyond that mark. But I'm not going to be apologetic about the fact that we're delivering still a 20% distribution yield, which leads not only our peers, but the S&P 500. And you can even look at this quarter and just the absolute shareholder distribution was a record for the company. So I do believe that we're delivering strongly against that shareholder commitment and the efficiency of the share repurchase program the facts kind of speak for themselves. I mean, 15% reduction in dilution over a 10-month period, and that really is unrivaled in our peer group. So although I agree that we have optionality there going forward relative to that 50% minimum, I think we're putting a pretty strong case out there today when you look at the relative comparison, not only to the peers, but also to the broader market. And maybe, Dane, do you want to say a little bit about our thinking about just cash on hand and how we consider that.
Dane Whitehead:
Yes. So to your point, Lee, I think our commitment to significant returns is there. We have almost a 20% annualized distribution yield. The quarter was so strong with realized pricing with the operational and financial execution that even with those returns, we built about $500 million of cash. My perspective as long as our return objectives are being met, modestly building some cash on the balance sheet is a positive thing. We're obviously in a highly volatile commodity price environment. One thing to keep in mind. But there really aren't any bright lines around the amount of cash in my mind. Some buckets that I sort of think of as we manage our cash balance. The first, I'd like to have a minimum of $500 million on the balance sheet just to handle intra-month working capital swings. We do have a couple of debt maturities coming up in '23 and '24, $400 million in each year. We intend to retire that debt with cash on hand. So preparing for that time when prices are strong, is a good thing. And then also, it provides us the flexibility quickly on accretive bolt-on acquisitions that can improve our portfolio, the kind of things that Lee referenced earlier. And then holding a little more cash in a -- it's pretty prudent, I think, given the macro uncertainties, the volatility, recession risks all the stuff we're met with every day when we turn our TV on and even regulatory change, which we're seeing potential for that. So having a very robust company with strong liquidity, I think is a plus I say that. And then I'll also say our return to shareholder commitment is top priority, but also keeping a bulletproof balance sheet and ample liquidity is right alongside that in our conservative financial model.
Lee Tillman:
Yes. And I would even just add to that the work on the balance sheet and liquidity is never ending. And recently, Dane and his team also extended our credit facility as well at favorable terms. And again, it gives us that runway out to 2027 on that instrument as well. So we look at all that holistically, but again, we believe we're leading the field on shareholder distributions, but we're going to continue to challenge ourselves as we go forward. And we're going to have optionality against that minimum commitment.
Scott Hanold:
Great. And just as a follow-up, the Permian, it's I think it's been about a year since you've been active with completions. And I know this quarter or the third quarter we're going to be, I think, 10 to 15 wells and maybe another dozen in the fourth quarter. if you all could provide a little bit of color and context on some of the activity there and what to expect in terms of types of formation and are these multi-well pads? And how we're going to kind of progress with sort of that buildup in the Permian in the second half of this year?
Michael Henderson:
Yes, it's Mike here. I'll take that one. So, Permian, as you mentioned 10 to 15 Wells to Sales in the third quarter, we've actually got another 4 -- sorry 5 coming online in the fourth quarter, but that excludes the Texas Delaware wells. So 4 those that will come online probably late in the fourth quarter or maybe early first quarter next year. With the extension of the first 5 wells that we've brought to sales this year, the majority of the remaining program, they're all going to be 2-mile laterals. And then by 2023, we pretty much tend to only bringing on 2-mile laterals. I say that because these 2-mile laterals what we're seeing is on a kind of normalized complete CWC per foot basis, they're 30% cheaper than the single mile lateral. So team has done an exceptional job there on the trade front moving away from these SLs to these XLs actually, we're active at the moment, looking to potentially get into some 3-milers as well. Maybe coming back to 2022, I would describe the balance for the year. We're going to be bringing on wells in some of the high confidence here. So Red Hills Upper Wolfcamp and then followed by Malaga Upper Wolfcamp. Probably 60% in Red Hills, 40% in Malaga, the Wells to Sales. Just quite a bit of commentary on the wells that we have brought to sales. They've only been online a few weeks. So still early, but I think we're encouraged by the performance thus far and maybe I'd just highlight the team have definitely taken advantage of the break in activity. And I know I'm pretty excited about potentially what we're going to deliver not only this year, but also next year in the Permian.
Operator:
We have no further questions at this time. I will now turn the call over to Lee Tillman for closing remarks.
Lee Tillman:
Thank you for your interest in Marathon Oil, and I'd like to close by again thanking all of our dedicated employees and contractors for their commitment to safely and responsibly deliver the energy the world needs now more than ever. Thank you very much.
Operator:
Thank you, ladies and gentlemen. This concludes today's conference. Thank you for participating. You may now disconnect.
Operator:
Good morning, and welcome to the MRO First Quarter 2022 Earnings Conference Call. My name is Brandon, and I'll be your operator for today. [Operator instructions] As a reminder, this conference is being recorded. I will now turn the call over to Guy Baber, Vice President of Investor Relations. And you may begin, sir.
Guy Baber:
Thanks Brandon, and thank you to everyone for joining us this morning. Yesterday, after the close, we issued a press release, a slide presentation and an investor packet that address our first quarter 2022 results. Those documents can be found on our website at marathonoil.com. Joining me on today's call are Lee Tillman, our Chairman, President and CEO; Dane Whitehead, executive VP and CFO; Pat Wagner, executive VP of Corporate Development and Strategy; and Mike Henderson, Executive VP of Operations. As a reminder, today's call will contain forward-looking statements subject to risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed or implied by such statements. I'll refer everyone to the cautionary language included in the press release and our presentation materials, as well as to the risk factors described in our SEC filings. We will also reference non-GAAP terms in today’s discussion which have been reconciled and defined in our earnings materials including reinvestment rate and adjusted free cash flow generation. Mentions of free cash flow generation today refer to our adjusted free cash flow before working capital and inclusive of EG LNG return capital. With that I’ll turn the call over to Lee who will provide his opening remarks. We'll also hear from Dane and Mike today before we move to our question-and-answer session. Lee?
Lee Tillman:
Thank you, guy. And good morning to everyone listening to our call today. To start I want to thank our employees and contractors for their dedication and hard work during these most dynamic times, as well as their commitment to our core values of safety and environmental excellence. In light of current events, including geopolitical tensions, economy wide inflationary pressures, and the highest global energy costs we have seen in some time, I want to briefly provide some context around the current energy market. First, we believe Marathon Oil as a global oil and gas producer has a clear and much needed role to play in the longer term energy landscape. This belief has only been reinforced as energy markets have struggled to respond to a confluence of factors, continued demand recovery from the pandemic, struggling global supply chains, labor shortages and a fully employed US labor market and systemic underinvestment in both new oil and gas supply and the requisite infrastructure. The invasion of Ukraine by Russian forces has only exacerbated these pressures of bending geopolitics, and creating a level of uncertainty and hostility between NATO and Russia that has not been experienced since the Cold War. The reality is that energy markets were already tightening from supply and demand fundamentals before this Russian action, and the risk premium now embedded in commodities, including oil and gas has returned with a vengeance. Even in the unlikely event of a near-term resolution to this crisis, the dye has been cast and actions, particularly by European countries are already underway to move away from Russian oil and gas and secure more reliable supply from the Middle East and the US. And here at home, these events are only adding to an inflationary environment that has once again put energy on center stage, inflation that impacts every American family. It has underscored the need for an orderly energy transition that includes oil and gas as part of all of the above strategy, and has recalibrated global views as to the current and ongoing role of US oil and gas in the world economy. Our mandate is clear, and it is a statement of Marathon Oil’s corporate purpose to help responsibly meet the world's growing energy needs by operating with the highest standards, prioritizing all elements of our safety, environmental, social, and governance performance. While delivering strong financial returns for our shareholders. Oil and gas are essential to any orderly multi decade transition to a lower carbon future. Rather than an energy transition, it is more of an energy expansion to both meet growing world energy demand and mitigate global GHG emissions. This is not an either or proposition and failure on either front is not acceptable. However, our approach must be pragmatic and grounded in the free market, innovation, and an all of the above energy approach. Company strategy is grounded in three market principles and a thoughtful analysis of competitive dynamics. And long term fundamentals are good for energy stability and security, the US consumer and the longer term health of our industry. At Marathon Oil, we have conviction that we are pursuing the right strategy for shareholders and stakeholders alike. It's best summarized by our framework for success on slide 4 of our debt, strong corporate returns, sustainable free cash flow, and meaningful return of capital to our shareholders through the commodity price cycle, all underpinned by a high quality portfolio, a bulletproof balance sheet, and a transparent commitment to comprehensive ESG excellence. Importantly, first quarter represented another quarter of comprehensive delivery against this framework. I would like to focus on three key takeaways today. First, we're continuing to build a peer leading track record and quite frankly, a market leading track record of return of capital to our shareholders. Our cash flow driven return of capital model uniquely prioritizes our equity investors as the first call on cash flow, not the drill bit. And our continued execution underscores our commitment to our shareholders and highlights the power of our portfolio in a constructive price environment. Over the trailing two quarters, we've returned around 60% of our CFO or over $1.4 billion to our shareholders. To clarify, that 60% of our cash flow from operations, not our free cash flow. This actually equates to almost 80% of our free cash flow over the same period. In total, we have now executed over $1.6 billion of share repurchases since last October, driving an 11% reduction to our outstanding share count in just seven months. And those shares were repurchased at a price below $19 a share, a discount of over 25% relative to today's trading price demonstrating the power of consistent dollar averaging. We are significantly growing all of the per share financial metrics that matter most to our equity valuation. Under current market conditions and given our free cash flow yield, we continue to believe buybacks remain an excellent use of capital and consisting with that view, our Board of Directors has increased our outstanding buyback authorization $2.5 billion. We also just raised our quarterly base dividend for the fifth consecutive quarter. My second key point is that first quarter was again, another quarter of solid consistent execution. We generated $1.3 billion of cash flow from operations and $940 million of free cash flow, both before working capital at a reinvestment rate of just 27%. And we returned $640 million or 50% of that CFO back to our shareholders. This strong financial performance was underpinned by solid operational execution consistent with the guidance we provided on last quarter’s call, including $348 million of capital spending, and 168,000 barrels of oil production per day. My third key takeaway is that Marathon Oil represents a truly compelling investment opportunity. We've rebased our 2022 financial outlook to pricing more consistent with the current environment $100WTI and $6 Henry Hub. At these prices, we expect to generate over $4.5 billion of free cash flow this year at a reinvestment rate of just 20%. That translates to a free cash flow yield of about 25% on the current equity value. That's also $1.5 billion free cash flow uplift versus the initial financial outlook we provided the market in February, net of $100 million of incremental capital inflation and at a lower reinvestment rate. This uplift highlights our unique torque to higher commodity prices due to our more advantage cash tax outlook, preservation of our upside exposure through our hedge book and balance commodity exposure. This includes our unique Integrated Gas position in Equatorial Guinea, where we are raising our annual equity income guidance by $200 million, or by 67%. I have long said that our company and our sector must deliver truly outsized financial outcomes relative to the S&P 500 during periods of constructive pricing to attract increased investor sponsorship. We are successfully delivering on this obligation. I will now pass it off to Dane who will give you a financial update, highlighting how most of the free cash flow I just mentioned, will be going back for equity holders.
Dane Whitehead:
Thank you, Lee and good morning everyone on the call. I'll speak to slide 7 through 9 of our deck largely focusing my comments on a return of capital accomplishments and outlook. First off, our return on capital framework is summarized on slide 7, and remains unchanged. In these uncertain times. We believe the market will reward consistency, transparency, simplicity, and delivery. Marathon Oil has built a hard earned reputation for execution excellence and delivering on our operational commitments. We've likewise now established the same credibility in return of capital to our shareholders. As a reminder, our framework calls for delivering a minimum of 40% of cash flow from operations to our equity holders when WTI is at or above $60 per barrel. This represents a return of capital commitment at the top of our E&P peer space and is competitive with any sector in the S&P 500. The overall objectives of our framework are to maintain capital return leadership versus peers and the S&P 500, maximize our equity valuation, and reduce downside equity volatility by providing clear minimum capital return commitments tied to specific commodity price environments. We also aim to provide the market with transparency around the return of capital quantum, while preserving flexibility to deliver that return via the most accretive and efficient mechanism in light of prevailing market conditions. Today, that mechanism is a competitive sustainable base dividend and a materials share repurchase program. Importantly, as Lee mentioned, our return of capital targets are based on our cash flow from operations, not our free cash flow. This is purposeful, intended to make clear that our shareholders get the first call on cash generation. It's consistent with our conservative reinvestment rate approach to capital spending. And importantly, it represents a stronger commitment to our shareholders in an inflationary environment. While frameworks and commitments are important, we believe establishing a consistent track record of delivery quarter in quarter out is ultimately key to building and maintaining trust and credibility in the marketplace. Over the trailing two quarters we've returned approximately 60% of our CFO back to equity holders to our base dividend and share repurchases. Since October of last year, so in just over seven months, we bought back over $1.6 billion from our stock and reduced our outstanding share count by 11%, driving truly differentiated per share growth. We've also raised our base dividend five quarters in a row for a cumulative increase of 167% since the beginning of last year, consistent with our objectives to pay a sustainable base dividend that's competitive with our peers, the S&P 500 and similarly sized industrial companies. Turning to the full year 2022 outlook on slide 9, with no material damage to debt maturities this year, and constructive commodity price backdrop, and our commitment to capital discipline and the expected reinvestment rate of just 20%, we expect to continue to meaningfully outperform our minimum 40% CFO commitment. During the first quarter, we returned approximately 50% of CFO, with our pace being somewhat moderated by a negative $200 million working capital impact that accounted for about 15% of our cash flow generation in the quarter. If the current macro Volta, is reasonable to anticipate us returning, at or above this 50% level going forward. But to put this into context, that would represent a total return of capital of at least $3 billion this year, with upside potential. As I stated, we continue to believe that the combination of a competitive and sustainable base dividend along with material share repurchase program makes most sense for our company. Consistent with this view, the Board again reset our outstanding buyback authorization to $2.5 billion, giving us plenty of room to continue to execute confidently in coming quarters. And while our equity value has appreciated since we kicked off our buyback program, our free cash flow yields is actually appreciated even more. We're trading at about a 25% free cash flow yield at $100 oil. Even testing buybacks at our current share price against a longer dated forward curve of $60 to $70 WTI. Our free cash flow yield is in double digit territory. Buybacks remain a very good use of cash, because we believe our equity is fundamentally mispriced. As long as that's the case, we'll continue to aggressively repurchase our own stock, it's the best acquisition we can make. We also continue to believe that discipline share repurchases offer clear strategic advantages. In addition to driving strong underlying for share metrics that are correlated with shareholder value, they also offer clear ship synergies with our base dividend. One final housekeeping topic for me before I turn the call over to Mike, and that's US federal income taxes. My key message here is that consistent with what we've said before, even at prevailing commodity prices, we don't expect to pay cash, federal income taxes until the second half of the decade. However, you probably noticed that in 1Q, we partially reversed the value of -- the valuation allowance we've been carrying on our deferred tax assets, and are now booking US deferred taxes at the statutory rate. By way of background, at year end 2016, we established the valuation allowance for 100% of our net deferred tax asset. At the time, we had built a cumulative three year tax loss, along with -- which along with depressed commodity prices was evidence that we may not realize our deferred tax assets in the future. That's why we've been booking at 0% tax rate in the US since 2017. In 1Q 2022, our three year cumulative tax loss was erased and is now positive. And given the improvement we've recently witnessed in the macro, our strong performance and the fact that we expect to continue earning net income, we made the decision to reverse the lion's share of our valuation allowance in the first quarter. This just means we're now accruing US tax expense, a normal statutory rate 21% federal and 1% state. That's important for modeling purposes because both taxes will have an impact on your EPS estimates. However, they're -- and it is important there's no impact on cash flow. The accrued tax is all deferred, and has no direct bearing on the time they transition to US cash tax paying status. I’ll now turn the call over to Mike who will discuss our 2022 capital program and associated financial outcomes.
Mike Henderson:
Thanks Dane. My key message today is that the priorities for our capital program remain unchanged. With higher prices, we are seeing disciplined prioritizing free cash flow generation and protecting our execution excellence. We feel very confident about delivering free cash flow, capital efficiency and operating efficiency at the very top of our peer group while maintaining a bulletproof balance sheet. First, an updated outlook of the financial performance we expect our program to deliver this year. We’ve rebased our 2022 outlook to reflect the current commodity price environment on $100 oil and $6 Henry Hub. At this price deck, we now expect to generate over $4.5 billion of free cash flow at a 20% reinvestment rate and on an inflation adjusted $1.3 billion of capital. We've also raised our EG equity income guidance by $200 million. This represents a $1.5 billion free cash flow uplift from the original outlook, we provided at a lower reinvestment rate net of $100 million incremental capital inflation. Even with this modest incremental inflation, about 8%, our 2022 financial performance still has the lowest reinvestment rate and the highest capital efficiency of our peers. Now, let me address the inflationary backdrop in more detail. As a background, we commence at 2022 assuming 10% to 15% inflation, based on a price view of $80, WTI and $4 Henry Hub, that's what was baked into our original $1.2 billion budget. We opted to provide a deterministic budget estimate based on this pricing outlook as opposed to a broad range. We are now assuming a $100 price environment. And if that price environment is sustained, we're going to see some incremental cost pushing inflation north of 15% and closer to the 20% range. That's effectively what today's update of $1.3 billion reflects. And that $1.3 billion is all in capital, reflecting our total projected capital stand and a $100 price oil. Part of that increase is commodity driven, largely fueling chemicals which trend with WTI as well as steel. It also reflects our efforts to protect the execution of our 2022 program. Prices are high, the labor pool incessant and supply chains globally and US economy wide are very tight. We are therefore focused on securing established and trusted service providers to protect our execution excellence and deliver our business plan. To that end, we feel confident about 90% of our remaining rec time for 2022 is now secured and long term contracts running into 2023. The majority of our pressure pumping needs are now tied down as well. We feel very good about access to both sand and steel. As Dane has mentioned, we do have some open steel pricing in the fourth quarter, which we've now accounted for. To be clear, we are only updating our budget for incremental inflation assuming a sustained $100 oil. We are not adding any proof capital due to higher prices. We are staying disciplined, prioritizing free cash flow and protecting execution. Additionally, our full year guidance for both oil and oil equivalent production remains unchanged despite some significant winter weather impacts in the Bakken during April that essentially shutdown the Williston Basin. With respect to the near term outlook, we expect second quarter oil production to be flat relative to actual first quarter oil production or about 160,000 barrels per day. This is primarily due to the reference severe winter storms in the Bakken during the month of April, which will likely have a negative second quarter impact of just over 4,000 barrels of oil per day and a similar impact on oil equivalent production. Thus, relatively flat quarter-on-quarter oil production with no change to the full year range for oil or oil [Indiscernible] as a solid outcome given the magnitude of weather challenges in the Williston Basin. We do expect oil production to recover into the third quarter, with the second half of 2022 output expected to average above the midpoint of our annual guidance. On capital spending. First quarter CapEx was consistent with the guidance we provided last quarter. Also consistent with what we indicated last quarter this year's budget will be slightly first half weighted with approximately only 55% to 60% of our full year capital spending expected during the first half. There is no change to planned wells to sales overall or at a basic level. I will now turn it back to Lee who will close out our prepared remarks.
Lee Tillman:
Thanks Mike. Before we move to our question-and-answer session, I want to wrap up with a compelling investment case for Marathon Oil. Recent shocks to the global energy market are outside of our control. And we'll test our sector's ability to maintain discipline, while also being part of a long-term solution for the US and our allies. There can't be energy security without a viable US independent E&P sector. And for that to happen as publicly traded entities, we must offer an investable thesis that competes with the broader market. We fully recognize that investors have options, so why MRO? First, we have instituted a transparent capital framework that uniquely prioritizes our shareholders as the first column cash flow generation, our framework is complemented by a track record of delivery 60% of CFO to equity holders over the last two quarters, and it's my expectation that we will lead our peer space and returning capital to shareholders in 2022. Second, when it comes to growth, our focus is not on growing production. It's growing the per share metrics that matter most. And we have already driven underlying per share growth of 11% in the last seven months with more to come. Third, due to our balance production mix, low corporate free cash flow breakeven, attractive hedge book and advantage US federal cash income tax position, our company retains a differentiated upside leverage to commodity outperformance. We will continue to protect the upside for our investors. That is reflected in the $1.5 billion uplift free cash flow guidance for 2022 including a $200 million increase to EG equity income. And finally, we believe the peer leading financial and operating results we're delivering today are sustainable, underpinned by over a decade of high quality, high return inventory by our five and 10 year benchmark maintenance scenarios, and by our commitment to comprehensive, longer term ESG excellence. The continued responsible development of oil and gas is crucial to protecting the standard of living we have all come to enjoy, and quite frankly take for granted. And just as important. It's central to elevating the current standard of living for billions of people around the world, many of whom are in developing countries living in energy poverty. Access to responsible, reliable, affordable energy is the great social equalizer and the foundation upon which the world's modern economy is built. We're quite proud to play our role as a responsible global supplier, while also supporting US energy security, which protects the US consumer and serves as a powerful tool of foreign policy, providing options for both the US and our allies. With that we can open up the line for Q&A.
Operator:
[Operator Instructions] And from JP Morgan, we have Arun Jayaram.
Arun Jayaram:
Yes, good morning, gentlemen. Lee, I was wondering if you could provide some thoughts on the broader LNG strategy. And how does the company plan to take advantage of what could be a pretty strong LNG cycle in a post the unfortunate Russia-Ukraine situation? I do believe that your EG gas, it today's priced off of Henry Hub, I think that shifts in late ‘23 and late ‘24. And the big question we're getting is what type of operating leverage do you see, you guided to $500 million of equity income this year if you're able to price that gas at a global marker and also thoughts on potentially opportunities that you may have to increase the throughput of that plan obviously the Chevron assets are on the block but love to get some thoughts on EG LNG.
Lee Tillman:
Yes, sure, Arun. Yes, well, first of all, I just like to say at an enterprise level, Arun, we do have a very balanced exposure to the commodity space, meaning that we're about 50% oil, 50% natural gas and NGL, a big component, obviously, of that 50% natural gas and NGL is our very unique asset in EG. And as you described it, now clearly that asset is well positioned to take advantage of not just the elevation in Henry Hub pricing, which is the index contract that we have today on the Alba production, but the Alen opportunity, we were also able to take advantage of both tariffs through the plan, as well as profit sharing which is linked to TTF. So today we are experiencing uplift by participating in the broader, I'd say global LNG market. Kind of stepping back and looking to the future a bit. And we've been very clear on this. With regard to EG, this is a very unique asset. It's a set of world class infrastructure gas plant, LNG, plant, methanol plant storage, offloading, sitting in one of the most gas prone areas of West Africa, we are certainly a natural aggregator of gas. And our vision is that similar to our success with the Alen project that will continue to find enhanced opportunities to base load the train that we have there at Punta Europa and continue to have that exposure to the TTF market and obviously the European gas market.
Arun Jayaram:
Great. Okay. And just a follow up, Lee, you have a very -- you've been rewarded I'd say for your cash return strategy. You're returning a lot of cash to shareholders. One of the questions we get from the buy side is whether the cash return strategy is too pro-cyclical, 60%, 70% of CFO and how do you think about balancing cash return with portfolio renewal?
Lee Tillman:
Yes, thanks, Arun. I'm going to maybe let Dane take that one.
Dane Whitehead:
Hey, Arun. Good morning. Yes, we obviously like you do monitor what our peer companies are saying about cash return programs. And I feel for you just trying to understand because with all the kaleidoscope of different language, different approaches out there, we've tried to be really clear about ours. And maybe I can just for everyone's benefit, maybe just go through some of that, again, just to make sure it's clear and then get directly to your question around pro-cyclicality. So obviously, we're positioned to generate a significant and sustainable amount of free cash flow, our balance sheet is in great shape. We'll continue to pay down debt as those maturities come along. And our current intent then is returned significant capital to shareholders really want that to be competitive, we have chosen the vehicles of a sustainable and increasing over the last five quarters base dividend, along with significant share repurchases, which we execute ratably and I mean daily ratably and have been doing that over the last seven months now, in a minimum target in a commodity price environment over $60 a barrel is 40%. We've been obviously beating that in the fight price environment that's quite a bit above $60 a barrel, we have built a lot of flexibility as to how we approach this return to shareholders. And so we've really consistently beat that minimum. And we expect to continue to do that. In Q4, 2021, we returned 70% of cash flow to shareholders, we followed up this quarter with 50%. The pace was tempered a little bit in Q1 because we had a working capital beat up if you will, of about $200 million. And that was caused I'm sure everyone experienced it was caused by the significant increase in oil price between February and March and uptick in accounts receivable that turned into cash and April was actually looked like a deduct from cash flow in the first quarter. So last week, we announced our 5th increase in the base dividend. Over the last seven months, we purchased 1.6 billion in stock and taken out 11% of our shares. So to your pro-cyclicality point, we think this is kind of undeniable. The fact that we traded a free cash flow yield of 25% which is should not exist, it's like a vacuum it should not exist in nature that kind of a free cash flow yield. But it does, which means our stock is mispriced in this commodity price environment. And so we feel like it's a very efficient way to return capital to shareholders and drive per share growth, over the really the most important metrics that matter to share price. We'll note that over the past couple of quarters, we've been building a little bit of cash about $100 million a quarter that on one hand provides us flexibility to do things like deal with working capital swings, we funded a small bolt-on in the fourth quarter of last year, in May, we're going to pay down our only debt maturity of the year, it's a little $40 million debt maturity, but we can pay it off with cash easily that's got almost a 10% coupon on it. So good riddance, really happy to get that one out of the portfolio. So what we're, our intent is not to continue to build sizable amounts of cash, our intent is to return cash to shareholders. And through that share repurchase vehicle will be the primary vehicle as long as our share price remains dislocated, as it appears to be in the past. In terms of what you can expect. I'll just make the other point too that we've, I think we're very free cash flow efficient, not just because of our cost structure, but our hedge positions are extremely low drag. So certainly compared to some of our peers, and we don't have any US income taxes for years to come. So we're really in good position to execute this strategy, put a range around the cash return potential for the full year of 2022. We're kind of now assuming $106 price environment. If we return at the 50% level, that can be at least $3 billion of cash returns for the full year. On the more aspirational end, if we go back and we could do this, but we're going to kind of monitor conditions as we go through the year. We repeat what we did in Q4 of 2021, returning 70% of CFO to shareholders that would represent $4.2 billion of returns, or north of 20% of our market cap. So very substantial impact on shareholders and we think stock price as a result of that kind of strategy.
Arun Jayaram:
Thanks for the fulsome answer.
Lee Tillman:
Also, Arun, I think you mentioned as well, kind of balancing against resource opportunities as well. I would probably address that by first of all, just restating that we do have more than a decade of capital efficient high return inventory, at kind of a maintenance pace. And that's really based on a pretty conservative price assumption. And obviously, that inventory would move north of that inventory life I mean north of that under the current pricing environment. And that's even before taking credit for things like our success in the Texas Delaware oil play. We have largely replaced all of the top tier inventory that we've consumed over the last few years through organic enhancement initiatives. And if you recall, we dedicate nominally 10% of our capital program each and every year. So embedded in that $1.3 billion is investment to continue that organic enhancement initiative as well as to continue to progress things like the four well pad that we're doing in the exploration play in the Texas Delaware oil, which is the Woodford, Merrimack play. So we don't view this in an either or proposition. We're looking at continuing to reinvest in organic opportunities but also being very aggressive with our return on capital back to shareholders.
Operator:
From Bank of America we have Doug Leggate.
Doug Leggate:
Okay. Thanks everybody. Can you hear me? I just wanted to check my headset, is going to go. Can you hear me, okay?
Lee Tillman:
Yes, Doug, you are coming in loud and clear, Doug.
Doug Leggate:
Oh, excellent. Thanks Lee. Thanks for taking my question. So Lee, I want to have a go at tackling this EG question a different way. I think you know we've been really interested to try and understand the operational leverage as runoffs, but I want to ask the question a little differently. If you've got windfall, the whole industry has got windfall cash right now and seems to us as the logical buyer of the Chevron assets, clearly you mentioned yourself as being a consolidator. It could potentially transform in our opinion, the outlook for that business by really bolstering the backlog of gas for the Alen and the LNG facilities. And so my question is this, while you've not been prepared to talk about the commercial terms of the tolling agreement? If you own that gas organically, would it make a material difference to the free cash flow work? How do you leaving aside the value of the acquisition, potentially, but how do you to own that gas? Would it make a material difference between cash flow would met you or EG?
Lee Tillman:
Yes, thanks for the question, Doug. And I think, first of all, I appreciate the recognition of the contribution that we get from the EG asset. And obviously, with, I think the dynamics that we're seeing in the global gas market, I think the value of EG has really vaulted even ahead of maybe where we would even have placed it. I think, maybe I'll start by just addressing kind of just kind of the M&A kind of element of your question. First and foremost, I think, for us, we are going to view all opportunities through the lens of our high competence, organic case that delivers significant free cash flow and really a market leading return of capital. And of course, as we just talked about, it's underpinned by this over a decade of high return inventory. So when we assess opportunities, the bar is very, very high, it's going to have to be accretive to that organic case, it's going to have to compete with a suite of opportunities that are very high quality and very high return. So the bottom line is the same discipline that we've been talking about in organic program, certainly that's going to apply in the inorganic space as well. On EG specifically, I think we have always noted EG as a core element of our portfolio, we've always noticed that there is opportunity in EG to drive more gas to this very unique world class infrastructure. I can't comment obviously, specifically on opportunities that may be or may not be in the market. But clearly to the extent that we control our own molecules that are flowing through Punta Europa that will generate incremental value for the company. So similar to I would say, the Alen project, which again are third party molecules in this case are not equity molecules like Alba. But the Alen molecules are very accretive. And even though we're from an Alba perspective may be on a long life, low decline there with accretive addition, like Alen, we're able to continue to generate very strong financial outcomes, even though our equity production may be on a bit of a decline.
Doug Leggate:
I know it’s a tricky one to answer. Sorry, let me just get to the root of my question. So it would be positive if you own the asset or no.
Lee Tillman:
Well, I think I would just look at it like this, just like we talked about bolt-on in the US and existing basins where we have execution competence and experience and international bolt-on in an area where we already own and operate assets. Clearly, we have high confidence in our ability to drive value.
Doug Leggate:
Okay, sorry for flogging that one. Now my follow up is -- obviously gas in the US. I'm curious how this changes your thoughts on capital allocation inventory that specifically in the Anadarko? Obviously, we're facing a very different gas environment today than perhaps you have original planning assumptions now. I’ll leave it there. Thanks.
Lee Tillman:
Yes, no, thanks, Doug. Yes, I go back to a few of my earlier comments, which is one of the positives we have in our portfolio today is that we do have broad exposure across the commodity complex. That 50%, again, of our exposure is in gas and NGL, so obviously some of that domestic, some of that through the EG asset. We are allocating about 25% of our capital this year to the Permian and Oklahoma, but that's up significantly relative to last year. This is, I think this is a time though where the commodity complex is really lifting all boats. So oil and gas are both which has the net effect of uplifting the economics of the whole portfolio, not just the combination play that might be more reliant on natural gas but clearly those opportunities look very, very strong. And back to my earlier comments that when we talk about our inventory and inventory life, that's typically predicated on a very conservative view of forward pricing. Think about it more in terms of $50 WTI, $3 Henry Hub. And so to the extent that we were to apply a different price tag to that, obviously, the top tier component of that inventory would increase. And we would likely bring more inventory into the economic window. Even on projects like for instance, the work that we're doing today in the Woodford, Merrimack and the Texas Delaware oil play, and I want to emphasize that is an oil play. Now, obviously, it is high pressure, and we get associated gas that comes with it. But that's a great example of another opportunity that was already moving to compete for capital, but now in the current commodity pricing will be even that much stronger, and may allow us to even drive more inventory from that opportunity.
Operator:
From Barclays we have Jeanine Wai.
Jeanine Wai:
Hi, good morning, everyone. Thanks for taking our questions. Our first question maybe for Lee or Dane hitting back on the cash returns. Dane, you provided a lot of helpful color in response to Arun’s question. And we just wanted to dig a little bit further into the parameters of getting to that full 70% upside case, you mentioned that you are going to monitor conditions. And based on our free cash flow forecast Marathon can continue to build a healthy amount of cash even if you're paying out at the 70% level. So we just wanted to know if you had any more color on the parameters that might get you to that 70% case.
Dane Whitehead:
Yes, Jeanine, let me take a crack at that. And Lee may want to chime in as well. We are certainly I think part of your question is, are we responsive to macro conditions and business conditions and how we kind of throttle our share repurchase program? And the answer to that is yes, we are, we saw a significant uptick in cash flow in Q4 and felt comfortable taking it all the way up to that 70% level in the first quarter of this year as we guided we kept it at 50%, we did experience that impact of the working capital deduct, if you will. So we kept that in mind. If you look at the pace of repurchases year-to-date is $900 million. And in Q1 proper, it was $592 million that will imply that we've increased the daily pace of purchases in the second quarter in response to operating cash flow improvements and commodity price and other things that are driving that. So we'll be responsive to macro conditions and also other considerations along the way. And that's why we're not being, we try to be pretty formulaic and pretty specific to get you to that 50% guidance. And let you know clearly there's upside to that. But I can't paint a more of a bright line to the 70% and all the considerations. We are very committed to consistent strong returns to shareholders through share repurchases and all. Clear that now, clear and I think we have demonstrated that as we started the Q4.
Lee Tillman:
Yes, Jeanine, maybe if I could. This is Lee. I think you should expect that there's going to be some natural variation quarter-to-quarter and the delivery against that percent CFO, as Dane mentioned, yes, we're going to be forward looking at where the commodity prices are headed. We're going to think about the unique features of that quarter, for instance, as Dane mentioned, fourth quarter, we definitely had some tailwind that helps us. When you think about that was the peak oil production for the year, we had a significant EG dividend in fourth quarter, we had some natural decline in CapEx from an activity standpoint as well. So there were a lot of unique features that allowed us to stretch to that 70% target. Similarly, as Dane mentioned in the first quarter, we had some headwinds there, we had a bit of a working capital, negative that we had to account for. So all of those will be stood in to that forward looking, remember this can be programs are typically looking ahead 30 to 45 days, but they don't restrict us from doing once we set that base program, we can still enhance that program using 10 B 80 instruments along the way. And perhaps we do take advantage of some of those tailwinds that might present in any given quarter. But we kind of look through the quarters and our view is that we want to be certainly now in the current price environment at or above that 50% CFO going forward through the year, and we're clearly going to look for opportunities to beat that when we see those kind of unique features in a given quarter.
Jeanine Wai:
Okay, great, thank you. That's really helpful. We love our models, but we can appreciate, it's not that simple in real life. Okay, moving to inflation. In the current environment, there's inflationary headwinds, or supply chain headwinds? Can you provide a little more color on how Marathon is positioned in both of these in particular, like a lot of your peers have given this percent of total well cost that's locked in. You mentioned here 90% of your rigs locked in and bunch of your pressure pumping? So maybe if you have that percentage, it would be helpful for us for comparison? And maybe also, how was your planning process for 2023 different from prior years, we're just trying to figure out implications for next year. Thank you.
Mike Henderson:
Hey, Jeanine, this is Mike. I’ll take stab at that one. So as we highlighted this morning, we come into the year assuming 10% to 15% inflation, and that's based on that $80 WTI, $4 Henry Hub and environment. Again, as we announced, we're kind of rebasing that outlook, we're going to assume that a 106 price environment, those prices are sustained, we're going to see some incremental costs. And really, that was what was baked into the announcement, certainly recognize the market is tight across the board, it is likely going to stay that way, if prices are sustained at pivoted levels, particularly the privates have increased, and access in labor has become a real challenge. And I think as a result of that we’ve all seen tighter market, and maybe specific to update today, what I see is out of the $100 million increase, I would say 50% of that is directly linked to commodities. So fuel and chemical costs, which have been trending higher with WTI. And I've got five return there. We also mentioned, we're also anticipating some higher steel costs later in the year, just what the sustained demand and supply constraints. I think, just given that backdrop, given the price environment, given how to price everything is, our focus, and our priorities probably shifted to more securing, I guess, protecting and securing our ability to execute, I think that it tends for the additional 50% of the increase that we announced this morning. Again, we discussed having 90% of our remaining rec payment 2022 locked and secured in contracts, those -- some of those do run into 2023. Similarly pressure pumping, we've got the majority of the scope tied down there, I think it is worth highlighting here that in both of those areas, we are termed up with companies who we're currently working with. So we've got some established relationships and quite frankly, do an excellent job for us. On the sand price, we're close to 100% of our needs secured for the year. And mentioned steel, we've got capacity secured for all of the year, but there is a little bit of move in pricing in the fourth quarter. So maybe how I characterize it, we've locked down and accounted a large percentage of our 2022 spend. But I think you've got to recognize that the market is fairly dynamic. And maybe as it relates to 2023 and our plans there, I think it would be fair to say we're starting a little bit earlier than maybe we would normally. Again, I mentioned we do have some contracts rolling over into ‘23. So rec sand, steel, we've also got some hydraulic horsepower options. Some of those are index plain. And certainly you it would makes sense or going to look for leverage our 2023 programs early to really try to secure access on favorable terms. But I mean, it is a volatile, fairly dynamic market. We're cognizant of that. So it's difficult to predict when things are going to calm down. But I think it will, and I think it's just therefore important that we do strike the right balance as we look forward into 2023.
Lee Tillman:
I think Jeanine to your question around, well, how are we thinking about it differently? Obviously, we haven't been in an inflationary environment for quite some time. And so kudos to our supply chain team, they have leverage stepping into a little bit of 2023 to help us really secure some of that execution competence and certainty that we need to deliver the 2022 plan. So I think the difference is, we're having to step into 2023, a little bit earlier, kind of with that maintenance activity mindset, and start building upon that and getting ready for what will continue to be a very dynamic market that I think is challenging for anyone to predict right now. So the best thing we can do is get started a bit earlier.
Operator:
From Truist Securities we have Neal Dingmann.
Neal Dingmann:
Thanks again. Good morning, guys. Lee, my first question maybe for your or Dane on hedging. I'm just wondering, given your iron clad balance sheet you all have probably refrained from putting on hedges. However, it's interesting today to see some of the natural gas collars available. Does this cause you to potentially reconsider the plans?
Dane Whitehead:
Neal, this is Dane, I'll take that one. Yes, you probably saw on our release that we did just recently take some 5 by 19 two way gas collars. And just the market was there for us and good opportunity that set before us and we did that. But to your broader question, given our strong financials, I think we've covered this a little bit last time, we've intentionally kept that leverage for our shareholders to the upside. So we've admittedly hedge, particularly compared to our peers, and kept that also for our shareholders to participate in that. And then a bit of oil hedging, we have done we've intentionally linked that to our returning gas framework. So most of our three way collars are set to board around $60, which ties to our minimum of 40% cash flow from operations back to the shareholders. And I think we've talked about, it's just one component of how we look at our commodity risk management, and we have the strong balance sheet, our low breakeven. So we don't see a need at this point to go walk on a bunch of hedges, I think we can be patient and opportunistic. It's like we were recently when [Technical Difficulty]
Neal Dingmann:
No, it's great to hear and then just follow up on EG, the asset continues to generate very strong free cash flow, do you all have the abilities to have the capacity or just could you talk about potential upside? Further potential upside in EG?
Lee Tillman:
Yes, I think for, Neal, this is Lee. I think for EG, Neal, the goal there is clearly to take advantage of what's in the market today. I mean, we have the Alba molecules essentially linked to Henry Hub, but only through the end of 2023. And then we can renegotiate that deal based on market conditions at the time, the Alen third party molecules are a little bit different, we get the tariff uplift, plus is kind of a percentage of proceeds linked to TTF on the back end of that, the goal right now really is just to continue to maintain and load the train, the baseload of the train that we do have, and EG LNG and Alen we view as a great bridging project to really load in the interim, while we continue to pursue other backfill opportunities, but that infrastructure that we've already invested in, it's there. And so the best use of that infrastructure is to fully loaded and so we're already clearly thinking about what comes after Alen, what's next to allow us to drive more gas to the base load LNG train that we have in EG. So that's really the focus, Neal
Operator:
From Benchmark, we have Subhash Chandra.
Subhash Chandra:
Yes, hi, Lee. So your strategy has been a winning strategy, right, clearly, just trying to, I guess, reconcile that with what seemed to be the message in your intro of a more prominent role for US hydrocarbons globally, et cetera, et cetera, with this sort of commitment more or less to a maintenance program, and optimization of return of capital program. So just trying to understand, is it is there a point where the curves cross that would maybe, have you played a more aggressive role in what seemed to be in your commentary?
Lee Tillman:
Yes, no, great question. I think that my starting point would be that first and foremost, obviously, we strongly condemn the Russian aggression that we're witnessing against Ukrainian people and just to be very clear we have no operational exposure or dealings with Russia whatsoever. But to your point, I mean, when we think about our strategy, we think about it more from a long term perspective, the crisis that we're in today is something that clearly is serious. But it is a near term point in time crisis. And if you recall, also, in my comments, I made the statement that there were already supply and demand fundamentals that were tightening the market in the base case, even before we saw some of these geopolitical events unfold. Our strategy is going to remain premise on discipline. And the reason I think that's important is that without that discipline without having an investable thesis, then we're not going to have a domestic E&P business to lean on, whether it's in normal times, or at a high point in the cycle like we're experiencing today. So I think we do have the right strategy, we do have within our framework, and ability to grow up to 5%, if that makes sense from a financial delivery standpoint. But clearly, any action that we would take today would have little or no impact on the market that we're experiencing. I mean, for one thing, I mean, obviously, our volumes are 0.002% of the global volume. So even from a materiality standpoint, they could not move the needle, but also just the practical side of the cycle time, even though we're a short cycle business. If we started investing today, we're still six months to longer out in time. And that investment would be made in a hyperinflationary environment where we can't really count on labor, we can't really count on supply chains to be able to support that. And then I think, finally, I think that we have to recognize that this still is a capital intensive business, I mean, we reinvest more of our cash flow than the S&P 500 average, just to keep our business flat. And I think sometimes that's lost on. So even though there is not growth capital per se, there's an incredible amount of capital that has to be put to work, just to keep the production where it is. I think stepping back beyond just Marathon, I think the positive is that coming out of the pandemic, that there is going to be some natural growth in the US liquid space. And I think that is going to support markets, and ultimately will help with the price side of the equation. But our expectation is that capital discipline still rules. That is the model to be, we're going to be focused on that financial delivery. And by keeping a healthy company and a healthy sector, we are going to deliver that energy security that we've seen really come under threat because of some difficult policy decisions perhaps made both here in the US as well as elsewhere.
Operator:
Thank you. We will now turn it over to Lee Tillman for closing remarks.
Lee Tillman:
All right, thank you for your interest in Marathon Oil. And I'd like to close by again thanking all of our dedicated employees and contractors for their commitment to safely and responsibly deliver the energy the world needs now more than ever. Thank you very much.
Operator:
Thank you. Ladies and gentlemen, this concludes today's conference. Thank you for joining. You may now disconnect.
Operator:
Good morning, and welcome to the Marathon Oil Fourth Quarter 2021 Earnings Call. My name is Brandon, and I'll be your operator for today. At this time, all participants are in a listen-only mode. Later we will conduct a question-and-answer session. [Operator instructions] Please note, this conference is being recorded. I will now turn it over to Guy Baber. Guy, you may begin.
Guy Baber:
Thank you, Brandon, and thank you to everyone for joining us this morning on our call. Yesterday, after the close, we issued a press release, a slide presentation and an investor packet that address our fourth quarter 2021 results and our 2022 outlook. Those documents can be found on our website at marathonoil.com. Joining me on today's call are Lee Tillman, our Chairman, President and CEO; and Dane Whitehead, Executive VP and CFO; Pat Wagner, Executive VP of Corporate Development and Strategy; and Mike Henderson, Executive VP of Operations. As a reminder, today's call will contain forward-looking statements subject to risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed or implied by such statements. I'll refer everyone to the cautionary language included in the press release and our presentation materials, as well as to the risk factors described in our SEC filings. With that, I'll turn the call over to Lee, who will provide us with some opening remarks. We'll also hear from Dane and from Mike today before we move to our question-and-answer session. Lee?
Lee Tillman:
Thank you, Guy, and good morning to everyone listening to our call today. I want to start by once again thanking our employees and contractors for their dedication and hard work, their commitment to safety and environmental excellence and their collective contributions to a truly remarkable year. I can best describe 2021 as a year of comprehensive delivery against our framework for success, highlighted by financial results that are not only superior to our E&P peers, but more importantly, superior to any other sector of the S&P 500. And we are carrying that momentum forward into 2022, fully expecting another year of outstanding delivery. There are a few key messages I want to highlight today. First, after accelerating our balance sheet objectives through gross debt reduction, fourth quarter transitioned to a focus on returning a compelling amount of capital to our equity investors. Our cash flow-driven return of capital framework uniquely prioritizes our shareholders as the first call on cash flow generation, not the drill bit. And our recent actions underscore both our commitment to prioritizing our shareholders and the power of our portfolio in a constructive price environment. The outcomes speak for themselves. During the fourth quarter, we returned over 70% of our cash from operations or more than $800 million to our equity investors, significantly exceeding our minimum 40% commitment. To clarify, that 70% of our cash flow from operations, not our free cash flow. That $800 million actually equates to around 90% of our free cash flow during the fourth quarter. In total, we have now executed $1 billion of share repurchases since October, driving an 8% reduction to our outstanding share count in just four-and-a-half months. While others in our space may once again be focused on growing their production, we are focused on growing the per share financial metrics that matter most to our equity valuation. Our cash flow per share and our free cash flow per share. Further, we continue to believe buybacks remain an excellent use of capital. Dan will discuss our perspective in more detail, but to summarize, we see good value in our shares. We are driving significant underlying per share growth, and buybacks are highly synergistic, with base dividend growth over time. Speaking of our base dividend. We recently raised our quarterly base dividend for the fourth consecutive quarter, fully consistent with our objective to pay a competitive and sustainable base dividend to our shareholders. My second key point today is that we are successfully executing on our mandate to deliver financial outcomes that are not only superior to our E&P peer group, but are superior to the broader S&P 500 as well. As I've said before, for our company and for our sector to attract a broader universe of investors, we must deliver competitive financial performance with other investment opportunities in the market as measured by free cash flow generation and return of capital even when commodity prices are much lower than they are today, all the way down to $40 to $50 WTI range. We believe we have built that type of resilience into our business. And we must deliver truly outsized free cash flow and return of capital versus the S&P 500 when we experienced constructive commodity price support as we are seeing today. Our 2021 results are a strong testament to this mandate over $2.2 billion of free cash flow at a reinvestment rate of 32% in 2021 and including over $900 million of free cash flow at a 22% reinvestment rate during the fourth quarter alone, a peer-leading return of capital profile driving significant per share growth, a tremendous balance sheet following $1.4 billion of gross debt reduction last year and a demonstrated capital efficiency advantage relative to other E&P no matter how you want to analyze the publicly available data. My third key message today is that this pure leading financial and operational performance we have been delivering is sustainable. Our $1.2 billion 2022 capital program is fully consistent with our disciplined capital allocation framework that prioritizes sustainable free cash flow generation over production growth. We expect to deliver over $3 billion of free cash flow at a reinvestment rate of less than 30%, assuming $80 WTI and $4 Henry Hub, prices at a discount to the current forward curve. These financial outcomes are sustainable for years to come and are underpinned over a decade of high return, high competent inventory. And is further supported by our bottoms-up five years benchmark maintenance scenario which is now been extended up to 2026 and which delivers annualized financial outcome similar to 2021 and 2022 on a price normalized basis. From our five year benchmark scenario is based on a well by well execution level model. Our longer term portfolio modeling extends the maintenance scenario out 10 years ensures that we can deliver the same pure leading financial outcomes for at least a decade. Importantly, we retained significant upside leverage to commodity prices that differentiates us versus our peers for three distinct reasons. First, we will remain disciplined and we will not add production growth capital to our budget in 2022. Our focus will remain on free cash flow generation, return of capital and per share financial metrics. Second, we have an attractive hedge book that preserves our cash flow upside. And third, we don’t expect to pay US Federal cash income taxes until the second half of the decade. An advantage outlook versus most peers. My fourth and final key point today is that Marathon Oil is fully committed it to meeting global energy demand, while delivering comprehensive ESG excellence, focusing on each element of ESG. I hope all of you have had a chance to review the dedicated ESG press release that we issued in late January, which highlighted our key accomplishments in 2021 as well as our new environmental objectives. Suffice to say, I believe our employees should be just as proud of our ESG delivery in 2021 as they are of our peer leading financial and operational results. With that, I will turn it over to Dane, who will give you all an update on our return of capital initiatives.
Dane Whitehead:
Thank you, Lee. Good morning, everybody. I'll speak to slide 7 to 9 of our deck, largely focusing my comments on our return of capital accomplishments and outlook. Grounding our discussion, our return of capital framework is summarized on slide 7, and that is unchanged. As a reminder, our framework calls for delivering a minimum of 40% cash flow from operations to our equity holders when WTI is at or above $60. This represents a return of capital commitment at the top of our E&P peer space and that is competitive with any sector in the S&P 500. Importantly, as Lee mentioned, our return of capital targets are based on our cash flow from operations and not on our free cash flow. This is purposeful intended to make clear that our shareholders will get the first call on cash generation. Additionally, it's consistent with our reinvestment rate driven approach to capital spending. By staying disciplined and by maintaining a lower reinvestment rate, we protect a significant percentage of our CFO for shareholder distributions. Our frameworks and commitments are important. We believe establishing a consistent track record of delivery, quarter in and quarter out is ultimately key to building and maintaining trust and credibility with the marketplace. We have a multi-year track record returning significant capital to our shareholders and are especially proud of our accomplishments in 2021. We started 2021 with the top priority of balance sheet improvement, accelerating $1.4 billion of gross debt reduction during the first three quarters in the year. After taking our net debt to EBITDA, comfortably below 1 time at Strip and below 1.5 times at our conservative longer term planning basis of $50 WTI. We no longer need to accelerate additional debt reduction, so going forward we plan to simply retire debt as it matures. Our balance sheet repositioning opened the door for us to begin returning a significant amount of capital to equity holders during the fourth quarter and that returns beyond our base dividend. Thanks to stronger commodity prices, higher oil production, declining CapEx and an increase in easy cash distributions 4Q was an exceptionally strong financial quarter, enabling us to return over 70% of CFO for more than $800 million to our equity investors to our base dividend and share repurchases, dramatically exceeding our minimum 40% commitment. Stepping back and looking at full year 2021 demonstrates our commitment to allocating cash flow to shareholder friendly purposes. In total, we directed over 70% of our full year 2021 CFO that's $2.3 billion to debt reduction, share repurchases and our base dividend. That's a peer leading track record of return of capital execution. Slide 9 highlights that we are well positioned to lead the market again and returning significant capital to shareholders in 2022. Since October, we've already executed 1 billion of share repurchases, reducing our outstanding share count by 8% in just 4.5 months, and driving significant growth to our underlying per share metrics. Our current outstanding buyback authorization is 1.7 billion. And we continue to believe that buying back our stock in a disciplined manner is a good use of our capital. Efficiency of a discipline of a readable share repurchase program is really a function of free cash flow generation relative to market value. In other words, your free cash flow yield. And while our equity value has appreciated since we kicked off our buyback program in October, we can continue to trade it free cash flow yield north of 20%. And that's at $80 WTI, which is a discount to the current forward curve. That's roughly four times the free cash flow yield with the S&P 500. And even using a more significant -- more conservative say, $60 WTI price assumption, our free cash flow yield on our current equity value is around 10%. It's still 2.5 times that of the S&P 500. So these are strong indicators that buybacks remain a very good use of cash. We also believe that discipline, share repurchases offer clear strategic advantages. They can drive strong underlying growth in per share metrics that are correlated with shareholder value, including cash flow per share and free cash flow per share. They also offer clear synergies with our base dividend, as a reduction in shares outstanding creates capacity, incremental based dividend growth without raising our free cash flow breakeven. And given a tremendous downside resilience we built into our business, we can continue to repurchase shares through the cycle, including when we experience commodity price pullbacks, and that's a very different dynamic than during past cycles. Paying a competitive and sustainable base dividend also remains a top priority for us, as evidenced by the fact that we have now raised our base dividend four quarters in a row are a cumulus increased 133%. With regard to the 2022 outlook, at an $80 WTI and $4 Henry Hub price deck, our minimum return on capital commitment translates to $1.8 billion, a number that stacks up well against our end peers and even better against the broader market. With no material debt maturities in 2022, our constructed commodity price backdrop, our commitment to capital discipline and expected reinvestment rate of less than 30%. We see potential to meaningfully outperform. Our minimum 40% of CFO commitment, we're on pace to return over 50% of our CFO to equity investors in the first quarter. For the full year, upside potential at the same $80 WTI and $4 Henry Hub deck could be as high as 70% of our CFO, the level at which we executed during the fourth quarter. That would represent a return to equity investors around $3.1 billion or close to 20% of our current market capitalization. With that, I'll turn the call over to Mike who will discuss our 2022 Capital program.
Mike Henderson:
Thanks, Dane. In 2022, we fully expect to once again deliver pure leading financial and operating results. Our $1.2 billion capital program with details summarized on slide 13 is fully consistent with our disciplined capital allocation framework that prioritizes holder returns and free cash flow generation over production. We expect our 2022 program to deliver over $3 billion free cash flow at a reinvestment rate of less than 30% assuming $80 WTI and $4 Henry Hub. As Dane just mentioned, by staying disciplined and maintaining a low reinvestment rate, we expect to exceed our minimum return of capital commitment of 40% of cash flow from operations. We will continue our investment in reducing our GHG intensity, targeting a 40% reduction relative to our 2019 baseline. In addition, the gas capture of 99% or better. At basin level, consistent with prior indications around our capital allocation mix, we will be spending approximately 75% of our capital budget in the Eagle Ford and Bakken with the balance going to the Permian and Oklahoma. Included within our Permian program is the continued disciplined progression of our emerging Texas, Delaware oil fleet with a planned four-well appraisal plan later in the year. I'm excited about the restart of a more steady activity level in both Permian and Oklahoma and the strong economics associated with these opportunities. We are not allocating any production growth capital in 2022 and expect our total company oil and oil equivalent production to be flat with the 2021 full year averages. Yet, while we aren't growing absolute production levels, the 8% reduction to our share count we've already achieved is driving significant growth to our production per share, cash flow per share and free cash flow per share, metrics we believe are highly correlated with shareholder volume. While we expect our full year 2022 average production for both oil and oil equivalent to be flat versus the prior year. There will be some natural variability from one quarter to the next, largely a result of well timing that is typical for our short-cycle business. For any given quarter, it is reasonable to expect a plus or minus 5% variance around the midpoint of our full year production guidance though similar from what you saw from us 2021. Our focus will remain on maximizing our capital efficiency and free cash flow generation sustainably over time, not the production output of any single quarter in isolation. For first quarter 2022, due to the timing of our wells to sales and some typical winter weather downtime, we expect our total company oil production to be at the lower end of our annual guidance range at around 168,000 barrels of oil per day for improving into the second quarter. Regarding our capital spending profile, our full year capital will be slightly weighted to the first half of the year with approximately $350 million of CapEx expected during 1Q 2021. I want to make clear that should commodity prices continue to surprise to the upside, we will remain disciplined and have no plans to allocate production growth capital With a balanced exposure to oil, natural gas and NGLs, our company retains significant leverage to commodity price upside with a $1 barrel increase in oil price, translating to around $60 million incremental free cash flow. We believe preserving this upside is important for our investors. The resilience of our 2022 program is underscored by a free cash flow breakeven well below $35 per barrel WTI, assuming conservative gas and NGL prices. a hedge book that preserves our upside commodity exposure and an advantaged US cash tax position, with no US federal cash income taxes expected until the second half of the decade. I will now turn it over to Lee, who will provide an ESG update, and we'll close out our prepared remarks.
Lee Tillman:
Thank you, Mike. As I've stated before, strong ESG performance is foundational to our framework for success and our long-term value proposition in the marketplace. We believe that we have a clear and much-needed role to play in the longer-term energy landscape. Oil and gas are essential to a thoughtful and orderly transition to a lower carbon future and to protect the standard of living we have all come to enjoy and to which others around the world strive to attain. Access to responsible, reliable and affordable energy is the great social equalizer and is the foundation upon which the world's modern economy is built. We are proud to play our role in supporting US energy security, which protects the US consumer and serves as a powerful tool of foreign policy providing options for both the US and our allies. We must take on the dual challenge of meeting the world's growing energy needs while also prioritizing all elements of our ESG performance, including efforts to address climate change. This is not an either/or proposition and failure on either front is not acceptable. However, our approach must be pragmatic and grounded in the free market, innovation and an all of the above energy approach. We are unfortunately experiencing firsthand the impacts of misguided energy policy and the dramatic role it can play on energy affordability as well as geopolitical stability. Slide 16 provides a comprehensive progress report across each of the elements of ESG. When viewed in totality, the progress our company has made is not only compelling, but is a point of pride for our entire organization. For us, it always starts with safety. I'm therefore, especially proud that we delivered our second best safety performance in our company's history in 2021 as measured by total recordable incident rate for employees and contractors. We realized significant progress against our core environmental objectives, achieving our GHG intensity reduction target of at least 30% relative to our 2019 baseline and improving our total company gas capture to 98.8% for the full year. During the third and fourth quarters of 2021, we achieved a gas capture of approximately 99%, and we expect to perform at or above this level in 2022 and beyond. As we previously announced, we've also recently introduced new quantitative goals for the near, medium and long-term horizon across our core environmental focus areas. GHG intensity, methane intensity and gas capture. These goals complement our existing 2025 GHG intensity reduction objective of 50% versus our 2019 baseline. They represent a pragmatic road map to realizing significant improvement in our environmental performance through the end of this decade, driving significant GHG intensity reductions, consistent with the trajectory called for by the Paris Climate Agreement. Our environmental objectives will promote transparency and accountability, while enhancing the internal alignment and innovation that will be necessary to deliver such strong performance. Importantly, our 2030 GHG and methane intensity objectives represent industry-leading improvement and will contribute to absolute performance that is competitive with the very best oil and gas producers globally. Moving from environmental to our social accomplishments, we invested thoughtfully and strategically in our local areas of operations to build healthier, safer and stronger communities in alignment with core UN sustainable development objectives. And we continue to promote equality, diversity, and inclusion as core values, which has helped contribute to a notable increase in the representation of both females and people of color within our workforce over the last five years. On governance, we believe we have taken a leadership role in aligning executive compensation with the most important drivers of shareholder value. I've covered the comprehensive changes we made for the 2021 compensation cycle previously, including quantum reductions and redesign short-term and long-term incentive programs. So, I won't revisit all of those details today. However, I will remind everyone that we've eliminated production metrics from all scorecards and have included unique free cash flow performance stock units and our executive long-term incentive design. Finally, we have also taken a leadership role in ensuring strong Board of Directors oversight, refreshment, independence and diversity, highlighted by the addition of two new Directors and the appointment of a new lead director in 2021. Before we move to our question-and-answer session, I want to wrap-up with the compelling investment case for Marathon Oil. We fully recognize that investors have options, so why MRO. First, we have instituted a transparent capital framework that uniquely prioritizes our shareholders as the first call on cash flow generation. Our shareholder-friendly framework is complemented by a track record of delivery. And it is my expectation that we will lead our pure space in returning capital to shareholders in 2022. Second, we are committed to capital discipline. If commodity prices continue to outperform, we won't introduce production growth capital into our budget. We will remain focused on free cash flow generation and return of capital. When it comes to growth, our focus is not on growing production. It's on growing the per share metrics that matter most and $1 billion of buybacks in just the last four and a half months, driving 8% underlying per share growth is a strong statement of our commitment. Third, due to our balanced production mix, low corporate free cash flow breakeven, attractive hedge book and advantaged US federal cash income tax position, our company retains differentiated upside leverage to commodity outperformance, and we will protect this upside for our investors. And finally, we believe the peer-leading financial and operating results we are delivering today are sustainable, underpinned by over a decade of high-quality, high-return inventory by our five and 10-year benchmark maintenance scenario and by our commitment to comprehensive longer-term ESG excellence. With that, we can open up the line for Q&A.
Operator:
Thank you. We will now begin the question-and-answer session. [Operator Instructions] And from JPMorgan Chase, we have Arun Jayaram. Please go ahead.
Arun Jayaram:
Hey Lee and team, good morning. Lee, we're sitting here in a year in oil and gas prices indeed averaged 80 and 4 or better. Should we expect you to return three plus billion of free cash flow to shareholders. That's the buy-side question of the morning.
Lee Tillman:
Yes. Good morning, everyone. Thanks for the question. First of all, I think we are already on a pace in first quarter room to return of 50% or more of our CFO back to investors. And as we demonstrated in 2021, whether you look at fourth quarter in isolation where we got hit that 70%, kind of, milestone back to equity investors or even look at the full year, including our gross debt reduction, which also achieved 70%, we know that we have that potential for delivery. But I think what it might be helpful for Dan to talk a little bit about the mechanics of how we approach the share repurchase program because I think it will give you a little bit more insight on how the year will likely play out. So I'll kick over to Dan.
Dane Whitehead:
All right. Good morning. Thanks for the question. Yes. With regard to share repurchases, obviously, we just spent 30 minutes talking that impact that we've been aggressively buying back shares, and we think that's good value, but we really move the needle by buying back 8% of the stock. And so we expect us to continue with that kind of program. In terms of how we execute on that, we have -- we use a couple of tools when executing the share repurchase. And I think of it sort of as a base program and that's sort of a top-up program. The base program, we established simple 10b5-1 programs. Most recently, we've sized those around $250 million. And we set those in motion to be purchased ratably over a set period of time, typically 30 days to 45 days. We established those 10b5 -1s when we're not in a blackout period, of course. And then they can execute daily through blackout period. So for example, we're buying back stock today under a 10b5-1, and earnings date is the ultimate definition to day [Technical difficulty]
Arun Jayaram:
[Technical Difficulty] the ratability today.
Dane Whitehead:
Sorry, I'm getting a little beat back here. The ratability of that daily program really helps you in a period of volatility. You're not trying to hunt and peck for low points in the stock price to just ride through in dollar cost average into it. And if we get to the end of a period and our cash flow is sufficient to top up on top of what we've done with these 10b5-1 we can go in with daily purchases under what's called our NBA team. And we can do those in fairly significant size. We can really move a lot of stock in a short period of time under that mechanism if we have the capacity to do it. So I would expect -- you should probably step by step to continue to execute like this with the base load and then we have the ability to adjust based on how commodity prices and other factors in our business contribute to our cash flow.
Lee Tillman:
And maybe if I can just wrap-up, Arun. I think fourth quarter was a great example of that model. We had signaled that kind of at least the 50% of CFO getting back to shareholders. But as the quarter progressed and as we implemented the structured programs, we saw an opportunity with price support and the cash flow generation that we were seeing to go above and beyond that. And that's in fact how we got to that 70% marker.
Arun Jayaram:
Great, great. Appreciate that color. And my follow-up was with Mike. I was wondering if you could provide maybe a little bit more asset level color on the 2022 program, specifically maybe in the Bakken, I'd love to hear about maybe the well mix between Hector and Myrmidon and maybe some thoughts within the Permian as well as in the Mid-Continent, some of the areas that you're targeting as you increase activity from last year's levels?
Lee Tillman:
Yeah. Good morning Arun. I can certainly take you through that. I'll start with the Bakken and then I'll probably jump on to Eagle Ford. But in the Bakken, we're -- as we included in the presentation, looking at 50 to 6 0 wells to sales. What I would say is probably more weighted towards the first half of the year. It is a higher working interest program this year, which talks the works in our favor. What I would say is largely focused in Hector, and Eagle Ford, again, as we mentioned in the presentation, 120 wells to sales. Activity is going to be across our core areas. So we're looking at about 45% of the activity in Karnes, 35% in Atascosa and the remainder up in Gonzales. We are looking at longer laterals on average in Eagle Ford this year. So that should enhance our efficiencies. We're also going to be continuing the redevelopment testing that in fact, I think it was this time last year, you asked the question. So we'll probably make a date for first and next year. We'll give you another update, but we're continuing the redevelopment testing there. We've 15 wells planned in 2022. We had some good success in 2021. We've added a little over about 100 high-return redevelopment locations to inventory there. So it seems pretty logical to continue that activity into 2022. Permian again, 20 to 25 wells to sales. It's probably going to be more focused on the second half of the year, targeting the Upper Wolf Camp. And what I'd say is split pretty much 50/50 between Red Hills and Malaga. And then wrapping up Oklahoma, again, 20 to 25 wells to sales, what I'd say there is heavy scoop Woodford focus. And similar to what we're seeing in the Eagle Ford, we're going to benefit there from some longer average lateral length. I think we're 30% up from when we had our last full year of activity in Oklahoma.
Arun Jayaram:
Great. Thanks a lot.
Operator:
From Barclays, we have Jeanine Wai. Please go ahead.
Jeanine Wai:
Hi, good morning everyone. Thanks for taking our questions.
Lee Tillman:
Good morning.
Jeanine Wai:
Our first question, we noticed that you reported $47 million of acquisitions during the quarter on the cash flow statement after not doing any for several quarters. Can you just provide a little bit of color on what that acquisition capital was spent on? And maybe a little bit on your perspective on the A&D market for Marathon?
Mike Henderson:
Morning Jeanine. It's Mike here. I'll give you a little bit of detail on the acquisition, and then I'll kick it over to Lee to provide a little bit of that broader perspective. So the acquisition, it’s a small Eagle Ford bolt-on and the core, it added a few sticks. But I think more importantly for us, it allowed us to drill some extended laterals down in Karnes County there. Maybe on the broader question, I'll fire that over to Lee if that's okay.
Lee Tillman:
Yeah. That's great, Mike. Thanks. From a broader A&D perspective, Jeanine, I think first and foremost, we're going to view all opportunities -- inorganic opportunities for the lens of really our high confidence organic case, which we obviously have spent a lot of time describing today and the types of financial metrics that's delivering. So needless to say, is that's a relatively high bar for any opportunity that's inorganic in nature. And of course, to pursue something, we're going to have to see it as accretive to that organic case. And again, that's going to be a challenge. We will continue to assess and evaluate those things in the marketplace, particularly those that are around our core areas. But we're going to be very disciplined. The same discipline that you see us applying in our organic business. You should expect that when we look at A&D activities as well. I think the opportunity that Mike described is a great example of an accretive opportunity to bought a little bit of PDP, but generally allowed us to build on a core area and extend our lateral links and improve our capital efficiency. And so those are the type of kind of hand in glove fits that we'll be looking for.
Jeanine Wai:
Okay. Great. Thank you for all that color. Our second question is maybe just revisiting the method of the cash payout. If the strip holds and the 70% of cash flow comes to fruition, there is a lot of cash to be allocated, which is a very nice high-class problem. In this upside case, does your preference between buybacks, variables and base dividends change on that allocation split? I know so far, you've had a very strong preference for buybacks, which you described very nicely in the prepared remarks about per share growth, but we’ve just been noticing, we would be getting a little bit more push back in questions from investors on procyclical buybacks? Thank you.
Dane Whitehead:
Yeah. Jeanine, this is Dane. Let me take a cut at that. So really, we've got three choices for returning cash to shareholders. The base dividend, share repurchases or some sort of a variable cash return that people often describe as variable dividends. And kind of here's how we think of each. The base dividend. So our objective there with the base dividend is to have a competitive yield when compared to peer average and the S&P 500. And also in addition to competitive, we needed to be sustainable. And we think of that in the context of a pretty conservative planning basis price deck sort of in a $45 to $50 world, where we know investors can count on that base dividend and partially any circumstance. With our recent fourth consecutive increase in the base dividend, yields competitive with peer average and a little bit better than the S&P 500. So check that box. From a sustainability perspective, we really think about 10% of cash flow from operations has been where we want to target that dividend again in that $45 to $50 world. What keep the enterprise breakeven, free cash flow breakeven after dividend below 40%, we're well below that. So we're in good shape there. The $0.07 again is about right in line with the 10% at that stated price deck. And then keep in mind, there are synergies between the base dividend and share repurchases. As we reduce outstanding shares, we can increase the base dividend further and still stay within that 10% CFO threshold. So we really like that in our play. Share repurchases, we just went through that in quite a bit of detail, but we still -- the value proposition is so strong there. It's just hard to take your eyes off that, as the largest attractor of return of cash to shareholders. We certainly, from a variable dividend perspective, have considered that and it remains a potential tool for us, use in the future to supplement the base dividend and share repurchases. I wouldn't want to do it to the detriment of the yield of the base dividend or share repurchases, especially when the implied free cash flow yield is so high on those repurchases, and the program is so efficient. But we're not closing the door on any techniques that, I do think on your pro-cyclicality question, just keep in mind, when the free cash flow yield is that high, it doesn't feel pro-cyclical as me at all. And because we've really bulletproofed our company were down price cycles, we can keep buying to pretty much any price cycles. So – and that's really kind of our intention.
Jeanine Wai:
Great. Thank you very much.
Operator:
From Wolfe Research, we have Josh Silverstein. Please go ahead.
Josh Silverstein:
Yeah. Thanks. Good morning, guys. Just sticking on the capital return plans. You still do have some small maturities coming up over the next kind of a year, year and a half or so. Is the game plan still to pay those down with cash, reducing some of the capital returns to shareholders, or are there refinancing thoughts that maybe keep more cash going back to shareholders?
Dane Whitehead:
Yeah. My base case is pay them off with cash. They're really kind of small bite-sized maturities. There's – we've got like $38 million of U.S. – old USX debt, if you can believe that with an average coupon it's about close to 10%. It will be nice to get that out of the system. The following year or so, there's another 200 million of USX debt like that. And then we get into a couple of maturities that are the muni bond debt that's pretty unique to us. We like that one, because we can buy it back and put it into treasury, if you will and keep it as capacity to reissue in the future and relatively low cost debt compared to taxable debt. So short answer to your question, base case paid it off, with cash, I think there's some good synergies with interest reduction, especially on that higher coupon debt. And – but as we pay off those munis, we'll kind of retain the optionality. And if we need those going forward to tackle a larger maturity tower or for any other circumstances nice to have.
Lee Tillman:
Yeah. And just as a reminder, the $1.4 billion of gross debt that we took out last year also brought with $50 million of annualized interest rate savings. And so when we think about our overall enterprise free cash flow breakeven, that's cost structure that is coming out of the business. So it is good to continue to keep retiring that debt as it matures. But we don't see the need to accelerate any of that.
Josh Silverstein:
All right. Thanks, guys. And then the activity is still heavily weighted with this 75-25 split from the Eagle Ford and Bakken. When do you see that – the shift kind of slowly going towards Oklahoma and Delaware? And how does the capital efficiency change as you guys start to do that?
Lee Tillman:
Yeah. Maybe I'll just refer you to our kind of five-year benchmark scenario that we just updated to include from 2022 to 2026. So essentially, we've added a year. We've incorporated kind of what we've seen from an inflation standpoint, et cetera. And what I would say is that, that relative capital allocation weighting stays essentially in that same range throughout that five-year view, Josh. So no radical movement, you'll see some capital move in between basins, but kind of that 20% to 30% going to Delaware and Oklahoma, that's pretty consistent across that five-year benchmark maintenance scenario, just to kind of give you a little bit of a benchmark. Q - Josh Silverstein Got it. Thanks, guys.
Operator:
From RBC Capital Markets, we have Scott Hanold. Please go ahead.
Scott Hanold:
Thanks, all. Hi. Just to maybe follow up on that question a little bit. And it looks like the Eagle Ford is getting a little bit higher allocation, say, this year and I guess, last year relative to say the Bakken. But can you give us a sense of like where you see the runway in the Eagle Ford is? I know a lot of conversation with investors kind of discuss what type of core runway still is left in the Bakken and the Eagle Ford. And if you can just give us a little bit of color on your perspective on the confidence in that drilling program through that five-year time frame in the Eagle Ford?
Lee Tillman:
Yes. I think, you're seeing a little bit of natural variability as we optimize across facilities and developmental areas. So there's not much more of a read through, I think, than that. But in terms of inventory wise, we obviously talk at a corporate level about having more than a decade of high-quality inventory. You need to only look at the Enverus data, which, of course, we included within the appendix of the deck. But beyond that, when you look at each of our individual basins, they each independently also have over a decade of inventory for inventory to exploit. So we feel very good about the outlook, the five-year benchmark case and even the portfolio model work that we've done on the 10-year benchmark continues to show us delivering annualized financial outcomes that look very similar to what we're delivering this year on a price normalized basis. And from a capital efficiency standpoint, we've been the leader of the pack there for quite some time. We'd included, again, a little bit more public available data on that point. But there is no real drop off per se in that capital efficiency as we move amongst the plays. These are still very economic opportunities across the board, both within -- both the Eagle Ford and Bakken, but also within Oklahoma and Delaware, with, obviously, Oklahoma benefiting somewhat from some of the strength in NGL and gas pricing. But quite frankly, that uplifts all of the portfolio. So from our perspective, a very strong runway looking ahead. And when we take that inventory and convert it into financial outcomes, we feel very confident in both the five and the 10-year view.
Scott Hanold:
Great. Thanks for that. And then -- and I think you've been pretty clear on your views on growth, especially where we are at right now. But I know there is some, I guess, I'd call it flexibility to grow upwards of 5% if the market needs the barrels or you think it's the right decision? And as you start thinking about 2023 and beyond, can you give us your thoughts on looking -- what would get you to move toward something closer to 5% growth case?
Lee Tillman:
Yes. I believe right now, our focus, Scott, is really again on per share accretion, whether that be free cash flow, cash flow or even production on a per share basis. We're going to be informed by the macro. But at the end of the day, we're price takers, not price predictors. And there's a wide range of potential outcomes that are going to be driven clearly by events, as well as supply and demand fundamentals. But our strategy is predicated on really generating outsized free cash flow, when we are in a constructive pricing environment. And I don't really see that mantra changing as we move out in time. And I think that the growth in per share metrics for us is the right approach, I think, for a mature business that is trying to attract more of a broad investor universe.
Scott Hanold:
Appreciate that. Thank you.
Operator:
From Wells Fargo, we have the Nitin Kumar. Please go ahead.
Nitin Kumar:
Hi, good morning and thanks for taking my question. Lee, you've covered this a bit this morning, but looking at your slide eight and the allocation of cash flow. You stand out in terms of the buyback, but when I look at the base dividend again ship here, the allocation of cash flow look to the base dividend is a little bit lower. So, you talked a little bit earlier about mid-cycle price stuff, but where is the room for that to grow, or what is the appetite to grow that to be a little bit more competitive to your peers, if not the S&P 500?
Dane Whitehead:
Lee, I'll take a shot at that. As I mentioned earlier in an earlier answer, we really are focused on maintaining a competitive yield with that base dividend, and we're right on top of the average for the peer group today and a little bit ahead of the S&P 500. And we have raised that base dividend four quarters up consecutively to point now. We're paying $50 million a quarter to shareholders. We do want to make sure that it passes the sustainability test. So 10% of cash flow from operations, pretty conservative $45 to $50 planning basis, price environment. And when we want to keep the enterprise free cash flow breakeven below $40, and it's well below 40 at this point. So it's probably $35 or less after dividend. The other synergies that I keep pointing to because they're real is as we continue to buy back shares, we create more capacity or that dividend for that base dividend and frankly, as we pay down some of that high-coupon debt, more capacity for the base given name as well. So we're very focused on keeping that competitive, but we also not to be sustainable. We think we've got a flywheel effect going here that's going to be that base dividend, go forward.
Nitin Kumar:
Great. Great. I appreciate that. I guess the other question I have is you've highlighted the lack of hedges as one of your competitive advantages. But it's -- you're presenting a financial model, right? It's a cash generation, cash recur model. At what point do hedges or at least taking some of that downside risk in commodity prices become important? If you could answer the title on hedging going forward in the long term?
Pat Wagner:
Nitin, this is Pat. I'll take that one. Lee covered it in his opening remarks, and you just reiterated that we have significant leverage even to further commodity price strength. And we think it's really important to preserve that strength for our shareholders. That's why we showed the slide 14 showing what our current book looks like in a couple of different prices. We have intentionally structured our crude hedges such that they tie to our return of cash framework. So we've set our floors with $60 and we have high calls so that we can share in that upside. And that helps preserve our ability to return that minimum of 40% of cash flow from operations to investors. And hedging is just one dimension of our commodity risk management approach. I think we've hit on these before, but other dimensions include our strong balance sheet, our low-cost structure, our low corporate free cash flow breakeven, as Dave mentioned, oil $35 a barrel. And then, of course, our diversified portfolio, with our significant balance sheet improvement in 2021 and those low breakevens, we can be patient and take our time in assessing hedging opportunities so that we make sure we preserve the upside. And then lastly, I'd just say that we have a good product diversity mix with 50% of oil. And so we feel comfortable with what we see today.
Nitin Kumar:
Great. Appreciate the answers.
Operator:
From Truist Securities, we have Neal Dingmann. Please go ahead/
Neal Dingmann:
Good morning. Thanks for the time. First question is just on the ops plans. I really like that Slide 21 that you go over inventory depth and hopefully, some of the other analysts are seeing the same slides. My question around that is, given the sample acreage, will you all look to drill and complete even longer laterals and very extended wells in order to potentially boost returns, or can you just maybe talk about the operational plans given this?
Lee Tillman:
Yes. I think what you're asking there is are we kind of leveraging longer laterals in the portfolio this year. I think Mike had upon a few of those points. But Mike, maybe you want to just talk broadly not only about extended lateral but some of the other things that we're doing from an efficiency standpoint as we look to mitigate some of the inflationary pressures.
Mike Henderson:
Yes. Just touching on the laterals. I think I maybe mentioned in previous comments, but we're looking at a 10% increase in the Eagle Ford year-over-year. Mentioned Oklahoma, we're doing Bakken there. I think it's a 30% increase in Oklahoma from the last time we were operating there. And then in Permian, it's actually over 50% increase. So all of those things are obviously the benefit capital efficiency. The other things I've mentioned, and this is something that we've touched on in the past. We've got a bit of a track record in terms of just improving capital efficiency, and it isn't just down to lateral lengths. I think we continually look at our well design. We're always looking to optimize there and really try to maximize value. And the second area is just execution efficiency. What I'd say is we got a pretty relentless focus there, just on how we drill and how we improve and quite honestly, how we operate our wells. And then the third element is maybe supply chain optimization, I think we've got a -- we're continually looking at our cost models, really trying to determine what ultimately makes sense for us. So while we're seeing a little bit of inflation at the moment, we do try to offset by all of the things that I've just mentioned.
Neal Dingmann:
Great. Great added details. I appreciate it guys. And then just a quick follow-up. Really like that Slide 14 that shows your leverage commodity prices. My question is around that, really kind of look like that bottom quarter, does your advantage. And you touched on this earlier, having the no upcoming cash tax for quite some time, unlike most of your peers. Does that maybe change how you think about some of your operational plans, or is it still more capital discipline sort of weighs out that even though you have that benefit, there's really no change because of that?
Lee Tillman:
No, I don't think there is any -- certainly no undue influence of that fact on our business plan and our capital allocation from that standpoint, Neal. But clearly, as you pointed out on Page 14, it does put us in an advantaged position in terms of the cash flow generation over kind of over this mid-term period. And of course, we battle tested this to make sure that between our NOLs and our foreign tax credits that this is the right ZIP code for us from a cash tax standpoint. But it doesn't influence us directly from a capital allocation standpoint. We're still going to be returns and NPV-driven on the opportunities we select to invest in.
Neal Dingmann:
Okay. Thanks, Lee.
Operator:
From Bank of America, we have Doug Leggate. Please go ahead.
Doug Leggate:
Thanks. Good morning everyone. Lee, you led the market on this cash return model. So congratulations to you on that. It's obviously working. My question is about the procyclicality I think, we all know that oil prices are suffering a number of issues right now, whether it's geopolitics or gas in Europe or whatever is going on. And we know that there is a forward curve substantially below the spot. So why not build cash and wait on what will inevitably be an opportunity to buy back your stock at a lower level?
Lee Tillman:
Yes. I think, Doug, the way I would kind of phrase that is, we're not going to try to convince ourselves that we're price predictors. We believe that a more ratable, dollar average type approach where we can look through the cycle. I mean, just to give you an example, Doug, if you look at that $1 billion of share repurchases that we did, that was done below a $17 share price. And of course, today, I don't know where we are trading in the market this morning, but certainly north of $20. So I think that the opportunity that presents itself is when you have a model where you are resilient across a broad range of commodity price outcomes, that kind of procyclicality argument starts fading away. And I think it's indicative of a new, more mature model that we're deploying now at least at our company in the E&P space. And so, I think, Dane said it well. I think with this new model, it does give us that ability to really invest in our shares through the cycle. And again, assuming we continue to see the types of yields that we're seeing, free cash flow yields down to even down to 60% or 10%, we feel very strongly that, that is a great option for us. And we look at the suite of investment options, certainly investing in our own company and the confidence that, that shows and the return that is generating makes the most sense for us. So I would not expect us to try to say, for the rainy day and try to predict when that's actually going to occur.
Doug Leggate:
Yes. And that's fair. I think, it's really more about what the market is prepared to discount. And if the curve rolls higher, then you're absolutely right. My follow-on is on the inventory question, and you've given a lot of color this morning, so thank you for that. But you've also shown a little bit of sensitivity on the oil price, which is substantially below the high end is still $50 on your slide deck. What does the inventory depth look like at today's curve?
Lee Tillman:
Yes. Well, I think, if you do look even at just the third-party data, and clearly, it does shift in terms of kind of where that higher return inventory lies as that price deck moves up. I mean, we test all of our opportunities at a very conservative price deck. So when I talk about over a decade of inventory, we typically are testing that inventory at $50 WTI. So, it goes without saying that some of that Tier 3 and Tier 4 inventory, if we continue to see constructive pricing will allow us to economically grow that inventory just from a price perspective. But I do think the Enverus data is broadly indicative of that effect as you look at the breakeven cutoffs that they have shown, clearly, as prices move higher, it's going to enhance that inventory depth over time. So, we try to speak pretty conservatively is the way I would put it again. And really not only conservative in terms of our inventory life, but make sure that we show transparency on what that inventory can generate from a financial outcome standpoint, because it's not just inventory, it's the quality of inventory. And I think the balance of data that we've shown on capital efficiency, the level of reinvestment rate that we can deliver, are all indicative of the capital efficiency embedded in that well over a decade of inventory lies.
Doug Leggate:
Appreciate the color. Thanks guys.
Operator:
And from Citigroup, we have Scott Gruber. Please go ahead.
Scott Gruber:
Yes. Good morning. Thanks for squeezing me in here. So looking at the Bakken activity, your production popped in 4Q, but the point two Tils are going to be down 10 to 20 wells. At that level of activity, should we expect Bakken production to start to trend lower on a year-over-year basis in the second half? And is the expectation to be made up for the second half by the completions in the Permian? And then thinking out into next year, is that the direction of travel we should be thinking about into 2023?
Mike Henderson:
Yes, Scott, it's Mike here. Maybe I would think about Bakken on annual kind of year-to-year basis, it's going to be pretty flat. It's how I think about it. We're going to see quarterly variability, as I mentioned in my prepared remarks. I mean that's just to be expected. But as you -- I think about it on an annual basis it’s pretty flat.
Scott Gruber:
Okay. So, it's flat in the five-year plan is the way to think about it?
Mike Henderson:
Again, you're going to see a little bit of variability there, but I think it's going to be pretty close to that.
Scott Gruber:
Okay. And then, the redevelopment opportunity in the Eagle Ford is interesting. What's the rough breakeven on those redevelopment wells? And at strip, how should we think about the redevelopment cadence over the next couple of years?
Mike Henderson:
I don't -- Scott, it's Mike again. I don't think we've disclosed anything on breakevens. I mean -- we had -- we have 14, 15 redevelopment tests last year. And as I mentioned, a little bit earlier, we provided a little over 100 stacks. We've got another 15 wells planned this year to potentially derisk and some additional areas and potentially look to add some further locations. And I think we look at this on an annual basis. We've got a number of these, we call it OEO opportunities, and we'll continue to look at that on an annual basis. And we may have some more in the future. I think a lot of it is dependent on the results that we see.
Lee Tillman:
Yes. If I could just add in, Scott. Bottom line is that the redevelopment wells compete head-to-head with the rest of the portfolio. They have to compete on a heads-up basis for capital allocation with the rest of the portfolio. So breakevens per se will be not dissimilar to what we see across the rest of the portfolio.
Scott Gruber:
Got it. Appreciate the color. Thank you.
Operator:
Thank you. We're now over time, and we'll now turn it back to Lee Tillman for closing comments.
Lee Tillman:
Thank you for your interest in Marathon Oil. And I'd like to close by again thanking all of our dedicated employees and contractors for their commitment to safely and responsibly deliver the energy the world needs each and every day. That ends our call.
Operator:
Thank you. And ladies and gentlemen, this concludes today's conference. Thank you for joining. You may now disconnect.
Operator:
Welcome to the Marathon Oil Third Quarter Earnings Conference Call. My name is Cheryl and I will be your Operator for today's call. At this time, all participants are in a listen-only mode. Later we will conduct a question-and-answer session. [Operator instructions] Please note that this conference call is being recorded. I will now turn the call over to Guy Baber, Vice President Investor Relations. You can begin, Sir.
Guy Baber:
Thank you, Cheryl. And thank you as well to everyone for joining us this morning on the call. Yesterday after the close, we issued a press release, a slide presentation, and an investor package that address our Third Quarter 2021 results. These documents can be found on our website at Marathonoil.com. Joining me on today's call are Lee Tillman, our Chairman, President, and CEO, Dane Whitehead, Executive VP and CFO, Pat Wagner, Executive VP of Corporate Development strategy, and Mike Henderson, Executive VP of Operations. As always, today's call will contain forward-looking statements subject to risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed or implied by such statements. I refer everyone to the cautionary language included in the press release and presentation materials, as well as to the risk factors described in our SEC filings. With that, I will turn the call over to Lee, who will provide his opening remarks. We'll also hear from Mike, Dave, and Pat before we get to our question-and-answer session. Lee.
Lee Tillman:
Thank you, Guy. And good morning to everyone, listening to our call today. I want to start on once again thanking our employees and contractors for their continued dedication of hard work, for their commitment to safety and environmental excellence, and for their contributions to another quarter of outstanding execution and financial delivery. While I get the privilege of talking about our Company's impressive results and outlet today, it is their hard work that makes all of this possible. Through our commitment to capital discipline and our differentiated execution, we are successfully delivering outsized financial outcomes for our shareholders, highlighted by more than $1.3 billion of free cash flow year-to-date For our $1 billion full-year 2021 capital budget at forward curve commodity pricing, we now expect to generate well over $2 billion of free cash flow this year. And a reinvestment rate below 35% and a free cash flow breakeven below $35 per barrel [Indiscernible]. We are successfully delivering on all of our financial and operational objectives, and achieving bottom line results that we will put head-to-head against any other energy Company and against any other sector in the S&P 500. This strong financial performance has enabled us to pull forward our balance sheet targets. And this further improvement to our already investment-grade balance sheet has given us the confidence to dramatically accelerate the return of capital to equity holders. Under our unique return on capital framework, our shareholders get the first call on cash flow. A minimum of 40% of our total cash flow from operations in the current price environment. Consistent with our commitment to shareholder returns and our objective to pay a competitive and sustainable base dividend, we have raised our base dividend by 20% this quarter. This is the third quarter in a row that we have increased our base dividend representing a cumulative 100% increase in the end of 2020, a sign of the increased confidence we have in our business. We are also targeting approximately $500 million of share repurchases during Fourth Quarter with $200 million already executed. At a free cash flow yield north of 20%, we believe our equity offers tremendous value. Additionally, there remains a dislocation between our equity and strengthening commodity prices coupled with a more mature business model that underwrites repurchases through the cycle. Further, buying back our stock for good value provides the added potential of significantly reducing our share count, meaningfully improving all of our per-share metrics even under a maintenance scenario, and increasing our longer-term capacity for continued per-share base dividend increases. Looking ahead to fourth quarter, including our base dividend and planned share repurchases, we expect to return approximately 50% of our total cash flow from operations to equity holders. Fully consistent with our return of capital framework that prioritizes the shareholder first. Our financial flexibility and the power of our portfolio in the current commodity price environment provided the confidence for our Board to also increase our total share repurchase authorization to $2.5 billion to ensure we can continue executing on our return of capital plans as we progress through 2022. And perhaps most importantly, everything that we are doing is sustainable, backed by our 5-year benchmark maintenance scenario and our ongoing pursuit of ESG excellence through top quartile safety performance, significant reductions to our GHG intensity, and best-in-class corporate governance. With that brief overview, I will turn it over to Mike Henderson, our Executive VP of Operations, who will provide an update on our execution relative to our 2021 business plan.
Mike Henderson:
Thanks Lee, third quarter operations were against all odds, demonstrating that we remain on track to achieve or outperform all of the key 2021 financial, operational, and ESG related objectives that we established at the beginning of the year. First and foremost, our consistent execution is translating to outside financial outcomes, highlighted by over $2 billion of expected free cash flow, with a material sequential increase expected in the fourth quarter. A full-year 2021 reinvestment rates below 35%, and a full-year corporate free cash flow comfortable breakeven below $35 per barrel WTI. Our gas capture during third quarter also exceeded 99% as we continue to reduce our GHG emissions intensity. There is no change to our $1 billion full year 2021 capital budget. Raising our spending levels this year has never been a consideration consistent with our commitment to capital discipline. There's also no change to the midpoint of our full year Total Company Oil or Total Company Oil Equivalent Production Guidance. We're also raising our full year 2021 EG equity Method Income Guidance for the 2nd consecutive quarter to a new range of $235 million to $255 million due to stronger commodity prices. This is a 30% increase from the guidance we provided last quarter, and 120% increase relative to our initial guidance at the beginning of the year. Our full-year production and EG equity net of income guidance truly contemplate an unplanned outage we experienced in EG late in the third quarter. Looking ahead to fourth quarter, we expect to finish the year strong with our total Company all production increasing to between 176,000 and 180,000 180 thousand barrels of oil per day in comparison to 168 thousand barrels of oil per day during the third quarter. Our quarterly production volumes are always subject to some normal variability associated with barrel framing, but that small, significant sequential increase is due largely to deferred [Indiscernible] production associated with third party midstream outages, [Indiscernible] well performance, and solid base production management. We also expect our fourth quarter total Company oil equivalent production to be similar to the third quarter at 345,000 barrels of oil equivalent per day. With a sequential increase in the U.S. offsetting a sequential decrease in Equatorial Guinea associated with previously referenced outage. I will now turn it over to Dane Whitehead, EVP and CFO, who will discuss how our strong operations are contributing to an improved Balance Sheet and an acceleration in return of capital to equity holders.
Dane Whitehead:
Thank you, Mike. As I noted last quarter, our financial priorities are clear and unchanged, generate strong [Indiscernible] returns with significant sustainable free cash flow, [Indiscernible] already investment-grade Balance Sheet, and return significant capital to shareholders. Early in the Third Quarter, we retired $900 million in debt bringing total 2021 gross debt reduction to $1.4 billion and achieving our targeted $4 billion gross debt level. With this milestone, we no longer feel the need to accelerate additional debt reduction and going forward, we plan to simply retired debt as it matures. And please note that we have no significant maturities in 2022. This Balance Sheet repositioning was achieved well ahead of our original schedule, which opened the door to begin returning a significant amount of capital to equity holders. To be clear, these are returns beyond our base dividend, which we just increased for the third consecutive quarter. Our base dividend is actually up a 100% over that time period. Now, at $0.06 a share per quarter in the $50 million of annual interest savings will realize due to -- or gross debt will help fund a significant portion of this base dividend increase. Our equity return framework calls for delivering a minimum of 40% of cash from operations to shareholders when WTI is at or above $60 a barrel. This is a pure leading return of capital commitment. It is also competitive with any sector in the S&P 500. Our Fourth Quarter is shaping up to be an exceptionally strong pre-cash flow quarter due to a combination of higher commodity prices and oil volumes quite a bit stronger than Third Quarter. At recent strip pricing, this could take our operating cash flow to approximately 1.1 billion or about a 25% sequential increase versus the Third Quarter. Add to that, an expected increase in dividend distributions from EG and lower CapEx relative in third quarter peak, in fourth-quarter free cash flow could almost doubled to north of $850 million. So in Q4, we expect to have lots of flexibility to exceed our 40% of operating cash flow minimum thresholds for equity returns. In fact, through our base dividend and approximately $500 million of share repurchases. We expect to return approximately 50% of our operating cash flow to investors during the fourth quarter, while further improving our cash balance and net debt position. As we also mentioned, we believe that buying back our stock in a disciplined fashion makes tremendous sense. There aren't many opportunities in the market right now that provide a sustainable free cash flow yield north of 20%. Stepping back, the full-year 2021 financial delivery is exceptional; $140 million in base dividends, $1.4 billion in debt reduction, and $500 million of share repurchases, representing a total return to investors combined debt and equity of over $2 billion. We're over 60% of our expected full-year operating cash flow [Indiscernible] commodity prices. Our actions in 2021 have successfully repositioned the Balance Sheet and kicked off a strong track record of equity returns. Going forward, we're going to stay laser-focused on our financial priorities and our return of capital framework taking into account our cash flow outlook when making return decisions. Because our framework is based on a minimum percentage of cash flow from operations and not free cash flow, the equity investor will have the first call on cash not the drill bit. I'll now turn the call over to Pat Wagner, EVP of Corporate Development Strategy for an update on that resource play exploration program.
Pat Wagner:
Thanks, Dane. We recently completed our 2021 [Indiscernible] drilling program, which is focused on the continued delineation of our contiguous 50,000 net acre position in our Texas Delaware Oil Plant. As a reminder, this is a new play concept for both the Woodford and Bareback that was secured through grassroots leasing, a very low cost of entry and with 100% working interest. It is essentially an exploration bolt-on that is complementary to our already established position in the Northern Delaware. We brought online our first multi-well pads during the third quarter. And while it is still very early, initial production rates in both the Woodford and Merrimack are exceeding our pre -drill expectations. more specifically, one of the Woodford wells achieved an IP 30 of almost 2,100 barrels of oil per day at an oil cut of 66%. This appears to be the strongest Woodford oil well ever drilled in any base. And while we don't yet have 30-day rates for the other two wells, early indicators, including IP 24s, are all very positive. Our primary objective of this 3-well pad was to execute our first spacing testable play. To date, we're seeing no evidence of interference between the Woodford and Merrimack consistent with our expectations due to over 700 feet of vertical separation between the two sales. As I stated, it's still early and we need more production history to draw stronger conclusions, but we're certainly encouraged by the initial results from this first spacing tests, including the record Woodford productivity. The second objective was to continue to progress our learning and cost improvements in completed well costs. We expect to ultimately deliver well costs comparable to those used in the scoop and are aggressively leveraging our substantial experience hopeful how much it's at end. In total, we have now brought our line 9 wells since play entry to the successfully delineated our positions. 6 wells with longer dated production have collectively demonstrated strong long-term well productivity. Oil cuts greater than 60%, lower oil ratios below one, and shallower declines. Looking ahead to 2022, you should expect us to continue to integrate our learnings and progress our understanding of this promising play. However, we will do so in a disciplined manner and within our strict re-investment rate capital allocation framework. I will now turn the call over to Lee, who will wrap this up.
Lee Tillman:
Thank you, Pat. I will close with a quick summary of how we have positioned our Company for success and a preview of what to expect from us in 2022. Spoiler alert, there will be no surprises in 2022 and no compromise with respect to our capital return framework. If we [Indiscernible] put some focus on the financial benchmarks that matter, we are delivering top-tier capital efficiency, free cash flow yield, and Balance Sheet stream. Our 2021 capital rate of sub 35% and capital intensity as measured by capex per barrel of production, are both the lowest in our independent E&P peer group. a strong validation of our leading capital and operating efficiency. We're also one of the few E&Ps expecting to deliver a 2021 reinvestment rate at or below the S&P 500 average. We're also delivering top quartile free cash flow yield this year among our peer group, and well above the S&P 500 average. And, we are doing all of this with an investment grade Balance Sheet at sub one-time net debt to EBITDA, a 2021 leverage profile also well below both our peer group and the S&P 500 average. In short, we are successfully delivering outsized financial performance versus our peer group and the broader market with the commodity price support we are experiencing this year. Yet perhaps more importantly, we are well-positioned to deliver competitive free cash flow and financial performance versus the broader market at much lower prices than we see today; all the way down to the $40 per barrel WTI range. This is the power of our sustainable cost structure reductions, our capital and operating efficiency improvements, and our commitment to capital discipline, all contributing to a sub $35 per barrel breakeven. Looking ahead to 2022, our differentiated capital allocation framework that prioritizes the shareholder at the first call on cash flow generation will not change. Our commitment to capital discipline will not waver with maintenance oil production, a case to be as we finalize our 2022 budget. We believe the right business model for a mature industry prioritizes sustainable free cash flow, a low reinvestment rate, and meaningful returns to equity investors, not broad capital. Recall what we entered is the unique five-year maintenance scenario earlier this year that featured $1 to $1.1 billion of annual spending, $1 billion of annual free cash flow at $50 WTI, and a 50% reinvestment rate. Given we're no longer living in a $50 per barrel environment and that prices are currently north of $80 per barrel, it is both prudent and reasonable to consider some level of limited inflation up to about 10% that would yield modest pressure on the maintenance scenario capital range. Yet importantly, this modest level of inflation pales in comparison to the uplift to our financial performance in the current environment. With a 2022 maintenance scenario free cash flow potentially on the order of $3 billion at recent strip pricing, or nominally 3 times the $50 benchmark outcome. And under such a maintenance scenario, we're positioned to lead the peers once again with a 2022 free cash flow yield above 20%, are in excess of the S&P 500 free cash flow yield of approximately 4%. Our minimum 40% of cash flow target translates to about $1.6 billion of equity holder returns next year. But that is a minimum, and we see significant headroom to drive that number higher. At the expected 4Q run rate of 50% of CFO, 2022 equity holder returns would increase to approximately $2 billion, while still improving our cash balance and net debt position. Even at a more conservative $60 per barrel oil price environment, our minimum 40% of cash flow target still translates to about $1.1 billion of equity holder returns in 2022. Applying 2022 consensus estimates to the return framework disclosed by our peers only confirms our leading return of capital profile, with a double-digit cash distribution yield to our equity investors in 2022. The confidence in this outsized delivery is further supported by recent board action to increase our share repurchase authorization to $2.5 billion to ensure we have sufficient runway to continue delivering on our return of capital commitment next year. To close, our Company was among the first to recognize the need to move to a business model that prioritizes returns, sustainable free cash flow. flow, Balance Sheet improvement, and return of capital. We have also led the way and better aligning executive compensation to this new model and with investor expectations. We're successfully executing on our model today delivering both financial outcomes and ESG excellence. They're competitive not just with our direct [Indiscernible] peers, but also the broader market. With that, we can open up the line for Q&A.
Operator:
Thank you. We will now begin the question and answer session. [Operator instructions]. Our first question comes from Jeanine Way, from Barclays. Your line is now open.
Jeanine Way:
Hi. Good morning, everyone. Thanks for taking our questions.
Dane Whitehead:
Morning.
Jeanine Way:
Good morning. Our first question, maybe for Dane. Can you walk us through the mechanics of how you're determining the buyback tranches? It looks like it could be on a concurrent quarterly basis, but we just wanted to get some more detail on that. And how did you decide on the 50% level of returns for 4Q 21 other than it needs a criteria of more than 40%? And I guess, what would make you change that number quarter-to-quarter?
Dane Whitehead:
Great questions. I think there's a couple of different aspects to it. One is a little more tactical about how we execute the share repurchases. So briefly on that, we execute under short, 30 to 60 day -- can be 5-1 programs, so we can set those in motion and execute them over a short period of time. And that -- because of that short duration, it allows us to really calibrate return percentages more on a real-time basis based on what we're seeing in the business, whether it's capital spend levels, commodity prices, other aspects of what's going on. It also gives you the advantage in the can be 5-1 of riding through blackout periods. We view that stepping back a little more context for the decision process about when do you exceed the minimum -- our decisions are always grounded in our financial priorities which we talk about on a regular basis; generate corporate returns, significant sustainable free cash flow, bullet proof Balance Sheet, and then return significant capital to shareholders. We just talked about what we've done year-to-date, generated significant operating and free cash flow. Q4 looks like by far the best quarter yet from a financial perspective. The Balance Sheet is really strong and we retired $900 million debt in September a billion for year-to-date. So we're at $4 billion gross debt target ahead of schedule, and that only opens the door for much more substantial returns to equity holders if the conditions warrant. We also bumped the base dividend for the third time this year. It's up 100% over that period. And fuel's competitively positioned right now and also very sustainable through recycles at the current level. So we turned to the capital return framework that calls for returning a minimum of 40% of operating cash flow to shareholders when WTI is above $60. We look at Q4, not only is WTI well above $60, all the commodity complex is high. Oil volumes should be quite a bit stronger than they were in Q3. We expect an uptick in dividend distributions from EG and lower capex versus Q3, which was the high point of our burn rate for the year on the capital side. So we expect that lots of flexibility to exceed 40%. We also have a desire to continue to add some level of cash to the Balance Sheet. As we go through the year ultimately our plans are to pay off debt -- future debt maturities as they mature. And they aren't significant in the future, but we'd sized have that level of flexibility, and in the process reduce our net debt. So all of this, I think it's a great example of our shareholder return framework and action. It's -- it's based on a minimum percentage of operating cash follow, but we have the ability and latitude to make real-time decisions to exceed those minimums when conditions are right; they sure appear to be in Q4, so there's a little bit of judgment involved. Is it 50% or 55% or whatever that is, but we just need to make a call and over time, we'll have the ability to modulate that accordingly.
Jeanine Way:
Okay, great. Thank you for the detailed answer. I appreciate it.
Dane Whitehead:
Okay.
Jeanine Way:
Maybe my second question, maybe for Mike. The well per foot, it decreased quarter-over-quarter in the Eagle Ford and the Bakken. Would you characterize those decreases as sustainable for '22? And any color just on current inflation on your outlook for '22 would be helpful. For example, one of your peers mentioned earlier this week that they would adjust '22 activity is inflation warranted it. And I believe Lee said just now in his prepared remarks that 10% cost inflation would put pressure on the maintenance scenario and I didn't catch whether that meant on the 1.1. capex or if that meant on activity. Thank you.
Mike Henderson:
Yeah, Jeanine, I'll take that. I'll start with the expectation on the well costs for 2022. Well, it seems we're still working up on our bottoms-up planning and obviously as we noted the macro-environment's pretty dynamic at the moment. To highlight it's Third Quarter being the lowest quarter of the year, turned to CWC for foot costs in both Eagle Ford and Bakken. We're actually year-to-date down 12% from where we were in the 2020 on average. So what I'd see file that's probably going to be our starting point for '22 and similar to what you've seen in '21, we'll continue to progress opportunities to improve our cost structure. I think as we noted, we could improve -- should start to see some inflation in '22. On the inflation question, maybe a little bit more color there. Please start with '21, how it characterize dot inflation very much in check for '21. It's been largely confined into to steel and CTG. We have fully accounted for that and our capital, our $1 billion capital budget. As noted, we're working through '22 at the moment. And it seems reasonable to some modest inflation. I think I wouldn't highlight that. we are looking to take some actions. So for example, we secured some of our Reg frac [Indiscernible] and [Indiscernible] requirements for next year. I think maybe the area where there's quite a bit of uncertainty is labor. But that's probably a broader issue economy-wide. So as we noted, we could see up to 10% inflation. I think that will depend on activity levels. But again, similar to '21, we're going to be working hard to mitigate and offset any of those cost pressures.
Jeanine Way:
Okay. Thank you very much.
Lee Tillman:
Yeah, Jeanine, maybe just around out to just for clarity. As I mentioned in my remarks, when you think about the benchmark case being predicated on really $50 WTI and that capital range that we provided that 1 to 1.1, I think applying that up to 10% to that range is what at least gets you in the correct zip-code
Guy Baber:
under a maintenance scenario for 2022.
Jeanine Way:
Perfect thank you.
Guy Baber:
Thank you, Jeanine.
Operator:
Thank you. Our next question comes from Arun Jayaram from JP Morgan. Your line is now open.
Arun Jayaram:
Good morning. Mike and perhaps Lee, I wanted to get your thoughts on how you plan to lean on some of the basins outside of the Bakken and Eagle Ford. Obviously, in a lower commodity price environment that you guys have really focused on your core of the core inventory in both those plays. But how should we think about in a much better environment for oil gas and NGLs in capital allocation to place such as Oklahoma and the Permian?
Lee Tillman:
Yeah, Rin. This is Lee, I think consistent with how we talked about in the past, we do expect to be increasing our Oklahoma and Permian allocation up to that 20% to 30% range under again, a maintenance scenario. For reference, those two basins accounted for more like 10% of our allocation in 2021 this year. Clearly, all of the commodity prices are moving in a very constructive direction which really has the net effect of really lifting all boats even in our black oil plays of the Bakken and the Eagle Ford. And I think where we're really seeing the benefit of having that strength across the commodity complex is the fact that we have this very balanced portfolio already with about a 50 Percent exposure to oil and a 50% exposure to natural gas and NGL. So there's no -- our thinking hasn't changed. We believe there are extremely strong and competitive opportunities in both Permian and Oklahoma, the strengthening and NGL and gas has only served to elevate those further. But oil has also elevated the returns in our other basins as well. So we feel the strength of the balanced portfolio gives us that great exposure across the commodity complex.
Arun Jayaram:
Great, great. And Lee, my follow-up is maybe just to get some -- a bigger picture question for you on just U.S. resource basins. 2 of your larger peers in the Bakken, Ryan and Harold, have announced large multi-billion dollar transactions in the Permian and I want to get your thoughts on what this says about the Bakken. They're 2 of the larger operators in the Bakken -- in that basin, pardon me. And just how you're thinking about portfolio renewal. Pat gave us an update on the Rex program, but you do have some other inventory expansion opportunities within your existing basin so, wanted to see how you're thinking about portfolio renewal and some of the moves of some of your key peers in the basin.
Lee Tillman:
Yeah, Arun. First of all, I would just start off by saying any transaction, any M&A work whether it'd be large or small, we're always going to view that through the lens of our very compelling organic case, our peer-leading financial delivery, and really a strict criteria that's predicated on financial accretion. And so that's really the filter that we are going to view any type of opportunity. The same discipline that we apply to our organic opportunities, we certainly are going to apply in the inorganic space. We believe obviously that the Bakken continues to offer exceptional returns. If you look at some of the material within our earnings deck, you will see that certainly in some of the appendix slides, just how competitive Bakken is relative to the other place here in the U.S. But for us it really, anything that we would look at inorganically would have to offer significant value. It would have to come in and move our full-cycle returns in the right direction. And that quite frankly is a very high margin today. You could argue that the M&A market has become a little bit more of a seller's market today with the commodity prices that we're experiencing. And with over 10 years of extremely strong inventory, we simply don't see the need to do anything dramatic in the market. Certainly not do anything that would be dilutive to our exceptional financial delivery. But however, having said that, our portfolio renewal -- what we have talked about in the past is that, embedded in that capital budget that we talked about each and every year, we have kind of up to about 10% of that dedicated to what we consider to be organic enhancement opportunities that could be things like redevelopment opportunity than the Eagle Ford and the Bakken. It could be things like the Texas Delaware oil play that Pat addressed in the opening remarks. And we want to make sure that we continue those programs on a consistent and sustainable basis. As we look out in those out years and make best attempts to continue to replace and replenish our inventory. I think the Texas Delaware oil play is a great example of some things that we were able to get into for very low entry cost. And now, certainly we see today a very clear path for that to compete for capital allocation. And we still have some work to do in terms of getting some longer dated production information from the spacing tests and we want to drive some learnings into the DMC program. But there's definitely a path there for that asset now to compete head-to-head with some of the best in our current portfolio. So hopefully, I addressed all of your questions, Arun. Did I miss anything?
Arun Jayaram:
Well, just maybe a quick follow-up, Lee. In terms of the Texas Delaware just on this topic of portfolio renewal, are you aware of any of your peers which are testing the play at this point?
Pat Wagner:
Hi Arun, this is Pat. There have been some other tests, specifically to the south of us. There have been some Woodford test, but that area's a little bit lower pressure and not as thick. And then on the eastern side of the platform, there's been some Merrimack tests as well, but some of them have been okay. But again, not as good a pressure as ours. We think we absolutely have the best sweetest spot of the play where we have both Woodford and Merrimack stacked with good separation between them and we've had good results to-date, obviously.
Arun Jayaram:
Great. Thanks a lot.
Operator:
Thank you. Our next question comes from Scott Hanold of RBC Capital Market. Your line is now open.
Scott Hanold:
Thanks. Good morning all. I was wondering if you provided some good framework for 2022 and just to clarify a couple of things. One, obviously you're having a big uplift in oil production here in 4Q, should we think about the baseline maintenance cases, your average '21 oil production, or should we look more to the exit rate of where you might be this year and then on the capital spending concept, can you remind me within that circle, $1 to $1.1 billion dollars in capex, where does Rex capital fall within that? Is that included in that or would that be in addition?
Lee Tillman:
Yes. First of all on your first question, Scott. Yes, you should think about our -- a maintenance scenario in 2022 being calibrated to our average 2021 oil production. All of us experienced some variability quarter-to-quarter in our production numbers. It's natural in the short-cycle investments that as you see that natural variability. But again, we'd be looking at a maintenance scenario to drive toward that notional 172,000 barrels of oil per day. Your second question, Scott, around our capital spending number, even in the benchmark case of one-to-one one, That number is all inclusive and includes all of our investments, including Rex as well as any other organic enhancement opportunity. Just as the $1 billion budget did this year. I mean, one of the reason that saw a little bit of peak CapEx in third quarter was the impact of bringing the 3-well pad online in the Texas Delaware Oil Plant. So that is should be looked at as an all in number. There's nothing carved out and put on the side.
Scott Hanold:
Okay. That's great. Appreciate that. And pivoting back to shareholder returns. You guys obviously have a very robust buyback sitting in front of us. And it seems like that plus goosing up that fixed dividend over time, the plan. I know the answer is probably going to be, let's wait until we actually harvest some of this free cash flow. But as we look forward, even with the increased buyback authorization, it looks like you're going to eat to that pretty quickly next year if these commodity prices hold out. And as you continue to look forward, is the buybacks still going to be you're likely primary outlet for that or do you see any other opportunities going forward such as special or variable dividends in the mix as you look longer-term bigger picture?
Dane Whitehead:
Yeah, Scott, this is Dane. Let me take a first kind of that at least. I think where we sit today, it's happening no - brainer. When you look at the valuation of our stock and the fact that it's yielding in excess of 20% free cash flow that that's the place to go with the excess distribution to shareholders because great value. And if that persists than that will still be the first call on incremental cash above the base dividend. But we haven't said that's the only thing we'll ever do, obviously, over time, than to keep your options open and to manage through this process that the $2.5 billion authorization, they're truly no magic to that number. It was clear to us as of yesterday when that authorization went in place, we had 1.1 billion of remaining authorized capacity. And we would chew through a chunk of that getting through this Fourth Quarter $500 million that we talked about going into the year pretty light so we just asked the board to top that up 2.5 billion as of today and that will give us good running room into next year and if we need to up that authorization over time, we can certainly do that.
Lee Tillman:
I do think Scott clearly, when you look at the potential financial delivery in 2022, we have a unique opportunity just as we did in fourth quarter to not only deliver against the minimum of 40% back to equity holders but to actually exceed that. But again, that's going to be calibrated to real-time cash flow from operations and that will be something that we'll watch closely. I think Dane did a great job of laying out the mechanics, but I also wanted to stress one thing we've been really clear on. We developed our framework to really give the investor confidence in the quantum. The quantum of cash we were going to get back to shareholders. And we knew that that would be a competitive and sustainable base dividend plus something else. That something else clearly today, is share repurchases. But we didn't. We purposefully and intentionally didn't limit ourselves to a potential delivery mechanism. We wanted to keep that flexibility going forward. But as Dane said, in the current environment, the impact of a steadying rateable share repurchase program going forward makes the absolute most sense today.
Scott Hanold:
Okay, I agree. Thanks for that color.
Operator:
Thank you. Our next question comes from Doug Leggate from Bank of America. Your line is now open.
Doug Leggate:
Good morning, guys. Thanks for getting me on the call this morning. Fellows, I want to ask you about how the inventory view has changed given the backdrop in the commodity. What I'm thinking is given gas in particular, Mid-Continent, does that compete better, does it change the view of capital allocation? And what I'm really trying to get to is going back to your comments, we at the beginning of the year, I think was Mike actually that talked about in the maintenance scenario, you would drill half your high quality inventory in five-years because at the end of the day that's ultimately what's going to dictate how the market perceives your free cash flow yield.
Lee Tillman:
Yeah. I think stepping back from the inventory, we've talked about, the greater than a decade of capital efficient high return inventory that it's really been based on nominally our $50 WTI men's cycle view. As actual prices move around that planning basis, clearly that has an impact on maturing of those opportunities and may in fact even bring additional opportunities into the economic window. So it is a very dynamic thing, but we set that planning basis on conservatively so we could give a very conservative and strong view of just how our inventory can deliver in a more modest pricing environment. To your question around how the -- the commodity's strengthening particularly the secondary products of gas and NGL alter our investment decisions. Look, we're a return driven Company, as we look at individual opportunities, we're going to be driven by -- by economics. I won't say we're completely agnostic to the product mix but at the end of the day, it's not about barrels it's about dollars and we're going to be driven by selecting the most economic opportunities across all of our core play and then putting those into our business plan and executing efficiently against them. So, it's strictly an economic decision. And although I'm thrilled that the gas and NGL has recovered, I'm equally as thrilled that oil is sitting at above the $80 mark as well because that tends to uplift really all of our portfolio, because although we have an oil weighted portfolio, it is a very balanced portfolio. And so we are in essence taking advantage of those secondary product pricings at a portfolio level, but our individual capital allocation decisions are going to be driven by economics.
Doug Leggate:
I appreciate that. Maybe this is a quick footnote to that, Lee for Guy perhaps. I think at dynamic inventory, some visibility [Indiscernible] would be really helpful because it would get a lot of [Indiscernible] away from the idea of that there's an inventory challenge [Indiscernible] with the commodity deck, just [Indiscernible] maybe a footnote. But my follow-up real quick is on Slide 7 and I -- you have been early on very clear about your views on the business model. And again, I congratulate you on leading market on that [Indiscernible] complete appears. But nevertheless, on Slide 7 you still talk about in a greater than $60 WTI environment our production grew with cap that underscores the commitment to discipline. The issue is the 5% growth is not part of your rhetoric today. So when do you decide is the right time to go back to growing production?
Lee Tillman:
Yeah, I think that that was simply as you stated, a way for us to set up a bright line on the framework that there is a very, very high hurdle for growth. We will always be informed by the macro, but at the end of the day, it's all about delivering outsized financial metrics when we're above $60. To the extent that we see that some moderate growth would fit into that financial framework, it would become a consideration, but it still remains more of an output of our financial model as opposed to an input. And I think given the past history of the sector, it's very important for us to demonstrate clearly that in a very constructive oil price environment that we can deliver out-sized financial outcomes relative to alternative investments. Because the reality is that we know there will be future volatility and we have to be able to, within that volatility offer competitive returns when prices are lower. So it's really just step there to really put it in the framework, acknowledge it. I think today we would say the need to drive to a number, even in that 5% range, we just don't see that today and it's hard to see it even in the near future.
Doug Leggate:
Thanks so much, Lee
Lee Tillman:
Thank you, Doug.
Operator:
Thank you. Our next question comes from Neal Dingmann from tours Securities. Your line is now open.
Neal Dingmann:
Morning all. My question has been asked. I want to ask about just on the plan for next year. Does that basically assume is part of this total activity about the same percentage of Eagle Ford and Bakken activity. I know you run those 2 consistent except for the last few quarters and I'm wondering if that's still the plans for next year?
Lee Tillman:
Yes. Neal, obviously, we have not released our budget for next year. We're still speaking in hypothetical terms around maintenance budget. But when you consider the fact that we will have incremental capital flowing to Oklahoma and Permian, we would expect obviously, that some of that capital would be coming out of Eagle Ford and the Bakken to make room for that. But I would just say stay tuned, we'll get into a lot more detail at an asset level of allocation when we get out to the budget release in February.
Neal Dingmann:
Okay. No, [Indiscernible] assume that and then just a follow-up really encouraged like the comments on that Slide 14 about the resource play. I'm just wondering maybe could you comment for you on the guidance as far as how much further do you think you could push this in terms of pad size completion, some other things obviously the results -- early results here are very encouraging especially as you all pointed out when you compare into some of the Delaware, I'm just wondering so where we go from here?
Pat Wagner:
Hi, Neal. This is Pat. Our primary objective is this pad has the spacing. And so right now we drilled this at a spacing of more wells per zone. We drilled 2 in the Woodford and 1 at the Bareback. So far we're seeing no interference at all between those. There is the 700 foot thickness between the 2. So we're going to give some more longer-term production on this pad and see how these wells perform. And if so, then we'll 4 by 4 [Indiscernible] development scenario. However, I think we have some opportunities to test that even further. We've obviously drilled 9 wells now, so we've had a lot of learnings on the drilling and [Indiscernible] inside. Hard to give any details on that, but we continue to refine our approach to that. I think we'll continue to drive our costs down as I mentioned in our prepared remarks. So as we go into '22, we'll continue to progress our learning there and see what else we need to do to take this thing ultimately [Indiscernible] call.
Scott Hanold:
Very good. Thanks, Pat. Thanks Lee.
Pat Wagner:
Thanks for your remarks.
Operator:
Thank you. Our final question comes from Scott Gruber from Citigroup. Your line is now open.
Scott Gruber:
Yes. Good morning. The key equity income was raised was great to see, expected, but still good to see. Cash dividends from EG was $47 million, but I believe those lagged the booking of income. Can you speak how we should think about cash flow back to Marathon from your equity interest in EG and in the quarters ahead in terms of the pace and magnitude?
Dane Whitehead:
Hi, Scott, this is Dane. Yes, so for our EG investments that are accounted for on the equity method, excuse me. I think over time it's fair to expect that cash dividends match equity income. Quarter-to-quarter, they don't always match. The timing can vary, especially in periods where you have significant changes, like a bid run-up in prices that we saw in Q3. And so in this case, dividends lagged earnings fairly significantly in Q3. We expect that to catch up in the reasonable near future. So I think when you're modeling, it's probably just -- there going to be equal -- pretty much equal over time. But you can expect to see some variability quarter-to-quarter.
Scott Gruber:
I got you. A little bit to your point where cash dividends, at least in the near-term exceed equity income or is it just on a lagged basis? Is there a catch-up here --
Dane Whitehead:
Yeah. We're we certainly can see a catch-up where the dividends exceed equity earnings in the next period.
Scott Gruber:
And then just thinking about cash taxes, you guys have a large NOL. But can you remind us, do you have U.S. cash taxes ramping up within your five-year outlook, Given better earnings out at the front end, there's the five-year outlook for cash taxes [Indiscernible].
Dane Whitehead:
Good question on by the asset. And so we do have significant tax attributes in the form of NOL has the big one $8.2 billion and then foreign tax credits as well. Both of which of course will be used to offset future taxes. Our outlook, even at forward pricing doesn't have us paying federal income taxes until the latter part of the decade. And that really hasn't changed. The outlook is durable. We tested against commodity prices, a higher corporate tax rates, changes to the IDC tax treatments really don't have a meaningful impact on accelerating cash tax ability. So I think that answer hasn't changed over the past few quarters.
Scott Gruber:
Got it. Appreciate the color.
Dane Whitehead:
Okay.
Operator:
Thank you. That concludes our question-and-answer session. I will now turn the call back to Lee Tillman for final comments.
Lee Tillman:
Thank you for your interest in Marathon Oil and I'd like to close by again, thanking all of our dedicated employees and contractors for their commitment to safely and responsibly deliver the energy the world need each and every day. Thank you.
Operator:
Thank you, ladies and gentlemen. This concludes today's conference. Thank you for your participation. You may now disconnect.
Operator:
Welcome to the Marathon Oil second quarter earnings conference call. My name is Vanessa and I will be your operator for today’s call. At this time, all participants are in a listen-only mode. Later we will conduct a question and answer session. During the question and answer session, with your question you can enter the queue by pressing star then one. Please note that this conference is being recorded. I will now turn the call over to Guy Baber, Vice President of Investor Relations.
Guy Baber:
Thanks Vanessa and thank you to everyone for joining us this morning on the call. Yesterday after the close, we issued a press release, a slide presentation and investor packet that address our second quarter 2020 results. Those documents can be found on our website at marathonoil.com. Joining me on today’s call are Lee Tillman, our Chairman, President and CEO; Dane Whitehead, Executive VP and CFO; Pat Wagner, Executive VP of Corporate Development and Strategy; and Mike Henderson, Executive VP of Operations. As always, today’s call will contain forward-looking statements subject to risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed or implied by such statements. I’ll refer everyone to the cautionary language included in the press release and presentation materials, as well as to the risk factors described in our SEC filings. With that, I’ll turn the call over to Lee, who will provide his opening remarks. We will also hear from Dane and Mike today before we get to our question and answer session. Lee?
Lee Tillman:
Thank you Guy, and good morning to everyone listening to our call today. I want to begin by once again thanking our employees and contractors for their continued dedication and hard work in putting together another quarter of outstanding execution. It is their hard work that makes all the accomplishments we will discuss today possible. The combination of our high quality, multi-basin portfolio, our differentiated execution and our commitment to capital discipline are driving truly exceptional results for our company. During second quarter, we generated $420 million of free cash flow, bringing free cash flow generation through the first half of the year to over $860 million. For our $1 billion full year 2021 capital budget, assuming $65 WTI and $3 Henry Hub, we now expect to generate $1.9 billion of free cash flow this year. This corresponds to a free cash flow yield north of 20% at a reinvestment rate of just 35% and a corporate free cash flow breakeven well below $35 per barrel WTI, a powerful combination of results that we believe differentiates us against any company in our sector, as well as the broader market. We are successfully delivering on all of our financial, operational and ESG related objectives. We remain fully committed to capital discipline and our $1 billion capital program. As I’ve said many times, our budget is our budget, and we won’t raise our spending levels with stronger commodity prices but will simply generate more free cash flow. Supported by such strong performance, we have just raised our quarterly base dividend by 25%. This is the second quarter in a row that we have increased our base dividend. We are also accelerating our balance sheet objectives, pulling forward achievement of our gross debt target which will drive a shift in our return of capital focus toward equity holders. Further, we are enhancing our return of capital framework, now targeting at least 40% of our annual cash flow from operations to equity holders in a $60 per barrel WTI or higher price environment, while still retiring future debt at maturity. This is one of the most significant return of capital commitments to shareholders in our sector. Perhaps most importantly, everything that we are doing is sustainable. The proof point for the sustainability is our five-year benchmark maintenance scenario. We previously highlighted that this scenario can deliver around $5 billion of free cash flow from 2021 to 2025 in a flat $50 WTI price environment with corporate free cash flow breakeven below $35 per barrel throughout the period. Updating our scenario for a flat $60 per barrel WTI price deck highlights the power of our balanced but oil-weighted portfolio and the significant leverage we have to even modest commodity price support. At $60 flat WTI and an average reinvestment rate of 40%, we can deliver around $8 billion of cumulative free cash flow through 2025, or more than 90% of our company’s current market capitalization. Integrating our updated capital allocation framework with this maintenance capital scenario provides clear visibility to a leading return of capital profile, over $1 billion of capital returned to equity holders per year in a $60 per barrel environment, and this consistent financial deliver is underpinned by well over a decade of high return inventory across four of the most competitive U.S. resource plays, complemented by our free cash flow generative EG-integrated gas business. Finally, the ongoing pursuit of ESG excellence remains foundational to our strategy. Safety remains our top priority. Our first half 2021 safety performance as measured by total recordable incident rate stands at 0.29 and follows on from two consecutive years of record-setting company safety performance. We have taken a leadership role in governance, particularly when it comes to reshaping executive compensation. We have reduced compensation for executives and the board while also optimizing our framework for better alignment with shareholders and the financial metrics that matter. This includes the elimination of all production and growth targets as well as the introduction of a cumulative free cash flow target in our long term incentive program. Last but not least, we remain hard at work to reduce our GHG emissions. We continue to make progress towards achieving our GHG intensity reduction target of 30% in 2021, a metric hardwired into our compensation scorecard, as well as our goal for a 50% reduction by 2025, both of these relative to our 2019 baseline. With that brief overview, I would like to turn it over to Mike Henderson, our Executive Vice President of Operations, who will provide an update on our 2021 performance.
Mike Henderson:
Thanks Lee. Second quarter operational results were outstanding, demonstrating that we remain firmly on track to achieve or outperform all of the key 2021 financial and operational objectives that we established at the beginning of the year. First and foremost, our consistent operational execution is translating to strong financial outcomes
Dane Whitehead:
Thank you Mike, and good morning everybody. My key message today is that we’re clearly delivering on our top financial priorities. We’re generating significant free cash flow, bullet-proofing our already investment grade balance sheet, and returning significant capital to our shareholders. Starting with our balance sheet, strong operational and financial performance are enabling us to accelerate all the objectives we previously highlighted. This includes our $4 billion gross debt target, which will now be achieved in early September when we close the full $900 million make-whole redemption of the 2025 maturity. With this balance sheet improvement, we’re shifting our return of capital focus towards equity holders. To be clear, we’ve already made strong progress this year in returning capital to shareholder while simultaneously reducing our gross debt, since it has really not been an either-or proposition. We’ve increased our base dividend in each of the past two quarters or by 67% over this period. The annualized cash interest expense saving from this year’s $1.4 billion gross debt reduction will largely fund our last two base dividend increases, allowing us to keep our low corporate free cash flow breakeven on a post-dividend basis effectively unchanged at $35 a barrel. Importantly, we’re now at a key inflection point where we can accelerate the return of additional capital to equity holders above and beyond our sustainable and competitive base dividend. Our commitment is underscored by our enhanced return of capital framework which now features a target to return at least 40% of our cash flow from operations to equity holders, assuming a $60 per barrel WTI or higher price environment, while also retiring future debt as it matures. To put this commitment into perspective, at a $60 price and with a maintenance level capital program, this equates to a return of over $1 billion to equity holders per year, an equity return equivalent of more than 11% of our current market cap. Though it’s premature to discuss a 2022 capital program, at consensus operating cash flow for Marathon in ’22 our target return of capital to equity holders would be over $1.2 billion. This equates to a 13% return of capital yield, a leading return of capital profile among E&Ps and indeed across the energy sector at large. I’d like to emphasize that 40% of cash flow from operations is a minimum equity return target and so there’s upside potential. At $60 a barrel on a maintenance scenario, we’d still be building cash on our balance sheet given our low projected reinvestment rate, and importantly we don’t necessarily have to wait until 2022 to get started. With the progress we made on our balance sheet and assuming continued strong free cash flow generation, it’s reasonable to expect that we can begin making incremental returns of capital to our equity holders during the second half of this year in 2021. While we want to be clear and transparent regarding our commitment to deliver a peer-leading percentage of cash flow from operations back to shareholders, we will retain flexibility regarding the exact mechanism. Market dynamics change over time and this flexibility will ensure that we’re returning capital in the most efficient and most valuable way possible for our shareholders. This specific return of cash mechanism is something we’ll continue to discuss with our board and with our shareholders. While both buybacks and variable dividends are on the table, we certainly believe that with a free cash flow yield north of 20% and equity valuations disconnected from commodity prices, buybacks look like a very accretive option with the potential to significantly improve our per-share metrics. As a reminder, we have $1.3 billion of share repurchase authorization currently outstanding. I’ll now turn it back to Lee, who will provide his closing remarks.
Lee Tillman:
Thank you Dane. To close, I would like to briefly reiterate a few of the key takeaways from our second quarter and year-to-date results. It should be clear that we have successfully positioned our company to deliver strong financial performance not only relative to our E&P peers but relative to the broader S&P 500 as well, and we can now deliver the strong performance at a wide range of commodity prices. We are price takers, not price predictors, and must be prepared to not only survive but to thrive in a volatile commodity environment. We are proving this year we can deliver outsized financial performance versus the broader market when we experience commodity price support, highlighted by an expected $1.9 billion of free cash flow generation this year. Yet perhaps more importantly, we are positioned to deliver a competitive free cash flow yield with the S&P 500 at much lower prices than we see today, all the way down to $40 per barrel WTI oil price. Such is the power of our sustainable cost structure reductions, our capital and operating efficiency improvements, which combine to generate our sub-$35 per barrel breakeven. To use Dane’s term, we have further bullet proofed our investment-grade balance sheet, accelerating both our gross debt and net debt leverage objectives, and with this balance sheet improvement we are now at an inflection point for capital return to equity holders supported by an enhanced framework that provides clear visibility to a peer-leading return of capital profile. All of this is sustainable, highlighted by $8 billion of free cash flow through 2025 and our $60 per barrel maintenance scenario with the majority of that free cash flow going back to our equity investors, consistent with our capital allocation priorities. To close, our company was among the first to recognize the need to move to a business model that prioritizes returns, sustainable free cash flow, balance sheet improvement, and return of capital. We have also led the way in better aligning executive compensation to this new model and with investor expectations. We are positioned to deliver both financial outcomes and ESG excellence that are competitive not just with our direct E&P peers but also the broader market. With that, we can open up the line for Q&A.
Operator:
[Operator instructions] We have our first question from Scott Hanold with RBC Capital Markets. Please go ahead.
Scott Hanold:
Thanks, good morning all.
Lee Tillman:
Hey Scott.
Scott Hanold:
Hey. The updated shareholder return plan is pretty interesting and exciting, frankly, if I’m an investor. Dane, I think you had mention of it’s something you all don’t have to necessarily wait on until 2022. Can you give us a sense of how you think about timing - is this more likely once you guys get that debt reduction done in September, that that’s when you’d look at it? Just curious on the go-forward plan, is this something you evaluate once a quarter is done, what the prices were, what the cash flow is to make that determination? Is there any kind of structure of just getting a sense of how we’re connecting ultimately that return with the commodity price environment?
Dane Whitehead:
Yes, thanks Scott. The short answer to the question, as I said in my opening comments, we feel like we can begin this enhanced return to equity holders in 2021, but let me give you a little more context than that. You understand what I’m looking at as to when we start doing that, and then I’ll get onto your question about how do we execute it. Financial priorities are clear - we haven’t changed those
Scott Hanold:
Okay, and part of that too was you had different payout thresholds depending on the commodity price outlook. How do you determine this is a--you know, we’re now looking at a 40% payout versus a 30% payout, because obviously commodity prices right now really point to more of a 40%, but obviously things can fluctuate, so is it on the quarter that was just accrued or the year that was accrued, or just the dynamics that are currently in the market? I think you all have a high class problem, and my second question is that when you look over each year, you’ve got a billion dollars of cash that could come back to equity holders. Your buyback’s $1.3 billion, your base dividend is 150, so you’ve got to do a lot more in terms of giving money back to shareholders, so obviously there’s a lot of different mechanisms you can look at, but how do you think about what’s the best way to incrementally give back? I know it’s probably a little premature for that, but if you can give us some structurally on how you think about that high class problem of giving money back.
Dane Whitehead:
Yes, so I think Scott, was your second question, is it share repurchases or variable dividends?
Scott Hanold:
Yes, and I’m sorry, just to be clear, you’ve got--if you look over a three to five-year period, your multiple’s in excess of what your buyback is right now and your base dividend, so there’s a lot of room to do a lot more. As an investor or an analyst, how should we think about how you guys are thinking about the incremental ways of giving money back?
Dane Whitehead:
Yes, okay. Well, let me talk about that first and then we can come back to are we targeting 40% or 30% based on fluctuations in commodity price. Buybacks versus variable dividends, it’s obviously something we have discussed frequently with our board. We engage with shareholders about that on a regular basis. The bottom line is our clear commitment is to be delivering peer-leading returns back to shareholders, regardless of the vehicle. Both options are on the table and there are pros and cons to each, and here’s how we think about them. In the case of buybacks, with energy equity valuations so disconnected from commodity prices and our free cash flow yield north of 20%, buybacks certainly look like a very accretive option for shareholders in the current environment. If executed consistently over time, they have the potential to significantly reduce share count and meaningfully improve all our per-share metrics. We’re kind of in a new paradigm which I think makes share repurchases feel a little different maybe than they have historically. In the new E&P model where capital discipline through commodity cycles provides a platform for ratable repurchases over time, whereas previously in an improving price environment, the call for growth would have sent the capital to the drill bit or to acquisitions, as opposed to back to shareholders. The other point is our corporate breakeven has been driven so low that we could continue to generate free cash flow and execute buybacks at much lower prices and be more countercyclical than we were in the past, and of course buybacks are more tax efficient from an investor’s perspective compared to dividends. We do, I noted in my comments, have a $1.3 billion share repurchase authorization outstanding currently, so that’s readily available to us. In the case of variable dividends, they’re interesting. They make conceptual sense in a cyclical industry. Kind of new, unproven concept, I guess you’d say across the U.S. and certainly within our sector. The jury’s out in our minds on whether the stock price will adjust to reflect the higher implied yield in a variable dividend structure, but we do have a couple of peer examples to watch and we are watching that to see how that works. We have flexibility to employ either or both models over time, and I would say there certainly is the potential for that to change, depending on market conditions and what looks like the best value for our investors. I think the share repurchase in the near term seems like a clear winner from a value perspective. We also have the flexibility within the base dividend, Scott, to increase that. Our target there is to have sort of a 10% of operating cash flow in a pro forma $45 to $50 oil price environment in our base dividend, and today we’re probably more like 7% to 8%, so we have some upside on that as well, and we’ll continue to think about that. On the is it a $60 world and we’re returning 40%, or is it a $50 world and we’re returning 30% question, obviously we’re going to have take a view. We will have quarters behind us when we’re generated cash flow in a certain commodity price environment and then we’ll have a view forward, we’ll have a forward curve and also our outlook, and I think all of that will inform the levels at which we’re planning to distribute cash flow. You know, if in one quarter we decide we’re going to dial it back a tad, we can always catch that up later. This year, we’ve been well above our target distribution levels, a combination of debt reduction and base dividend, and I did want to emphasize that point in my opening comments, what we’re talking about here are minimum targets, not maximums.
Scott Hanold:
That’s all great. Appreciate the color, thank you.
Dane Whitehead:
You bet.
Lee Tillman:
And Scott, maybe if I could just add a couple really quick comments here, obviously if we have that excess free cash flow, we can re-up obviously our share repurchase authorization with approval from our board, and we’ve obviously done that in the past. Additionally, as Dane mentioned, there still is that headroom that resides within our base dividend. On the 40% versus 30% question, that’s something that’s going to be naturally governed by the free cash flow generation in a given month or a given quarter, and we’re going to drive that free cash flow back to our shareholders. The 30%, 40% is kind of a natural outcome from that, and as Dane stated, that’s a minimum objective. If you look at the combination of our gross debt reduction of $1.4 billion and $100 million or so in base dividend this year, we’re obviously well beyond that 40%. Anyway, it’s a framework, it’s one that we’re committed to. I think what we’re trying to give investors is a strong commitment on the quantum we’re going to get back to our equity holders, good transparency on timing around that while also preserving flexibility to get that back in the most efficient manner possible, which as Dane said, today when we look at the facts and the market, certainly that would appear to be leaning towards share repurchase.
Scott Hanold:
Thanks again.
Operator:
We have our next question from Neal Dingmann with Truist Securities.
Neal Dingmann:
Morning all. Great details on the last question, by the way. Dane, my question is really just on the reinvestment rate. Can you talk a little bit about that - it continues to impress, and I’m trying to think when you go forward for next year, is this an outcome based on the plan, or is this reinvestment rate something that you’re focused on? I’m just wondering how you’re thinking about that.
Lee Tillman:
Hi, this is Lee, Neal. Certainly the reinvestment rate is something that is an input into our planning process and really does reflect not only our commitment to capital discipline and driving corporate returns, but ensuring that we do in fact have that incremental cash flow available for distribution to our shareholders, so that really is a key input. Then of course, that drives both the financial metrics as well as, quite frankly, the production output that comes from our financial modeling. That is the essence of our framework; in fact, that’s one of the reasons why we tend to look at that return back to shareholders as a percent of cash from operations, because that of course is very consistent with a reinvestment rate framework as opposed to, say, taking a percent of free cash flow, for example.
Neal Dingmann:
Absolutely, very notable on the continued improvement. Just last, one quick one, you guys continue to be very steadfast on your spend not going up. Does that include--just any comments you could make about any sort of costs, whether that’s steel and the stuff that we’re already seen, whether that’s other types of inflation all the way to LOE, anything you could talk about cost and if that’s already baked into that under that spend.
Mike Henderson:
Hi Neal, it’s Mike here. I’ll answer that one. What I’d say at a high level, we are seeing inflation. I think it’s real, but maybe as you were alluding to there, it is understood and it’s factored into our 2021 guidance. Maybe looking a little bit further afield, when we think about ’22, I’d say it’s fair to say we’ve still got a lot of work to do before we’re prepared to talk about it. Maybe coming back to ’21, I think it is a similar message to what we conveyed in the past. We’re seeing kind of low single digit inflation this year and it is being driven primarily by OCTG, so steel, the raw material availability and even capacity constraints are kicking in. I think the positive from our perspective is we have pretty much pre-committed to the majority of our requirements for the remainder of this year, so not really anticipating any further significant pressure in that area. We have seen a little bit of pressure in other areas like fuels, chemicals, transportation-related services tied to WTI. We’re seeing some labor challenges, as we have said from time to time. What I would say is we are managing to manage all of those and we’re doing that through probably a couple of areas, just increased competitiveness in tendering, so leveraging more competitive tendering and just manage competition. I’d also say we’re delivering offsetting efficiency improvements in other areas of the business that’s helping us, and I think ultimately it’s showing up in our metrics. For example, our completed well cost per foot performance, we’re on track to deliver our targets in Eagle Ford and Bakken this year, and then the other one would be no change to our capital guidance. I just think it talks to the great job that all of the teams are doing in managing this.
Neal Dingmann:
Great comments and very noticeable. Nice job, guys.
Operator:
Thank you. We have our next question from Doug Leggate with Bank of America.
Doug Leggate:
Thanks, good morning everyone. Appreciate you getting me on, Lee. Lee, you’ve given plenty of detail on the cash return idea, but if you don’t mind, I’m going to be on this just a little bit more. It really gets to the issue of the current fashion of variable dividends, because that’s still, I guess, part of your consideration. I just wonder if you can frame for us how you think about how that creates sustainable value in terms of what the market might be prepared to price in as repeatable, because obviously it’s highly subjective, versus the obvious disconnect between where your stock is trading and the cash flow you’re generating right now. Clearly it’s a buyback question, but I’m just wondering if you could be more definitive about why one and not the other, that seems pretty obvious to us.
Lee Tillman:
Yes, thanks for the question, Doug. It’ a dialog that we continue to have, but certainly when we looked at the facts as presented today, when we look at a stock that’s generating a greater than 20% free cash flow yield, when we look at the fundamental disconnect between the equity and the commodities, when we examine, I think, a more capital disciplined business model coupled with extremely low breakevens, which kind of takes some of the pro-cyclicality risk out of share repurchases, certainly that would look like the case to beat right now. Variable dividend, as Dane stated, is something that’s relatively new. Conceptually, yes, it may make sense for a cyclical industry, but as we focus on financial metrics, particularly per-share metrics, there is a natural synergy there obviously by going after share repurchase, particularly when those shares are fundamentally undervalued, whether that be on an internal NAV basis or just on macro indicators from the market side. That’s what we’re really focused on, is in a more maintenance-type world, how do we continue to improve our free cash flow yield and our per-share cash flow, and we think the strongest mechanism for doing that, and something that the market can bake in, is a very ratable and consistent approach to thoughtful share repurchases.
Doug Leggate:
I appreciate that. I know it’s been beaten pretty hard on this call, Lee, so I appreciate the answer. If I could offer just a very quick perspective, because I think it is a valid debate that’s going on right now, if your equity value is your unlevered free cash flow minus your net debt, it seems to me that when you take cash off the balance sheet on a backward looking basis, that actually reduces your equity value. Just something to think about. My follow-up is hopefully a quick one. Dane, the balance sheet is obviously moving into terrific shape. How does that change your thinking about the need for policy and philosophy around hedging going forward? I’ll leave it there, thanks.
Dane Whitehead:
Yes, that’s a great question. It definitely factors into our thinking on hedging. Hedging is one element of overall enterprise risk management, and the less stressed your balance sheet can get in a lower commodity price environment, it takes the real strong impetus out of being heavily hedged. It’s still a tool in the toolkit for us. We’ve been fairly circumspect about entering into new hedges in 2022 - we’ve just kind of dipped our toe into the water there. Given the shape of the curve, we just haven’t wanted to go in whole hog, and I think that’s been borne out to be a good judgment so far. Expect us to be hedgers, but not heavy hedgers going forward, and we’ll be very methodical about it.
Lee Tillman:
Yes, I would just maybe add to that, Doug, that there are some structural things that allow us to approach our hedge book a little bit differently and ensure that we can take advantage of upside performance in the commodity. Dane mentioned our balance sheet, our cost structure, the fact that we do have a peer-leading free cash flow breakeven, but I would also mention our diversified portfolio, not just the multi-basin nature of it but the fact that it’s an oil-weighted but very balanced portfolio. It’s pretty much 50% oil, 50% gas and NGLs, so that gives us a very good balance from a market-facing standpoint. All those things combined give us a little bit different approach to commodity risk management that does allow us to take a bit more risk on the commodity, given our torque to oil.
Doug Leggate:
Appreciate the answers, fellows. Thank you.
Lee Tillman:
Thanks Doug.
Operator:
Thank you. We have our next question from David Heikkinen with Pickering Energy.
David Heikkinen:
Still getting used to that. Thanks guys for taking the questions. As I was thinking through this interplay between your buybacks and your dividends, let’s say you buy back 10% of your stock, you’re trying to balance the 10% of cash flow into dividends. Should we think about as share go down, your base dividend basically goes up to keep the total dollars in that kind of 8% to 10% of operating cash flows, so you really are getting a double benefit if you balance that through each year as you go forward?
Dane Whitehead:
Yes David, that makes sense just as you stated it. You know, the synergy that we got from paying down debt and cutting interest expense and being able to redeploy that to base dividend, you get sort of a similar synergy as when you’re buying back shares. You’re taking shares out of the system, remaining shares can get sort of a higher dividend allocated to them, so it all works pretty well once you get it rolling.
Lee Tillman:
Yes, and importantly David, and you described it very, very well, that kind of virtuous cycle you described allows us to keep our enterprise breakeven, even including the dividend, well below $40, which is critical. Again, as we just talked about, commodity risk management and volatility, we want to make absolutely sure that we continue to protect that enterprise breakeven, and like you said, as we reduce the share count, the absolute cost of our dividend load goes down, which provides us more headroom for those existing shareholders to consider incremental base dividend increases.
David Heikkinen:
Yes, it keeps the burden of the dividend that some of the larger companies had to cut in the past. Totally makes sense. I was just making sure I was thinking about that right on an annual basis, but I like the model.
Lee Tillman:
Yes.
Operator:
Anything further, sir, before I release your line?
David Heikkinen:
No, thank you. That was all. Appreciate it.
Operator:
Thank you. If you have a question, you can enter the queue by pressing star then one. We will take our next question from Paul Cheng with Scotiabank.
Paul Cheng:
Good morning gentlemen. Two questions, please. First on the Texas Delaware resource play, how many wells are you going to bring on-stream in the second half, and also given the much stronger balance sheet, what is the spending for the exploration program on that, the [indiscernible] going to be over the next couple years? The second question, Lee, you guys are one of the best operators in the Bakken and Eagle Ford, and--but there’s limited running room or maybe that you think that that’s still sufficient. Do you think that it makes sense for the industry, including you guys, to join forces with other people in some large scale joint venture to put all the acres together in those basins, so that the best operator, now you guys in Bakken and Eagle Ford, would be running that, that would drive significant cost efficiency, would that be the future for the shale 4.0 for the industry? Thank you.
Lee Tillman:
Yes Paul, I just want to make sure that we get all your questions, and I’ll kind of parse them out maybe around the table. I think your first question was just around the wells to sales profile as we go into the second half of this year, and I’ll let Mike address that. I think your second question was more around just our balance sheet giving us the ability to look at also more organic enhancement, resource capture opportunities and how is that kind of folded into the business. Then finally, are there consolidation options within the Bakken and the Eagle Ford, and does that make sense from an efficiency standpoint.
Paul Cheng:
Sorry Lee, on the last question, it’s not so much about M&A [indiscernible] just a joint venture, that you’re not losing ownership, you’re just pool the assets together, because a lot of people don’t want to lose their ownership of the assets. But does it make sense to pool assets together as a partner so that each one still owns the assets, it’s just that you have the best operator to one niche of the basin and with a much bigger asset base.
Lee Tillman:
Okay, got it. Well, let’s start with maybe the wells to sales question.
Mike Henderson:
Hey Paul, it’s Mike here. I think you maybe had a Texas Delaware question in there on the wells to sales, so I’ll answer that one and then I’ll give you a little bit of color on the general wells to sales cadence in the second half of the year. We’ve got three Texas Delaware wells that we’re going to be bringing to sales in the second half of this year. More broadly speaking, prior full year guidance, as you probably recall, we were giving 165 to 215 was the range of wells to sales that we were looking at, so midpoint of 190. We do expect that now to be a little bit closer to the 200 range. We’re expecting 50 wells to sales in both Eagle Ford and Bakken over the second half of the year. As I alluded to in my prepared remarks, that is going to be weighted to the third quarter for both assets, and with Bakken probably weighted a little bit more to the third quarter. Then with the production deferment that we’re seeing in Bakken, that is creating an opportunity in Oklahoma and northern Delaware, so we’re bringing a few wells online there as well in the second half of the year. Hopefully that answers the question.
Paul Cheng:
Thank you.
Lee Tillman:
Thanks Mike. On the balance sheet and resource capture spend, I guess the way that I would think about that is that we continue to reinvest back in the business, and even within, for instance, our $1 billion capital program this year, embedded in that of course is the Texas Delaware oil play activity that Mike just highlighted, but also within basin we continue to chase opportunities that we refer to as organic enhancement opportunities, that have the ability to either add incremental sticks and/or enhance the economics of existing inventory that we have in play, and generally speaking we try to allocate something on the order of about 10% of our capital program towards those types of resource capture inventory life type activities. That’s also even embedded in our five-year maintenance type scenario, that same type of approach. Again, as you say, the balance sheet gives us the platform to take some of that incremental risk on some of those resource capture opportunities. On the last one just around the JV structure, JVs have typically, particularly large scale JVs, certainly in U.S. onshore, we don’t have a lot of really strong positive benchmarks there. They tend to really escalate the complexity. We tend to look at JVs or drillcos as maybe a smaller scope opportunity to look at acreage that likely is much longer dated for us and that we likely won’t get to from a value perspective in the near term. Large scale, I think we want to make sure that we’re doing just what you asked, which is we want to protect the operational excellence that we generate in places like the Bakken and Eagle Ford, and certainly would not want to see that diluted somehow in a JV structure where some of that control may be wrest away from us. Not saying that all JVs are bad, it’s just that we just can’t point to a lot of large scale JVs in the onshore U.S. that have made a lot of sense for both partners. Anyway, obviously we’ll always consider all options. Anything that allows us to continue to leverage our operational expertise, we certainly want to consider that, but today I would say that’s pretty far down our list.
Paul Cheng:
Thank you.
Operator:
Thank you. We have no further questions in queue. I will now turn the call over to Lee Tillman for closing remarks.
Lee Tillman:
Thank you for your interest in Marathon Oil, and I’d like to close by again thanking all of our dedicated employees and contractors for their commitment to safely deliver the energy the world needs each and every day. That concludes our call.
Operator:
Thank you. Ladies and gentlemen, this concludes our conference. We thank you for your participation. You may now disconnect.
Operator:
Good morning and welcome to the Marathon Oil First Quarter 2021 Earnings Conference Call. My name is Brandon, and I'll be your operator for today. At this time all participants are in a listen-only mode. Later we will conduct a question and answer session. [Operator Instructions] Please note this conference is being recorded. I will now turn the call over to Guy Baber, Vice President of Investor Relations. You may begin sir.
Guy Baber:
Thank you, Brandon, and thank you to everyone for joining us this morning on the call. Yesterday, after the close, we issued a press release, a slide presentation and an investor packet that address our first quarter 2021 results. Those documents can be found on our website at marathonoil.com. Joining me on today's call are Lee Tillman, our Chairman, President and CEO; Dane Whitehead, Executive VP and CFO; Pat Wagner, Executive VP of Corporate Development and Strategy; and Mike Henderson, Executive VP of Operations. Today's call will contain forward-looking statements subject to risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed or implied by such statements. I'll refer everyone to the cautionary language included in the press release and presentation materials as well as to the risk factors described in our SEC filings. With that, I'll turn the call over to Lee, who will provide his opening remarks. We'll also hear from Dane and Mike today before we go to our question-and-answer session. Lee?
Lee Tillman:
Thank you, Guy, and good morning to everyone listening to our call today. I want to begin by once again thanking our employees and contractors for their dedication and hard work and putting together another quarter of outstanding execution. Not only have our teams continue to manage through the COVID-19 pandemic as critical essential infrastructure providers, they also successfully overcame the challenges of Winter Storm Uri during first quarter, maintaining their focus on safety while still delivering on all of our core operational and financial objectives. So 2020 was a challenging year for our industry yet also brought with it opportunity. And Marathon Oil chose to leverage the supply demand crisis to further optimize and enhance our business model. We high-graded and focused our capital program. We lowered our cost structure and we further improved our financial strength and flexibility. As a result, we have dramatically enhanced the resilience of our company driving our free cash flow breakevens consistently below $35 per barrel WTI and building on a multi-year trend of sustainable free cash flow and getting that cash back in the hands of our investors. And we have dramatically enhanced our ability to sustainably deliver robust financial outcomes, financial outcomes that can compete with any sector in the S&P 500 and do so across a much broader and lower range of commodity prices. We recognized that given the inherent volatility of our commodity business that we must offer outsized free cash flow generation, coupled with investor-friendly actions to make a compelling investment case. To that end first quarter 2021 results are a testament to the strength of our business model and how we have positioned our company for success. During first quarter, we generated over $440 million of free cash flow. Despite the challenges associated with Winter Storm Uri, production volumes were in line with the midpoint of our full year 2021 guidance and we are fully on track to meet the annual production, CapEx and cost guidance we provided at the beginning of the year, and we are on track to exceed our free cash flow objectives. For $1 billion of capital spending, we now expect to generate $1.6 billion of free cash flow at $60 per barrel WTI, up from the prior guidance of around $1.5 billion. This corresponds to a free cash flow yield approaching 20% and a sub-40% reinvestment rate, all at an assumed oil price that is below the current forward curve. We remain committed to our $1 billion capital program. There will be no change to our capital budget even if oil prices continue to strengthen. We will simply generate more free cash flow and further solidify our standing as an industry leader when it comes to capital discipline, a hard earned reputation we have established over multiple years. We have accelerated our balance sheet and return of capital objectives, the specifics of which Dane will cover in just a few minutes. Importantly, everything that we are doing is sustainable. Our peer-leading capital efficiency, our outsized free cash flow generation, our competitive cost structure, our investment grade balance sheet and our rising return of capital profile. The proof point for the sustainability is our five-year benchmark maintenance scenario that can deliver around $5 billion of free cash flow from 2021 to 2025 and a flat $50 per barrel WTI price environment or closer to $7 billion of free cash flow at the current forward curve, along with a corporate free cash flow breakeven of less than $35 per barrel throughout the period. And the foundation for these differentiated financial outcomes is our multi-basin U.S. portfolio with well over a decade of high return inventory complemented by our integrated gas position in EG. Finally, we are leading the way in our approach to ESG excellence and are committed to continually enhancing all elements of our company's ESG performance. Safety remains our top priority. We are building on the record safety performance we delivered last year with a very strong start to 2021 as measured by total recordable incident rate. Best-in-class governance remains at the forefront of everything we do. We have appointed two new directors to the board this year and remain committed to ongoing refreshment, independence and diversity. We also reduced and redesigned executive and board compensation for improved alignment with investors as I highlighted early this year. And last but not least, we remain committed to reducing our greenhouse gas emissions intensity. We made tremendous strides during 2020 reducing our overall GHG intensity by approximately 25%. We are hard at work to achieve our GHG intensity reduction target of 30% in 2021, a metric hardwired into our compensation scorecard as well as our goal for a 50% reduction by 2025 – relative to our 2019 baseline. And we have included $100 million of investment over the five years of the benchmark scenario to support this goal. With that brief summary of how we have positioned our company for success, I would like to turn it over to our CFO, Dane Whitehead, to share the notable acceleration of our balance sheet and return of capital objectives.
Dane Whitehead:
Thank you, Lee, and good morning everybody. At the center of our capital allocation and reinvestment rate framework is our objective to return at least 30% of our cash flow from operations back to our investors. Our capital return strategy prioritizes balance sheet enhancement through gross debt reduction and direct return of capital to equity holders through our base dividend and over time likely through other return vehicles as well. We have a strong track record of generating free cash flow and directing that cash back to our investors are fully committed to this model and are well positioned to meaningfully beat our objectives in 2021. When considering our updated debt reduction target on decent base dividend increase, we're actually on track to return well over 40% of our cash flow back to investors this year. First, we accelerated our 2021 gross debt reduction objective of $500 million, fully retiring our next significant maturity. And we're now targeting at least another $500 million of gross debt reduction bringing our total 2021 debt reduction target to $1 billion. Reducing our gross debt is entirely consistent with our goal to further enhance our balance sheet, our investment grade credit rating. More specifically, our goal has been to reduce our net debt-to-EBITDA to below 1.5x assuming more of a mid cycle $45 to $50 per barrel WTI environment. We're making rapid progress toward achieving this milestone by the end of the year. And in parallel, our aim is to significantly reduce our gross debt moving toward a $4 billion gross debt level. Beyond the obvious benefit to our financial flexibility, the interest expense reductions associated with the structural gross debt reduction had the added potential to fund future dividend increases at no incremental cost to the company thereby preserving our very competitive post-dividend corporate free cash flow breakeven. Along with reducing our gross debt, we also raised our quarterly base dividend by 33%. Our objective is to pay a base dividend that is both competitive relative to our peer group and the S&P 500 and sustainable throughout commodity price cycles. Our decision to raise our dividend is a sign of our confidence in the strength and sustainability of our financial performance and we see potential for disciplined sustainable and competitive base dividend growth over time. We're targeting up to 10% of our cash flow from operations toward the base dividend, assuming $45 to $50 price environment. And we currently have ample headroom to progress under this framework. And to ensure sustainability through the price cycle we're focused on maintaining our post dividend breakeven well below $40 a barrel WTI. In fact, even with the recent dividend increase, our post dividend and free cash flow breakeven currently sits around $35 per barrel of WTI. In summary, we're well positioned this year to return over 40% of our cash flow to investors through gross debt reduction and our base dividend, our top near-term priorities. As we make significant progress toward our $4 billion gross debt objective, we will likely take the balance of 2021 to accomplish and as we continue to advance further base dividend growth in-line with our framework, we look to transition towards simply retiring debt as it matures and focusing more on alternative shareholder return mechanisms, including share buy backs or variable dividends, all funded through sustainable free cash flow generation. Before I turn the call over to Mike Henderson, who will provide an update on our 2021 operational performance and capital program, I'd like to address an issue that has been topical recently, and that is cash taxes. We are not a cash tax payer in the U.S. this year, and that prevailing commodity prices we don't expect to be paying U.S. cash federal income taxes until the latter part of this decade. This holds true even if the tax rules for intangible drilling costs or IDCs are changed, or if the corporate tax rate is increased. We have significant tax attributes in the form of net operating losses, approximately $8.4 billion on a gross basis. In addition to foreign tax credits of over $600 million, these attributes will be used to offset future taxes. Neither of these items is energy sector specific, so we don't expect any new tax legislation to threaten them. The bottom line is, we don't expect to be a U.S. cash tax payer until the latter part of this decade. Now, I'll turn it over to my Mike Henderson, our VP of Operations.
Mike Henderson:
Thanks, Dane. My key message today is that we're on track to achieve all of our 2021 operational objectives that we said at the beginning of the year, including our $1 billion capital program, and that we are on track to exceed the free cash flow objectives. Our strong performance issued tremendous execution from our asset teams during first quarter, despite this significant challenges associated with Winter Storm Uri. For that quarter-on-quarter, total oil production of 172,000 barrels per day is quite an accomplishment in light of the operational challenges we experienced and the impact to production you've seen reported by pure companies. Our teams did an exceptional job, keeping our volumes online and delivering much needed production at a time when utilities and households were in critical need. Our success began with extensive pre-planning efforts and continued with a hands-on approach to manage operations throughout the storm. We did not proactively shut in our volumes as a preventative measure, rather, we fully leveraged our digital infrastructure to prioritize protecting our highest volume, highest rate wells intelligently, rooting operators to our highest priority locations. All the while we kept the safety of our people as our top priority. Our hands-on approach clearly paid-off and our operational and financial results speak for themselves. Our capital spending during 1Q came in slightly below expectations, reflecting solid well cost execution, but also the shift and timing of some capital from first to second quarter, largely due to storm driven delays. Looking ahead to 2Q, we expect the slight sequential decline and our oil production, the result of fewer wells to sales in the farce quarter, particularly in the Bakken. This is simply a function of the timing of our wells to sales, reflecting a natural level of quarter-to-quarter variability. We will continue to prioritize maximizing our accounts with efficiency and free cash flow generation sustainably over time, not the production output of any individual quarter. We do expect the significant increase in our second quarter wells to seals to translate to an improving production trend as we move into third quarter. With the increase in wells to sales and shifting capital from 1Q to 2Q we expect 2Q CapEx to rise to the $300 million range likely representing the peak CapEx quarter for the year. Still our capital program is fairly well-balanced, unreadable split almost 50/50 between the first half and second half of the year. More importantly, our full year capital spending and production guidance remain unchanged. As the most capital-efficient basins across the Lower 48, the Bakken and Eagle Ford will still receive approximately 90% of our capital this year. However, both our Oklahoma and Permian assets have high return opportunities that can effectively compete for capital today. Both assets provide capital allocation optionality, commodity diversification, and incremental high quality inventory. Consistent with what we previously disclosed in our five-year maintenance case and our plan entering the year our objective is to reintroduce a disciplined level of steady state activity back into Oklahoma and the Permian by 2022, a 20% to 30% of the total capital budget. When we do our expectation is that both assets will support accretive corporate returns and incremental free cash flow to the enterprise. I will now pass it back to Lee, who will provide a few more comments before we move to Q&A.
Lee Tillman:
Thanks, Mike. I would like to briefly put the 2021 capital program Mike just discussed in the context by comparing our capital efficiency, our cost structure and our free cash flow generation to peer disclosures from the fourth quarter earnings season. As highlighted by Slide 10 in our earnings deck, our 2021 capital program is among the most capital efficient and free cash flow generative of any company in our peer space. The top two graphics summarize peer re-investment rate normalized to a $50 and $60 WTI price environment. As you can see our reinvestment rate, which is a reasonable proxy for both operating and capital efficiency and a maintenance or flat production scenario is among the lowest in our peer group. For every dollar of capital we are spending, we are delivering more cash flow than virtually any of our peers. Similarly, our 2021 CapEx per barrel of production on either an oil or oil equivalent basis is among the lowest in our space. In the current more disciplined environment, operating and capital efficiency are paramount and in fact, represent our competitive differentiators. Most importantly, as shown by the bottom right graphic, our free cash flow generation relative to our current valuation remains compelling and outsized against our peers and the broader market with a free cash flow yield approaching 20%. We continue to believe that we must deliver outsized free cash flow generation relative to the S&P 500 to effectively compete for investor capital. This is why we remain so focused on sustainably reducing our corporate free cash flow breakevens, now an integral part of our compensation scorecard, and continuing to optimize our cost structure. For the free cash flow breakeven comfortably below $35 per barrel we can generate free cash flow yield competitive with the S&P 500, assuming an annual oil price down to approximately $40 per barrel WTI. We never rest when it comes to our cost structure and a commodity business, the low cost producer wins and Slide 11 provides additional details around our ongoing efforts and reinforces our multi-year track record of cash cost reductions. We have opted to use an all in cost basis that normalizes peer reported data and avoid the challenges of how each operator categorizes their respective costs. As you can see from the data, our all in 2020 unit cash costs are well below the peer average. On a more apples-to-apples comparison basis our all in unit costs are top quartile among our direct multi-basin peers. Specific cost reduction actions already taken this year are broad-based including a 25% reduction to CEO and board compensation, a 10% to 20% reduction to other corporate officer compensation, a workforce reduction to more appropriately align our head count with a lower level of future activity, a full exit from corporate owned and leased aircraft and various other cost reduction initiatives. Finally, I would like to, again underscore the sustainability of all that we are doing. The sustainability of our sector leading capital efficiency and free cash flow generation is underscored by the financial strength of our previously disclosed five-year benchmark maintenance capital scenario. And our maintenance scenario is underpinned by well over a decade of high quality inventory that competes very favorably in the peer group as validated by credible third-party independent analysis shown on Slide 13. The quality and depth of our inventory in combination with our reinvestment rate capital allocation approach provides us with visibility to continued strong financial performance. Further we have a demonstrated track record of ongoing organic enhancement and inventory replenishment. Even in our maintenance scenario, we continue to direct capital toward resource play exploration and targeted organic enhancement initiatives including our redevelopment program in the Eagle Ford. In conclusion, I truly believe our combined actions have positioned Marathon Oil for success, not only relative to our E&P peer group, but relative to the broader S&P 500 as well. And our long-term incentives now reflect that conviction explicitly. Our company was among the first to recognize the need to move to a business model that prioritizes returns, sustainable free cash flow, balance sheet improvement and return of capital. We also led the way in better aligning executive compensation to this new model and with investor expectations. We are positioned to deliver both financial outcomes and ESG excellence that are competitive, not just with our direct E&P peers, but also the broader market. With that we can now open up the line for Q&A.
Operator:
Thank you. We will now begin the question-and-answer session. [Operator Instructions] And from Barclays we have Jeanine Wai. Please go ahead.
Jeanine Wai:
Hi. Good morning, everyone. Thanks for taking our questions.
Lee Tillman:
Good morning, Jeanine.
Dane Whitehead:
Good morning, Jeanine.
Jeanine Wai:
Good morning. Our first question it's on return of capital. And Dane, you gave some incremental good commentary there in your prepared remarks. So the new target is at least $500 million more for the year. Ultimately you want to get to $4 billion growth versus the $5 billion that you're at now. And so what actually determines how much of that or what determines how much above the new $500 million target that you're doing specifically for this year? Does the – at least part of the $500 million target, does that reflect that you need to do this opportunistically in the open market because you have to go after 2025 or is it more that you're just going to see whatever you can get done with free cash flow this year? And I guess what we're really trying to back into is figuring out whether getting to that $4 billion growth is mutually exclusive to maybe pulling the trigger on the variable distribution to equity holders, because I guess based on our free cash flow forecast, we think you could get the $4 billion growth by the end of the year, still have good operating cash balance, et cetera, et cetera?
Dane Whitehead:
Yes. I think with current commodity prices, Jeanine, we are well-positioned to meet all the financial objectives I laid out and get to sort of the next leg of visibility to variable returns. It just kind of – if I can just back-up a second and kind of frame-up where we are and went through it relatively quickly in my prepared comments, to our goal 30% of cash flow from operations to investors in a combination of debt reduction and base dividends, near-term and then variable vehicles, maybe longer term contracting 40%, $1 billion debt reduction this year based on our new goal plus $120 million in dividends and paying down debt and looking at the base dividend and make sure it remains competitive are not mutually exclusive. We'll continue to look at that. Our goal has been to reduce net debt-to-EBITDA, the sub 1.5 times in a $45 to $50 world. Clearly, in the current market price world, where there are already, but we're looking at a more conservative longer term price deck, and we're trying to manage to. In parallel with that we laid out a $4 billion gross debt target, and so hence your question is it $500 million or is it more and how are you going to accomplish it? What we definitely will need to tender the 2022 to $500 million maturity that we took out earlier this year was pretty near-term maturity. So we could just do make whole redemption on that. Well we'll be going to the – a tender process for the next tranche of debt and it's more than science for sure. You're really trying to balance the quantum of debt, the premium you're willing to pay and the ultimate interest rate – interest expense reduction, which is a real benefit of the process as well. So market conditions matter a lot, when you go. We'll certainly want to make sure we've got the cash to fund, whatever we do. And so probably in the second half of the year, we'll go. And the answer to your question is, will we stick the $500 million or will it be up-sized is really going to depend on market conditions at the time. We'll have to make a market judgment then, but it's certainly not off the table. The one other thing I'll leave you with just a reminder that we have four starting interest rate swaps with a notional value of $850 million. They have a mark-to-market value. Today's pricing of roughly $85 million, and it's very levered to 10-year treasury rate. So treasury rates go up that those swaps will continue to go up and that's a nice vehicle to help us pay premiums in a tender transaction.
Jeanine Wai:
Okay. That's interesting. Thank you for all that detail. Maybe for a second question, just within the operations here, it's kind of a philosophical one, little nuance, not sure if it matters that it kind of does us, but given good efficiencies and goodwill performance this year, and you're already at the midpoint of the full year oil guide at 172, and you have been at that level for three quarters now. Is the preference for 2021; is it to really hit the full year production guide on the least amount of CapEx? And I guess I'm just asking, because we see inflation on the horizon? We see activity picking-up maybe more on the private side of things, and companies seem to be in two camps and some say that they – if they can produce more oil on the same CapEx this year, that's great. And others are just adamant that there's going to be no growth period this year. So we're just wondering what camp you're in?
Lee Tillman:
Yes. Good morning, Jeanine, this is Lee. First of all, we are in the camp of prioritizing capital efficiency and free cash flow, not the production output of any given quarter. So there's going to be some natural variability as we move through the year, but our number one objectives really revolve around delivering financial outcomes, not production outcomes. So perhaps we're a third camp, then based on your description. So that's where our focus is going to be as we're going to be really focused on meeting that objective that, that Dane put out there, which is a minimum of that 30% return of cash back to our investors. We're already trending well above that – above 40%, even with just the new debt targets in the base dividend increases. And I think we still will have again, if prices remain constructive, we still have additional headroom moving through the year. But that's really our perspective is to maintain that capital and operating efficiency and deliver on that more from a financial lens as opposed to a production lens.
Jeanine Wai:
Okay. Thank you very much.
Lee Tillman:
Thanks Jeanine.
Dane Whitehead:
Thanks Jeanine.
Operator:
From JPMorgan Chase, we have Arun Jayaram. Please go ahead.
Arun Jayaram:
Lee, good morning. I was wondering if you could give us your thought process, the Board's thought process on variable dividend versus buybacks. And who would you think is a clubhouse leader at this point? Obviously Devin appears to be getting some credit for its policies. So just wanted to get your thought process and where your head's at today?
Lee Tillman:
Yes. I'll maybe offer a few comments then I can certainly let Dane jump in. First, I would just say, Arun, everything is on the table. Our near-term priorities I think as Dane very clearly laid out, are achieving our gross and net debt reduction targets. The net debt reduction targets really calibrated to more of a mid-cycle pricing environment. Essentially we're already there in the current environment but we're not going to lean on just the EBITDA performance. We want to structurally improve our balance sheet, hence both the combination of both net debt and gross debt targets. Beyond that as Dane they mentioned in his opening remarks is, we still believe that we have room to grow within our base dividend structure. We've made one change. We bumped the dividend by a bit over 30% this quarter or at the subsequent to this quarter. And we still believe using that kind of 10% of cash from operations as a metric in a mid-cycle environment that there is still room to maneuver there. So we believe in the near-term we have our priorities set correctly, as we transition from that I think the other opportunities that you've highlighted become more in play. And again, we're not pre-supposing an answer today. We're going to look to get the capital back to our investors in the most efficient manner possible. We're continuing to look at how variable dividends are received in the marketplace. We also of course have the lever of still having an outstanding authorization on share repurchases as well. So that's a future decision, but clearly it's one that is getting discussed today with the Board and internally, and we're also watching market response as well. But we think the starting point of structural gross debt reduction coupled with a competitive and sustainable base dividend is really the starting point to even have that discussion.
Operator:
Okay. And from Bank of America, we have Doug Leggate. Please go ahead.
Doug Leggate:
Thanks. Hi guys. Good morning, everybody.
Lee Tillman:
Good morning, Doug.
Doug Leggate:
I wonder maybe Dane or one of the other guys would like to take this, but Lee, the focus on the balance sheet is always pretty palpable in terms of your capacity to accelerate into a much stronger position relative to your peer group. My question is what happens next, because clearly there's a lot of assets for sale and the words of Ryan Lanza clinical, there's a lot of companies doing the same thing. And I completely agree with the business model that you've put together question. Question is, can you take that to someone else's asset? So it's basically an M&A question. You've told us about cash returns. You haven't told to the M&A. So I wonder if you could just address that.
Lee Tillman:
No. Happy to do so, Doug. I guess, first of all, Doug, all opportunities in M&A we're going to view through the lens of our very strong organic case. And we've already talked about that industry leading capital efficiency, strong free cash flow yields, in fact yields approaching 20% on current equity valuations, and all that supported by well over a decade of a very high quality inventory with extremely low breakeven. So I say all that, and couple that with the five-year benchmark scenario, because that really does in many ways set the bar that we have to clear for any M&A large or small. And we have been very disciplined. We have a very clear criteria around any inorganic opportunities. We're not going to move away from that criteria. We operate in four of the key basins in the U.S. and not surprisingly we're engaged in the evaluation and assessment that really anything that comes available, but what we're not going to do is we're not going to indulge in expensive M&A, that is something that is just not required in our model. Our model is very strong organically and great rock is necessary, but not sufficient for M&A. You must also capture value. You must also generate returns. And so the same discipline that we exert in our organic business is the discipline that you're going to see on the inorganic side as well. We're engaged in the market. We see everything across those four core basins, but you should expect us to continue to say no to any expensive M&A that does not meet our criteria.
Doug Leggate:
I appreciate the color. My follow-up is, I hate to do this but it's also an M&A question. And it's because I look at some of the things that are for sale, and it look like right in your backyard. A few, for example, overseas, Chesapeake's Eagle Ford in Texas, obviously. So when I – that's why I asked the question, but the other side in our question, however is, if your balance sheet and free cash flow which is so strong, some of the assets that have generated free cash, I wonder where they rank in terms of the other side of the equation, which is potential asset sales. I'm thinking specifically about EG. You've got a big LNG plant there. Those other resource holders around you, potentially a lot of value there that you're not getting recognition for. So how do you think about, and is that a better balance sheet environment? Is EG a core asset for the business?
Lee Tillman:
Yes. I think Doug we're always looking at our own internal portfolio and ensuring that we have the right mix. I think we've got – we've demonstrated a history of challenging and concentrating and simplifying our portfolio over time. EG is a very unique, but very complimentary asset. We actually provided a five-year view of EG, which showed that even on a $50, $3 gas kind of view of the world across those five years, that generates about $1 billion of free cash flow, a couple of hundred million dollars a year. We continue to see opportunities there in the form of gas, like the Alen project that just came online earlier this year. We think there are other opportunities like that. Particularly as we look further afield to cross border opportunities. In fact, EG in Nigeria just signed an HOA for Cross Border Cooperation. We have this extremely unique integrated gas infrastructure, as you mentioned with an LNG plant, methanol plant, gas plant storage and offloading, and we're sitting in one of the most gas prone areas of West Africa. So we believe the value proposition for EG remains exceptionally strong. And certainly when we look at it in the balance of our five-year benchmark case, it remains a very strong contract.
Doug Leggate:
Appreciate the answer. Thanks, Lee.
Lee Tillman:
Thank you, Doug.
Operator:
From Wells Fargo, we have Nitin Kumar. Please go ahead.
Nitin Kumar:
Hi, good morning, Lee and team. Thanks for taking my questions morning.
Lee Tillman:
Good morning.
Nitin Kumar:
My first one Lee is for you, and it might be a bit of an unfair question, but you've talked quite a bit about more S&P and less E&P, and you've talked about how your metrics compete with the S&P 500. But obviously there is a view out there that just E&P business, oil and gas businesses is not great. You've talked about your ESG credentials, but beyond that are there opportunities for you to improve your sort of green metrics if I may?
Lee Tillman:
Yes. Absolutely. Well, first of all, I think when we talk about the investment case for E&P or for Marathon specifically, you have financial performance and you have non-financial performance. You obviously must have the financial performance. You have to be able to in a commodity business with high volatility to generate free cash flow yields and – that are going to be outsized relative to the S&P 500 and I believe certainly Marathon is delivering on that commitment. On the non-financial performance side, which really to me is wrapped around your license to operate, I think you have to address all dimensions of performance there from safety to emissions to good governance. And I believe there we have placed ourselves in a very leadership position whether you want to talk about executive comp, board composition and refreshment and diversity, all of those things we have driven, specifically to the E and ESG, which generally means emissions. We have set very aggressive, but in our view practical targets to achieve reductions in our emissions intensity footprint. We've set a single year target that is integrated in with our compensation structure, which is a 30% improvement relative to the 2019 baseline. And then we've also said more of a mid-term goal and a goal that's not so aspirational and out in time that the current management doesn't feel the accountability for it. And for that one, it's a 50% reduction. And when you look at achieving that ultimate goal that places us, I believe, in a very competitive position relative to other sources of oil and gas, both here in the U.S. and internationally. So I believe those green credentials are in fact improving in time. There is still much to do. I believe it, there is still a lot of opportunity. We believe that we're still in the phase of elimination and reduction first as opposed to offsets, I mean, offsets and things like CCS. We'll certainly play a role in the future, but the industry has a great opportunity just around flaring and gas pneumatics and moving to line power, all of these things that will help us move our emissions intensity footprint in the right direction. So I believe that the answer is that we have to deliver the financial performance. We also have to protect our license to operate through our non-financial performance. And the way you do that is by setting aggressive but pragmatic goals that are really within the purview of the current leadership team.
Nitin Kumar:
Great. I really appreciate that. I guess my next follow-up is around capital allocation. As you – we've talked a little bit about what you would do with excess free cash in your five-year plan, today you're focused on the Bakken and Eagle Ford, you're seeing strength in cash and NGL pricing. So as you go forward, how does the Permian and Oklahoma and I'll put REx in there as well, how do those start competing for capital?
Lee Tillman:
Yes, just maybe as a bit of a reminder, and I think Mike probably referenced this in his opening remarks is that as we move to 2022 and beyond and the five-year kind of benchmark case, 20% to 30% of our capital allocation will be going to the Permian and Oklahoma. In fact, even in this year, as you know, we'll be completing some DUCs in Oklahoma that we'll be taking advantage of the secondary product pricing gas and NGLs that you just discussed. So we still have extremely high quality inventory. And in a combination play like Oklahoma, we certainly have the optionality to take advantage of what the gas market and NGL market delivers, but we fully expect to be blending in more and consistent capital allocation to both Oklahoma and Permian as we step into to 2022.
Nitin Kumar:
And what about REx?
Lee Tillman:
Yes, just – maybe on REx, maybe I'll just maybe let Pat talk a little bit about where we are on REx, both near-term and as we look a little bit out toward the future.
Pat Wagner:
Hi, Nitin, this is Pat. We have continued to progress our West Texas oil play. I think I might have mentioned this last quarter, but we are in the midst right now of drilling a three well pad with both Woodford and Meramec targets testing kind of a spacing test on that project. I may remind you that we've drilled six wells to date on that project in the Woodford and Meramec, and they continue to perform very well. Good oil cut, low decline, low water cut, stable GOR. So we're really encouraged. And now, we're in more of a maturing part of the project to try to get our well costs down and test spacing and progress that project. So we've allocated capital to it this year and we will continue to allocate capital to it to bring it to development.
Nitin Kumar:
Great. Thanks, Pat. Thanks, Lee.
Lee Tillman:
Thank you, Nitin. Appreciate it.
Operator:
From Goldman Sachs we have Neil Mehta. Please go ahead.
Neil Mehta:
Good morning guys. The first question is just Lee building on your comments on costs. Are you seeing on the ground any signs of inflation, whether it's on the steel side chemicals we're certainly seeing higher commodity prices or on the service side. And how do you offset that? And is that through cost efficiencies and the supply chain mechanisms that you put in place?
Mike Henderson:
Hi, Neil. It's Mike here. I'll take a first cut at that and certainly any other guys want to chime in, they can. What I'd say is overall our costs we're experienced they're growing with what we had in the budget both in the capital and the expense space. We are seeing a bit of pressure in the OCTG area and to a lesser extent in chemicals and fuels. OCTG, the driver there simply down to raw material availability and then some capacity constraints in the mills, obviously diesel – things like diesel fuel, chemicals, just tied into the rise that we've seen in WTI. In terms of what we're doing to mitigate that, we are seeing some success through some competitive tendering exercises, some managed competition in other areas of the business, I'll provide a little bit of color in the two largest areas of our spend. So if I look at the rig space, for example, at the moment we've got a mix of term contracts and pad-to-pad commitments. That provides us with a better flexibility, but also some insight into the prevailing market conditions. And that certainly allows us to be opportunistic protectively maybe as we think about getting ready for next year. In the pressure pumping space, we've recently tendered our Bakken scope. We had no commercial surprises there; a crew is now on contract through the end of the year and operating well. In the Eagle Ford, the main crew that we've got there, they're on contract through and to the beginning of the fourth quarter, so all of those costs are tied down. Interestingly, we've also gone out with some tenders for some spot crews, where we're seeing very competitive rates there, again, all in line with a forecast that we had for the year. So I'd probably wrap it up by saying that we are on track to deliver certainly our completed well cost per footage targets that we laid out in Eagle Ford and Bakken. And as I mentioned earlier, our full year capital budget of $1 billion.
Lee Tillman:
I guess, Neil, one thing I would maybe add to Mike's comments, you mentioned well how do you offset even a little bit of movement say on things like OCTG. And I want to remind everyone, there are some very durable savings that the teams continue to work each and every day. It starts kind of with the way we optimize our well designs, the execution efficiency that we generate in the field whether you stages per day, rate of penetration, all those things, their supply chain optimization and vertical integration, how we actually secure our services. And then finally, there is that commercial leverage side, which obviously is still one that we try to pull just given our size and scale, but the three of those four are very durable. They're not cyclical. And those are the levers that we pull on to ensure that we can continue to keep our well cost trend – our well cost trends heading downward.
Neil Mehta:
Thanks guys. And the follow-up here is in the slide you talked about Dakota Access risks and you contain the impact of plus/minus $50 million here. Just how are you thinking about takeaway out of the Bakken? It does look like by all indications, the pipe will flow, but what are you hearing on the ground and then just kind of walk through the math behind that data point. Thank you.
Pat Wagner:
Hi, Neil. This is Pat. I'll take that. I guess, could you just clarify you – are you focused on takeaway or the impact to us from a cash flow perspective?
Neil Mehta:
Yes, both. What are your thoughts on the Dakota Access Pipeline? And then how would any decision there either way impact the cash flow?
Pat Wagner:
Okay. All right. Well, obviously, it's a complex case that we're following very closely. There is a lot of motions pending now, but there is one pending with the District Court to enjoin the continued operation of DAPL and DAPL is preparing to file an appeal of the D.C. Circuit Court's decision with the Supreme Court, so we'll just continue to monitor that. We won't speculate on the outcome. We do believe that if DAPL is ordered a shutdown, there is a variety of stakeholders in the communities where we do business, which include the State of North Dakota itself and the three affiliated tribes, the MHA Nation, which will be significantly impacted. In fact, MHA Nation has recently disclosed that it estimates losses of more than $160 million over a one-year period and more than $250 million over a two year period, which is why they've come out in support of DAPL's continued operation. In terms of our impact, we've talked about that we really only have direct exposures to DAPL of about 10,000 barrels a day net. We have no flow assurance concerns. We've made that disclosure to try to give some clarity on what the overall impact to be – could be for us on cash flow. That $50 million to $60 million that we disclosed last quarter would assume a June 1st shutdown. Obviously, as this plays out, that's probably a conservative estimate. It probably would flow a little longer than that. On a full year, we'd expect an initial sort of blowout in the in-basin diffs, but then we think things would settle down to the marginal cost to transport barrels. And there is plenty of capacity from a rail standpoint to clear the basin. So from a full year perspective, we think it'd just be slightly above the $50 million to $60 million if it lingered for a long period of time.
Lee Tillman:
And I would maybe just also add Neil that the Army Corps of Engineers has been very consistent and their position of supporting continued operations through the EIS process, which is now, I think, scheduled to complete in March of 2022. So although we can't predict, how the courts will act, certainly from a Corps of Engineers perspective, they have been supportive, the line has been operating safely and reliably for some time. So – and as Pat mentioned, we have very strong support within North Dakota, both the state government there, as well as the three affiliated tribes. So anyway, so we want to be prepared and I believe we are. But certainly our view today is that DAPL will continue to operate safely just as it is today.
Neil Mehta:
Thanks guys. Appreciate it.
Operator:
[Operator Instructions] From Truist Securities, we have Neal Dingmann. Please go ahead.
Neal Dingmann:
Good mornings. Sorry about that. My first question is really just on efficiencies. It can't help, but notice, especially pertaining to the Bakken, can't help, but notice very limited number of wells needed to keep production flat. So, I guess, two questions around that. One, are there – I guess when it comes to efficiencies, are you still seeing improvements? Again, I guess, I can't get over it was it like three wells or so that kept production essentially flat there. Number one on if you're still seeing that kind of improvement and number two, if you are – given that you are getting that kind of efficiencies there, why not potentially even ramp that a little bit and potentially take some of that that CapEx from somewhere.
Lee Tillman:
Yes, just on the Bakken performance, first of all, we did benefit in first quarter from obviously the Bakken completions that were done in Q4. So we carried a bit of that momentum. So even though we only had three formal wells to sales in the quarter, it was really also that carry in effect from fourth quarter. I think that certainly gave us the ability to keep Bakken flowing strongly. The other thing and this is kudos to the asset team. They've done an exceptional job of high uptime performance and ensuring that if we have a well go offline for say something like ESP performance that we're able to get a work over rig on location and get that taken care of. So we will see some impact though of that reduced wells to sales in the Bakken as we move into second quarter, but that's just a – it's a phasing impact more than anything.
Neal Dingmann:
And is – let me just ask, I guess, one more follow up just in that same area. Is it again because of your kind of proprietary infrastructure, because it does seem like still when I kind of hone in on this efficiencies that you all have, I'm just wondering, it seems like you all are having a bit better returns. And if that's the case kind of back to Doug's question, there has been some M&A in the Bakken. If you have that kind of competitive advantage, is this kind of a focus area when looking for particular deals?
Lee Tillman:
Well, certainly, when we benchmark from an operating and capital execution standpoint, we feel very good about our position in the Bakken that team is a very strong performing top quartile if not top of basin kind of team. So you're right in terms of our ability to drive value in our core basins, there's very few teams that can do that better than us, but each of these opportunities are unique. And again, we're going to be very disciplined. Even applying our operating advantage, we have to be able to demonstrate that it meets our criteria around financial accretion, certainly no harm to balance sheet, synergies and industrial logic. So, again, good rock is necessary, but not sufficient we have to see both value and return from anything inorganic that we might look at.
Neal Dingmann:
Perfect. Thanks for the details, Lee.
Lee Tillman:
Thank you and we appreciate it.
Operator:
Thank you. And we'll now turn it back to Lee Tillman for closing remarks.
Lee Tillman:
Thank you for your interest in Marathon Oil. And I'd like to close by again thanking all of our dedicated employees and contractors for their commitment and perseverance, particularly during Winter Storm Uri. That concludes our call.
Operator:
Thank you, ladies and gentlemen. This does conclude our call today. Thank you for joining. You may now disconnect.
Operator:
Welcome to the Marathon Oil Q4 Earnings Call. My name is Vanessa, and I will be your operator for today's call. At this time, all participants are in a listen-only mode. Later, we will conduct a question-and-answer session. [Operator Instructions]. Please note that this conference is being recorded. I will now turn the call over to Guy Baber, Vice President of Investor Relations. Sir, you may begin.
Guy Baber:
Thank you, Vanessa, and thanks to everyone for joining us this morning on the call. Yesterday, after the close, we issued a press release, a slide presentation and investor packet that address our fourth quarter and our full year results as well as our 2021 capital budget. Those documents can be found on our website at marathonoil.com. Joining me on today's call, as always, are Lee Tillman, our Chairman, President and CEO; Dane Whitehead, Executive VP and CFO; Pat Wagner, Executive VP of Corporate Development and Strategy; and Mike Henderson, Senior VP of Operations. Today's call will contain forward-looking statements subject to risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results differ materially from those expressed or implied by such statements. I refer everyone to the cautionary language included in the press release and presentation materials as well as to the risk factors described in our SEC filings. With that, I'll turn the call over to Lee, who will provide his opening remarks. We'll also hear from Dane, Pat and Mike today before we get to our question-and-answer session. Lee?
Lee Tillman:
Thank you, Guy, and good morning to everyone listening to our call today. I want to start by once again thanking our employees and contractors for their resilience and dedication as we continue to manage through the COVID-19 pandemic as critical essential infrastructure providers. The safety and health of our people remains front and center to everything we do. Just this past week, many of our team, particularly here in Texas, also navigated multiple days without power or running water amidst a generational winter storm and did so without incident. I'm truly proud of our people and their perseverance. They have risen to the challenge again and again. The execution excellence I have the privilege of discussing today is the product of their outstanding work. While 2020 was a challenging and unprecedented year for our industry, we focused on those elements of our business within our control and delivered results that speak for themselves. But for Marathon, it not just about results, but how we achieve those results. First and foremost, I'm especially proud of our second consecutive year of record safety performance as measured by total recordable incident rate despite the challenges associated with the pandemic and the dramatic shifts in our activity levels throughout the year in response to commodity price volatility. The safety of our people will always be my top priority. During 2020, the company also made significant progress in improving environmental performance, achieving an estimated 20% reduction to its GHG emissions intensity relative to 2019 and improving total gas capture to approximately 98.5% for the fourth quarter of 2020. Beyond maintaining safe and environmentally sound operations, our primary focus in 2020 was threefold
Mike Henderson:
Thanks, Lee. As Lee mentioned, our 2021 $1 billion maintenance capital program is fairly consistent with our capital allocation framework, prioritizing the financial and operational results that matter most. A few of the highlights, as summarized on Page 6 of our earnings deck, our $1 billion maintenance program is expected to deliver $1 billion of free cash flow at $50 WTI with a reinvestment rate of just 50%. You'll note this is an improvement of about $100 million relative to the maintenance scenario, free cash flow outlook we provided last quarter at the same price deck due to a combination of further capital efficiency improvements and ongoing cash cost reductions. Our 2021 corporate free cash flow breakeven is comfortably below $35 WTI, underscoring the resilience of our program. We are targeting $500 million of gross debt reduction this year, consistent with our objective to continue improving our balance sheet. We will drive further GHG emissions intensity improvement, targeting a 30% reduction relative to our 2019 baseline. And we expect to deliver flat total company oil production relative to fourth quarter 2020 exit rate. Regarding the operational details, approximately 90% of our capital will be dedicated to the Bakken and Eagle Ford, the industry's most capital-efficient basins. We will operate around 5 to 6 rigs and will average about 2 frackers for the year. Additionally, I'd like to address 2 other topics of interest regarding our 2021 outlook. First, last week was obviously a challenging one from a weather perspective, equally impacting all of our primary basins. Each of our asset teams has demonstrated an ability to respond successfully to significant weather events, be it hurricane, floods or extreme winter weather. However, the broad nature of this extreme winter storm tested all of our asset teams simultaneously. I would like to recognize all of the efforts of our field teams across the U.S. who have gone above and beyond over the past week, getting much needed volumes back into the market in an effective and safe manner. Like many operators, our volumes have been impacted by the extreme freeze. We therefore expect first quarter company oil production to be down slightly relative to the fourth quarter. However, these challenges are fully reflected in our annual production guidance, and we have no concerns about delivering on our full year commitment. Second, while I have highlighted the free cash flow potential of our program at $50 WTI, clearly, the current forward curve is much stronger than that. As we mentioned, should stronger prices hold, we will maintain our discipline and prioritize our free cash flow generation. Assuming just $55 WTI, a price that's still below the current strip, we would expect our free cash flow generation in 2021 to increase to over $1.3 billion with a reinvestment rate below 45%. With that, I will turnover to Dane Whitehead, who will cover our ongoing efforts to continue optimizing our cost structure.
Dane Whitehead:
Thank you, Mike, and good morning to everyone on the call. On Slide 7 of our earnings deck shows we've successfully established a multiyear track record, cost structure optimization that's been critical to reducing our free cash flow breakeven, improving our free cash flow generation potential and positioning our company for success in a lower, more volatile commodity price environment. During 2020, in the early innings of the COVID-19 pandemic, we took decisive action to materially reduce our cost base. This action was comprehensive, including temporary base salary reductions for our executive officers and Board of Directors, meaningful reduction in both our U.S. employee and contractor base and a dramatic reduction in project expenses, among other initiatives. The end result was a year-over-year reduction to both our production costs and general and administrative costs over 20%, outperforming the initial targets we set last year. G&A alone was down 23%. And we also consistently outperformed on unit production expense throughout the year, establishing new record lows for both U.S. and international segments in 2020. We're building on this momentum and have already taken significant action again in 2021 to continue our cost reduction trend. These latest actions are again broad-based, including
Pat Wagner:
Thanks, Dane. Slide 8 of our covers the highlights of our new disclosure around a 5-Year Benchmark Maintenance Capital Scenario. First, I want to be clear that this is not 5-year guidance, nor is it a 5-year business plan. Rather, this is simply a benchmark scenario designed to hold our fourth quarter 2020 total company oil production flat through 2025. It is supported by a bottoms-up, well-by-well execution model. It should be evident that our '21 capital program is among the most capital efficient of any E&P company. $1 billion of all-in capital to deliver $1 billion of free cash flow at $50 WTI, with a 50% reinvestment rate and over 170,000 barrels of oil per day of production is impressive by any measure. The intent of this 5-Year Benchmark Maintenance Scenario is to showcase the sustainability of our capital efficiency advantage and outsized free cash flow potential over a longer-time horizon that is still underpinned by defensible execution assumptions. But one might argue for an even longer-term scenario. Such forecast ultimately lack the line of sight of a bottoms-up execution model and the accountability that a 5-year scenario provides. So even though we consume well below half of our high-quality inventory in this maintenance scenario, we felt the 5-year view is the most relevant and credible. The financial outcomes of our maintenance scenario are clearly compelling. Assuming flat $50 per barrel WTI, we can deliver approximately $5 billion of free cash flow over the next 5 years with an average reinvestment rate of around 50%. Our corporate free cash flow breakeven remains below $35 per barrel WTI throughout the period, evidence of the strength of our capital efficiency and high-quality inventory. To hold our fourth quarter 2020 total company oil production flat over the 5-year period, we would spend between $1 billion and $1.1 billion annually of all-in maintenance capital. Importantly, this all-in capital spending estimate fully contemplates our previously disclosed greenhouse intensity reduction initiatives, including approximately $100 million of cumulative funding for the 5-year period. Finally, it's worth noting that our 5-Year Benchmark Maintenance Scenario includes capital allocation across our multi-basin portfolio. While we leaned heavily on the Bakken and Eagle Ford in 2020 and will do so again in 2021, under this scenario, we begin to introduce a measured and disciplined level of activity back into the Permian and Oklahoma beginning in 2022. The Permian and Oklahoma comprise between 20% and 30% of resource play capital each year from 2022 to 2025 in this scenario. Both assets are expected to deliver accretive corporate returns and contribute to corporate free cash flow from a high-graded opportunity set. Now I'll turn it back to Lee, who will wrap up by highlighting our ESG excellence initiatives.
Lee Tillman:
Thank you, Pat. It's our belief that continuously improving all ESG performance is essential to successfully execute our long-term strategy. And we recently issued a comprehensive press release on January 27 outlining both executive compensation changes as well as GHG intensity reduction initiatives. Corporate governance is foundational. And with this in mind, we have modified our executive and Board compensation frameworks to enhance our alignment with investors, to incentivize the achievement of our core strategic objectives and to encourage the behaviors we believe are most likely to maximize long-term shareholder value. We believe these changes are appropriate and progressive and deliver much needed leadership when it comes to corporate government in our peer space. For our sector to compete for investor capital and against the broader market, it will take more than just strong financial outcomes. Companies must improve all elements of their ESG performance, and it starts with corporate governance how management teams are compensated. As highlighted on Slide 10 of our deck, the first step we took was to reduce our overall compensation. Compensation for our Board of Directors has been reduced by 25% with our compensation mix shifted more toward equity. My total direct compensation has similarly been reduced by 25%, including a 35% reduction to long-term incentive awards, reflecting both improved alignment with broader industry as well as the current business environment. Other senior officers will also participate through 10% to 20% total direct compensation reductions. Secondly, we restructured our short-term incentive annual cash bonus scorecard to better reflect our financial and ESG framework and to simplify our scorecard to the 5 factors most important to long-term value creation
Operator:
[Operator Instructions] We have our first question from Jeanine Wai with Barclays.
Jeanine Wai:
Our first question is on just the buyback, variable dividends, current capital subject. On the amount of free cash flow set aside for investor-friendly purposes, is getting to the top end of your 1 times to 1.5 times leverage target, is that put enough such that you'll start allocating some free cash flow towards buyback or variable dividend? I know some of it depends on your cash balances that you're targeting as a minimum. Some of it's been on the macro. But is that 1.5 times enough?
Dane Whitehead:
Yes. There's quite a bit in there, Jeanine. Let me go ahead and take a cut at it. This is Dane. We tried to be really clear about our intentions around the balance sheet and other return of capital to shareholders. There's sort of a gross debt discussion and a net debt discussion in there, so let me talk about those first. As Lee and Mike noted, we have a ‘21 -- 2021 target of $500 million gross debt reduction. I would consider that a minimum. But that's our near-term goal and probably happened early in the year. So that's gross debt reduction. And in my view, that's kind of the most durable structural form of deleveraging. It also carries the added benefits of reducing cash, interest costs and derisking future maturities. We've done about $2 billion worth of that over the past few years, and it's helped our cash cost structure mildly. And we'll continue to do that. We've also, as you referenced, been clear that we're looking to reduce our net debt-to-EBITDA number, commonly used leverage term to a 1 times to 1.5 times range. And the math we think about there is to get to 1.5 times in, say, a $50 mid-cycle oil market, that's a reduction of net debt by about $1.3 billion. So with commodity prices where we are today, we're probably going to get to that point much more quickly than we had anticipated coming into the year. But we certainly are focused on getting there. And as we -- as net debt comes down, and you can do that just by accumulating cash on the balance sheet, we'll probably go ahead and take out further gross debt, but also look in tandem to look at other ways to return cash to shareholders. We have a good, pretty strong track record of doing these things in parallel, both paying down debt and returning cash to shareholders. And we know that's very important to people. We happen to be in an environment where we are going to be generating quite a bit of cash when commodity prices hold, and we're going to pay close attention to our options there.
Jeanine Wai:
My second question, maybe shifting gears is just on the 5-year maintenance scenario and just general capital efficiency. So I guess in terms of general capital efficiency by operating areas and how you kind of see that evolving over time. You mentioned in the slides and in your prepared remarks, the 5-year maintenance scenario has 20% to 30% CapEx for the Permian and Oklahoma. And the total CapEx is $1 billion to $1.5 billion versus the 2021 plan only has 10% in those areas, and it's $1 billion in CapEx. So I guess my question is, is the $100 range on the 5-year scenario, is that related to folding in the Permian and Oklahoma and that reflects kind of lower capital efficiency in those areas because there hasn't been a ton of activity in those areas recently. And so what's kind of driving the Permian and Oklahoma retiring more CapEx, both this year and is it purely returns related? Or are there kind of other factors such as wanting to maintain operational facility in all of your leases?
Lee Tillman:
Jeanine, this is Lee. I think the simple answer to your question is it's returns driven. And maybe it's worth just kind of restating a few of the things I pointed out in my opening comments. When we talk about this 5-year benchmark case, it really is all about demonstrating sustainability. And as we continue to develop both the Eagle Ford and Bakken, obviously, that's the focus this year. We see this opportunity to blend in a high-graded opportunity set from both Oklahoma and Permian while also offsetting things like base decline in Equatorial Guinea. But even across that 5-year period, I want to point out that we're still only consuming less than half of our high-return inventory. And all this is supported, as was described, by a very much a bottoms-up, well-by-well execution model that's very defensible. So the short answer to your question is it's allocating capital on a returns basis. And via the high-graded opportunities in both the Permian and Oklahoma, we believe those can be very accretive across the 5-year plan.
Operator:
We have our next question from Arun Jayaram with JPMorgan.
Arun Jayaram:
Lee, I wanted to ask you a little bit more around the 5-Year Benchmark Maintenance Scenario. $5 billion of free cash flow at $50. On a post-dividend basis, it would be $4.5 billion. So beyond some of the debt reduction targets that Dane just mentioned, how do you balance returning cash to shareholders versus a portfolio renewal?
Lee Tillman:
Yes. I think it's -- as Dane mentioned, in this type of price environment, it's really not an either/or solution any longer. I think with the current prices, we can clearly accelerate the attainment of our desired debt metrics, both net debt as well as gross debt. And I think can somewhat contemporaneously with that, I think we can continue to drive capital back to our shareholders. We will continue to be opportunistic in the market as well as internally on our organic enhancement opportunities to continue to add to and enhance our resource base. And that's really just part of the equation. And that will include everything from continued investment in our REx program to say smaller bolt-on opportunities that might present themselves as well as organic enhancement like some of the redevelopment activities that we have going on in the Eagle Ford currently. So we feel very confident that we can address all those uses of cash, particularly as we look at the current pricing environment that we're facing.
Arun Jayaram:
Got you. And I don't know if Mike could maybe shed some light on some of those opportunities in the Eagle Ford?
Lee Tillman:
Yes. Sure.
Mike Henderson:
Yes, yes. Arun, good morning. I think as we mentioned in the deck, we've got potential for several hundred new locations there. We're undertaking a section-by-section review. We're thinking about the Upper Eagle Ford and the Lower Eagle Ford as one flow unit. We are going to be targeting some of the older vintage completions and sections with lower recoveries. We have already undertaken a number of tests over the past 2 or 3 years. The results were very encouraging. We do have further tests planned for this year. So I'd anticipate a bit of an update later on in the year.
Arun Jayaram:
Okay. And Lee, my follow-up is just on EG. It looks like the Chevron, not Noble LN project, achieved first gas in 2021. Can you talk about the implications of that towards your free cash flow, your financials and just talk about the longer-term free cash flow outlook that you provided in the deck in EG?
Lee Tillman:
Yes. Yes, Arun, yes, you're right, we did successfully start up the third-party LN project. So we're very pleased with that. That just started up kind of the middle of February. We tried to provide a little bit more transparency and disclosure on both equity income in EG and what that really looks like, particularly over 2021, but also kind of a 5-year view of equity plus the income from our PSC as well and more of a free cash flow mindset. And when you look at that on kind of a $50, $3 Henry Hub basis, it accounts for roughly a couple hundred million of combined free cash flow when you look at it relative to that Benchmark Maintenance Scenario, so just about 1/5, if you will, of the annual kind of impact on free cash flow. So just trying to provide a little bit more transparency. Clearly, LN specifically, we haven't broken that out just because of the terms of the agreement are obviously private. But clearly there, we're getting the benefit of both tolling as well as profit sharing on those molecules.
Operator:
We have our next question from Neal Dingmann with Truist Securities.
Neal Dingmann:
Lee, for you and the team, I'm just wondering, I think on the slide -- looking at Slide 6, where you talk about the 60, 80 Bakken wells, 100, 130 Eagle Ford, could you all talk about how you're looking at not only maybe total locations in each kind of on a go forward? Obviously, you have a more conservative plan which certainly helps. But I'm just wondering also, you've got the -- when I look at the core areas of Hector and Ajax and the Bakken and Atascosa and Gonzales and Eagle Ford, how you think about total location? It seems to me you still have just kind of running room there. So just wondering any color you could add either total or in those core areas?
Lee Tillman:
Yes. Neal, I think broadly, the way I would think about the Eagle Ford and the Bakken is that we have a decade or more of very capital-efficient, high-return inventory. And that's at a relatively conservative price deck, kind of consistent with more of a mid-cycle view of the world. So say, $45, $2.50 gas. So you're correct, that's a pretty conservative view. I mean that's an inventory that clearly we're leaning on this year. That inventory will be complementary to some of the work that we have out 2022 plus in Oklahoma and Permian as we start exploiting what is a very high-graded opportunity set in those 2 basins of well. And collectively, we feel very confident in that kind of 10-year-plus high-return inventory across the portfolio at relatively conservative benchmark WTI prices.
Neal Dingmann:
And then just one quick follow-on. If you talk any thoughts or expectations for the Texas, Delaware oil play either this year or into next year?
Pat Wagner:
Neal, this is Pat. I'll take that one. Our objective this year is to continue progressing that play. I may remind you that we brought on 6 wells across the play over the last year plus. And the wells have delivered 180-day productivity that exceeds industry average Wolfcamp and Bone Spring performance. In aggregate, that program has met our expectations and improved the viability of the Woodford and Meramec across the position. Our objective has been to prove out that productivity and the reservoir characteristics. And we've seen exactly what we hope to see, which was strong productivity, high oil cut, shallow decline, the oil ratios, which are much lower than the rest of the Delaware. As far as '21 goes, we plan to bring on a 3-well pad this year, targeting both the Woodford and Meramec to kind of do a spacing test, and we'll see how that works out for us through the year.
Operator:
Our next question is from Scott Hanold with RBC Capital Markets.
Scott Hanold:
Could you give me a little bit of color on -- I know you've got the structure where you're going to remain disciplined this year. But obviously, it looks like we could be moving into a higher oil price scenario. And I know your prior outlook had discussed a 5% limit on growth. But when you think about that upside case, could you talk about like how you would progress into that? And then what would the relative capital allocation to, say, the Eagle Ford and Bakken in that scenario versus your maintenance baseline?
Lee Tillman:
Yes. Scott, I think the keyword for us is going to be disciplined. We're obviously going to look at fundamentals of supply and demand, the price outlook. There is absolutely a limiter to what we would even consider in a growth context. And again, I'll go back and say, let's not confuse the 5-year benchmark case with a business plan or in terms offsetting an expectation. It was really a demonstration of sustainability within the portfolio. But I think you should expect us to lean heavily on the same framework that we have really since 2018. If we see that upside potential, we'll look to support our base dividend first. We'll look to accelerate the improvement in our balance sheet and our debt reduction. Then we're going to look at incremental means to get capital back to shareholders. And then at that point, depending upon where market fundamentals sit, you can have a discussion about whether or not growth into the market really makes sense. Clearly, as we sit here today and what I believe is still a well-supplied market, even though we're seeing more consistent drawdowns now, we've got like I said a very nascent recovery in demand that's occurring, I still believe that a disciplined approach is going to win the day. And certainly, from a financial outcome standpoint and making sure that we are competitive with alternative investment opportunities within the S&P 500. We have to continue to drive, I believe, outsized free cash flow in order to, if you will, offset the implicit risk and volatility that exists in our sector.
Scott Hanold:
And Lee, if I could ask you this, over the last couple of quarters, it seemed like there was at least a higher level of interest in larger scale corporate deals, given where valuations were the quarter or two. Can you sort of give us an update on where your thought process is with that? And also, there's been at least a couple of decent-sized transactions in the Williston Basin. And is that something you all looked at? And are there other opportunities like that still out there?
Lee Tillman:
Yes. I think just maybe addressing maybe some of the asset level deals that have occurred, I think overall, consolidation is healthy and certainly improves. I think the competitive structure of our industry, it really gets the assets in the hands of the most efficient operators, which should ultimately result in more disciplined behavior, which I think raises all boats in the industry. Many of these deals have been very bespoke, very specific deals. I don't intend to comment on any of them specifically. But certainly, given our size and presence across all 4 of the key basins, we're well aware of the deals or the transactions that are available in the marketplace. We're going to apply a very well-defined criteria for any consolidation, whether it's small, medium or large, and we're not going to budge off that criteria. It's going to have to be something that is accretive to our financial returns, accretive to free cash flow. It certainly can do no harm to our balance sheet, and it's going to need to be something that has clear synergies and industrial logic and then also, ultimately, adds to our longer-term sustainability. So we look at all those opportunities in the market. We have access to all those. But we are going to apply a very disciplined lens to look at all those opportunities regardless of the size.
Operator:
Our next question is from Phillips Johnston with Capital One.
Phillips Johnston:
Maybe another follow-up on the 5-year maintenance scenario. Just wanted to get a sense for what your next 12-month oil PDP decline rate is assumed to be entering this year? And how would you expect that natural decline rate to change over the 5-year period?
Lee Tillman:
Yes. I think, first of all, I would just say that within not only this year's business plan for 2021, but also our longer-term 5-year benchmark case, base decline is fully contemplated in all those. I mean I think -- I just want to be really clear that U.S. shale decline rates aren't mutually exclusive with delivering strong financial outcomes and sustainable free cash flow, particularly when you have high-quality, very capital-efficient assets. So I would just say it's in there. We do expect that those portfolio declines will moderate as we see a shift in mix where we have more of that base production and less of, say, that year 1 and year 2 decline that typically represents those wells that you're bringing on-stream. So there will be a moderation to that decline over time. But again, all of that is fully baked in to not only our '21 plan, but the 5-year benchmark case as well.
Phillips Johnston:
Yes. Okay. Makes sense. And then in terms of the quarterly cadence of both production and CapEx in '21, I noticed you guys are guiding to about 33 wells to be turned in line in the Eagle Ford and Bakken in the first quarter, which is a little bit less than 20% of your full year plan of about 185 wells in those 2 areas. I assume that's also contributing to the slightly down oil volumes in the first quarter versus the fourth quarter. But for the rest of the year, would you expect sort of mild ratable growth from that first quarter low to sort of achieve the 172 full year average? Or is there some lumpiness there? And then just on the CapEx side, would you expect first quarter to be a little bit lower than the rest of the year due to that lower [TIL] count for Q1?
Lee Tillman:
Yes. You did point out that we are a little bit probably down in -- potentially in the first quarter. There -- it's really just a question of timing. Generally speaking, we're going to be quite ratable across the year. There's a little bit of a pause in the Bakken as we recognize the winter weather impacts there. So that's not a time where we want to concentrate necessarily our completion activity. And so that -- you're seeing that effect. But from a CapEx as well as a wells to sales standpoint, it is going to be generally ratable. On the volume side, as Mike mentioned in the opening remarks, we do expect to see some impact from the winter weather. But from a wealth to sales standpoint, that's not a driver of first quarter volumes. We had strong carry in performance, and we still expect to kind of be in that low end of our annual guidance range even with the winter weather conditions that persisted across our play. So notionally, yes, in first quarter, notionally, in that kind of 170 range. And as Mike already stated, that winter impact is already fully baked into our full year guidance range.
Operator:
We have our next question from Scott Gruber with Citigroup.
Scott Gruber:
Thinking about your activity trend in the second half of last year, I believe you're largely focused on some of your best inventory. Obviously, the right thing to do when oil prices are low. Thinking about the Bakken and your program here, 60 to 80 [TILs] in '21. What's the split between Marathon and Hector and Ajax and some color on when a greater mix of Hector and Ajax wells start to layer back in this year?
Mike Henderson:
Hey, Scott, it's Mike here. We're -- the split in '21 between Hector and Ajax is about 60% -- sorry, 60% Myrmidon and 40% in Hector. No plans for anything in Ajax this year. And then obviously, looking beyond '21, I would notionally expect Hector to play a more significant part as we progress in the out years.
Scott Gruber:
Got you. And I have a question about the 5-year study as well, especially given the rigor behind the study. Really thinking about capital efficiency, which, as I think about, it's really the intersection of well productivity, the operational efficiency and how fast you drill and complete the wells, and then trends in D&C service rates. How did you think about each of these items when you work through the study over the next 5 years? How did you guys incorporate the assumptions around well productivity trends, around operational efficiency and around the service rate trend over the 5 years?
Mike Henderson:
Hey, Scott, it's Mike here again. It's probably a lot in there, and you might need to help me out here as I get through this. As we think about cost specifically, well costs, we are assuming some level of savings over that 5 year, albeit I think Pat mentioned, we are -- we did look at it from a risk bottoms-up perspective and maybe putting those cost savings into a little bit of perspective. If you take the Eagle Ford and Bakken, for example, our pacesetter wells, so wells that we already have in the ground, we drilled and completed those wells for less than what we're assuming in the 5-year maintenance case. So on the capital side, we are assuming some improvement, but nothing that we haven't delivered on already. From an inflation perspective, I think you may have asked that, we are assuming some modest inflation in that 5-year plan, which I think is reasonable. And then from a well productivity perspective, what I would say is well productivity over the 5-year period is pretty comparable to what we're seeing in 2020 and 2021. Is there anything that I missed on the list?
Scott Gruber:
No, it's just something that we've thought about over time and it sounds like the operational efficiency improvement can offset the service rate inflation? Is that kind of broadly how you guys thought about it?
Mike Henderson:
I think that's a fair way to think about it.
Scott Gruber:
Okay. Great. Yes, it's a complex question, so I'm just curious on how you guys talk through it. Appreciate the color.
Operator:
Our next question is from Paul Cheng with Scotiabank.
Paul Cheng:
A couple of questions. Actually, the first one is related to cost. One of your competitors have mentioned, they have seen some cost inflation in some small area in the Permian service. Just curious that have you guys seen cost inflation sort of spiking up in any part of your operation? That's the first question. Secondly, that when we're looking at -- I don't know if I missed it. Have you mentioned what is the winter impact in your first quarter and whether that you are fully returned to the normal operation at this point?
Mike Henderson:
Hey, Paul, it's Mike here again. I'll answer your second question first. I think Lee just touched on the Q1 winter impact. We anticipated it is obviously impacting it. I think the number that we're looking at is somewhere around 169, 170 for the quarter. But then obviously, getting back up for the full year, still looking at that -- the guidance range that we've included in the deck. And then you had a question on...
Paul Cheng:
Mike, actually, I know that you gave a guidance for the production in the first quarter. Do you have a number you can share what is the actual impact from the winter storm? Is it down, say, 10,000 barrels per day, 20,000 barrel per day for you? Is there any number you can share?
Lee Tillman:
Hey, Paul, I would just say, no, we're still kind of in recovery mode in terms of getting the wells back online. And we would anticipate clearly having that period of downtime, but we'd also anticipate having an element of some plus production as we bring wells back online as well. And so it's -- we're going to have to wait until we can kind of net most of those things out. So we're trying to provide you kind of our best view of that right now. So we don't have specific actuals because we haven't fully recovered all of our wells to see exactly how they will perform post shut-in.
Mike Henderson:
And Paul, I'll take a run at your first question here. You were asking about inflation. What I'd say there, if we look at it from a macro perspective, capital activity has not returned to a level that we would expect to drive a substantial uptick in current costs. And it's capital activity that drives inflation. So what I'd say there, so long as there's discipline in the E&P space, inflation feels very manageable. Specifically to Marathon, we do have our frac crews and 50% of our rig fleet secured through the middle of this year. We are seeing some inflationary pressure in the casing and shipping space. But that's really due to non-E&P demand on raw material and [mill space], which we project that flatten out in the year. So I'd probably characterize it as we're seeing some mild inflation. But if there's discipline within the industry, we think that inflation is manageable.
Operator:
And thank you. That is all the time we have for questions today. I will now turn the call over to CEO, Lee Tillman, for closing remarks.
Lee Tillman:
Well, thank you for your interest in Marathon Oil. And I'd like to close by, again, thanking all of our dedicated employees and contractors for their commitment and their perseverance in these most challenging times. That concludes our call.
Operator:
And thank you. Ladies and gentlemen, this concludes our conference. Thank you for participating. You may now disconnect.
Operator:
Good morning, and welcome to the MRO Third Quarter Earnings Conference Call. My name is Brandon, and I'll be your operator for today. At this time, all participants are in a listen-only mode. Later, we will conduct a question-and-answer session. [Operator Instructions] Please note this conference is being recorded. I will now turn it over to Guy Baber, Vice President - Investor Relations. You may begin, sir.
Guy Baber:
Thanks, Brandon, and thanks as well to everyone for joining us this morning. Yesterday, after the close, we issued a press release, a slide presentation and an investor packet that address our third quarter results. Those documents can be found on our website at marathonoil.com. Joining me on today's call are Lee Tillman, our Chairman, President and CEO; Dane Whitehead, Executive VP and CFO; Pat Wagner, Executive VP of Corporate Development and Strategy; Mitch Little, Executive VP, Adviser to the CEO; and Mike Henderson, Senior VP of Operations. As always, today's call will contain forward-looking statements, subject to risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed or implied by such statements. Today, we'll also refer to some non-GAAP financial measures, and reconciliations to the nearest corresponding GAAP measure can be found on our website. I'll refer everyone to the cautionary language included in the press release, and presentation materials as well as to the risk factors described in our SEC filings. With that short intro, I'll turn the call over to Lee, who will provide his remarks. We'll then open the call up to your questions.
Lee Tillman:
Thanks, Guy, and good morning to everyone joining us on the call. I want to start by again thanking our employees and contractors for their continued resilience and dedication as we manage through the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic. Safe, environmentally responsible operations are central to our company values and to our commitment to our stakeholders. The safety of our people is my top priority. I am pleased to report that our year-to-date safety performance, as measured by total recordable incident rate, is the best in our company's history. I am proud of our people. They have risen to the challenge and a demanding year. Rest assured, we will continue to manage COVID-19 risk diligently through our business continuity and emergency response plans. I also want to extend my thanks to Mitch Little, for his three decade service and leadership at our company. This will be Mitch's last earnings call with us, which I know he is disappointed about as he plans to retire at the end of this year. Mitch has been an integral part of our team and is a driving force behind execution excellence across all aspects of our operations. And I have every confidence that Mike Henderson will only continue to build on the standard of excellence. I have personally leaned on Mitch's wise counsel and guidance as CEO, and wish him all the best as he transitions to the next chapter in life. Thank you and best of luck to you and Sandy. It goes without saying that the macro environment for E&P and for energy companies more broadly, remains challenging amidst this historic down-cycle. But now is not the time for panic, but rather a time for healthy companies to press their advantage and not prematurely react to what is at best a distorted and transitory market. While global inventories have been drawing, they still remain well above historic levels. And with uncertainties characterizing both the demand and supply side of the equation, the range of potential outcomes for future commodity prices remains wide and difficult to predict. As I often remind our teams, we can't control the macro, and we certainly can't predict the oil price. Prudent operators like ourselves won't be distracted by external forces, but will focus on the elements of our business within our control, how we allocate capital, how we manage our cost structure and how we execute. In the face of this uncertainty, the E&P industry must remain disciplined and recognize that at least in the near term, the world simply does not need additional supply. At Marathon Oil, we have a long-standing working definition for what capital discipline looks like. It's allocating capital with the right priorities in mind to improve corporate returns, and to generate sustainable free cash flow across a wide range of commodity prices. It's taking investor-friendly actions with that free cash flow, prioritizing debt reduction and return of cash to shareholders. And its differentiated execution by managing our cost structure to improve our resilience and delivering peer-leading capital efficiency that underpins free cash flow breakevens among the lowest in our industry. Essentially, continuously improving all aspects of our business, while meeting our commitments to all stakeholders. It's also leveraging the flexibility of our multi-basin portfolio and further strengthening our investment grade balance sheet to weather volatility. Third quarter results offer strong proof points against this framework as we generated $180 million of free cash flow and made important progress on both returning capital to our shareholders and improving our balance sheet. But this is not a strategy, just a quarter or two in the making, nor is it simply going with the trend of the day. Heading into 2020, I believe our company had uniquely established a track record of delivering on exactly this brand of capital discipline, demonstrated by multiple years of free cash flow generation, and significant return of capital back to shareholders. More specifically, as highlighted on slide 4 of our earnings deck, across 2018 and 2019 through a disciplined development capital reinvestment rate of 77%, we generated significant free cash flow and returned 23% of our cash flow from operations or $1.4 billion back to our shareholders. This track record of actual delivery is unique to our space, but not new to Marathon. 2020 has unquestionably been a transitional year for us and for the industry. However, we have successfully leveraged the supply/demand crisis to further optimize and enhance our business model. Not only have we pulled the necessary levers to protect our balance sheet, liquidity and to generate free cash flow this year in a difficult environment, we have also materially improved the resilience of our business and have dramatically enhanced our ability to generate robust financial outcomes. As we look ahead, our long-held core priorities won't change, but we recognize the environment has. Our challenge is to deliver the same or better shareholder friendly outcomes as we did in 2018 and 2019, yet in a lower and more volatile commodity price world. Slide 5 of our earnings deck highlights how we have repositioned our company to meet this challenge. Our capital allocation priorities are clear, and we are singularly focused on what adds shareholder value while offering a combination of downside commodity price resilience, alongside outsized leverage to even modest price support. We have used our 2021 benchmark maintenance scenario that holds oil production flat to fourth quarter 2020 as a reference point. Note that this maintenance scenario is not reliant on any outsized advantage associated with drilled but uncompleted well drawdown is on an unhedged basis and even includes a modest level of resource play exploration spending. Based on public disclosures, this benchmark maintenance case delivers capital efficiency superior to our peers. In a more challenging oil price environment, call it below $40 per barrel WTI; we will lean on our industry leading free cash flow breakeven. Our corporate breakeven for 2021 under our benchmark maintenance scenario is less than $35 per barrel WTI. In fact, assuming gas price is consistent with the current forward curve, we could fund both our maintenance capital budget of about $1 billion and our base dividend at an oil price of approximately $35 per barrel. In this downside environment, our key objectives will be to fund our base dividend and protect our balance sheet. It goes without saying that we will continue to prioritize financial returns. In a more normalized or mid-cycle oil price environment, $40 to $50 per barrel WTI, our previously disclosed reinvestment rate framework provides clear visibility to compelling free cash flow generation for investor friendly purposes with yields that compete with the broader market. At the middle of this range or $45 of WTI, our maintenance scenario would deliver over $600 million of free cash flow in 2021, a yield of almost 20% on our current equity value. We would target a reinvestment rate at/or below 70%, making available 30% or more of our operating cash flow for investor friendly purposes, prioritizing our base dividend and balance sheet. Even at the low end of this price range, more consistent with the current forward curve, our reinvestment rate would not trend above 80%, and we would generate robust free cash flow for shareholders. In a higher oil price environment, $50 per barrel or higher, our core priorities won't change. We will maintain our focus on corporate returns and free cash flow generation. Production growth will remain an outcome, but would be capped at approximately 5%, underscoring our commitment to capital discipline, and to outsized free cash flow, in an improving commodity environment. Our upside leverage to higher oil price is among the best in our peer group. And something we will protect, so our shareholders can participate, in the eventual up cycle. At $50 per barrel WTI, our maintenance case could deliver over $900 million of free cash flow in 2021, and a yield is approaching 30%. In this environment, given the magnitude of potential free cash flow, balance sheet enhancement would be accelerated. And we could achieve our targeted leverage metrics in short order. We would also be well positioned for incremental return of capital to shareholders, beyond our base dividend. In a low growth or no growth environment, capital efficiency and operating efficiency are the competitive differentiators. Our ability to deliver peer-leading free cash flow and corporate breakeven is backed, by the Eagle Ford and Bakken, which have the best capital efficiency of the U.S. shale plays. The competitive data shown on slide, six and seven of our deck, is entirely sourced from an independent third party, Rystad Energy's Shale Well Cube Data Set. And the graphics include data for over 20,000 individual shale wells since 2018. We highlight here a simplified, capital efficiency metric, average per well 180-day production on a 20:1 energy equivalent basis, relative to total well cost. While not a perfect proxy for capital efficiency and financial returns, it is a sound and transparent approximation, that is easy to calculate and that can be consistently applied across basins. From slide six, the key conclusions from this independent third-party data are fully consistent, with our own bottoms-up industry analysis. First, actual data for productivity and cost illustrates, that the Eagle Ford and Bakken are the two most capital-efficient basins in the U.S. Second, our performance is at the top of the pack, in each of these two advantage basins. And strongly exceed top quartile performance, across all other U.S. shale plays. Slide seven shows that we are not only delivering this industry-leading capital efficiency from the historic core of the Bakken and Eagle Ford, Myrmidon and Karnes County, where we have a hard-earned and well recognized track record. But we are also delivering industry-leading results, across our broader acreage position in both of these plays. We have talked quite a bit about organic enhancement and core extension, in recent years. These two graphics illustrate why. The top graphic highlights capital efficiency across industry since 2018 was wells grouped by operator and by county. Effectively, this graphic shows exactly where our Bakken and Eagle Ford sub areas sit, on the industry capital efficiency stack. The key takeaway is that our core extension areas. Hector and Ajax in the Bakken, and Atascosa and Gonzales Counties in the Eagle Ford are among the best in all of industry, delivering top decile performance. Notably, our core extension areas have outperformed, all major Permian pure-play operators, on a head-to-head basis. Importantly, virtually all of our approximate decade of forward inventory in both, the Bakken and the Eagle Ford, is concentrated in the historic and extended core areas shown on this page. The concept that best summarizes this slide is sustainability. Our capital efficiency advantage is sustainable. It's underpinned by high-quality assets that will enable us, to continue executing against our reinvestment rate framework. Yet while operational data points, such as 100-day cumulative production and total well costs are important, they ultimately only hold real value when they translate to tangible financial outcomes, at an enterprise level. Slide eight shows our company has a track record of delivering on the financial metrics that matter. We aren't just committing to a forward-looking framework. Our framework is backstopped by a history of execution. At the bottom left -- the bottom left graphic on the slide shows, cumulative 2018 and 2019 free cash flow generation was the best in our peer group, equating to approximately 30% of our current market value. And while this represented a solid financial outcome, we have significantly improved our forward free cash flow potential, thanks to significant cost reductions, and our optimized frameworks. Assuming our 2021 benchmark maintenance case, we are positioned to generate the same absolute level of annualized free cash flow that we did in 2018 and 2019 at an oil price more than $15 per barrel lower. And at reinvestment rates, that ranged from 60% to 80% depending on your price outlook. The slides that I've highlighted support my confidence in our company's competitive positioning and the sustainability of our organic business model. This confidence is underpinned by differentiated financial outcomes that are compelling relative to our peers, including recently announced combinations as well as relative to the broader S&P 500. Industry consolidation is clearly topical and, overall, is a positive for the structure and long-term health of our sector. And while our focus this year has rightly been internal, we will always remain mindful of strategic opportunities in the marketplace that build upon our already outstanding financial outcomes. That is our job. Yet, with such a strong organic outlook, our business model is not reliant on M&A for success, and any strategic action can be considered on our own time line. With scale so often quoted as the rationale for consolidation, we need to be clear that it has to be the right type of scale. We aren't looking to get bigger; we are looking to get better. Getting bigger for the sake of getting bigger is not sufficient rationale for a combination. Any consolidation must first and foremost, deliver improved business outcomes. And we have a well-defined criteria for assessing such opportunities. We will not budge from those criteria, and we won't force action near the bottom of a commodity cycle characterized by the elevated uncertainty associated with a crisis-driven and unprecedented global demand shock. Any opportunity must be immediately accretive to our financial returns, must enhance our ability to generate free cash flow, must be balance sheet neutral at a minimum and must possess clear synergies and compelling industrial logic. Any transaction would have to make us a better company, by improving our ability to sustainably deliver strong financial outcomes. And that is a very high bar with a decade of high-quality inventory in the two most capital-efficient U.S. basins of the Eagle Ford and Bakken, complemented by the optionality of competitive opportunities in both Oklahoma and Northern Delaware. Self-help and making our organic business stronger is a benefit, whether we are going it alone or considering path to improve business performance and enhance scale via consolidation. These are not mutually exclusive alternatives, and we can and must test all options that enhance shareholder return, but equally reject those that erode the underlying strength of our organic business model. Transitioning to slide nine, I'll briefly cover our third quarter results. Since the beginning of the pandemic and commodity price collapse this year, our focus has been consistent, optimize our capital allocation and improve capital efficiency, reduce our cost structure and protect our investment-grade balance sheet and liquidity. Third quarter results, including $180 million of free cash flow generation, along with the dividend reinstatement and gross debt reduction, are tangible proof points that our efforts are paying off. Briefly hitting the third quarter highlights. Third quarter CapEx came in below our expectations on strong execution, contributing to very strong free cash flow. Further, well cost reductions were a primary driver. Our average third quarter completed well costs per lateral foot was down more than 25% relative to the 2019 average. We expect to realize further well cost reductions in both the Eagle Ford and Bakken in future quarters. It is important to note and consistent with prior guidance, second half 2020 gross company-operated wells to sales are weighted to the fourth quarter. Third quarter total production was near the midpoint of our implied second half guidance range, as we effectively achieved our exit rate for oil a quarter earlier than expected. Fourth quarter oil production will be relatively flat sequentially, establishing a stable baseline for 2021. Third quarter total oil equivalent production was very strong, resulting in a 5,000 BOED increase to our full year production guidance at the midpoint. Strong base production management and improving gas capture across our asset base and in the Bakken specifically, contributed to the result. With respect to our cost structure, we drove U.S. unit production costs down 13% versus the 2019 average, while international unit production costs achieved a record low for the segment. We reduced full year U.S. unit production expense guidance by more than 5% and international guidance by more than 8%. We are exceeding our overall cash cost savings target for 2020 and are now forecasting $300 million of savings this year versus a prior expectation of $260 million. This strong execution across all elements of our business drove the robust $180 million of free cash flow during the quarter. We not only expect to generate free cash flow during -- again, during fourth quarter, but we expect to be free cash flow positive for the full year. And we are putting this free cash flow to good use. Advancing our dual objectives of returning capital to our shareholders through our base dividend reinstatement and improving our balance sheet through a $100 million gross debt reduction while cutting our 2022 maturity tower in half. Importantly, both the fourth quarter dividend reinstatement and gross debt reduction were fully funded by actual third quarter free cash flow. With our company well positioned for sustainable free cash flow going forward, we will continue advancing both of these important objectives. To close out my commentary, I will again take you back to our capital allocation framework summarized on slide 17 in our deck. It concisely summarizes our value proposition by using our 2021 benchmark maintenance scenario as a reference point. Impressive downside resilience as evidenced by our low-cost structure and enterprise free cash flow breakeven, approximately $35 per barrel WTI breakeven in 2021, including our dividend, assuming gas prices consistent with the forward curve. Clear visibility to material free cash flow in a mid-cycle price environment, over $600 million next year at $45 oil. This represents a free cash flow yield approaching 20% with a commitment to dedicate a significant portion of operating cash flow, over 30% in a $45 barrel environment to investor-friendly initiatives, prioritizing return of capital to shareholders and balance sheet enhancement. Significant upside leverage to even modest commodity price improvement, highlighted by over $900 million of free cash flow in a $50 per barrel environment. Though 2020 has been a stark reminder that we are price takers in a cyclical business and that we must manage our business conservatively, at some point, prices will recover. And we believe it's important to protect our upside leverage so that investors can benefit from that leverage in the up cycle. Finally, we are well positioned to sustainably deliver on our framework, supported by industry-leading capital efficiency at both an enterprise and basin level and high confidence, high-quality forward inventory. To close, with the backdrop of an unprecedented demand shock, our underlying business model and framework for success remain intact. And we are positioned to deliver in a more volatile and lower commodity price reality. Our proven track record of results, combined with our reinvestment rate discipline, will enhance our transparency and resilience going forward. And our consistent focus on those elements of the business we control has delivered dramatic and lasting results. Collectively, these actions have repositioned our company for success in the current environment, and for the uncertainty of the new normal ahead. Thank you. And I will now hand over to the operator to begin our Q&A session.
Operator:
Thank you. [Operator Instructions] From JPMorgan, we have Arun Jayaram. Please go ahead.
Arun Jayaram:
Good morning. Lee and team. Lee, I was wondering if you could start-off and give us your perspective on the U.S. election. Obviously, we're not done yet. Perhaps you can give us some of your thoughts on potential implications to the industry, MRO from a regulatory perspective, obviously, a lot of things, federal acreage, pipelines, you at IDCs around nuclear deal. But I was wondering if you could start there?
Lee Tillman:
Yeah. Well, certainly, I'm not going to provide any prediction this morning, Arun. But I think we all recognized the energy policy and energy security really should be non-partisan, right? There should be full alignment on addressing the dual challenge of meeting growing energy demand and, of course, reducing the risk of climate change. And we also know that the reality is that oil and gas is going to be an integral part of any future energy transition. And in fact, has provided a pathway for U.S. energy security. I think we have a responsibility to work collaboratively with whomever prevails. So, at the federal state and local levels, so that we can meet that dual challenge, my view is failure on either is just not acceptable. I think the current uncertainty around federal land is a good reminder of the benefits of our multi-basin model asset diversification and capital allocation flexibility. Certainly, we're realistic that with a Biden win, doing business on BLM land will become more difficult, and those are his words, not mine. But I just want to remind everyone as far as Marathon is concerned, we have very limited exposure to BLM land. In fact, in our core plays less than 10% of our acreage production and reserves resides on BLM land. So overall, we don't necessarily view that element of the regulatory environment having any discernible impact on us. Clearly, we would be cognizant of the fact that under a new administration, there will be new regulations that will have to be addressed. And I take some solace in the fact, though, to remind everyone that states like New Mexico have a vested interest in having a viable oil and gas industry. We're a significant provider of revenue and jobs for a state -- was one of the highest property rates in the U.S. You touched upon everything there from foreign policy to tax policy, but maybe on the tax policy, perhaps maybe I'll kick that over today and just let Dane kind of share a few thoughts on how we're thinking about that.
Dane Whitehead :
Hey, Arun, sorry, you choked me up with your tax question. Excuse me. Yeah, I do think -- I'm not going to predict outcomes either, but it does look like Republicans are going to hold the Senate. And that should lessen the likelihood of aggressive tax policy changes. But certainly, Vice President Biden has indicated multiple times that he wants to reduce incentives for energy, which I think we all translate to IDCs. In Marathon's case, we're not expecting to be a tax -- cash taxpayer at the federal level until late in the decade. We've got NOLs and foreign tax credits that shield us from anything, but the highest commodity price environment, certainly, at prevailing prices or any of the ranges that Lee talked about earlier. It's going to be many, many years before we get there. IDCs, we actually kind of manage our tax strategy toggling between NOLs, tax credits and IDCs. And frankly, we don't really lean very heavily on deducting IDCs in the current period. If that option went away altogether, I don't think it would change our trajectory at all on cash taxes.
Arun Jayaram :
That's very helpful. My follow-up question, Lee, is just regarding how you're thinking about portfolio longer-term? Obviously, I think the first call on free cash flow looks to be the balance sheet, but how do you think about portfolio renewal? We do seem to be in somewhat of a buyer's market as you think about A&D low premiums and given your low-cost structure, I would think that you could be a natural consolidator, just given that -- the fact that you drill your wells much lower than industry averages, et cetera?
Lee Tillman:
Yeah. I think on the topic of portfolio renewal, I kind of take you back to the approach we've addressed before, which is first, it's really organic enhancement in our existing basins. I think we showed very clearly how we continue to expand the economic window and enhance the capital efficiency of even our more mature basins in the Eagle Ford and the Bakken. So that's one element of it. We'll continue to assess smaller acquisitions and trades that we believe are accretive and fit within our footprint. We always want to be open to those types of opportunities. But whether those opportunities are small, medium and large, they still have to really address that criteria that I described in my opening comments, financially accretive. They have to be generally balance sheet neutral. There has to be industrial logic and natural synergies there. And then kind of the final element, the third element that I would highlight would be our continued commitment to our resource play exploration program. And I will just mention, as we talk about our maintenance capital kind of benchmark case into 2021. That still does include an element of resource play exploration capital as part of that plan. So we believe that, that type of model where we keep the aperture wide open on those opportunities, but then apply a very exacting criteria that's very returns focused. That's the right approach for continuing to renew the business and grow our resource base.
Arun Jayaram:
Great. Thanks a lot Lee.
Lee Tillman:
Thank you.
Operator:
From Barclays, we have Jeanine Wai. Please go ahead.
Jeanine Wai:
Hi. Good morning, everyone. Thanks for taking my questions.
Lee Tillman:
Good morning, Jeanine.
Dane Whitehead:
Hi, Jeanine.
Jeanine Wai:
Good morning. I'm glad, you can hear me. It's my first day back in the office and nothing works. This is my first question. My first question is on the breakeven. And my second question is on inventory. So on the 2021 maintenance breakeven, that slightly improved in last night's update. Can you discuss what assumptions are baked into that updated breakeven? I know you mentioned natural gas price is strengthening. But also, in particular, your well cost, they seem to be improving every quarter and you're anticipating further reduction sequentially in Q4. So we're just trying to quantify how that breakeven could trend over the next few quarters? And then any commentary on productivity would be appreciated as well?
Lee Tillman:
Yes. No, absolutely, Jeanine. Thanks for the question. Maybe just starting with those underlying assumptions and what is really changing. First of all, just reflecting back on my comments, I want to be really clear that 2021 benchmark maintenance case, does not benefit from some outsized drawdown. It is basically on an unhedged basis. And it does still include some modest resource play exploration spending. Now in terms of the improvement trend that you take note of, that is on the back really of us continuing to bake in actual performance in both operating efficiency and capital efficiency. So that's one element. And then as you note, since essentially in these scenarios, we're holding WTI pricing constant, the gas price does have an impact. In our earlier maintenance cases, breakeven cases that we disclosed, we had assumed nominally a $2.50 gas price. Given the forward curve outlook, we have bumped that up to the $3. And so when you kind of roll all that in there, in essence, this 2021 benchmark maintenance case where we're spending basically $1 billion to hold our 4Q '20 production flat. That's delivering essentially a $33 per barrel WTI breakeven. $35, if you include our dividend. If I could, I'll maybe shift, Jeanine, to your inventory question. And -- I'm sorry, yes.
Dane Whitehead:
Jeanine, did you have a follow-up on inventory and a specific question there?
Jeanine Wai:
Yes. So I guess we've noticed a new slide in the presentation, which are great and very helpful. You've discussed in the past of having about a decade of good inventory in the Bakken and Eagle Ford. I think you mentioned it again today. That could probably be maybe even a little bit longer given slower growth. So can you provide any color on the criteria that you used to get to that decade of inventory number? And I think, specifically, if you have any commentary on what return threshold that you use at a certain oil price to count good inventory? And if you've got Tier 1, Tier 2 in that decade? And maybe any assumptions around spacing would be helpful too? Thank you.
Lee Tillman:
Okay. There's a lot in that question. I'll try to unpack it. Maybe, first of all, let's start just going back to some of that third-party public data that we shared. When we look at the Bakken and Eagle Ford by these objective measures, they're not just among the best. I mean, they are the best from a capital efficiency standpoint. And even as we step away from what we would consider the historic core areas, we continue to see those ranking as the best from a capital efficiency standpoint. And so, when we look at that 10 years of inventory across both the Bakken and the Eagle Ford, that is high return, high-quality inventory. And without getting into hurdle rates and things, all of that inventory we would view. And certainly, within the price bands that we just addressed as being very accretive to our overall corporate returns. From a spacing standpoint, I mean, there are no, I would say, aggressive assumptions as it comes to spacing. Within the Bakken and the Eagle Ford, we have very well-established spacing designs across the zones and within the various geology that exists in the plays. We tend to look at both maximizing PV, as well as returns within a given DSU, and that's really again, supporting this 10 years of inventory. So, there's nothing in, I'd say, this analysis that is aggressive as it pertains to spacing. The other thing I would just add is that, we continue to see both on the cost and the productivity side, ways to move the needle there. From a cost standpoint, when we continue to drive down our completed well cost. And on the completions and productivity side, we continue to optimize our designs. And if you look again at our productivity data, if you normalize for geology, we continue to see an improving trend there as well. So, all the vectors are in the right direction. So I'll just pause there, Jeanine, and see if I touched upon most of your question.
Jeanine Wai:
Definitely, that was very helpful. Thank you.
Lee Tillman:
All right. Thanks, Jeanine
Operator:
From Truist Securities, we have Neal Dingmann. Please go ahead.
Neal Dingmann:
Could you speak -- you guys sounded confident in the prepared, I guess, in the press release, I should say, on your inflection point comment. And it does sound like, you're certainly trending that way. I'm just wondering, maybe could you give some more color on just the confidence either you, from your side or data from the finance side that you have turned that corner to generating more consistent free cash flow on that inflection?
Lee Tillman:
Yes. Neal, well, certainly, when you look at third quarter performance, and bear in mind, this was on essentially a $40 WTI kind of marker pricing. When we're able to generate that level of cash flow in that type of environment, particularly as we kind of land, even a bit earlier on our exit rate expectations, I think that really tells the full story. And so, as we continue to move throughout fourth quarter, we're still very confident that, that trend of consistently and sustainably generating free cash flow will remain in place. And that confidence is really underpinned on that enterprise breakeven that we've worked so hard to drive as low as reasonably practical. In fact, just as a reminder, in the second half of 2020, our breakevens really for the second half of this year are in the low 30s, right? So, I just want to remind everyone of that. So, I think we're on the right trajectory. It's building on a track record that we firmly established before. I think, we had this black swan event at the beginning of this year. We were delivering on all of those metrics that matter in '18 and '19. We had returned $1.4 billion back to our shareholders in that period. And obviously, when you look at the delivery of free cash flow from our model, whether it's kind of our view of mid-cycle pricing at kind of $600 million of free cash flow or with even just modest pricing improvement towards $50, you can see the outsized torque that we have to the oil price with that number going up basically to $900 million.
Neal Dingmann:
And then, Lee, it kind of touches into my -- just my follow-up. Just it seems like the cycle times, I mean, you guys continue to improve. Can you maybe just discuss Eagle Ford and Bakken cycle times? They certainly just continue to improve. And does that, give you the flexibility on when you're looking at this plan?
Lee Tillman:
Yes. Well, certainly, cycle time is an integral part of the overall well economics, just like well cost and productivity. And it's our ability to really minimize that time for when we start on the well, until we actually start making money. And so, maybe I'll just kick over to Mike and just let him talk about, we continue to see improving trends in both the Eagle Ford and Bakken on those points.
Mike Henderson:
Yes. I'll just build on that a little bit, Neal. I think we've touched on some of this during his comments. There's probably three or four areas that we're particularly focused on, and we're seeing the benefits. I think, in the well design area as well as the cycle times. Our emphasis on maximizing volume as well as returns I think is helping. The – another big area, and this came out in the deck was just execution efficiency. I think our teams have a relentless focus on just driving further improvements there. The third area I'd probably highlight would be supply chain optimization. We have modeled should cost models. So we have a good understanding of how much things should cost. And we really use that to drive our sourcing strategies. And then the third – or sorry, the fourth element would just be commercial leverage. And really, that comes in the form of inflation. What I would say is the first three are more structural in nature, and that's where our teams spend most of our time.
Neal Dingmann:
Very good. Thanks, Lee, thanks, Mike.
Lee Tillman:
Thanks, Neal
Operator:
From Scotiabank, we have Paul Cheng. Please go ahead.
Paul Cheng:
Thank you. Good morning.
Lee Tillman:
Good morning, Paul.
Paul Cheng:
Two questions. One is short and one maybe is maybe twofold. The short one is that with the number of wells you're coming on stream, coming in the fourth quarter. One would have thought your production should be up somewhat from the third quarter level in oil. And you are flat according to your guidance. Is it that just simply a timing of those well coming on stream or is there any other reasons? The second question is that one of your competitor argue in the merger announcement that size does matter in terms of the attractiveness to investor and think that if you are below a certain size, probably less than $10 billion that the investor will just ignore it and not even on the water screen. I'm just curious that whether you agree with that assessment? And also that whether – how you take that into consideration and the Board, looking at any M&A opportunity? And that when we're looking at M&A, is what type of ideal merger partner that from your standpoint, from a basin, is it that they will be offering a lot of synergy in the existing basin or diversification? Yes, a benefit? Thank you.
Lee Tillman:
Okay, Paul, I'm going to – I'll start trying to tick through those, but thanks for the question. First of all, maybe I hope on the short answer question. For the number of wells on stream in the fourth quarter, those – we do have a higher well count. In fact, we have about double the wells to sales between third quarter to fourth quarter. But those are arriving relatively late in the quarter, and therefore, you don't necessarily see the full impact of those barrels coming online in fourth quarter. And even though, obviously, we talk about our business on a quarterly basis, we're managing our business through the quarters and looking ahead to – already to 2021 as well. On your second question, just around speculation around what generates investor relevance. First of all, I'll maybe just start off by saying the sector must certainly mature. And part of that maturity will probably be consolidation that ensures assets get in the hands of the most efficient and financially-healthy operators. Having done all the repositioning that we've done for our company, significant and sustainable free cash flow, shareholder-friendly actions, a track record dating back to 2018, we certainly believe we're one of those operators. At the end of the day, profitable and sustainable E&P companies that deliver on the financial metrics that matter are going to attract investors irrespective of size. I mean, size, obviously, is an element. But if you have a profitable company that generates strong free cash flow across a lower and more volatile price deck and that takes investor-friendly actions, my perspective is that's an investable thesis. I mean, our belief is that an E&P company should be judged on its financial outcomes and profitability, scale alone does not secure financial performance. And I'll just maybe just leave it there, Paul.
Paul Cheng:
Thank you.
Operator:
From Goldman Sachs, we have Brian Singer. Please go ahead.
Brian Singer:
Thank you. Good morning.
Lee Tillman:
Good morning, Brian.
Brian Singer:
My first question is with regards to a return of capital and leave it to the analyst community right upon your re-initiation of a dividend to ask about incremental return of capital, but I guess we'll go there anyway. Can you just talk philosophically about your framework? You're very clear about the reinvestment rates, the prioritization of the base dividend and the balance sheet enhancement, getting down to 1 to 1.5 times leverage, where does incremental return of capital fit into that? Does leverage need to get down to one to 1.5 times before the base dividend or any other return of capital can go up, or is there some middle ground?
Lee Tillman:
Well, I think – and I'll kick over to Dane, just a second here to maybe build on your question, Brian. But the reality is that, I think what we demonstrated in the last quarter is we can do both. We can walk in to go, meaning that we can we can address our balance sheet as well as be focused on return of cash to shareholder. Beyond the base dividend, I think, clearly, we're going to have to see achievement of some of our balance sheet goals, which we view as kind of midterm goals. But maybe I'll kick over to Dane just let him talk a little bit about the prioritization of free cash flow, which, by the way, is a great problem to have.
Dane Whitehead:
Yeah. Hey, Brian, yes. Good question. Returning capital is obviously to shareholders is obviously a top priority for us. And that's why we went ahead when we got confidence in our free cash flow generation ability at these price levels and reinstated that base dividend. We're very confident that we can support that. And then we conducted a series of liability management transactions were designed to do a couple of things
Brian Singer:
Great. Great. Thank you. And then my follow-up is to continue on the M&A thread here. And you were pretty clear about the criteria that needs to make the company better and not just fully for scale, but I wondered if you could characterize the market today and whether those opportunities exist or whether, in your mind, it's just more theoretical. And then if you look across your portfolio, you highlighted the inventory that you have in the Bakken and the Eagle Ford. In particular, is it – is there more or a better opportunity to pursue incremental scale there versus to try to bring up the Permian or Oklahoma to maybe compete from a size or scale perspective relative to the Bakken and Eagle Ford?
Lee Tillman:
Yeah. Yeah, I think, Brian, just to maybe reiterate our stance, because it is, obviously, I think, the topic de jure. We have confidence in our organic model. But it's not at the exclusion of strategic options that could enhance our financial outcomes. And part of the path to get there may in fact be scale. And as you stated, to that end, we do have a very well-defined criteria. I wouldn't say, it's purely theoretical, what I would say is it's very exacting because we are already generating such strong and compelling financial outcomes. When you look at our breakevens, when you look at the capital efficiency of our portfolio, when you look at the free cash flow yields that we can generate at today's pricing as well as even with modest price support, we have to be very confident that any strategic option that we were to pursue would, in fact, be additive to delivering against those financial outcomes. In terms of specific preference to basins, although that today, Bakken and Eagle Ford are certainly receiving the lion's share of capital allocation. And again, I'll take you back to that capital efficiency chart. That's what's driving that. We're going to the highest return, most capital efficient elements of our portfolio. We are also governing that investment by this reinvestment rate criteria. And so there are very competitive opportunities that reside in both Northern Delaware and Oklahoma. And we clearly see those competing for capital as we move forward in time. Would we, obviously, look in our more mature basins of the Eagle Ford and Bakken given our operations excellence in those basins? Well, certainly, we would. But we would not limit the aperture to just those two basins. I mean, to really to meet that criteria, I think right now, you do have to keep that aperture wide open and – but still rigorously test against it, because we certainly don't want to take action that would, again, erode the strength of what is already a compelling organic business model.
Brian Singer:
Great. Thank you.
Lee Tillman:
Thank you, Brian.
Operator:
From Wells Fargo, we have Nitin Kumar. Please go ahead.
Nitin Kumar:
Hi, good morning Lee and team. Thanks for taking my question.
Lee Tillman:
Good morning.
Nitin Kumar:
Maybe I want to start with M&A. One thing I noticed was in the Oklahoma, you have managed to keep your production relatively flat with almost six months of no real activity or new activity. Just kind of curious, what's driving that? Is there some base management or something that we should be thinking about?
Lee Tillman:
Yeah. Excellent observation and question. And the way I would think about Oklahoma is, first of all, as we wrapped up the drilling and completion program in Oklahoma, we had some very successful wells that came out of that program. In addition to that, clearly, Oklahoma did see some shut-ins during the peak of the crisis. And so as we brought some of those wells back online, we did, in fact, see some elements of flush production. But I think overall, there is a more moderate decline that exists and much of the Oklahoma portfolio, just due to the nature of those reservoirs. And so yes, Oklahoma has been a great successor. And I also want to just shout out to that team is despite having de minimis D&C activity, their focus on uptime, reliability and that type of performance has just been outstanding. And our most profitable barrels are the ones that we've already invested in. And so you see that, that team taking it to a whole new level and really being focused on keeping those existing barrels online and ensuring that everything from gas lift optimization to keeping our surface facilities up and running. So I think that's what you're seeing in that decline curve in Oklahoma.
Nitin Kumar:
Excellent. And then, I guess, the other question, which has been asked, but I'll ask it a little bit differently, I guess. You exit the year with a few more completions. And, obviously, this has been a challenging year. One of the things you focused on in the past has been ratability of your spending and activity. How soon do you think you get back to that in 2021, or maybe is it later?
Lee Tillman:
Yeah. I think you probably need to differentiate activity perhaps between when wells to sales come online. Actually, our activity is very ratable in many respects in the third and fourth quarter, meaning that we have two frac crews essentially running basically, six drilling rigs running. What you're seeing is, obviously, as wells come online from pad drilling, they do tend to come on in batches. If we have a pad that has exceptionally long laterals, it will take a bit longer to get it online. And so I think what you're seeing is some natural variability in the activity. I think probably the best way to look at it would be to look through third and fourth quarter and put those two together and look across the average of that half year, and that really delivers what is, I think, a more indicative ratable capital spend, recognizing there is going to be variability on when wells are delivered. I mean, again, we don't -- we're not tailoring those wells to hit at certain points in a quarter. I mean, we're driving that those six rigs and those two frac crews to maximize efficiency. And, of course, the wells comes to sales as they come to sales.
Nitin Kumar:
Great. Thank you for your answers.
Operator:
And from Bank of America, we have Doug Leggate. Please go ahead.
Doug Leggate:
Thanks. Good morning Lee. Good morning everyone.
Lee Tillman:
Good morning Doug.
Doug Leggate:
Lee, hope you're doing well. I admire the continued disclosure on the free cash flow, which is obviously what everyone's focused on. My question is longevity. What are you thinking today when you look at -- when you talk about $1 billion of sustaining capital, what's the longevity of the portfolio without REx at this point? And I guess, if you could share also, maybe it's a second question, if you could share also what proportion of that cash flow, free cash flow currently is coming from EG? I'll leave it there. Thanks.
Lee Tillman:
Yes. I'll -- maybe I'll take the first part on longevity, and maybe I'll kick over to Mitch to talk a little bit about EG performance and its contribution. Clearly, Doug, for us, we believe very strongly in the three elements of resource enhancement that I talked about earlier, organic enhancement within basin, in addition to smaller trades and acquisitions and then, of course, the REx program that you mentioned. All of those are embedded in our forward outlook. We don't view that as an either/or proposition. We want to ensure that even within our benchmark maintenance case that we're continuing to reinvest in elevating in-basin performance, in-basin resource as well as continuing to support REx and have the financial flexibility that if there is a market-based opportunity that we can act on that. Strictly to the longevity, let's just kind of set all that to the side and even zero that out. We have high confidence, as you have seen in some of the presentation material, that the Eagle Ford and the Bakken are superior to really any of the U.S. shale plays. And we have a 10-year inventory life in both of those basins that we believe can drive the business to generate consistent outcomes to 2021. In other words, we don't see a falloff in that performance as we move forward in time because we're going to obviously continue to work on cost efficiency on productivity gains, et cetera. So, we see that model as being consistent and really being complemented then by the more competitive opportunities that we still have access to in Oklahoma and Northern Delaware, particularly as we see strengthening in secondary product pricing, particularly gas and NGLs. So, we are very confident in the longevity of free cash flow delivery. And we're also equally confident that we can continue to progress our, I'll call it, resource enhancement work as part of our reinvestment rate framework. Maybe I'll just kick over to Mitch for just a minute to share a few thoughts on EG and kind of the -- not only the path today's contribution of EG, but kind of what that future contribution may look like.
Mitch Little:
Good morning. Consistent with how we've talked about EG for a number of years and quarters, it certainly a strong asset for us and has historically generated meaningful free cash flow. This year, like the rest of our business, EG is certainly not immune to the price pressure that's occurred. However, as we move in through the third quarter and into the back half of the year now, we have seen modest price recovery across the board. We've got a Henry Hub index contract at the LNG facility. Methanol prices have certainly improved significantly. And so we would expect to return to meaningful dividends in the fourth quarter from that business. Having said that, I think, more broadly, your question, our U.S. business generates significant free cash flow as well. And particularly from the Bakken and Eagle Ford assets, where they have a track record of doing that for some time. So, with respect to EG going forward, I would expect 2020 to be a bit of an outlier on the low side. It's an asset that doesn't require a lot of continuous investment. We've got the Alen backfill project, that's proceeding on schedule coming on in the first half of next year, seeing this price recovery, modest price recovery, certainly relative to Q2. And we continue to progress and pursue additional regional gas opportunities, where we've got this really world-class infrastructure that's uniquely positioned with TCFs of discovered and undeveloped gas around us in the region and are at various levels of maturity with a number of interested parties in trying to enhance and pursue those opportunities further.
Doug Leggate:
Guys, I wanted just to clarify, I'm looking at slide 8, the 2021 guidance on the free cash flow. I'm just trying to get a handle as to what proportion of that free cash flow is coming from EG. That was really the question I was asking.
Lee Tillman:
Yeah. I mean, we can -- we can get more into that when we actually put forward a physical business plan and talk a little bit more explicitly about the sources of our free cash flow. But the reality is, as Mitch pointed out, a big proportion of that is coming from the U.S. resource plays. And that's really -- and if you look at the fact that we had, obviously, some maintenance, et cetera, at EG earlier this year. So there have been some impacts to that. And then, coupled with the price dislocation that Mitch referenced, its contribution has been pretty -- in a relative sense, has been relatively small this year. As we move more into more constructive gas pricing, certainly, we would expect EG to perhaps come back more equivalent to historic levels that we have seen in that asset. If you rewind back to 2019, EG was throwing off considerable free cash flow. But for us, there's a -- obviously, this is where the diversity of the portfolio really comes into play, because we have that diversity, not only across basin, but also across the various commodity types. And in this case, EG may have been penalized for gas early in the year, but it could step up as we move into 2021. So, I would just say more to come as we move from kind of talking about a benchmark case to the physical business plan.
Doug Leggate:
Thanks a lot. That
Lee Tillman:
Okay. Thanks, Doug.
Operator:
Thank you. We'll now turn it back to Lee Tillman for closing remarks.
Lee Tillman:
I wanted to end by recognize our employees and contractors have been so resilient, during these challenging times, never losing sight of our core values. Thank you for your interest in Marathon Oil and that concludes our call.
Operator:
Thank you. Ladies and gentlemen, this concludes today's conference. Thank you for joining. You may now disconnect.
Operator:
Welcome to the Marathon Oil Second Quarter Earnings Conference Call. My name is Rebecca and I'll be your operator for today's call. At this time, all participants are in a listen-only mode. Later, we will conduct a question-and-answer session. [Operator Instructions] Please note this conference is being recorded. I will now turn it over to Guy Baber, Vice President of Investor Relations. You may begin sir.
Guy Baber:
Thanks, Rebecca, and thank you to everyone for joining us this morning on the call. Yesterday, after the close we issued a press release, slide presentation and investor packet that address our second quarter results. Those documents can be found on our website at marathonoil.com. Joining me on today's call are Lee Tillman, our Chairman, President and CEO; Dane Whitehead, Executive VP and CFO; Pat Wagner, Executive VP of Corporate Development and Strategy; Mitch Little, Executive Vice President Adviser to the CEO; and Mike Henderson, SVP of Operations. As always, today's call will contain forward-looking statements subject to risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed or implied by such statements. I'll refer everyone to the cautionary language included in the press release and presentation materials, as well as to the risk factors described in our SEC filings. With that, I'll turn the call over to Lee, who will provide us his opening remarks. We will then open the call to Q&A.
Lee Tillman:
Thanks, Guy, and good morning to everyone on the call today. I want to start out by, again, extending my thanks to our resilient and dedicated employees and contractors. Since the very beginning of the COVID-19 pandemic, our field staff has remained hard at work as essential critical infrastructure providers, expertly doing their job to keep the U.S. supplied with made in America Energy. Our industry has been a powerful engine of U.S. economic growth for the last decade and the clean affordable energy we provide will unquestionably be critical, empowering our nation's and the world's ongoing economic recovery. Marathon Oil, our business continuity and emergency response plans have facilitated uninterrupted field operations and work-from-home practices that have protected our productivity and execution excellence in a very dynamic period. I am extremely proud of the Marathon Oil family, and over the last five months have been impressed by their commitment and dedication. They have truly risen to the challenge. It goes without saying that the health and safety of our people remains my top priority. We will continue to manage COVID-19 risks diligently, and I'm happy to report that our year-to-date safety performance as measured by total recordable incident rate is the best in our company's history. Further amidst these uncertain and challenging times, we remain dedicated to partnering with and investing in the communities where we live and operate, whether that is through donating laptops and helping our community partners here in Houston to transition education programs to distance learning, distributing N95 mass to emergency management and healthcare organizations and our local communities, or through the testing of more than 35,000 people in Equatorial Guinea for COVID-19. However, the only real solution for society and our business is to get the world healthy and back to work. Regarding the macro environment, commodity prices are clearly in a better place today than they were at the time of our last earnings call. In all honesty, that is not a very high bar, but the recent stability in energy markets is a welcome respite from the extreme volatility we had experienced in the second quarter. Market forces have been at work and global oil demand has improved from the depths of the crisis, and supply actions have taken barrels out of a saturated market. Yet, despite this improvement, global macro uncertainty remains high and the range of potential outcomes for future oil prices remains very wide and difficult to predict. In the face of this uncertainty, E&P industry must remain disciplined. Today, the world simply does not need more of our product, but demand will recover and production decline from lack of investment will exert itself. It is all too easy to become distracted by external forces, but we can't control the macro. We can control how we allocate capital, how we manage our cost structure, and how we execute. Actions we are taking in these controllable areas strongly support our financial goals of protecting liquidity, improving our balance sheet and reducing our enterprise free cash flow breakevens. That is our focus. And second quarter results are evidence that our focus is paying off. During second quarter, we limited our CapEx to $137 million with a successful and efficient ramp down of our drilling and completion activity and response to rapid downward correction in commodity prices, fully consistent with our focus on protecting returns and exercising discipline. We deliver total company oil production of 197,000 barrels of oil per day, a strong result despite 11,000 barrels of oil per day of voluntary curtailments. We drove U.S. unit production costs down to $4.09 per barrel, the lowest level since we became an independent E&P and a reduction of almost 20% in comparison to the 2019 average. And we drove average completed well cost per lateral foot down 10% relative to 2019, with line of sight to further reductions in coming quarters. On the back of this differentiated execution, we are reducing our full year 2020 capital budget and raising our full year oil production guidance. We have taken decisive action in response to this year's macro challenges. Our response has been thoughtful, but swift, reducing and high-grading our capital expenditure program, lowering our cost structure and protecting our balance sheet and liquidity. The result has been a substantial reduction in our corporate breakevens. We have successfully repositioned our company for significant free cash flow generation at the forward curve, while protecting our operational momentum as we look ahead to 2021. Next, a few words on how we are allocating capital and our updated 2020 program and revised guidance. As I noted, we have reduced our full year 2020 capital spending guidance from a ceiling of $1.3 billion down to $1.2 billion. This reduction is a result of tremendous innovation and execution from our teams and continued reductions to our completed well costs. Building on these impressive capital efficiency trends, we expect to drive further improvement over the second half of the year. Case in point, second half 2020 well cost per lateral foot are expected to be down by more than 20% in comparison to 2019. The results of concentrated capital allocation to the Eagle Ford and Bakken and targeted efforts to continue reducing our costs. These reductions are due to a combination of specific well design improvements, execution efficiency, supply chain optimization, and commercial leverage. We expect the majority of these gains to prove durable through the cycle. While reducing our full year capital spending guidance, we are also raising our full year total company oil production outlook to 190,000 barrels of oil per day at the midpoint of guidance, the result of both strong base and new well performance. This revised guidance is inclusive of all year-to-date curtailments, which totaled again approximately 11,000 barrels of oil per day and 17,000 BOE per day during second quarter. As a reminder, the production outlook we provided last quarter was on an underlying basis, exclusive of all production curtailments. After a pause in completion and drilling activity during second quarter, in July, we successfully transitioned back to work and are currently running three rigs and two frac crews across the Eagle Ford and Bakken with no loss in execution efficiency. Our CapEx has been high-graded to our most capital efficient cash flow generative opportunities that offer some of the strongest returns across the entire Lower 48 landscape. So, CapEx will be generally rateable over the second half of 2020, we do expect wells to sales concentrated in 4Q. With the 2Q pause in activity and timing of our wells to sales, 3Q will be the trough for our 2020 production profile, consistent with what we messaged previously. However, our volumes will be on an improving trend by the fourth quarter with expected 4Q 2020 total company oil production in the low 170 KBD range. We will best exit 2020 with strong momentum from a core of capital efficient, high margin production that will provide us with a solid foundation for success as we enter 2021. And while we are hitting the pause button on capital investment in the Northern Delaware, Oklahoma, and our Resource Play Exploration program, those opportunities provide us with important capital allocation optionality and associated returns in an improving commodity price environment. Specifically, we have completed all planned D&C activity for our reduced 2020 Resource Play Exploration or REx program, which was primarily focused on the delineation of our contiguous 60,000 acre position in the Texas Delaware oil play. We have now successfully brought online four Woodford and two Meramec wells since entering the play, which have confirmed our reservoir productivity and gas/oil ratio expectations while also validating high oil cut, shallow decline profiles, and low water/oil ratios. Cumulative production per lateral foot at 90 and 180 days from these wells compares favorably to industry Delaware Basin benchmarks in the Wolfcamp and Bone Spring. Our attention is now focused on analysis of longer dated production trends and continuous improvement in our D&C cost. Along with resetting and high-grading our capital investment, we have also successfully reset our cost structure. Our objective in managing our costs is to further enhance our competitiveness, reduce our cash flow breakevens, and position our company for such success in a lower, more volatile commodity price environment. For 2020, we have implemented cash cost reduction efforts early in the cycle as previously discussed, including employee and contractor workforce reductions. And consistent with our first quarter disclosure, we still expect to realize $260 million of total cash cost savings this year, inclusive of severance payments that we made during second quarter. We are driving run rate G&A down 17% from the 2019 average and down 25% from the 2018 average, continuing a multiyear trend. During 2Q, we reduced U.S. unit production costs down to all time record low levels, down approximately 20% versus the 2019 average. With the obvious commodity price challenges during second quarter, we pulled all levers to reduce production costs as quickly and aggressively as possible. Looking ahead, with improved commodity prices, we expect to add back high return workover activity and associated expense work. With high workover activity and lower volumes during 3Q, unit production costs are expected to increase sequentially. Importantly, however, our full year 2020 unit production cost guidance remain consistent with our original guidance entering the year, despite lower production impacting the dominator, a strong accomplishment. To put our overall cash cost efforts into perspective, total annualized reductions taken straight to the bottom line are contributing to about a $5 per barrel improvement in our cash flow breakeven, enhancing our resilience to lower prices and our ability to generate free cash flow in any recovery scenario, the low cost producer wins in any commodity price environment. Underpinning all of the actions we have taken, we are first and foremost prioritizing the financial strength of the enterprise, protecting our balance sheet, our liquidity and our cash flow generation. Total liquidity remained substantial at over $3.5 billion at quarter-end, and we remain investment grade at all three credit rating agencies. Overall, the combination of our high-graded capital allocation, significant cost reductions and solid execution have successfully repositioned the company for free cash flow generation at prices well below the current forward curve, while also protecting our operational momentum into 2021. For the second half of 2020, our corporate free cash flow breakeven is in the low $30 per barrel range, implying strong free cash flow generation over the back half of the year at current pricing. And though premature to discuss a specific 2021 business plan, we have defined a benchmark maintenance case that holds 2021 total company oil production in line with 4Q 2020 exit levels and the low 170 KBD range. This scenario delivers a free cash flow breakeven of approximately $35 per barrel on an unhedged basis, and highlights our differentiated capital efficiency and significant free cash flow potential. With our significant leverage to oil prices, a $1 per barrel change in WTI translates to about $55 million of annual cash flow generation. This benchmark maintenance case highlights the significant and improved free cash flow potential of our company. To reiterate, this is not our 2121 business plan. Rather, it is a benchmark scenario that illustrates how we have repositioned the company, while also affording a more direct comparison of capital efficiency to our peers. It highlights both our resilience and free cash flow potential. That said, it is we're spending some time on how we are thinking about strategy, key priorities and capital allocation, our framework for success as we come out of this historic downturn and turn our attention to the new normal for our company and for our sector going forward. Entering 2020, I believe our company had established a hard earned track record of delivering on a well-defined framework for capital discipline, corporate returns improvement, multiple years of sustainable free cash flow generation, significant return of capital back to shareholders. More specifically over 2018 and 2019, we returned over 20% of our cash flow from operations back to shareholders, all fully funded with free cash flow, corresponding to an average reinvestment rate of just under 80%. Looking ahead, our core priorities won't change, but the environment has. Therefore, we must deliver the same outcomes, corporate returns improvement, sustainable free cash flow and return of capital to shareholders in a lower and more volatile commodity price world. This will demand an even greater focus on free cash flow generation through more moderate reinvestment rates and a relentless focus on capital efficiency, balance sheet strength, cost reduction and base production optimization. While 2020 is clearly a transitional year. A year in which we have leveraged the supply/demand crisis to further reposition the company for success, we expect our forward capital reinvestment to trend below 80% of our cash flow generation at much lower mid cycle oil pricing. Even in a $40 per barrel oil case, our reinvestment rate would likely trend no higher than 80%. At prices north of $40 per barrel, our reinvestment rates would be well below 80% and that incremental free cash flow would be taken to the bottom line. This reinvestment framework will pave the way for clear line of sight to significant free cash flow that can be used for shareholder friendly purposes, prioritizing debt reduction and distributions back to our shareholders. With the governor of reinvestment rate, production volumes will remain an outcome, not an input. In summary, second quarter was another remarkable execution story for our company, while navigating a very challenging macro environment. With the backdrop of an unprecedented demand shock, our underlying business model and framework for success remain intact, but we must now deliver in a more volatile and lower commodity price reality. Our reinvestment rate approach so successfully deployed in 2018 and 2019 will enhance our transparency and resilience going forward. Our focus on those elements of the business we control has delivered dramatic and lasting results. We further reduced our full year 2020 capital spending budget, and we raised our 2020 oil production guidance. We have high-graded our capital program, successfully managed our cost structure, and protected our liquidity and balance sheet strength. And our 2021 benchmark maintenance scenario with a corporate breakeven of $35 per barrel serves as a compelling proof point for our differentiated capital efficiency. Collectively, these actions have repositioned our company for success in the current environment and for the uncertainty of the new normal ahead. Thank you. And I will now hand over to the operator to begin our Q&A session.
Operator:
Thank you. We will now begin the question-and-answer session. [Operator Instructions] And our first question is from Arun from JPMorgan Chase. Your line is open.
Arun Jayaram:
Yeah. Good morning, Lee to you and your team.
Lee Tillman:
Good morning.
Arun Jayaram:
Yeah. I wanted to start regarding 2021 -- on 2021. You left us some breadcrumbs on how to think about next year under a maintenance CapEx scenario. Under our math, if you're going to sustain the 4Q 2020 oil exit rate in below 270 would translate into about 63 million barrels of oil. The current strip, Lee,for 2021 is just under $45, $44.70. You talked about a cash flow breakeven of 35. So that would suggest to us, well north of $500 million in free cash flow. So, my first question is, I wondering if you could give us some thoughts on the area code that we're estimating for free cash flow under this maintenance scenario. And what would be the priorities for using that free cash flow, if that -- call it that $44 -- $45 strip proves the correct.
Lee Tillman:
Yeah. Thank you, Arun for the question. And I'll maybe take the first part of that. And then I might -- and led some support from Dane in terms of priorities. But first and foremost, I want to confirm that that your number is absolutely in the right zip code for the current strip. It's -- as I said my opening remarks, Arun, it's a little premature to talk about a 2021 business plan, but for this very well defined benchmark case that we have laid out that in fact hold its production in line with 4Q 2020 exit levels. That does have a very differentiated breakeven at $35. And when you do the math and certainly, this again, as a reminder, is kind of an unhedged basis. Your number is pretty much in the correct zip code. I would also just remind everyone, as I said in my opening remarks that we also have an extreme amount of leverage to oil pricing. And obviously that is evident in your number, but just as a reminder for -- every dollar -- dollar per barrel change in WTI, we're looking at an incremental $55 million or so in operating cash flow. So, with that as a little bit of a scene set for 2021, I think our biggest challenge is just recognizing when do we see that stability in the market and we can count on those free cash flows coming in the door, because we certainly have built a model that can deliver that. But assuming that we're successful and that the macro cooperates, we are left with the challenge of how do we prioritize the uses of that free cash flow going forward. And so, maybe I'll let Dane just share a few thoughts on our priorities there.
Dane Whitehead:
Yeah. Thanks, Lee and good morning Arun. I'd say our top priorities for using free cash flow right now are reducing debt and returning capital back to shareholders. I would say in the very near term. The first call on free cash flow will probably be to further strengthen the balance sheet. We've talked about for a while a leverage target in the medium term of sort of one to 1.5 times net debt to EBITDA in a mid cycle price environment. I don't think we need to get there all at once. But tacking in that direction is something that makes sense to us. And as Lee referenced, certainly, compared to where we were in Q2, commodity prices look great. And actually getting contango in the forward curve is kind of nice to dream about, but we'd like to have some confidence in the stability of that before we return to a programmatic return of capital to shareholders. That's super important to us. As you know, we have done that over the past couple of years to the tune of about $1.3 billion return of free cash flow that we've generated to shareholders. And we are committed to getting back to that. I think the most likely way to start that would be to reestablish a competitive yield based dividend. And then look at other alternatives beyond that. Some of our peers are talking about things like variable dividends. That's certainly on the table for discussion point for us, we're thinking about that. But first things first, just returned to sort of a base case dividend makes sense. And then if we do get into a sort of a consistent mid cycle pricing environment, I think it's important to know we don't view deleveraging or returning capital to shareholders as yield or proposition. I think, there's enough room and enough flexibility to do both of those things in a more mid cycle price environment. And that's what we'd be focused on.
Arun Jayaram:on that NAG 25:50:
Lee Tillman:
Yeah. Maybe I'll start off and then ask Mitch to perhaps jump in as well. You're right in the sense that we did experience obviously some downtime earlier in the year that was impactful to EG. But I just want to remind everyone about the value proposition in EG. This is a long life, low decline asset. Clearly, just like all assets, it's exposed to the vagaries of commodity pricing. And you went through those, Arun, both on the LNG side, the methanol side, condensate side, et cetera. But it is a strong free cash flow generative asset from the sense that it really requires de minimus reinvestment. And then, of course, as we look to further leverage and utilize this world-class infrastructure that we have there, the gas plant, the methanol plant, the LNG plant and all the associated kit there, there is an opportunity, certainly even with a declining equity production to protect and stabilize our cash flows going forward. And that's where opportunities like Alen really come into play. The good news is that Alen is on schedule and we're looking forward to that. But maybe I'll just ask Mitch to chime in with any other thoughts from his perspective.
Mitch Little:
Yeah. Sure. Good morning, Arun. Just to add a little bit, I guess, to your question -- comments and Lee's, beyond the 2Q trough in commodity prices really across the board, we also had a very significant turnaround at the AMPCO methanol facility this year, which impacted equity earnings. As we head into third quarter here, we're obviously seeing good recovery in prices on all fronts across all commodities. Case in point, there's some really strong tailwinds at the beginning of Q3 with U.S. Gulf Coast spot prices up about 60% on methanol over the lows in Q2. So, we look forward at the commodity curves. The full year of 2021 without major turnaround expenditures and the land volumes coming on, lot of signals pointing to positive. We expect -- as we've said before, on a normalized price basis, equity earnings in 2021 to be more comparable to what they were in 2019. With the current forward curve, if those prices hold, we would expect to see a return to dividends from some of the equity companies before the end of this year. And then, of course, with the current forward curve, that just strengthening into 2021.
Arun Jayaram:
That's helpful. Thanks gents.
Lee Tillman:
Thank you, Arun.
Operator:
And our next question is from Jeanine from Barclays. Your line is open.
Jeanine Wai:
Hi. Good morning everyone.
Lee Tillman:
Good morning, Jeanine.
Dane Whitehead:
Good morning.
Jeanine Wai:
Good morning. My first question is on the updated 2021 maintenance commentary. The breakeven of $35, I think the prior commentary was less than $40. So, we just wanted to check if the updated number is more of a refinement, or we suspect that there's something else going on that maybe you can more specifically talk about what the primary driver is for the new improvement in the capital efficiency outlook compared to what you thought last quarter.
Lee Tillman:
Yeah. Jeanine, well, certainly, it does reflect a refinement. I mean, each day we learn more and more about our capital efficiency trends -- excuse me -- across all basins. And I think that first and foremost that less than $40 number really reflected the level of definition that we had on that scenario at the time, since then we have obviously gained more competence in our delivery, I guess, our capital efficiency expectation, coupled with a lot more certainty around what that maintenance scenario might look like. And all of those things have contributed to giving us a high level of competence now and talking about a $35 kind of all-in unhedged number for 2021.
Jeanine Wai:
Okay. Great. Thank you. My second question is on the portfolio. Lee, you've talked in the past about a portfolio approach to enhancing the resource base. And I guess, just given Marathon significant improvement in capital efficiency that you're now discussing. Is there a case to be made in the current oil price environment that Marathon is now in a better position to add scale to your existing assets? Or is the focus really going to be more on balance sheet, restoring the dividend and focusing on this 80% reinvestment rate to enhance shareholder return? Thank you.
Lee Tillman:
Yeah. Yeah. Thanks, Jeanine. First of all, as I've said in the past, Jeanine, our business model is not predicated on M&A or large scale consolidation. And as you rightly state Jeanine, our primary focus, certainly, and this kind of transitional period of 2020 during this downturn has been really only aspects of our business that we can control. And it was very important for us to aggressively pull the appropriate levers and really get us prepared for being able to deliver that differentiated capital efficiency that you now see highlighted in this maintenance scenario for 2021. Having said that, we have to be aware of the market and the environment and the opportunities around us. And we certainly fully acknowledge and recognize the value of scale. We see the power of that already in our portfolio today. But when it comes to thinking about M&A or consolidation, whether that's large or small, we have a very specific and well-defined criteria, and we don't intend to budge from that criteria. It's -- any type of opportunity that we would consider in that context would, obviously, have to be a creative to our financial metrics, including a free cash flow. It would not obviously harm our balance sheet. It would have to present some semblance of industrial logic and, of course, bring some hard credit synergies along with it. So, I think, as we look through that lens, clearly, as we compare that to our organic portfolio, the bar is very high and that criteria is very exacting. But we're certainly aware of the market and aware of the impact that that scale can have.
Jeanine Wai:
Great. Thank you very much, gentlemen.
Operator:
Our next question is from Neal Dingmann from Truist Securities. Your line is open.
Neal Dingmann:
Good morning, Lee. My question is, Lee, does the recent positive dapple decision leads you to consider any near term changes or strategies or activity in the play given how solid your economics are in the Bakken?
Lee Tillman:
Well, first of all, Neal, I want to acknowledge this you're exactly right. The Bakken economics are extremely resilient from an economic standpoint, offerings some of the top returns in our portfolio. The ruling that was just released yesterday, we see as a net-net positive. We're still obviously digesting that completely. But in essence, the circuit court there vacated the district court's order for an immediate shutdown or a relatively quick shutdown of dapple. So, we view that as a positive. Maybe just as a reminder though, that in the Bakken we have always had a diversity of marketing outlets there and direct barrels riding on dapple for us are right around 10,000 net bopd per barrels of oil per day. So, from a direct impact standpoint, even if that had progressed to that more challenging scenario, our direct exposure was relatively limited. Now, indirect, clearly the impact across the basin and on basin differentials, when you take that level of capacity out of the system would have forced everyone to be looking for alternatives including rail, which likely within would set kind of the marginal barrel out of the Bakken. And so, we view the ruling again is net-net positive. I mean, this is an operating pipeline. That's been operating with good environmental performance, strong integrity. We would see it as a very dangerous precedent to have an operating pipeline with this type of track record to have that -- be taken out of service by legal action, particularly after going through the permitting process. So, we're encouraged by the ruling. We're watching it closely today. It has really no impact on our investment direction in the Bakken.
Neal Dingmann:
Very good. And then, Lee, just my second is, some of your peers have put together what I would call like a minimum total return that includes production relative shareholder returns, such as dividends, which all think about establishing something like this where you have a sort of a minimum base. And I'm just -- I guess my second part of that, if you would, how would you think about sort of the growth versus shareholder return aspect? Thank you.
Lee Tillman:
Yeah. On that point, Neal, I think what you'll see from us is, really looking first and foremost to achieve corporate returns and sustainable free cash flow. And I think applying our reinvestment framework that served us so well in 2018 and 2019, when we returned, as Dane said, $1.3 billion, $1.4 billion back to our shareholders. That's really more of the framework we're looking for is what percent of our operating cash flow are we really getting back and putting to work for the shareholder. And we'd like that a bit better. I mean, with equities moving all over the place right now, and the volatility, yields to us are interesting, but not particularly informative. I think a framework where you're looking at certainly sub-80%, 70% to 80% reinvestment rates where you're ensuring that you have the ability to generate that sustainable free cash flow at mid cycle pricing. That to me is probably a better framework. And then, really your challenge is deciding how you want to deliver that -- whatever that percent of operating cash flow is back to your shareholder. And I think Dane already touched upon that. Initially we'd be looking to prioritize a bit of debt reduction as we then look to ease back into a base dividend structure. And then, in excess of that, there are a lot of other vehicles that we could consider the variable dividend is one, but certainly even share repurchases is another. I mean, nothing would be off the table. But that's really the framework that you should expect us to work from, Neal.
Neal Dingmann:
Very good. Thank you.
Operator:
Our next question is from Phillips Johnston from Capital One. Your line is open.
Phillips Johnston:
Hey, guys. Thanks. Just to clarify on the maintenance program for 2021, I'm guessing it assumes some sort of an increase to your current program of three rigs and two crews at some point, either later this year or early next year. So, any details you can share in terms of what is assumed for activity, it would be helpful. Thanks.
Lee Tillman:
Yeah. Phillip, again, I want to remind everyone that this is just a benchmark scenario. It's not meant to be our business plan. But in that benchmark scenario, Phillip, activity levels would not be dissimilar to what we're seeing in 4Q really where we would have multiple rigs running in the Eagle Ford and the Bakken, coupled with likely a couple of frac crews as well to drive that maintenance program. Similar to this year, we would be leaning obviously very heavily in the maintenance scenario on the Eagle Ford and the Bakken. I will just say too though, that that even that kind of nominal billion dollars of CapEx we've talked about for that scenario does also include the -- somewhat modest commitments that we have in the REx program as well. So, all of that is baked in to that $1 billion number that we have talked about.
Phillips Johnston:
Okay. Great. And I guess, maybe speaking of the REx program, I know the Louisiana Austin Chalk isn't really front of mind in this environment. But I wanted to see if you guys can share an update on that crawl well that you guys highlighted on the fourth quarter call it, it seems like the monthly numbers have been at least somewhat encouraging.
Lee Tillman:
Yeah. I'll maybe say a few things and then flip over to Pat to address crawl well. I think, first of all, I just want to remind that the REx program this year by design was focused on the Texas oil Delaware play. And so -- and that work has now run its course. And I mentioned some highlights from that in my opening comments. So, there really hasn't been a new activity generated within the Louisiana Austin Chalk play. But I'll let Pat maybe just provide a bit of an update on the crawl well itself.
Pat Wagner:
Sure, Lee. Phillip, as Lee talked about, I think we've been focused on the West Texas play and because of the downturn in oil prices, we paused any activity in the Louisiana Austin Chalk as conserve capital through the rest of the year. That well, as we talked about previously has strong oil deliverability in the early months. Currently the well shut-in due to facilities issue. And we'll be bringing it back on in a month or two.
Phillips Johnston:
Okay. Great. Thank you, guys.
Lee Tillman:
Thanks, Phillip.
Operator:
Our next question is from Nitin Kumar from Wells Fargo. Your line is open.
Nitin Kumar:
Good morning, Lee and the team there. Thank you for taking my question.
Lee Tillman:
Good morning.
Nitin Kumar:
I guess, first off, I want to start off on the hedging philosophy. As we talked earlier in the call strip for 2021 is a lot better than what it was two months ago. I saw that you really don't have that many hedges right now for 2021. Is that by design? Or is that an opportunity to maybe solidify some cash flows?
Lee Tillman:
Yeah. Well -- and again I invite Pat to chime in just a moment. But first of all, we feel that one of our advantages as a company is obviously our oil leverage and the impact that oil prices can have on it. That's a huge upside driver for us. The reality is, is there hasn't been a lot of joy to look at in 2021. And we weren't really all that excited about hedging into kind of a low $40 or $40 kind of a hedge program. And even where the $35 breakeven that wasn't very exciting for us. So, we do look to take advantage of market opportunities to put more aspirational hedges on to underpin some element of our cash flow, but it's a much more defensive strategy. One that still seeks to protect that upside leverage to oil. And obviously with the strength of our balance sheet and low breakevens, that also affords us some opportunity to take a little bit more commodity risk as well going into 2021. But maybe Pat, if you want to talk about the most recent hedges and kind of our hedge view in general.
Pat Wagner:
Yeah. Lee, thanks. I think you covered a lot of it already. But I would just say, we have a team that looks at this every single day. And we were not anxious to rush in to some hedges as we saw the downturn, because we did not like what we were seeing, particularly for 2021. So, we've been very opportunistic in how we've looked at the market. And when we see an opportunity to lock in our breakeven on the put and still protect some upside on the call, then we'll do that. So, we did that recently, taken a little bit at $35, but $52 two ways over the last few days. And we'll continue to look at that. We're just going to -- we're just going to be prudent in the way we approach this and not jump into things quickly.
Nitin Kumar:
Got it. Great. Thanks for the answer there guys. And then, for my follow-up, I just wanted to -- within the framework of the 80% of cash flow for the reinvestment, earlier you had talked about the REx program accounting for about 10% of capital. Beyond 2021, is that how we should look at? So what I'm -- I guess what I'm asking is, is the REx program included in that 80% threshold going forward? Or is that an alternative use of free cash flow?
Lee Tillman:
No. No. Great question. And it's one that we do need to bring some clarity around. That REx program has to compete within that broader capital allocation discussion. So, you should think about it being in that reinvestment percentage that we're talking about. And again, I want to emphasize that 80% reinvestment is really at the kind of top end of our expectations that still gives you the ability to essentially have 20% of operating cash flow available for other uses. But the REx program is absolutely part of that reinvestment rate.
Nitin Kumar:
Thanks, Lee.
Lee Tillman:
You bet. Thank you, Nitin.
Operator:
Our next question is Paul Cheng from Scotiabank. Your line is open.
Paul Cheng:
Thank you. Good morning.
Lee Tillman:
Hi, Paul.
Paul Cheng:
Lee, can I clarify the 80% -- I mean, that's based on the mid cycle. So, in theory that when prices are much higher you have said that it's going to be lower that percentage. And how you determine what percentage or what reinvestment? Is that -- some of your peer that will say, okay, we're going to max out the ceiling well for oil production go up no more than 5%. And so, whatever you have that CapEx is much lower than 70%, 80%. That will be the percentage. So can you tell us to understand and maybe of the framework and the thought process in a much higher commodity price, how do you determine and set that percent of reinvestment?
Lee Tillman:
Yeah. No. No. Great question. You're right. As commodity prices strengthen on the same program, obviously that reinvestment rate will trend lower, which then gives you optionality to consider reinvestment back into D&C and production volumes. Ultimately, the controlling factor on that will be that we came into the year. If you recall, Paul, talking about, already somewhat kind of mid single digit growth, 5% was what we had in our original budget. And I believe that does set a bit of an expectation that even with incremental cash flow is that reinvestment rate comes down with commodity price. We certainly don't see the need to grow an excess kind of those single digits going forward. I mean, it's not a good choice for the macro. And I think for us being focused more on financial outcomes, as opposed to volume metric outcomes, we believe that's the right course of action. So, we'd be looking to obviously moderate growth, even in a higher commodity price scenario.
Paul Cheng:
Thank you. And the second question, I think is Dane. Your balance sheet pocket, say one, 1.5 time net debt to EBITDA that certainly is not a very high multiple. But on the other hand, different seems like increasingly higher and higher volatility. And we have seen this time, even there is a reason to believe [indiscernible] should you end up that cut your dividend and all that. So, I mean, should we contact mid cycle a much lower multiple on your debt ratio? So that to ensure if we get hit by the next downturn, we will have [indiscernible] balance sheet. That's wipe the storm without really have to do just drastic measurement, like cut to the CapEx and cut the dividend, all those things.
Dane Whitehead:
Yeah. Hi, Paul, thanks for that. Yeah. I agree with your sentiment that lower debt is better at home and at work. And one to 1.5 times we feel like represents a reasonable near -- sort of medium term target for us. Getting below that level, if we have the luxury of those levels of cash flows and we can kind of take chunks and maturities out over time with cash, certainly is something I support. And you're right. It does insulate you from the volatility that we've seen. And hopefully, we don't see the kind of volatility that we've had in 2020 anytime soon. But even if you go back a few years, we've -- we are in a much more volatile fuels like longer term environment and lower leverage is a good thing. So, yeah, trending toward one -- one to 1.5 and once we get to that milestone, I don't think we necessarily stop.
Paul Cheng:
Thanks. Can I just sneak me in with a -- maybe last question. On 2021, when we look at your CapEx and cash flow, should we'd look at it saying that you will find one, a positive free cash flow.
Lee Tillman:
I'm sorry. I lost the question just a little bit there. Paul, could you repeat, please?
Paul Cheng:
Means that for next year, should we look at the CapEx program such that you're trying to one year, so that you will generate positive free cash flow.
Lee Tillman:
Yeah, Absolutely. Yeah. In fact, the view is that, that is the focus and priority of the program is, one, to generate corporate level returns and two, to get us back on a sustainable free cash flow path, very similar to where we were in 2018 and 2019 before we had the kind of correction this year. Our intent and our design is to get right back on to that trajectory. And that's why we've been so focused on capital efficiency, because our view is in a -- no growth to low growth environment. Capital efficiency is going to be the differentiator, that along with operating costs. And so, that's why you see us so heavily focused on really driving that capital efficiency to ensure across a broad range of pricing, including -- we've used the term mid cycle pricing quite a bit today. And we have to think about it. Our view of mid cycle pricing is very different today than it was in 2018, 2019. That certainly has moved lower from that 50 to 55 kind of viewpoint. And as we start thinking about our planning basis for 2021, my expectation is that that mid cycle pricing will look somewhat consistent with what we're currently seeing in the forward strip for 2021. So, I do believe that bringing that mid cycle planning basis down also affords us some of that flexibility that you were just challenging us on relative to the balance sheet.
Paul Cheng:
Thank you.
Operator:
Our next question is from Doug Leggate from Bank of America. Your line is open.
Doug Leggate:
Thanks. Good morning, everyone. Hope everyone's sitting out well out there. Lee, I've got two questions if I may. One on consolidation and one on your -- the value proposition you've laid out this morning. Look, I'm a relatively simple guy. So, I want to play back to you. What you basically just told us. Your sensitivity is $55 million per dollar. You're flat at $35 WTI and you're spending a $1 billion with $160 million dividend. What that means is that $50 WTI, you generate a $1 billion of free cash flow. You put that on a 10% annuity discount rate, assuming you can hold it flat forever and drop off the debt. And your stock is trading with this right at today at $50 oil. So, my question is, what is the value proposition? It sounds like it's really about costs, because all the other folks that are looking at your evaluation, that's how I think about it. How do you address that? Because all of the above is doing what you said, but it's also assuming $50 oil.
Lee Tillman:
Yeah. Well, I think, first of all, Doug, of course, obviously, none of us can predict if -- oil is going to be flat, up or down. And so, there -- we would expect that that oil prices will continue to move constructively, which I think apply some -- implies some upside to that. I do think though the model that generates material free cash flow and whether you want to measure that as a percentage of OCF, I mean, at 20% of your OCF, you're basically returning a full year's cash flow in a five-year period back to your shareholders in some shape or form. And we believe that's still a value of creative model, even in a low growth kind of scenario. And certainly if you wanted to even translate that into yields, I think it becomes -- certainly, it's competitive at mid cycle pricing and would be -- I would say, outperforming from a -- say S&P standpoint at higher pricing. So, we believe that is an investible thesis from that standpoint. So, anyway, I'll just stop there.
Doug Leggate:
No. I think, I mean, my follow-up is related. But I do want to reaffirm you're absolutely right, because if I was completely balanced about this, at $60 oil, you're still doubles. So, it really gets to the point that you made about preserving oil leverage. And that's why I want to ask you about your cost plans. But you've talked about -- you've done a great job controlling costs and protecting our oil leverage. But if the story in energy is about lowering the cost base, consolidation has to be part of the discussion. So, I'd just love to get your thoughts on that. And if I may be very specific, I asked this question to Conoco as well. Did you look at Noble through the process because you have arguably more overlap there than just about anybody else in the industry?
Lee Tillman:
Yeah. Maybe I'll I can take the last part of your question first. And obviously I don't want to comment specifically on the Chevron, Nobel combination, but I will reference you back to my comments about our criteria. And what we look for in consolidation or M&A regardless of the size, whether it would be an MOE or a smaller acquisition. And under that set of scenario -- or under that set of criteria obviously Noble for us struggled to meet some of that, particularly with respect to the quantum of debt, as well as to the concentration risk in their portfolio. And so, from that standpoint that would be how we would have viewed Noble would have been through that lens. I do agree with you that as we move more toward a capital efficiency, operational and execution efficiency model, as opposed to a high growth NAV model, scale is going to be exceptionally important. I do think today that through our multi-basin model, we do have that scale. It's more of a collective scale in that sense. And we're going to clearly stay in tune with what's occurring within the market. We recognize that consolidation could in fact be a factor, but we also equally recognize that we want to have a business that is resilient from an organic standpoint, as well. And to the extent that we deliver on that, if consolidation were to occur, we would be in a very strong position for our shareholder.
Doug Leggate:
Appreciate you taking my questions. Thanks a lot, Lee.
Lee Tillman:
Thank you, Doug.
Operator:
Our next question is from Brian Singer from Goldman Sachs. Your line is open.
Brian Singer:
Thank you. Good morning. One follow-up on just the discussion that you were just speaking here about -- with regards to consolidation. And you mentioned scale, and I wondered if we exclude the potential benefits of G&A synergies, do you see the potential that consolidation or adding additional acreage in your existing plays could lower your supply costs of your base businesses? Or do you think the scale you have achieved in your major plays is sufficient or unlikely to be impacted ex-G&A by consolidation?
Lee Tillman:
Yeah. I think ex-G&A consolidation, there are still industrial logic and synergies at a basin level that can be taken advantage of. I would just argue, Brian, it would have to be acreage though. That makes sense from a value standpoint, and that actually competes with the portfolio we have today, which as you said in our core basins is a relatively high bar. Certainly, what we don't want to do is get larger just to gain scale. I mean, it would have to compete also on a quality and returns basis -- or in fact, all you're really doing is yes, you're gaining scale, but you're diluting your overall corporate returns. And so, there is a balance there, right? We certainly want to see that scale synergy in our core basins. But we also want to be mindful of doing something that would be dilutive to the overall value proposition and the corporate returns we're generating.
Brian Singer:
Great. Thank you. And then, my follow-up and I -- this may have been discussed earlier in which case, my apologies. But if there is down the road in the Bakken unfavorable news with regards to pipeline, that would make the differentials of the realized prices less returns enhancing. How would you react to that philosophically? Would that be just potentially lower the capital budget and allocate capital to -- don't allocate capital elsewhere? Or what basins would receive greater capital allocation, if that were a situation?
Lee Tillman:
Yeah. Well, maybe I'll start. And then I'll flip over to Pat, if he wants to make some comments on the marketing and transportation side. But in general, Brian, I would say, first and foremost, we have very few barrels that would be directly impacted. It would have to be a broader, as you say differential challenge that would that would manifest itself before we would start seeing concerns there. The bottom line though, is that our Bakken inventory remains very resilient. And it's very much a top tier performer for us. So, barring some very egregious blow out and differentials, we would still see those opportunities competing very strongly for capital. I think the likelihood of that given the diversity of our outlets for Bakken crude is likely low. I also think with the ruling yesterday which I think is net-net positive for the continuing operation of dapple, I think that risk is fading a little bit. But maybe I'll let Pat just jump in and talk a little bit about our marketing strategy and how we protect our current barrels, because that's exactly how we would -- basically protect our future barrels.
Pat Wagner:
Hi, Brian. I think Lee covered some of this earlier. But right now, we move about 10,000 barrels a day net on dapple. So, those barrels would be directly impacted, but we'd have to swing them to a different market. But from a big picture perspective, we have a diversified approach in the Bakken. In addition to dapple, we ship on rail at Brent pricing. We ship on Pony Express to Cushing, and then we sell into the Clearbrook market. So, in the event of a shutdown, we believe the majority of our barrels wouldn't be that effected. Obviously, you'll see a little bit of softening maybe in the Clearbrook market, but it's not directly tied to -- in basin. And then we'd see a little bit of softening, of course, in the basin itself. And we'd see a few dollars there on the depths, but we don't see it as a big impact on us at this point.
Lee Tillman:
Maybe just -- to maybe close this one out, it's -- luckily today we have a little bit more perspective on the likelihood of that advantage at least in the near term. But I do want to stress that in the Bakken we really do have some industry leading capital efficiency there. I know, kind of throughout the deck and even within the earnings release, we talked a lot about the completed well costs now, or headed down toward $450 per lateral foot. I mean, these are some extremely capital efficient investment opportunities. And I think we would have to see a pretty dramatic shift there before those would lose their ability to compete for capital allocation.
Brian Singer:
Thank you.
Operator:
And our last question is from Pavel from Raymond James. Your line is open.
Muhammed Ghulam:
Thanks. This is Muhammed Ghulam on behalf of Pavel Molchanov. Thank you for taking the questions. So, only one for me. Can you talk about how your EG operations have changed in response to pandemic, specifically whether the lockdown is imposed by the government? There has had an impact and how companies implementing social distancing at their assets there. Thank you.
Mitch Little:
Yeah. Hey, Muhammed, this is Mitch. I lost a little bit of your question, but I think I got most of it. I think it's fair to say, we've worked really closely with the EG government in ensuring that they've got the capability to do adequate testing. They've been very proactive in sort of limiting flow of people in and out of the country, requiring negative tests for those coming in, et cetera. We have a compound called Punta Europa where all of our ex-Pat employees stay and we've got onsite clinic and medical facilities. We're doing active testing. We have modified our rotational schedule a little bit in response to kind of the changes to the travel patterns and flight patterns, et cetera. But operations have run a very steady and the workforce has adapted to the change there and really team's done an outstanding job, along with the government in ensuring kind of minimal impact. Last comment I would make is, Lee touched on this early on in his comments. The Alen project, which is expected to bring third-party gas to the EG LNG facility next year remains on track. They've been able to work through all those same issues very effectively. And so, a little bit of change to the sort of rotational pattern, but business as usual due to the outstanding response from the team there.
Muhammed Ghulam:
That's awesome. Thank you.
Operator:
We have no further questions at this time. Turning the call back over to Lee Tillman for closing remarks.
Lee Tillman:
I could not be more proud of the dedication of our people that have adapted to these largely uncharted waters we are navigating. They continue to fulfill our mission of delivering affordable, reliable, accessible energy the world needs today, and that it will need when the economy gets back to work. Thank you for your interest in Marathon Oil and stay healthy.
Operator:
Thank you. Ladies and gentlemen, this concludes today's conference. Thank you for participating. You may now disconnect.
Operator:
Good morning, and welcome to the MRO First Quarter Earnings Conference. My name is Brandon and I'll be your operator for today. At this time all participants are in a listen-only mode. Later, we will conduct a question-and-answer session. [Operator Instructions] Please note this conference is being recorded. And I will now turn it over to Guy Baber, Vice President of Investor Relations. You may begin sir.
Guy Baber:
Thanks, Brandon, and thank you to everyone for joining us this morning on the call. Yesterday, after the close we issued a press release, slide presentation and investor packet that address our first quarter results. Those documents can be found on our website at marathonoil.com. Joining me on today's call are Lee Tillman, our Chairman, President and CEO; Dane Whitehead, Executive VP and CFO; Pat Wagner, Executive VP of Corporate Development and Strategy; Mitch Little, who has recently transitioned to the role of Executive Vice President Adviser to the CEO after serving the last several years as our Executive VP of Operations; and Mike Henderson, Mitch's successor and our new Senior VP of Operations. As always, today's call will contain forward-looking statements subject to risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed or implied by such statements. I'll refer everyone to the cautionary language included in the press release and presentation materials as well as to the risk factors described in our SEC filings. With that, I'll turn the call over to Lee, who will provide his opening remarks. We will then open the call to your questions and answers.
Lee Tillman:
Thanks, Guy, and good morning to everyone on the call today. I want to start out by extending my thanks to our resilient and dedicated employees and contractors during these uncertain times and reiterate that their health and safety remains our number one priority. Throughout this crisis, our field staff has remained hard at work as essential critical infrastructure providers, expertly doing their job to keep the U.S. supplied with made-in-America Energy. Our industry has been a powerful engine of U.S. economic growth for the last decade and the clean affordable energy we provide will unquestionably be critical in powering our nation's eventual economic recovery. I want to pause and extend my thanks to Mitch Little for his three decades of service and leadership at our company. Mitch has been an integral part of our transformation to a leading independent E&P, and has set the tone for the execution excellence that we consistently deliver in our operations. Mitch will assist with an orderly transition of operations leadership to Mike Henderson through the end of the year, while also supporting our EG business, as well as our response to the current macro environment. Mike is no stranger to many of you on the line and has held multiple operations leadership positions since joining Marathon Oil in 2004, including most recently responsibility for both our Bakken and Oklahoma assets. Mike's promotion ensures continuity and he will carry on the strong commitment to safety, integrity and operations excellence established under Mitch. I wish Mitch all the best as he transitions toward retirement, and I look forward to working closely with Mike in his new role. The current challenges, our industry is facing are immense. We are experiencing an extraordinary confluence of supply and demand shocks the likes of which we have never seen. The impact to global oil demand in particular is unprecedented with a global health crisis essentially shutting down U.S. and global economic activity. While market forces are currently at work and global oil supply is headed in the right direction, the only real answer to the current commodity crisis is for the world to get healthy and back to work again. Demand for our product will recover although the timing and shape of this recovery remain unknown. And once demand does recover capital discipline especially from the U.S. will be necessary for any sustained price improvement. Rest assured Marathon will play its part, when it comes to exercising this discipline. Supply and demand must come into balance as we gain more visibility on the new demand norm confidence in OPEC+ compliance set the stage for consistent storage withdrawals and ultimately return to more sustainable prices. As I reflect on the current state of our industry, it's – that even before the global pandemic the E&P business model was evolving. With legitimate demands from investors with respect to profitability, free cash flow generation and shareholder return. Our company however was consistently delivering against the new investor mandate for energy companies; corporate returns improvement, sustainable free cash flow generation over multiple years meaningful return of capital to shareholders, consistent delivery on our promises. And we had done so for eight consecutive quarters with over 20% of our cash flow from operations returned to our shareholders over that period all fully funded from free cash flow. First quarter represented a continuation of this exceptional delivery. We reported strong financials again supported by differentiated execution across our multi-basin portfolio. More specifically, we returned $125 million to our shareholders via our dividend and share repurchase program and still ended the quarter with over $800 million of cash on the balance sheet. U.S. oil production of 207,000 barrels per day was 5,000 barrels of oil per day above the high end of guidance. U.S. unit production costs were down 10% from 2019 to the lowest quarterly average since we became an independent E&P. Average completed well cost per lateral foot was down 10% from the 2019 average. The Eagle Ford team delivered the most capital-efficient quarter in the history of the asset nine years in as evidenced by IP 30s and well cost, a tremendous accomplishment. The Bakken team continued to reduce costs and improve capital efficiency, delivering eight wells during the quarter with a completed well cost at $4.5 million or below, and also setting a new quarterly record for completion stages per day. Our execution was firing on all cylinders and we expect this to remain the case, whether we are operating 15 rigs or if we are operating only three. This continued improvement in expense reduction and capital efficiency is even more imperative in the current environment. And while we are rightfully proud of our track record and of these accomplishments, we also recognize this is all in the past. Everything has changed and our focus has rapidly shifted to our future and adapting to a new reality. While our principles our playbook for success, have not changed the current crisis demands that we respond with a sense of urgency and purpose to prioritize our balance sheet and financial flexibility. We are truly in uncharted waters, but we are determined and confident that we will emerge from this correction a healthier company with an improved cost structure and ample financial flexibility. We have taken immediate and decisive action in response to the macro challenges. Our response has been prudent but strong, reducing our 2020 capital expenditure program, lowering our cost structure and protecting our balance sheet and liquidity. Our returns first mindset dictates that in the near term new investment in an already oversupplied market simply does not make sense. First a few words on our revised 2020 capital budget. Approximately one month ago we announced a revised capital program of $1.3 billion or less a $1.1 billion reduction relative to our initial 2020 budget and a 50% reduction in comparison to our actual 2019 capital spending. Given the strong execution from our team, our ability to drive efficiencies and reduce costs, there is a solid chance, our team delivers the program we have outlined while spending less than the $1.3 billion we have guided. With our revised budget, we are exercising discipline, protecting our returns and preserving value through the cycle. And importantly, we are delivering an enterprise breakeven WTI oil price in the low 30s for the second half of 2020. This is highlighted by essentially a pause in completion activity and minimal drilling during the second quarter, the period in which we expect the maximum pain for global oil supply demand fundamentals. This pause immediately resets our forward capital run rate that will extend across third quarter and fourth quarter. At commodity prices largely in line with the current forward strip, we expect to resume investment activity in 3Q with a transition to three rigs and two frac crews concentrated in the Eagle Ford and Bakken, accounting for 95% of our capital allocation in the second half of this year. We are high-grading our CapEx to our most capital efficient cash flow generative opportunities that offer some of the strongest returns across the entire Lower 48 landscape. Given how dynamic the current macro environment is, we will continue to exercise our flexibility to further reduce or increase activity as the macro conditions warrant. With our lower investment levels, we are expecting our 2020 full year U.S. oil production to decline by approximately 8% on an underlying basis exclusive of any potential curtailment effects. With the 2Q pause, 3Q will be the trough for our 2020 production profile. However, our U.S. volumes will be on an improving trend by the fourth quarter led by the Eagle Ford and Bakken. We will exit 2020 with increasing momentum from a core of capital efficient, high-margin production in the Eagle Ford and Bakken that will provide us with a strong foundation for success as we enter 2021. And while we are hitting the pause button on capital investment in the Northern Delaware, Oklahoma and our resource play exploration program, those opportunities aren't going anywhere. They provide us with important capital allocation optionality and associated returns in an improving commodity price environment. Along with resetting our investment levels, we are also resetting our cost structure. Our objective is to further enhance our competitiveness, reduce our cash flow breakevens and position our company for success in a lower more volatile commodity price environment. More specifically, we are driving annualized cash cost reductions of approximately $350 million or 20% relative to our initial 2020 budget. We expect to fully realize these savings by the end of this year. And approximately 40% of these cash cost savings are attributable to our fixed cost structure, savings which will be sustained even in a recovery with higher commodity prices and increased production volumes. These savings are the result of broad-based measures with reductions across numerous expense categories
Operator:
Thank you. We will now begin the question-and-answer session. [Operator Instructions] And from JPMorgan Chase, we have Arun Jayaram. Please go ahead.
Arun Jayaram:
So Lee, good morning.
Lee Tillman:
Good morning, Arun.
Arun Jayaram:
Yeah, I wanted to see if you could maybe elaborate a little bit more on your expectation on the trajectory of U.S. volumes? And as well I was wondering if you could maybe talk about how the margin or revelation profile is shaping up in both the Bakken and Eagle Ford?
Lee Tillman:
Yes, absolutely, Arun. Well first of all I think we have to recognize that current environment is extremely dynamic and we're going to have to continue to be responses just as we have been in the first part of the year and we have that flexibility. What we've tried to do is provide a little bit of an underlying kind of production framework as well as some incremental color on our wells to sales to help guide people in terms of our production trajectory. Clearly, our strategy is to high-grade our capital to the Eagle Ford and the Bakken. We are focused on value and returns obviously not volumes. With though, the 2Q pause in activity which in our view is the appropriate response to very weak pricing, we just don't see investing right now into an oversupplied market as a good solution. With that pause, it's very reasonable to expect that we will have somewhat of a third quarter production trough in our 2020 profile. But from that point forward, we're going to have pretty ratable CapEx through the second half of the year. But with that, our wells to sales are actually concentrated in the fourth quarter, particularly in the Eagle Ford. So, as we exit 2020, our view is that we will see an improving trend in production volumes in fourth quarter, again leveraging this very strong base of core capital-efficient production in the Eagle Ford and the Bakken. In terms of margins obviously, we watch that very carefully particularly as it pertains to some of the ongoing discussion around curtailment. But as we look at the forward curve today and the differentials as we understand them in the two basins of interest the Bakken and the Eagle Ford, we feel very good about the level of reinvestment that we plan to put back to work starting in the third quarter and then continuing on into the fourth quarter.
Arun Jayaram:
That's very helpful. And my follow-up Lee, since you've been CEO, you've really walked a walk in terms of returning cash to shareholders. You mentioned well over 20% of CFO back to shareholders. That said, I know one of your key objectives was to better position the company relative to the S&P versus E&P. So, I was wondering if you could provide a little bit more thoughts on the dividend cut and factors that could support maybe it's an oil price where we could see you resume this method of returning cash to shareholders? Because I know this is something that's really important to you that you've done since being CEO?
Lee Tillman:
Yeah. I'll maybe say a few things and then ask Dane to jump in as well. You're right, we have had a very strong commitment and Arun as you know a track record of delivery on return of cash to shareholders. But that's always been predicated and governed by our ability to generate sustainable free cash flow. We've always said that, we aren't going to spend money that we haven't earned and that includes our shareholder returns. And so as painful as it was to temporarily suspend both the dividend and the share repurchase program, prioritizing liquidity balance sheet strength in this current very uncertain environment was absolutely the right answer for all shareholders. Nothing has changed in our strategy. We have to obviously though see a point in time where we have much better visibility on what that sustainable free cash flow generation is going to look like. And you should expect us again to start with the objectives of returns and sustainable free cash flow with volumetric simply being an outcome. And once we start seeing that free cash flow, obviously, we have a lot of optionality with what we use that for. And maybe I'll let Dane jump in a little bit on that point.
Dane Whitehead:
Yeah. Thanks Lee. Arun, obviously, dividend suspension is the decision not taken lightly. We really want to understand the duration of this price downturn and it doesn't feel like a great time to be borrowing money to pay dividends. But as Lee said in his opening comments, we want to come out of this help giving you with great financial flexibility. And we're pulling the levers to position ourselves to do that. Definitely view this as a temporary suspension. As we get into a more normalized world and we're in a line of sight to free cash flow, obviously, we're going to have some decisions to make as it relates to capital activity levels, leverage and returning cash to shareholders. And those are the trade-offs we'll make over time as we get back into a more normal world. We would look forward to being in a position to make those decisions.
Arun Jayaram:
And I just wanted to give a welcome to Mike Henderson congrats, and as well as to Mitch. So thanks again.
Mike Henderson:
Thank you, Arun.
Operator:
From Wells Fargo, we have Nitin Kumar. Please go ahead.
Nitin Kumar:
Hi, good morning, Lee, and thank you for the update. I guess just following up on the curtailments a lot of your peers have talked about curtailments particularly in the Bakken. You've indicated a willingness to do so but you're not doing them right now. Can you help us bridge the gap? Is there something about your operations or your marketing strategy that is allowing you to sustain volumes particularly in the Bakken where we've seen pretty wide pricing?
Lee Tillman:
Yeah. Well, first of all good morning. Obviously -- first of all, let's just talk at a high level about curtailments. Sensibly for us any curtailment decision that we take right now is purely economic driven. And for us that means that we look at the variable cash cost and obviously realized pricing within that basin, which of course would include the differentials. And so to the extent that we make that decision, it is a decision that should be at a minimum neutral but hopefully positive with respect to cash flow. So setting the volumes impact to the side the financial impact of curtailment done correctly should be relatively small. So I just wanted to say that upfront. Thus far, both of our key basins where we have significant oil production, the Eagle Ford and the Bakken, we clearly are watching the differentials there as well as the market prices very carefully. We have been able to, obviously, because of our low variable cost clear that hurdle in those basins thus far generally speaking. But we continue to watch price discovery as we market our June barrels. And we have the flexibility, but it's really at our choice and it will be an economic choice that we would make. To date we just haven't done much of it because it hasn't been the right thing to do from a cash flow perspective. But certainly we want to preserve that flexibility. In terms of just general -- our general approach to marketing and maybe the flexibility, maybe I just may ask Pat to offer a few comments on that.
Pat Wagner:
Sure Lee. Good morning, Nitin. Just our overall marketing strategy is, one, we're advantaged by our size and our exposure to multiple basins in different end markets. I'll remind you that we're over 50% leverage to MEH, Brent and LLS. The majority of our production is on term contract, but we do purposely maintain some spot exposure for times like this to provide us flexibility and optionality to move to different end markets when we see pricing dislocations. Specifically to the Bakken, we have again a portfolio approach there where we've diversified we're exposed to MEH via DAPL, Brent via Rail, Cushing via Pony Express and the Clearbrook market. Although, the majority of our barrels are termed up, we have been able to move things around. And we -- as Lee mentioned in his opening comments we did some fixed price sales in the second quarter and those turned out to be some of our highest net facts. In the basin itself, we've seen improving differentials as supply has come down a bit. And so we're positive looking forward about the Bakken right now.
Nitin Kumar:
Great. Thank you, gentlemen. That was very helpful. Lee, the second question I have is around the cost savings. You mentioned that 40% of them are targeting the fixed cost structure. Any sense of the -- on the variable piece of it? Do you expect that to come back very quickly in 2021? Or are there more sticky pieces of that that we're not appreciating from our vantage?
Lee Tillman:
Yes. I mean just maybe as a reminder of some of the points that I made in my opening remarks, some really great work by the teams on really attack -- I mean, we came as this crisis unfolded, our perspective was we were going to pull every lever that we had available. I mean, we wanted to really get in there and again exercise the control on the aspects of our business that are important to really impacting our breakeven cost. And the cost structure was a key element of that. And it's been a track record for us over time as well. This was just, I think, a catalyzing event for us. As I stated in my remarks, we expect about $350 million of annualized cost reductions and we will achieve that annualized run rate essentially at the end of this year. That's about 40% of that cash cost savings is what we would consider to be fixed cost so that's the part that we would be able to carry forward with us into 2021, regardless of where volumes and pricing find themselves. So those variable elements will continue to move around. We do expect though, even though, we don't expect to see the full value of those savings until end of year, we still expect to capture about $260 million of that $350 million in 2020. Obviously, an element of that was in our production expense category. An element of that was also in our G&A category. We've already talked about some of the broad workforce actions that we're taking, some of the salary reduction actions that we're taking at the officer and the Board level. All of that combined contributed to this annualized corporate G&A expense savings of about 17% relative to 2019. So pretty significant savings and really a reset on our G&A run rate going forward and that's sustainable. We don't expect that obviously to be impacted in a future price environment. So those are savings that we have irrespective of what the recovery might look like.
Nitin Kumar:
Great. Thank you, Lee. Thank you for your time.
Lee Tillman:
Thank you.
Operator:
From Goldman Sachs, we have Brian Singer. Please go ahead.
Brian Singer:
Thank you. Good morning.
Lee Tillman:
Good morning, Brian.
Brian Singer:
I wanted to see given your breadth across the major shale plays and as well the history that you have in some of these if you could kind of run through both the decline rates that you see on your assets there? And then given the focus now on trying to mitigate base declines what measures are available? And what measures you're taking there? And how that plays? And how we think about that? And how you think about the production trajectory over the next three or four quarters excluding the impact of shut-ins?
Lee Tillman:
Yes Brian. I'm probably not going to get in at a basin level because a lot of those declines are so dependent upon what your starting point is and what the investment levels were that are right in front of that. If you have a very large obviously growth wedge you're going to see those one and two year declines really dominating things. But what I will say, is that the reason we provided that underlying guidance of nominally that 8% decline was to give you at least a feel for the portfolio view of what was occurring in the basins particularly, as we go to essentially concentrated activity only in the Bakken and the Eagle Ford. But I would just say in general as we look at industry data, the base level declines across all four of our basins are not dissimilar to what you would see from other industry players. In terms of mitigating the base decline, it's actually a concept that we haven't dealt with recently right? I mean, this has been an industry that generally has been in some type of growth mode at least for the recent history. But it does amplify some of the things that we have invested in. And maybe I'll let Mitch and/or Mike just throw in a little bit of what our asset teams are doing to really help us mitigate and protect what are our most valuable barrels.
Mitch Little:
Sure, Brian, this is Mitch. Just picking up on really the last point that Lee made. We've talked for multiple years now about the investment we're making in our digital footprint. Certainly, started in the Eagle Ford with centralized control centers that provide us remote visibility to our 1800-plus wells across that basin. We've expanded that now across the basins at large and have now supplemented that with additional automated tools that allow real-time scheduling and prioritization of wells at risk or production regularity such that we can divert the resources automatically with the right skill set and the right proximity to really reduce any amount of deferred production there. Coupling that with other digital solutions like some very detailed data analytics on our ESP-driven wells which largely are in the Bakken, but leveraging the years and millions of data points there from ESP performance to track that performance and develop algorithms that help us stay in front of any required maintenance or artificial lift transitions there. I could go on and on. There's been a lot of investment in the digital framework and foundation that we're now building additional tools on top of to really leverage that base production optimization.
Brian Singer:
Great. And then -- that's really helpful. And then my follow-up is with regards to M&A. I know it comes up a lot Lee and you've been a pretty staunch avoider of doing bigger picture M&A. And I wondered assuming prices do move higher at some point here over the next couple of years how you think about valuations have come down for assets and companies? Whether there's any change to how you think about the resource exploration and one day ramping that back up relative to looking out at M&A opportunities?
Lee Tillman:
Yes, I think we've always talked about a portfolio of things that we want to do to continue to enhance our resource base. It's uplift and organic enhancement in our existing basins. It's small scale and very selective bolt-ons and acquisitions. And then of course as you mentioned Brian it's the REx program as well. But in terms of large-scale M&A again that's just not something we're not spending time on today. It's -- right now it's very much an inward focus to make the company as strong as possible in this period of very high uncertainty and volatility. We came into this crisis in a very good position. And we want to exit also in a very strong position. So, right now, I mean the types of things that Mitch just described in the operations that's where we're spending our time on the things that we have control over the money we spend how we spend it how efficient we run our operations optimizing day-to-day production and capacity that's where our efforts are. But we do see a point in time as we get back to that stronger commodity price and more stability having the access to free cash flow to continue to drive those other aspects of resource capture. Those haven't gone away. They're not lost opportunities in that sense. And so we just have to be patient until again our financials give us the flexibility to continue to pursue those areas.
Brian Singer:
Thank you.
Lee Tillman:
Thanks Brian.
Operator:
From SunTrust we have Neal Dingmann. Please go ahead.
Neal Dingmann:
Good morning Lee and rest of the team. My first question Lee is really you hit this on a little bit earlier but I'm just wondering if you could just talk a bit more on how you all view your -- specifically your decline rates in the Bakken and Delaware just on a more or less on a -- I would just call it the base decline rates that I'm looking for on a go forward? I guess my thought would be that perhaps this is improving a bit as you slow down a bit. So I'm just wondering how you all view the base declines these days.
Lee Tillman:
Yes, well, obviously, base decline is obviously quite important right now as we model the business. And clearly we can get in some basin-specific discussions if you want to reach out to Guy and the guys to have that dialogue. But I would just say Neal in general at a high level there's nothing anomalous in what we have observed in base decline from our more mature basins to even our less mature basins. As you know we're still relatively early in the development of our Northern Delaware position. So, it's at a little bit different stage of development than say what we have for instance in the Eagle Ford we're operating some 1800 wells there. So all of these assets are a little bit different point in time. And so you will see a little variability in their base decline based on the vintage and the legacy of the production that underpins them. So, I'm not trying to avoid your question. I'm just saying that there are a lot of factors and it's very difficult to give a straight-up answer because it really depends on where you are in that asset's maturity and what the preceding investment cycle has looked like in that asset. But I would say there's nothing anomalous in any of those basins as we observe today.
Neal Dingmann:
Okay. Okay. That's what I was going for that last part Lee. Thanks. And then just second one question on the financials specifically on the -- you mentioned the -- it appears like cash conservation continues to be one of your primary objectives. I'm just wondering that I assume will continue to be the case. And if so would that cause you to potentially curtail some of your Bakken and Mid-Con a bit longer than you might otherwise in order again as prices already coming back today last week et cetera? Some others have talked about already bringing curtails back almost fully back on. I'm just wondering given you all have had a nice success of staying very conservative would this cause you to maybe curtail a bit longer?
Lee Tillman:
Yes. Well first of all on -- I'll maybe hand over to Dane talk a little bit about cash conservation and how we think about cash in just a moment. But on the curtailment question, just first of all start -- our starting point is our most economic barrels are flowing barrels. And we have -- across our U.S. portfolio, our kind of average variable cash cost is $5 or a little less than $5 across that portfolio. So in essence to really have an impact on cash flow -- negative impact on cash flow, you would have to see realizations. Obviously, that would drop below those cash costs. Otherwise those flowing barrels are the barrels that you want to keep online. And that would absolutely be our strategy Now if we see barrels that start becoming a negative drag on our cash flow then we would take a different set of options. And as Pat described, we have a tremendous amount of flexibility should we elect to use it. But it's really at our election and that will be done on an unhedged cash consideration basis. Again, just because you have financial hedge instruments in place, doesn't give you the license to kind of make bad decisions or destroy capital. I mean to me those are independent decisions. And so economic curtailment is something that is front and center. We have the tools in place at a basin level. If we see excursions that drive those into negative territory, you should expect us to take action. So with that maybe I'll let Dane just say a few words about cash and uses of cash going forward and how we might scale into that.
Dane Whitehead:
Yes, Neil. Obviously, we come into this in a really good position from a liquidity perspective with $3.8 billion. $800 million of that is cash. I think Lee noted the levers we pulled that we just talked about have reduced our free cash flow breakeven price by $5 to $6 a barrel, which is pretty dramatic in a good way. And we -- even at forward curve we'll be free cash flow breakeven in Q4. I would say pretty close to that for the full second half at the forward curve. So that has been a very significant focus for us and will continue to be. Certainly, if we see negative realizations anticipated in certain areas that would drive curtailment decisions. So I think I'll just leave it at that.
Neal Dingmann:
Very good. Thanks for the details guys.
Operator:
From RBC Capital Markets, we have Scott Hanold. Please go ahead.
Scott Hanold:
Yeah. Thanks. I just want to kind of elaborate a little bit more on that last sort of answer and line of questioning. And I think it's important that you guys obviously have shown that sustainability into 4Q to enter into 2021. But just I understand right, you talked about reducing your breakeven by around $5. So when I'm looking at what does Marathon look like in 2021? And I know your breakeven price before was somewhere in the mid to upper 40s. Does that infer that as you get into 2021 we'll be somewhere in the low $40 per barrel range in terms of that breakeven level?
Lee Tillman:
Yes. Scott, this is Lee. Yes just maybe let me -- obviously, we haven't done detailed business planning for 2021. And so this is a little bit of a theoretical exercise, but maybe just let me share a few thoughts on that. If we think about the activity level that we're going to carry into fourth quarter for the Eagle Ford and Bakken, which is still a relatively modest level of activity. If we project that activity and essentially look to maintain U.S. oil production kind of in those fourth quarter kind of levels, we expect that we could do that for something on the order of $1 billion or less in 2021. And that would have a corresponding breakeven probably a bit south of $40. So just to maybe frame that up and again I'm not promoting that we're moving to maintenance capital in 2021. I'm just trying to give you a little bit of a benchmark that if we just extended that production held it relatively flat from that improving fourth quarter, again we'd be kind of in that $1 billion capital range and we could deliver that program well below $40.
Scott Hanold:
Yes. I mean that' actually exactly what I was looking for. That's great. And I'm going to keep diving into kind of the same kind of subject matter. As you kind of look at the long-term strategy and I think it's been mentioned before and I think it's pretty clear you guys are very focused on shareholder returns. Considering what's obviously transpired here over the course of the last several weeks and months with the industry and with the volatility in oil prices, does that change your view on how you look at growth rates and levels of sustainable free cash flow going forward? Does that change how you manage your business? And how does your hedge policy fit into that as well?
Lee Tillman:
Yes. Well first of all from just a high-level strategy standpoint, we have a near-term dislocation. That doesn't change our long-term strategy which is returns first sustainable free cash flow at probably lower and more volatile pricing and then getting that back in the most efficient way possible to our shareholders. We don't believe you should be optimizing on growth rate. We optimize on the financials first. The growth rate is an output. It's just like this year I -- we didn't start on saying we want to mitigate decline, we started with saying how do we maximize our financial performance in the second half of the year. And the same thing will be the case going forward. We were already on a much more moderated growth track. And, again, if we're going to make the oil and gas sector and specifically, our company an investable thesis, we still have to compete, not only within the peer space, but also within the broader S&P, which means continuing to drive, not only our free cash flow yields, but, also, again, the amount of that, that we're able to get back into the hands of shareholders. I think by definition that will imply lower growth rates in the future and certainly, declines to sustainment capital in the near-term. Because, one, you simply can't justify it on a returns basis; and two, you're not generating the free cash flow to really get into a very heavy investment cycle yet. So that part of our strategy is unchanged. It's the long game for us. This is an event-driven correction that we're in right now. We expect that there will be an economic recovery behind it. And with that recovery is going to be demand for the product that we produce. On the hedging side, maybe, I'll just flip that over to Pat and just let him kind of talk broadly, maybe a little bit about what we did coming into the year, how we've repositioned in the year and how we might look at that going forward?
Pat Wagner:
Sure. I would just say, broadly, our hedging philosophy is one that, we're not trying to call the market, but we're trying to protect the downside, but also allow our investors to share in the upside. So we came into the year with about 80,000 barrels a day of three-way collars, with $7 put spread which had about a $200 million value to us. As we look through the year and we saw the downturn occur, we look for opportunities to set a floor there, but we weren't willing to give up significant value and pay a premium to secure that floor. However, we did have an opportunity a few weeks ago when OPEC+ made an announcement to do that for second quarter. So we monetized some of our three ways into two ways and we set that floor that Lee mentioned in his opening comments. Our focus is maximizing cash flow. And so that trade for us helped maximize cash flow. We still have three ways for the third quarter and the fourth quarter. And right now, the value of those three ways is significant and we're not going to take a haircut on that value to set a floor at this point, unless we see a better opportunity in the market. We have a dedicated team that continues to look at this on a daily basis. And if we find opportunities to improve the hedge book we will.
Lee Tillman:
I, maybe, would just emphasize one other thing though and I've said this once and I just want to reiterate it. Financial hedges, financial instruments are not a license to destroy capital and drilling programs that don't make returns. I mean, we can take the gains from our financial instruments and still be very disciplined in the investment space to be focused on returns. And just as I look, particularly, here in the near term, we have an oversupplied market. U.S. supply needs to come down. Returns are certainly subpar in the current environment. Building more capacity and investing in more capacity for us in the near-term simply does not make economic sense from a return standpoint. It doesn't mean that we can't take advantage of the financial returns from our hedge book, but you should expect us to be very disciplined on the capital reinvestment side.
Scott Hanold:
Appreciate all that. Thank you.
Operator:
From Citigroup we have Scott Gruber. Pleas go ahead.
Scott Gruber:
Yes. Good morning.
Lee Tillman:
Good morning, Scott.
Scott Gruber:
So you'll be building DUCs in 2Q with the frac holiday and then it looks like you'll be consuming some in the second half. At year-end, where you have a DUC backlog that's above and beyond, will be considered normal under a three-rig program? And how big could that be?
Mike Henderson:
Hey, Scott, it's Mike here. Yes, we'll gradually work through some of our DUC inventory in the Eagle Ford and Bakken, as activity picks up in the third quarter. We do, however, plan to exit the year with a comfortable level of DUCs. That will give us some momentum and some optionality as we head into 2021.
Scott Gruber:
Got you. And can you talk to the oil price at which you consume those DUCs in 2021? How should we think about it?
Lee Tillman:
Well, yes, I think from an investment criteria standpoint, I think, we've already addressed that to some extent, Scott, which is, first and foremost, we're not going to invest money into new capacity until the returns justify it. We've talked about already our extremely low variable costs. We've talked about some of the things that we're doing in our fixed cost structure as well. So we continue to, in essence, uplift the economics across our portfolio. But the combination of needing adequate return to help drive our corporate level returns, plus the need to fund that through free cash flow generation probably says to really amplify beyond say basic maintenance levels of capital investment, you're going to need to be kind of pushing in the $40 range at least, because one, you'll be creating higher returns; two, you'll be creating financial flexibility from free cash flow that you can then make a decision on whether that gets reinvested back in the business or is it used in other places.
Scott Gruber:
Appreciate the color. Thank you.
Lee Tillman:
Thank you.
Operator:
From Scotiabank, we have Paul Cheng. Please go ahead.
Paul Cheng:
Thank you. Good morning guys.
Lee Tillman:
Good morning, Paul.
Paul Cheng:
Two questions -- thank you. Two questions, that at some point price will get better. And at that point how is the priority? Which is going to move first? You're going to increase the spending, so that you will be doing more drilling and completion? Or that you will restart the distribution back to the shareholder first?
Dane Whitehead :
Yes. Hi. This is Dane. I'll take a first cut at that. I would -- like I mentioned earlier our options as we get back to free cash flow will be a modest increase in capital spending, which to the extent that we do that we would certainly not outspend cash flow, but it makes sense to do some of that to rebuild our cash flow base our EBITDA base. Beyond that this is kind of an environment, we've been talking about this for a while now where lower leverage is probably a better thing to do in the future E&P model given the volatility and unexpected movements, we've seen in commodity markets over the past say five years, and so that's an option too. I guess to that end let me just touch on that since we haven't talked about it, we don't have any maturities, debt maturities until late November 2022. So there's nothing pressing there, but we've got some tools in the toolkit including $400 million of muni debt capacity, tax-free debt capacity that we hold in treasury that we can utilize to refinance a portion of that 2022 maturity. We've also kind of taken advantage of these historically low interest rates by legging into some port starting interest rate swaps associated with our 2022 and 2025 maturity and we're in those at sub 1%. And for 2022, we've got $500 million in notional value hedge and for the 2025, it's $250 million. So -- for -- the ability to refinance very economically a portion of those next maturities is there for us. And in a free cash flow environment, we could also think about deleveraging. And then, of course, return to shareholders is really important in our model. So reinstating our dividend at some point makes -- certainly makes sense. I don't think any of these three things, I've talked about are mutually exclusive. They can be done in combination. And just rest assured we'll be really thoughtful and we'll do those things in what we think -- feel is the right sequence, but also not be too rash and put the firm at risk in case we have another downturn.
Lee Tillman :
Yes. Paul if I could also just jump in for just a minute. I would just say, we've always had kind of a midterm objective of reducing our gross debt. That's always been an internal objective for us. I think the current crisis has probably amplify the need to really be mindful of your debt load. I mean, I think we should expect that we're in somewhat probably of a range-bound commodity that's going to have a lot of volatility. And within that model that would tend to drive you toward a little bit more emphasis on debt reduction. But I fully agree with Dane that we have a lot of flexibility. These are not mutually exclusive options. I think we would start staging into investment and establishing a solid base of production to drive our EBITDA. And then I think all the options open up again at that point.
Paul Cheng:
And maybe in terms of sequencing that when the time is right that you start to be investing in the business? Should we assume that it's really going to Eagle Ford first? And then at what point or the -- under what market condition you will say okay now that I can go back into Northern Delaware and also stack or that maybe perhaps even into the Texas Permian and Austin China game?
Lee Tillman :
Yes. Yes.
Paul Cheng:
So trying to understand what condition that we need and what sequence that we're talking about in different play is going to attract money first?
Lee Tillman :
Yes. No, I've got it Paul. Yes, I think what I would say on that is that before our original budget if you recall was still 70% Bakken and Eagle Ford, 30% essentially Northern Delaware and Oklahoma. And that was largely driven by our views of commodities. Black oil was being highly rewarded and generated our highest returns. Basins that had more reliance on secondary product pricing like gas and NGLs were certainly at more of a deficit. And hence, the capital allocation that you saw even in our original plan. As that has continued to materialize obviously the capital efficiency that exists in the Bakken the Eagle Ford made it kind of our first stop from a capital allocation standpoint. But as we look forward into a more normalized environment, and certainly, if we see for instance as we see the oil supply response, if that also translates into a gas supply response that strengthens gas prices as well as potentially secondary products like NGLs then certainly that would be an impetus to reevaluate places like Oklahoma and Northern Delaware and they become much more competitive than with more of the pure black oil plays that we have in the Bakken and the Eagle Ford. So it's all going to be driven by returns that's going to always be at the center of our capital allocation, but those relative product valuations do change how we think about that allocation going forward. So, I'd like to think that maybe we'll see some structural strengthening in the gas complex for instance and that will clearly favor some of the other opportunities in our broader portfolio.
Paul Cheng:
Thank you.
Lee Tillman:
Thank you.
Operator:
We have time for one more question. From Wolfe Research, we have Josh Silverstein. Please go ahead.
Josh Silverstein:
Yeah. Thanks. Maybe I'll just throw in a quick one at the end here. The international run rate was about $100 million of quarterly EBITDA last year. I know, there were a couple of moving pieces with maintenance and some mitigation discussed. But just wanted to see where you – where the expected annual run rate would be this year? And how that would look next year as the land backfill starts up?
Mitch Little:
Yeah. Hey, Josh it's Mitch. Trying to address your question without sort of disclosing confidential natures of contracts et cetera, but I think it's fair to say that EG is not immune from the same pressures we're seeing across the rest of the business. And for a little bit more color we've got four primary revenue streams there. The condensate stream which is sold in the open market, Brent-linked pricing makes up a meaningful portion of that plus then we've got natural gas liquids that are produced and sold to European markets and that gets reflected in equity earnings. Methanol as well sold into European and Gulf Coast markets, certainly experiencing some near cyclical lows recently in that product line as well. And then lastly, through the LNG, we've got EG LNG. We've got a Henry Hub-linked contract. And certainly, with the declines that are – we're seeing and expected to see in U.S. oil and associated gas production seen some recent price support there in the Henry Hub market, and certainly the forward curve suggesting some continued strengthening in the back half of the year and through next winter. So if that holds we'll certainly enjoy a bit of an improvement in the equity earnings on the LNG side. With respect to Alen project is still on track progressing ahead according to schedule and we would still expect those volumes to start flowing in the first half on 2021. And of course through the contract structure, there we also enjoy exposure to market prices.
Josh Silverstein:
Thanks for the color guys.
Operator:
Thank you. We'll now turn it back to Lee Tillman for closing remarks.
Lee Tillman:
Thank you. I could not be more proud of the dedication of our people that have adapted to these largely uncharted waters we're navigating. They continue to fulfill our mission of delivering affordable, reliable, accessible energy the world needs today and that it will need when the economy gets back to work. Thank you for your interest in Marathon Oil.
Operator:
Thank you. And ladies and gentlemen, this concludes today's conference. Thank you for joining. You may now disconnect.
Operator:
Welcome to the MRO Fourth Quarter 2019 Earnings Conference Call. My name is Sylvia and I'll be your operator for today's call. At this time all participants are in a listen-only mode. Later, we will conduct a question-and-answer session. [Operator Instructions] Please note this conference is being recorded. I will now turn it over to Guy Baber. Mr. Baber, you may begin.
Guy Baber:
Thank you, Sylvia, and thanks to everyone for joining us this morning on the call. Yesterday, after the close, we issued a press release, slide presentation and an investor packet that address our fourth quarter and full year performance, as well as our 2020 capital budget and associated guidance. Those documents can be found on our website at marathonoil.com. Joining me on today's call are Lee Tillman, our Chairman, President and CEO; Dane Whitehead, Executive VP and CFO; Mitch Little, Executive VP of Operations; and Pat Wagner, Executive VP of Corporate Development and Strategy. As always, today's call will contain forward-looking statements subject to risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed or implied by such statements. I'll refer everyone to the cautionary language in the press release and presentation materials, as well as to the risk factors described in our SEC filings. With that, I'll turn the call over to Lee, who will provide his opening remarks. We will then open the call up to Q&A.
Lee Tillman:
Thanks, Guy. And thank you to everyone joining us this morning. I will begin my comments covering our forward two-year outlook. And in doing so, I will also cover our track record of execution against our framework for success. This track record against a transparent set of priorities, corporate returns, sustainable free cash flow generation, return of capital to shareholders is unique in our peer space, it's comprehensive and it has resulted in bottom line financial and operational outcome that few E&Ps have been able to match. Most importantly, it has resulted in financial outcomes that also compete on a heads up basis against the broader market. Our challenge is less E&P and more S&P. It is this successful track record of execution that underpins confidence in both our strategy as well as our sustainability to continue delivering, despite an ongoing backdrop of uncertainty and volatility. Looking to the specifics of our forward two-year plan, as you would expect, our outlook prioritizes the financial metrics that matter most; corporate returns improvement and sustainable free cash flow generation across a wide range of commodity prices. And as you've heard me say, again and again, it all starts with our returns-first orientation. Corporate returns improvement remains a top capital allocation objective, as such, it should be no surprise that it's also a key element of our executive compensation scorecard and our focus is bearing fruit. Our underlying price normalized 2019 cash return on invested capital is over 50% higher than in 2017. This robust improvement is the product of success across multiple dimensions, portfolio management, concentrated capital allocation, efficient operation, high-margin oil growth and significant cost reductions. Looking ahead, we fully expect to continue building on this momentum. Disciplined reinvestment across our high quality multi-basin portfolio will continue to drive our underlying corporate returns higher at a rate that outpaces our production growth. The second key element of our outlook is sustainable free cash flow generation at a wide range of commodity prices. Our track record of free cash flow delivery is well-established at this point and speaks for itself. Fourth quarter marked our eighth consecutive quarter of post dividend organic free cash flow generation, a track record that is largely unmatched by anyone in our peer group. In total, we've generated approximately $1.3 billion of post dividend organic free cash flow since the beginning of 2018 with over $400 million delivered during 2019. With improving capital efficiency, we expect and even stronger underlying free cash flow profile for 2020 and 2021. At a flat WTI oil price of $50 per barrel, we forecast around $600 million of post dividend organic free cash flow over the next two years. A few other important takeaways from our two-year free cash flow outlook. Our plan is resilient. Our outlook translates to a post dividend organic free cash flow breakeven oil price of $47 per barrel WTI in 2020, with an even lower breakeven in 2021. Our low oil breakeven price advantage hedges and conservative balance sheet effectively insulate us from temporary downside price volatility. That said, should commodity prices further deteriorate for an extended period of time, we have ample flexibility built into our plan to respond without negatively impacting our underlying operations or our hard earned capital efficiency. Let me be clear. outspending cash flow in 2020 is not an option for Marathon oil. And we will adjust our plan as necessary to protect free cash flow. Our underlying capital efficiency and free cash flow momentum improves markedly over the next two years. In fact on a flat $55 WTI basis, our projected 2020 and 2021 free cash flow is similar to that realized in 2018 and 2019, yet at a WTI oil price that is $6 per barrel lower along with much lower gas and NGL prices. Our upside leveraged to even modest oil price support is significant. While the forward curve is depress today, commodity prices will undoubtedly remain volatile. And are crude weighting, coupled with a low enterprise breakeven oil price is a powerful combination in any price environment. At $55 per barrel WTI, we generate $1.3 billion of post dividend organic free cash flow over the next two years, at $60 per barrel WTI this rises to over $2 billion. Our track record of free cash flow generation is differentiated and our disciplined approach to capital budgeting has served us well over the last two years. And our forward outlook is not only attractive against E&P peers, but delivers organic free cash flow yields competitive against the broader market at moderate commodity prices. Moving on to the third key element of our framework. Rest assured, we will continue to prioritize the return of capital to our shareholders, through a competitive dividend and through our $1.4 billion of outstanding share repurchase authorization. Notably, return of capital to shareholders remains a component of our executive compensation scorecard. Since the beginning of 2018, we have returned approximately $1.4 billion of capital back to our shareholders, representing around 23% of our cash flow from operations. This has included $1 billion of share repurchases that have reduced our outstanding share count by over 7%, including $350 million of share repurchases executed in 2019. Importantly, this return of capital has been entirely funded by organic free cash flow, not by asset sales proceeds. Over the last two years, we have successfully distinguish ourselves as one of the only E&P companies that has both generated meaningful free cash flow and returned a significant portion of that free cash flow back to investors. This leadership position is important to us. And we fully expect to continue building on the success in the years to come. Finally, differentiated execution remains the engine that powers our delivery of financial performance. It is a broad mandate, but really centered on execution excellence and consistent delivery against our external guidance. Over the last two years we have consistently delivered on our commitments with no increase to our initial development capital budget while exceeding our annual oil production growth guidance. Our capital budget is a commitment not a suggestion. We have consistently improved our capital efficiency driving a 10% annual reduction in completed well cost per lateral foot and 15% annual reduction in U.S. unit production expense in 2019. And we realize success across all elements of our resource capture framework cumulatively adding over 1000 locations through a combination of organic enhancement, resource plan exploration, and bolt-on acquisitions and trades. The addition of these new locations represents approximately three years of inventory, further demonstrating the long-term sustainability of our strategy. It is not just about results, but how we deliver those results. And 2019 was yet again a year that we can be proud of, including our best safety performance on record. And as we look to 2020 and 2021 differentiated execution will remain a defining characteristic of our company. We will continue delivering on our commitments, $2.2 billion of development capital in 2020, contributing to 6% U.S. oil growth at the midpoint, with comparable capital and growth expected in 2021. We will maximize our capital efficiency through more efficient operation fully expecting to continue driving our well cost and unit production expense lower. And we will remain as focused as ever on further improving our already high-quality resource base through our sustainable resource capture framework, all with an eye on full cycle returns. Transitioning to the specifics 2020 program, our disciplined $2.4 billion total capital budget is down 11% from 2019, it is also down from 2018 spending levels. Our budget is comprised of $2.2 billion of development capital and $200 million of resource play exploration capital, successfully balancing corporate returns, free cash flow generation and our strategic objectives. The outcome of our rigorous capital allocation process is 6% U.S. oil growth in 2020 at the midpoint of our guidance with oil growth outpacing boe growth consistent with our focus on corporate returns. Again, we expect comparable development capital and comparable oil growth in 2021. Importantly, our forward trajectory is sustainable prioritizing ratability and consistency of operations to maximize capital efficiency over a multiyear period. The outcome is returns creative oil growth on both an annual and exit-to-exit basis in 2020 and 2021, while prioritizing free cash flow generation. And I want to emphasize again that our plan is both resilient and flexible. We can't predict forward commodity pricing, but we do know that it will remain volatile. While, our low cash flow breakeven and conservative balance sheet insulate us to downside volatility, should pricing deteriorate to below our breakeven levels for an extended period, we have the flexibility to adapt without compromising our underlying operations or capital efficiency. And for avoidance of doubt, under any reasonable commodity price scenario, we will not outspend our cash flow. Moving on to the asset specific detail that make up our 2020 program, roughly 70% of our development capital will go to the Eagle Ford and Bakken, up from approximately 60% during each of the last two years. This shift reflects the relative returns generated in the current commodity price environment that places a premium on oil mix relative to gas and NGL, and further highlights the strength and flexibility of our multi-basin portfolio. The recent success of organic enhancement in these two basins with over 500 locations added since 2018 and hundreds more upgraded provides the opportunity and confidence to allocate more capital to these high return assets. The Eagle Ford will continue to deliver strong returns and free cash flow, but will also contribute oil growth even with an expected year-over-year reduction in wells to sell. Coming off the strongest two oil productivity quarters on an IP30 basis and the history of the asset. We expect continued strong results from our primary development program across Karnes, Atascosa and the Northeast core which was recently expanded with the fourth quarter closed of a bolt-on acquisition that added about 18,000 contiguous and largely develop -- undeveloped net acres. Additionally, we will continue progressing organic enhancement initiatives, including our redevelopment and enhanced oil recovery programs. Early results from both of these programs have been encouraging with both having the potential to meaningfully add to our total resource base. In the Bakken, we will continue delivering strong financial return, free cash flow and oil growth. Our 2019 Bakken development program will pay out in 11 months at actual 2019 cost and pricing. While this accomplishment is impressive, we expect to drive further improvement to these already industry-leading financial returns in 2020. The result of an increase in well productivity and further reductions to our well cost. Completed well cost already average below $5 million during fourth quarter, down 18% from the 2018 average with a recent pad delivering an average completed well cost of $4.3 million. In Oklahoma largely in response to the dramatic weakness in gas and NGL pricing relative to oil, we are reducing our investment to a more concentrated two to three rig program focused on oil-prone areas in the SCOOP to protect our returns and prioritize free cash flow generation. Critically, our Oklahoma asset transition to positive free cash flow generation during the fourth quarter benefiting from the combination of reduced spending, efficient operations and strong productivity, including basin-leading performance from the SCOOP Springer. Over the next two years we fully expect Oklahoma to maintain its positive free cash flow status even at the current depressed forward curve for natural gas with 2020 oil production comparable to the 2019 average and overall oil mix for the asset rising. In the Northern Delaware capital efficiency will continue to improve with an expected average lateral length increase of over 35% in 2020, a strong indicator of the progress in our ongoing efforts to core up our position. We will strategically pace our investment with a focus on full cycle returns while we continue appraising our acreage incorporating learning, enhancing our margin profile and realizing early development success in critical intervals. On only a modest increase in wells to sales, the asset will again contribute to total company oil growth. After successful divestments in the UK and Kurdistan, we have simplified our international portfolio to our integrated gas business in Equatorial Guinea which had another strong year, delivering just over $400 million in EBITDAX. While 2020 financial delivery will be off trend from 2019 due to the combination of scheduled maintenance and weaker commodity prices, we expect earnings to recover in 2021 and beyond. Schedule maintenance during 2020 includes the first quarter turn around already underway at our AMPCO Methanol plant as well as planned E.G. LNG maintenance during the fourth quarter. Regarding price, aside from the obvious impact on condensate, weak gas prices will affect our legacy Henry Hub length L&G contract and associated E.G. LNG equity income. Global menthol prices have also fallen to cyclical lows. Looking ahead for E.G. Our 2021 earnings forecast is similar to 2019 price normalized. We began to realize benefits from the Alen backfill agreement in 2021. Our legacy Henry Hub LNG price contract expires in 2023, and there are no significant plant E.G. turnaround until 2024. Further, we continue to pursue additional backfill gas opportunity to leverage our advantaged infrastructure position. Bottom line, our unique integrated business in Equatorial Guinea will remain a strong contributor to our total company earnings and cash flow stream for years to come. While that covers our development capital and producing assets, we have also established a $200 million resource play exploration budget for 2020. This budget reflects the transition from primarily acreage capture to exploration and appraisal drilling activity in two oil plays of scale; the Texas Delaware and the Louisiana Austin Chalk. Our overarching objective remains competitive full cycle returns through low entry cost. In the Texas Delaware, we have established the contiguous 60,000 net acre position perspective for both Woodford and Meramec targets. We now have three Woodford wells online at an average 60% oil cut. Extended production history from our first two wells continues to demonstrate strong productivity, lower water-oil ratios and shallow declines. Our recent third Woodford well is on flow back with early rate consistent with our expectations. Our initial Meramec exploration well is in progress. In the Louisiana Austin Chalk, our first modern completion in the overpressure Western Fairway of the play is on flow-back and cleaning up. While it is far too early to draw conclusions, the well is demonstrating strong productivity with recent oil rates of 1200 barrels of oil per day on a restricted choke and had a flowing wellhead pressure above 8000 psi. Gas oil ratio, API gravity at around 49 degrees and water-oil ratio are all consistent with our pre-drill expectations. Again, some encouraging early performance in contrast to some erroneous conclusions you may have seen drawn from state data featuring test rates in the first 72 hours of cleanup. With the early results of the first well confirming our expectations on initial productivity, oil quality, as well as reservoir energy, we recently spud our second exploration well in the play and we'll have results to discuss later this year as we continue to integrate longer dated production with 3D seismic. In summary, we are proud of our results and how we deliver those results; safely responsibly and ethically. And our executive compensation scorecard reflects those core values with safety environmental performance in GHG intensity each represented alongside corporate returns and return of capital. For two years now, we have delivered financial and operational outcomes that few E&Ps in our peer space have matched. Yet, while we will continue to work hard to retain and build upon our competitive advantage versus direct E&P peers, we are just as focused on effectively competing with the broader market on the financial metrics that matter and doing so in a volatile commodity price environment. We believe in our strategy and our framework for success, corporate returns first, sustainable free cash flow generation and prioritizing return of capital to shareholders, a framework builds upon our multi-basin portfolio and a balance sheet that is an investment grade at all three primary rating agencies. Within that context, we will remain focused on what we control, which is our execution and the consistent delivery against our framework, quarter-after-quarter, year-after-year. We continue to believe that it is this superior financial performance that will ultimately be rewarded by the market. Thank you all for listening. And with that, I'll hand it back to the operator to begin the Q&A session.
Operator:
We will begin the question and answer session. [Operator Instructions] And our first question comes from Scott Hanold.
Scott Hanold:
Yes. Hi. It's Scott Hanold from RBC.
Lee Tillman:
Good morning, Scott.
Scott Hanold:
Just to kind of playoff some of that -- the last commentary you made there early in what gets the Marathon rewarded by investors? Certainly, you've been putting up some good free cash flow numbers. The market doesn't seem to be really view that is positively as one would expect. How do you think about this versus option that you have to pivot other things and that may include obviously capture of a bigger resource position?
Lee Tillman:
Yes. Thanks Scott and good morning. You know, Scott, we are committed really to allocating capital that balances returns improvement with sustainable free cash flow generation. That's our model. That's our frameworks for success. I think we've now clearly established a track record against that model, that track record I believe speaks for itself. I think we've taken not only a strong shareholder friendly actions, but we've also delivered on our underlying operational commitments. And to us it really comes down to ensuring that model is sustainable, that model is resilient and that we continue to protect the upside through our oil leveraging. But, we believe in our strategy, Scott, and you should really expect no changes for us going forward. Hence, the reason we provided the two-year view of our financial outcomes.
Scott Hanold:
Okay. Appreciate that. And then, talking a little bit about the Delaware -- Northern Delaware basin. It looks like capital to that area is obviously down a little I think year-over-year, and with Eagle Ford and getting a little bit more, but can you talk about what you've learned in some of that Red Hills, initial Red Hills well you've drilled. I mean, I would have expected Delaware to be a bigger part of 2020. I guess is my base question. And what have you've found in some of these core areas that you have relative to say the opportunity in the Eagle Ford?
Lee Tillman:
Yes. Let me talk a little bit about overall allocation and perhaps I'll flip over to Mitch to provide a little more operational color on Red Hills and the program we just completed there in fourth quarter. First thing, not to state the obvious Scott, but the entire total capital budget is down 11%, development capital is down 9%, and actually from a mix perspective the Northern Delaware is still receiving essentially a very similar mix of that lower capital allocation. Again for us, it comes down to that capital allocation is driven by the confidence in generating those high returns and hence that's why you've seen that slight makeshift from 60% to 70% to Bakken and the Eagle Ford. That in no means is means that we are disappointed in Northern Delaware. It just means we have superior opportunity today and other parts of our portfolio, because of the current commodity price environment. With that, maybe I'll handover to Mitch and let him give a little bit of color on our -- the specifics of our program.
Mitch Little:
Yes. Sure, Scott. As you're referencing, we had a fair bit of delineation work in 2019 included in the Red Hills area. What I would say about that is we're encouraged by the early results from the delineation work. We tested a lot of different intervals, as well as some different completion designs, saw some particularly encouraging signs in the Upper Wolfcamp and Bone Spring. Relative to the capital allocation as well, wells to sales this year will be slightly up from 2019 levels. The majority of that activity is going to be focused in those intervals, the -- both the Wolfcamp and Bone Spring and it will across Malaga and Red Hills. Little bit less delineation activity this year as we are focused on the corporate returns and free cash flow generation. And that also give us time to integrate some longer-term performance data from the 2019 delineation efforts and feed that into our capital allocation process.
Scott Hanold:
Okay. So overall would you say the Northern Delaware, is there anything that limit you from going faster? Is there any infrastructure? It sounds like, wells are performing good. So is there any infrastructure concerns or issues that need to be addressed as well in that area?
Lee Tillman:
Now, we're making great progress there, Scott, and by year-end, we had I think about 90% of oil and water on pipe. We've got good midstream infrastructure on the gas side as well. And so, it's really -- the underlying driver there is our capital allocation process and focus on top level corporate returns.
Scott Hanold:
Understood. Appreciate it. Thanks.
Operator:
Our next question comes from Derrick Whitfield.
Derrick Whitfield:
Good morning. Thanks for taking my questions. In regards to your 2020 and 2021 outlook, your broad outline suggests capital efficiency is improving in both 2020 and 2021. Would it be fair to assume the capital efficiency gain in 2021 is largely driven by the moderation of your U.S. base declines suggesting you're not banking lower well costs into 2021 estimates?
Lee Tillman:
I think, there's obviously a lot of factors that go in to the efficiency improvements year-over-year. But I would say that a consistent theme in both 2020 and 2021 is still a continued improvement and not just well productivity, but also our ability to drive completed well cost, as well as our own I'd say unit cost at a field level lower. And that theme simply just continues and accelerates a bit into 2021. So, it's a multiple factors, but certainly that trend that we have established now over the last two years of not only driving our capital costs down from a completed well cost standpoint, but also our unit production expense in the U.S., all of that is contributing to that improvement in capital efficiency moving forward.
Derrick Whitfield:
That's helpful. And then as my follow-up, shifting over to the Louisiana Austin Chalk, the initial results suggest a highly charged reservoir with strong energy drive mechanism in place. Are you expecting that degree of wellhead pressure across the Western fairway?
Pat Wagner:
Hi, Derrick. This is Pat. That's correct. I mean, we have a flowing tubing pressure today of over 8,000 pounds and it's as expected. This is a very highly pressured part of the play with very good deliverability and we do expect that the Western fairway will have this sort of pressure.
Derrick Whitfield:
Thanks. It's very helpful guys. Thanks.
Operator:
Our next question comes from Arun Jayaram.
Arun Jayaram:
Yes. Good morning, Lee.
Lee Tillman:
Good morning, Arun.
Arun Jayaram:
Since you created the REx -- good morning. Lees, since you created the REx program, we've seen a pretty sharp retrenchment in dollar per acre valuations, as well as public market valuations for E&P. I was wondering if you could comment how inorganic opportunities are now competing relative to REx in terms of portfolio enhancement. And if you've looked at any deals more recently given this backdrop?
Lee Tillman:
Yes. I think what I would do, Arun, I'll take you back to our overall resource capture framework. And it's not an exclusive strategy. If you look at the three elements of that strategy, it starts first and foremost with organic enhancement, which is really working the assets that we already have in the portfolio. And the team has done an incredible job there in not only replacing inventory, but uplifting a good bit of the additional forward inventory. The other piece of that is an organic growth looking at both small bolt-ons, as well as trades. And in that, the example I would point to is in fact the position that we just established in the Northeast core of the Eagle Ford that closed at the end of the quarter. And here we had the ability to add on to an area that now has created this 70-well development opportunity for us. And so, that part -- that market opportunity we continue to look at those. And then as you mentioned the third element of that is the REx program. We believe that you need to generate success across all three of those dimensions. It really isn't an all-of-the-above strategy and in some years it may flex more toward one of those three than the others. But that is a strategy. And certainly, Pat and his team look at all those opportunities whether they be REx opportunities or inorganic opportunities that are around our existing footprint.
Arun Jayaram:
Got it. And just based on that commentary, there appears to be any focus on call it larger scale M&A?
Lee Tillman:
Well, I think, we have worked very hard to develop this comprehensive resource capture framework. We've transformed our base portfolio and created this differentiated position here in the U.S.. And what that means is, that for us, really large scale M&A is not required for our forward success. We're improving our returns. We've generated free cash flow over the last eight consecutive quarters. So our model is delivering the financial outcomes. And so, in that context any opportunity, whether it be large or small scale inorganic is going to be looked at through that lens. How can it be accretive to what we're already achieving. And that's a as you might imagine a very high bar.
Arun Jayaram:
Great. And one modeling question regarding E.G., Lee highlighted how that business unit generates a little bit more than $400 million of EBITDAX in 2019. You expect that to recover in 2021. I was wondering if you could give perhaps the impact from the maintenance and downtime and the lower Henry Hub prices in 20 relative to that $408 million you printed last year?
Mitch Little:
Yes. Arun, this is Mitch. The maintenance impacts are pretty well laid out in the slide deck. But just to kind of go back through those. We're in the midst of a major turnaround at the AMPCO methanol facility. That's going to have about a $30 million earnings impact on the quarter. And then expect it to be back up and running for the rest of the year at kind of full rates. In Q4, we then have some planned maintenance at the LNG facility, which will impact the gas rates. But we'll continue to process the liquids and so they're not going to be an impact on liquid rates. Sensitivity to product prices, we can't talk about the specific terms of the E.G. LNG contract for confidentiality reasons. But it is a Henry Hub length contract. We're seeing pretty material degradation in that index relative to 2019. And so that's going to be meaningful. And then, of course, methanol prices are at kind of a cyclical low right now as well. So, I think it's important to look forward. We've got the long-lived Alba field with shallow decline and essentially no reinvestment. That's been on a steady trend and we expect it to continue to do so. And then looking forward, we've got the Alen volumes that should start up in 2021, early 2021. The Henry Hub index contract expires at the end of 2023. So back on -- in 2021 our normalized prices back to earnings levels similar to 2019 and then additional upside through the things I mentioned, as well as continuing to look to source additional backfill volumes following the Alen agreement that we signed up last year right.
Arun Jayaram:
Great. And this is in your free cash flow guide though?
Mitch Little:
It's absolutely. All of that's baked into the two year profiles that we've given you.
Arun Jayaram:
All right. Thanks a lot.
Operator:
Our next question comes from Jeanine Wai.
Jeanine Wai:
Hi. Good morning everyone. My first question is on the two year cumulative free cash flow. For the updated tier, can you walk us through how to reconcile the recalibrated $600 million versus $750 million plus. I know some of this is likely commodity price related and so you just walk through some of the easy stuff. But we're also wondering if you could quantify the capital efficiency improvements, which would be a positive offset to using lower prices?
Lee Tillman:
Yes. Hi Jeanine, this is Lee. Just relative to the last disclosure on the two-year view and the delta there. It really is all about pricing. If you go back and you look at the price decks that were used to calibrate the 750. And again, we're not trying to predict pricing. We're simply putting a benchmark case out there for you. Obviously, it had much higher pricing for both gas and NGL. We kind of brought those back to more market based levels to present what we believe is a much more realistic view of the free cash flow generation. And so, despite the fact that we actually are having an improvement and underlying capital efficiency, obviously, it's very difficult to offset the full impact of a significant downshift in both gas and NGL pricing. But without quantifying what I would tell you is directionally capital efficiency is improving. The bulk of that delta is really associated with the assumptions around gas and NGL pricing.
Jeanine Wai:
Okay, great. That's very helpful. Thank you. And my second question is related to REx. In terms of again capital efficiency tailwind year-over-year. REx budget for 2020 reflects transition from acreage capture to more exploration or appraisal kind of thing. So how much of the 200 million of REx this year is actual productive CapEx as opposed to spending more money on seismic or additional acreage capture either within known REx areas or otherwise?
Lee Tillman:
Yes. Jeanine, again, we don't provide that fine line on it, because obviously we'll be driven by performance throughout the year. But the budget is primarily focused on exploration and appraisal drilling in both Texas Delaware and Austin Chalk. Obviously, there are still some spend in seismic and geoscience work there. But the bulk of it is really oriented toward continuing to explore and appraise with the bit in those two plays.
Jeanine Wai:
Okay. Thank you for taking my questions.
Lee Tillman:
Thank you, Jeanine.
Operator:
Our next question comes from Doug Leggate.
Doug Leggate:
Well, thanks. Good morning, Lee. I got a couple of interrelated questions and I apologize for getting into this level of detail, but I've got -- my first one is on E.G. and my second one is on the value proposition of Marathon, but also the industry. I just want to get your perspective on that. First on E.G., the free cash flow guidance you've given, clearly is a big chunk of that comes from E.G.. Yesterday, Noble laid out trajectory for how Alba declines over time and it appears the bulk of the backfill as I understand it is going to come from Alen. So I'm just wondering, can you walk us through how you see the free cash flow evolution of E.G. in your trajectory? And then, I'd like to get into the valuation question if I may.
Lee Tillman:
Yes. I'll offer my thoughts and if I miss anything I'll ask Mitch to jump in. First of all, what I would say is that we feel very strongly that the E.G. asset is going to be a free cash flow generator for the future for the company. And the Alen backfill we believe is just a first step as we continue to look to leverage what is a truly a world-class piece of infrastructure there. And so, we think that we have -- but I want to emphasize that from a free cash flow generation standpoint essentially we have all of our assets ex-Northern Delaware are generating strong free cash flow going into both 2020 and 2021 And so, I don't want to paint this as an E.G. only story. The thing that differentiates E.G. is the fact that the reinvestment levels are relatively de minimus there. However, from an absolute free cash flow generation standpoint, all three of our U S basins ex-Northern Delaware are contributing strongly to that free cash flow profile going forward in time.
Doug Leggate:
I appreciate the answer. My follow-up is kind of related to this. And again forgive me for this lead, but we all know how bad the sector has performed and you have been early to committing to free cash flow and you should be commended for that. The issue we're all facing however is that the annual -- the free cash flow you're suggesting in your guidance the $1.3 billion over two [ph] years, let's assume that's annualized. Your enterprise value is $12.4 billion. If you can sustain that and then go to maintenance capital, the metrics required to justify material upside to the share price are pretty challenging even at 1.3 billion cumulative two-year free cash flow. In other words, if you do a DCF on what your trajectory looks like, we're having a tough time seeing what -- how the industry positions itself as a deep value proposition. So my question is how do you see the free cash flow evolving? And what do you think you're sustaining capital is on a reasonable timeline assuming you've got the inventory to support it. So it's a bit of a detailed question, I understand that. But the issue is, how do we show the value proposition because a $650 million annualized free cash flow number doesn't get your $12.4 billion enterprise value?
Lee Tillman:
Yes. Well, first of all, I mean, obviously we look at multiple financial metrics, Doug, you know, free cash flow is important, but as is corporate returns. And our commitment is that as we allocate incremental capital to the business that it is going to be accretive. Those dollars will be accretive to driving those cash returns on invested capital higher. Hence, when we look at it from 17 to 19 on even a price normalized basis, we've had a 50% improvement and our cash return on invested capital. I think from a value proposition standpoint when we kind of look at the metrics that matter and we look at pre, post dividend even free cash flow yield for ourselves, we feel that does compare very favorably for similarly sized industrial companies within the S&P 500. So, we believe that the value proposition is one a high rate of change on corporate returns coupled with the ability to generate that free cash flow at relatively moderate oil pricing that essentially delivers the yield that is competitive with the broader S&P space. And we believe that's a recipe for success and competing for forward investment. And of course, the key thing is being able to do that consistently. Because you really can't talk about returning cash to shareholders until you actually generate the cash. And that's what we've been doing for the last two years. And so, I think we've got the track record. I think from a value standpoint, if you look at returns, if you look at free cash flow yield and our return of cash to shareholders, I think there is a very valid investable thesis there. And now, I'm talking specifically about Marathon, there are some broader issues within the sector that we can probably talk about on another day.
Doug Leggate:
Appreciate, you trying to answer the question. Thanks a lot, Lee.
Operator:
Our following question comes from Paul Sankey.
Unidentified Analyst:
Hi, Lee. Thanks. Actually Doug and I are on the same track. But I wondered how you think about the potential for a CapEx cut and levels of sustaining capital as sort of part of that same question effectively. For example, in 2020 what would you say is your growth capital versus your sustaining capital? Thanks.
Lee Tillman:
Yes. Well, first of all, given that we have a relatively low enterprise breakeven WTI price well north of -- sorry, well south of $50. We feel that, we have the resilience even with where the current strip looks today to execute our business plans, drive returns and drive free cash flow. So, today even though we have the flexibility to adapt, we don't believe that we're in a price band that would require Marathon to take that kind of move. If we do see sustained pricing that just below that enterprise breakeven, we feel that that is a longer term outcome. Then we have a lot of levers available to us to dial back capital. And I think you've seen from our past history, we've been very disciplined around our capital. We set our budget. We adhere to that budget and any potential for upside price performance we simply drive that to the bottom line and basically produce more free cash flow. I think from a maintenance capital standpoint, obviously for us when we look at improving capital efficiency over the next couple of years that's a bit of a moving target and it's clearly impacted by the activity in the previous year. But we are well south of $2 billion probably in that kind of $1.8 billion kind of range on maintenance capital going forward.
Unidentified Analyst:
That's very helpful. I've got a really quick specific, I apologize specific modeling question then I'll ask -- try for a final question with a very big one. Is there a production impact from REx appraisal drilling incorporated in the 2020 volume guide?
Lee Tillman:
Yes, there is. It's obviously highly risked, Paul, because we -- this is still an exploration program and it's relatively de minimis.
Unidentified Analyst:
Thank you. And then the big one would be, again a follow-up to the idea of attracting general aspects of sector. Is there potential for you to do a big merger, a big deal something a real big calculus move? Lee, I'd be very interested about your thoughts? Thank you.
Lee Tillman:
Yes. Well, I guess right now, we believe that the right catalyst is consistently delivering corporate returns and free cash flow and getting that cash flow back to shareholders that we believe that is the right strategy, the right mechanism to attract that investor back. As I've said, I think in a previous question, the work we've done on our portfolio, the success that we're having with our resource capture framework, that model is designed to ensure that large scale M&A is not required for our forward success. And obviously, again, as I stated any inorganic opportunity whether it's large or small has to be looked at through a lens of financial accretion, free cash flow accretion, balance sheet accretion, natural synergies from a portfolio standpoint, as well as overcoming potentially social issues. So, there are pretty significant barriers for that. And even just a general sense. But for us specifically we've tried to ensure our model delivers on the investor mandate without a requirement for pursuing that.
Unidentified Analyst:
Thank you, Lee, to be very clear here. Thank you.
Operator:
Our next question comes from Neal Dingmann.
Neal Dingmann:
Good morning, Lee and team, my first question centers on your Bakken play. Just wondering looks like for the quarter for 4Q, your NGL and gas production the plate grew about 30% sequentially, while the production for oil was down a bit. I'm just wondering, was that due largely to the processing capacity coming online? And could maybe in conjunction with that just speak to your expectations for oil cut for that play going forward?
Mitch Little:
Hey, Neal, it's Mitch. The way you've characterized it is accurate. As you well know, the renaissance in the Bakken and the increased productivity drove increased activity and it's taken a little while for the midstream infrastructure to catch up. There has been a lot of infrastructure added in the back half of 2019 and that will continue through 2020 and early into 2021. So, you're seeing the benefits of that relative to our mix. We would expect to see increasing infrastructure that impacts our ability to capture even more of that volume. However, as we've guided, we also expect for the Bakken to deliver oil growth in 2020.
Neal Dingmann:
Got it. Okay. That's clever. Thanks Mitch. And then my second question, really, Lee, just more on what the guys have been talking about. Just wondering how do you balance when you think about balance in the shareholder return with the resource play exploration capital spend? And just secondly, I'm just wondering, how do you determine how much of cash -- when you have free cash flow especially though if prices go down, how do you allocate that between the two. Does that impact exploration? Or after you decide that you want to pay out a requirement amount or how is that sort of balanced?
Lee Tillman:
Well, I think first of all, in the REx program, to be successful long term you do have to have a bit of a constancy of purpose. We've talked about a longer term run rate of a $2 million in REx over time. We believe that that type of investment within that resource capture framework that I described earlier will allow REx to deliver the type of resource and inventory that we will ultimately need to replace what we're consuming. So, there's a little bit of I guess reverse engineering is the way I would put it to come to the amount of investment. Now, they're going to be put and takes in any given year. We saw some large investment years as we established the two actual acreage positions. Now, we're back really at a kind of a couple hundred million in run rate. From a return of capital standpoint, we have to really strike the right balance between obviously shorter-term returns, free cash flow generation, but also meeting these strategic objectives which are continuing to replenish our inventory and that's part of the balancing act. Today, we certainly feel that the repurchase of our shares based on valuations is a good return and a good use of capital allocation. And it's simply again striking the balance between that and longer-term value creation that exists within the resource capture framework.
Neal Dingmann:
That's clear. Thanks for all the details guys.
Operator:
Our following question comes from Brian Singer.
Brian Singer:
Thank you. Good morning. I wanted to pick up on that topic of asset sustainability and breakeven oil prices. Can you talk a little bit more about the reserve bookings for the year and provide any more color there in terms of percent-proved developed notable revisions that impacted the reserve replacement in finding and development costs. I was going to ask how that influences your thoughts on inorganic growth, but since you've talked about that maybe you could talk about what your expectations are for reserve replacement and F&D costs from this year's budget?
Dane Whitehead:
Yes. Hey, Brian. Let me at least take the first part of that. With regard to reserves, I think it's important to remember that reserves kind of follow the capital, both what we spent in 2019 and what we have in our forward plan. And in this commodity price environment as you've heard all morning here, we're allocating to drive return enhancement and that means a lot of capital going for the oil. You'll see that in our growth rates, with oil growth rates exceeding, equivalent growth rates 70% of our capital would go into Eagle Ford and Bakken, very oily assets. And really what you see -- as you peel the layers back on our headline reserve numbers is that our reserve placement ratio for oil was well over 100%. This year even though it may boe basis be below that. And then of course in our press release we had some F&D calculations in the appendix there. The headline number is $26 a barrel, but there are some fairly significant things to know about that. We reduced capital and our Ford plan much like we did in this year's budget and almost exclusively coming out of the gas here areas in Oklahoma and that had a fairly significant north of $7 impact on F&D. And then there are some PDP tails that come down with lower pricing, lower SEC pricing again, largely gassy. That was almost another three dollars. So if you account for all that you can get to an F&D number, that's in the $16 to $17 range which is a little bit higher than our historic three year average, but pretty much closed on trend. And when you consider the oil content, there was pretty strong.
Brian Singer:
Great. Thank you. And then my follow-up is with regards to the Eagle Ford. You talked about some strong well performance, the best two quarters from a 30 date oil rate perspective. A, do you expect those wells to have and the performance of those wells to have? And the performance of those wells to have proportionate impact on EURs? Or should the post 30-day decline rates pick up based on either where or how they've been drilled and flowed? And then B, how do you view the depth of the remaining inventory relative to the results that you've been highlighting here for the last six months?
Mitch Little:
Yes. Hey Brian, it's Mitch again. With respect to your first question there's usually some benefit to EUR from modern completions and seeing this record IP30s, but we're going to need longer dated production to prove that out or to quantify the ultimate impact. I would say as a more general statement, the initial IP30 uplift is a little bit greater than the EUR uplift across most of our plays. But we typically do see an EUR benefit as well. To your latter question I think this one is probably the most important one. We currently talk about a decade of remaining inventory in the Eagle Ford at the current levels. And I want to make really clear a couple of things that we're working on in the organic enhancement space are additive to that. The old adage, "Big fields keep getting bigger," certainly proving out for us in the Eagle Ford and Bakken where we've replaced the inventory. We've consumed the last couple of years. We've got a fair bit of activity on the redevelopment front in the Eagle Ford. We're targeting areas that were originally developed on wider spacing with early Gen completions. We now have sent seven successful pads under our belts with 100 percent success rate, spans over an area of about 25 miles east to west across our position and with the early encouragement there we've identified hundreds of remaining opportunities that we're working to prove up. And just to be really clear, that's in addition to what's in our current PD of about 10 years of inventory. On top of that, we're well into phase two of our EOR pilot. That particular pilot is a multi-pad pilot, but we'll go through sequential cycles of missable gas injections so can flow back. We've got three cycles to-date. Completed on that that are in line and slightly exceeding model expectations. And I think what we can say from that very clearly is there's no question that the physics work across the black oil window in the Eagle Ford. And the Eagle Ford has some particular fluid characteristics and geologic characteristics that make it advantaged to most basins. We'll continue that pilot looking to validate model results and inform, how we might expand that to a broader scale, look at optimization of the cycle parameters and durations and then refine program economics, so that we understand fully how that's going to compete within the broader portfolio which is already rich with a lot of top tier opportunities. So I think when we look at what we've already delivered in the Eagle Ford through organic enhancement uplift and additions and the excitement around both of these opportunities going forward, still a lot of running room in the Eagle Ford for us.
Brian Singer:
Great. Thank you.
Operator:
Our next question comes from Jeffrey Campbell.
Unidentified Analyst:
Good morning. Lee, it looked like that the return of 2019, the return of capital to shareholders exceeded the full year 2019 organic free cash flow generation. I was wondering about the thought process there and with ample cash on the balance sheet currently is this something that could be repeated again in 2020?
Lee Tillman:
Yes. In general, Jeff, what we have talked about is that organic free cash flow is going to be the governor on incremental return of capital back to shareholders. Obviously, we can't perfectly match those. But in general, when you look at our organic free cash flow across 2019 post dividend, which was about $410 million. We actually did $350 million-ish and share repurchases on that basis. So you should expect those to be in lock step with one another. Obviously, there'll be some puts and takes across quarters. But generally speaking, that's the philosophy. We're not going to obviously spend money that we don't have. And we certainly are going to do damage to our investment grade balance sheet.
Unidentified Analyst:
Okay, great. Thank you. My other question is on Slide 16, I noticed that the Marjorie and Lloyd wells were described as infills since the results were strong. Can you provide some color regarding the parent wells on the pads, vintage [ph] and spacing would be of interest?
Lee Tillman:
Yes Jeff, I'm not sure I can recall all the specific details on the parent vintage. We can certainly get back to you on that. But these were two pads on four-well per section. And as I recall performance was pretty well in line with parents and certainly very strong returns as we've fine tuned our approach across all of Oklahoma and really driving significant improvements in capital efficiency across our entire position there.
Unidentified Analyst:
Well, let me just follow up then, because I think that the question is there's been a lot of talk about parent child degradation. Sounds like from what you just said that there was not a lot of degradation in these child wells relative to the parents on the pads. Is that fair?
Lee Tillman:
Yes. That's fair. And there's a lot of work that goes into optimizing our development approach here. And looking carefully at both landing zone, completion style and well spacing all contribute to that. We've made some really important inroads on all of those elements over the past few years.
Unidentified Analyst:
And if I could just follow-up on that slide with one more question. I noticed in the footnotes that it looked like you were suggesting that the well cost was less than $5 million. Do you happen to remember what the average lateral lengths were on those wells?
Lee Tillman:
I think they were 7500-footer, Jeff. If that's incorrect, we'll get back to you and correct that.
Unidentified Analyst:
Okay. Yes. Looks like a really competitive cost, which is why I was asking.
Lee Tillman:
Yes. No Jeff, you're spot on one of the reasons beyond the productivity of the wells that we wanted to highlight the Marjorie and Lloyd pads was in fact the ability to drive the completed well costs lower and even on a normalized basis you can see that the costs there are very competitive. And as you point out in the footnotes, the actual costs are very impressive as well.
Unidentified Analyst:
All right. Thanks for the color. I appreciate it.
Operator:
Our final question comes from David Heikkinen.
Unidentified Analyst:
Good morning guys and thanks for taking the question. Your operating efficiency last year added 10% to 15% more wells than the original plan and your CapEx was in line, given your efficiency and savings. As you think about the plan this year, you talked a little bit about efficiency and savings. Would you would you increase your well count again? Or what's the outcome in 2020 and 2021?
Lee Tillman:
Yes. Well, David, certainly we tried to provide some guidance within the deck on notionally the range of growth operated completed wells we expect for the year. Clearly, we've taken the efficiency gains that we've seen on both the drilling and the completion side, which have been substantial in 2019 and those have been of course applied into the forward plan. To the extent that we continue to see further improvement on top of those assumptions we'll obviously have to moderate and pace our activity accordingly. But from our standpoint it just goes back to our budget is our budget. We will optimize always within that budget. But that's our development capital number, the 2.2. And to the extent that we see more efficiency, we'll have to accommodate that within that $2.2 billion budget.
Unidentified Analyst:
So you spend the money on drilling and you just get more wells as opposed to returning to shareholders or building more cash balance?
Lee Tillman:
Well, obviously we want to make sure that we deliver across all of our commitments, David, we want to make sure that we're delivering first and foremost on returns the free cash flow generation and then obviously getting it back to shareholders. And in many most respects the volume metric is just an outcome of that of that process.
Unidentified Analyst:
Maybe I'm thinking about last year wrong and if you had those savings and the efficiency you could have delivered a lower budget and better cash returns, but you'd made the same CapEx plan and delivered more wells instead? Am I thinking about that wrong?
Lee Tillman:
Well, I think that one of the other though advantages was we still had investment opportunities that allowed us to continue to drive our corporate level returns higher. So we did have good investable opportunities that were represented even by that bit higher well count and we felt that that competed very favorably against returning some of that back to shareholders, which again we still returned $350 million back to shareholders on share repurchases and another $160 million on dividend. So over $500 million back to shareholders last year.
Unidentified Analyst:
Yes. You you'll have a great track record of free cash flow. I was just trying to answer the question of more free cash flow that it seemed like others were asking about earlier. So, thanks guys.
Operator:
This concludes the Q&A session. I will now turn the call over to Mr. Lee Tillman for final remarks.
Lee Tillman:
Thank you. I'd like to end by thanking all of our talented and dedicated employees and contractors, who made 2019 another year of differentiated execution for our company. They are collectively our sustainable competitive advantage. Thank you for your interest in Marathon Oil. And that concludes our call.
Operator:
Thank you ladies and gentlemen. This concludes today's conference. Thank you for participating. You may now disconnect.
Operator:
Good morning and welcome to the MRO Third Quarter Earnings Conference Call. My name is Brandon and I'll be your operator for today. At this time all participants are in a listen-only mode. Later we will conduct a question-and-answer session. [Operator Instructions] Please note this conference is being recorded. And I will now turn it over to Guy Baber, Vice President of Investor Relations. You may begin, sir.
Guy Baber:
Thank you, Brandon. Thank you to everyone for joining us this morning on the call. Yesterday after the close we issued a press release, a slide presentation and an investor packet that address our third quarter results. Those documents can be found on our website at marathonoil.com. Joining me on today's call are Lee Tillman, our Chairman, President and CEO; Dane Whitehead, Executive VP and CFO; Mitch Little, Executive VP of Operations; and Pat Wagner, Executive VP of Corporate Development and Strategy. As always, today's call will contain forward-looking statements subject to risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed or implied by such statements. I'll refer everyone to the cautionary language included in the press release and presentation materials as well as to the risk factors described in our SEC filings. With that, I'll turn the call over to Lee, who'll provide his opening remarks. We will then open the call up to Q&A.
Lee Tillman:
Thanks, Guy. And thank you to everyone joining us this morning. Third quarter once again featured exceptional execution across all aspects of our business. This consistent differentiated execution against a transparent framework for capital discipline is driving compelling bottom line financial outcomes for our shareholders that compete not only against our independent E&P peers, but more importantly, against the broader market as well. We continue to consistently and comprehensively deliver against our framework for success, which defines our brand of capital discipline. We are driving our corporate returns higher, generating sustainable free cash flow at conservative pricing, prioritizing return of capital to shareholders through dividends and share repurchases and improving our capital efficiency, cost structure and resource base, including the just announced addition of over 1,000 operated locations, all through differentiated execution. Our strong operational and financial performance continues to be powered by a transformed multi-basin portfolio and a top-tier balance sheet, the foundations for our continued success. Turning to third quarter highlights. I will start my commentary by addressing the strong financial outcomes we have now delivered for multiple quarters that serve as proof points for our business strategy and that define our investment case. It starts with our returns-first orientation. On a year-to-date basis, our annualized cash return on invested capital is 20%, consistent with the prior year, despite a 12% decline in WTI prices and meaningful weakness in NGL and gas pricing. This underlying corporate returns improvement is an outcome of our success across multiple dimensions
Operator:
Thank you. We will now begin the question-and-answer session [Operator Instructions] And from JPMorgan, we have Arun Jayaram. Please go ahead.
Arun Jayaram:
Yeah. Good morning, Lee. I wanted to maybe clarify…
Lee Tillman:
Good morning.
Arun Jayaram:
Yeah. Good morning. I wanted to see if you could maybe elaborate on your commentary regarding 2020 as well as the outlook comments you made on 2021. Is it -- did I understand this correctly that you anticipate MRO to deliver year-over-year U.S. oil growth in both years as well as on an exit-rate basis for both years? And does that contemplate lower spending than the $2.4 billion development CapEx budget that you had this year?
Lee Tillman:
Yes. On your first part, Arun, absolutely, you've interpreted it correctly. We think it's -- first of all, it's vitally important that your starting point is from a position of driving returns and sustainable free cash flow generation. And to that end, we will optimize our production profile as an output of that. And we believe, it's very important from a sustainability standpoint to ensure that that profile holds true for not only average-to-average growth, but also for exit-to-exit growth particularly when you look across a kind of a multi-year time line.
Arun Jayaram:
Great. And just wanted to -- my follow-up is regarding how should we think about REx spending in 2020 and 2021, as you transition more from a leasehold capture mode into testing the concepts. And I was also wondering if you can maybe elaborate on the level of infrastructure that is in the Texas Delaware oil play that you highlighted last night?
Lee Tillman:
Okay. Great. I'll take the -- maybe the REx spend question and maybe let Pat comment a little bit about the new Texas Delaware oil play including the infrastructure. On your first question, Arun, around the REx spin we do anticipate spend in 2020 and 2021 to be consistent with the kind of longer-term run rate guidance that we have provided in the past, which is the nominal $200 million mark. We believe that we can continue even with this transition to more of an appraisal and exploration drilling program to live within that type of budget. And maybe with that I'll let Pat make a few comments about the new Texas Delaware oil play.
Pat Wagner:
Sure. Good morning Arun. Just there is existing shallow production and ongoing development on these leases that is above the Woodford and the Meramec. In fact we have our gas production from these two wells already on pipe and we'll have all of our oil production on pipe by the end of the year. These are very large leases with favorable surface ownership and we don't anticipate any problems with development plenty of infrastructure. I'd also say we're only 20 miles from the Wink terminal, so we're very close to the markets and we feel really good about this.
Arun Jayaram:
Great. And is the rig line that you anticipate Pat in the Texas Delaware oil play, is that going to be within REx or within the broader budget?
Pat Wagner:
It will be within REx.
Lee Tillman:
Yeah. I would say Arun given the nature of the type of drilling, bear in mind that even though we have two very encouraging wells, one of them has about 100 days of production, the other about 150 days of production. We're still in the very early phases. And this is a very large acreage position, which is completely undeveloped. So we really still are in an exploration and appraisal mode even as we go into 2020. But we do have very good confidence though that we are seeing in these two wells the types of results that we were expecting.
Arun Jayaram:
Great. Thanks a lot.
Lee Tillman:
Thank you, Arun.
Operator:
[Operator Instructions] And with that from RBC Capital Markets, we have Scott Hanold.
Scott Hanold:
Yeah, thanks. Just a little bit more on this new area in the Permian you all found. Can you give us a sense of how you built this concept? I mean, obviously, there are a lot of companies running around in the Permian Basin and this is not out on the beaten path. So what did you find differently than others are seeing? And how confident do you feel on success going forward?
Lee Tillman:
Yeah. Maybe I'll make a few general comments and then again I'll hand over to Pat to maybe talk a little bit specifically. I want to maybe remind everyone again just about the concept that is inherent in our REx activities. And I mentioned this in my remarks, this is really the pursuit of these low entry cost opportunities that have appropriate scale that we believe can generate truly outsized full cycle returns. It's a very different model. It's a very different organizational structure. The talented members of this team are compensated a bit differently than the rest of the organization. So it's a very different approach that we have taken within the REx program. And, of course, in this case the Texas oil Delaware play is one that really we've been working since 2018. So it has been a work in progress. But maybe I'll let Pat share a little bit more about the journey and how we find ourselves where we are today.
Pat Wagner:
Sure. Good morning, Scott. Lee kind of hit on the organizational structure and kind of the way we've set up this team, which I think has been very important in -- to the success. The team has been very focused on looking for oil resource that has multiple targets and they've been very surgical in the way they look at that. There is this play that we have identified that we're revealing today that has Woodford, has Meramec and potentially other zones in between. We initially leased 20,000 acres, drilled the two wells and we're very enthusiastic about the results. So then we quickly went out and grew the play to 60,000 acres. We feel like now we've captured the core of the position and we feel very good that it's set up well for development and we're ready to move into delineation and further appraisal.
Scott Hanold:
Okay. And as my follow-up question on the new -- in the Eagle Ford on the new acreage do you plan on allocating some activity in 2020, 2021? And how much to that area?
Lee Tillman:
Yeah. We'll get into more specifics on relative capital allocation. But you should assume Scott that this acreage will fold into the current optimization that we're doing across the enterprise right now to develop both our 2020 and 2021 execution level plans. And this will just be part of that broad enterprise optimization.
Scott Hanold:
Okay. Thanks. Look forward to it.
Lee Tillman:
Thanks, Scott.
Operator:
From Bank of America, we have Doug Leggate. Please go ahead.
Doug Leggate:
Hi, good morning everybody. I wondered, if I could just pivot, Lee to the international just for a second and ask you if you could give us an update on how you see the longevity of EG at this point. I know I've touched on this before, but clearly a big part of your go-forward proposition is your significant free cash flow on a couple of your plays onshore, but also from EG. So where do we stand today in terms of any efforts you see to continue to enhance that following the Noble transaction for example and just how you see the longevity of that free cash flow? And I've got a follow-up please.
Lee Tillman:
Yeah. Yeah, thanks Doug. Yeah, first of all maybe just a statement just about, which of the assets are generating free cash flow. Although EG is certainly a low investment, a high free cash flow asset I want to make it very clear that we are getting strong free cash flow support from our U.S. portfolio as well, particularly obviously in the Bakken and the Eagle Ford. With respect to EG specifically, I would -- I talk about EG in terms of there are two value propositions within EG. There is the Alba gas condensate field, which is on a -- it basically is a long life, low decline asset. And then there is the value associated with this unique and differentiated world-class infrastructure that we have there sitting on Bioko Island, which of course is a gas plant, methanol plant and LNG facility with storage and offloading. That is a very unique piece of kit. We've already leveraged that to bring in the Alen volumes and we expect again those molecules to show up in the first half of 2021. But we also recognize that both locally and regionally this is a gas prone area and we are the natural aggregators of gas. We have a very well-run world-class facility here that does have allege that will come available. And we want to make sure that we place that asset in a position to compete for those other regional and local gas volumes. And that's a big element of that go-forward value proposition for Equatorial Guinea.
Doug Leggate:
I appreciate your answer. And obviously, we'll continue to watch how that evolves. My follow-up is probably on the – predictably on the new play. I – it's maybe a little bit of an obtuse question but clearly you haven't really given us a lot of detail for the obvious reasons. But I'm wondering, if you can speak to how this stacks up pardon the pun relative to the existing Delaware position in terms of oil maturity in terms of acreage continuity and whether there is any thought to the future relative capital allocation whether this might jump above the existing Delaware position in the queue. I'll leave it there. Thank you.
Lee Tillman:
Yeah. I think it's probably a bit premature right now to talk about relative capital allocation from a development capital standpoint. But certainly, Doug, we feel strong enough about the competitive nature – the potential competitive nature of this acreage by talking about a full rig line running there in 2020 with a view toward getting that play ready to compete for capital allocation in the development capital budget. From a continuity and contiguous nature standpoint this is a very contiguous acreage position. As Pat already mentioned, we have large blocks. We also have 100% working interest today in the basin or in the acreage that we've acquired and so we believe this to be a very complementary asset to our already strong Northern Delaware position.
Doug Leggate:
That's helpful. Thanks, Lee.
Lee Tillman:
Thank you, Doug.
Operator:
From Goldman Sachs, we have Brian Singer. Please go ahead.
Brian Singer:
Thank you. Good morning. When you think of the more S&P part of the going-forward strategy can you add some color on whether that means the first priority is free cash flow and how you broadly think about the desired ranges on more of a mid-cycle basis of free cash flow yield dividend yield and top line growth?
Lee Tillman:
Yeah. Certainly, from – when we talk about more S&P what we mean by that is returns first and sustainable free cash flow that is sustainable across a broad range of commodity price outcomes. We want to ensure that our model is robust at kind of the low end of the commodity price range and is competitive. But then we also want to make sure that the higher end if we do see price support that we can generate outsized full – basically free cash flow yields. We believe that presents an investment case that can gain traction because we're offering upside potential to offset some of the implicit volatility of the commodity. But the number one objective as we do our capital allocation and set our budget will be wrapped around corporate returns and generating that sustainable free cash flow yield. Once, we obviously have that plan in place just as we've done for really almost now the last two years, we will then make prudent decisions about how best to share that free cash flow with our shareholders. We have a dividend today that is competitive with our E&P peers. And in fact, if you look at similarly sized S&P industrials it's also competitive. It's still a conversation that we have quarter in and quarter out, but today we still believe that a disciplined repurchase program in today's environment and based on where equities are trading today offers the best return to our shareholders. But those financial outcomes that we just went through Brian those are the objectives of our business plan. Again for us, volumes and production outcomes are just at their outputs from that process.
Brian Singer:
Great. Thank you. And then my follow-up is with regards to bolt-on acquisitions other acquisitions and then the interplay between that and returning capital to shareholders. First, when we look at the opportunity here in the Eagle Ford $185 million, how available are additional opportunities throughout the portfolio that could add scale to your existing assets? And when you think about saving up – potentially saving up cash for inorganic opportunities acreage or not how does that influence your return of capital to shareholders?
Lee Tillman:
Yeah. I would say that, we're constantly scanning the market for opportunities. It's a challenge that we talked about the characteristics of the Eagle Ford bolt-on the fact that it was synergistic that it was returns-accretive that it essentially offered largely an undeveloped position with upside. Once you start putting that kind of filter on the full opportunity set whether that be Eagle Ford Bakken or anywhere else that really narrows the field. And so we have to be very disciplined about how we evaluate and ultimately how we might transact even on small bolt-ons like the one that we just announced. But I think once you start applying the criteria that playing field gets reduced very, very significantly. And so we're always in the market. We always want to be opportunistic. And the financial flexibility that we have created with our balance sheet strength is something that we get to lean on when those opportunities do in fact come up. That also allows us to pursue those opportunities in a way that's not mutually exclusive to continue to return free cash flow back to our shareholders. Again, our return of cash to shareholders is governed by our free cash flow generation, and we can leverage our balance sheet to take on some of these more opportunistic things in the marketplace.
Brian Singer:
Thank you.
Operator:
From SunTrust, we have Neal Dingmann. Please go ahead.
Neal Dingmann:
Good morning, Lee and team. Lee real one quick question. I could not help but notice in the prepared remarks, you mentioned that you did increase your activity on your two highest margin plays the Eagle Ford and Bakken. I'm just wondering, could you speak to how you see the returns on these especially compared to your Northern Delaware position? Again, we know how good that is so I was interested to hear your comments throwing out the Eagle Ford and Bakken potentially even better returns than this?
Lee Tillman:
Yes. And I want to be really clear too that as we look ahead when we say increase, we mean increase on a relative basis. Again, the development capital program is coming down. It's the relative allocation that's going up. And it shouldn't be that surprising. Again, this is one of the advantages of the multi-basin portfolio. With really the dislocation of NGL and gas pricing right now that tends to drive you to your more oily assets. And so for us, that coupled with the fact that we have been so successful in the organic enhancement activities in both Eagle Ford and Bakken in this current pricing environment, it gives us the opportunity to lean on those a bit more. We're still progressing activity in Oklahoma and Northern Delaware. Those returns and those more concentrated programs are still very competitive. But as you look at the near-term kind of pricing environment, there's no doubt that the Bakken and the Eagle Ford because of their oil weighting are superior from an economic return standpoint. I mentioned in my opening remarks that in some of the extension work that we did last year in the Bakken, even on actual pricing and actual costs, those wells pay out in 10 months. I mean, these are very impressive economic returns, but it all has to come to roost in your enterprise level return. So we're going to design our program in such a way that it will ensure that we continue this underlying rate of change in our corporate level returns too. We don't want to get -- half-cycle returns are great as we do our internal relative capital allocation, but we're going to judge our investment program on how is it moving our enterprise level returns, certainly even on a price-normalized basis.
Neal Dingmann:
Thanks for the clarification. And then looking at slide 14 maybe following up on the Bakken. You've all done a nice job of just continuing to expand that and extend that play physically down South. Could you talk as you sort of sit today, how you think about total core inventory and maybe where the focus is going to be for 2020 in that play?
Mitch Little:
Yes. Sure Neal. This is Mitch. I think slide 14 that you're referencing there and the slide earlier in the deck where we really have highlighted organic enhancement helps characterize and gives you a good visual on how much we've extended the core. We certainly would say the majority of Hector and Ajax have been proven up through our organic enhancement trials. To put some context to that, if you look at Hector over the last two years, we've doubled well productivity while shaving 30% off of well costs. That's a game changer for economics in the Bakken. And as Lee mentioned in his remarks, we've significantly upgraded the returns of hundreds of locations across both those basins to where the vast majority of our remaining inventory in both basins is top-tier. I also want to make it really clear the 500 adds that we talked about in the release, those are absolutely new sticks that weren't in our prior life of field plans of development. So we'll see a good mix of Hector and Myrmidon next year on the upgraded returns. I don't have the exact split between those right now as we're still finalizing and tweaking the plans, but we'll certainly have activity in both areas. And we will continue our efforts across all these basins to drive further enhancements from the organic enhancement efforts that are targeting, not only well productivity, but also well cost. And we certainly see additional running room for future adds in both of those basins.
Neal Dingmann:
Perfect. Thanks, Lee, thanks Mitch.
Operator:
From Susquehanna, we have Biju Perincheril. Please go ahead.
Biju Perincheril:
Hi, good morning. Lee going back to the relative allocation of capital next year. I suppose the success that you're seeing in the Bakken and the Eagle Ford is a direct function of your understanding of that -- of the rock there. And when we -- in the Northern Delaware looks like you have sort of a methodical delineation program. So can you give us some goals or milestones you're looking for in that delineation before you can -- either before that asset can come to a more -- a higher proportion of your CapEx?
Lee Tillman:
Yes. I'll maybe say a few things and then also ask Mitch to chime in as well. You're right. We have been very methodical in our approach to Northern Delaware. You have multiple STACK plays across a very broad geographic area. We mentioned for instance in fourth quarter that we're actually moving over into the Red Hills area to continue our delineation there. So that work is really still ongoing. And in parallel with that delineation and appraisal work, we're also continuing to work on other aspects of the business in Northern Delaware to ensure that we're maximizing our margins. And that's everything from getting oil and water on pipe to ensuring that we have the absolute lowest lease operating expense there as well. So we're doing all of the things that we need to do to be prepared, to take that asset into a more I would say aggressive growth mode that we get it to more of a scale in our portfolio. But we can be methodical. We can be patient. This is again the beauty of the multi-basin model. We don't have to get in front of our headlights. We can make sure that we truly are optimizing the field development plan. And that's what's going to be our focus and certainly, we have a lot of work left to do in that area in 2020.
Mitch Little:
Yes, Biju I'll just add a little bit of additional color. I think Lee has covered the medium term outlook really well. Speaking specifically about 2019, about half of our activity was in the Malaga area in Eddy County and about half in Red Hills and we would characterize the Red Hills activity as more heavily weighted towards delineation. You see across our more mature basins the type of productivity we're driving and those workflows translate to all basins we operate. And if I highlight the Upper Wolfcamp activities in Malaga where we've had enough activity in that area to move into development mode, you see similar kind of performance improvement there with 35% increase in productivity per lateral foot and 20% well cost reductions. But this is a multi-bench play, lot of column to work with. I think we had tested six different intervals over the course of 2019 and we'll have more delineation as part of the program in 2020. So, there's an efficient pace at which to move forward on these. Some areas are moving into development and other areas we're still in delineation mode.
Biju Perincheril:
That's very helpful. And my second question was in the new play in the Woodford. In the slide deck you showed two landing zones. Can you say if the first two wells tested those both of those zones? Or were they both in one zone?
Pat Wagner:
This is Pat, Biju. We're not going to disclose exactly where we landed the existing wells, but both of those wells did test the Woodford.
Biju Perincheril:
Understood. Thank you.
Lee Tillman:
Thank you, Biju.
Operator:
From Stifel we have Derrick Whitfield. Please go ahead.
Derrick Whitfield:
Good morning all and thanks for taking my questions. Shifting back to the Bakken in Slide 13 specifically. You've done an exceptional job of taking capital costs out of the business and arguably have the lowest well cost in the basin. Could you comment on the drivers for the design savings and on whether or not you've tested or evaluated in-basin sand?
Mitch Little:
Sure Derrick. This is Mitch again. Let me back up to kind of a high level and then I'll walk you through some of the specifics. I'm sure you can appreciate I'm probably not going to give you the full play-by-play of our success, but I can share the mindset and the approach we're taking and then I'll address your regional sand question. What I would say is our corporate returns focus has really resonated well throughout the organization and deep into the organization. We started on this organic enhancement journey with a focus on well productivity which was really driven by high-intensity completions. But as we've evolved that approach, it's evolved to a relentless focus on not only well productivity, but well costs. And so the way we attack that is we've evolved our proprietary workflows that -- we deployed targeted data acquisition. We integrate that with data analytics, advanced simulation techniques, and empirical results that really allow us to optimize from spud all the way through flow back. We addressed well construction, reservoir targeting, pump schedule, cluster design, stage spacing, use of diverters, use of artificial lift; it's a very comprehensive list of things that we're attacking, and showing great improvement on. Is there more room to grow or to go in the Bakken? We certainly believe so and our team certainly believes so. The last two quarters we've driven program completed well cost at new records. And in our Herbert pad which is the Southernmost Hector test to-date, we delivered $4.5 million completed well costs versus $4.9 million average for the Bakken. We have looked at regional sand a number of times. We're not currently deploying it. We're always looking at alternative sourcing models. But we have seen some gains just in the contracting structures and strategies that have driven our proppant costs down in the Bakken as well.
Derrick Whitfield:
Okay, that's very helpful and comprehensive. As my follow-up perhaps building on Doug's earlier question on the Texas-Delaware oil play could you comment on the pressure gradients for the Woodford and Meramec intervals and speak to the range of oil yields you're expecting across the trend?
Pat Wagner:
Sure Derrick, this is Pat. I won't give you the exact pressure gradients but both the Meramec and the Woodford are over-pressured. I didn't catch the last part of your question.
Derrick Whitfield:
Sure. The last part was just speak to the range of oil yields you're expecting across the trend.
Pat Wagner:
Sure. Yes. It's about 65% average oil cut across the entire leaseholds.
Derrick Whitfield:
Thanks guys. That's very helpful.
Operator:
From Wells Fargo, we have Nitin Kumar. Please go ahead.
Nitin Kumar:
Good morning guys and thank you for taking my question. Maybe just going back to the 2020 and 2021 thought process. Could you quantify the maintenance CapEx that you're seeing for those years as you're bringing activity down and growth? I imagine that maintenance amount of spending is coming down, but if you could quantify that?
Dane Whitehead:
Yes, we're not going to quantify maintenance capital. Obviously, we're still in the process of optimizing our business plan. We'll get more into the details of the plan in February. But suffice to say I think and Lee was talking about maintenance capital that even though we're setting our basis at $50 WTI, we expect the enterprise breakeven the point at which we're generating organic free cash flow to be below that in both of those years.
Nitin Kumar:
Got it. And then just you mentioned the REx spending earlier about $200 million. What is the impact of Equinor? Like should we be thinking about the $200 million as a net Marathon number.
Nitin Kumar:
Great. Thank you, so much.
Lee Tillman:
Thank you.
Operator:
From Barclays, we have Jeanine Wai. Please go ahead.
Jeanine Wai:
Hi good morning everyone. Thanks for fitting me in here.
Lee Tillman:
Good morning Jeanine.
Jeanine Wai:
My question is on 2020. So, in terms of your decision to spend less year-over-year and lower the U.S. oil growth rate, do you have any kind of ballpark estimate on how much this enhances your either free cash flow capital efficiency or corporate breakeven relative to what your initial plan was which I think called for an increase in development activity next year?
Lee Tillman:
Yes. First of all Jeanine, I would say, our objective was not to spend less. Our objective was in fact to enhance returns and drive free cash flow generation. And that model is what is as an output is generating a more moderate growth profile in 2020 and 2021. We're going to provide much more details more aligned with the last part of your question Jeanine as we get out into February. Similar to this year's plan we expect to quantify the plan not only in terms of operational outcomes but also in terms of financial delivery as well based on our $50 planning basis. So I would just say stay tuned on that. But obviously we believe, that the optimized plan will strike the correct balance here between returns free cash flow generation while also achieving a more moderate oil growth rate here in the U.S.
Jeanine Wai:
Okay. That's really helpful. Thanks a lot. I look forward to February. And my follow-up is on the organic inventory expansion. You've made really good progress on that with the over 500 locations added in the Bakken and the Eagle Ford. Can you provide a little bit more color on this? So for example are the additions more heavily weighted in one play versus the other? I know from the slide it looks like it could be pretty even. And how much of the additions are related to 2019 improvement? And lastly what is your economic cutoff for moving locations into this bucket?
Lee Tillman:
Yes, I would say that your assessment is correct and that probably the split is generally pretty even maybe a little bit biased toward Eagle Ford. Again we talked about replacing a couple of years of inventory at current run rates. Obviously the run rate in Eagle Ford is a bit higher than the Bakken so you could kind of pro rata that to probably back into what that split is. We still obviously believe that there's a lot of remaining running room to chase there. I believe that the teams have done a good job. We believe it's a sustainable process as we look ahead and as we do with all three elements of the inventory enhancement framework.
Jeanine Wai:
Okay. Great. Thank you for taking my questions.
Operator:
And from Raymond James, we have Pavel Molchanov. Please go ahead.
Pavel Molchanov:
Thanks for taking the question. To EG, it's obviously going to be a similar portion last year [Technical Difficulty] relatively speaking. So can you talk about the [Technical Difficulty] that you're planning at the LNG facility in 2020?
Lee Tillman:
We lost a good part of that Pavel. You're really breaking up. I know the question pertained to EG, but ex that it was very difficult to hear your question.
Pavel Molchanov:
Yes. I was asking if, in 2020 any significant [Technical Difficulty] or maintenance cycles in EG?
Lee Tillman:
Yes. Got you. That's much better Pavel. Thank you. I'll turn over to Mitch for that.
Mitch Little:
Yes. Sure Pavel. Again, we'll disclose more specifics in February when we release our capital budget. But there are some maintenance activities at a couple of the onshore facilities in 2020.
Lee Tillman:
And we'll give a bit more disclosure on that in February, so that it can be rolled in to everyone's modeling for the EG asset.
Pavel Molchanov:
Okay. And as your balance sheet continues to kind of delever, what's your latest thinking just broadly skiing on hedging?
Dane Whitehead:
Yes. This is Dane. Thanks for asking a question. I can answer. Right now, for the balance of this year, we're about 40% hedged on oil with three-way structures with about a $56 floor and ceiling I call north of $70. About half of that volume as we head into 2020 is currently hedged with three ways at like $55 to $65. We have a great balance sheet, very low breakeven price, so lots of financial flexibility. So we think of hedging in that context and are very patient not to rush into a flattish to macro-dated curve and add positions. We've been pretty opportunistic as we leg into it and expect us to continue to do that, just be very patient, but mindful that it's nice to have some downside protection as we move through '20 and into '21.
Pavel Molchanov:
All right. Appreciate guys.
Dane Whitehead:
You bet. Thank you.
Operator:
Thank you. And we'll now turn it back to Lee Tillman for closing remarks.
Lee Tillman:
All right. Well, we recognize that investors have choices and we appreciate your interest in Marathon Oil. Execution excellence leads the way in our company. And again I want to personally thank all of our dedicated employees and contractors who deliver on that mandate 24/7 quarter in and quarter out. Thank you very much and that concludes our call.
Operator:
Thank you. Ladies and gentlemen, thank you for joining. You may now disconnect.
Operator:
Welcome to the MRO Q2 Earnings Conference Call. My name is James. I'll be your operator for today's call. [Operator Instructions] Later we will conduct a question-and-answer session. [Operator Instructions] I'd now like to turn the call over to Guy Baber, Guy, you may begin.
Guy Baber:
Thanks, James. And I'm, and thank you to everyone for joining us this morning. Yesterday after the close we issued a press release a slide presentation and investor packet that address our second quarter results. Those documents can be found on our website at marathonoil.com. Joining me on today's call are Lee Tillman, our Chairman, President and CEO, Dane Whitehead, Executive VP and CFO, Mitch Little, Executive VP of Operations, and Pat Wagner, our Executive VP of Corporate Development and Strategy. As always, today's call will contain forward-looking statements subject to risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed or implied by such statements. I'll refer everyone to the cautionary language included in the press release and presentation materials as well as to the risk factors described in our SEC filings. With that, I'll turn the call over to Lee, who'll provide his opening remarks. We will then open the call up to Q&A.
Lee Tillman:
Thanks, Guy. And thank you to everyone joining us this morning. Second quarter featured truly exceptional execution, not just across our advantaged multi basin portfolio but across all aspects of our business. This consistent differentiated execution against a transparent framework for capital discipline is driving compelling bottom-line operational and more importantly, financial outcomes. Financial outcomes that compete not only against our independent E&P peers but against the broader market as well. We are consistently and comprehensively delivering against our framework for success. We are driving significant bottom-line corporate returns improvement, we are generating sustainable free cash flow at conservative pricing. We are returning a considerable portion of that free cash flow back to our shareholders through dividends and share repurchases. And we are improving our capital efficiency, cost structure and resource base through differentiated execution. Our strong operational and financial performance is powered by a transform portfolio and a top tier balance sheet providing the foundation for continued execution success through the commodity cycle. Turning to second quarter highlights the enterprise level Proofpoint speak for themselves and signal a continuation of a trend that is now well established over multiple quarters, it all starts with our returns first orientation. During second quarter, we realized an annualized cash return on invested capital of 20% consistent with the prior year quarter despite a 12% decline in WTI price and meaningful weakness in secondary product pricing. The underlying improvement in our corporate returns underscores our success across multiple dimensions, portfolio management, concentrated capital allocation, more efficient operations, high-margin oil growth cash cost reductions and lower completed well costs. Second is our commitment to sustainable free cash flow generation at conservative pricing. For many, this objective remains aspirational but our track record on this front is now well established with six consecutive quarters of positive organic free cash flow post dividend. We aren't just talking about free cash flow are forecasting it for the future, we are delivering it here and now. During second quarter, we generated $137 million of post dividend organic free cash flow. Since the beginning of 2018, we have now delivered over $1 billion of cumulative organic free cash flow post dividend for our shareholders. Our annualized organic free cash flow yield is about 5% year to date and 8% since 2018 placing us competitively, not only with our E&P peers but also with the broader market. Our portfolio is resilient and capable of generating free cash flow below current pricing with a peer leading enterprise breakeven oil price. We also retain significant upside leverage to even modest oil price support. And rest assured any higher pricing we realize will translate directly to higher free cash flow, not higher activity through our commitment to capital discipline. Importantly, our underlying free cash flow momentum is improving over the second half of 2019 and into 2020 driven by strong productivity, declining well costs and cash cost reductions across our asset base. Third, we continue to return significant capital back to our shareholders through our dividends and share repurchases. Year to date, we have repurchased $250 million of our own shares with $230 million executed during 2Q as we took advantage of our attractively valued stock. Almost 90% of the over $1 billion in post dividend free cash flow generated since the beginning of 2018 has been returned back to our shareholders through share repurchases, reducing our outstanding share count by over 6%. In combination with our dividend, we have returned over $330 million to shareholders year-to-date and $1.2 billion since the beginning of 2018 equating to 25% of our operating cash flow. We have a well-established track record of returning capital to our shareholders. To underscore that commitment we are one of the only E&Ps that has incorporated a return of capital metric into our executive compensation scorecard. And we are well positioned to build on this track record with our board's recent decision to increase our outstanding share repurchase authorization to $1.5 billion. We are generating free cash flow in the current environment. At a time when our share price remains significantly disconnected from its fundamental value. We therefore believe that the disciplined repurchase of our own shares funded entirely by organic free cash flow is one of the highest return uses of our capital and represents a somewhat unique counter-cyclical opportunity. Finally, differentiated execution is the engine that powers our delivery against our commitments, both operational and financial, our culture is built on continuous improvement in our capital efficiency and our operating cost and in our resource base. And to that end, second quarter was truly a standout from an execution perspective. High margin US oil production exceeded the top end of our guidance and was up 17% from the year-ago quarter. Our total company production exceeded the top end of our guidance range as well. I've said it multiple times and I'll say it again, our budget is not a suggestion, It is a commitment, our teams understand this. And we have spent exactly one half of our development capital at the midpoint of the year fully consistent with our plan. We are solidly on track to deliver on our original $2.4 billion annual development capital budget, while also achieving our key 2019 objectives and ensuring operational momentum into 2020. Importantly, we are driving a declining trend and completed well costs per lateral foot in each of our basins. We also continue to drive a declining trend in our cash cost as US unit production costs were down 14% from the year-ago quarter, the lowest since we became an independent E&P in 2011. Similarly, our international unit cost is also the lowest it has been since we became an independent following the successful divestment of our interest in Kurdistan and the UK, our 9th and 10th country exit since 2013. Our portfolio of assets has never been stronger, simplified to our high performing US resource plays and our free cash flow generating integrated business in EG and all of this is supported by a balance sheet that is investment grade at all three primary rating agencies with upgrades from both Moody's and S&P this quarter. Turning now to the asset-specific highlights that are driving the enterprise-level success, I just highlighted. In the Eagle Ford, we are delivering financial returns and free cash flow that compete with any basin across the Lower 48. Second-quarter was highlighted by record well productivity as measured by average IP30. Despite a majority of our quarterly activity concentrated outside of Karnes County, demonstrating the strength of the expanded core and the value and acreage that just a few years ago was viewed as lower tier. We delivered excellent results across our Eagle Ford footprint, we established a new IP30 pad record in Karnes County. We delivered tremendous results from 15 wells across the oil window of Atascosa County and we successfully applied enhanced completions in Gonzalo County a specific area last tested by us over two years ago as we continue to uplift the inventory quality across our Eagle Ford acreage. Most importantly, the bottom line, capital efficiency of the Eagle Ford continues to improve with 2019 productivity tracking ahead of the prior year, while completed well cost per lateral foot are on a declining trend. In the Bakken, we are delivering bottom-line results that build on a well-earned reputation as best in basin. Our industry-leading productivity is well established and conclusively validated by public data. On a 90-day cumulative oil production basis, we now account for 20 of the top 25 wells and 60 of the top 100 wells in the Williston Basin. Despite accounting for only 9% of total wells drilled. We are relentlessly focused on capital efficiency with year-to-date completed well cost down 15% from the 2018 average and half of our second quarter wells delivered at an average completed well cost of $5 million or below, a number not thought possible just a few years ago. Additionally, extended production history is validating critical prior year core extension test, highlighting the strength of our broader acreage footprint as well as our operational capability. Turning to Oklahoma with a firmly established foundation of strong and predictable results at optimized spacing designs and supported by another quarter of productivity outperformance. Our team has been focusing on improving capital efficiency and our efforts are paying dividends. Most notably, our two most recent over pressured STACK in fills achieved industry-leading drilling and completion cost. These six wells were delivered at an average completed well costs of just $6.3 million, normalized to a 10,000 foot lateral. Over the second half of the year, our Oklahoma activity will be overwhelmingly concentrated in the oilier areas of the plain, including the Springer formation where we plan to leverage our own operated success in addition to our learnings from others. In the Northern Delaware, we are protecting our leasehold delineating our position and improving our margins, all while delivering significant early development drilling success. Specifically, we saw our upper Wolfcamp wells in Malaga deliver an average IP30 of 340 BOED per lateral foot. As further evidence of our improving margin profile, Our cash costs were down 10% sequentially during second quarter. 100% of our produced water was on pipe and our oil on pipe is at 70% and rising. Stepping outside of our four US resource plays, our commitment to portfolio optimization, continued with our international portfolio now streamlined to our free cash flow generating integrated business in EG. With the two most recent country exits from Kurdistan and the UK, we have reduced our asset retirement obligation from $2 billion in 2014 to less than $200 million today. In summary, second quarter was truly exceptional with every asset contributing to our bottom-line success. And while we are frustrated by market volatility and by our sectors Equity underperformance. We believe in our strategy and our framework for success. And within that context, we will focus on what we control, which is our execution, and the consistent delivery of compelling bottom-line financial and operational outcomes quarter after quarter. Our challenge is less E&P and more S&P, we must deliver financial results that are competitive with the broader market and that are attractive to both generalist, as well as energy investors. While many speak aspirationally on this point Marathon Oil is already competing in this broader space with year-to-date annualized free cash flow yield of 5% and 8% annualized free cash flow yield since 2018. And since the beginning of 2018, we have returned around $1.2 billion of capital to shareholders through our peer competitive dividend and disciplined buybacks equating to over 10% of our market value and representing about 25% of our operating cash flow. All funded entirely by organic free cash flow generation. Consistently superior financial results coupled with shareholder-friendly actions will over time be rewarded in the market. As we look ahead to 2020 and beyond our conviction in our framework for success is unchanged. There won't be any surprises, corporate returns first, sustainable free cash flow at conservative pricing, returning cash to shareholders and differentiated execution. High-value oil growth will be an outcome of our rigorous multi basin capital allocation, not an objective. Importantly, our 2019 plan already has us well-positioned for both operational momentum and capital efficiency going into 2020. We are delivering against our framework, this is our 6th consecutive quarter of post dividend organic free cash flow. Our capital discipline and our peer leading enterprise breakeven are a powerful and winning combination across a wide range of commodity environment. Thank you all for listening and with that, I'll hand it back to the operator to begin the Q&A session.
Operator:
[Operator Instructions] Our first question is from Arun Jayaram of JPMorgan Chase. Arun, are you there? Arun is your line muted?
Lee Tillman:
You can move to the next question James.
Operator:
Okay. Our next question is from Brian Singer, Goldman Sachs. Brian are you there? Is your line muted? Let me -- we might have a problem here. Let me check with the next one. Scott Hanold of RBC. Okay. Let me restart the Q&A queue and perhaps that will take care of this. Okay Arun, are you there? JPMorgan Chase? And Brian Singer? Let me try one more time. Arun are you there?
Arun Jayaram:
Yes. Can you hear me?
Operator:
Yes, I can. Go ahead, please.
Arun Jayaram:
Sorry about the gentlemen there is a little bit of technical issues on our end, so apologies about that. But let me begin with my question. Okay. Lee, it's obvious that the Board's action indicates the free cash flow will be plowed back into buybacks. I did want to get your perspective regarding public market acreage valuations in the Permian, which are now well below historical average transaction levels including your entry in the basin and just your general thoughts on portfolio enhancement, just given the wide disparity in public market valuations relative what we've seen recently in the asset market?
Lee Tillman:
Yes. well, first of all, good morning and apologies to everyone for the technical difficulties hopefully we're back on track. You're exactly right, Arun. I think that the re-authorization to the $1.5 billion mark by the board signals a strong intent for us to continue to deploy free cash flow into share repurchases. And again, fundamentally it's driven by the returns that we see there based on the current valuation of our share price. It's something that we'll continue to look at over time. We continue, of course, to have a dividend yield sitting around 1.5% which is very competitive within our direct peer group. I think on your broader question about the market and where things are valued currently, I think, first of all, you have to recognize that might be the value from a market perspective, but in terms of what might actually transact could be very, very different from that. We remain very focused, though, as we always have been in those core -- our four core areas looking for those unique opportunities that fit our acreage position hand in glove. So we're very mindful of small bolt-ons and as well as trades that can continue to help to build out our position, make it more contiguous increase our working interest, give us more optionality for a longer laterals. So that is front and center and I think as we continue to see this dislocation in the market. We want to be opportunistic and I think that's one of the reasons that we want to continue to protect the strength of our balance sheet, such that we can be opportunistic and that we can act quickly if the correct opportunity, in fact, does present itself.
Arun Jayaram:
Great, great and just my follow up. Lee, the results from the Bakken have been relatively volatile for the industry there has been some gas processing headwinds that have impacted some of the mid-gap players in the basin. It seems like you were able to successfully navigate some of these headwinds, but I just wanted to get your thoughts on what drove call it the differentiated performance and how you set up in the Bakken for the rest of the year from a gas processing standpoint.
Lee Tillman:
I'll start off by just saying that first, we remain fully compliant with the gas capture requirements in the state of North Dakota and we don't expect any impact going forward on our business plans or the associated oil production. I can't comment on the issues that other operators may be having I think everyone has a unique position in the basin. It is a little frustrating for us though to perhaps be painted with the same brush. I think we have established a pretty strong credibility in the Bakken on delivering against our commitments there. When you look at almost any metric, it's hard not to argue that we have a very unique position there as a best in basin operator. So, we continue to see the Bakken as a key element of our portfolio. I think you saw that performance this quarter sequentially Bakken oil was up nominally low over 10%. So it's all about planning your business and getting ahead of the curve on some of these things that could in fact the bottlenecks in the future. And so, our team is very diligent about assessing our takeaway and our ability to -- again, to be fully compliant with the regulations there and I think that planning has put us in a very good stead.
Arun Jayaram:
Great, thanks a lot. Lee
Operator:
Okay . Our next questioner is Brian Singer with Goldman Sachs.
Brian Singer:
Thank you. Good morning. Can you hear me okay?
Lee Tillman:
Yes. Brian loud and clear.
Brian Singer:
All right, Great. I'm going to start in the Eagle Ford. First can you speak to the cadence that you expect in drilling completing and bringing wells online there as we go forward and the impact that that has sequentially on production. And then could you also address decline rates that you're seeing from some of your older wells beyond the first 90 day to 180 days and how that impacts your assumption on terminal decline rates in the Eagle Ford.
Lee Tillman:
Let me maybe start off with just some high-level commentary about cadence in general, we generally tend to talk about that more at and a portfolio level. Brian and then perhaps I'll let Mitch just chime in with a little bit more color on the Eagle Ford itself. We are spot on our development capital budget halfway through the year. We always communicated that we were going to be a bit front-end weighted from a wells to sales standpoint. But I also want to stress that gross Company-operated wells to sales is not necessarily a perfect proxy for development capital spend. And as we look forward into the second half of the year, we know that there are going to be some factors as we look into the second half of the year, including, of course, the fact that we're going to see a little bit longer lateral links. We're going to see a little bit higher working interest in some of our key basins. So that will be impacting it. Also, we are trending toward the -- I would say the upper end of our overall wells to sales guidance. Additionally, even the wells to sales are down in the second half of the year, actually drilling activity is increasing and specifically, we've added a rig in the Bakken. So there are a lot of factors that go into the second half of the yea Development capital spend. I would also though from a momentum standpoint point you to our guidance from a production volumes perspective and just say when you look at our 3Q guidance now in addition to our full-year guidance, it should become I think pretty straightforward that we continue to grow strongly 2Q to 3Q and, of course, going into 4th quarter that volumetric guidance moderates a bit, but we're finishing the year very, very strong and with our activity as designed. We expect to carry quite a bit of operational momentum and capital efficiency into 2020. Perhaps, I'll turn it over. Mitch, just to maybe make a few comments just about the performance and the Eagle Ford, which quite frankly has been pretty extraordinary this quarter.
Mitch Little:
Yes, Brian, just maybe a couple of additional points. All of the things that Lee described around the portfolio in general, would certainly apply to the Eagle Ford as well in terms of both cadence and some growing working interest and longer lateral lengths as we move into the second half of the year. It's exactly as we had it planned as you're well aware, we've significantly upgraded the performance across the Eagle Ford and extending Tier 1 into the overwhelming majority of the play. Eight years in we're delivering record IP30s including the Gonzales County wells in a significant numbers outside of Karnes, what we see and tracking year-by-year programs with more long-dated production is very similar performance on an upgraded basis and as with all of these fields as we continue to grow the base production from prior year development, we're all aware that first year declines are relatively steep in unconventionals but as the base grows and as the magnitude of that prior year program grows, it has a dampening effect over the longer term in terms of shallowing the decline.
Brian Singer:
Great, thank you. And then my follow-up is a bit more on the capital allocation on exploration versus inorganic opportunities and realize there is not a resource exploration update this quarter but can you talk philosophically, perhaps to how you're thinking about the budget for research exploration in 2020. Higher versus lower assuming similar commodity prices to today and whether to the degree there is something you want to be opportunistic about whether that's a nod to turn.
Lee Tillman:
I think when we talk about continuing to improve and enhance our resource base. We always talk about it in terms of really there's three buckets there that we are pursuing and investing in the first of those is organic enhancement and we've talked a lot about that aspect in both the Bakken and the Eagle Ford. The second element is really around small bolt-ons and trade. Some of the things that we're doing in Northern Delaware, for instance. And then the third element, like you said, is in fact our resource play exploration program, it's that program for us. Offers the ability to get in at to greenfield leasing positions at a cost that allows us to really generate those outsized full cycle returns. But it does require constancy of purpose in a commitment, both in terms of talent as well as a financial resource. We continue to talk about the REx program is being nominally a couple of hundred million dollars a year that's going to ebb and flow as activities and opportunities present themselves. Some years we may see heavier spend and exploration drilling and seismic, other years it may be more biased toward leasing, which was exactly the case that we saw last year as we established our position and the Louisiana Austin Chalk. But it's obviously a bit early to talk about 2020 budget. But I think the guidance that we provided this year around the REx program going forward that it's a much more ratable couple of hundred million dollars a year that still consistent with our current thinking.
Brian Singer:
Great. Thank you.
Operator:
Okay. Our next questioner is Scott Hanold with RBC.
Scott Hanold:
Thanks, good morning.
Lee Tillman:
Good Morning.
Scott Hanold:
First, I want to commend you all on basically supporting your stock with buyback, especially with where your equity prices, I mean certainly that's I think a great thing to see. Lee, you had made a point that investing in buybacks right now provides a very competitive. I mean, your portfolio. And can you tell us about like your thought at this point in time, with the increased buyback authorization, would you Envision getting a bit more aggressive on short-term -- buybacks in the short term, given where the stock prices or would you still be a little bit more patient and wait for the free cash flow to support that?
Lee Tillman:
Our fundamental principle and we, of course, have had this dialog with our Board as well is really wrapped around our share repurchases are going to be governed by our ability to generate organic free cash flow. We are not going to spend money on share repurchases that we have not earned. And we also believe that dollar averaging and taking advantage of that overtime is the appropriate way to execute against a share repurchase program. So you should expect us to the extent that we are generating free cash flow, that we're going to put that to work in our share repurchase program, but it is going to be governed by organic free cash flow generation.
Scott Hanold:
Understood, appreciate that. And my follow-up is on EG obviously internationally, you guys really have streamlined things. And I certainly, I think as you go into 2021 and beyond. It looks like that's going to bean opportunity kind of be I guess upside optionality with the new tolling agreement. Can you give us some context of like what that can mean in terms of like the size of incremental cash flow to Marathon?
Lee Tillman:
Yes, I can probably give some directional views on that, we can't give specifics today on exactly the impact that will have on EBITDAX, but what you should expect is that we're going to continue to give full transparency on the financial delivery out of the EG assets so that it's very clear what that asset is doing within the broader portfolio. And even though it is a long life, low decline asset, meaning the Alba field itself with the addition of the Atlanta arrangement, which is a combination of tolling and profit sharing. There is certainly an opportunity to continue to drive financial performance there even off the back of non-equity molecules. And as we've stated before. We believe that the arrangement that we have with Aland [Phonetic] is simply a first step, a fully leveraging that extremely valuable infrastructure that we have sitting on Bioko Island, which of course, is a gas plant, methanol plant LNG plant storage loading etc. And we believe that it will in fact fulfill the promise of kind of a natural aggregation point for both regional and local gas in that area, which will continue to bring additional profitability to the EG asset.
Scott Hanold:
Okay, I appreciate that. Look forward to hearing more on that.
Operator:
Our next questioner is Doug Leggate of Bank of America.
Doug Leggate:
Thanks. Good morning, everyone. Can you hear me. Lee?
Lee Tillman:
Yes. Absolutely. Good morning, Doug.
Doug Leggate:
Good to see you, looking forward to seeing in a couple of weeks.
Lee Tillman:
Got you.
Doug Leggate:
Lee, the comment you made about S&P 500 had been one of your aspirations, I guess, been able to compete against that. There a little caveat there I guess, which is visibility on dividend growth and capacity for dividend growth, you've obviously growing the inherent cash flow of the organization. But you're continuing to emphasize the buyback over perhaps sustainable dividend growth. I'd just like to know how you think about the balance between the two. Just in terms of that relative metric because free cash flow is certainly competitive but dividend growth is the other piece of the S&P 500 metric. How do you think about that?
Lee Tillman:
Well, I think you rightly point out Doug that the first step is sustainable generation of free cash flow and let's be honest we are not an industry that's been doing that on a regular basis. I mean, this is our 6th quarter of achieving that because you can't have a conversation about returning cash to shareholders unless you're actually generating free cash flow. So the first step is having a model -- a business model in a portfolio that consistently and sustainably delivers that free cash flow yield, once you get your yield to where you are competitive, then you're simply talking about the best mechanism to deliver that cash back to shareholders. Today, we very much favor the share repurchase because of the volatility in the market and where we sit from a value perspective on our shares, relative to our, I'll say, our own internal NAV calculations. So we truly believe that with our returns first had on that is the right answer for shareholders. That split, that mix between dividend and share repurchase is something that we will continue to assess each and every quarter and we'll look at it and make a thoughtful decision about how to continue to balance that mix. Today again, we're sitting at about 1.5% yield on the dividend, we think that is truly competitive within the peer group, it's clearly part of your cost structure moving forward in time. So you have to be very mindful, and patient about how you continue to ramp into the dividend, but at the end of the day, I believe that our ability to essentially return over 90% of our free cash flow back to shareholders in one form or another, that's really the most important metric. And I will also emphasize that return of cash to shareholders is a metric on my scorecard as well.
Doug Leggate:
That's a very good point. Maybe just a quick follow-up to that. So assuming your share price was let's be aspirational and see it go back to where we all thought it was reasonably valued your dividend yield would obviously be not competitive because it would be significantly lower, would we expect the pivot to the dividend at that point?
Lee Tillman:
I think -- at that stage, I think that's a very valid consideration it's clearly going to be based on what we see in the market and, and do we have that sustainability to take that step forward in the dividend? But yes, I mean, it's absolutely on the table as part of the mix. It's just today it's -- we saw the returns are so overwhelming for us on the flip side of that equation. And then you factor in the inherent volatility of the forward curve, right now and I think it just lends itself to the share repurchase as the best mechanism to get value back to our shareholders.
Doug Leggate:
But last one from me if I'm thinking, that's part one A part one B. So, hopefully -- last one real quick is you inherited a fairly onerous contracts in EG as it relates to the British Gas off take agreement, which expires in a couple of years. What -- how should we expect the cash flow from EG to evolve once you gain that control of destination if you like for the off take and I'll leave it there. Thanks.
Lee Tillman:
Yeah, we'll certainly -- that contract and that agreement was put in place at a time --at a different time. So I don't want to go back and hindsight that but what I will say is it going forward as that agreement runs its course, we absolutely can go out and get full market exposure and we think through that we'll have the opportunity to continue to enhance the profitability of the EG asset.
Doug Leggate:
Great stuff. Thanks so much.
Lee Tillman:
Yeah. Thank you.
Operator:
And next is Neal Dingmann of SunTrust.
Neal Dingmann:
Good morning, guys. Great answer so far. My questions first just pertaining to your Permian. Could you speak, there has obviously been increased scrutiny there on just how people are looking at spacing not only just in terms of per zone. But I guess can you talk about multi-well, multi-zones and I'm just wondering, could you talk a bit about what you think about your development plans remainder of this year and next year in terms of multi-zone targets and spacing?
Mitch Little:
Sure. Neal, this is. Mitch. Probably not going to spend a lot of time on 2020 is we haven't set our capital program for 2020. But I think we've been pretty consistent with our messaging around our focus in Permian, which is kind of strategically pacing our investments to both delineate the position and move into development in areas like Malaga where we've reported on the upper Wolfcamp continued strong productivity. We've had a fair bit of focus in that area over the past few quarters. We also revealed in the slides as we move into the second half of the year, there was a bit stronger component of delineation over into the Red Hills area. In the backdrop of all of that, of course, we're focusing on improving our margins with getting water and oil on pipe or up to 80% of our water on pipe driving cost structure down, capturing efficiencies from various completion trials and drilling programs across that position. So it's right on track, we're executing the plan that we expected to in early, when we set the budget early this year. And so it's going to continue to be in the near term, more of that mix between some localized development in areas like Malaga, upper Wolfcamp and then the delineation element across the position as we move towards maturing into more full-field development. We do have trials in multiple benches as part of that delineation program, but the concentration has been more in the upper Wolfcamp and some other Wolfcamp and Bone Spring zones.
Neal Dingmann:
Very good. And then could you talk a bit about maybe Lee, I guess my question is sort of a broader one there has been some reallocation out of the Mid-Con by a few players. I'm just wondering, really when you look at you have obviously some very great basins. I'm just wondering, is it purely just when you look at your development plan, just purely return driven. And I guess that's one and would you consider some reallocation out of that like others or how do you sort of -- how does that Mid-Con play of your stack up versus the others?
Lee Tillman:
Yeah. Well, absolutely, which is going to be all about returns for us and how we allocate and just maybe as a little bit of a reminder backing up to our original budget allocation that we talked about earlier in the year just recall 60% of our development capital is going to the Eagle Ford and the Bakken about 40% to Northern Delaware and Oklahoma. Having said that, our original Oklahoma program was really designed to concentrate activity in the oilier parts of both the STACK and the SCOOP because those offer the advantage of more competitive returns. In addition, this kind of targeted development also allowed us to really bear down on completed well cost to continue to enhance our capital efficiency and we've demonstrated that case in point. The print that we just made on the completed well costs for the last two STACK Meramec pads where we are getting these wells done for basically $6.3 million. And so as we kind of take that and even look at the second half of the year, our Oklahoma activity again is going to be overwhelmingly concentrated in the oilier areas of the play, including the Springer. And again, that is all driven by our returns orientation in our view is those opportunities obviously compete head to head with the other aspects of our portfolio. When I don't believe anticipated some of the headwinds in the secondary products which for certain of the phase windows and Oklahoma do, in fact, have a pretty significant issue, but I just point to this and say, this is part of our multi-basin advantage if we see the need to move capital, we have a lot of flexibility to do so.
Neal Dingmann:
Great details. Thanks, Lee. Thanks, Mitch.
Operator:
Okay. Our next question David Heikkinen of Heikkinen Energy Advisors.
David Heikkinen:
Thanks a lot of time thinking about the last six quarters of building a track record and I do think that's commendable and is eliminating uncertainty for investors. As I listen to some of the earlier questions and really trying to think about the intent. I think they're trying to eliminate uncertainty around the comfort you have of your existing portfolio versus acquisition? And can you talk about like the dividend could be locked in very simply, but it seems like you're leaving yourself flexibility, which I understand, can you just talk about your existing portfolio, your existing stock price and your thought process of how much time Marathon people spend on looking at site acquisition?
Lee Tillman:
I think, David, first of all, I think with our very extensive portfolio transformation and what we believe is a differentiated position in the four best US resource plays, large scale M&A is not really a consideration for us nor is it really required for forward success. So I think that multi-basin model gives us a lot of competitive advantages that we've talked about before. So the hard work for us, particularly with the exit from the UK and Kurdistan the hard work on the portfolio is really behind us not in front of us. And we believe the right approach as we again look to continue to enhance and grow our resource base going forward is the one that I've already addressed, which is, it really comes into looking at enhancing what we already have, which could be elevating the economics or even adding incremental sticks and our in the basins that we currently operate. But it's also looking at smaller accretive bolt-ons that fit within the our kind of core basins as well as trades, even lease sales like we participated in, in New Mexico last year. And then finally, the third element of that is really our REx program which albeit it's risk money we have to get out there and expose some money from a lease standpoint on things that are truly exploration. There are no guarantees in it, but we think we've got the right approach there and that we will generate success there as well. So I think the bottom line is we've got a very comprehensive strategy in place to continue to replenish and improve our resource base. And that does not require really large scale M&A.
David Heikkinen:
And just following on that, your slide number five shows your free cash flow. But to the right of the line is REx, CapEx and A&D net, as you think about enhancing the portfolio versus organic or total free cash flow a couple of hundred million dollars indirect year, you could use up that free cash flow pretty quickly with the accretive bolt on trades and lease sales. So how do you think about that flexibility and outlook for repeatability of building on the track record?
Lee Tillman:
I think, first of all, it obviously is highly dependent upon the commodity price environment that we find ourselves in, I think that our focus on continuing to drive our enterprise breakeven down as low as we can and really having that mindset of continuing to drive that breakeven even lower. It gives us that headroom to continue to operate to meet all of those needs to generate free cash flow across a very broad range of commodity price outcomes. And then we can redeploy that as we see fit between not only returns back to shareholders but also funding some of these accretive opportunities and Resource Capture which could be rec some years, could be bolt-on some years and it's just really striking that balance and selecting the best opportunities. So we're going to have the most meaningful impact on our business.
Operator:
Our next question from Jamaal Tudor of Tudor Pickering & Holt.
Jamaal Tudor:
Good morning, everyone.
Lee Tillman:
Good morning.
Jamaal Tudor:
As I kind of listening on the commentary for second half of the year. Mentioning kind of longer laterals and higher working interest, is there any color you could give on the magnitude of working interest increase, we could see as I look at some of the charts, it looks like Q1 and Q4 are relatively low on working interest, but it snap back a little bit in Q2. Should we expect something kind of similar to the Q2 trajectory or something higher?
Lee Tillman:
Yeah, well, certainly the way I would think about, Jamal, is that directionally, certainly and in some of our basins where we do have relatively high capital allocation We are going to see materially higher working interest in those basins, so that does make a difference. And again I don't want to get into basin by basin specifics and we can certainly follow up with you on that. But that is a driver, I would also remind you that beyond working interest in lateral link the fact that we have been very efficient, and we are trending toward the higher end of our wells to sales will also be an element of that as well.
Jamaal Tudor:
All right fair enough. And as I look at some of the moving pieces in the second half of the year, it looks like the Springer is going to get some attention, which is much oilier then Oklahoma region and you're moving a little bit of dip in Gonzales, which could be oilier than the average Eagle Ford as well. I just wanted to get a sense of just kind of overall, are there any moving pieces on oil cut that we should be expecting in the second half of the year.
Lee Tillman:
Certainly, it's a metric that we watch very closely because of that is our high-value product. That's what's really the key to delivering our financial outcomes. So I would say, directionally we're going to continue to try to keep that if not flat certainly improving over the second half of the year, particularly in those basins, like you said, in Oklahoma, where we have a well-mix that is going to allow us to drive a little bit more oil cut. In places like obviously the Bakken to some extent, the oil cut is relatively fixed regardless of the well mix. And Eagle Ford, however, as you pointed out, as we continue to do more and up-dip Atascosa County as well as Gonzales there is the opportunity to continue to move that toward a higher oil cut.
Jamaal Tudor:
All right, thank you.
Operator:
Next question is Jeanine Wai of Barclays.
Jeanine Wai:
Hi, good morning everyone.
Lee Tillman:
Good morning.
Jeanine Wai:
Good morning, so my question, I only have one, my question is on level loading and the consistent free cash flow that you spoke about regarding needing that to support dividend growth. So if we go back to original 2019 plan in the US, the Bakken and the dollar objectives both include a growing oil and the Eagle Ford is more in harvest mode with you doing actually more with less given efficiencies but we suspect the Eagle Ford oil growth this year as well. But can you talk about if and when it's appropriate for the Bakken and Delaware and Oklahoma to be run with a more level loaded type program like in the Eagle Ford in which perhaps you could enhance what we already considered to be a pretty free cash flow -- pretty strong free cash flow story. So our guess is just, you know the Bakken is closest to get into this maybe level loaded type of scenario. But we just wanted to check in on the longer-term view of how you're thinking about running the assets.
Lee Tillman:
Yeah, well, certainly. First of all Jeanine, we manage our assets as a portfolio, not as individual assets. All of our assets have the capability to cycle between growth and higher free cash flow generation each of them have that implicit flexibility. So we start our capital allocation process with a view of driving a rate of change in our corporate-level returns. The next really objective is to drive sustainable free cash flow on a conservative price deck and then quite frankly the oil growth that pops out of that is an outcome, not an objective. And so I would just say that it's a bit too early for us to give specifics around 2020. But I would just emphasize that all of the basins can make that flex and it's really going to be around delivering our financial metrics on how we actually allocate capital within those 4 basins. Some like for instance this year Eagle Ford is a great example of the year where we generally speaking managed Eagle Ford relatively flat. So it was in a very high free cash flow generation mode. In the case of Bakken for instance, it was being managed to growth but was also generating significant free cash flow. And so each of the basins will have a particular role based on what we need to drive our financial outcomes at an enterprise level. So I would say there is no -- I'd say, rule in effect on when we're trying to get a given basin to some terminal production or plateau level.
Jeanine Wai:
Okay. Yeah. I guess my point was that at least listening to the commentary and some of the investor feedback is that the volatility in oil prices prevents companies like oil and gas, companies like you guys in terms of having a bigger dividend growth model. And so you can control oil prices, but you can control your free cash flow and dampening the volatility oil prices is if you kind of enhance the free cash do that. So we are just kind of wondering, how you're thinking about that.
Lee Tillman:
I think what I would say on that Jeanine is that what we have tried to focus on is really driving our enterprise breakeven as low as practical, such that we can operate across the broadest spectrum of commodity prices, while still generating sustainable free cash flow. I mean we're well sub 50 in terms of our enterprise breakeven this year and with that sub 50 enterprise breakeven. We're still growing our overall MRO Oil by 10% and our US Oil by 12%. So I think it's, obviously, it's an optimization process but it starts with the financial objectives first and foremost.
Jeanine Wai:
Okay, great. Thank you that's very helpful.
Operator:
And our next question from Pavel Molchanov with Raymond James.
Pavel Molchanov:
Thanks for taking the question. In highlighting the free cash flow metrics. I'm curious if you can disaggregate where that free cash flow is coming from and in particular, if this year you guys end up doing maybe 300 million, 400 million of free cash, how much of that is coming from EG?
Lee Tillman:
The way I would think about level is that when you look across our asset base -- the strong free cash flow generators are Bakken, Eagle Ford and EG all of those are contributing strongly to free cash flow generation, because Oklahoma still early in the development cycle. It is still probably a little bit of a cash-taker to neutral. And then, of course, Northern Delaware still being on the delineation and appraisal phase is at this point, still cash flow negative as we continue to build the base production and gain of scale there.
Pavel Molchanov:
Okay, that's helpful. Is E.G the largest contributor?
Lee Tillman:
No, it is not.
Pavel Molchanov:
In barrel terms
Lee Tillman:
No, it's not
Pavel Molchanov:
It is not. Okay. Your balance sheet you highlighted investment grade from all of the rating agencies are you happy with the current level of ratings, just kind of on the gasp of investment grade or would you like to get further up into maybe single-A territory?
Lee Tillman:
Well, I'll maybe make an opening comment then let Dane jump in. First of all, we're very pleased that we were the first split rated E&P company to get upgraded. Then, we, subsequent to the Moody's upgrade, we got an S&P upgrade from triple B-minus to triple B which has strengthened our investment grade rating. Obviously, that brings benefits to it that we can now enjoy. But for us we don't do things in order to necessarily drive ratings, we tried to do the right things to drive the business and we look at key metrics like net debt to EBITDAX that really help us determine the overall health of our balance sheet and we're also looking to make sure that we maximize the flexibility that we have. But I'll maybe let Dane jump in and throw anything else that he would like.
Dane Whitehead:
Yes, thanks Lee. I'd say we're very happy with the fact that we're investment grade rated at all three agencies work really hard on accomplishing that really everything that we've talked about today. Focusing on corporate level returns, generating free cash flow, driving down costs, increasing well productivity, it's all in terms of -- its more financial strength. And so I think rather than push on some key metric accelerated to see if we can get to another notch upgrade from the ratings agencies, we're just going to keep focused on executing business exactly in the model that we've described to you and that's going to support the credit quality and the rating support with the agencies. They really like the model we're executing.
Lee Tillman:
I would maybe, also add that we took a lot of balance sheet action back in 2017. I think we're a little bit ahead of the curve there. We took out quite a bit of gross debt really reduced our interest cost, etc. all of that contributes to the strength of our balance sheet as well as to our enterprise breakeven. And so we got well out in front I think of the balance sheet question because we knew that financial flexibility was going to be important in the kind of forward commodity environment.
Pavel Molchanov:
Okay, that's helpful. Appreciate it guys.
Operator:
This concludes our question-and-answer session. We turn the call now back to Lee Tillman for closing remarks.
Lee Tillman:
Thank you. We recognize that investors have choices and we appreciate your interest in Marathon Oil. Execution excellence leads the way in our company and I want to personally thank all of our dedicated employees and contractors who deliver on that mandate each and every day quarter in and quarter out. Thank you and that concludes our call.
Operator:
Thank you ladies and gentlemen. This concludes today's conference. Thank you for your participation. You may now disconnect.
Operator:
Welcome to the Marathon Oil first quarter earnings conference call. My name is Vanessa and I will be your operator for today’s call. At this time, all participants are in a listen-only mode. Later we will conduct a question and answer session. During the question and answer session, if you have a question please press star then one to enter the queue. Please note that this conference is being recorded. I will now turn the call over to your host, Guy Baber, Vice President, Investor Relations.
Guy Baber:
Thanks Vanessa. Thank you to everyone for joining us this morning. Yesterday after the market closed, we issued a press release, a slide presentation and investor packet that address our first quarter results. Those documents can be found on our website at marathonoil.com. Joining me on today’s call are Lee Tillman, our Chairman, President and CEO; Dane Whitehead, Executive VP and CFO; Mitch Little, Executive VP of Operations, and Pat Wagner, our Executive VP of Corporate Development and Strategy. As always, today’s call will contain forward-looking statements subject to risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed or implied by such statements. I’ll refer everyone to the cautionary language included in the press release and presentation materials as well as to the risk factors described in our SEC filings. With that, I’ll turn the call over to Lee, who will provide his opening remarks. We will then open the call to Q&A.
Lee Tillman:
Thanks Guy, and thank to you to everyone joining us this morning. First quarter marked a continuation of our track record of successful execution against our well established framework for capital. This framework has been our touchstone as we have transformed our business to our advantaged multi-basin U.S. resource play model. It starts by ensuring every dollar we spend advances our corporate returns. This returns-first mindset coupled with disciplined capital allocation resulted in a peer-leading year-over-year improvement in cash return on invested capital in 2018. We are well positioned to continue driving this significant rate of change in both our cash return and cash flow per debt adjusted share. From 2017 to 2019, our cash returns are on pace to almost double oil normalized pricing. It also means prioritizing sustainable free cash flow at conservative pricing, over-production growth for growth’s sake, while driving our peer-leading enterprise breakeven lower. In first quarter 2019, we have already generated $80 million of organic free cash flow. Our organic free cash flow is expected to improve in the second quarter and over the course of the year, driven by our underlying operational momentum and amplified by a more favorable pricing environment. With sustainable free cash flow, capital discipline for us means prioritizing the return of capital back to shareholders through both our peer competitive dividend and disciplined share repurchases. As a compelling proof point, in 2018 we returned over 25% of our net operating cash flow to shareholders. 2019 year-to-date, we have repurchased $50 million of our shares, and including the dividend have returned over $90 million to our shareholders. Organic free cash flow generation remains the governor on potential buybacks. We simply will not spend money that we have not earned, nor will we be reliant on disposition proceeds. We continue to see good value in buying our shares at current prices, consistent with our returns focus, and with organic free cash flow inflecting higher, we expect our capacity for additional share repurchases to trend upward, allowing us to take advantage of our remaining $750 million authorization. Finally, capital discipline is about differentiated execution that drives continuous improvement in capital efficiency and operating costs while also enhancing our resource base. In 2018, we held to our original development capital budget while raising our U.S. resource play oil production guidance three consecutive quarters, and uplifting our inventory through organic enhancement efforts in both the Bakken and Eagle Ford. For first quarter 2019, our development capex is down 8% from year-ago quarter and represents just under 24% of our full year 2019 development capital budget. We are firmly and credibly on track to achieve our full year oil growth guidance with no change to our development capital budget. As we have consistently demonstrated, our budget is not a suggestion, it is a commitment, and we will not increase spending on improved prices to chase growth; rather, we will take that cash flow to the bottom line and share it with our shareholders. Expanding further on our differentiated execution in the first quarter, U.S. product unit expense was down 12% from year-ago quarter and we are seeing lower completed well costs across all basins while still delivering strong well productivity. These four objectives - corporate returns first, sustainable free cash flow at conservative pricing, prioritizing return of capital to shareholders, and differentiated execution are how we run our business and are embedded in our executive compensation. They are supported by a foundation of our multi-basin portfolio and peer-leading balance sheet. We have concentrated and simplified our portfolio into four of the best high margin U.S. resource plays that span the development cycle in terms of maturity, providing capital allocation flexibility, broad market access, diversification of suppliers, and rapid sharing of best practices. Our current resource base is high return and high quality, and we are progressing multi-faceted efforts to continue to enhance it. As such, large scale M&A is not a consideration, nor is it required for our forward success. Our balance sheet provides tremendous financial flexibility to execute our business plan across a broad range of pricing, and with the recent upgrade by Moody’s we are investment grade at all three major rating agencies. With our framework for success as a backdrop, let’s turn our attention to a few of the more specific first quarter highlights across our multi-basin portfolio and how each of our assets are individually contributing to our collective enterprise-level success. First at a high level, total company oil production was up 6% from year-ago quarter with U.S. oil production up 11%. Though we delivered within our quarterly production guidance, our results would have been even stronger without the impact of adverse weather effects across multiple basins during 1Q, especially severe during February in the Bakken; however, our D&C execution was unaffected and our well productivity was strong. Our only challenge was keeping our well capacity online. Importantly, we are carrying that developed well capacity into second quarter, as seen in strong April performance, and have good operational momentum that supports our expected 5% sequential growth in U.S. oil production for 2Q. We remain firmly on track to deliver our full year plan of 10% total company oil growth and 12% U.S. growth within our original $2.4 billion development capital budget. In the Eagle Ford, due to consistently strong execution and advantaged pricing, our team continues to deliver financial returns and free cash flow that compete favorably against any basin across the lower 48. During first quarter, we drove further efficiency improvements from already impressive levels. Our completed well cost averaged just $4.4 million, down more than 15% from the year-ago quarter, while our completion stages per day and drilling feet per day were up 15% and 10% respectively. In the Bakken, we continue to deliver industry-leading well productivity while realizing step changes in capital efficiency and associated bottom line returns improvement. More specifically, our 180-day cumulative oil production per well for the last two years is outperforming the peer group average by a significant 45%. We are delivering this leading productivity while continuing to drive our well costs lower. During first quarter, our average completed well cost was just $5.1 million, down more than 25% from 1Q18. At the same time, we remain focused on continuing to enhance our resource base through both organic enhancement efforts and also through small bolt-on acquisitions and leasing. We are pleased to provide a positive update on both fronts as our fourth quarter core extension test in our Ajax area of the Bakken, where we hadn’t drilled for three years, is delivering truly impressive long term production, and we recently added over 50 new gross company operated locations to our position through a bolt-on acquisition and incremental leasing. Turning to Oklahoma, we again reported strong and predictable results and optimized spacing designs in the over-pressured stack, where average well performance for our three first quarter in-fills each developed at DSU-specific spacing is outpacing our tight curve by over 50%. The team also continues to drive our well cost significantly lower, improving bottom line returns with average completed well costs per lateral foot for our first quarter stack in-fills down more than 30% relative to parent wells. In the northern Delaware, we continue to strategically pace our investment with a keen focus on protecting our leasehold, delineating our position, and improving our margins all while delivering significant early development drilling success. Well productivity in Malaga has improved markedly as we advance our learnings, highlighted by a four-well pad that delivered an average IP30 of over 2,800 Boed at 62% oil cut, or approximately 400 Boed per 1,000 foot of lateral. Importantly, we also continue to make great progress in reducing both our capital and operating costs. We have made considerable progress in getting our produced water on pipe and will be at 100% water on pipe for our remaining 2019 wells to sales. Stepping outside of our four U.S. resource plays, we had a very busy quarter on the international front. We successfully executed our planned triennial turnaround in EG with a return to full production levels achieved on schedule in early April. As previously announced, we signed agreements to process third party gas through our world-class EG infrastructure, positioning our EG assets to deliver strong free cash flow for years to come and to compete as a natural aggregation point for local and regional gas opportunities. Further, we continue to optimize our portfolio, as evidenced by our agreement to divest our U.K. properties, which will remove approximately $950 million of asset retirement obligations upon close, further enabling the focused allocation of our capital to our highest return assets. As I’ve said before, we don’t believe it’s a mystery as to what investors are looking for, whether generalist or energy focused. It’s pretty straightforward. All investors are looking for companies that have the right portfolio of assets; that have the right strategy putting returns first, generating sustainable free cash flow at conservative oil prices, and sharing that cash flow with investors; that have a strong balance sheet to weather potential volatility; and that have the capability to execute on their commitments consistently. We believe we screen well on these criteria and our performance in 2018 and now first quarter 2019 stand as our proof points. We have a uniquely resilient cash generative portfolio that is already delivering compelling free cash flow yield relative to both other E&Ps and the broader market, with high value oil growth and outcome and all at an organic breakeven of $45 WTI. From a sustainability perspective, we have shared a two-year outlook that provides visibility on the metrics that matter most. It is an outlook that prioritizes returns, free cash flow, and return of capital to shareholders. It all starts with continuing to drive our compelling multi-year rate of change improvement in key enterprise performance metrics, specifically our cash return on invested capital and cash flow per debt adjusted share, both of which, as a reminder, are a part of our executive compensation scorecard. We are on track to deliver a 30% CAGR on cash return from 2017 to 2020 at $60 WTI flat, roughly on par with the current forward curve. With that returns-first orientation, we deliver sustainable free cash flow generation above $45 WTI with significant organic free cash flow expected through 2020 of $750 million at just $50 WTI flat, and over $2.2 billion or almost double the broader market free cash flow yield at $60 WTI flat. Our positive leverage to higher oil prices coupled with a low enterprise breakeven is a powerful and winning combination in any commodity environment, and though $50 WTI remains our planning basis in a commodity price at which we generate meaningful free cash flow, we believe that continuing to drive our enterprise breakeven point even lower is essential in a commodity business. It was only 2017 when our enterprise breakeven stood at just over $50 WTI. This sustainable free cash flow profile allows us to prioritize return of capital to shareholders and compete for the broadest cross section of investors. We also added a new return of capital metric to our executive compensation scorecard earlier this year to underscore this commitment. Thank you all for listening, and with that I’ll hand it back to the operator to begin the Q&A.
Operator:
[Operator instructions] We have our first question from Arun Jayaram with JP Morgan.
Arun Jayaram:
Good morning, Lee. Two questions on EG. One, I was wondering if you could discuss some of the details or cash flow uplift that you anticipate from the tolling and profit-sharing agreement for the Alen volumes with Noble.
Lee Tillman:
Okay, well first of all, we’re very pleased to have the definitive agreements now executed for the Alen unit gas, and maybe just as a reminder for everyone on the call, we are taking advantage of existing capacity at our world-class integrated gas infrastructure at Punta Europa. Really, although I can’t get into specific commercial terms because they’re confidential, the value proposition for Marathon is through a combination of tolling and profit-sharing such that all parties benefit from exposure to global LNG prices. I would also say that additionally, with only tie-ins and minor modifications required at our facilities with the Alen unit bearing all of the capital costs associated with getting the gas to Punta Europa, capital requirements to Marathon are really minimal. We expect first gas nominally in 2021, so with that we also are going to enjoy the added benefit of extending the Alba tail, our own equity molecules, by delaying any future turn-down of the EG LNG plant. When I think about the value proposition for us, Arun, it’s really building on that base EBITDAX that we’re already achieving through the Alba PSC, and this is layering on top of it through both a tolling arrangement as well as some market exposure through profit-sharing.
Arun Jayaram:
Great. My follow-up is the LNG from the facility is sold using a Henry Hub-based index. I believe this runs through 2023 or so. Could you give us some thoughts--you know, obviously the market is well above a Henry Hub linked index, so what kind of cash flow uplift that you could see if we were going to, call it mark to market towards current market prices for LNG?
Lee Tillman:
Well certainly you’re absolutely correct, Arun - the agreement that we have in place, the long term agreement we have in place at EG is Henry Hub link, and it does run its course in 2023. Post that time, the Alba volumes will be subject to negotiation into the open market, so there’s absolutely the potential for uplift there. With the Alen volumes, obviously, we will have that exposure to the broader LNG market starting really when we see first gas from that opportunity, and although we really can’t quantify that expertly today, we know that, as you say, given today’s market, we feel that directionally that is simply adding incremental value to what is already a very high value asset for us.
Arun Jayaram:
Great. Thanks a lot, Lee.
Lee Tillman:
Thank you, Arun.
Operator:
We have our next question from Neal Dingmann with SunTrust.
Neal Dingmann:
Morning. My first question, you guys did a magnificent job on the spend for the first quarter, especially versus a lot of your peers out there. I’m just wondering, I’m trying to get a sense of cadence. You talked about your free cash flow plans not only for this year but the longer term plan. I’m trying to get a sense of spend as you see it for the remainder of the year, does it continue to trend just on a more linear basis, or how should we think about that, is my first question.
Lee Tillman:
I’ll maybe start, Neal, just by reiterating something from my opening comments, which is our budget is our budget. We have a $2.4 billion development capital budget that compares to a $2.3 billion budget that we delivered against last year. We are a little bit front half of the year loaded in terms of wells to sales, so it was great to come in really with a ratable number in first quarter. You will have noticed that we had a large proportion, though, of wells to sales in first quarter. Many of those, we’ll see the advantage of, obviously, in second quarter and beyond, but everything is going in the right direction for us from a capital efficiency standpoint. The asset teams are doing a tremendous job of continuing to drive completed well costs lower. We certainly saw that as an advantage in first quarter. As we look throughout the year, we’re very comfortable with delivery against not only our $2.4 billion budget but also our commitments on oil growth for the year. Importantly, that’s going to translate into very strong financial momentum as well, which is first quarter in our plan was always going to be our lightest from a free cash flow standpoint. That momentum is only going to build as we move into second quarter and the rest of the year.
Neal Dingmann:
Okay, great details there, Lee. Just one follow-up on that Slide 10, when I’m looking at the Bakken - again, your wells just continue to be superb there. My question is really on the focus area. You might have already said this, Lee, in other updates, but for the rest of the year, will there be also focus on moving down to Elk Creek or Hector or Ajax, or could you just talk about what the focus is, and if it is moving down there, how do expectations compare versus these stellar results you continue to see recently?
Mitch Little:
Sure Neal, this is Mitch. I’ll address that question. Absolutely as we go throughout the year, you’re going to see additional activity down in Hector area as well as Ajax, as well as continued activity in Myrmidon. It’ll be a bit more diverse program as we go throughout the year, but as you say, really proud of what the team is doing out here, really basin-leading efforts both on well productivity and on well costs. The program that we delivered in Q1, based on available public data for the basin, still looks to be delivering IP30s that are on average about 40% higher than peer average, and when we look at this program in aggregate, we expect the Q1 program to achieve payout in something around six months, so just really impressed with what the team is doing. You know, we don’t drive our teams to focus on flashy IP24s or even flashy IP30s. The discipline that we’ve instilled is around capital efficiency improvement, looking at hat holistically from both well productivity and the well costs.
Neal Dingmann:
Very good, stellar - exactly. Mitch, Lee, thanks so much for the answers.
Lee Tillman:
Thank you, Neal.
Operator:
Our next question is from Ryan Todd with Simmons Energy.
Ryan Todd:
Great, thanks. Maybe a follow-up first on the capex. You talked a little bit about it. Can you talk about the primary drivers of lower budget in the first quarter? Is it primarily lower well costs, and can you talk about whether you see those as sustainable, particularly whether you see any upward pressure on well cost or inflation, and whether it’s--I know it’s early, but if you can hold this type of efficient operations, whether there could be potential downward risk to the full-year capital budget.
Lee Tillman:
I’ll maybe offer a few comments and then clearly Mitch can chime in as well, if he wants. When we look at completed well costs, I think of several buckets that are really contributing to our ability to drive those costs lower. First and foremost, it’s really working the supply chain. Our ability to integrate into the supply chain, do a lot of self sourcing has really been a key enabler across all of our basins. Our supply chain team has really stepped up and has just done an outstanding job in how they are assisting the asset teams and driving our costs down from a supply chain perspective. With some of that self sourcing, it’s opened up some interesting commercial opportunities for us as well, particularly with our pumping providers. I think those commercial terms that we’ve been able to put in place that really do reward strong performance and efficiency, so it’s a win-win for both the provider and the operator, have also been a key element of that cost direction. Then finally, it’s just down to the sheer efficiency that we’re observing. We continue to see, whether it’s our rate of penetration on our drilling rigs and our time to drill coming down, or it’s simply the number of stages that we’re able to put away per day even though some of the stage, maybe, are more complex and more intense than they ever have been, we continue to see gains in those areas. So when you put all that together, that is really what is helping drive our completed well costs lower. I think if we look out throughout the year, assuming that I think the mandate around capital discipline across the segment continues to hold true and thus supply and demand stays relatively stable in the service sector, we simply don’t see a lot of pressure from an inflationary standpoint that we would need to be concerned with as we move throughout the year. But that’s obviously going to be very dependent upon the activity levels and the response from other folks in our segment.
Ryan Todd:
Thanks Lee. Maybe one more on--I appreciate the comments you made, how you’re not interested in any sort of large scale M&A, but you had a nice targeted pick-up of some additional inventory in the Bakken. Can you talk about how you view the environment, whether it’s in the Bakken or the Permian or other basins, in terms of whether there are additional opportunities for smaller bolt-on transactions like that, and what the overall environment feels like for those type of deals?
Lee Tillman:
I think maybe first just stepping back a little bit, Ryan, and talking about our approach to enhancing and expanding our inventory and our resource base, it really is threefold. It starts with the organic enhancement work that’s been going on within our asset teams and within our basins. We saw obviously the results of that in the Eagle Ford and the Bakken as we continue to extend the core area in places like Atascosa County, obviously Hector, and Ajax. So that remains a key element, and we have dedicated development capital that is continuing to chase further organic enhancement this year. The second element really is the one that you referenced, which is around small, bolt-on, incremental leasing that really fits hand-in-glove with our existing position in basins, so these are very surgical, very selective. We’re really looking at opportunities that are synergistic to the positions that we’ve already created. The 50-plus gross company operated wells that we talked about for the Bakken that came by way of a bolt-on and some leasing, that fits that description perfectly. We also continue to have ongoing opportunities for trade, etc. in places like the Permian, so that is a very important element and really complements the organic enhancement work that we’re doing in basin. Then when you step a little further afield, we of course have the REX program, which is our resource play exploration program, that is really chasing those greenfield leasing positions that can offer the potential for outsized full cycle returns, so low entry costs, material positions near basins or even new basins, so when I look at all three of those things in concert, and then to me the final complementary effort to that is the work that we continue to do on enhanced oil recovery as well, and we’re on Phase 2 on EOR in the Eagle Ford. So when I look at that framework, we feel very good about our ability to continue to move the needle on both the quality and scale of our resource base going forward.
Ryan Todd:
Thank you.
Operator:
Thank you. Our next question is from Doug Leggate from Bank of America.
Doug Leggate:
Thanks, good morning Lee, good morning everybody. Lee, I wonder if I could hark you back to the LNG question. It’s kind of aging us a bit, because I seem to remember writing about this in detail in 2005, so we’re all getting a bit older, I guess. But my question specifically is the license expiry in 2023, as I recall, there was a floor in the Henry Hub price somewhere in the 350 range, so I’m trying to understand when you--first of all, what is the prospect for you guys extending that license, and secondly, do you regain any destination rights that were given up to, at that time, BG and I guess now Shell?
Lee Tillman:
Yes, first of all, for absolute clarity, I would not refer to them as licensing rights. It was simply commercial agreement for LNG sales off the back of the LNG, so I don’t want people to confuse that, for instance, with the PSC or anything.
Doug Leggate:
Yes, I’m thinking more about the upstream side of it, sorry, in terms of the production. Sorry, I should have been clear on that.
Lee Tillman:
Yes. Certainly the commercial terms that you described - again, we can’t get into details on our commercial terms. We’ve already talked about that that Shell/BG legacy contract runs its course in 2023, and at that point the Alba molecules are available for negotiation into the open market, so we are essentially released from the obligations of that contract. It doesn’t mean that we can’t renegotiate some type of deal with the existing partners with Shell, but we’re not limited to simply negotiating with them. As I mentioned, one of the advantages of continuing to bring in additional third party gas opportunities is that we--it allows us to avoid taking the LNG plant into turndown mode, which allows us to extend the Alba tail which gives us more of our own equity gas molecules to get into the market, once that 2023 arrangement runs its course.
Doug Leggate:
Okay, so to be clear, when does the PSC expire and what are [indiscernible] potential for you retaining--
Lee Tillman:
The PSC doesn’t expire until--I think it’s post 2030, 2040, in that time period. PSC expiry is not an issue for us, and I would also add that in most cases, when we face extensions on PSCs particularly for a footprint like we have in EG, I think there would be an open door there to negotiate that to the satisfaction of not only us as the operator but also the government.
Doug Leggate:
Okay, I appreciate that. My follow-up is--and I’m going to apologize in advance for this one, it’s an M&A question. Look - you’ve done a phenomenal job since you joined Marathon several years ago, and the free cash flow speaks for itself. I like to characterize it as putting good assets in the hands of great management. The downside of everything you’ve done, however, is that your share price has not really been differentiated relative to your peer group, despite everything that you’ve done, so I’m just curious what do you think Marathon has to do to see a step change in market recognition of what you’ve done, and I’m wondering if you see any appetite to take good assets into your management and eliminate what, in some cases, are excess overheads in what is clearly a portfolio that could fit very nicely with some other companies.
Lee Tillman:
I think first of all for us--first of all, thank you for the kind words, and it’s been a complete and total team effort to get to where we are today in our transformation journey, so the recognition is really a team recognition here at Marathon. But on share price performance, we try to focus internally on the things that we can control, and ultimately we believe our model, our execution, our portfolio will ultimately win the day, and as investors, whether they be generalists or energy focused, begin to turn their attention back to the sector, we believe that we’re going to offer a very strong investment profile for them to take advantage of. We believe that we can compete with not only our own space but with the broader S&P 500. Just on the M&A point, and again I’m not going to comment on current deals or anything in the market, but what I would say is when you look at the activity and recent announcements, and even some of the investment plans that we have seen from some of the majors, in my way of thinking, it only really serves to highlight the attractive characteristics of the U.S. short cycle unconventional assets, and the fact that on a risk-adjusted return basis the U.S. unconventionals compete at a global level. So we’re very committed to our multi-basin strategy, we believe that’s the right way to proceed. We think it delivers the right kind of shareholder outcomes, and we’re going to continue to execute against that model. We think with that consistency of execution, the recognition from the market and from investors will come.
Doug Leggate:
So no desire to do anything corporate-wise?
Lee Tillman:
No.
Doug Leggate:
Thanks Lee, I appreciate you answering a tough question. Appreciate it.
Lee Tillman:
Thank you, Doug.
Operator:
Thank you. We have our next question from Scott Hanold with RBC.
Scott Hanold:
Thanks, good morning. Lee, you had mentioned a little bit earlier that obviously you’re not going to try to get ahead of some of the free cash flow generation with the stock buyback. Can you generally speak to how you expect to progress at that end? With respect to the U.K. asset sale, just to be clear, and I think you’re getting, what - about 140, 150 from that, that will not be part of, I guess, the buyback conversation? Is that targeted just for more REX spending, or how should we look at that?
Lee Tillman:
Yes, first of all, let me take the first part of your question, Scott. It has always been a feature of our business plan this year, regardless of pricing, that our operational momentum and hence our organic free cash flow momentum would be inflecting between first and second quarter and improving as we move throughout the year. Having said that, we’ve also been equally clear that even on our share repurchase program, we’re going to be very disciplined with a governor of how much organic free cash flow are we actually generating. We’re not going to do anything that will damage our balance sheet. We have worked very hard. Our finance team has done a great job of positioning us now to be investment grade across the board with all of the ratings agencies. That’s come from, I think, a pattern of taking very disciplined and thoughtful actions around our balance sheet, and that’s going to continue in the future. The U.K. transaction is progressing. We’ve kind of said that it would likely close in the second half of the year. When we see that money come into the portfolio, we also have to recognize that there is an offset to that, that is staying back in the corporate structure in the U.K. so net-net, we just have to remember that that by no means is a windfall that we could potentially immediately dedicate into share repurchases. So we’re going to stay with our formula, which is we’re going to drive our share repurchases through our organic free cash flow. To the extent that we see other proceeds, those will be available for other attractive opportunities - you mentioned REX, we’ve talked about small bolt-ons today, all of that would be in play, and that’s a decision that we’ll take on game day when we see those opportunities arise.
Scott Hanold:
Okay, that’s clear. Thanks, I appreciate that. As my follow-up, you did mention that you picked up a handful of new locations in the Bakken through some organic leasing. Can you give us some color on exactly what part of your acreage did you add there, and is it full operated stuff or is it just bolting on and is it more of a working interest increase? Can you give us a little color on that?
Lee Tillman:
First of all, and I’ll mention a few things and then see if Mitch wants to chime in as well, I guess when I think about 50 gross operated wells between the bolt-on and leasing, I don’t think of that as a handful. I mean, that’s pretty meaningful, and that well count, just for clarity, that is gross operated well count. We don’t talk in terms of non-operated or OBO type well count, so I just want to be very, very clear on that. Because we’re still active from a leasing and even a small bolt-on acquisition standpoint, we don’t necessarily want to get too specific about where we’re chasing opportunities, but I would just say that in general, these are fitting within our footprint in areas where we have developed confidence in our ability to drive more value than likely another operator from those positions.
Scott Hanold:
Okay, appreciate the color. I didn’t mean to under-appreciate the size of the adds, because certainly it provides you some pretty good additional runway.
Lee Tillman:
I’m sensitive to those kinds of things, Scott!
Scott Hanold:
No worries, thank you.
Operator:
Thank you. Our next question is from Jeanine Wai with Barclays.
Jeanine Wai:
Hi, good morning everyone. My first question is on the corporate objectives. Number three on the list is prioritizing return of capital, which you’ve spoken a lot about. We noticed that you layered in a fair amount of new hedges this quarter, and just wondering if that was opportunistic in wanting to lock in the cash flow now, or is there something that you’re seeing in the operating environment [indiscernible] what we’ve heard, one or two operators talking about cost inflation, or is there something in the A&D market that’s driving your decision on the hedges? I know you mentioned still being active in leasing and small bolt-ons. Just curious, because I thought that the prior commentary on hedges from Marathon was just that you had more flexibility heading into ’19 given the balance sheet and the free cash flow potential, so just wanted to check in on where you’re at on this.
Lee Tillman:
Yes, let me talk broadly about commodity risk management and then I’ll let Dane address the hedge book directly. When we think about commodity risk management, we think about it really in three areas. One you mentioned, Jeanine, which is the strength of our balance sheet, that is part of our commodity risk management strategy. Number two, and also equally as important, is our very low enterprise breakeven point that we’ve established, so that provides us that latitude in a very broad range of pricing environments. Then the third element is in fact our formal hedge book and how we look at hedging, particularly in a portfolio that, for instance this quarter, is a 60% oil weighted portfolio. With that, maybe I’ll just let Dane talk a little bit about the hedge book and our strategy that we’ve tried to put in play there
Dane Whitehead:
Yes, hi Jeanine. Following up on prior meetings with you, or maybe prior calls, commentary on the hedge objectives, in previous years we had a very strong, get 50%--floors in on 50% of our next year production, sort of objective, but as our financial position has improved and our financial flexibility has improved, we have felt like we’ve had the flexibility to be a lot more opportunistic along our way toward that goal. So we saw in this last price run-up the opportunity to put on some really attractive three-ways - 48 by 55 by 74, and so we took advantage of that market rally to put those on. You know, we stay on top of this on a regular basis and when we see good value there, we put them in. It’s definitely there’s no linkage to transaction or any other things happening in our day-to-day business, it’s really just all about overall price risk management.
Jeanine Wai:
Okay, that’s really helpful, thanks. My second question is on well results. We noticed that well productivity as measured by the IP30s declined quarter over quarter, and the biggest declines were in the Eagle Ford and the Bakken, which were double digits. I know you indicated in your prepared remarks or in the commentary that you don’t chase flashy early production rates, but can you talk about what’s driving this rate of change, and does the oil productivity track a similar trend to the reported Boe results?
Mitch Little:
Sure Jeanine, this is Mitch again. Maybe I’ll reiterate a couple of the comments I made earlier on Bakken, and then I’ll jump to Eagle Ford and address that as well. I think it starts with taking a look back a little bit, and as I said, I’m extremely proud of the efforts our teams have done to uplift the quality of our inventory across our position in both Bakken and Eagle Ford. Our internal dialog and the discipline and the mindset that we’re establishing is one of capital efficiency and improving corporate returns, so we look at his holistically and over the long run, both from a well productivity and a capex perspective, in the Bakken as best we can tell from public data, our Q1 results are about 40% better than the next closest peer on IP30s, and payout for both our Eagle Ford and our Bakken Q1 programs is on the order of six months. That’s an investment that’s going to compete at the top of our portfolio and really anybody’s portfolio, day in and day out. I’m really proud of what we’re delivering. All that being said, there will be some variability across all these plays, and that’s nothing unique. We publish our results every quarter down the pad level in Bakken and Eagle Ford, so you can see those trends over time. There’s no doubt that the very best ROC in each of those basins is going to deliver the very best results, so we’ve got results we’re proud of, really impressive earns If you take a look at the Eagle Ford specifically, those are the lowest well costs of any of our four basins. We’ve got access to MEH pricing, an extremely efficient operation in the Eagle Ford, and as I mentioned earlier, the returns from these programs are phenomenal. I’ll leave it there.
Lee Tillman:
If I could just maybe add in, Jeanine, that this all links back, though, to that first objective we talked about in our framework for success, which is enterprise level returns. Whether you look at Eagle Ford or the Bakken, both of those programs are driving our enterprise level returns directionally more positive, and so we can spend a lot of time talking about IP30s and they’re an indicative piece of information, but you also have to look at [indiscernible] production, well costs, all of those things, cycle times all factor into the economics of these wells, and the reality is our toughest comparison point is ourselves right now, particularly in the Bakken. When you look at things from a relative standpoint, yes, there was some change in the mix, and we don’t get too wrapped around the quarter to quarter variations when we see that it’s being driven by geology and other fundamentals. We’re going to remain resolutely focused on returns and making sure that those well level returns translate into corporate level returns at the end of the day.
Jeanine Wai:
Okay, great. Thank you for taking my questions.
Operator:
Thank you. Our next question is from Brian Singer with Goldman Sachs.
Brian Singer:
Thank you, good morning. A couple follow-ups on some prior questions. First, do the changes that you’re seeing in well costs and productivity vary the relative ranking and capital allocation between basins, and then are the efficiencies that you highlighted earlier on and your expectation for a lack of service inflation going forward already baked into your capex guidance for the year?
Lee Tillman:
Yes, first of all on relative capital allocation, the results that we have been referring to today were really fully cooked into our original multi-basin optimization, so it in no way impacts the relative capital allocation. Recall Brian that we’re kind of on a 60% Bakken-Eagle Ford to 40% Oklahoma and Permian, and even within those splits, we are staying pretty true to that initial relative capital allocation that we talked about back in February. From that standpoint, this is not really impacting, I think, anything from a capital allocation standpoint.
Brian Singer:
Got it, and that applies too on an overall budget perspective when you think about the service inflation and the efficiencies? Is that all baked in, or--?
Lee Tillman:
Absolutely, yes. We built in obviously assumptions around both efficiency and inflation into our forward plan. We’re tracking very well to both of those, so again we don’t see that as being in any way a factor in our go-forward capital program.
Brian Singer:
Great, thanks. Then as you return cash to shareholders above and beyond the dividend, you mentioned that the timing is going to be a function of when you see the free cash coming in on a quarterly basis, if I had to paraphrase what you said earlier. Is that the sole constraint, or are there any broader market factors or share price markers that would determine how aggressive you would want to buy back stock, assuming you’ve got the free cash coming in to do it?
Lee Tillman:
Yes, it is a bit of a--I’ll call it a bit of a dual matrix in that sense, Brian. We look, one, at our current and forward free cash flow generation from a sustainability standpoint, so that’s generally linked to our operational performance coupled with where the forward curve is sitting, but we also look at our own internal relative NAV valuations relative to what we’re seeing on our shares in the market, and today we would say that our shares still offer a very good value. Again, going back to that returns first orientation, we believe that that is still the preferred mechanism today for getting money back to our shareholders. It doesn’t mean that we don’t look at the dividend and assess that each and every quarter, but today I think with the volatility, I think with the ability to scale to free cash flow and the returns that it offers, we feel very strongly that the share repurchase program that we’re on today is the right answer. We’ll continue to evaluate that as we see the market respond.
Brian Singer:
Great, thank you.
Operator:
Thank you. We have our next question from David Heikkinen with Heikkinen Energy.
David Heikkinen:
Good morning, thanks for taking the question. This is a nuance on your activity level and capital. It looks like your working interests are trending a little bit down the last couple quarters versus ’18. The trend for the last couple quarters, should that continue in the Bakken, Eagle Ford and Delaware?
Lee Tillman:
Great observation, David, and that’s one that we obviously track and look at as part of our plan as well. We do have a little bit of a localized dip in working interest in the first quarter for both the Eagle Ford and the Bakken, but that’s going to recover in forward quarters to probably look a little bit more familiar to where we were, say in the first part of even 2018.
David Heikkinen:
That’s helpful. I know you don’t budget and talk about OBO capital and production. What is your perspective, though, for OBO by region given your diverse asset base? I’m just curious, is Delaware coming in higher? Is there any other indications that you can see in Oklahoma, Eagle Ford or Bakken?
Lee Tillman:
The areas, I guess, probably where we feel the non-operated the most are probably Oklahoma and northern Delaware. Not to say that we don’t have a little bit in the Bakken and the Eagle Ford, but the areas where we see probably the largest exposure are really in those two basins. I would say thus far, it’s probably still a little too early in the year to fully assess the trends, but we certainly would say that activity today is probably at or a little bit below our assumptions. Whether that trend continues or we see some of that pressure later in the year, that’s something we’re just going to have to watch.
David Heikkinen:
Thanks, guys.
Operator:
Thank you. The next question comes from Jeffery Campbell with Tuohy Brothers.
Jeffrey Campbell:
Good morning, and congratulations on another solid quarter. I wanted to discuss the spacing variances that you mentioned in the press release in Oklahoma. First, are these primary variances within one particular zone, or are they variances between different zones? Also, does this encompass vertical as well as horizontal spacing within a zone or zones?
Mitch Little:
Sure Jeff, this is Mitch again. We’ve been talking for a little while, several quarters at least, on the integrated workflows and state of the art tools that we use, including 3D fracture modeling and seismic inversion processing in Oklahoma on particular to design our development approach in the stack and across the basin, down to a sub-region level. You’re aware that the characteristics change across the play, and so we’ve utilized that integrated workflow to optimize not only well density but also landing zone, so it’s going to vary across each of those. For example, the lower well density was across the single landing horizon where the other two pads would have been across multiple landing horizons, but all in the Meramec section.
Jeffrey Campbell:
Okay, good. That’s helpful, I appreciate that. The other thing I wanted to mention was just the northern Delaware Malaga wells were pretty impressive. I was just wondering are you starting to get some kind of an eye for what the activity level in northern Delaware, maybe in that area, might look like over the next year or so?
Lee Tillman:
Yes, first of all, that team has advanced more quickly to multi-well pad drilling than really any other asset that we’ve been involved with, so they are moving at a very rapid pace but they’re still learning. There’s still a lot of delineation left to do there, it’s a big footprint. There’s also some leasehold work that we still have to do in northern Delaware. You couple that with some continued restrictions, I’ll just say globally for the industry around takeaway, etc., I think we’re on a very good pace there. I mean, we’re growing and we’re growing on a relatively small volume, but while we’re growing, we’re learning and we’re also producing these kinds of well productivity very early in the life of the asset, so all of that to me is very encouraging. We view northern Delaware as one of the growth engines for the future, but we’re going to make sure that we pace that, one, in the context of how quickly we can learn and make smart economic decisions, but also in the context of optimizing that in our broader multi-basin portfolio.
Jeffrey Campbell:
Okay, thanks Lee. I appreciate the answer.
Operator:
Thank you. Our next question is from John Aschenbeck with Seaport Global.
John Aschenbeck:
Good morning everyone, and thank you for fitting me in. Just had one question, really on the Eagle Ford. A lot of the focus over the past couple years has really highlighted core extension efforts in Atascosa County, which have been strong; but I also noticed in your slide deck that you still have what appears to be a very sizeable position in Gonzales and DeWitt Counties, where some other operators have been putting up some pretty interesting results. I was just curious how much activity do you have planned in that area in the near term, and when do you think you’ll have some type of, call it core extension test results to share with us? Thanks.
Mitch Little:
Sure John, this is Mitch again. I think we disclosed this as well in our initial capital release, but high 80s to around 90% of our activity is going to be in the Carnes and Atascosa County areas, which leaves the remainder to address things like you’re mentioned here on the call. We have pivoted to not only focus and continue to work on enhancing the quality of the inventory across that expanded core, but also looking at opportunities that have the potential to add hundreds of additional sticks across our Bakken and Eagle Ford positions. Those activities are being funded as well, and there’s many of them in progress. It’ll likely be late ’19, maybe early ’20 before we’re in a position to talk in more detail about those, but this effort and this advantaged quality that we’ve driven across our core basin for the last couple years is now being--continuing to focus on that, but also being expanded to look at opportunities that also increase the depth of inventory in both of those basins. The short answer was yes, we do plan activity outside of Carnes and Atascosa this year, but the more holistic answer there is there’s a lot of good things going on in the Eagle Ford and Bakken, and our other two basins, for that matter, across the entire space of both, upgrading the quality and the quantity.
John Aschenbeck:
Okay, great. Thanks Mitch, that’s all for me.
Operator:
Thank you. Our next question is from Pavel Molchanov with Raymond James.
Pavel Molchanov:
Thanks for taking the question. Can I go back to the dividend, please? You’ve said that given where the stock is right now, a buyback is a better option in your mind. I know that what some of your peers have been doing is raising the dividend as a way of instilling, perhaps, a greater expectation of capital discipline in the sense that when you have a fixed payout amount, it tends to force the organization to work towards that. Do you see a logic in sending that same message, or not really?
Lee Tillman:
I’ll maybe offer a few comments and then ask Dane maybe to jump in as well. First of all, I would say a lot of the sector activity has been raising dividend on what was already a low or nonexistent base, so where we sit today even with all those raises, we are still sitting right around the average from a yield standpoint. We think it does introduce some constructive tension around capital discipline and capital allocation which we think is valuable today in the current environment. Our preferred mechanism is share repurchase, but we continue to assess dividend and dividend yield and payout as a matter of course with our board each and every quarter, and to the extent that we see that that is a preferred mechanism, we’ll address that at that point in time. That’s just where we are today. It doesn’t mean that’s where we’ll be a year from now.
Pavel Molchanov:
Okay, that certainly makes sense. One about EG - you guys had about $60 million of free cash flow in the quarter despite, obviously, a low oil price to start the year. Is it fair to say that free cash flow would actually be negative had it not been for the EG operations?
Lee Tillman:
No, absolutely not. We have multiple assets that are throwing off free cash flow today, and even with--the big impact in the first quarter in EG was of course the triennial turndown, which took us down basically to zero rate for a period of time, so that’s--so that EBITDAX number is not a ratable number to use for the remainder of the year. But even with that impact in the first quarter from EG, we still had strongly flowing free cash from places like the Bakken and the Eagle Ford that more than took up the slack, hence the reason we were able to generate $80 million of organic free cash flow in the quarter.
Dane Whitehead:
Yes, I’d just add that the $80 million free cash flow number is not directly comparable to an EBITDA, a $65 million EBITDA number. There is in-country tax on this.
Lee Tillman:
Yes - 25% tax rate.
Dane Whitehead:
[Indiscernible], so keep that in mind as well.
Pavel Molchanov:
Okay, good point. Appreciate it, guys.
Operator:
Thank you. We have no further questions. I will now turn the call over to Lee Tillman for closing remarks.
Lee Tillman:
We recognize that investors have choices, and we appreciate your interest in Marathon Oil. Execution excellence leads the way in our company, and I’d be remiss without thanking all of our dedicated employees and contractors who deliver on that mandate 24/7, quarter in and quarter out. Thank you very much, and that concludes our call.
Operator:
Thank you. Ladies and gentlemen, this does conclude our conference call today. We thank you for participating, and you may now disconnect.
Operator:
Good morning and welcome to the MRO Fourth Quarter 2018 Earnings Conference Call. My name is, Brandon, and I'll be your operator for today. [Operator Instructions] Please note this conference is being recorded. And I will now turn it over to Guy Baber, you may begin sir.
Guy Baber:
Thank you, Brandon, and thanks to all of you listening in today. Yesterday, after the close, we issued a press release and slide presentation that addressed our 2019 capital budget as well as our full year 2018 and fourth quarter 2018 results. Those documents as well as our quarterly investor packet can be found on our website at marathonoil.com. Joining me on today's call are Lee Tillman, our Chairman, President and CEO; Dane Whitehead, Executive VP and CFO; Mitch Little, Executive VP of Operations; and Pat Wagner; Executive VP of Corporate Development and Strategy. As always, today's call will contain forward-looking statements, subject to risks, and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed, or implied by such statements. I'll refer everyone to the cautionary language included in the press release, and presentation materials, as well as the risk factors described in our SEC filings. With that, I'll turn the call over to Lee, who will provide his opening remarks before we open the call up for Q&A.
Lee Tillman:
Thanks, Guy, and thank you to everyone joining us this morning. I'd like to take a little time upfront to share some thoughts on both our 2018 full year financial and operating results, as well as our 2019 capital program. We don't believe it's a mystery as to what investors are looking for, it's pretty straightforward. Investors are looking for companies that have the right portfolio of assets, that have the right strategy, putting returns first, generating sustainable free cash flow, and sharing that cash flow with investors, that have a strong balance sheet to weather potential volatility, and that have the capability to execute on their commitments consistently. We believe we scream well on these criteria, and our differentiated performance in 2018 stands as our proof point. For our company differentiated execution led the way in 2018 and underpins our confidence in 2019 delivery. Capital discipline has been the buzzword in the E&P industry throughout most of 2018, and certainly as we enter 2019. At Marathon, we have a very clear working definition of capital discipline, and it has been our touchstone as we have successfully transitioned to our differentiated multi-basin U.S. resource play model, it is our framework for success. It begins by ensuring every dollar spent advances our returns at the enterprise level, while also delivering on a well-defined set of core strategic objectives. It means prioritizing sustainable free cash flow generation at conservative prices over growth for growth sake. We've been very clear that production growth is simply an outcome of our disciplined capital allocation process, and given our commitment to returns and cash flow, we emphasize high-value oil growth to drive both high margins and capital efficiency. And with sustainable free cash flow, capital discipline for us is also a commitment to return capital back to shareholders, through both our peer competitive dividend and thoughtful share repurchases. Share repurchases will be tested to ensure alignment with our returns first orientation, and must be supported by sustainable free cash flow generation, not asset sale proceeds. And finally, capital discipline is about differentiated execution that continuously drives improvement in capital efficiency and enhances the economic value of our resource base. For many, our definition of capital discipline remains aspirational. A goal that is always just over the horizon. At Marathon, it is a reality, it is how we run our business, and you need only look at the many proof points from 2018. We set a $2.3 billion development capital budget at the beginning of 2018 and never wavered, ending the year as one of the very few E&Ps that never increased their capital spending budget. We didn't add activity as oil prices outperformed our plan, we stuck to our conviction when industry discipline broke down, and we successfully managed through an inflationary environment during the first half of the year through harnessing the benefits of our multi-basin portfolio. Our capital budget is not a suggestion, it is a commitment. We got more for every single dollar of capital that we invested. We significantly outperformed on our key corporate financial metrics, cash return on invested capital, and cash flow per debt adjusted share, we meaningfully beat our initial oil production growth guidance through impressive capital efficiency gains across our portfolio. And, we had great success in organically improving the quality of our inventory base through core extension efforts, especially in the Eagle Ford and Bakken. And when oil outperformed our $50 WTI planning basis, we prioritized free cash flow generation instead of activity acceleration, and delivered $865 million of post dividend organic free cash flow, translating to an organic free cash flow yield of almost 7%. This three cash flow yield is well above the average for the broader market, let alone our E&P peer group. And finally, we returned a significant amount of cash back to our shareholders. In addition to our peer competitive $170 million annual dividend, we brought bought back $700 million in stock funded entirely by organic free cash flow. In total, we returned over 25% of our operating cash flow back to shareholders. And we did all of this, while further strengthening our balance sheet by increasing cash, and cash equivalents by $900 million to end the year with $1.5 billion in the bank, maintaining a net debt to EBITDAX ratio among the lowest in our peer group. Our foundation for delivery has never been stronger. As we turn our focus to 2019 and beyond, rest assured that our framework for success remains the same. Our two-year outlook provides visibility on the metrics that matter most, it prioritizes returns, free cash flow, and return of capital to shareholders. Production growth is an outcome and we recognize production alone does not equate to profitability. It all starts with sustainable organic free cash flow in both 2019 and 2020 above $45 WTI. Though $50 WTI remains our planning basis and a commodity price at which we generate meaningful free cash flow continuing to drive our enterprise breakeven point lower is essential in a commodity business. Our forward outlook continues our multi-year rate of change improvement in our key enterprise performance metrics. Cash return on invested capital and cash flow per debt adjusted share, both of which were added to our executive compensation scorecard last year. Our focus on the powerful combination of dramatic portfolio transformation and the resulting concentrated allocation of capital to our highest margin assets is driving this rate of change. At $50 flat WTI and $60 flat WTI forward pricing, we will drive a 20% and 30% compound annual growth respectively to our cash return on invested capital over the 2017 to 2020 time-frame. Comparing 2017 directly to 2019, our underlying CROIC almost doubles on normalized pricing. That is the power of our portfolio transformation and focused capital allocation. Our two-year view will generate sustainable free cash flow and we won't need outsize oil prices to do it. More specifically, we will be organic free cash flow positive above $45 WTI in both 2019 and 2020 with significant leverage to even modest price support. At $50 flat WTI, we are forecasting cumulative 2019 to 2020 organic free cash flow generation of over $750 million. At $60 flat WTI, our cumulative organic free cash flow generation rises to over $2.2 billion or over 17% of our current market capitalization. Importantly, while our 2019 free cash flow is robust, our outlook only improves into 2020. The takeaways from this two-year view are compelling and highlight the following. Our discipline, just as we proved in 2018, should oil prices outperform our planning basis, we will prioritize our ability to deliver free cash flow instead of chasing growth, our significant upside leverage to even modest oil price support, our sustainability as free cash flow momentum builds over this forecast period, and our compelling free cash flow yield, relative to not only the E&P sector, but to the broader market as well. And with the sustainability comes a commitment to continue to prioritize returning capital back to our shareholders, building upon our success on this front in 2018 and to underscore our commitment, we have introduced a new return of capital metric to our executive compensation scorecard, joining last year's additions of cash return and cash flow per debt adjusted share. Crucially, we will continue to fund incremental shareholder return through organic free cash flow generation, not through unsustainable means. Further, we will remain driven by returns at our current market valuation, the disciplined repurchase of our own stock represents a good use of our capital offering very competitive returns. Differentiated execution remains at the heart of our framework and ensures that we deliver on our commitments to drive capital efficiency improvements across our multi-basin portfolio and continue to enhance our resource base. And though our extensive portfolio transformation has yielded a high quality and high return resource base that obviates the need for any large-scale M&A, we have a comprehensive multipronged approach to continue to enhance it. First, we are organically upgrading the returns and productivity of our existing inventory through technical innovation, efficiency and cost reduction. We have had great success on this front in both the Eagle Ford and Bakken in 2018 extending the core of our inventory position, enhancing the productivity and returns of much of our remaining inventory in those plays. Not only does this elevate the value of these basins, it also has the net effect of extending our inventory life as we need fewer wells to deliver the same output. Thus far, our efforts have primarily been focused on uplifting the quality of our existing inventory. Those efforts will continue, and we expect to drive further quality improvement going forward. However, our teams are equally leveraging our learnings and workflows to increase the quantity of our inventory. While all of the initiatives we are pursuing will not prove successful and some will take more than one year to prove out, our teams are working hard on organic opportunity set that represents hundreds of potential new gross company operated locations in the Eagle Ford and Bakken alone in addition to opportunities across our full portfolio. These initiatives include acreage extension tests, the application of enhanced completions in new areas and optimize spacing trials. Second, we continue to improve our resource base through small accretive bolt-ons lease sales and trades around our existing positions. We have had great success on this front in the Northern Delaware where we have successfully increased our gross operated location count by around 20% since play entry. Third, we continue to progress our resource play leasing and exploration program or REx. The objective of which is to prove up additional resource with a focus on full cycle returns through low entry cost. We acquired approximately 260,000 net acres in the emerging Louisiana Austin Chalk at less than $850 per acre and are pursuing other opportunities. All more than funded in 2018 by disposition proceeds received earlier in the year. Transitioning to the specifics of our 2019 program, I would first emphasize that the finer details of our plan are fully consistent with the core strategic objectives I have already outlined. Our $2.6 billion total capital budget is down from 2018 and is comprised of approximately $2.4 billion of development capital and $200 million of resource play leasing and exploration capital. And just to reiterate, our planning basis is $50 WTI, but with organic free cash flow above $45 WTI post dividend. We anticipate total company oil production growth of 10% this year, powered by 12% oil growth in the U.S. on flat wells to sales. High-value oil growth will exceed BOE growth consistent with our returns first capital allocation framework. Over 95% of our development capital is dedicated to our high margin U.S. resource plays, with about 60% going to the Eagle Ford and Bakken, and the remaining 40% going to Oklahoma and the Northern Delaware, generally consistent with our spending mix last year. In the Eagle Ford, we will continue to deliver compelling returns, meaningful free cash flow and industry-leading capital efficiency. We grew oil production by 7% in 2018 on fewer gross operated wells to sales. Our wells to sales are set to fall by another 10% in 2019 as we fully leverage the step change and well productivity improvement. In the Bakken with about 90% of our activity concentrated in Myrmidon and core Hector, we will deliver robust returns, free cash flow and oil growth while building upon the strong momentum we have established around our successful core extension test and recent capital efficiency improvements. In Oklahoma, we will continue progressing infill development in the over-pressured STACK Meramec and SCOOP Woodford targeting competitive returns and predictable performance while also progressing secondary target delineation. In the Northern Delaware, we will strategically pace our investments with a keen focus on bottom-line returns and protecting our leasehold. 2019 activity will be concentrated on the upper Wolfcamp in Malaga along with delineation of our acreage position across the attractive Red Hills area. Finally REx spend is down materially and reflects a more ratable forward spending profile supporting the progression of both Louisiana Austin Chalk as well as other emerging opportunities, all with a focus on full cycle returns. As I close out my comments, I would like to thank all of our dedicated employees and contractors who made 2018 a year of such differentiated execution for our company. Our future has never been brighter since becoming an independent E&P and powered by our multi-basin portfolio and financial strength, we will build on our momentum from 2018 to continue executing on our framework for success. Driving corporate returns higher, generating sustainable free cash flow, returning capital back to shareholders and delivering differentiated execution. Thank you all for listening. And with that, I'll hand it back to the operator to begin the Q&A.
Operator:
[Operator Instructions] And from JPMorgan we have Arun Jayaram. Please go ahead.
Arun Jayaram:
Lee, I wanted to ask you about Slide 5 in the deck where you go through the organic free cash flow generation, $750 million at $50 oil for '19 and '20, that obviously is before REx spending, but how should investors think about the potential of Marathon to return some of this excess free cash flow back to shareholders, and again I'm just thinking about the REx spending in terms of how you think about cash return?
Lee Tillman:
Yes, absolutely Arun. Well, I think through our track record in 2018, we certainly showed that we could strike a balance between obviously funding the very important work of REx but also returning significant cash flow back to shareholders, I mean, as you look at the 2018 numbers, Arun, we were able to - of the $865 million of organic free cash flow that we generated post dividend, we've returned $700 million of that back in the form of share repurchase. So our view is that our track record speaks for itself. We want to always keep flexibility in our programs, but we are very committed to prioritizing the return of cash to shareholders. Hence, our strong focus on sustainable free cash flow generation at very conservative oil pricing.
Arun Jayaram:
My second question relates to the Bakken where - obviously you've benefited from strong well productivity gains. I wanted to know, Lee, if you could maybe give us a little bit more detail on the pretty meaningful reduction in completed well costs and do you think that this level of completed well cost, is this a sustainable number on a go-forward basis, and again this is on slide 13 in your deck?
Lee Tillman:
Yes, absolutely. I'll maybe make a few comments and turn over to Mitch to get into specifics, but you know when we initially came out with the highly successful test in the Ajax area, we did not address specifically the completed well costs that those were delivered for and of course as we disclosed our fourth quarter results, we gave not only the productivity from those wells, but also the completed well costs which averaged around $5 million. And I think it's that powerful combination and I think it reflects the fact that our team in the Bakken is not just working the productivity side of the equation, but is also working the capital reduction side of the equation as well. And with that, I'll let Mitch talk a little bit about some of the specifics around how they're doing that.
Mitch Little:
Sure, Arun. I think what's probably at the core of all of this and what's interesting to think about is, discipline is not only important to our investors but it's very impactful in creating the right behaviors on innovation across the company. And so, when we attack capital efficiency, it's not just from the well productivity side, it's also from the denominator side, which is on cost. And, we gave some good color throughout across all the basins on improvement in completion efficiency, we're seeing market improvement in drilling efficiency as measured by feet per day, but it goes beyond that into design simplification, partnering with the right contractors who have the same efficiency drive that we do, expanding of our vertical integration and self-sourcing of materials, optimization of the full treatment schedule, I mean, it's almost on every front. And so, we have a number of wells - we highlighted the four Ajax wells, we have a number of wells that we've delivered for that same CWC. There is some variation by area, we would still characterize our Bakken CWC today between $5 million and $6 million, but we have a number across all areas in the $5 million range and we're continuing to keep that focus on capital efficiency.
Operator:
From Bank of America we have Doug Leggate. Please go ahead.
Doug Leggate:
Lee, another tremendous quarter, so congratulations. I wonder if I could just follow up on the last question, a quick question, I guess, around the structure of the southern, the Bakken area, Ajax and Hector specifically. Is it a structural reason for those costs being lower? I'm thinking that for rock quality or stimulated rock volume, I'm just kind of curious as to, are you treating those wells any differently because of different porosity and permeability or shallower depths, just trying to understand how you can deliver such tremendous results with such low cost?
Mitch Little:
Doug, there are some minor differences across the area and as we've talked about on many quarters in the past, we do have a very detailed and structured workflow that helps us tailor our completions to specific areas. That being said, there's not a lot of variability in what we're actually pumping across from Myrmidon down to Ajax and Hector, there's, I would call it more modest variability. And as I mentioned in response to the previous question, we've delivered CWCs at that well cost in the Myrmidon area as well. So this is just a matter of continuously fine tuning and focusing on all elements of capital efficiency. So the teams are fully charged up to continue to drive that benefit further, as we put on our slides, we were 24% down in completed well costs 4Q '18 compared to 4Q '17, that's a mix of wells across that entire position. So, there's not a lot of variability, I would call it, really modest variability from north to south across our position.
Lee Tillman:
I would also add that a lot of the self-help that Mitch outlined around commercial structures, self-sourcing, that applies across the full position, that's not unique to a given area, so that tends to, if you will lift all boats in terms of capital efficiency.
Doug Leggate:
So, just one clarification, real quick, Lee, if you don't mind, Mitch what was the lateral length on these wells on average?
Mitch Little:
Average is just under 10,000 feet.
Doug Leggate:
My follow-up is just a real quick one, Lee, for you probably as the free cash flow generation of your portfolio is clearly tremendous, I'm just wondering if you could give us some idea where the bias is between international and domestic? And, I'll leave it there. Thanks.
Lee Tillman:
Yes, well, I mean right now all - both sides of the portfolio are obviously contributing to that free cash flow performance, Doug, as - obviously as the U.S. basins grow in prominence and we've talked about this quite a bit that the - the percent of our production mix sourced from the U.S. is growing over time. We still have very strong though contribution from our integrated gas asset in EG as well, but the Bakken and the Eagle Ford are very strong free cash flow generators as well. So really multiple assets are contributing to that free cash flow positive performance in the out years.
Operator:
From BMO Capital Markets, we have Phillip Jungwirth. Please go ahead.
Phillip Jungwirth:
Going back to Slide 5, you guys certainly sent a strong message on free cash flow over the next two years, and sure you don't want to get pinned down on our multi-year guidance, but we are just hoping that you will give a little color around activity assumption underpinning the 2020 free cash flow outlook and is this more maintenance level spend or can you deliver growth rate consistent with 2019 while also generating this amount of free cash?
Lee Tillman:
Yes, I mean, again, we don't want to get out into talking specifics in the out year 2020, Phill, but what I would tell you is that the activity levels that you would see out across that time period probably reflect very modest changes in activity. These are not large step change increases in any type of capital allocation out in 2020 to achieve this. Yeah, and in fact, I would just add that the momentum in 2020 is such that we are actually enjoying more capital efficiency in 2020 than we do in 2019.
Phillip Jungwirth:
And then, I think, I heard this right in the prepared remarks but there seemed to be a change in messaging around adding locations in the Eagle Ford and Bakken versus just upgrading the quality and I was hoping if you could expand upon some of the initiatives mentioned and then the order of magnitude we should be thinking about in terms of years of inventory for each play?
Lee Tillman:
Yes, I'll make a few comments and maybe let Mitch jump in with a few basin specific things, but I think, first you start with just the remarkable success that was demonstrated in the Bakken and the Eagle Ford and even though we spent a lot of time talking about quality uplift in improving the economic performance as we extended the core, we all recognize that the net effect of that was to actually increase inventory life. So it's, you're essentially extending inventory life, but doing it in a very capital-efficient manner. One of the best examples, I could talk about would be the performance that we saw in the Ajax completions relative to the last time that we drilled and completed wells there, we saw a 3X uplift in productivity. So, one well doing the work of three and so that's the type of multiplier effect that we saw, not only in places like Hector and Ajax but certainly even as we extended the core in Atascosa County and the Eagle Ford. I think it's a subtle shift in thinking, and I think it's a natural step for us to transition into continuing that quality work, but also looking at ways to add physical sticks as well and that's where a lot of the effort in 2019 will be focused is on that. And as I mentioned in my remarks, we see an opportunity set even just restricting it to Bakken and the Eagle Ford that we're talking of hundreds of potential wells that could be added. And again, not all of those efforts might be successful. Some of those may take multiple years to actually prove, but we still see running room in terms of additional sticks, and Mitch, if you want to add anything about some of the things that we're actually testing there.
Mitch Little:
Yes, Phill, I think Lee covered it pretty well. The things that I would add, as we've been on this journey, improving the quality of our inventory, we've also been integrating state of the art tools and workflows, and I think I talked about them on the last call where we're using some advanced seismic processing techniques and coupling that with a true 3D fracture modeling tool that integrates with reservoir simulation, which is to best of our knowledge, only one or two of our peers have that same technical - technology capabilities. So, we're taking the learnings from all that we've done over the last couple of years, applying it then to optimize spacing tests, alternative development schemes, extending these enhanced completions out into further areas. We've had great success in uplifting the quality across most of Atascosa or all of Atascosa, in Eagle Ford, down into Hector, a good looking test in Ajax as well in the Bakken, but there are other areas further away from the traditional core that we'll continue pushing into. And as Lee said, we have identified just in those two assets hundreds of locations that we have the potential to add and while I agree with Lee our base expectation isn't necessarily all of them will work. I'm pretty optimistic based on our track record over the last couple of years.
Operator:
From Simmons Energy, we have Ryan Todd. Please go ahead.
Ryan Todd:
Maybe a follow-up on the free cash flow generation and the use of cash questions from earlier, you've been pretty consistent in terms of returning cash to shareholders via the buyback so far. How should we think about that, is it generally the standard going forward or how do you think about the balance between buyback and eventual growth of the dividend?
Lee Tillman:
Yes, I mean, I would say today our preferred vehicle remains share repurchase and we believe that that generates a strong return based on the valuation but the pace and timing of that share repurchase is going to be governed by sustainable free cash flow. The same discipline you see in all elements of our business, you should expect to see in the way we approach share repurchases and I think we've demonstrated that quite clearly as we calibrated even last year's share repurchase program very closely to our visibility on sustainable free cash flow. I think, for us, I think the fact that we have also incorporated that into our executive compensation structure is also quite notable. When we look with the comp committee each year, add executive compensation, we really strive to improve in really two dimensions. The first of those dimensions is aligning executive comp with the strategic intent of the company. The second of those is aligning executive comp with the shareholder experience. In other words, if the shareholder wins, obviously management should win, and I think in that context, we have continued to move forward. Last year, we incorporated cash returns as well as cash flow per debt adjusted share. When you look at our stated strategic intent, those two made very good sense and now we're integrating a third and complementary item, which is looking at return of cash, which for us will be a metric that looks at the combination of dividend and share repurchase, relative to the amount of sustainable free cash flow that we're generating. And so we think that's very critically important to incent the correct behaviors within the leadership team to drive our strategic intent.
Ryan Todd:
And maybe one follow-up on the - in the Permian, what is, what's driven the 20% increase in operated locations in the Delaware Basin up to this point and if you would, can you update us on your latest thoughts in terms of spacing and full section development?
Lee Tillman:
Yes, I maybe take the first one and then let the spacing question flow over to Mitch. We stated all along that we like the scale that we have in the Northern Delaware but we would like to strengthen the contiguous nature of our operated position there and we've been very content with working singles and doubles through small bolt-on acquisitions. The New Mexico resale was another example, we participated there with about a $100 million of capital put to work there and also looking at trades with other operators in the area. And again, all of those are being done with the mindset of being very surgical, very targeted, with an intent of increasing our working interests, providing more exposure to extended lateral optionality as well as converting non-operated to operated positions. And so, it's not simply adding acreage. It's being very specific and very selective about how and where we add that acreage. And so, it's a combination really of all three of those factors, Ryan, that have resulted in that 20% uplift since we actually entered the play with the two large acquisitions. Maybe on the second question around spacing, maybe I'll let Mitch chime in on that one.
Mitch Little:
Absolutely, I think Lee made a couple of remarks on the focus of the near-term program in the Permian and that's probably a good place to start where about two-thirds of our activity will be targeting the Upper Wolfcamp which has seen the most testing in the area and certainly where we've had the majority of our activities since entry and is moving more toward a development mode and we're typically testing in and around the base-case assumptions that we put out in the releases when we made the acquisitions, testing above that in some cases, but largely in line with the base case that we put out there. The rest of the program is around the delineation efforts that are important for us across the position to optimize the longer-term development plan there and so we're testing different spacing alternatives there. The one that we highlighted in the materials was this Lower Wolfcamp test, which was a test at eight wells per section. If you refer back to our base-case in the release, our base-case was three wells per section, our upside case was six and we've tested eight here, we're pretty encouraged by the early time performance, but the focus will remain for the near-term on the upper Wolfcamp and then strategic delineation tests and spacing tests across the position to help us further optimize the long-term development plan.
Operator:
From Goldman Sachs, we have Brian Singer. Please go ahead.
Brian Singer:
A couple of follow-ups with regard to some of the earlier questions, the first is on the management compensation metrics on return of capital, can you just talk a little bit more about how that's going to be adjudicated by the Board, specifically, if it is on an absolute basis relative to that free cash flow point you made before or rather it's relative to peers and how operating free cash flow would be a driver relative to free cash flow coming in from asset sales or use of balance sheet?
Lee Tillman:
Yes, happy to do so Brian, it's - obviously this element is in the portion of our scorecard that we call strategic objectives. In the case of this specific metric, it is going to be really measured as we look at both the delivery to the shareholders through dividends and share repurchases and looking at that in the context of the actual organic cash flow that we're generating. The Board recognizes that we need flexibility within that but that will be the measuring stick that they will use to assess how we are achieving against that metric. Today, we don't really because again of a pricing and other things, we have not set a hard target there and hence one of the reasons it fits in the strategic objectives, because we don't want to lose that flexibility, but I think featuring it there set the expectation that we continue the trend that I think we established very clearly in 2018 and I think the alignment with our strategic intent is pretty clear, but it will not be, it would be measured internally not relative to others.
Brian Singer:
And then a couple of small follow-ups with regard to the delineation efforts in the Eagle Ford and in the Northern Delaware. In the Eagle Ford, do you expect this year that you're delineation efforts with net add more resource and/or inventory relative to what would come down as a result of the drilling this year, and then in the Delaware, what is the timing of clarity that you would expect from the delineation efforts in the Lower Wolfcamp?
Mitch Little:
So if I start with your Eagle Ford question, I think it's important to recognize that the potential is hundreds of locations, we have dedicated funds and are advancing trials of those different concepts that I talked about, we will be implementing or executing on those this year. In most cases, we will want to see longer-term performance and we will want to see multiple trials to confirm the full magnitude of the change. So it's hard to put a fixed time scale on that, but I think our teams recognize hundreds of locations across those two most mature assets, we will continue to focus on maintaining longevity in those assets and enhancing longevity where we can. On the Permian, as you're well aware, this is the most dense resource basin in the U.S. with multiple benches up to 10 or 11 benches in some areas and each of those intervals is going to advance at a slightly different scale I would say. So, again, it would be a different point in time for different intervals within that. Our focus remains on the upper Wolfcamp, we're about two-thirds of the program, but we'll be getting meaningful tests across multiple secondary objectives this year and then integrate that in and be able to reflect on how prominent that's going to fit into the 2020 and beyond program.
Operator:
From Heikkinen Energy, we have David Heikkinen. Please go ahead.
David Heikkinen:
Thanks for taking the question and the clarity on your Board process. One question, I had though was what factors did you review and actually not add over the last couple of years, or how did you decide on these factors?
Lee Tillman:
Yes, I think, David, we explore with the compensation committee every year looking at various metrics across our quantitative and strategic scorecard. We believe that in our business that multiple financial metrics are required to really determine the health of the business. So when you look at our scorecard today, not only are you going to find cash return, cash flow per debt adjusted share, and now return of cash, but you're also going to find F&D cost, you're going to find unit margin, you're also going to find unit cash costs. So when you look collectively at our scorecard we have, almost 70% of our scorecard is embedded in financial metrics. The metrics that we think align best with our strategic intent. There are numerous financial metrics that we've considered. There is of course a bunch of different ways to slice and dice cash return. We've looked at a lot of those. We landed on this one as one that we felt was something that could be calculated externally with ease and compared and so we look at all those factors when we select the metrics, because we're trying not only to reflect the strategic intent of the business, but provide metrics that are transparent externally as well and meaningful external as well.
David Heikkinen:
Just one perspective going to the North American prospect expo, the deal market with us describe as a clogged drain and definitely seems to be a buyer's market. Are returns for acquisitions getting any closer to the returns that you see for buybacks or for probably won't appreciate development economics, but how do you think about the market and kind of the weakness in it on the buyer side?
Lee Tillman:
Yes, well, we are always, as we look at our core areas where our teams are generating such high levels of differentiated execution and capital efficiency to the extent that there are small bolt-on opportunities there that offer high quality inventory, not necessarily PDP production. We are always going to take a look at those. In terms of the returns those can generate for high quality assets, those are generally not your distressed assets, and typically there has to be at least some synergy or incremental value that you bring to bear to make those competitive within the overall portfolio. We're not looking to invest in inventory necessarily that's 10 or 15 years out in time. It needs to be competitive today with the current portfolio and that's a very high bar and I think if we have one struggle, it's just that we do have a very high quality, high return inventory basin, so it takes a very unique and high quality bolt-on to really compete for capital, and you know, but again with our financial flexibility, with our demonstrated performance in these basins if we see those opportunities that fit within our existing footprints, we're going to take a hard look at that.
David Heikkinen:
Is the characterization of a clogged drain or a buyer's market, how you see things as well, just curious?
Lee Tillman:
I think that anytime you see significant pricing volatility and certainly volatility within a relatively low range, I think that creates some disconnect between buyers and sellers. I think that's just a natural thing that occurs. So, yeah, I would assume that probably some deals are not moving forward because of that.
Operator:
From Citi, we have Bob Morris. Please go ahead.
Bob Morris:
Just on a little bit on the Permian inventory and how you look to expand there? Obviously, you mentioned you've increased your gross operated inventory by 20% since entering the Permian, but given your prior comments, at this stage, how do you view the opportunity to continue to add to that inventory by all the means that you previously described, is there another 20% increase potential there in the inventory or you would be pretty much exhausted all the easy things or low-hanging fruit in expanding that inventory in the Permian?
Lee Tillman:
Well, I don't think we would call any of them easy particularly when you talk about trades and things like that. I think those are tough because you would have to have two parties come to kind of a value proposition and that's always tough. I think there is still a tremendous amount of running room left in places like Northern Delaware as operators continue to find win-win situations where they can swap out acreage to the benefit of both, I think that's, now, is it going to happen in very large chunks, probably not, it's going to be, again the singles and the doubles, but if your consistent with that and you work that over time, just as we've shown, you can making meaningful impact on your inventory. So without quantifying it, I absolutely feel that there is more running room there whether it be greenfield lease sales either state or federal from the small acquisition standpoint and certainly on the trade standpoint, I think all three of those are still fully in play.
Bob Morris:
And then my second question, Mitch, just looking at the 3R SCOOP Woodford infill that you disclosed here this quarter, you had a pretty good rate on those eight wells. Are all eight wells targeting a single zone in the Woodford, and as a result you had a prior well there, so there were seven infill, did you see any parent child impact or degradation on those infill wells which you drilled there?
Mitch Little:
We do have a pretty uniform landing zone in that area, and so, in answering your first question, they're lined up pretty consistently in the vertical plane. It's awful early days there to look at any parent-child impacts. What I would say is, we're very pleased with the results, both in terms of the returns that they're generating and in terms of the predictability that you see as we plotted against our most recent Woodford infill down in SCOOP and so we'll need a little bit more time to answer the second question, but certainly impressed with what we're seeing, and as you can tell kind of still in the late stages of clean up on those wells also. So, we'll come back to you on that a little bit later.
Bob Morris:
Those are good results. I'm just wondering how much of that acreage down there in Woodford might be amenable to eight wells per section and how you view that in your inventory?
Lee Tillman:
Yes, I think the way I would kind of summarize is, Bob, is that we are very encouraged by the performance and the predictability that we're generating in the SCOOP Woodford whether you look at the Lightner pad that we previously talked about which was a four-well but an eight-well per section equivalent as well. I think that's what we really challenged that team with, with ensuring that we are generating competitive returns and also creating a predictable platform down in the SCOOP Woodford that really to us feels more like development drilling than certainly delineation drilling.
Operator:
From Barclays, we have Jeanine Wai. Please go ahead.
Jeanine Wai:
Following up on Doug's earlier question on free cash flow by asset in terms of advancing the U.S. resource plays from appraisal to development, you have that nice Slide 8 and it looks like the Delaware and Oklahoma, they aren't free cash flow generative yet this year, like the Bakken and the Eagle Ford. Just wondering if I have that right and if I do have that right, when do you anticipate that these two assets will turn the corner in free cash flow or what oil price do you think they would be at least cash flow neutral this year?
Lee Tillman:
Yes, I think is, one of the beauties, I think of the multi-basin model, Jeanine, is that we do have assets that span the full development cycle and that allows us as we do our multi-basin optimization to flex those assets as we need between growth and free cash flow generation or some combination of both. There is little doubt that Bakken and Eagle Ford across the range of pricing sensitivity that we've addressed in this pack, our free cash flow positive in generating very strong free cash flow. Oklahoma, though we still show that as an early development asset as we, as you kind of hear the conversation today, there is little doubt that SCOOP Woodford and over pressured STACK Meramec are starting to move more toward the green area of this chart. And to the extent that that becomes more of the preponderance of the well mix there, then Oklahoma will clearly start moving toward being at a minimum self-funding and then ultimately cash flow generation as well. Northern Delaware is a little bit further removed from that. I mean, we're still in the very early days there, we're really in preparatory mode, we're still - that's the only basin where we still have some leasehold obligations yet to complete. The team is definitely on the right trajectory, you're going to see very strong growth there, but on a relatively small base and it's going to be a question of letting the economies of scale catch up there in the Permian, and we plan to get it to free cash flow positive as soon as we can. But again, I would just stress that for us it's looking collectively across the portfolio, because this is the advantage of the multi-basin model. We can achieve what we need to achieve strategically in a place like Northern Delaware while also relying on our strong capital efficient assets like the Bakken and the Eagle Ford to deliver that free cash flow, which then puts us in a position to be talking about break even enterprise numbers of down around $45 a barrel.
Jeanine Wai:
I guess just sticking to that same slide but switching to growth - oil growth. We noticed that two out of your four U.S. resource plays are growing oil and we suspect that the Eagle Ford has the potential to outperform and will probably grow oil this year given how good results are. So essentially three out of four of your U.S. resource plays are growing, the exception is Oklahoma, which you just talked about, you're spending about 20% of your CapEx there and I think you probably just answered this question but can you just talk about longer term, maybe how you're thinking about Oklahoma in your portfolio, you're spending money there, in an area that's not growing, at least now growing now because you said, it's an early development, is not free cash positive and you definitely have other opportunities in your portfolio and whereas before if anybody thought that you didn't have enough inventory and that's why you needed this fourth area, now you're talking about having hundreds of extra locations in your other assets. So just wondering kind of maybe longer, medium term, how you're thinking about it?
Lee Tillman:
Yes, I think that as we look at capital allocation, all four of our basins are competing strongly on an economic return basis. So, I mean, when you start at the top of the house with an objective of driving enterprise returns, your whole portfolio has to be contributing to that and we feel that Oklahoma is in a unique position in the sense that it's such a large and diverse acreage position, we're going to have elements of Oklahoma moving into that full-field development mode like SCOOP Woodford, like over pressured STACK Meramec, a bit ahead of some of the secondary zones and we're fine with that. But there is no doubt in our mind that we have a strong inventory that if needed within our multi-basin model, Oklahoma can be part of that growth equation. It's just as we optimize today, we're not having to pull upon Oklahoma in that manner.
Operator:
From SunTrust, we have Neal Dingmann. Please go ahead.
Neal Dingmann:
Lee could you or Mitch speak to the upcoming drilling cadence potentially you see here this year and going into the next for the Delaware position and again why I'm asking that as you sort of bolt-on obviously the southern acreage maybe being a bit more prolific. I'm just curious how your sort of near-term plans to incorporate through this year through that deposition? Thank you.
Lee Tillman:
Sure, Neal. We talked about the intentional focus of our Northern Delaware program being strategically pacing development while accomplishing some of our delineation objectives. And so, we would expect pretty ratable and pretty flat activity across the Northern Delaware throughout 2019 and at a level that's more or less on par with 2018.
Neal Dingmann:
And then one follow-up if I could. Just you guys and that the SCOOP/STACK especially down, looking at your SCOOP program, you continue to have just excellent after excellent well particularly not just on the rate that you are, could you maybe speak to your GOR expectations particular down in the SCOOP, are they sort of on point of now what you're expecting down there. I mean, they certainly appear to be better than what some others have done, maybe have been showing, so any comments you could have down there on your SCOOP program? Thanks so much.
Mitch Little:
Yes, I Neal, I think I would just say broadly, with all of these plays, there is some sort of compositional gradient across the structure and so, as we move around the Woodford, we will see some variability, but we've seen pretty good consistency localized with the results that we published recently. But there will certainly be some variability over time or over the geography and geology there.
Lee Tillman:
I think importantly though for us, Neal, is that we want to be predictable on that variability. I mean we want to know as we go into these pads the deliverability, what they're going to look like, what the spacing needs to be, et cetera, and that's why we are certainly focusing the '19 program into areas like the SCOOP Woodford and over-pressured STACK Meramec, because we feel that the team now has a workflow to deliver not only great results and great returns but do them in a predictable fashion. I mean, we may see different spacing, we may see different completion designs, we may see some variability in GOR, but we're seeing that, knowing that going into the development.
Operator:
From Wells Fargo, we have Nitin Kumar. Please go ahead.
Nitin Kumar:
Just in terms of Slide 5, one variable I wanted to understand was what are the service costs inflation assumptions you're baking in and what are you seeing on the spot market right now?
Lee Tillman:
Yes, just in general, you know on service costs, particularly as we look ahead to this year. I'd say in aggregate, as we look across all service lines, we are flat to a little bit of deflation in 2019. That's kind of where we stand and that's pretty consistent with the trends that we saw at the end of last year and certainly what we're seeing at the beginning of this year. Particularly as you think about more or less an inflationary assumption that matches up with that $50 flat view, that's going to be a relatively flat kind of assumption on inflation as well that complements that.
Nitin Kumar:
And what about the $60 case, is there any inflation baked into 2.2 or -?
Lee Tillman:
Yes, well, certainly as you know, the dependency there is really one or more of activity levels not only for us, but across the industry. And certainly as we move more into a $60 world, we would expect an uptick in demand for services, et cetera. We still believe that we have self-help activities that will, generally speaking, help us offset that. So I think within this $50 to $60 band, we feel pretty comfortable that we understand that inflation is going to be at relatively low levels and that in the case of the $60 maybe net of some self-help activities that we have to implement ourselves.
Nitin Kumar:
And the other question I had - just had, I think you guys have done a great job of bringing some of the initiatives to organically add resource. But a company of the size of Marathon, your CapEx is still focused on what I would term your legacy assets between the Bakken and the Eagle Ford and kudos to your team of how much better you have made those assets. What is a reasonable inventory life that you look for across the portfolio? What are your expectations? Just to keep this kind of program and these kind of returns, how long do you think you should have?
Lee Tillman:
Yes, inventory is something that we think about and work on each and every day. We'll never be satisfied on that front from a quality as well as a quantity standpoint. Just though on your first question, I think, a 60, 40 split between more mature assets and our developing assets to us makes perfect sense, it is very consistent with last year. If you again - you're going to be guided by enterprise returns and organic free cash flow generation, you have to be able to strike the right balance between that mix of assets and we feel very good. We're still progressing our less mature assets, we're still delineating them. In many cases, we're still growing them in the case of Northern Delaware. You know, when we think about inventory life, we feel very good that the work that we've done in both Bakken and Eagle Ford continue to push that inventory life forward in time, with just the work that we've done last year combined we'd say we've got you know about a decade of inventory across both Bakken and Eagle Ford combined at kind of 2019 consumption rates. And obviously in the other two assets, we've got multiple decades of inventory there at current consumption rates. So we feel very good about the work that we're doing, not only to develop our inventory, but to continue to replace that inventory in very structured and methodical sort of way.
Operator:
From Tuohy Brothers, we have Jeffrey Campbell. Please go ahead.
Jeffrey Campbell:
First of all, congratulations on the quarter and thanks for getting me in. Lee, it looks like international is shifting into what I would call a managed decline and I understand that it's a free cash generating asset. But I was just wondering what metric or metrics do you monitor to decide if and when international might be more valuable to someone else than Marathon?
Lee Tillman:
Yes, and I guess on that point, Jeff, I would say, first of all, all international is not created equal. I think we've been very explicit in talking about the foundational elements of our portfolio, our four U.S. resource plays and EG. And if I just focus on EG for a moment, it is a long life, low decline asset with essentially no capital requirements going forward, so it's a free cash flow generator for us. It is, really there's two value propositions in EG, there is the Alba field itself and then there is the value of that infrastructure sitting in a very advantage position in West Africa, an LNG plant, a methanol plant, as well as a gas plant, storage and of course an offloading berth. Our view is that that is going to be a natural aggregation point of gas going forward. So we still see a very strong value proposition that exists in EG despite the fact that we are in that kind of, 8% to 10% kind of decline from an Alba Field perspective. We think there again, there is really two embedded value propositions there. One, our equity barrels that we can generate from Alba and the other is taking advantage of this world-class infrastructure that we have on the ground there.
Jeffrey Campbell:
And the other question I wanted to ask was just, what's the goal for the Eagle Ford, EOR program that you're testing, I was wondering could this become a meaningful tool in the overall management of the Eagle Ford decline rate at some point or is there some other goal in mind?
Mitch Little:
I am happy to provide a little bit of extra color there, Jeff. You know, we in the past had done a single well trial and then a four-well trial where we're looking at the incremental uplift from that. This next phase of the project, which we're implementing this year is a multi-pad deployment of the same techniques and technology. It will provide us on the clarity over the scale that we need to understand what the degree of uplift is. There is certainly large potential in terms of incremental recovery, simulation studies that we've done and that others have done show an uplift in excess of 30% to the EUR and so this will be the proof point for us on that throughout 2019 and in to 2020 and then we'll be able to see where to take the program from there. But this is a program at scale across four pads, like I said.
Lee Tillman:
Yes, Jeff, if I could maybe just add to it, I think that we have high confidence in the physics of enhanced recovery via miscible flooding in unconventional reservoirs. Really it's now sorting out really the economics and scale of that and then assessing how that competes capital allocation within the portfolio. But when you look at the oil in place that we're leaving behind in these reservoirs to think that we're not going to chase that with innovation and technology, I think just doesn't make sense to us. So it's that next phase for a lot of these, a bit more mature areas is really how do we leverage some of those same techniques that have proven successful in more conventional reservoirs to get our recovery factors up much higher, I mean just a few percentage point movements in recovery factor across these large fields is a difference maker.
Guy Baber:
Thank you. And we'll now turn it back to Lee Tillman for closing remarks.
Lee Tillman:
I want to thank everyone for your interest in Marathon Oil and we look forward to delivering on our commitments for our shareholders again in 2019. Thank you very much.
Operator:
Thank you, ladies and gentlemen, this concludes today's conference. Thank you for joining. You may now disconnect.
Executives:
Guy Allen Baber - Marathon Oil Corp. Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp. Thomas Mitchell Little - Marathon Oil Corp. Dane E. Whitehead - Marathon Oil Corp.
Analysts:
Ryan Todd - Simmons & Company International, Energy Specialists of Piper Jaffray Arun Jayaram - JPMorgan Securities LLC Paul Sankey - Mizuho Securities USA LLC Doug Leggate - Bank of America Merrill Lynch Jeanine Wai - Barclays Robert Scott Morris - Citigroup Global Markets, Inc. Brian Singer - Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC Scott Hanold - RBC Capital Markets LLC John W. Aschenbeck - Seaport Global Securities LLC Jeffrey Campbell - Tuohy Brothers Investment Research, Inc.
Operator:
Welcome to the Marathon Oil Corporation 3Q 2018 Earnings Conference Call. My name is Christine and I will be your operator for today's call. At this time, all participants are in a listen-only mode. Later, we will conduct a question-and-answer session. Please note that this conference is being recorded. I will now turn the call over to Guy Baber, Vice President, Investor Relations. You may begin.
Guy Allen Baber - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Thanks, Christine, and thank you to everyone for joining us this morning. Yesterday, after the close, we issued a press release, slide presentation, and investor packet that address our third quarter results. These documents can be found on our website at marathonoil.com. Joining me on today's call are Lee Tillman, our President and CEO, Dane Whitehead, Executive VP and CFO, Mitch Little, Executive VP of Operations, and Pat Wagner, Executive VP of Corporate Development and Strategy. As always, today's call will contain forward looking statements subject to risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed or implied by such statements. I'll refer everyone to the cautionary language included in the press release and presentation materials, as well to the risk factors described in our SEC filings. With that, I'll turn the call over to Lee, who'll provide his opening remarks. We will then open the call to Q&A
Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Thanks, Guy, and thanks again to everyone joining us this morning. Third quarter was once again highlighted by differentiated operational execution across our multi-basin portfolio, underscored by our unwavering commitment to capital discipline. It is this foundation that is leading the delivery against our major strategic priorities, compelling improvement in corporate returns and cash flow per debt adjusted share, organic free cash flow generation, ongoing resource capture and enhancement, and additional return of capital to shareholders. Specifically, for the third quarter in a row, we have again raised our guidance for annual improvement in both corporate cash return on invested capital and cash flow per debt adjusted share. And with no change to our original $2.3 billion development capital program, we have raised our annual resource play oil and boe production growth guidance for the third consecutive quarter. We began this year by budgeting on a conservative price outlook of $50 WTI. And as oil prices have outperformed our plan, we have remained disciplined and we have maintained our focus on differentiated execution. Our capital budget is not a suggestion. It is a commitment upon which we must deliver. We are not chasing higher prices by ramping our spending, rather through superior execution and capital efficiency, we are driving meaningful corporate returns improvement and are delivering significant free cash flow for our shareholders. This is our model for 2018, for 2019, and in the future. Our organic free cash flow generation during third quarter was robust at $320 million bringing the year-to-date total to over $630 million. This coupled with our peer leading balance sheet further enhances our financial flexibility and allows us to support an all of the above strategy that balances enhanced return of cash to shareholders with low-cost, high-return resource capture. And we are confident that we will continue to successfully accomplish both objectives in the current environment. All of uses of capital are tested against our returns-first orientation. And with our shares trading at a discount, we have now repurchased $500 million of our own stock this year leaving $1 billion of buyback authorization outstanding. This supplements our already peer competitive quarterly dividend. Year-to-date, we have returned over $600 million to our shareholders through the combination of our dividend and share repurchases. Looking ahead, we will remain disciplined and thoughtful with our approach to future stock buyback activity. Our actions will continue to be guided by our focus on returns and our pace governed by our sustainable organic free cash flow generation. We have also maintained our focus on resource capture and enhancement, primarily through three complimentary efforts, organic core extension in the Eagle Ford and Bakken, small bolt-on acquisitions and trades such as in the Northern Delaware with the recent BLM lease sale, and our resource play exploration program. We recently spud our first exploration well in the emerging Louisiana Austin Chalk play with results expected in 2019. This multipronged approach provides a sustainable framework for ongoing resource base improvement with a focus on full cycle returns and without the need for any large scale M&A. Recognizing that M&A has been very topical recently, our extensive portfolio transformation that has created a differentiated position in the four best U.S. resource plays means the hard work on our portfolio is behind us. We are now capturing the advantages of our multi-basin model and are focused on execution at scale. Large scale M&A is not a consideration nor is it required for our future success. So let's turn our attention to some of the numerous highlights for third quarter and not surprisingly, excellence in execution was again our primary theme. We exceeded the high end of our total company and resource play production guidance while our development CapEx declined 8% quarter-on-quarter. In the Eagle Ford, our asset team continues to set the standard, where our capital efficient execution and advantage pricing are driving some of the best financial returns in our industry. Our third quarter production in the Eagle Ford was up 8% sequentially. Although our objective entering the year was to hold our Eagle Ford production relatively flat, on a year-to-date basis, oil production is up 10% from the prior year on 10% fewer wells to sales. Capital efficiency has been impressive as we are effectively doing more with less. A significant driver of our outperformance has been the impressive results we are achieving outside of Cairns County in the extended Atascosa County core. In the Bakken, we continue to deliver industry-leading results while simultaneously extending the core of our acreage position. During the third quarter, a 6-well pad in West Myrmidon achieved an average 30-day IP of over 4,700 oil equivalent barrels per day at 73% oil cut. This pad included three new industry record Three Forks wells highlighted by the Jerome well, which establish a new Williston Basin IP 30 record of around 4,800 barrels of oil per day, one of the best oil wells ever completed in the North American resource plays. Importantly, we are delivering these results alongside an intense focus on capital efficiency as evidenced by our average third quarter completed well cost per lateral foot falling 20% below the trailing 12 month average; truly remarkable execution from our teams and an example of working both the numerator and denominator of capital efficiency. We also took another important step forward in our core extension efforts to dramatically uplift the quality of our Bakken inventory delivering a strong two-well pad with our first enhanced completion test in the southern part of our Hector acreage. This success follows the consistently strong results we have realized across the northern part of Hector in addition to our successful second quarter test at Elk Creek. Our core extension efforts will continue as we plan to test enhanced completions further southwest in our Ajax area before the end of the year. It is difficult to have a conversation about the Bakken without addressing recent pricing volatility at Clearbrook. So, let me make a few comments. While we expect differentials to improve with the return of Midwest refiners from heavy maintenance and as incremental barrels begin to move on rail, it is important to understand that we have broad diversity of offtake out of the Bakken to several end markets, and we purposefully maintain flexibility to respond to market conditions. We believe basin pricing will improve near term and over time stabilize to the marginal cost of transport to coastal markets, similar to pricing seen throughout most of 2018. Further at a company level, a key competitive advantage of our multi-basin model is our exposure to varied end markets for our product, with approximately 50% of our production linked to premium LLS and Brent pricing. In Oklahoma, third quarter marked the successful transition to multi-well infill pad development. In the overpressured STACK, we are optimizing our development approach at the DSU level to deliver more predictable, more efficient, and highly economic results at various spacing solutions. Both the Irven John infill at four wells per section spacing and the HR Potter infill at seven wells per section spacing are exhibiting very strong early performance, and were delivered at an average well cost 15% to 20% below the parent wells. Amplifying this quarter's performance, longer term production from our 4Q 2017 Tan overpressured STACK pad at nine wells per section spacing is 40% above type curve at 270 days. In the SCOOP, we delivered two more highly economic Woodford wells following the success of our 2Q 2018 Leitner infill at eight wells per section spacing, which is now trending 70% above type curve at 120 days. Turning to the Northern Delaware. We are strategically advancing our position and preparing for future development as we further core up our footprint, HBP and delineator acreage, capture efficiencies, improve our cost structure and secure midstream solutions. We are making tremendous progress on multiple fronts highlighted by a 50% increase in completion stages per day versus the trailing 12 month average, and a 20% increase to our gross company-operated well locations through bolt-ons and trades since entering the play in 2017. We are also realizing very encouraging early development drilling results, including a recent three-well upper Wolfcamp pad in Malaga that achieved a 30-day IP rate of about 540 boe per 1,000 foot of lateral at over 60% oil cut. Outside of our four resource plays, we continue to deliver tremendous value from our world-class integrated gas development in EG, which contributed around $190 million of EBITDAX during the quarter. In summary, third quarter results have again demonstrated the strength of our returns-driven, multi-basin model. We remain solidly on track to deliver a strong rate of change in our key financial performance metrics highlighted by an 85% annual improvement in cash return on invested capital at $65 WTI, while also delivering meaningful free cash flow and enhanced return of capital to our shareholders. As we look ahead to 2019, rest assured that our framework for success will not change. We will remain focused on improving our corporate level returns and growing our cash flow per debt adjusted share. We will protect our financial flexibility and our peer-leading balance sheet. We will remain capital disciplined and set our activity levels to generate sustainable free cash flow at a conservative oil price, and we will return additional capital to shareholders while also maintaining our focus on ongoing resource-based enhancement that generates full cycle returns. In our framework, high-value oil growth is simply an outcome. The proof points of our commitment to the strategy lie in the strength of our year-to-date results and the discipline we've demonstrated and in the free cash flow we've delivered. We believe the successful execution against our framework has already begun to differentiate us from our peers as industry discipline has frayed amidst higher prices. And we fully expect this differentiation to continue with our peer-leading execution amplified by our advantaged multi-basin model. Thank you. And with that, I am happy to turn the call over for Q&A.
Operator:
Thank you. Our first question is from Ryan Todd of Simmons Energy. Please go ahead.
Ryan Todd - Simmons & Company International, Energy Specialists of Piper Jaffray:
Great, thanks and congratulations on the quarter. Maybe if, just to start out, as we're looking at 2019. I mean I think you've been pretty consistent on your priorities over the course of 2018 when we think about how you like to manage, to balance organic growth versus free cash flow generation and cash return to shareholders in 2019. Can you give us a little, some rough framework around how to think about organic spend and, or activity levels into 2019.
Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Yeah. So absolutely, Ryan, again as I said in my opening remarks, we're, you should expect no surprises from us in 2019 as we get prepared to release our capital budget in February of next year. Obviously we're still busy integrating all the performance data from this year and our multi-based and optimization but just a few things that you can take away in terms of the framework. It will be returns first with a commitment to capital discipline, no different than this year. We think that's differentiated us this year and that, that approach we'll continue to do that in 2019. I think this year holding our budget essentially unchanged while still being able to essentially raise our resource play production guidance across three consecutive quarters is notable. But specifically we're going to look to drive a strong rate of change in our corporate returns and cash flow per debt adjusted share and we're going to look to set our 2019 activity levels to deliver organic free cash flow on a conservative oil price deck. Our objective is sustainable, organic free cash flow that can support an all of the above strategy and that's going to include incremental return of cash to our shareholders as well as opportunistic resource capture. For us, it's not an either/or proposition. Production growth, as I already stated in my comments, is going to be an output of our process and we are going to be very much focused on high value oil growth because that's where our margins are being generated
Ryan Todd - Simmons & Company International, Energy Specialists of Piper Jaffray:
Thanks, Lee. Maybe a follow-up question on STACK. It's got a lot of attention lately from various peers across the space. I mean, you're showing some strong results from your recent spacing tests across a variety of Williston Basin assumptions. Can you talk a little bit about your latest thoughts on the play, base-case, spacing, and maybe how we should think about activity in 2019 in that play maybe both in terms of amount of activity and whether it will remain concentrated in the overpressured window? Thanks.
Thomas Mitchell Little - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Sure, Ryan. This is Mitch. And, we've been talking for a couple of quarters now about the transition to development mode in the overpressured STACK and in the SCOOP. We've been integrating data from our own activity and from industry. We're applying some advanced seismic processing techniques to help guide the combination of well spacing, landing zone and completion design. And it's the intersection and the combination of all those factors that we're starting to hone in on. And, evidenced by the last three pads in the overpressured STACK are on different well spacing with some differences in completion design as well, but delivering very consistent results. We're going to continue, as we've kind of highlighted in the Oklahoma slides, continued development in the overpressured STACK and SCOOP. You see a number of upcoming pads there. So, we would intend to stay with that philosophy to continue to leverage the learnings and the application while we're driving well costs lower. We reported 15% to 20% lower on those two specific pads were actually seen improvements in the last quarter across the entire basin that are even above that. And we continue to drive capital efficiency both from the well performance side and from the well cost side across all of our basins. So you should see continued activity with our focus on development in both the overpressured STACK and SCOOP as the majority of our program going into 2019.
Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Yeah. And maybe just to add there, Ryan, as well, clearly, those two areas are fully in development mode. The team is striving for predictability, consistency, and higher returns. But we're going to continue obviously our delineation and appraisal efforts that go across the entirety of the play as well as we go into 2019.
Ryan Todd - Simmons & Company International, Energy Specialists of Piper Jaffray:
But what's the average cost of oil there in the play now?
Thomas Mitchell Little - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Well, there's multiple plays there, Ryan. We've got various lateral lengths, we've got various pressure regimes that we're drilling in, so we would have to get down to a very granular level. And, I don't have all of that sitting right in front of me. There's a number of different well types, lateral lengths, and drilling and completion designs. So there's quite a range there.
Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp.:
But I think what's probably notable is the comment that Mitch made earlier, Ryan, about we have already relative to the parent wells taken a significant step down. Are we fully where we want to be yet? No. We still have, in our view, there's still work to be done there to improve the capital efficiency and we're, as we do more of this, we're going to get better at it, just like we are in Eagle Ford and the Bakken, where we get a lot more at bats. So I'm very encouraged. I think the combination of productivity and a focus on well cost is going to make the STACK and the SCOOP very competitive in our portfolio.
Ryan Todd - Simmons & Company International, Energy Specialists of Piper Jaffray:
Great. Thank you.
Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Thanks, Ron.
Operator:
Thank you. Our next question is from Arun Jayaram of JPMorgan. Please go ahead.
Arun Jayaram - JPMorgan Securities LLC:
Good morning. Lee, I was wondering if you could give us any high level thoughts on just capital allocation between the different basins in the U.S.
Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Yeah. As I stated, we're a little early in the process to get down to a basin level that's clearly going to be a part of our February capital budget release. And as I stated, we've got an immense amount of very positive data to incorporate in our planning cycle this go around. What I can tell you is with the results that our asset teams are achieving today, all of the basins are competing well for capital allocation. We're going to remain very focused on corporate returns and we want every dollar of our development capital budget to move that key financial metric in the right direction. At a very high level, you should expect the Eagle Ford and the Bakken to continue to receive the majority of our total resource play capital. That's where we're seeing the best returns and the best capital efficiency. And just for your reference, this year, those two basins were about 60% of our capital allocation in 2018. But as you can see in the 3Q results, Oklahoma and Northern Delaware are delivering strongly and their going to compete for capital even though they are less mature and much earlier in the development cycle. Strategically it's going to be essential for us to continue to fund those two assets for things like leasehold, delineation, appraisal, and early pad drilling so that we keep them on the correct trajectory going forward. The one other thing that I'll mention too which kind of fits in the context of just capital allocation and in totality is that directionally, we also view that our REx spend, our resource play exploration spend, will also be trending downward as we look forward into 2019.
Arun Jayaram - JPMorgan Securities LLC:
That's very helpful. And just a follow-up, could you give us a little bit more details on, I know it's a scheduled turnaround every three years, but give us some thoughts on the capital for that turnaround and the cash flow impact and production impact.
Thomas Mitchell Little - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Let me start, Arun, by talking about the turnaround activities and as part of our normal long-term maintenance program, we have a major turnaround like this every few, every three years or so. And if you look back to Q1 of 2016, you'll see sort of a similar type of event. It involves long-term preventative inspections on our rotating equipment there, requires a full field shut down for a period of time in this case, along with vessel inspections and the typical kind of maintenance work we do to ensure the world class reliability that we deliver from that asset and have delivered over the past decade plus. In this particular turnaround, we'll also be taking advantage of the shutdown to perform some, pre-install some tie-ins. As we've talked about we're progressing agreements to bring additional backfill gas through the facilities that we have on Punta Europa. We continue to progress those and we're going to take advantage of this turnaround to make those preemptive tie-ins. You shouldn't view the capital or cash expense related to this turnaround as meaningful in the context of the corporation or even our international operations but production-wise we have, I think if you reference back to the 2016 we saw 10% to 15% impact on the quarter and that's probably a good guide as we go into, for this event in 2019.
Arun Jayaram - JPMorgan Securities LLC:
All right. Thanks a lot.
Operator:
Thank you. Our next question is from Paul Sankey of Mizuho. Please go ahead.
Paul Sankey - Mizuho Securities USA LLC:
Good morning, all.
Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Hi, Paul.
Paul Sankey - Mizuho Securities USA LLC:
Lee, hi. The criticism that we hear of Marathon typically, or the worry, is that you're short of inventory. Can you address that for us please and give us what your version of that critique is? Thank you. Your counter, I should say.
Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp.:
No. No. Absolutely. I think from our perspective when you look at the extensive portfolio transformation work that we've done, the differentiated position that we we've established in for the best U.S. resource plays, we feel very confident that our current resource base is both high return and high quality. And, as I mentioned in my opening remarks, even with that, we are continuing to progress a multi-pronged approach to continue to even enhance that very strong base. And we've talked about a few of those. It really starts with some of the organic enhancement activities that are already producing fantastic results in the Eagle Ford and the Bakken. The net effect of that is to extend the life of that inventory. We've talked about small and very selective bolt-ons in places like Northern Delaware. The fact that Northern Delaware, we're up over 20% on gross co-op locations since we did the original acquisitions back in 2017; and that's through trade, some acquisitions, and even the most recent New Mexico BLM lease sale. And then, we have our resource play exploration program, which certainly offers the potential to generate outsized returns based on very low entry costs. It's certainly still exploration and we need to always come back to that. But with all of those efforts ongoing in parallel, we feel very comfortable that we have a comprehensive strategy in place to replenish and improve our resource base, and that does not include large-scale M&A.
Paul Sankey - Mizuho Securities USA LLC:
I had a follow-up, but actually, you just answered it right there. So, I'll leave it there. Thank you.
Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp.:
All right. Thanks, Paul.
Operator:
Thank you. Our next question is from Doug Leggate of Bank of America. Please go ahead.
Doug Leggate - Bank of America Merrill Lynch:
Thanks. Good morning, everybody. Lee, I'm not sure if you or Mitch want to take this one, but it's a question back to the spacing in the STACK if I may. Looking at what some of your peers, the difficulties they've had, I'm sure you're familiar with what Devon has been saying about moving back to a sort of four-well per section type of spacing unit. And you guys seem to be knocking it out of the park on nine-well spacing. I'm looking at the Tan infill. Obviously, the, I guess, the HR Potter, however you want to put it, to coin that phrase is pretty consistent again beating the type curve. But, I'm looking at the variability in the geology and I'm just trying to understand what are you guys doing differently? Because it looks like you've kind of cracked the code here as it relates to your performance relative to your peer group. So any color you can offer on how you're managing to meet these wells would be great? Thank you.
Thomas Mitchell Little - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Sure, Doug. This is Mitch. Again, we talked a few quarters ago, we came back and talked about the tailored approach to development strategy and completion design across the STACK. And, I think we were one of the first to come out and say on the far eastern edges, it would be less than six wells per section. And it would be in the heart of the play where we see the best geology, the thickest section and some pressure we would expect to see instances of greater than six wells per section. I think our results over that time period would prove that out and it looks like industry is kind of centralizing around a similar view that we've been talking about. I think if you look at how we're approaching that without getting into the specific recipe, I would say a couple of unique advantages that we're applying. The database is basically the same for all players, more or less. The art comes in how you integrate that data in looking at the interplay between well spacing, well landing zone and completion style. We've got over a decade of experience, well over 2,000 horizontal, unconventional completions. We've got a centralized model that allows us to quickly transfer those learnings from one basin to another. And we've got an attitude within our teams that is to never be satisfied with what we did yesterday. So an attitude that's focused on making sure we capture all the learnings not only from our own work but from outside activity. I mentioned earlier we are doing some advanced seismic processing. We're using that work to target specific zones within the Meramec, across the pressure windows and across the geology, which helps us target the wells in the right interval, and we think is helping guide us to the right spacing specifically tailored to the sub-region and in many cases down to the DSU.
Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Yeah. And I think, Doug, just from my perspective, we have, as Mitch stated, we've been a proponent of, it's not going to be one size fits all across this play. We have really focused our attention on areas that we feel that we have the predictability and the consistency, these higher competence development areas like the overpressured STACK and the SCOOP Woodford. That's not to say that there still aren't areas within Oklahoma and even secondary zones that we still don't need to understand and bring that same level of competence to. And so, I think what you'll see in 2019 is a mix of both of those, both the development pads that we've really started talking about this quarter but also continuing to progress our knowledge base in other zones and other areas of the play that we hope to move to field development in the future.
Doug Leggate - Bank of America Merrill Lynch:
Guys, I appreciate the answer. If I may try and characterize it as a kind of quick follow up here. So are you at the point now, if each development area is a kind of bespoke well-design, how much running room do you have now in terms of line of sight to call this a transition from early development to full field development. Are you ready to move into the full field development mode here yet?
Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Yeah. I think for the two areas that we just addressed, Doug, which are the overpressured STACK, specifically the Meramec and the SCOOP at Woodford, that is where we are today. We view those as kind of the foundational elements moving into 2019 and we would intend to hang our appraisal and delineation work around those two development areas.
Doug Leggate - Bank of America Merrill Lynch:
Okay. Last one from me. It's the same topic I'm afraid. The type curve, was the type curve a parent curve or a fully developed average curve for your parent/child assumptions going forward? I'll leave it there. Thank you.
Thomas Mitchell Little - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Sure, Doug.
Doug Leggate - Bank of America Merrill Lynch:
I'm looking at the 1575 MBOE, is what I'm looking at. 1525 MBOE, sorry.
Thomas Mitchell Little - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Yeah. 1525 MBOE, I think, yeah. We've had that type curve out for quite a while as you know and we have tried to put type curves out there that are a blend of parent and infill wells in forming that type curve and to describe what we would view as our mean or average expectation across that particular type curve area. So you can think about it as a blend and as an expectation for what we hope to deliver. But, we're going to continue to provide actual data to inform the construction of your own type curve as well.
Doug Leggate - Bank of America Merrill Lynch:
Thanks, guys. It looks like this got some upside risks. I appreciate your comments.
Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Thanks, Doug.
Operator:
Thank you. Our next question is from Jeanine Wai of Barclays. Please go ahead.
Jeanine Wai - Barclays:
Hi. Good morning, everyone.
Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Good morning, Jeanine.
Guy Allen Baber - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Good morning, Jeanine.
Jeanine Wai - Barclays:
I guess just following up on some of the capital allocation and inventory questions, specifically in the Eagle Ford. Can you talk about how the year-to-date results have changed your view of the asset from a portfolio perspective? I think, specifically, did the delineation and improved well results really support adding a little bit more activity? Or given where you are with the other resource plays, should we think about the results as supporting a stronger case for the more than less approach that you mentioned? Then, this is just because you made a, clearly, a lot of progress in priming the Delaware and now especially Oklahoma and, but your commentary you also reiterated that the Eagle Ford has some of the highest returns and it also provides pretty valuable cash that supports other parts of the business that don't necessarily generate immediate EBITDA?
Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Yeah. I think for us, Janine, the Eagle Ford is a very unique asset in the sense that it's relatively mature but we have now uplifted the value of a large portion of the acreage there that probably, not so long ago, we would have deemed as lower tier and likely not competing as strongly for capital allocation. I think what that does for us is it gives us the flexibility to optimize the Eagle Ford to deliver what it needs to do within our broader portfolio. We can certainly grow the Eagle Ford if that's the role we want it to play or we can use it as you stated as more of a free cash flow, capital efficient engine. Obviously, when we look at these plays and we look at how they fit into our multi-basin optimization, we're looking at many factors including maximizing the use of existing infrastructure to avoid further capital spend, say, on the facilities side. All of those things go into our calculus in terms of where we want to push capital. But as you rightly say with the level of returns that we're seeing there, we fully expect Eagle Ford to compete very strongly in 2019 and beyond. Almost under any scenario, we see it generating free cash flow within the portfolio, whether that's on a flat production basis or a slight growth profile. But, the beauty again of the Eagle Ford is very capital efficient. It's a fantastic asset team. They continue to push the envelope on innovation and I think there's still a lot of excitement ahead in the Eagle Ford.
Jeanine Wai - Barclays:
Okay. Thanks. And I guess my second question is on well cost. It sounds like you recently took an opportunity to lower cost by switching out a frac crew. As we look forward, what other opportunities are there for incremental well cost savings, whether that's through further self-sourcing and debundling or locking in maybe opportunistic attractive service contracts, or is it really primarily just on continued efficiency gains?
Thomas Mitchell Little - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Sure, Jeanine. This is Mitch. The simple answer is all of the above, but I'll try to give you a little bit more context. As you rightly stated, we made an intentional decision in the Eagle Ford, which was completed in third quarter but, to swap out one of our frac crews to a different type of service model that allowed us to vertically integrate more of the commodities and supplies internally and self-source those. We're already seeing meaningful contribution to well costs as a result of that. We continue to press on the commercial relationships and partnerships, the efficiency side where we're seeing continued improvement across the basins in terms of pump time or a number of stages completed per day, drilling efficiencies are coming hand-in-hand with that. And, we continue to pursue opportunities that would expand using things like self-sourcing, also looking at local or more regional sand sources, which have a lower cost of transportation. So, it's really an all-of-the-above strategy, and our teams are intensely focused on the entire capital efficiency equation, both the well performance side and the well cost side. And so efforts across many of those spaces, and we still see opportunities to drive further improvement in our cost structure.
Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp.:
And I think, Jeanine, just on the commercial side of things, when we look at where we spend our service dollars, are really on the, obviously, on the drilling and the frac side. And, we have never had more diversity in our frac providers than we do today. We're seeing opportunities in the market to term up some element of our fleet to lock in some strong commercial terms. So, all of those things are coming into play to continue to allow us to drive costs down on a completed well cost basis. The other thing I will just mention since we're talking about a little bit of the, a little bit of moderation in our wells to sales in fourth quarter is that in aggregate, we are still delivering wells to sales above the midpoint of our guidance for full-year, and all basins are also within their guidance. So, these are, some of the things we're talking about here are very normal variations in our cadence quarter-to-quarter. There's not some step change occurring here.
Jeanine Wai - Barclays:
Okay. Great. Thank you for taking my questions.
Operator:
Thank you. Our next question is from Bob Morris of Citi. Please go ahead.
Robert Scott Morris - Citigroup Global Markets, Inc.:
Thank you, and congratulations, Lee, on a nice execution this year. Mitch...
Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Thank you.
Robert Scott Morris - Citigroup Global Markets, Inc.:
...on, you've covered, certainly. Mitch, you've covered most the questions I had on the STACK, but just one quick question. Are you using choke management on these wells to sort of control when you cross over on bubble point there in the overpressured part of the STACK?
Thomas Mitchell Little - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Yeah. Let me address that from a little bit higher level if I could, Bob, and I'll come back and answer your question specifically. But, the way I would characterize it is, there's some ongoing industry experimentation on choke management strategy, and really looking to understand the trade-offs, if any, between kind of returns based on fast flowback strategy, and ultimate recovery, and how that ultimately impacts overall capital efficiency. We obviously are monitoring that activity. We participate in a lot of that activity. But generally, I would say we're operating with a moderate to slightly aggressive strategy. And we do that by integrating real-time, bottom-hole pressure data into our choke bumps, and use those in combination to kind of drive how we open up chokes on these wells. It's a bit early to reach the ultimate and final conclusion on this. There's a handful of pads with kind of two years plus history but the evaluation that we've done would not show any noticeable impact to EUR based under the different flowback strategies. So we think we've pretty well landed on how we're going to continue to operate these wells as we keep our focus on returns and don't, at this point, see any noticeable impact on EUR.
Robert Scott Morris - Citigroup Global Markets, Inc.:
Okay. Thanks. That's helpful. And then my follow up is, in the Bakken it was encouraging to see the results on the two wells on the Lars pad. Were you surprised there that the Three Forks had a higher flow rate than the Middle Bakken that far south?
Thomas Mitchell Little - Marathon Oil Corp.:
I think we've been surprised to the upside across Hector over the last several quarters and really impressed with the work that the team has done there to extend the core out of Myrmidon into Hector and of course we have the successful Elk Creek pad as well. I think you're fairly characterizing that the surprise in the Three Forks has been even greater than in the middle Bakken. But the overwhelming direction of those extension and activities have been positive and the Lars pad two wells are competing very well with kind of industry activity and peer activity out there. So, very encouraged by Lars. We're going to continue a few more tests down in the southern portions of Hector to confirm the overall extent of that. And of course we're on track to have our first test in several years in the Ajax area during 4Q. So more news to follow on that.
Robert Scott Morris - Citigroup Global Markets, Inc.:
Yeah. We look forward to that. Thanks, Mitch. That's helpful.
Operator:
Thank you. Our next question is from Brian Singer of Goldman Sachs. Please go ahead.
Brian Singer - Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC:
Thank you. Good morning.
Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Good morning, Brian.
Brian Singer - Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC:
Lee, you highlighted when you were talking about your decision to ramp up the buyback, that it was in part based on the relative valuation of your stock. And I wondered if you could discuss what essentially your second priority would be, i.e., how the capital would be allocated were the stock not trading at a discount?
Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Yeah. I think that given our returns-first orientation, Brian, that really is kind of the toggle switch for us to really start considering the share repurchase. And to the extent that we made that test and found that that was not competing adequately for capital, we have multiple other uses for that capital on hand. Clearly, we have many developmental opportunities that we could pursue if that was the right decision. We obviously have our work in resource capture. We talked about kind of this multi-pronged approach, everything from small bolt-ons to the activity in REx. And also bear in mind that REx will ultimately, we hope, have some wells go into predevelopment mode. And so there could be some funding requirements there. We have already a peer competitive dividend that exists today; $170 billion a year of annual dividend. That's certainly an area that could also be tested to see if there was an action that needed to be taken. It's something that is assessed and evaluated each and every quarter in our discussions with our board, no different than share repurchase. Certainly from a from a debt standpoint, we did a fantastic job in 2017 reducing gross debt. We don't have a maturity until 2020. So really from a debt standpoint and a debt metric standpoint, we don't really see a lot of action required there but I think that's broadly how we would think through it, Brian.
Brian Singer - Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC:
Great. That is helpful. And then, my follow-up is actually a follow-up to Jeanine's question early on in the Eagle Ford. When you think about the opportunities to extend resourcing, you highlighted Atascosa County in one of the slides, how significant is that opportunity set from here? How significant do you see the potential for additional inventory and would those additional locations be consistent with the rate of return of what you're drilling now?
Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Yeah. Well, when we think about it from a risk inventory standpoint, Atascosa County obviously was already contributing risk inventory just at a lower economic value. The effect of the work that the Eagle Ford asset team has been to uplift that area and drive those returns even higher and so, we would expect that this is more centered around value and returns. It would have, obviously the net effect of extending that inventory performance over time at the same kind of run rate. So that's absolutely a positive there. And also, bear in mind, this is on a go-forward basis, our most underdeveloped area in the Eagle Ford.
Thomas Mitchell Little - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Hey, Brian. This is Mitch. I would just add to that, in the release this quarter in the slide deck, we highlighted 28 wells across Atascosa year-to-date average IP 30 of 1,530. If you go back a little bit further, we have over 60 wells that we've brought online now across Atascosa with new generation completion. And the results across those 65 are pretty consistent with the 28 that we're reporting on here. So, we have firmly established, expanded a core, the expanded core, across Atascosa County at this point in our view.
Brian Singer - Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC:
Thank you very much.
Operator:
Thank you. Our next question is from Scott Hanold of RBC Capital Markets. Please go ahead.
Scott Hanold - RBC Capital Markets LLC:
Thanks. Good morning.
Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Good morning.
Scott Hanold - RBC Capital Markets LLC:
What I think would be helpful and I think you guys have heard, a lot of questions asking about the Eagle Ford, and effectively running room I think is the basis of most of those. And, I think it would be helpful for us if you kind of step back and think, when you look at your resource growth over the last couple of years, it's been pretty fantastic and I think there's some questions on how much room does say the Bakken and the Eagle Ford have left. I know you're say, circa 30,000 below the Bakken's all-time Marathon high. I'm sorry, the Eagle Ford, the Bakken's at an all-time Marathon peak. How much more running room opportunity do you see to grow those assets over the next couple of years?
Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Yeah. Well, certainly, as we look at the Bakken today with this core extension that we've enjoyed in Hector as we hopefully push that even further, potentially even into the Ajax area, there's little doubt that from a high value oil growth standpoint, the Bakken is going to have a very material role to play for us going forward. I think, as I stated earlier on the Eagle Ford, I think there we have the luxury of modulating the performance of the Eagle Ford to really maximize capital efficiency and the infrastructure that we have in the field; that could either show it more in a flat profile like we enjoyed this year, or could see it actually get back into a growth mode depending upon how the multi-basin optimization ultimately drives capital and return. So, a lot of flexibility, but our view is that the combination of enhanced well productivity, with the team's continued ability to drive costs even lower, that's a pretty powerful combination. And under any scenario, the minimum expectation is an uplift in economics and value. And, I think at the end of the day, the net result will be an extension of the inventory and time.
Scott Hanold - RBC Capital Markets LLC:
Okay. Understood. It sounds like more economic considerations than say, you know, worry about what it's going to grow at.
Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Correct.
Scott Hanold - RBC Capital Markets LLC:
And then, kind of going back to just some of the budget framework conversations. How do, you talked about being conservative going forward, how do you look at the oil price as you consider the budget from a long-term perspective? I mean I know you guys used $50 this year, but certainly, it feels like depending on whether we were eight weeks ago or today, what you use for oil price can, and what you think is conservative, can change. But how do you think about that going forward as you budget for 2019 and 2020? And then, also, I don't know if Dane has some comments on how you plan for, to hedge the portfolio with that in mind.
Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Yeah. Well, first of all, you're right. For 2018, we had designed our plan to generate organic free cash flow in a conservative $50 WTI world. However, don't confuse a planning basis with a prediction of where oil pricing is headed. We remain bullish on oil pricing going forward. We think our weighting toward oil is the correct orientation. However, in our budgeting, you should expect a similar conservative basis moving forward into 2019 that will allow us to confidently generate sustainable free cash flow that again it permits us to deliver against this all-of-the-above strategy. That basis, however, should not be confused with our view necessarily of where forward oil pricing will be. We want to provide plenty of headroom between our planning basis and where actual prices may be trending to ensure that we can confidently deliver our development program across a broad range of actual price outcomes. Dane, do you want to say a few things maybe about, on the hedging and commodity risk side?
Dane E. Whitehead - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Sure, Scott. As we came into 2018 this year, we set a target of about 50% of our oil production to put a floor under. And as you know, we use three-way hedge structures to do that to preserve some of the upside. As we've gone through 2018 and become a fairly significant free cash flow generator, with $1.5 billion cash on the balance sheet and $5 billion in liquidity, it feels like we've got more flexibility as we head into 2018 to be less hedged, I'm sorry, as we head into 2019. And the hedges we have in place right now for 2019 are about half of the 2018 level. And I think we're going to be very slow to add to that, if at all. We're going to be very cautious. We've been more focused frankly on things like Permian Basis (55:00) (sic) [Basin] (55:00) hedging. So, I think we've done a nice job on. And, we'll focus more on that than probably fixed price hedging as we head into 2019.
Scott Hanold - RBC Capital Markets LLC:
That's real helpful. Thanks.
Operator:
Thank you. Our next question is from John Aschenbeck of Seaport Global. Please go ahead.
John W. Aschenbeck - Seaport Global Securities LLC:
Good morning and thank you for taking my questions.
Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Good morning.
John W. Aschenbeck - Seaport Global Securities LLC:
So, there's been a lot of color provided on 2019 so far, which has been helpful, but I was hoping to touch more so on your longer-term benchmarks which you haven't updated since Q4 earnings in February this year. But clearly, your U.S. capital efficiency has improved significantly since that time considering you've had the three consecutive production guidance raises. So, I was curious, when should we expect an update on those longer-term benchmarks? Would that come with formal 2019 guidance? And then if possible, I was wondering if there's any way to quantify the outperformance you've seen this year in the U.S. and what the implications are to your longer-term benchmarks. I suppose what I'm asking more or less is, if you could rewind to the beginning of the year and know what you know now in the U.S., what would your longer-term benchmarks look like or how much better would they be?
Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Yeah, yeah. Well, first of all, I want to maybe just make sure everyone understands that, that the long-term guidance that I believe you're referring to, John, is the 2017 to 2021 guidance that was really geared toward demonstrating the potential of the portfolio at that point in time on a kind of fixed or flat price assumption. And, it was really, again not a business plan but really just illustrating the potential of the portfolio. We'll continue to look at options to provide transparency on mid- and longer-term plans and that may be something we look at in 2019. But, we really start with the premise of being returns focused first. Again for us, those growth CAGRs that we were showing even as part of that case were an outcome of a process that starts with a corporate returns view as its starting point. And so for us, again, we're going to be very focused and what you'll see in 2019 is very much a focus on where our high value, high margin oil production is going but that also will be an output of our overall returns-first kind of capital allocation philosophy. In terms of, can I project forward on how performance and capital efficiency this year will impact not only 2019 but even beyond 2019, that's still work that's ongoing today. As you might imagine, one of the beauties of the resource plays is, we get new data and new performance information each and every day and that is being integrated and built into our modeling, really in real time. The other thing I would point out just on budget in general is that we've moved to a mode where capital allocation is something that is essentially dynamic. It's something that we have flexibility in. We will set a budget plan for 2019 but as we move through the year and see performance, as we see costs, as we see commodity pricing, we have ample flexibility in the multi-basin model to make changes and tweaks to that capital allocation all along the way. So, it's a point in time view. That's the way it will be. We'll always be focused on delivering our commitments. But our path to achieve those commitments is something that can flex a bit during the year.
John W. Aschenbeck - Seaport Global Securities LLC:
Okay. Got it. Appreciate the color there, Lee.
Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Thanks.
John W. Aschenbeck - Seaport Global Securities LLC:
So for my follow up, I was hoping to get a little bit, a little more detail around your high level approach to uses of excess cash going forward. Was wondering, is it fair to think that you'll keep proceeds from asset sales on the balance sheet for leasing, small bolt-ons, other small transactions like that and then match up your buybacks with organic free cash flow? And then keeping with buybacks, what's your appetite in regard to expanding that program once you move through the remaining $1 billion authorization? Thanks.
Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Yeah. I think, again, today, our view is that a discipline repurchase of our shares is a good use of capital and it offers very competitive returns given our current market valuation. The pace of that buyback is going to be governed or informed by our sustainable free cash, organic free cash flow generation. It, we do not want that program reliant on disposition proceeds. That is not the intent. This year, we were able to leverage disposition proceeds to drive a very opportunistic and successful REx program. And in fact, we more than fully funded our resource play exploration activities with the proceeds that we received in second quarter of this year. Those disposition proceeds are still available for us to use as opportunities might present themselves and that would be our view going forward. But the strength of our balance sheet, the flexibility of it, the ability to act quickly and decisively if the right opportunity, small bolt-on, lease. I mean, lease sale is a great example. We could go into the lease sale, be very selective, but also be very decisive about what we wanted to achieve in that lease sale because of the strength of our balance sheet. And we could do that while still also delivering against our share repurchase program. So, to be able to do both of those simultaneously, again it's not an either/or proposition, that's the model that we want to continue to progress as we move into 2019. I would maybe just add one final thing too, John, is that you shouldn't expect an exact match between free cash flow generation and share repurchase. I mean, that's certainly a governor, it's certainly something that's going to inform our decisions around pace, but it will not be a, if you will, dollar-for-dollar match.
John W. Aschenbeck - Seaport Global Securities LLC:
Okay. Great. Got it. That's it for me. Thank you for the time.
Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Thank you.
Operator:
Thank you. Our final question is from Jeffrey Campbell of Tuohy Brothers. Please go ahead.
Jeffrey Campbell - Tuohy Brothers Investment Research, Inc.:
Good morning, and congratulations on the great quarter. Just a quick follow-up on the Oklahoma discussion. Based on your results today, do you agree with the, broadly with the notion that the Woodford supports tighter spacing than the Meramec?
Thomas Mitchell Little - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Jeff, this is Mitch, again. And, I think if you're referring to our activities in the SCOOP, we would generally see tighter well spacing per landing zone there than in the STACK. But as we've talked about on a number of occasions, the design or the development approach in the STACK is going to vary based on variations in geology and reservoir quality and pressure. We see a bit more consistency in those parameters in the SCOOP Woodford. And so, yes, we would agree that average well spacing is likely to be higher in the SCOOP Woodford.
Jeffrey Campbell - Tuohy Brothers Investment Research, Inc.:
Okay. Thanks for the color. And yes, I was thinking about the SCOOP when I asked that question. Following up on this business of organic inventory because I thought something interesting came up in the call. Do you view the effort in the Williston southern extension area similarly to Lee's description of Atascosa, which sounded like previously acknowledged locations that are getting better, or are the evolving results creating, or potentially creating, new organic inventory in the Williston?
Thomas Mitchell Little - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Yeah. I think we would characterize it largely similar. The improvement in value, the improvement in capital efficiency has been the primary benefit from that. We generally have carried risk inventory in our long-term plans for those areas but at a significantly different value than what we've been able to achieve. There may be some opportunities as we continue to try these new approaches to revisit that but you can think of them largely the same for now.
Jeffrey Campbell - Tuohy Brothers Investment Research, Inc.:
And, if I could just follow that up, that being the case, it certainly could be said that these locations are far more likely to attract capital in the current environment than they might have been in the way that they were viewed earlier. Is that fair?
Thomas Mitchell Little - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Yeah, I think that is fair. And I could bring you back probably to the beginning of 2018 when we revealed our capital allocation for this year. There was some surprise in the market with how much we were dedicating to the Bakken but it was on the backs of the great technical work that our teams had done, the evolution and strong improvement in returns that we had seen from those trials to-date, and the confidence we had in moving those into other areas. So, but accurate statement for sure.
Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Yeah. I'd maybe just add to that, Jeff.
Jeffrey Campbell - Tuohy Brothers Investment Research, Inc.:
That's great. Thanks so much.
Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp.:
It's kind of interesting to me as we look at the Bakken today that we've gotten, I feel like we've gotten a little bit spoiled and jaded in the Bakken. We've talked a lot about the Lars pad and I look at this, for instance this Myrmidon pad from the quarter, you look at not only the average across the pad but you look at the Jerome well which did 4,800 barrels of oil per day on an IP 30. And, all of a sudden, that's not even headline grabbing anymore which is shocking to me. I mean these wells are incredible kind of world-class wells and certainly are some of the best that have ever been completed in the North America unconventional space. And, I just want to really, just compliment that team on what has been one of the most notable turnarounds in our portfolio. From almost zero capital allocation back in 2016 to where we find ourselves today, it is one of the most compelling success stories that I can point to in our portfolio.
Jeffrey Campbell - Tuohy Brothers Investment Research, Inc.:
I agree with you completely. I've been around long enough to remember when it was 400,000 barrel EURS. And we look at these wells now and they're just unbelievable.
Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Agree.
Thomas Mitchell Little - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Yeah. Appreciate the comments. And not to pile on here too much, but it's also on the backs of well costs that are 20% lower than the trailing 12 months. And, I think the well cost part of the equation is a little bit underappreciated as we talk about flashy IPs and across all of the basins. But, great work on both sides of the equation there.
Jeffrey Campbell - Tuohy Brothers Investment Research, Inc.:
Okay. Great. Thanks for all the color. I appreciate it.
Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Ok.
Operator:
Thank you. I will now turn the call back over to Lee Tillman for closing remarks.
Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Well, I would just like to wrap up by saying, thank you for your interest in Marathon Oil and thank you to our dedicated employees and contractors that safely deliver execution, excellence 24/7. We cannot produce these results without them. That concludes our call. Thank you very much.
Operator:
Thank you and thank you, ladies and gentlemen. This concludes today's conference. Thank you for participating. You may now disconnect.
Executives:
Zach Dailey - Marathon Oil Corp. Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp. Thomas Mitchell Little - Marathon Oil Corp. Dane E. Whitehead - Marathon Oil Corp.
Analysts:
Doug Leggate - Bank of America Merrill Lynch Brian Singer - Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC Pavel S. Molchanov - Raymond James & Associates, Inc. Jamaal Dejon Dardar - Tudor, Pickering, Holt & Co. Securities, Inc. David Martin Heikkinen - Heikkinen Energy Advisors LLC Devin J. McDermott - Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC Roger D. Read - Wells Fargo Securities LLC John P. Herrlin - SG Americas Securities LLC Paul Sankey - Mizuho Securities USA LLC
Operator:
Welcome to the Marathon Oil Second Quarter 2018 Earnings Conference Call. My name is Paulette and I will be your operator for today's call. At this time, all participants are in a listen-only mode. Later, we will conduct a question-and-answer session. Please note this conference is being recorded. I will now turn the call over to Zach Dailey. You may begin.
Zach Dailey - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Thanks, Paulette, and thanks to everyone for joining us today. Last night we issued a press release, slide presentation, and investor packet that address our second quarter results. Those documents can be found on our website at marathonoil.com. Joining me on today's call are Lee Tillman, our President and CEO; Dane Whitehead, Executive VP and CFO; Mitch Little, Executive VP of Operations; and Guy Baber, our new VP of Investor Relations. It's been a pleasure working with everyone in IR over the last several years. Now, I'm very much looking forward to my next opportunity here at Marathon. We're excited to welcome Guy to the team and he and I will work together closely over the next few weeks to ensure a seamless transition. Today's call will contain forward-looking statements subject to risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed or implied by such statements. I'll refer everyone to the cautionary language included in the press release and presentation materials as well to the risk factors described in our SEC filings. With that, I'll turn the call over to Lee who will provide a few opening remarks before we turn to Q&A.
Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Thanks, Zach, and I want to extend my welcome to Guy as well and thank you to everyone joining us this morning. With half of the year behind us, our outstanding operational execution across our differentiated position in the four best U.S. resource plays is driving improved corporate level returns and enabling us to exceed our production commitments for the quarter and for the full year. Through the compelling combination of better well performance and greater drilling and completion efficiencies, we've raised our guidance for annual improvement in corporate cash returns and cash flow per debt adjusted share as well as annual oil and boe production growth for total company and the U.S. resource plays. All of this with no change to our $2.3 billion development capital budget and while adjusting for recently divested non-core oil volumes. While development CapEx has been slightly weighted to the first half of the year we expect to see our working interest moderate across the U.S. resource plays, consistent with the planned well mix for the second half of 2018. Our outstanding operational execution coupled with our capital discipline and higher oil prices enabled us to generate about $250 million of organic free cash flow during the second quarter, building upon our already peer-leading financial flexibility. This developing trend enhances our confidence and sustainable free cash flow and gives us ample room to progress multiple high-return uses of cash. Though all options are on the table our philosophy has not changed. It starts with a superior balance sheet and ensuring adequate cash on hand to run the business. Continued discipline on our $2.3 billion development capital program regardless of commodity pricing; appropriately funding low cost, high quality resource play exploration with the goal of generating outsized full cycle returns; maintaining optionality around small bolt-on opportunities in the Northern Delaware and also in our other U.S. resource plays; large M&A however is not our focus; and returning cash to shareholders. We have a $1.5 billion share repurchase authorization in place and are already funding our existing $170 million annual dividend. Our framework stresses line of sight to sustainable free cash flow generation while striking the right balance between low-cost resource capture and direct return of capital to shareholders. In the current pricing environment, we are increasingly confident we can do both. We recognize that resource capture opportunities will be episodic and will include greenfield leasing, exploration drilling and seismic, as well as small bolt-ons. As such, we must be prepared to act thoughtfully but also quickly when such opportunities meet our criteria. To that end, we spent about $250 million in the first half of 2018, predominantly on leasing in the emerging Austin Chalk play in Louisiana, and expect another $100 million to $150 million of REx CapEx in the second half of the year when we'll spud our first exploration well in Louisiana. Highlights for the quarter were numerous, but I'd like to underscore just a few. Impressive well results continue to confirm our expanded core in both our Bakken and Eagle Ford positions. Significantly enhanced well performance in the Hector area and Atascosa County are uplifting economics and inventory quality while both assets continue to generate significant free cash flow. Bakken grew oil production 14% sequentially, and continued its basin-leading performance with the Winona and Mamie wells in West Myrmidon setting new basin oil records for the Three Forks with average IP 30s greater than 3,000 barrels of oil per day. Our successful expansion of enhanced completion designs into Elk Creek elevates the economic returns for yet another area within our overall lease position. As we continue to bring on basin-leading wells, we are proactively managing gas capture to remain in full compliance with all North Dakota requirements and expect no flow assurance issues as we continue to develop this high-return program. Eagle Ford production grew 2% sequentially with another quarter of consistent results from the 39 wells we brought to sales which delivered average IP 30s of about 1,900 boe per day at a 66% oil cut. We continue to see year-over-year improvement in well performance with 90-day cumulative production up 50% relative to 2016. The Eagle Ford again contributed significant free cash flow through the powerful combination of well performance and strong LLS-based oil realizations that were once again above WTI. In Oklahoma, we are shifting from STACK leasehold protection to primarily multi-well pad development in both the overpressured STACK and the SCOOP Woodford. That development focus is delivering results with the SCOOP Woodford in-fill, the four-well Lightner pad on a half section boasting an impressive IP 30 of over 2,600 boe per day from lateral links that average 6,800 feet. Importantly, initial oil cuts exceeded expectations at almost 50%, placing these among some of the best Woodford oil wells in the play. Though our Oklahoma wells to sales were weighted to the first half of the year, our remaining 2018 completions will come primarily from the Irven John and HR Potter overpressured STACK infills. The majority of the team's activity in the second half of the year will be focused on drilling multi-well infill pads that won't come to sales until 2019. In the Northern Delaware, we've made great progress capturing drilling and completion efficiencies including a 45% improvement in average drilling feet per day since the fourth quarter and averaging nine frac stages per day on the three-well Fiddle Fee pad. These efficiencies allowed us to move from five to four rigs in June while maintaining our original 2018 guidance of 50 to 55 wells to sales. On takeaway, though an important growth asset, Northern Delaware accounts for only about 5% of our production mix for the quarter but we are already advancing midstream solutions that beyond protecting flow assurance, maximize margins through enhanced realizations and LOE reduction. Specifically, we've expanded our oil gathering agreements and are finalizing a term oil sales agreement. And we just recently executed a water handling agreement in the Malaga area that will significantly reduce our unit LOE. All of this is supported by our Midland-Cushing basis hedges at a discount of less than $1 to WTI. Outside of our four U.S. resource plays, we continue to generate value from our world-class integrated gas development in EG which contributed over $190 million of EBITDAX for the quarter. Also in Q2, we executed an HOA to process backfill gas from the Alen field through our LNG plant on Bioko Island. We continue to view our EG infrastructure as being uniquely positioned to become the natural point of aggregation in the region to capture additional equity and third-party gas. I've always said that we'll never be done with portfolio management and along those lines we recently closed on the sale of three non-core non-operated conventional assets in the U.S. These assets contributed 5,000 boe per day in the first half of the year and were about 75% oil. Even with these volumes adjusted out we still raised total company 2018 oil and boe guidance. We are also on track to fully exit Kurdistan before year-end, representing our 8th country exit since 2013. Second quarter has again demonstrated the strength of our returns-driven multi-basin business model. We have the flexibility to take advantage of opportunities without being forced to accelerate into headwinds. We remain solidly on track to deliver a strong rate of change in our key financial performance metrics with a 70% annual improvement in corporate cash return at strip while also delivering free cash flow. In the second half of the year we'll continue to focus on consistent execution while managing those elements of our business within our control
Operator:
Thank you. We will now begin the question and answer session. And our first question comes from Doug Leggate from Bank of America. Please go ahead.
Doug Leggate - Bank of America Merrill Lynch:
Thanks. Good morning, everyone. Lee, I think your consistent execution really deserves to be applauded because I think you've really done a great job turning this thing around since you came here. So, just wanted to say congratulations on a great quarter.
Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Thank you, Doug.
Doug Leggate - Bank of America Merrill Lynch:
I did want to make a couple of questions regarding the cadence of your relative activity going into the balance of this year and then into next. First of all, in the Bakken – I've only got two questions by the way. First of all, on the Bakken, it looks like you've got quite a wide range of variability across those Three Forks wells. I'm just wondering if you can touch on what's driving, I mean, tremendous wells on the one hand but obviously you've got some wells at the other end of the spectrum as well. So, what was driving the differences in completion? What's gone into the underlying decline rate with your ESP strategy? And just give us some idea of what – how you see the cadence of the Bakken over the next, let's say, through the plan period, through 2020?
Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Yeah. Well, maybe I'll take a little bit of that question and then also let Mitch chime in, Doug. First of all, just on cadence, per our plan this year, we are going to have a bit of waiting from a well to sales standpoint in the fourth quarter. So, you should expect to see that as the year plays out. From an overall activity standpoint, we continue to try to maintain a level of activity that optimizes, if you will, the continuity in our crews both on the drilling and the completion side in the Bakken. With the success though that we have seen particularly in the Hector area and certainly and not only the Middle Bakken and the Three Forks, we continue to be very encouraged about what Bakken activity might look like as we begin planning for 2019. And in terms of variability and I'll let Mitch maybe chime in a little bit on that, we are going to see some natural variability across the play as the geology varies. But having said that, I think when you look at the consistent outperformance using our enhanced completion designs, that is very much a common element. And then from an artificial lift perspective, we continue to take full advantage of the best available technology. We think managing the life of the well is equally as important as generating early IP 30s. And so our team and the asset is very focused on how best to optimize using not only ESPs but also other forms of artificial lift. So with that maybe Mitch, if you want to chime in anything else, just on the Three Forks specifically.
Thomas Mitchell Little - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Yeah. Sure, Doug. I think Lee covered it at a high level pretty well. What I would say is we've talked about before the tremendous technical database that we have here and the integrated workflow that we've applied on a sub-regional basis to optimize across the play. Lee aptly noted we do see some geologic variation across the play and we've also talked in the past about instilling a culture where we're never satisfied with yesterday's results. So, we still continue to trial various designs which would alter pumping strategy, proppant loading, and diversion technology. And so some of the variability is driven by those trials as we look to optimize on a return basis across the entire play. But in aggregate with the expansion of the core into Hector and now Elk Creek when you look at performance in aggregate being up over 100% since 2016, I feel good about the capability and the commitment of the team there to continue to drive further improvements.
Doug Leggate - Bank of America Merrill Lynch:
Forgive me guys, if I can just get kind of a clarification on here. Is it a work over-risk with an ESP strategy or as these things – has liquid volumes increased with increase with water content and so on or is that not an issue?
Thomas Mitchell Little - Marathon Oil Corp.:
We've got a pretty extensive use of ESPs that we've migrated to over the last few years in the Bakken. We see that as a way to uplift returns through maximizing production through the early phases of the well life. And so I don't – I'm not entirely sure I understand or if I'm answering your question on work over-risk but we've got dozens of ESPs in the ground, longest of which are probably more than three years old or have been in service for more than three years. And so it's a natural part of our business up there is probably how I would characterize it.
Doug Leggate - Bank of America Merrill Lynch:
Yeah.
Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp.:
And if could just add...
Doug Leggate - Bank of America Merrill Lynch:
Sure. Go ahead, Lee.
Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp.:
...clearly we're always focused on how to enhance the reliability of ESPs and we keep a very close watch on mean time between failures, which of course, these are pumps and over time they will have wear and tear on them. And so the further that we can extend that useful life of ESPs, that will obviously cut down on the intervention required from a well work standpoint.
Doug Leggate - Bank of America Merrill Lynch:
Thanks, Lee. My follow-up is just a real quick one. Are you comfortable with the current rig allocation after moving the rig out of the Delaware? And is the connectivity in the Delaware enough to achieve your HPP requirements? So, I'll leave it there. Thanks.
Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Yeah. No, absolutely. Well, first of all, just for absolute clarity on the rig drop in Permian, that was really driven by the excellent work from the Permian D&C teams there that have really captured very really early in our cycle there in Northern Delaware some significant efficiency gains. And what that has translated into is that we could deliver our program which was designed to not only protect our leasehold but also generate learnings as we get into the early kind of appraisal kind of drilling work that we're doing there. And we could do that all and do it with less rigs and match those rigs up with the dedicated frac crew that we're running in the basin. So, that was a great outcome and it's purely efficiency-driven and again matching up with the one dedicated frac crew. We are without a doubt going to achieve all of the objectives there that we set out for 2018 around not only leasehold but also continuing to understand the basin. We had some multi-well pads that we even talked about this quarter. So, that work is all on track.
Doug Leggate - Bank of America Merrill Lynch:
Terrific. Thanks for your time, guys.
Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Thank you, Doug.
Operator:
Our next question comes from Brian Singer from Goldman Sachs. Please go ahead.
Brian Singer - Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC:
Thank you. Good morning.
Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Hi, Brian. Good morning.
Brian Singer - Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC:
You highlighted your ability to execute on three uses of capital, or for free cash flow
Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Yeah. Yeah. Brian, I think the best way to think about it is first of all on the balance sheet side, I think with all the great work done by the team in 2017, we feel very comfortable with the way we have the balance sheet positioned. When we look at net debt to EBITDAX on a forward-looking basis, we feel very comfortable with how we position that. So, we can kind of I believe set that one to the side. We don't have another maturity until well out in time, 2021, so I think let's just kind of park that one. I think coming back to what are we looking for, I think we've been very consistent in the messaging there which has been around, we want to see sustainable free cash flow being generated from our model before looking at incremental direct return of capital to our shareholders. Now, I say incremental because of course we do still have what within our peer group is still a very competitive dividend that we're paying. I think as we continue to gain that confidence and see this trend, it really started in earnest this quarter with $250 million of organic cash flow and we used organic cash flow because we think that's more indicative of the underlying performance of the business. But as we look at that and gain that confidence and look out in time, I think we're getting more comfortable that we can accommodate not only the needs we have in resource capture, but also looking at options to return directly to shareholders. And as you stated, we have the authorization in place. We are certainly not going to preannounce any execution though against our existing authorization.
Brian Singer - Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC:
Great. Thank you. And then my follow-up is with regards to the Bakken. You highlighted your ability to apply enhanced completion techniques outside of the core with the Bear Den pad and I wondered if you could add any color on how widespread those implications are to your noncore Bakken position and any further plans there versus more of a regional impressive well performance in this area.
Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Yeah. I think just again to put Elk Creek in a little bit of perspective, it still is a really – it's still a constrained area there. It's not as aerially extensive as what you would see in Hector. But what it does is it continues to confirm our ability to go in and not only predict performance but be successful at delivering against that prediction. I think what we want to think about though is that we have two very key tests coming up in the remainder of the year. One of those is pushing further south in our Hector acreage, more to the south of that place, so we feel very good about the northern part of Hector and feel that we have essentially de-risked that and moved it into the core. But we do have a test to the south and then the other test of course will be in the Ajax area. And both of those tests will be later in the second half of the year.
Brian Singer - Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC:
Great. Thank you.
Operator:
Our next question comes from Pavel Molchanov from Raymond James. Please go ahead.
Pavel S. Molchanov - Raymond James & Associates, Inc.:
Thanks for taking the question, guys. You made a point in the press release and the verbal comments to highlight the lack of gas flaring on your North Dakota acreage. I don't think you've drawn attention to that issue before. Did something change policy, regulatory, anything like that that encouraged you to kind of single that out?
Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp.:
No. Not at all. In fact, the reason we wanted to highlight that is just to assure folks that as we see more activity in the basin, as you know, North Dakota continues to their regulatory regime around gas capture that we kept everyone up to speed on our view of that, and that we are not only in full compliance but certainly don't see any impacts on our four development plan there. So, it's really just more competence setting. And I think it's also important too. I know that the state does put out data on flaring and sometimes that can get confused relative to actual compliance. And we wanted to be absolutely clear that we were in full compliance, no impact relative to our forward development there in the Bakken.
Pavel S. Molchanov - Raymond James & Associates, Inc.:
Okay. In Q2, you had 13,000 boe a day of U.S. production outside of the big four resource plays. And your solds looks like 4,000 of that since. Where is that – the remainder, I guess 9,000 boe a day?
Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Yeah. It's kind of distributed out. There's still a bit of an element in the Gulf of Mexico. We still have a couple of small assets in the Gulf that are largely contributing to that bottom line in the North – in the remaining kind of North America production.
Pavel S. Molchanov - Raymond James & Associates, Inc.:
Okay. And are you – is it safe to say that you would be looking to kind of continue cleaning that up?
Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Yeah. I think we're kind of in the nits and nats at this point in the U.S. They're smaller, if you will, assets but we'll continue to look to monetize those to the advantage of the shareholder just like we did in the current quarter. And it's just part, as I said in my opening comments, we never view portfolio management as being done. We're constantly looking to upgrade, simplify and concentrate the portfolio and you should expect us to continue to do so.
Pavel S. Molchanov - Raymond James & Associates, Inc.:
Okay. Appreciate it.
Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Thanks, Pavel.
Operator:
And our next question comes from Jamaal Dardar from TPH & Company. Please go ahead.
Jamaal Dejon Dardar - Tudor, Pickering, Holt & Co. Securities, Inc.:
Good morning, everyone.
Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Good morning.
Jamaal Dejon Dardar - Tudor, Pickering, Holt & Co. Securities, Inc.:
Just had a quick question. You mentioned looking at the free cash flow in your model in order to determine maybe the pace and execution of buybacks. I just wanted to get a sense though at current strip ballpark what you all are seeing in terms of free cash flow over that 2021 plan?
Dane E. Whitehead - Marathon Oil Corp.:
2021? We haven't talked about – hey...
Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Jamaal.
Dane E. Whitehead - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Jamaal, sorry, this is Dane Whitehead. Yeah. We really don't forecast out to 2021 but we want to think about the rest of 2018. I think the fact that we generated $250 million of organic free cash flow in Q2 and a commodity price environment that is very similar to what we're looking at for the balance of the year right now, it's kind of reasonable to think that we will generate that kind of ratably for the rest of the year.
Jamaal Dejon Dardar - Tudor, Pickering, Holt & Co. Securities, Inc.:
All right. That sounds good. And just moving operationally, you saw some really good results here in the oily Woodford play that we haven't seen in a while from you all. Just kind of want to get an update on the size of the opportunity set there. We haven't been updated on the resource in some time and I guess the data disclosure was that maybe that was a little lower working interest. So I just kind of want to get an update there.
Thomas Mitchell Little - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Sure. Jamaal, this is Mitch. I might refer you to slide 12 where we kind of highlight the near-term activity in Oklahoma. And you'll note a number of multi-well infill pads down in the SCOOP area, in the general area of the Lightner. We have been talking about for the last couple of quarters this pivot from STACK leasehold protection to a focus on infill development drilling in high confidence areas in the overpressured STACK and SCOOP. We think we've got plenty of running room in and around the Lightner. You see the near-term activity there. I think that Lightner is a really good indicator of the type of deliverability and returns that we would expect from that area. We would expect some variability in oil cut. As we highlighted the Lightner came in above expectations on oil cut but from a returns and deliverability perspective the activity that we've highlighted there for the remainder of 2018 in terms of infill drilling pads should expect similar kind of economic results as we saw in the Lightner.
Jamaal Dejon Dardar - Tudor, Pickering, Holt & Co. Securities, Inc.:
All right. That makes sense. Great results there. So, just want to see if we could – that will be repeatable. I appreciate the time, guys.
Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Thank you, Jamaal.
Thomas Mitchell Little - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Thank you.
Operator:
Our next question comes from David Heikkinen from Heikkinen Energy. Please go ahead.
David Martin Heikkinen - Heikkinen Energy Advisors LLC:
Good morning, guys, and good results in the quarter. Congratulations. I was thinking through and comparing other companies in the Delaware. Many pointed to higher OBO spending driving higher CapEx. I was just wondering if you guys are seeing the same trend in OBO that could impact your budget for the remainder of the year?
Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Yeah. Hi, Dave. This is Lee. Just – you know, I'll maybe address OBO just in general. It's an element of our business that's particularly relevant in both Oklahoma and Northern Delaware. It's also notoriously one of the more challenging ones for us to predict and build into our modeling as well because you're somewhat reliant on the feedback that you get from the other operators. And of course their plans change, their capital allocation may change, their timing and pace may change. But I think in general what I would say is that we've had to, like many, watch very carefully the OBO spend. And we treat OBO spend just like we would our own operated spend, we're returns-driven. And if we don't see adequate returns, then we will not support those investments. So, with activity increases, there will be a natural bias up in not only operated activity, but also non-operated activity. So, it's just like any element of our business. We're managing it. We're managing it based on returns, and it's fully contemplated in our $2.3 billion capital budget.
David Martin Heikkinen - Heikkinen Energy Advisors LLC:
I'm not trying to read between the lines. Does that say that you've got plenty of free cash flow? So, it really is just purely returns. You're not drawing a hard line on $2.3 billion. Like, commodity prices are up. So, I'd expect returns would be good.
Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Yeah.
David Martin Heikkinen - Heikkinen Energy Advisors LLC:
So, just in Oklahoma and Delaware, that biased your budget a little higher just given activity level.
Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Yeah. I mean, I would say within the $2.3 billion obviously there's been puts and takes throughout the year. OBO is just one element of that but we are going to support higher return opportunities whether they'll be non-operated or operated. And but it has to come in and compete for capital allocation just like any piece of our business. So, no, we're not going to artificially constrain and make poor business decisions.
David Martin Heikkinen - Heikkinen Energy Advisors LLC:
Yeah. I didn't think so. Thanks, guys.
Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Thank you, David.
Operator:
Our next question comes from Devin McDermott from Morgan Stanley. Please go ahead.
Devin J. McDermott - Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC:
Good morning. Thanks for taking the question.
Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Good morning, Devin.
Devin J. McDermott - Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC:
I wanted to ask on the resource play exploration strategy. You've acquired a large position in the Austin Chalk at this point. As you noted, an attractive low cost of entry. As we think about how that strategy there plays out over the next several years and the overall spending profile for resource play exploration. Is it now going to focus more on the exploration and appraisal in the Austin Chalk? And that's where that spending will largely be bucketed or are there other opportunities that you continue to look at beyond that as we move toward getting more information on Austin Chalk over the next several years.
Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Yeah. Well, certainly the REx opportunity set is much broader than just Austin Chalk. There are numerous opportunities that that team has actively engaged in today. I would point out though that Austin Chalk and Louisiana, it is a unique opportunity in terms of its scale and the entry point there. And so elements of that will be somewhat difficult to replicate in some of the other opportunities, so it is unique in that sense. So as difficult as it is to forecast this part of our business, I would say that the pace of spend certainly that we saw in the first half of the year which was largely dominated by Louisiana Austin Chalk that was a pretty unique opportunity set.
Devin J. McDermott - Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC:
Got it. That's helpful. And the other question I had is actually shifting over to international, Equatorial Guinea you highlighted in the context of potentially being a regional hub for growth in that area, I was wondering if you just add a little bit of color on what the opportunities that is that you see there, if that's an asset where we could see growth over time and just how you're framing that.
Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Yeah. I think that our starting point is we have a – we are very uniquely positioned in EG with that integrated gas infrastructure that we have there. We also know that there is not only the opportunity that we're currently pursuing which is the Alen field and bringing it in as backfill gas. But we know that there's regional gas in the area that ultimately we'll need to find a monetization route. Some of that within EG. Some of it maybe even outside of EG. But geographically this is a very well-positioned asset and infrastructure. We know that the EG government is very keen to continue to progress their role in regional gas development and we're going to support that initiative.
Devin J. McDermott - Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC:
Great. Thank you very much.
Operator:
Our next question comes from Roger Read from Wells Fargo. Please go ahead.
Roger D. Read - Wells Fargo Securities LLC:
Yeah. Thanks. Good morning.
Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Good morning
Roger D. Read - Wells Fargo Securities LLC:
I guess if we could. Hey. If we could come back a little bit the question was asked earlier about share repos. I believe on the last conference call you kind of gave an idea of the amount of cash you would want to have on hand. I was wondering if you could kind of refresh us as to what you'd like the balance sheet to look like before you considered increase shareholder returns whether it's a share repo or a dividend increase.
Dane E. Whitehead - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Hey, Roger, this is Dane again. We feel like as Lee said earlier, we feel great about where the balance sheet is right now from a leverage perspective, net debt to EBITDA is trending sub 1 time which is I think kind of top of the peer group. And we don't have any current maturities, next one's in 2020 and it's $600 million, so easy to handle one way or another. From a managing the business perspective, we've been pretty consistent saying it's nice to have that $750 million in cash on hand. Interim month, we see some fairly significant swings as receivables come in, as payables go out, and we also want to have a little bit of flexibility to do bolt-ons or other REx activity from time to time with short notice. So that's sort of the minimum operating level we'd like to maintain. We're feeling – obviously we're in a better position right now than that from a cash perspective which gives us the flexibility to do the things that Lee mentioned in his opening comments. I mean, we can balance our approach with adding future inventory at low cost that can generate high full cycle returns and also give you consideration of return of capital to shareholders. And so we feel pretty good about that and as we continue to generate free cash for the balance of the year that will give us additional flexibility.
Roger D. Read - Wells Fargo Securities LLC:
Okay. Thanks. I guess a follow-up on that. So obviously, the move here into the Austin Chalk, relatively attractive lease costs. As you think about acquisitions, is there anything on the larger scale at this point that looks interesting or attractive or it's really we should think more of the smaller, I guess you described bolt-on type positions?
Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Yeah. Yeah, Roger. This is Lee. Absolutely, we are focused squarely on the smaller bolt-ons. Larger-scale acquisitions simply are not on our radar screen. We feel that there have been – there are some really unique opportunities in and around our core basins that are in that kind of small bolt-on category. You'll recall that we did one in 4Q in the Northern Delaware. And so, that's the type of opportunity that we're going to continue to look at to – what we'd like to do of course is to continue to take advantage of the amazing execution being delivered by our teams in these core assets and it's going to be hard pressed for others to demonstrate that they can drive more value but we want those, even those smaller acquisitions to come in and compete for capital allocation from a full cycle basis. So, that's the criteria that even those will have to meet to get in through the door.
Roger D. Read - Wells Fargo Securities LLC:
Okay. Great. And if I could just throw in one last one and it's into the weeds, but on the OBO issues where you're not funding, you're choosing not to go forward with that, any – SCOOP/STACK you highlighted, but is that the leading resource play where you're seeing that or is it spread across Eagle Ford, Permian, Bakken, et cetera?
Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp.:
So first of all, I want to be really clear. We do not expect to be in a non-consent position on a lot of opportunities. That's not our expectation. I mean, we expect operators are going to bring forward their best opportunities just like we are. But the areas where we have the larger non-operated exposure are Oklahoma and Northern Delaware. Both of those teams have an economic criteria that they test all opportunities against, and then we make a decision on that basis. And also bear in mind that leases may have different terms associated with them too around participation. And so, all of that will factor into our forward-looking decision.
Roger D. Read - Wells Fargo Securities LLC:
Great. Thank you.
Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp.:
You bet.
Operator:
Our next question comes from John Herrlin from Société Générale.
John P. Herrlin - SG Americas Securities LLC:
Regarding the Austin Chalk, when will we hear test results? Will that be more beginning of the next year, Lee?
Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp.:
John, we're – as you know, very, very early days here. We're looking to spud the initial well in later this year. Meaningful results are going to be later in 2019. Clearly, this is an exploration play, and I want to remind everyone of that. So, it's going to take us a bit of time to get our arms around what the data is really telling us. And it is going to be a relatively limited data set even at that point in time. In parallel, we're also participating in a multi-client seismic survey, which is also going to support whatever well results we get. So, the integration of all of that data is ultimately what will decide whether or not this is something that we want to take into more of a development mode.
John P. Herrlin - SG Americas Securities LLC:
Okay. That's fair. Assuming it does go ahead, how's the infrastructure there in terms of access in, you know, midstream, et cetera?
Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Yeah. Well, clearly there in some areas of the Chalk in Louisiana there has been I would say more conventional development that kind of goes back into the kind of the 1990s. But I would say that infrastructure will be one of those areas that we have to focus on initially and ensuring that we get out in front of that. But from a geographic location standpoint I like being close to the Gulf Coast. I like the fact that this is an area where there has been hydrocarbon development in the past. So in that way it's very similar to places like Oklahoma and South Texas where even though we brought in the unconventionals there was a conventional business there that kind of came in before us. And of course we're going to certainly enjoy having indexing more to an LLS basis than somewhere else.
John P. Herrlin - SG Americas Securities LLC:
Great. Thank you.
Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Yeah. Thank you, John. I appreciate it.
Operator:
Our next question comes from Vin Lovaglio from Mizuho Securities. Please go ahead.
Paul Sankey - Mizuho Securities USA LLC:
Hello. Can you hear me? Hello?
Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Yeah. Go ahead, Vin. We've got you, I think.
Paul Sankey - Mizuho Securities USA LLC:
Hi. It's Paul Sankey here.
Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Oh. Hi, Paul. How are you doing?
Paul Sankey - Mizuho Securities USA LLC:
I jumped on to Vin's line and maybe we should get him – force him to ask the question but I don't think he's expecting to. I'm always fascinated by your position right across the U.S. unconventionals. It seems to me it must be very challenging to plan given the scale of changes that we're seeing whether it's in differentials, whether it's geologic performance. And of course I was wondering as well how cost is changing in the different regions. Could you talk a bit about all of those things? It feels perhaps like the Bakken is much more attractive now based on transport differentials. It feels like Oklahoma might be dropping off a bit geologically. And then your perspective on drilling and completion costs as well. Thank you.
Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Yeah. Certainly the multi-basin model in our opinion offers a lot of advantages but it does require a level of planning and optimization that is different than if you were in a single basin mode. There are a lot of different factors that go in. Obviously, you're getting new performance data each and every day. You're getting new cost data. You're getting new realization data each and every day. So, our planning processes, we have completely overhauled them to reflect the realities of the unconventional plays which means capital allocation is no longer a once a year exercise. It's something that we do in real time. And so, you should expect to see us continue to adjust and flex as we see developments in each of the individual basins. And whether that's some type of dislocation from a realization standpoint or some kind of dislocation even on a cost standpoint, we do have the ability to reflect that in our allocations going forward. There's little doubt though that when you look at somewhere like a Bakken where you've had the combination of both productivity gains, strong realizations, and continued reduction in the cost structure that those barrels are going to be extremely competitive even within our multi-basin model and that's why you see us driving a lot of capital that direction in this year's plan. So, that was our perspective when we started the year. I think the – probably the pleasant surprise for us has been the sheer outperformance of what had traditionally been these non-core areas like Hector and seeing them compete head to head with the Tier 1 inventory that we have across all of our basins.
Paul Sankey - Mizuho Securities USA LLC:
Right. And then of course, I've seen that the Tier 1 has a cost disadvantage because of the larger amount of activity in those area.
Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Yeah. I mean, I think it varies. I think a lot of kudos to our supply chain group and the operations team's working with them that they have continued to find innovative ways to control our cost structure whether that is looking discreetly at things like local and regional sourcing of materials, including sand. I think the month of June we sourced all of our sand locally in the Permian for instance. So we're looking for instance at continuing to assess ways to broaden our vendor population and open up our services to a broader cross-section of vendors. And we're even considering potentially terming up some element of our activity to ensure that again we not only have the security of well-trained, strongly executing crews but also can potentially lock in some favorable commercial terms.
Paul Sankey - Mizuho Securities USA LLC:
Interesting. Thank you, sir.
Operator:
And I'm showing no further questions at this time. I will now turn the call back to Lee Tillman for closing remarks.
Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Thank you. I want to conclude by thanking all of our dedicated employees and contractors that deliver excellence in all they do 24/7. Welcome again to Guy and certainly thank you for your interest in Marathon Oil. That concludes our call.
Operator:
Thank you, ladies and gentlemen. This concludes today's conference. Thank you for participating and you may now disconnect.
Executives:
Zach Dailey - Marathon Oil Corp. Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp. Thomas Mitchell Little - Marathon Oil Corp. Dane E. Whitehead - Marathon Oil Corp.
Analysts:
Guy Baber - Simmons Piper Jaffray & Co. Arun Jayaram - JPMorgan Securities LLC Doug Leggate - Bank of America Merrill Lynch Ryan Todd - Deutsche Bank Securities, Inc. Robert Scott Morris - Citigroup Global Markets, Inc. Brian Singer - Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC David Martin Heikkinen - Heikkinen Energy Advisors LLC
Operator:
Welcome to the MRO First Quarter 2018 Earnings Conference Call. My name is Hilda, and I will be your operator for today. At this time, all participants are in a listen-only mode. Later, we will conduct a question-and-answer session. Please note that this conference is being recorded. I will now turn the call over to Mr. Zach Dailey. Mr. Dailey, you may begin.
Zach Dailey - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Thanks and good morning. Last night, we issued a press release, slide presentation, and investor packet that address our first quarter results. Those documents can be found on our website at marathonoil.com. Today's call will contain forward-looking statements subject to risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed or implied by such statements. I refer everyone to the cautionary language included in the press release and presentation materials as well as to the risk factors described in our SEC filings. With that, I'll turn the call over to Lee Tillman, our President and CEO, who will provide a few opening remarks before we open the call to Q&A.
Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Thanks, Zach, and thank you to everyone joining us this morning. After a pivotal 2017, 2018 is off to a great start and has continued our returns-focused momentum with our development capital program on track to deliver over 65% annual improvement in corporate cash returns at strip pricing. Our differentiated multi-basin model delivered strong 9% sequential U.S. oil growth and our asset-level execution underpinned our confidence to raise our full-year 2018 resource-play guidance while also steering to the upper end of our total company guidance. All of these, with our $2.3 billion development capital budget unchanged. An important point to note is that our first quarter development CapEx is not ratable due primarily to some higher working interest relative to the remainder of 2018 and other timing effects. Highlights for the quarter were numerous, but I'd like to underscore just a few. We continue to expand the core of our Bakken and Eagle Ford positions through enhanced well performance in the Hector area and Atascosa County respectively, uplifting economics and inventory quality while generating significant free cash flow from both assets. Bakken grew production 7% sequentially and continued its basin-leading performance, setting new 30-day oil IP records in both the Middle Bakken and the Three Forks. The June and Chauncey wells in West Myrmidon established new records for the basin and oil production with an average IP 30 of almost 3,500 barrels of oil per day. The Arkin well in the Hector area set a new Williston Basin record for the Three Forks formation at an IP 30 of just over 3,000 barrels of oil per day. And just to underscore the compelling economics of this well, the Arkin has already achieved pay out. Finally, our West Myrmidon well brought to sales late (3:22) in the quarter achieved a remarkable IP 24 of over 10,000 oil equivalent barrels per day but has not yet achieved 30 days of production. In part because we continue to bring on these basin-leading wells, we are proactively managing gas capture to remain in full compliance with all North Dakota requirements, and have the necessary flexibility to ensure no flow assurance issues as we continue to pursue this high-return program. Eagle Ford held production flat sequentially and delivered results in Q1 that span the entirety of our acreage position. This included 11 outstanding wells in Atascosa County with an average IP 30 of over 1,600 oil equivalent barrels per day at an oil cut of 76%. The Eagle Ford continued its focus on enhanced completion designs and contributed significant free cash flow through the powerful combination of well performance and strong LLS-based oil realizations that were above WTI. Oklahoma and Northern Delaware began their shift to primarily multi-well pad drilling that will dominate the remainder of their 2018 programs. In Oklahoma, oil production grew 25% sequentially, primarily from outstanding base performance that included the Tan infill that came online late in the fourth quarter. We largely completed our STACK leasehold program in the first quarter and expect to be greater than 90% HBP'd in the STACK by year end. Looking ahead, 95% of our remaining 2018 wells to sales in Oklahoma will be in the over-pressured STACK and SCOOP, the majority of which will come from four multi-well infills. Northern Delaware, though still early in its development cycle, delivered wells across the Malaga, Red Hills and Ranger areas at an average IP 30 of 1,460 oil equivalent barrels per day at 69% oil cut. Late in the quarter, we brought the first two Cypress infill wells online ahead of schedule and we'll report results once we have 30 days of production from the entire pilot. Additionally, in the last six months, we've added 165 risked gross co-op locations, with an average working interest of 65% through trades and a small bolt-on, and continue to pursue opportunities that increase our working interest, generate more operated sections and provide more extended lateral optionality. It's difficult to speak about the Permian without addressing differentials and takeaway. We're currently benefiting from our Midland-Cushing basis swaps and open positions cover us for 10,000 barrels of oil per day at a discount of less than $1 to WTI for the second half of 2018 and all of 2019. Our swaps will help protect over half our forecasted oil production for the remainder of the year. On takeaway, it is important to stress that today, Northern Delaware accounts for only about 4% of our overall production mix. However, while we anticipate no flow assurance issues, we are planning for future growth and have expanded our oil gathering agreements and are assessing both gas gathering and FT commitments for the longer term. We are also transitioning our water to pipe throughout the year, which will reduce unit operating costs for the basin. In addition to our four U.S. resource plays, we continue to generate value from our world-class integrated gas development in E.G. which contributed $124 million of EBITDAX for the quarter despite a turnaround at the LNG plant. This unique gas infrastructure, LNG plant, gas plant and methanol plant is well-positioned to not only deliver free cash flow today but also capture additional equity and third-party gas as the natural point of aggregation in the region. Our financial flexibility is at the top of our peer group and was further strengthened by receipt of proceeds from Libya and our final Canadian oil sands payment. This flexibility allows us to pursue multiple high-return uses of free cash. But we are taking a disciplined approach and we are not considering large-scale M&A. Repurchasing shares is an option and we have a $1.5 billion authorization already in place and we can also look at our already-competitive $170 million annual dividend. We have enjoyed higher pricing for just over a quarter but as our confidence in sustainable free cash flow generation continues to grow, we will consider returning additional capital to shareholders and it is a topic of ongoing discussion with our board. Our objective is to strike the right balance between additional direct return of capital and accretive, opportunistic, low-entry cost resource capture. Specifically, we have successfully added quality-operated locations in the Northern Delaware through trades and a small bolt-on, and have captured over 250,000 acres across multiple onshore exploration plays including a material position in the emerging Louisiana Chalk at less than $900 an acre. We recognize that these unique resource capture opportunities are episodic and challenging to forecast. We spent $94 million in Q1 and expect another $150 million in Q2, but they offer the potential to generate outsized full cycle returns. We now expect to grow our resource plays 25% to 30% year-over-year, up from 20% to 25% for both oil and boe with our development capital budget unchanged. And we expect our total company annual growth to be toward the upper end of our guidance, also for both oil and boe. But growth is simply an outcome of our returns-focused capital allocation. Thank you. And with that, I'll hand it back to the operator to begin the Q&A.
Operator:
Thank you. We have a question from Guy Baber from Simmons & Company (sic) [Simmons Piper Jaffray & Co.].
Guy Baber - Simmons Piper Jaffray & Co.:
Good morning, everybody, and congrats on the strong results.
Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Thank you, Guy. Good morning.
Guy Baber - Simmons Piper Jaffray & Co.:
I wanted to start with the Bakken but it looks like you continue to be successful in expanding the core of your footprint there, so really impressive well results from Hector in particular. Can you talk about how that's influencing your view of the depth and the quality of your inventory there? I know you all recently highlighted over 12 years of inventory in the Bakken at this year's pace. But can you put some additional context around that? Just trying to better understand to what degree that inventory is economic, how it will compete because the wells you're drilling right now are obviously very, very impressive.
Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Yeah. Guy, maybe just to affirm for everyone on the call, we have talked about the Bakken having a forward inventory at kind of current activity levels of just over 12 years. And the way I think about our success in the Hector today is that we're continuing to delineate across an acreage position there, that's about 115,000 net acres. We have had very strong early success there, record-setting wells there, but we're still marching across that acreage position. And I view this as thus far really providing us an opportunity to uplift the intrinsic value and economics of that 12 years of inventory as we elevate the inventory that resides within the Hector area. Additionally, we are still looking to test other areas this year in the Bakken including Elk Creek as well as the Ajax area as we continue to apply the same workflows that started in West Myrmidon, transition then into Hector. We're looking to apply those as well in these other areas. So, right now, it's a great outcome. All credit to the team there for their innovation. They are competing strongly at the very top of the portfolio with these kinds of results.
Guy Baber - Simmons Piper Jaffray & Co.:
Thanks, Lee. And then for my follow-up, I wanted to talk a little bit about the resource play leasing and exploration program. But you've obviously been successful in adding new acreage to the portfolio at low cost. I know you characterize the spending there as episodic and I'm sure you'll be opportunistic, but how should we be thinking of the size or materiality of that program over time? Is there any framework that you could share? I'm really just curious as to how you instill a sense of discipline into the organization there to ensure that you're maximizing the full cycle return potential of the dollars that you're spending in that program as you highlighted.
Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Yeah. Well, I think you said it well, Guy. It's very difficult for us to forecast in this area because typically these unique opportunities are what we would classify as potential lost opportunities, meaning that if we don't act upon them they're likely going to move away or at least the low-cost entry element of them will move away from us. So, it is difficult for us to forecast. That's one of the reasons why we at least attempted to provide some visibility into the next quarter for you all. So that was an important element. I think as we consider the scope of it and ensuring that we do apply discipline to this element of our business just like all other elements of our business, it starts with return and capital allocation. When the REx team brings in an opportunity, it has to compete on a similar basis as our other opportunities, meaning that there has to be a path there to achieve economics, full-cycle economics that are competitive with our existing portfolio. These are still exploration plays with a finite chance of success, but we have to be able to see materiality, quality and a value proposition, meaning that they can come in and compete for capital allocation. The other point that I would make just on the spend question is that as you think about the framework, although we're very excited about the greenfield leasing that we've accomplished, bear in mind that the real work comes after the leasing occurs. We have to get in there then and go through appraisal, delineation, and what we hope is ultimately predevelopment. And all of those activities will require capital allocation. So, as we look forward in time, we have to also consider those future capital needs that are beyond just greenfield leasing.
Guy Baber - Simmons Piper Jaffray & Co.:
Very helpful. Thank you very much.
Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Thank you, Guy.
Operator:
The next question comes from Arun Jayaram from JPMorgan.
Arun Jayaram - JPMorgan Securities LLC:
Yeah. Good morning. Lee, if the strip is broadly correct, I just wanted to get your thoughts on potentially recommending to the board to return cash to shareholders and just your views on do you think the stock is undervalued and if that's a good use of money just given the strong balance sheet, and the strong free cash flow generation of the company?
Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Yeah. Thank you, Arun. Yeah. First of all, I want to emphasize that return of capital to shareholders is and has been an ongoing dialogue with our board. We'd obviously discuss our dividend which is very competitive in our space with our board each and every quarter. So that concept of return of capital to shareholders and the constructive tension with other investment opportunities is front and center with the leadership, and with our board each and every time we sit down to discuss it. What I would say is that going back to my opening comments that repurchasing shares is definitely an option. We have an authorization of $1.5 billion already in place. We can also consider the level of our dividend although at $170 million annually, it's very competitive. That also needs to go into the calculus and you're right. I mean, we've – certainly as we look ahead, we absolutely see the opportunity to get into a mode of sustainable cash – free cash flow generation. And I think as we move through that, returning additional capital to shareholders will feature in that forward dialogue. I would maybe mention though just a few things there is that first of all, we feel that we need kind of a minimum cash balance to run our business given the scale and scope of it of around $750 million of cash on hand and that's plus or minus. I would also point out that all companies are at different stages in their respective business models. We have addressed our balance sheet very clearly last year. We've also largely completed our major portfolio dispositions, meaning that we don't expect additional near-term material proceeds. As I was just chatting about with Guy, we also recognize that leasing cost is just the first step in capturing some of these low entry cost opportunities. So, we must consider those future capital needs as well. All that to say is that the bottom line is that all of these factors go into our considerations for pursuing what is the best – what are the best options for long-term value creation through the use of free cash and I view it it's not an either/or proposition. We see multiple uses for that including enhancing our direct return of capital. All of that can be accommodated.
Arun Jayaram - JPMorgan Securities LLC:
Thanks for that. And just a follow-up, just want to talk a little bit about the Louisiana Austin Chalk opportunity. Obviously in the late 1990s the industry tried to move into Louisiana with no success there. But I was just wondering if you could talk about this opportunity and obviously EOG has an interesting discovery well, the Eagle Ranch number 1 and if you could talk about maybe the proximity to some of the EOG acreage?
Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Yeah. Well, we plan to provide many more details, Arun, as we move through the year. But obviously the Louisiana Austin Chalk as you mention did go through a bit of a development phase. It was with very early technology designs on the completions side and relatively short lateral lengths as well. We see this, as you know, a natural extension of kind of this Austin Chalk megatrend that goes from Mexico across South Texas all the way over to East Louisiana. And having been one of the leaders in the development of the Austin Chalk and South Texas, we think we're well equipped to get in here and appraise and understand the potential of this. But I want to stress again that this is exploration. And until we are able to get out in the field, do the necessary technical work, and get some wells down, we don't really know what we have here in terms of forward inventory or resource. But it's exciting and I won't get into where we are on the map, Arun, because we're still obviously active in the play today and so I don't think it's prudent for us to talk those specifics at this present time.
Arun Jayaram - JPMorgan Securities LLC:
All right. Thanks for your comments, Lee.
Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Yes. Thank you.
Operator:
The next question comes from Doug Leggate from Bank of America.
Doug Leggate - Bank of America Merrill Lynch:
Hi. Thanks, everybody. Good morning. Lee, I wonder if I could kick off with the relative capital allocation across the plays. The Bakken obviously continues to impress in terms of incremental well results. So, I'm just curious as to within your stable capital spend for the year, how are you seeing incremental spending in the event the oil prices did stay at these elevated levels?
Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Yeah. Doug, we are – as we've said before, we have calibrated our development capital program at a level that we're comfortable with. We believe it strikes the balance between generating those very strong material improvements and corporate level returns that we talked about early on, on a strip deck. We can – we see cash return on invested capital improving year-over-year by about 65%. We will always be looking to, I would say, adjust our capital allocation based on new information throughout the year. But our $2.3 billion development capital spend, that is our spend for the year regardless of where commodity prices tend to track for the rest of the year.
Doug Leggate - Bank of America Merrill Lynch:
I guess, to be clear what I was really – it probably wasn't obvious from my question, what I was really getting at was the relative oil cut in the Bakken relative to the rest of the portfolio. Would the higher oil price impact your decision as to where your relative investment shifts within that stable budget?
Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Yeah.
Doug Leggate - Bank of America Merrill Lynch:
Do you have any plans to step up in the Bakken I guess is what I'm asking.
Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Yeah. No, I got it, Doug. The beauty I think in our portfolio today in our multi-basin model is, Doug, is that we are already biased very heavily toward oil opportunities. And you're right, the Bakken offers a very high crude cut. But I would also point out that even in Atascosa County, we're running upwards above 75% C&C, crude oil cut there as well. So, that does go in. We look at obviously the product mix, but we're more driven by making sure that we're deploying to the correct overall economic value proposition. And today, when you look at our relative capital allocation that we described earlier in the year, it's not surprising that a big component of our capital allocation is flowing to both the Bakken and the Eagle Ford while we progressed the early development phases from a strategic standpoint certainly in both Northern Delaware and Oklahoma. So, we feel that we have already accommodated that, not only the oil cut, but the overall economics that we see in the Bakken in our capital deployment. But again as we get new data, we can always look at adjusting and redeploying within our multi-basin model but I want to stress that the $2.3 billion is the development capital that we'll be working within.
Doug Leggate - Bank of America Merrill Lynch:
I appreciate the full answer, my follow-up hopefully a quick one. Last quarter, Lee, you talked about reevaluating the black oil Meramec. I'm just curious if you've got any updates for us this quarter you can share? And I'll leave it there. Thanks.
Thomas Mitchell Little - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Yeah. Hey, Doug, this is Mitch. I'll see if I can address that for you and then carry on if I'm not hitting what you're looking for. But maybe I'd start with breaking down our STACK position a little bit just for context and we put it in the slides, but 70% of our operated DSUs in the STACK are in the over pressured window and about 30% in the normally pressured. And you'll note that for the remainder of 2018, our focus is really in the over pressured areas. How I would describe it is we completed our first phase of infills in the normally pressured window. The last one of course was the Cerny, the most recent one which we did a multi-horizon test there including Meramec, Osage and Woodford. We've obtained a massive data set of production, subsurface and intentional data acquisition. We're now integrating that into the same kind of internally developed workflow – multidiscipline integration workflow that we've applied in places like the Eagle Ford and Bakken to drive the results that you're seeing from us there. I would note and just kind of keep in mind in those two basins, we've got about on the order of 1,500 infills whereas in the normally pressured window, we've got 19 infill locations so far.
Doug Leggate - Bank of America Merrill Lynch:
Sure.
Thomas Mitchell Little - Marathon Oil Corp.:
At a different phase, we have taken a few very significant learnings thus far and continue to optimize while we focus in the over pressured area and come back. But certain of the Meramec wells were delivered about $700,000 completed well cost lower than the Eve's and through the first 60 days, we're seeing oil cums that are comparable, so no degradation in performance there. And we believe we can take cost down even further. We were currently evaluating the design that's more in the $3.5 million completed well cost range. So, continue to advance our learnings, more optimization to do, and while we're in that integration and compilation phase, we're going to shift our focus more into the over pressured area.
Doug Leggate - Bank of America Merrill Lynch:
Mitch, I'd appreciate if you'd answer, maybe just tag on a quick follow-on to that. Just, the prior operator had obviously put up some pretty aggressive wells with some pretty aggressive fracs, is there any consequences of that in terms of your ability to optimally develop it or do you feel as if that's not going to be an issue? (27:25) over stimulated the prior rog (27:27) if you like.
Thomas Mitchell Little - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Sure, Doug. I wouldn't characterize it the way you – in the way you last stated it. But what I would say is, as we look at the ultimate development plan here, as with all other operators you have to consider the history of that DSU and frankly the surrounding DSUs. And so, the majority of our DSUs do have a parent well or direct offset. That would be true for our industry as well. The best we can tell, our position there is not too dissimilar from the rest of industry if you consider parent Meramec, Osage or Woodford wells across the STACK normally pressured area in particular.
Doug Leggate - Bank of America Merrill Lynch:
Great. Appreciate the answers, guys. Thank you so much.
Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Thanks, Doug.
Operator:
The next question comes from Ryan Todd from Deutsche Bank.
Ryan Todd - Deutsche Bank Securities, Inc.:
Great. Thanks. In the Eagle Ford, you mentioned that your results are expanding the core. Can you give a little more color on what you've seen, how you see the core evolving whether this is kind of improving the economics and the quality of your existing inventory or whether it's actually expanding the inventory this year going forward?
Thomas Mitchell Little - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Yeah. Sure, Ryan. This is Mitch again. I think if you look back over the past three or four quarters, we've been highlighting in addition to the core Karnes area our activities out in Atascosa, which don't have – don't benefit from the same quality of rock and necessarily same fluid mix. But we, in taking that multi-disciplined approach that I described earlier, have gotten down to a pretty refined state where we're actually designing the combination of well spacing and completion style sub-regionally and in some cases down to the DSU. What that's translated to, as we've modified our designs, is a significant upgrading or uplifting of the inventory outside of core Karnes County, and that's why we keep sort of highlighting the results from Atascosa. So, in general, I would say the pressure is on upgrading the returns. The focus is on value optimization, not a significant change to overall inventory.
Ryan Todd - Deutsche Bank Securities, Inc.:
Okay. Thanks. That's helpful. And then, maybe in the Permian, I mean, during the quarter you added 165 risked gross locations which is a pretty significant number there via small bolt-ons and an acquisition. I mean, how do you – how would you characterize the ability to continue to high-grade the portfolio in this way either through swaps or small bolt-ons? Is there a decent amount of running room?
Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Yeah. I think – this is Lee, Ryan. I believe that there remains an incentive for all operators to continue to drive toward more contiguous positions particularly in Eddy and Lea County and Northern Delaware. I think that the progress that the team made over the last six months since we really closed those deals is very solid. But this is going to take time. Particularly, when you start discussing trades, you have to get to the point where you get to an equivalent value proposition with another party, so the incentive may be there. But, as I like to tell people, no one likes to say they have the ugly baby in the trade. And so it just takes time. And a lot of times, those trades are going to come in smaller bits as well, but we have a dedicated team that is focused on this. We believe it is important for that asset going forward in time to continue to block up what we believe is a great acreage position in Northern Delaware. And we'll keep you all posted. But again, it is going to be – it's going to come in probably fits and starts and probably in small parcels particularly on the trade side. But it's something that our asset team and our land team are squarely focused on today.
Ryan Todd - Deutsche Bank Securities, Inc.:
Outside the swaps, are you seeing – in terms of ability for bolt-ons, is there much stuff there or are there pretty limited opportunities?
Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Yeah. I think for us, the key thing that made that small bolt-on in fourth quarter very attractive was it was essentially a lay-down on our Malaga area, so there was great synergy. It ticked all the boxes for us. It converted non-op locations to co-op locations. It raised our working interest. It gave us more optionality for extended laterals. So, it was really almost the poster child for what we're trying to do and that's going to be a small group of opportunities that can tick all those boxes and really be a synergistic and accretive add to our position. So, we're going to be very selective. These are going to be smaller in scale. We obviously are not looking at any large transactions here. But to the extent that we find other transactions and that transaction in 4Q is kind of a $60 million deal, we're going to evaluate those and if it fits, we're going to move on them. And that's one of the advantages of having the financial flexibility that we do today.
Ryan Todd - Deutsche Bank Securities, Inc.:
Okay. Thanks, Lee. Great quarter.
Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Thank you, Ryan.
Operator:
The next question comes from Bob Morris from Citi.
Robert Scott Morris - Citigroup Global Markets, Inc.:
Good morning, Lee, and very nice quarter.
Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Thank you, Bob.
Robert Scott Morris - Citigroup Global Markets, Inc.:
I'm looking at the two very big West Myrmidon wells that had 24-hour IP rates of almost 11,000, 8,000 barrels per day. Can you give us a little bit of color around how much of that strong performance was being better able to identify sweet spots or landing zones, and how much of it is just the continued evolution of your completion designs here? And part of what I'm trying to determine is how repeatable is that in that performance curve on slide 8 continuing to move up and looking at how that is going forward?
Thomas Mitchell Little - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Sure. Thanks, Bob. Let me come back to a couple of points I made earlier and then I'll expand on that a little bit. But I hope you will understand we're not going to reveal sort of the full detailed recipe of how we're doing and what we're doing. But I'll say it starts with the tremendous technical database that we've developed. The team that we have there, really refining the multi-disciplined integration of that and the reservoir characterization, that allows us to then design a completion that takes advantage of the local characteristics. Supplement that with the culture that we've been building over the last few years which is never to be satisfied with yesterday's results, and what it's taken us to is an approach that allows us to customize to a very sub-regional level. And if you'll look at our completion details across the basin, you'll very clearly see that we don't have a one size fits all approach, we custom design to take advantage of what we understand about local characteristics. The Hector – record Three Forks well from Hector, the two West Myrmidon wells you mentioned, those records weren't delivered by accident. It's true that there was good rock to start with, but our completion designs were tailored to take advantage of the characteristics there. And so, it's a value optimization focus that drives it and a really refined multi-discipline integration of the large database that we have.
Robert Scott Morris - Citigroup Global Markets, Inc.:
Okay. Great. Obviously, that's working extremely well. Follow-up just quickly on the Cerny pilot. On the three Meramec wells there, was there already an unvented parent well on that section? And then also, did you see vertical communication between the Osage and the Woodford formations in that pilot?
Thomas Mitchell Little - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Sure. The Cerny did have a parent well, and so just as a reminder, we drilled three additional Meramec wells across two landing zones in a half section there, and then we drilled one Osage well and one Woodford well. The solution out here as we've talked about several times is going to be, again, fairly regional and fairly specific down to the DSU level in some cases. In this particular case, we did see some communication between Osage and Woodford but not between Meramec and those intervals. I wouldn't say that that result is necessarily translatable across long distances. We're going to need to do more multi-horizon tests to fully understand that and to optimize the solution.
Robert Scott Morris - Citigroup Global Markets, Inc.:
Okay. Great. Thank you very much. That's helpful.
Operator:
The next question comes from Brian Singer from Goldman Sachs.
Brian Singer - Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC:
Thank you. Good morning.
Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Good morning, Brian.
Brian Singer - Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC:
I think you're pretty clear that the $2.3 billion budget looks like it's going to hold here almost regardless of the commodity environment. It's kind of back to the question on activity levels in the Eagle Ford and Bakken whether now or even into 2019. Are there constraints that you see to increasing activity relative to what your existing plans are from either ability to get things done, prospective inflation or just erosion of efficiency or productivity gains or do you view the decision to be fixed in the $2.3 billion in the areas you're at as purely a capital discipline choice decision?
Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Yeah. Well, I certainly believe that the $2.3 billion is a capital discipline and returns-driven choice that we are making. There's nothing intrinsic in either basin that is limiting us today from an activity standpoint. Obviously, we look to drive maximum efficiency, i.e., running our frac crews 24/7, et cetera. All of those things come into play. But when I – I think the way, again, to think about 2018 for both of those basins is Bakken is absolutely on a growth trajectory but is also going to generate free cash flow this year. Eagle Ford, we are managing to a more or less flat production profile in order to take advantage of its capital efficiency and ability to generate free cash flow to drive other elements of our portfolio. I think on your question around, you mentioned inflation. Thus far, we feel that the inflation assumptions that were implicit in our original $2.3 billion plan are still holding true. And so we – although it's something that our teams not only look to manage, but actually look to offset each and every day we feel very comfortable at this stage that we have that accounted for fully in our $2.3 billion development capital budget. 2019 is something that we're really not talking about quite yet. But obviously, the Bakken and the Eagle Ford, as well as our other basins will all be part of a multi-basin optimization as we go into 2019 and we'll allocate capital based on the best available data when we go through our planning cycle. So, nothing is locked in. There are no constraints around the Bakken and the Eagle Ford today that would not allow us to flex those assets up or down.
Brian Singer - Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC:
Thank you. My follow-up is with regards to Oklahoma. There's been some talk here about the STACK area. Any update of note or learnings or key milestones ahead on the SCOOP side of the equation?
Thomas Mitchell Little - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Yeah. Hey, Brian, this is Mitch again. I guess, we've got the remainder of 2018 focused on over pressured infills across STACK and then some infill down in the SCOOP area as well. And we've highlighted those I think on slide 11 if I recall.
Brian Singer - Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC:
Yes. That's right.
Thomas Mitchell Little - Marathon Oil Corp.:
And so, we will have some inflow of information with a couple infills down there but nothing to report today.
Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp.:
And I think just as a reminder, Brian, because the SCOOP is clearly HBP'd, we have had the optionality to not necessarily drive activity there until we were ready to do so. But we will have some multi-well infill drilling there this year in 2018 and it will continue on, on that path.
Brian Singer - Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC:
Thank you.
Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Yeah. Thank you, Brian.
Operator:
The next question comes from David Heikkinen from Heikkinen Energy Advisors.
David Martin Heikkinen - Heikkinen Energy Advisors LLC:
Just one quick question, you talked about progressing and exiting Kurdistan. Can you provide an update there?
Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Yeah. Absolutely. This is Lee, David. We are – we have – as a reminder, David, for everyone on line, we have two non-operated blocks in Kurdistan, Sarsang and Atrush. We have a small working interest in both of those. Sarsang, there is already an executed sales agreement in place and we are looking to again move that toward close. I would say that we continue to progress agreements around the Atrush block as well. So it is certainly reasonable to expect ultimately a full and complete exit from Kurdistan.
David Martin Heikkinen - Heikkinen Energy Advisors LLC:
Cool. That's helpful. And then about your comments on the needed cash balance were pretty interesting and talk to the scale needed to really prosecute a development program in the multi-well development mode. Have you talked or thought about or talked about in the past the amount of capital needed from initial well spud to last well put on production. Just thinking about the amount of working capital that's getting put in the ground and that need, as you think about the next couple of years, by the STACK or the Delaware or the Bakken really?
Dane E. Whitehead - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Yeah. David, this is Dane Whitehead. I spend a lot of time thinking about working capital. The way you frame that question is a little bit different to me, but let's take you back to the $750 million. I think within a given month and we kind of saw some of that this month, you can see an interim month working capital swing of north of $400 million, maybe up to $500 million, especially when commodity prices go up like they have, it really influences things. And so, that's really kind of an important – a very important data point now we can calibrate that $750 million. Plus it's nice to have a little extra flexibility in there in the event a little bolt-on comes along or something like that.
David Martin Heikkinen - Heikkinen Energy Advisors LLC:
Okay.
Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp.:
I would also maybe add, David, this is Lee, that the point you raised though around, as you get more toward multi-well pad drilling and as the number of wells on pad increases, these traditional kind of short cycle investments do start looking more like medium to long cycle investments and you need to plan that within your budget cycle and how you approach capital allocation. And it also presents, I believe, even some forecasting challenges, particularly when you look at quarterly results because, clearly, if you have a large pad that moves out with the quarter, it can have dramatic results within the quarter, but not necessarily within the calendar year.
David Martin Heikkinen - Heikkinen Energy Advisors LLC:
No, that's definitely the challenge of near-term versus intermediate- and longer-term perspective. And great results in the first quarter. Thanks for taking the question.
Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Thank you, Dave. Appreciate it.
Operator:
We have no further questions at this time. I will like to turn the call over to CEO, Lee Tillman, for final remarks.
Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Thank you, Hilda. I'd like to end by just thanking all of our dedicated employees and contractors for their efforts in the quarter and certainly their efforts going forward. At the end of the day, they are our sustainable competitive advantage. I want to say thank you for your interest in Marathon Oil, and that concludes our call.
Operator:
Thank you. Ladies and gentlemen, this concludes today's conference. Thank you for participating. You may now disconnect.
Executives:
Zach Dailey - Marathon Oil Corp. Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp. Thomas Mitchell Little - Marathon Oil Corp.
Analysts:
Arun Jayaram - JPMorgan Securities LLC Paul Sankey - Wolfe Research, LLC Jason Gammel - Jefferies International Ltd. Pavel S. Molchanov - Raymond James & Associates, Inc. David Martin Heikkinen - Heikkinen Energy Advisors LLC Biju Perincheril - Susquehanna Financial Group LLLP
Operator:
Welcome to the Marathon Oil Corp. 2017 Q4 Earnings and 2018 Budget Conference Call. My name is John, and I'll be your operator for today's call. At this time, all participants are in a listen-only mode. Later, we will conduct a question-and-answer session. Please note that this conference is being recorded. And I'll now turn the call over to Zach Dailey.
Zach Dailey - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Thanks, John, and good morning to those listening. Last night, we issued a press release and slide presentation that address our fourth quarter results, full year 2017 results and our 2018 capital budget. Those documents as well as our quarterly investor packet can be found in our website at marathonoil.com. Today's call will contain forward-looking statements subject to risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed or implied by such statements. I'll refer everyone to the cautionary language included in the press release and presentation materials as well as to the risk factors described in our SEC filings. With that, I'll turn the call over to Lee Tillman, our President and CEO, who will provide a few opening remarks before we begin Q&A.
Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Thanks, Zach, and thank you to everyone for joining us this morning. I'd like to begin with some highlights from 2017, followed by some key messages around our 2018 capital program. 2017 was truly a pivotal year in our ongoing transformation to a U.S. resource play-focused independent E&P. We made progress across every element of our playbook
Operator:
Thank you. We'll now begin the question-and-answer session. Our first question is from Arun Jayaram from JPMorgan.
Arun Jayaram - JPMorgan Securities LLC:
Yeah. Good morning. Lee, I was wondering if you could...
Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Good morning, Arun.
Arun Jayaram - JPMorgan Securities LLC:
Good morning. Yeah. I was wondering if you could maybe comment, within the organization, the technical group, et cetera, I wanted to flag slides 13 and 15, where the company really has gone from drilling, dare I say, kind of mediocre results in some of the basins to some of the best results that we're seeing in E&P today. So I just wanted to see if you can maybe comment on internally some of the things that you've done really to drive these improvements in overall results?
Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Yeah. Thank you, Arun, for the question. I appreciate you recognizing those two teams, because it really has been a remarkable uplift and truly a step change in performance, and were really two of our core developmental areas as we look into 2018. And you know Arun, as you might expect, it's not one thing that's driving that performance, it's a collection of things. And certainly from a technology aspect, I truly believe that what you're seeing here is also a bit of the strength of our four-basin model approach where we're able to learn across basins and apply those learnings very rapidly across all of our major plays. So when we identify a best practice or a technique that's proving dividends in one of our plays, we're very rapidly transferring that into our other basins and that allows us, I believe, to get up that learning curve very, very quickly.
Arun Jayaram - JPMorgan Securities LLC:
Great, great. And then just my follow-up is just, I was wondering, Lee, if you could go through kind of your land strategy in the Delaware basin and opportunities to kind of increase your acreage position in the core, expand your opportunities to do longer laterals, et cetera?
Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Yeah. Yeah, thanks, Arun. Yeah. Our strategy really in Northern Delaware is less about just gross acreage adds and it's more about finding acreage that fits a very specific criteria and we're going to do that through swaps and trades as well as through some small bolt-ons and we've completed some of all of the above. But really that criteria echoes just what you were addressing, Arun, which is we're looking for those synergistic adds that are going to enhance our overall working interest, that will allow us to convert non-operated to company-operated wells and will provide us more optionality to have longer laterals in the portfolio. And so we continue to work that hard, it's still very competitive in the Northern Delaware. I mean, you probably will have noted in our material that we were a little cagey even about the location of some of our well results and it's because it remains an active area and our land team and our asset team are out there looking for those kind of hand-in-glove fits that are going to make a difference in our position.
Arun Jayaram - JPMorgan Securities LLC:
Great. Thanks a lot, Lee.
Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Thank you, Arun.
Operator:
Our next question is from Paul Sankey from Wolfe Research.
Paul Sankey - Wolfe Research, LLC:
Hi, Lee.
Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Good morning, Paul.
Paul Sankey - Wolfe Research, LLC:
Good morning. We love the returns targets. Could you just talk about the baselines, this is slide 4 obviously, the baselines from which you're growing the delta, if that makes sense?
Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Yeah. No, it absolutely makes sense, Paul. We tried to provide in the supplemental data all the pieces needed to do the math. But just to be really clear, we're more focused on the rate of change. But when we look at the absolute metrics in 2017, CROIC is right around the 12% baseline and the cash flow per debt adjusted share is right around $1.90 or a little bit more than that. So that's the baseline that we're coming off of.
Paul Sankey - Wolfe Research, LLC:
And just let me double check here, so the – and this is – and then the improvement obviously is going to be a 2018 over 2017 improvement that you're targeting?
Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp.:
That's correct. Yeah. What we've tried to do is provide at least line of sight on what that year-over-year kind of rate of change or momentum effect is going to be doing, because we think, again, that it's a bit indicative of multiple things. Obviously, the portfolio moves, but clearly that transition with more of our volumes being sourced from the unconventionals and the impact of the 2018 capital program as well.
Paul Sankey - Wolfe Research, LLC:
Right. And then, given the uncertainty around oil price as always, can you just confirm that you'll be pretty much sticking with the capital program, let's say, regardless of whether oil was to go to $70 a barrel or some sort of upside? And I guess the question ultimately would be whether you want to accelerate more in the Delaware, given that you're essentially pursuing the Bakken and Eagle Ford first, I wondered whether there was a temptation to accelerate to do more if there was more cash available or whether you're happy with the scale of spending and growth? Thanks, Lee.
Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Yeah, yeah. Yeah, thanks, Paul. Just with respect to your first question about the development capital program, we feel that that program is well-optimized across all four basins; it fits within our overarching criteria to deliver that capital program within cash flows at a high rate of return and do that at a moderate oil pricing. So we don't visualize flex in that development capital program. In terms of acceleration, we always test how much, how fast can we go. And in many of these basins where we're still just migrating from kind of appraisal, delineation and the early phases of multi well pads, there is an appropriate pace where you can process the data, learn from it and then drive those learnings into your forward decision making. And so there is a balance there between smart acceleration and just accelerating for acceleration sake.
Paul Sankey - Wolfe Research, LLC:
Okay. So, but having said that, you're really firm on the CapEx program for this year and so it's going to be a moot point?
Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Yeah. Clearly we're going to always be examining the program throughout the year as we get new data, and in my opening comments, Paul, I talked about the fact that we don't view our capital allocation as static, but that allocation is going to be within that framework. Could we redeploy a little bit of capital from one basin to another? Sure, that's absolutely possible. But in terms of the construct and the level of spend, we feel very comfortable with where we are on the $2.3 billion.
Paul Sankey - Wolfe Research, LLC:
Understood, Lee. Thanks very much.
Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Thank you, Paul.
Operator:
Our next question is from Jason Gammel from Jefferies.
Jason Gammel - Jefferies International Ltd.:
Yes. Thanks very much, folks. A couple on the Eagle Ford, if I could, please. We're seeing some pretty outstanding results out of not only your Austin Chalk wells, but from others in the industry. I was curious just in terms of that play, how much running room you think you actually have there and then maybe if you could further comment on the remaining drilling inventory that you have in the Eagle Ford as a whole that would be, let's say, less than $50 breakeven price? And then finally, if I could please, you've talked about bolt-on acquisitions, which you see this is an area where you could potentially be a pretty natural consolidator of properties given that many others in the industry have kind of walked away from the play to a certain extent?
Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Yeah. Let me take a couple of those and I may pitch the Austin Chalk question over to Mitch to address and talk about the specifics there. But I think in terms of inventory, Jason, we have talked in the past about kind of at current run rates in terms of wells to sales, we've got about a decade of high quality inventory, right. Now, I know you're referencing a specific kind of breakeven point, but we think that that inventory is a solid inventory to speak from when we address the Eagle Ford. In terms of bolt-on opportunities, in our core plays, we're always looking for small opportunities that might be accretive to our overall footprint and we certainly evaluate those on an ongoing basis through both the asset team as well as our business development team. So that's always on the table. I mean, a lot of folks have solidified their positions there, we are in a very high quality area of the Eagle Ford, which makes it a little challenging because the folks usually around us are also pretty comfortable with their position as well, but we're always going to keep the aperture open there. So, with that, maybe I'll let Mitch just talk a little bit about the well results and specifically Austin Chalk.
Thomas Mitchell Little - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Yeah, sure, Jason. This is Mitch. And to address the Austin Chalk specifically, certainly we are encouraged by our most recent test there, more so in the northeastern portion of our position within the Eagle Ford. We will continue to test the Austin Chalk and extend the area of delineation there away from the most recent wells. But our program will largely be focused, like it was last year, on 40 acre Lower Eagle Ford development, extending high intensity completions and engineered flow backs into Atascosa where we're seeing significant uplift in the productivity and the well returns from that program, which is really upgrading and has upgraded the overall competitiveness of the Eagle Ford and driving a fair chunk of that year-over-year improvement that we showed on the slides.
Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp.:
I'd also maybe just mention too, Jason, as we have stepped more to the west in the Eagle Ford, some of those areas are also much more lightly developed than some of our core areas. And so there's a considerable amount of running room there to elevate those returns into kind of our top tier type of economic returns. So a tremendous amount opportunity and the team is generating some really terrific results out to the west.
Jason Gammel - Jefferies International Ltd.:
Yeah, the results have been very impressive. That's really helpful. Thanks, guys.
Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Thank you, Jason.
Operator:
Our next question is from Pavel Molchanov from Raymond James.
Pavel S. Molchanov - Raymond James & Associates, Inc.:
Thanks for taking the question, guys. When you talk about not envisioning any upward flexing of the capital program, essentially should we assume that to the extent that you're generating free cash flow at $60, you're going to be putting the cash on the balance sheet or are there other uses you anticipate for that?
Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Yeah, again, just to reiterate, we're very comfortable with the capital program irrespective of the ultimate prices that we see in 2018. But in respect that if we do see consistent and sustainable free cash flow generation through the year, which obviously would be north of our breakeven, and certainly in the $60 range we would be, we're going to go through kind of our priority list at that point. And what we're going to be driven by is what is in the highest and best interest of the shareholder. What's going to generate the best long-term value? We always start with the balance sheet. I give a ton of credit to Dane and the team here for really doing some outstanding work on the balance sheet in 2017 through some very unique features of our capital structure. And so, I would say a lot of – maybe some of the low hanging fruit there we've captured, that when by doing so, that also brought along with it some pretty significant corporate cost reductions. We're always going to, though, test our comfort level with the balance sheet first and also seek those opportunities that can continue to drive our corporate cost even lower. Once we get kind of beyond the balance sheet, I think our next view is taking a look at some of those other high return opportunities and the two that really stand out to us and we've talked about it a couple of these already is, is really one, our ability to drive our resource play exploration opportunities where we're looking for low entry cost, potentially very high return and accretive return opportunities in and around current basins as well as even looking at new plays and new basins. We've already talked about bolt-on opportunities. We mentioned the Eagle Ford, but more specifically the Northern Delaware and then finally we have to reflect on the fact that we're already returning $170 million of dividends directly to the shareholder. But if we meet those other high return opportunities, that's a discussion that we have each and every quarter with our board of directors around are we calibrating that dividend and that direct return to shareholders correctly. So that's going to really be the priorities that we'll work through in that instance where we are seeing that consistent and sustainable free cash flow generation.
Pavel S. Molchanov - Raymond James & Associates, Inc.:
Okay. And a follow-up about the North Sea, this is obviously by far the smallest part of your portfolio, you have talked about selling it in the past and we are actually seeing pretty decent pickup in M&A activity in both the UK, Norway and even Denmark. So with the kind of appetite in the industry for some of these assets, would you be perhaps looking to revive that asset sale effort?
Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Yeah. I think that, as you stated, we made an effort to monetize the UK asset when we sold our Norwegian sector asset back in 2014, and we're not able to, in our view, capture value for that asset at that time. A lot of credit to that team that they have continued to drive cost down, improve reliability, lower the abandonment cost and do many things that are continuing to improve the overall economics of that asset. But however, we would view that as sitting outside of our core assets, which are the four U.S. resource basins plus EG. So having said that, I agree with your assessment that since 2014, we have had new players come into the North Sea that offer potentially different monetization routes, and the business development team will continue to assess that market and look at those opportunities in due course, but there's no doubt that the UK remains outside of our core portfolio.
Pavel S. Molchanov - Raymond James & Associates, Inc.:
Okay. Appreciate it, guys.
Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Thank you, Pavel.
Operator:
Our next question is from David Heikkinen from Heikkinen Energy Advisors.
David Martin Heikkinen - Heikkinen Energy Advisors LLC:
Good morning, guys. Thanks for taking the question.
Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Good morning, David.
David Martin Heikkinen - Heikkinen Energy Advisors LLC:
The perspective on the Eagle Ford inventory was helpful. How many years do you think you can continue to grow and sustain the Bakken?
Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Yeah. Yeah, we haven't provided a fulsome update on the Bakken inventory and then, David, a lot of that has to do with the fact that we're just in a high rate of change in the Bakken today with the success obviously that started in the geologically advantaged Myrmidon area that's now carried down into at least the higher quality areas of the Hector, we're pushing south and Hector, this year we'll also do some testing in Ajax. So, given all that rate of change and the fact that we really don't have a tremendous amount of production history on the newly designed completions in the Hector, we really need to get some time there so that we can do, I would say, a more fulsome job of providing a comprehensive update on the Bakken inventory that reflects what is a tremendous amount of new data and new information.
David Martin Heikkinen - Heikkinen Energy Advisors LLC:
So maybe end of the year start getting sort of that thought process of everything together, but it looks pretty sustainable on our numbers, so looks good.
Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Okay.
David Martin Heikkinen - Heikkinen Energy Advisors LLC:
On the other side, Oklahoma resource plays, you made a statement that the Eve pilot, you announced five of the six wells and it informs your pace of development and the best economics. What – can you kind of characterize what informs means and what you think about in the black oil window?
Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Yeah, I'm going to kick that one over to Mitch, who can probably give us a little more color just across the black oil window in general.
Thomas Mitchell Little - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Yeah, sure. David, let me kind of start from a little bit higher level that I think addresses your question. If you think about the normally pressured black oil area versus the over pressured area of the STACK, there's been much less activity in the normally pressured area. We drilled three pilots over in that area in pretty rapid succession, and really testing the higher end of well spacing. We had between five and six infills plus a parent in the three pads, but effectively tested equivalent spacing between six and nine wells per section in those three. The results haven't met our expectations thus far and we think with our returns focused capital allocation that suggests it's prudent to moderate our pace there. Let us integrate those learnings and concentrate more of our efforts into the over pressured area in the near term where there's been more industry activity. We've actually progressed into the development mode particularly in the oil window in the over pressured area, and as you mentioned or others have mentioned, certainly very encouraged by the nine-well Tan infill test. What I would say in terms of informing, this play is certainly not ubiquitous. We're integrating massive amounts of subsurface completion and production data, integrating that with all available tools and technology to get down to essentially a DSU-by-DSU development solution, the right combination of both well spacing and completions. I think notionally, we would say the Eve was our furthest east most test and between aggregating all of that data, it would suggest on the far east sides, the solution will likely be less than six wells per section, but well count increasing as you move west into the thicker and more pressured areas. And certainly, early data from the Tan at nine wells per section is very encouraging, but we'll need to monitor that longer term.
David Martin Heikkinen - Heikkinen Energy Advisors LLC:
That's really helpful. Thank you.
Operator:
Our next question is from Biju Perincheril from Susquehanna.
Biju Perincheril - Susquehanna Financial Group LLLP:
Hi, good morning, everybody. I had a question about, in the Eagle Ford with the new completion improvement, have you tested anything in the Gonzales area, the Barnhart area?
Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Sure. We have concentrated a fair bit of our activity in the Karnes area, but as we've disclosed for the last several quarters, we're progressing more and getting more concentrated down into Atascosa. But we also have tests across the entire play and that would include Gonzales and Barnhart. But we disclose every quarter the wells to sales and where our activity is and that's probably the best measure of seeing how we're allocating capital across our position.
Biju Perincheril - Susquehanna Financial Group LLLP:
Got it. And then some of this completion improvements and the basin modeling that you're doing, can you talk about how close you are to in applying that or are you applying that now in the over pressured area of – in the STACK?
Thomas Mitchell Little - Marathon Oil Corp.:
I think if I follow the question, Biju, we obviously have an extensive position across the STACK, in all phase windows and all pressure regimes, including both company-operated and operated by others, non-operated positions where we have access to all of the details around completion style. Over the past 18 months or so, particularly in the volatile oil area, we've tested a pretty extensive range of completion parameters, including varying propane loading from 1,500 pounds to up over 3,000 pounds per foot, different stage spacing, cluster spacing and fluid composition. And so, we do feel like we're narrowing in on the right completion design there, which we employed on the Tan and have had very successful results, previous to the Tan on our parent wells in that area. And so, we feel like we're honing in on the right answer in that – in the north – in the over pressured window, yes.
Biju Perincheril - Susquehanna Financial Group LLLP:
Yeah. That's helpful. Thank you.
Operator:
I'll now turn it back over to Zach Dailey for closing remarks.
Zach Dailey - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Thanks, John, and thanks to everybody for joining us today. We appreciate your interest in Marathon Oil. We look forward to speaking to you all soon.
Operator:
Thank you, ladies and gentlemen. That concludes today's teleconference. Thank you for participating and you may now disconnect.
Executives:
Zach Dailey - Marathon Oil Corp. Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp. Thomas Mitchell Little - Marathon Oil Corp. Dane E. Whitehead - Marathon Oil Corp.
Analysts:
Ryan Todd - Deutsche Bank Securities, Inc. Guy Baber - Simmons & Company Evan Calio - Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC Doug Leggate - Bank of America Merrill Lynch Paul Sankey - Wolfe Research LLC Brian Singer - Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC Pavel S. Molchanov - Raymond James & Associates, Inc. Scott Hanold - RBC Capital Markets LLC Roger D. Read - Wells Fargo Securities LLC Jeffrey L. Campbell - Tuohy Brothers Investment Research, Inc.
Operator:
Welcome to the Marathon Oil Corporation 2017 Third Quarter Earnings Conference Call. My name is Hilda, and I will be your operator for today. At this time, all participants are in a listen-only mode. Later, we will conduct a question-and-answer session. Please note that this conference is being recorded. I will now like to turn the call over to Mr. Zach Dailey. Mr. Dailey, you may begin.
Zach Dailey - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Thanks, Hilda. Good morning and welcome to Marathon Oil's third quarter 2017 conference call. I'm Zach Dailey, Vice President of Investor Relations. Also joining me this morning are Lee Tillman, President and CEO; Mitch Little, Executive Vice President of Operations; and Dane Whitehead, Executive Vice President and CFO. Last night, in connection with our earnings release, we also released prepared remarks and associated slides, which can be found on our website at marathonoil.com. Following some brief remarks from Lee, we'll open the call up for Q&A, where we'd request you ask no more than two questions and you can re-prompt as time permits. As a reminder, today's call may contain forward-looking statements subject to risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed or implied by such statements. Please read the disclosures in our earnings release and in our SEC filings for a discussion of these items. Reconciliations of any non-GAAP financial measures we discuss can be found in the quarterly information package on our website. With that, I'll turn the call over to Lee.
Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Thanks, Zach. Good morning and thanks for joining us today. First, congratulations to my hometown Astros in their victory in what can only be described as a historic World Series. Houston needed a win with all of its recent challenges, and the Astros delivered. Go 'Stros. Hopefully, there's no Dodgers fans on the call. I'll share a few opening remarks, and then we'll spend the bulk of the time addressing your questions. All year, we've consistently executed across our portfolio, delivering outstanding new well productivity, strong base performance, cost reductions and improved efficiencies. We continued this trend in the third quarter, delivering 14% sequential oil growth in the resource plays that drove us to exceed the top-end of our U.S. production guidance range, while achieving record low unit production costs in the U.S. We now expect to end the year toward the high-end of our updated 2017 production guidance range, which is complemented by an increased exit rate guidance in the resource plays, all while living within our means at current strip pricing. This highlights the strength of our transformed portfolio and sets the stage for 2018, as we integrate the same discipline into our ongoing budget efforts. At a basin level, our execution focus translated into outstanding third quarter results across the company. Eagle Ford production was up from Q2 despite the impacts from Hurricane Harvey. Kudos to some great work by our team to swiftly, efficiently and safely respond to what was a devastating storm on so many levels. Through three quarters of the year, Eagle Ford's 90-day cumulative well production is tracking 15% above last year's, while maintaining flat completed well cost and working to uplift the economic viability of our inventory outside of our core Karnes County position. Bakken production grew 20% from Q2, and this year's program is performing even above the step-change improvement we saw in 2016. The five Hector wells we brought online during the quarter delivered 30-day rate averaging 2,400 boe per day, beginning to put their productivity on par with our Myrmidon area. Our team set a Williston Basin record for the highest IP 30 oil rate with the Clarice Middle Bakken well in Hector at 2,785 barrels of oil per day. Consistent with our plan to extend this success, the next Hector pad is much farther to the East and 24-hour test rates from the first two wells were 5,900 and 2,650 boe per day. Oklahoma grew 18% from Q2, and our STACK volatile oil wells continue to outperform expectations. We also completed an Osage well in Kingfisher County with encouraging early results. Our Oklahoma program remains focused on leasehold, delineation and infill pilot testing, as we continue to integrate data, technology and optimize completion designs on a customized basis across the STACK and SCOOP with an objective of achieving the highest full-section returns. In our newest basin, we continue to ramp up activity in the Northern Delaware with five wells to sales, including two very good Wolfcamp X-Y results in Eddy County. We have also transitioned to a dedicated frac crew and recently added a fourth rig. Production at Equatorial Guinea grew 5% sequentially and generated over $180 million of EBITDAX in Q3. The cash flow generation capability from this world-class asset continues to support our overall strategy of delivering profitable growth within cash flows. As I mentioned at the outset, we now expect to be cash flow neutral in 2017 at current strip prices, including dividend and changes in working capital. While it's too early to talk about 2018 budget specifics, our capital allocation philosophy remains the same. We will continue to support targeted strategic objectives associated with lease protection, delineation and infill pilots, but expect to deliver a returns-focused program, while living within our means at a moderate oil price of around $50 WTI. Along those lines, we have listened closely to investor feedback and have continuous dialogue on the metrics that matter with our Compensation Committee, and we fully expect to integrate both the returns-based metric and a per share metric into our compensation structure. These changes are consistent with others we've made since I became CEO four years ago, and we'll continue our journey to enhance alignment between management incentives and long-term value creation. Production growth will be an outcome of our capital allocation to the highest risk-adjusted returns, and you should expect about 95% to flow to the U.S. resource plays. This will drive margin expansion, as we further shift our production mix to align with our investment focus. With an abundance of high-return investment opportunities in each basin, these choices will be informed by the extensive 2017 performance data across our portfolio. For example, the exceptional Bakken results, particularly in the Hector area, continued profitable extension of Eagle Ford into areas outside of core Karnes County, and the anticipated step-up in activity in Northern Delaware will all compete within our four-basin optimization. All of this sends the clear signal that competition for our discretionary CapEx is broader, more diverse and more intense than it ever has been. You should expect our capital allocation to remain a dynamic real-time effort as we continually optimize across our four basins, leverage learnings and respond to performance trends as well as the macro environment. Our drive for maximizing returns is neither static nor limited to an annual budget cycle. Underpinning our strategy and outlook is a continued focus on a strong balance sheet. The actions we took in the third quarter, reducing gross debt by $765 million, lowering interest expense by about $65 million, managing our maturity profile are fully consistent with this priority. With both cash on hand and anticipated strong operating cash flows, you should expect us to continue focusing on reducing gross debt, as well as looking to pursue low entry cost opportunities within our resource play exploration group, opportunistically acquire small acreage packages in our core basins, fund our high-return organic investment program and support our dividend. And just as a reminder, we will receive the second OSM installment of $750 million in first quarter of 2018. All the work we've done the last couple of years around the balance sheet, cost reductions and portfolio transformation have all been done to position Marathon Oil to deliver profitable growth within cash flows at moderate oil pricing. That is our investment case. And thanks to recent performance in cost efficiencies, we believe we can achieve that objective at a flat $50 WTI. We have moved from portfolio transformation to execution delivery at scale across our differentiated position in the four highest-margin, lowest-cost U.S resource plays. We expect our margins to expand, as we continue to shift our production mix to a greater weighting of U.S. unconventionals, better aligning our volumes to our investment concentration. The margin expansion story, coupled with outstanding financial flexibility, will drive cash flow growth per debt adjusted share and position us favorably to outperform the competition through the end of 2017 and beyond. I want to conclude by thanking all of our dedicated employees and contractors who have made such a difference in 2017, driving execution excellence in every asset every quarter. Thank you. And with that, I'll hand it back to the operator to begin the Q&A.
Operator:
Thank you. We will now begin the question-and-answer session. We have a question from Ryan Todd from Deutsche Bank.
Ryan Todd - Deutsche Bank Securities, Inc.:
Okay, thanks. Good morning and great quarter. Maybe if I could start with one on capital allocation into 2018. I know you can't provide specifics and you mentioned the overriding philosophy is spending within cash flow. But is the target, as we think about capital next year, to target a budget that's effectively in line, including the dividend, with operating cash flow at around $50? And then, if oil price were to be higher than budgeted, how would you prioritize the use of excess cash and where in the – I guess in the potential uses would cash return to shareholders fit in the list of potential uses there over the medium term?
Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Okay. Yeah. Good morning. Good morning, Ryan. This is Lee. You're right, our production growth is absolutely going to be an outcome of capital allocation to the best risk-adjusted returns, and we're going to do that while living within our means. And that means basically balancing our capital and our dividends with our operating cash flow. And we're currently basing that on about a $50 flat WTI forward pricing. In the event that we see more price support and see better and improved free cash flow above and beyond cash flow neutrality, then again, it's going to come back to those high-level priorities, starting with making sure that we protect and support an investment-grade balance sheet through continued gross debt reduction. We want to make sure that we've got ample liquidity to protect our flexibility and certainly respond to any volatility in the market. We're going to fund our high-return organic investment. Certainly, from a cash return to shareholders, we're going to continue to support our dividend as well. And then, we're also going to continue to look for opportunities for resource capture via our low entry cost opportunities within our resource exploration team, as well as some smaller bolt-on acquisitions, where we continue to want to build more of a contiguous position in some of our core basins. So, that's really where we would stand, Ryan, if we see some more discretionary cash flow on hand next year.
Ryan Todd - Deutsche Bank Securities, Inc.:
Great. And I guess maybe as a follow-up to that, post the $750 million in proceeds from the second installment in OSM that you'll get in the first quarter of next year, it'll leave you with a pretty significant cash balance. Can you talk about how you think about managing that longer term? You mentioned gross debt pay-down. Should we expect to see you continue to pay down debt in advance of the scheduled maturities or how would you think, I guess, about managing that cash balance longer term?
Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Yeah. We're always scrutinizing our capital structure and ways to improve that. Directionally, our objective is to continue to reduce gross debt. That is an objective that we have. We're not prepared to get into the specifics around that today, what that might look like. But directionally, that's something that we're pursuing. We hope to leverage again some of the elements of our existing capital structure to facilitate that, and I would just say stay tuned.
Ryan Todd - Deutsche Bank Securities, Inc.:
Is there a targeted range about where we should expect – where you'd like your leverage to be?
Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp.:
I think as we look out toward next years, particularly on kind of the cash metrics, debt to EBITDA, Ryan, certainly, we would like to get below that kind of 2.0 mark and get comfortably below that. Obviously, we're very mindful as well of wanting to make sure that we protect our investment-grade rating. We're there with two of the three agencies. One of the three, obviously, took a sector position that the sector is still a little bit in the penalty box on. But we think that investment-grade rating is important in terms of the flexibility and the cost of capital that it provides.
Ryan Todd - Deutsche Bank Securities, Inc.:
Great. Thanks, Lee.
Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Thank you, Ryan. Appreciate it.
Operator:
We have a question from Guy Baber from Simmons & Company.
Guy Baber - Simmons & Company:
Good morning, everybody. Congrats on the quarter and congrats to the Astros as well.
Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Thanks, Guy. Appreciate it. As you might imagine, there's a few tired folks in Houston today.
Guy Baber - Simmons & Company:
Right, I'm one of them. So, just to lead us off here, the production has outperformed this year obviously, while capital spending has been lower than expected. So, the capital efficiency just appears to be improving pretty meaningfully. So, if we did a look back analysis here, if you compare kind of where you are now, where you see the capital efficiency and how that compared to internal expectations entering the year, can you just touch on maybe the specific areas where you're really coming out ahead of plan that you would call out? From our vantage point, it appears the performance is pretty broad-based, but I know you guys have done that work. So, just trying to better understand if there are specific areas you would really highlight as big outperformers relative to internal plan.
Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Yeah. I think the way I would characterize it, Guy, is first of all, it's a combination of factors like on all these cases. First, we've seen very strong performance from the base production that we carried in from 2016. So, we've seen a strong support from those carry-in barrels from the capital program last year. Secondly, our new well productivity has been higher than originally anticipated when we pulled together the plan. Thirdly, I think the teams have done an outstanding job of finding ways to embed efficiencies that have allowed us to mitigate some of the inflationary pressures that we saw much earlier in the year when we kind of went through a little bit of hyperinflation during the initial rig ramp-up. So, I think it's a combination of all of those things. And I think importantly, we saw some kind of, I'll call them, breakout performances in some areas that quite frankly when we built the plan, we couldn't fully anticipate. We had to kind of risk those. And specifically, I would cite, certainly, the Bakken, both Myrmidon and Hector, just the continued outperformance we've seen there. The extension in the Eagle Ford outside of the core Karnes County area and the ability there obviously to keep completed well cost essentially flat over the period, despite inflationary pressures and even more intense completion designs. The volatile oil performance not only in new wells, but the base that we carried in, in Oklahoma, all of those things collectively, I believe, have contributed to the shift in our capital efficiency, which we're very, very proud of, in the second half of the year.
Guy Baber - Simmons & Company:
That's very helpful. And then, Lee, you touched on this in the comments, but I was hoping you could elaborate a bit on the potential revision to the compensation metrics, really what you're trying to achieve there and what your organization and you all believe the best metrics are to judge real value creation. And then, perhaps just remind us how those metrics maybe have already evolved over the course of your tenure at Marathon.
Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Yeah. You're right, it has been a bit of an evolution, Guy. We have been focused on the metrics that matter with our Compensation Committee really since day one. It's been something that we consider each and every cycle, and in fact, we've shown, I think, a great amount of willingness to actually make changes and make improvements to that. So, when you think about our structure today, I would say we're very happy that we do have a very strong alignment and strong linkage to pay-for-performance. In other words, I'm not in any way saying that our current structure is broken. But we do use a variety of metrics to run our business, and not surprisingly, we need to use a variety of metrics to also drive our compensation. We don't want to get overly reliant on any one metric. And so, we keep a lot of flexibility around our metrics, the weightings of those metrics. We've even made changes in our proxy peer group to better reflect the changes that we've made in our company. And so, I think we have shown a history of continuing to search for ways to incentivize our leaders that encourage that long-term value creation mindset. And I think this most recent dialogue around returns and per share metrics is a healthy one. It's one that we've had internally as well, and we will be featuring aspects of both of those as part of our forward compensation structure.
Guy Baber - Simmons & Company:
Sounds good. Thank you.
Operator:
We have a question from Evan Calio from Morgan Stanley.
Evan Calio - Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC:
Hey. Good morning, guys.
Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Good morning, Evan.
Thomas Mitchell Little - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Good morning, Evan.
Dane E. Whitehead - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Good morning.
Evan Calio - Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC:
Hey, Lee. It appears all your unconventional basins are competing for capital here, as are individual focus areas within the basins. I know you have strategic priorities in terms of holding and testing PayRock and Delaware acreage in 2018. But could you walk us through the 2018 strategic priorities and then the broad rank of basins where incremental CapEx dollars could flow?
Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Yeah. Well, first of all, what I would say, Evan, is that we're still in the process of fully integrating 2017 performance data into our capital allocation optimization. Much of the data of course that we're sharing in the third quarter, we're still building in to our forward-look. And as we go through our, I'll call it, four-basin optimization, we want to make sure that we're using the absolute best, not only technical data and productivity data, but also cost data, so that our decisions are driven by a return focus, and that's really within that, I'll call it, discretionary bucket. The strategic objectives really are pretty consistent with the ones that we talked about for 2017, and they really revolve around in those limited areas now, which are the STACK and Northern Delaware, where we have leasehold requirements. Those, of course, will be at the very top of that list. The continued work on delineation in both the STACK as well as the Northern Delaware, and then finally, the infill pilot work that is ongoing really not only in the STACK, but even starting in the fourth quarter in Northern Delaware. Those, in my opinion, are really that element of our program that's strategic in nature that we want to drive, because that's really setting the tone and the cadence for the business in the future. Within the discretionary program, it's going to be all based on where we believe we can generate those highest risk-adjusted returns, and that's where the integration of a lot of this new data is going to be essential and vitally important, so that we make the correct calls on that development program, if you will. And you're right, all four basins are competing very strongly. That's a great problem to have, to have that type and level of opportunities. And that work really is what we're doing currently. And more to be revealed clearly next year, where we'll get into basin-by-basin capital allocation.
Evan Calio - Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC:
Great. Maybe a follow-up there. In the Bakken, your Hector results have been excellent, you disclosed there last night. And while early, your well inventory appears much deeper than it was six months ago. And so, does that change the amount of capital you can deploy there or more generally transform it from a run it flat to a growth – or run it to a driver of significant growth region? So, i.e., run it flat for cash flow or a driver of significant growth in the future?
Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Yeah. I think it changes everything. I think the ability to continue to migrate inventory towards our internal Tier 1 kind of criteria, it does. It changes our view of Bakken. And earlier this year, that was really yet to be proven. I think with the continued success in both the Myrmidon, and now as we have marched across the Hector area, we continue to de-risk and prove up more of that top-tier inventory in the Bakken, which I do believe means it's going to compete more strongly for capital and certainly has the ability to grow as it's demonstrating this year. And just this quarter, we had exceptional growth in the Bakken from these highly capital-efficient wells that we put down.
Evan Calio - Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC:
Great.
Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp.:
So, its role is going to change.
Evan Calio - Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC:
Great. Congratulation on the results and the Astros, guys.
Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Thanks. Appreciate it.
Operator:
We have a question from Doug Leggate from Bank of America.
Doug Leggate - Bank of America Merrill Lynch:
Thanks. Good morning, Lee. Good morning, everybody.
Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Good morning, Doug.
Doug Leggate - Bank of America Merrill Lynch:
A follow-up to Evan's question, Lee. I think in the past, you've kind of walked us away from assuming that the Southern part of your Bakken acreage was being de-risked by these tremendous wells you've got in the Hector area. Can you kind of give us an update as to what proportion of that acreage you now believe is de-risked? And maybe to get then through an addendum to that, when you look at your other options, it would seem to us with those oil rates that the returns here are probably some of the best in your portfolio. Would that be a fair way of thinking about relative capital allocation for next year? I've got a follow-up, please.
Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Yeah. What I would say, Doug, is that although we're really encouraged with the Hector results, we still have a limited number of pads. We did this – we shared some 24-hour IPs from this Far Eastern pad and that really stepped us across the play, but we still have some work to do in between kind of where we know we have good well control, which is where the initial pads were. Also, we still need to kind of test that further to the South as well, not just to the East. So, there's still some work left to do, but we do believe that we're beginning to migrate a material amount of the Hector inventory toward Tier 1. So, I don't have an acreage percentage for you. But as we move through and get a little bit more well control across that full 115,000-ish acres, I think we'll be in a much better position to share more quantitative metrics with you around what does that inventory truly look like going forward. On your capital allocation question, because of the oil weighting, because of the capital efficiency of these wells, without a doubt, they have moved considerably in the priority order for capital allocation, particularly the Myrmidon very geologically advantaged area. But the Hector results that we've seen, particularly in the pads that we've drilled, are even crowding the Myrmidon performance. So, we feel really good that those are going to be near the top of our capital allocation priorities.
Doug Leggate - Bank of America Merrill Lynch:
Okay, I appreciate that. My follow-up is also a quick one, but it's another, I guess, relative capital allocation question as well unfortunately. But – so, you've done a tremendous job putting your mark on this portfolio. It's now basically your portfolio with PayRock and with the acquisition in the Delaware, but it also means you've paid upfront for – in terms of capital employed. So, when you think about these competitive metrics for management compensation, what pace do you need to run that to get enough earnings and revenue and cash flow from those two acquired assets in order to be competitive on a return on capital employed basis now? I'll leave it there. Thanks.
Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Yeah. First of all, I appreciate the recognition on the portfolio transformation, and that's really a recognition for the entire team here, not just for me. It's been a great team effort to get us to this stage, where a lot of that heavy-lifting is behind us and we really have turned our full attention to executing against what I think is a truly differentiated organic portfolio. In terms of the acquisition entry points, we felt that – first of all, that we entered both of those deals with very strong value propositions, meaning that we felt that the acreage price that we paid in both of those acquisitions puts us in a very competitive spot moving forward. There were obviously acquisition economics that assumed a given pace. We're very mindful of that as a metric internally to ensure that we capture full value from that. But inevitably, as you get new data, you continue to modify those full-field development plans. And we've seen it in the STACK area, which was a case where we integrated an asset into our existing portfolio. And we're seeing the same thing in Northern Delaware, which was more of a greenfield acreage acquisition for us. So, we're very mindful of those entry costs that we paid. If you reflect back, Doug, we talked about kind of the several things we look at when we think about an acquisition. It starts with quality, can it compete; materiality, will it make a difference; and value, which means can we drive a full-cycle return; and finally, have we saved some upside for the shareholder. And both of those two cases of acquisitions, we feel that we ticked all of those boxes. The other thing I would just mention is that we continue to support a program and resource play exploration that is much more focused on greenfield leasing and low entry cost opportunities. And that kind of runs in the background in a little bit of stealth mode. So, we hope that it's not obviously always going to be by the wallet, that we're also going to have opportunities either near basins or outside of our existing basins, where we can generate more of those low entry cost type opportunities.
Doug Leggate - Bank of America Merrill Lynch:
Appreciate the answers, Lee. Thank you.
Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Yeah.
Operator:
We have a question from Paul Sankey from Wolfe Research.
Paul Sankey - Wolfe Research LLC:
Hi. Good morning, Lee, and...
Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Hey, Paul.
Paul Sankey - Wolfe Research LLC:
Congratulations on the Astros. Happy for you. It's been a miserable season up here in New York. So, Lee, if we can go to a high-level question, the entire returns over growth theme is clearly taking hold of the E&P industry. And I was wondering, given some of the detail you've been through, if you could, at a high level, talk to us about the endgame for where you think Marathon Oil can get to. Some people are talking about double-digit returns on a sustained basis as being a target. Others – in fact, yesterday, we had a CEO talk about best-in-class ROIC by 2020. Where do you think you can take this thing? And it's interesting that you've got this improvement in performance operationally and a little bit of a higher base to start from in terms of your dividend. Thanks.
Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Yeah. No, thanks for the question, Paul. The endgame for us is a focus, and we always have been returns-focused. But we think that we can generate profitable growth and do that not only within cash flow, but when we look out towards our five-year kind of benchmark case, we also have clear line of sight on generating free cash flow yield as well. So, we're not striving just to be cash flow neutral. I want to be very clear about that. Returns, cash returns is going to be a metric that we're very mindful of. We want to make sure that our – particularly our D&C program every year is moving that enterprise metric in the right direction, that the things that we do, every new dollar that we spend is driving that metric in the correct direction. The other metric that we're going to be watching very closely, of course, is our cash flow, debt- adjusted cash flow per share growth. And we feel there that we have a tremendous potential as we continue to expand margins to really outperform on what I think is one of the highest correlated metrics to performance in the E&P space. So, I think the combination of ensuring that each incremental dollar of capital was moving your cash returns in the correct direction at an enterprise level, and then also coupling that with strong debt adjusted growth per share on the cash flow side, we think that's a powerful combination. And those are metrics that we're going to be watching very, very closely as we come out of this transformation and kind of get shoulder in to this execution.
Paul Sankey - Wolfe Research LLC:
Yeah. I guess the question is that – there's a rate of change story obviously, which is positive, but where can you end up. Can you commit to double-digit returns as an aim or some sort of leading metric that we can directly compare you on over some timeframe?
Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Yeah. I think that as we start talking more about these financial metrics, we'll get better at how to be transparent with them. Obviously, as you know, Paul, there's going to be a high variability depending upon what your price outlook is and the capital spend that goes along with that. So, there is some challenges there, I think, as you look out over time, making sure that you've wrapped the appropriate assumptions, so that the number is actually meaningful going forward. But we're going to be using these metrics to talk about our business. That's our commitment. I think when you start looking at cash flow per debt-adjusted share and growth around that, coupled with more traditional things like production CAGR, I think we'll be able to tell a much more fulsome story about what that endgame actually looks like.
Paul Sankey - Wolfe Research LLC:
Understood. If I could just follow up on some more specific stuff. The rate of change is really impressive. And I think the way I'm hearing it, it sounds like the Bakken and Eagle Ford have kind of maybe surprising to the upside, and maybe there's a little bit of disappointment in the STACK. And I don't know, I guess neutral on the Permian. Is that fair? And in that situation, would you potentially be in a disposal mode in order to focus down the asset base on where you are improving most rapidly? Thank you.
Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Yeah. No, thanks. Certainly, without a doubt, Bakken and Eagle Ford continue to surprise to the upside. You just have to look at the well results and the capital efficiency that's being generated within those two basins. I think within the Oklahoma Basin that we still view the 340,000 net acres that we have in that basin as a tremendous high-return growth engine for the company going forward. I think we're still just very early days. And the development of the STACK, we're still in very much a leasehold and delineation and pilot mode there. And so, we should expect some variability of results. But I wouldn't extrapolate the variability in results to mean that we don't remain very keen on the development of that and bringing it up to a similar standard of efficiency that we've observed in our more mature basins. Northern Delaware is even further kind of upstream from a development standpoint. And there, we're really just getting started. I think we're starting though very fast there. When I already sit down – I was just out in the field a few weeks ago. When I look at the efficiencies that are already being generated on the drilling and completion side, I'm very pleased that how rapidly we're coming up the learning curve there. And I think now, it's just a question of getting some more at-bats, continuing to generate the types of results that we're starting to see this quarter. We're going to be very focused on continuing to try to further consolidate our significant position there. But we're very – very confident in the Northern Delaware as an area that's going to demand more capital certainly going forward into 2018. Case in point, we picked up a dedicated frac crew at the beginning of this quarter and – as well as just added a fourth rig there.
Paul Sankey - Wolfe Research LLC:
Yeah. It's an interesting perspective that you've got assets at different points in the investment cycle. Thanks a lot, Lee.
Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Thank you, Paul. Appreciate it.
Operator:
We have a question from Brian Singer from Goldman Sachs.
Brian Singer - Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC:
Thank you. Good morning.
Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Hey, Brian. Good morning.
Brian Singer - Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC:
As a lifetime Angels fan, I'm still celebrating their one World Series victory of 15 years ago. So, I can tell you this one will stay with you for a long time.
Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Yeah. Trust me, Brian. We're going to be talking about this one for probably 50 years is my guess.
Brian Singer - Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC:
Absolutely, absolutely. So, I wanted to pick up on your comments on the debt adjusted per share growth and wanted to explore a little bit how you guys see yourself differentiating, because there's really three aspects to that, the absolute growth, the potential for a share repurchase or falling share count, and then debt pay-down. And I just wondered, as you think about being measured on that metric or focusing on that metric, where you see more of the niche for Marathon on a relative basis?
Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Yeah. I think that when I kind of break that metric apart into its pieces, Brian, I think that we are going to have very strong and competitive production growth that will be accompanying that. The change and the, if you will, the mix of that production growth over time is going to be an important element of that. You saw this year, about 60% of our barrels are really associated with the unconventional. That number is only going to drive higher. So, there's a natural, I would say, margin expansion that's going to occur even just based on the mix effect. That's not counting all of the efficiencies that we think we can generate within that mix effect. And then finally, I think it's continuing to work diligently on the balance sheet and making sure that we really are protecting that kind of investment-grade view of our balance sheet. On the case of the shares side, that's absolutely always a tool in the whole toolkit. But we just feel that we've got higher and better uses today to drive our business and drive that metric more effectively through other mechanisms as opposed to that.
Brian Singer - Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC:
Great. Thank you for the color. And then, my follow-up goes to some of the productivity gains that you've been talking about both in the Bakken Hector area and others. Can you just talk to where, in your four key plays, you think recovery rates of oil in place are and what you see as the scope for further productivity gains over the next couple of years?
Thomas Mitchell Little - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Yeah. Sure, Brian. This is Mitch. I'll take that at least at a high level. I think what is compelling about the resource plays, and to some extent, the four-basin nature of our portfolio is we're able to quickly leverage things we learn in one asset to another. And the Eagle Ford has been kind of our high-activity basin for the past several years and it's where we often pilot and trial new technologies or operational efficiency gains such as larger drill pipe, offline cementing, on the operational side, extending to the central control room, where we're not only able to operate more efficiently by operating through guided routes versus just going to every well every day, but also able to maximize the base production, the production and the barrels that we've already developed. We're able to use machine-learning techniques to optimize that and drive higher uptime through upset periods or through artificial lift optimization. We're now transferring that to other basins. So, we should not be surprised to see continued efficiency gains going forward. The rate of change in the Bakken has certainly been the most dramatic, and in terms of extending this integrated workflow that we trialed and tested in Myrmidon in 2016, pushing that down into Hector now with the same workflows and very impressive results. Northern Delaware has been a very high rate of change as well. We've seen that as one of the catalysts for us getting in at the time we did, and we're now able to employ our completion designs combined with our facility and engineered flow-back structures. And that is becoming evident in the types of wells that we released there in Eddy County, the two Wolfcamp X-Y wells. So, from a recovery standpoint, we're dealing with a lot of different reservoirs across these basins and still in the optimization mode. So, it's difficult for me to quantify for you a single number or a single rate of change. But certainly, from a returns focus and a value focus, which is really where we're driving our teams and our business, this is all moving towards the positive.
Brian Singer - Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC:
Great. Thank you.
Operator:
We have a question from Pavel Molchanov from Raymond James.
Pavel S. Molchanov - Raymond James & Associates, Inc.:
Thanks for taking the question, guys. Kind of a macro perspective that I would ask from you, because you are one of the most geographically diversified U.S. producers now in the four plays. We've seen, particularly in the last three, four months, a great deal of volatility in basis differentials along the Gulf Coast and elsewhere, and some of that's hurricane related, some of it perhaps is not. What's your take on what's been happening with the spreads, the dips, and is any of that changing perhaps how you think about the economics in the different areas?
Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Well, obviously, we spend a lot of time thinking about the broader topic of just commodity risk – risk management, and I think that's evident in our hedging program. We're very much a defensive hedger in the sense that we want to underwrite a certain element of our capital program, while making sure that we protect some upside for our shareholders. And I think you've seen us use that as an important tool in our tool kit not only around our commodity risk management, but as part of our delivery around living within our means. That's a key element of it. And we have explored, looking at basis differentials as well and if there are specific risk management actions that we want to take there. I think one advantage that we do have in the four-basin model is that we do have a bit of an intrinsic hedge in the sense that we have multiple markets, multiple different product mixes. And so, we have – almost just because of the diversity of our portfolio, we do have a bit of an intrinsic commodity risk management element that's embedded in our portfolio. I think one of the more positive observations that we've had has been the differentials that we've seen, for instance in the Bakken, which have been part of the story around the strong economics there, basically trading more or less right around WTI. I think in the Eagle Ford, the support there that we've seen with the linkage primarily to LLS and Brent, it's also been quite supportive. So, we've been able to very much selectively take advantage of those opportunities from a commodity risk standpoint.
Pavel S. Molchanov - Raymond James & Associates, Inc.:
Okay, helpful. And then, since no one's asked about Libya, let me ask you about that one. It's become a thoroughly meaningful part of your production mix again. And I guess, is there a point at which you would actually begin to guide Libyan volumes? Are there certain milestones you want to see?
Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Yeah. I think just for absolute clarity, Libya, yeah, it's gained in production, but I think you need to kind of separate production from the fact that we're still sitting on a 94% statutory tax rate there. Very little free cash flow or cash flow is being generated from Libya relative to the rest of the portfolio. I think – and I don't have the exact number in front of me. But I think if you look at our $0.59 cash flow per share for the quarter, you're talking about $0.01 of it was associated with Libya. So, I just want to make sure that we put Libya in the correct perspective, lot of barrels, low margin, somewhat limited impact on our operating cash flows. Having said that, there still remains a good deal of uncertainty in Libya, the political, the security situation there. And as long as we're dealing with that uncertainty, we feel it's best to hold that asset below the line. We've only really been out – we came out of two years of force majeure late in 2016. So, I'm hopeful, but even this year does not necessarily a trend make, and we just need to be very mindful that this is still a relatively charged and higher risk environment, and we're going to continue to approach it that way. But from a materiality standpoint, on cash flows, I don't think that there's any push there for us to drive that into the bottom line, because it's just not a big impact to us.
Pavel S. Molchanov - Raymond James & Associates, Inc.:
Okay, helpful. Thank you, guys.
Operator:
We have a question from Scott Hanold from RBC Capital Markets.
Scott Hanold - RBC Capital Markets LLC:
Yeah. Thanks. Hey, a couple of questions. You made a point a couple of times that with some of the potential free cash flow, you'd look at bolt-on opportunities across your resource plays. I maybe reading this – into this a little bit differently, but just help me out is – are you guys actively looking at several things? So, should we be surprised as we go through 2018 if you all have made a few nice chunky add-ons to your core positions?
Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Yeah. I think, Scott, we're always going to be watching the market, particularly in our core areas. And to the extent that we can find smaller fit-for-purpose bolt-ons that provide synergy to our existing core position, then we're absolutely going to look at those. In particular, Northern Delaware is an area that still remains of high interest to continue. We like our scale, but we would certainly like to strengthen our operated positions there just from a consolidation standpoint. So, you should expect us to continue to do everything from greenfield leasing to small bolt-ons there in Northern Delaware, as those opportunities present themselves. And those things will afford us an opportunity to drive our working interest up to convert some maybe non-operated pieces to operated. And at the end of the day, we want to make sure that we're adding those incremental net well opportunities at a cost that's accretive to the overall kind of position there in Northern Delaware.
Scott Hanold - RBC Capital Markets LLC:
Okay. That's good color. And specifically, my angle was – and maybe I should have been upfront with this – is that it seems like the Bakken is getting a lot of attention today and the returns have been pretty good. And if you step back and look, a lot of industry has moved frankly from the Eagle Ford into the Bakken to the Permian. And are there opportunities in those basins where industry has sort of left that you all see as strategic in your portfolio?
Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp.:
All of our core basins, I would say, we're always mindful of opportunities, but they have to kind of pass through the filter of – first of all, we're not looking to buy someone else's decline curve. We want to make sure that it's bringing opportunities and inventory that will come in and compete with our existing portfolio. We're not looking to acquire things that aren't going to be developed for another decade. And so, there is a relatively high bar just because of the quality and the success that we've generated in places like the Eagle Ford and Bakken. We certainly aren't looking to dilute our high-quality position in either of those locations.
Scott Hanold - RBC Capital Markets LLC:
Okay.
Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Having said that, if the right opportunity does come up, Scott, we would certainly take a hard look at it. We're driving an incredible amount of capital efficiency at scale in both of those assets. So, if there are, again, smaller opportunities that kind of fit our pistol, then we're going to be on it.
Scott Hanold - RBC Capital Markets LLC:
Great, great, great. And if I could slip one more in, in the STACK play and just Oklahoma in general, can you remind us, when you look at in the next 12 to 18 months, how much in maybe in rig counts or just general framework, how much work do you all need to do on delineating and piloting versus starting to look at developments in that area? So, I think if I'm not mistaken, you're around 10 to 12 rigs there right now.
Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Yeah. We're probably more on the order of about eight rigs in Oklahoma today, just for clarity. And maybe the way I might calibrate that a little bit for you, Scott, would be to say, as we look ahead, for instance at the fourth quarter, we still have about, I think – and Mitch will correct me if I got the number wrong here – about 40% of leasehold drilling still in the fourth quarter. And as you might recall, we talked about leasehold requirements really extending throughout most of 2018 and a little bit into 2019 in the STACK. So, that's still going to feature as a large element and component of our capital program. Along with that, we're also going to still be doing delineation as well as pilot testing. Another great example is if you look at – again, I'm kind of focusing on the fourth quarter program, because we've described the demographics of that a little more carefully. I said 40% of that is leasehold, but there's also a large element of it when you consider both the Eve and the Tan infill pilots that is pilot directed as well. So, probably about half the program, when you look at those wells, is really geared toward continuing to move the ball forward on our pilot testing as well. So, that's the kind of mix that we're going to continue to see as we look to delineate as well as protect leasehold in STACK.
Scott Hanold - RBC Capital Markets LLC:
Appreciate that. Thank you.
Operator:
We have a question from Roger Read from Wells Fargo.
Roger D. Read - Wells Fargo Securities LLC:
Yeah. Thank you. Good morning.
Thomas Mitchell Little - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Hey, Roger.
Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Hey, Roger. Good morning.
Roger D. Read - Wells Fargo Securities LLC:
Hey. Just a follow-up on the debt-adjusted per share growth. So, obviously, a lot of components to that. You can lower debt, you can raise your growth, you can reduce number of shares. I know the question has been asked a little bit here about share repos. But as you step back and look at the debt you can pay back, is that something to watch the next 18 months? After that, free cash flow is a combination of allocation to growth, which, let's face it, I don't know you need to grow any faster. So, should we think about that overall calculation as ultimately that's another way to improve the metric?
Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Yeah. I think I'll maybe offer a few comments, and then perhaps Dane wants to jump in a little bit more on capital structure. But you're right, there are a lot of moving pieces within the – kind of the debt adjusted cash flow per growth – or cash flow per share metric. Directionally, we've been very clear that investment-grade rating is important to us. We think that an element of getting that back to all three agencies and protecting where we are with the two that currently have us at IG is a continuous focus on what can we do to drive our capital structure in a direction that will support that IG rating. The nice thing about that, and we saw this demonstrated when we did the debt reduction this year, is that when you take those actions, they also have some other very strong benefits. And in the case of our latest action, we were able to pull some $65 million of corporate cost right out. There's not many places where you can drive that magnitude of reduction in your corporate cost structure. So, we're going to be looking to find that combination of things that will allow us to continue to delever, but also afford us the opportunity to impact our corporate cost structure as well. I don't know, Dane, if you have anything you'd like to add.
Dane E. Whitehead - Marathon Oil Corp.:
I would just add, I think we're in very strong liquidity position right now. We've got $1.8 billion at the end of quarter in cash, and we've got another $750 million coming in on the second installment for the OSM divestiture in Q1. And so, as we look at the capital structure, I think we have the flexibility to act when it makes sense for us to act. There are elements in the debt structure that are actually callable at par today. So, we'll keep trying to drive to the benefits that Lee described and really focus on that capital structure.
Roger D. Read - Wells Fargo Securities LLC:
Okay. Yeah, that's helpful. And then, looking at your Permian acreage, I know early days here and still on a leasehold focus. But with the cash that you do have, the liquidity you have, and to take a look at sort of the geographic spread of the acres, you definitely are going to want to get a little more contiguous acreage, I would think, to ultimately pursue 10,000-foot laterals. Where are you in that process? I guess I'm trying to think about it. Is it a daily process to make that happen or is there a single transaction we need to be focused on that brings that contiguous nature to the Northern Delaware?
Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Yeah. Great question. No, it is a daily process that's really integrated in not only with our asset team, but also our resource play exploration team. We have a small kind of purpose-built team that sits in Midland that has their A No. 1 priority each and every day looking at swaps, trades, greenfield leasing that continue to move the needle on, just as you described it, Roger, getting more access to XL potential, higher working interest, conversion of some of our leases over from non-op to op. All of those things are going on. It's kind of a singles and doubles kind of game. It's some hard-lifting from a land perspective to get those done. Particularly swaps and trades are always complex. No one wants to say that they've got the ugly baby in a trade. But – so, you've got to work through some of that. But we're making good progress. And I think you'll see a mix of those kinds of swaps, trades, leasing as well as some continued smaller acquisitions that again drive that synergy and help us continue to move toward a more consolidated position. So, it's a bit of an all-of-the-above strategy, but it is going to be an everyday proposition and it's going to look more like, again, singles and doubles along the way.
Roger D. Read - Wells Fargo Securities LLC:
Okay. That's great. Thank you.
Operator:
We have a question from Jeffrey Campbell from Tuohy Brothers.
Jeffrey L. Campbell - Tuohy Brothers Investment Research, Inc.:
Good morning, Lee, and your team. Could you speak about the Osage test in the Oklahoma Resource? And this is kind of a little multi-parter here. You can answer whatever you like. Did it meet or exceed your expectation going in? Will we get more Osage tests in the area? Can the cost be competitive with the other zones and do you have any multi-zone development potential in this area of the Osage exposure?
Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Yeah.
Thomas Mitchell Little - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Yeah. Absolutely, Jeff. This is Mitch. I'll try to remember all of those questions, but...
Jeffrey L. Campbell - Tuohy Brothers Investment Research, Inc.:
I can repeat them.
Thomas Mitchell Little - Marathon Oil Corp.:
That's right. Yeah, if I missed one, I'm sure you'll remind me. But starting off with the White well, we're certainly quite encouraged by the early performance on that well. We've, I think, talked in the past, a few quarters back, on a few other Osage tests that we've done, and we have seen some variability in there, as industry has, which is the nature of the Osage play. It's quite extensive. Certainly, it covers the vast majority underlying our Meramec oil window and even extends further to the North, where some others are doing some testing there and certainly to the East. So, we do see it as prospective and extensive. We're quite encouraged by the White, but we also recognize that it's a play with some variability, and we're still in the process of defining the true prospectivity and high-grading of that across our position. I think it's important to note that – and we talked about this as well following the PayRock announcement that while we recognized its potential, it wasn't contributing to the value that we paid for in the acquisition. So, this is upside that we're looking to exploit and kind of selectively integrate into our program as part of the delineation effort. We will have an upcoming pad, where we'll be looking at co-development of the Meramec and Osage and likely a Woodford test in the same trial, but certainly the Meramec and Osage. So, stay tuned, there will be more to come on this, but we definitely like it. From a well cost standpoint, we'd also think it's quite competitive. A little different completion style required here, which actually drives cost a little bit below kind of our average Meramec D&C costs.
Jeffrey L. Campbell - Tuohy Brothers Investment Research, Inc.:
Okay. Well, that was great color, and you certainly have a good memory, so thank you. And I just want to ask a last question on portfolio management. I'm just wondering...
Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Sure.
Jeffrey L. Campbell - Tuohy Brothers Investment Research, Inc.:
At this stage of the game, would you consider revisiting or selling any of your International assets? I know there's some interesting dynamics here, because we know that some of them are free cash flow generators, but you also mentioned the margin uplift from increased unconventional production. And we saw a pretty favorable peer sale in the Equatorial Guinea not too long ago.
Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Yeah. The way I would ask you to think about our portfolio today, Jeff, is the – it's the four core U.S. basins plus EG. And to the extent that we have other assets that lie outside of that grouping, you should think about those as being non-core and areas that, if we can generate value for the shareholder, we would certainly be looking to do so, because those assets simply don't compete for capital allocation and would likely have more value within someone else's portfolio. So, portfolio management, a lot of the heavy-lifting is behind us on some of the big pieces. But it's just – again, similar to what we were talking about earlier, this is just part of what we do day-in and day-out, is scrutinizing every aspect of our portfolio and asking the question how can we maximize value. We kind of crossed the, I would say, the hurdle a little bit on getting our capital allocation concentrated where we want it, that 95% kind of capital allocation. But the volumes are still playing a little bit of catch-up. We do think that things – assets like Equatorial Guinea are still very key to our overall business model delivery. But to the extent that assets, again, beyond our resource basins and EG, we need to look at those very carefully and make sure that they are playing a unique and additive role within today's portfolio. And if they're not, we need to start looking at other options. Then, as you saw from some of our commentary in the release, we did, in fact, have some transactional activity on the International front in some of our less material non-core assets. So, our expectation is that portfolio clean-up continues over time.
Jeffrey L. Campbell - Tuohy Brothers Investment Research, Inc.:
That was a very clear answer. I appreciate it. Thank you.
Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Thank you, Jeff. Appreciate it.
Operator:
We have no further questions. I will now turn the call over to Mr. Lee Tillman for final remarks.
Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Well, I very much appreciate your questions today. I appreciate your interest in Marathon Oil. Thank you very much and have a great day. That ends our call.
Operator:
Ladies and gentlemen, thank you for participating. This concludes your conference call. You may now disconnect.
Executives:
Zach Dailey - Director of IR Lee Tillman - President and CEO Mitchell Little - VP of Operations Dane Whitehead - EVP and CFO Tom Hellman - Regional VP, Permian
Analysts:
Ryan Todd - Deutsche Bank Securities, Inc. Guy Baber - Simmons & Co. Doug Leggate - Bank of America Merrill Lynch Evan Calio - Morgan Stanley Paul Sankey - Wolfe Research, LLC Pavel Molchanov - Raymond James & Associates, Inc. Jeffrey Campbell - Tuohy Brothers Investment Research, Inc.
Operator:
Welcome to the Marathon Oil Corporation 2017 Second Quarter Earnings Conference Call. My name is Collette, and I will be your operator for today’s call. At this time, all participants are in a listen-only mode. Later, we will conduct a question-and-answer session. Please note that this conference is being recorded. I will now turn the call over to Zach Dailey. You may begin.
Zach Dailey:
Thanks Collette. Good morning, everyone and thanks for joining us today. Welcome to Marathon Oil second quarter 2017 conference call. I am Zach Daily, Vice President of Investor Relations. Also joining me this morning is Lee Tillman, President and CEO, Mitch Little, Executive Vice President of Operations, Dane Whitehead, Executive Vice President and CFO; and Tom Hellman, Regional Vice President of the Permian. Last night in connection with our earnings release, we also released prepared remarks and associated slides which can be found on our website at marathonoil.com. Following some brief remarks from Lee, we'll open the call up for Q&A where we'd request that you ask no more than two questions and you can re-prompt as time permits. As a reminder, today’s call may contain forward-looking statements subjected to risk and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed or implied by such statements. Please read the disclosures in our earnings release and our SEC filings for a discussion of these items. Reconciliations of any non-GAAP financial measures we discussed can be found in the quarterly information package on our website. With that, I'll turn the call over to Lee.
Lee Tillman:
Thanks, Zach. Good morning, and thank you for joining us today. I will share just a few opening comments and then we'll spend the bulk of our time together addressing your questions. We remain in a dynamic pricing environment that continues to create uncertainty in our forward outlook on the commodity. This isn’t something new or different and certainly been an ever-present feature for the last few years. Our view is that well, supply and demand continue to come into balance, the storage overhang has been more stubborn than initially expected, and despite recent draws, it remains the keep proof point for more stability. Additionally, there remains uncertainty and OpEx discipline and longer-term response, as well as geopolitical tensions in places such as Venezuela and Nigeria. But while we don't pretend to predict pricing, we want to prepare our business to be successful across a broad range and a more moderate range of pricing. That preparation includes the strength of our balance sheet, our low-cost structure, a relentless focus on execution excellence. Maintaining flexibility in our capital allocations and ongoing commitment to portfolio simplification and concentration. All of this is designed to deliver long term value and returns to our shareholders. There is little doubt that the current environment test has all of this preparation and underscores financial discipline that we are well equipped. In the second quarter, we achieved outstanding operational performance across the portfolio. We deliver on our commitment to resume sequential production growth in the resource place with resource play growth of 6% and overall company growth of 6% excluding Libya, which has continued to ramp up production. Our U.S. production of 222,000 BOE per day exceeded the top end of our guidance and our international business exceeded the midpoint of guidance that 127,000 BOE per day. At a basin level, Oklahoma grew 11% sequentially while maintaining their focus on the strategic objectives of leasehold, delineation and infill spacing pilots. Eagle Ford was up sequentially due to outstanding oil performance and continued gains and efficiency while also improving results in the oil window farther West. We returned the Bakken to sequential growth and delivered impressive results from our first two Hector wells with advanced completions, signaling a successful start to elevating the returns in this 120,000-net acre area. And in the Northern Delaware, we've built a world-class asset team, ramped to three rigs, brought on our first MRO design completion job and are driving to optimize the plan of development. Our program in the second half of the year is designed to see that effort. We're also very pleased to be joined by our Permian Regional Vice President, Tom Hellman. We began 2017 with some key question, some key uncertainties embedded into the assumptions that formed our capital program. An Oklahoma program, that was heavily weighted toward delineation leasehold and infill spacing. Bakken program seeking to test the response of the Hector area to high intensity completions, and an Eagle Ford program driving for the next level of efficiency while looking to enhance the performance of the oil window farther West. And finally, the integration of a newly acquired acreage position in the Northern Delaware. And of course, one of our biggest assumptions was the expected pricing of BTI, which we placed originally at $55. We now have more clarity. So, with just over the half year behind us, the material progress we've made against our strategic objectives coupled with our asset teams exceeding initial expectations on efficiency, base performance and new well productivity have enhanced our production outlook for the remainder of the year. You should expect our capital allocation to remain a dynamic real-time effort as we continually optimize across our poor four basins. Leverage learnings and respond to performance trends as well as the macro environment. Our drive for maximizing returns is neither static nor limited to an annual budget cycle. Our plans in the second half of 2017 have us bringing 20% more well to sales than in the first half of the year. For the resource plays, Eagle Ford's efficiency and productivity improvement have us on track to hold production on flat sequentially from second quarter levels, which is better than we'd expected. And Northern Delaware has successfully ramp to its three-rig objective which will be steady throughout the remainder of the year. We've taken the opportunity to optimize both the Bakken and Oklahoma programs to better reflect the strongly positive outcomes and insights that we've gained from the first half of the year. These include improvements in new well productivity better than expected [Carian] performance from 2016 wells. Infill resequencing to provide longer-term production history that enhances our learning opportunities between pilots. And proactive steps to correct some of the inefficiencies we observed in the very state activity increase for both basins. As a result of all this progress, we are increasing both our full-year total company production guidance and our resource play exit rate guidance, while lowering full-year CapEx by about 10%. We are raising the midpoint of our full-year total company production growth guidance adjusted for divestitures to 7%. Similarly, our exit-to-exit rate guidance for the resources plays will move from 20% to 25%, to 23% to 27%. With the confidence that we will made our strategic objectives and exceed our original volumes growth commitments, we can limit 2017 outspend and remain well positioned to maintain operational momentum into 2018. Commodity pricing being equal, our view is to the second half of 2017 represent a transient somewhat high watermark for outspend, as CapEx is a bit out of face with the operating cash flows it ultimately generate. And though we are just beginning to work our 2018 business plan, our capital allocation priorities remain the same. The strategic objectives of leasehold, delineation and infill pilots for the stack and more than Delaware, followed by allocation to the highest risk adjusted returns in the Eagle Ford, Bakken and SCOOP. As a result of the 2017 exit rate momentum, we will carry a larger higher margin production base into 2018, with the resource place expected to account for a more significant proportion of the total production mix. This shift delivered stronger operating cash flow and underpins our goal to deliver growth consistent with our 2017 to 2021 benchmark CAGRs within cash flows with WTI in the low 50. We continue to may considerable progress with portfolio management. In the second quarter, we close on the sale of our Canadian oil sands business and both of our Northern Delaware acquisitions. With these strong moves, we clearly established our differentiated position and four as the lowest cost, liquids rich U.S. resources basins. And on the balance sheet, our successful debt offering pushed our next debt maturity out to 2020 reduced interest expense by about $60 million and coupled with cash on hand reduced gross debt by about $750 million. We ended the second quarter with $2.6 billion of cash up from the previous quarter and liquidity of almost $6 billion, supported by an untapped revolver that was recently extended and upsized. Our actions are and will tempered by the uncertainty of the macro but are untapped by our confidence and our balance sheet, the quality and scale of our resource, our flexibility and capital allocation, and our demonstrated continues improvement in efficiency and productivity. At the heart of it all, our dedicated employees whose commitment and innovation has only been sharpened by these dynamic times. Thank you. And with that, I'll hand it back to the operator to begin the Q&A.
Operator:
Thank you. We will now begin the question-and-answer session. [Operator Instructions] And our first question comes from Ryan Todd from Deutsche Bank. Please go ahead.
Ryan Todd:
Great, thanks. Congrats on a great quarter.
Lee Tillman:
Thanks, Ryan.
Ryan Todd:
Maybe if I could turn out with capital and cash flow. You largely covered cash outflows have been operating cash flow on the first half, how do you think about balancing spend in the 2018? How much would you be willing to outspend in 2018, so the prices were lower 40 or 45 in the few reduced activities? Where would the reductions likely take place?
Lee Tillman:
Let me starts off Ryan by saying, our objective and we're still on the early days obviously of thinking about 2018, but we remain resolute in our objective of living within cash flows into 2018. As I mentioned, when we look at our benchmark kind of 2017 to 2021 CAGR case, we're able to deliver those growth rates now in the very kind of low 50 kinds of WTI levels. However, if we need additional flexibility or adjustability, we have ample tools available to us to adjust to what the micro does deliver.
Ryan Todd:
Okay. So generally, targets time within cash flow, but a little bit of flexibility to swing either way dependent on the situation is that, how we should think about?
Lee Tillman:
Absolutely, we're -- obviously we are not here today to talk about 2018 budget, but as we think about it more in conceptual terms. We still believe we have the right model to deliver profitable competitive growth and do that within cash flows at a relatively moderate WTI pricing.
Ryan Todd:
Great, that’s helpful. And then may be in the Bakken, you had a couple of really strong wells in the Hector area with enhanced completions there. What does that mean for the 115,000 acres in the Hector area? And what are your plans for future activity from here?
Mitchell Little:
Yes, sure Ryan. This is Mitch. As you note, we brought on our first two Hector wells with our enhanced completions designs that we had kind of proven up in the Myrmidon area. This year, one of our objectives was to extend that down in the Hector, those first two wells have come on strong. I think average IP between the two is about 2500 BOE a day. And we have got a number of additional trials as we laid out in the earnings release. We are going to extend that across the rest of Hector moving from kind of North West to the East. We've got an additional five pilots and about a third of remaining wells to sales in the second half will come from Hector. We do see some variability in reservoir quality across that Hector position and so the objectives of the additional wells this year will be to see just how far we can extend that, but obviously we're very encouraged by the early results.
Ryan Todd:
Great, thank you.
Lee Tillman:
Thanks, Ryan.
Operator:
Our next question comes from Guy Baber from Simmons. Please go ahead.
Guy Baber:
Good morning, everybody and congrats on the strong results. Lee, I am just trying to better understand the improving cash flow profile on overall just resilience of the overall portfolio. How that’s evolved given well productivity, capital efficiency with the business is consistently improving but how should we think of the framework in terms of the evolution and the view of the business in terms of the amount of capital that may be your portfolio need especially in the U.S. resource plays to hold that level of production relatively flattish.
Lee Tillman:
Yes, Guy, Well, I think you hit upon some things that we really did learn in the first half of the year. We did truly outperform against our initial expectations and we did it across really all three of those key areas which is efficiency, new well productivity as well as just the base performance, our base business really the [Carian] from 2016. So, we learned a lot in the first of the year. As we take those leanings, we obviously build those in and integrated at the end of the second half of the year plan. And as we move forward looking at 2018, well obviously take not only first half, but second half year results and integrate that as well. All of those things that we'll contribute to continuing to drive our overall enterprise level kind of if you will breakeven cost down. And consequently, if we were to look at a case where we wanted to hold resource play production flat to say, our exit rate out of this year. We know that number is going to be well south of $2 billion. And we are still obviously working on the plans, but we know that our portfolio today is more robust than it ever has been.
Guy Baber:
That’s very, very helpful. And then I just wanted to – you've covered this somewhat but just wanted to talk a little bit more specifically about the reduction in the capital spending guidance. but if you could just talk about kind of how you made the decision to go ahead and reduce the guidance and may be where specifically you're seeing those efficiencies on that efficiency for like specifically outperforming relative to the internal plan. It seems pretty broad based across the portfolio, but on the CapEx front, I'd be curious of your comments there.
Lee Tillman:
Yes, well obviously, the ability to reduce capital while not only holding to our volume equipment, but actually increasing them is a function of the fact that we've simply won outperformed in the first half of the year. And that's given us more confidence that we essentially can do more with less. Coupled with that though, we also wanted to make sure that we achieved our strategic objectives. We talked about one of those already which was the Hector program, making sure that we had adequate capital to fully test and vest that Hector area. Similarly, in the Eagle Ford for instance, we had our strategic objective of pushing a bit farther to the West and the oil window, not dissimilar and obviously in Oklahoma it was key for us to not only keep doing our leasehold and delineation, but also to continue with the infill spacing pilot. So., we had to not only deliver the volumes, but we also had to deliver against those strategic objectives. So, when I think about the second half of the year, it was really colored and influenced by all of those results from the first half of the year. And we certainly wanted to also consider the fact that we did not want to be turn deaf to the macro and the impact that would have on the balance sheet as well. At a basin level, Eagle Ford and Bakken are clearly in development mode that's where we obviously some of the highest efficiency and highest returns being generated. And my compliments to both of those teams that you are seeing it not only on well productivity, in other words what the Wells deliver, but also on long well cost. And we're largely seeing that despite the fact that we were in a very -- I would say inflationary period at the beginning of this year. So, my compliments to those teams, because it just shows the power of when you can get into development mode just the amount of capital efficiency and the level of returns that you can drive there.
Guy Baber:
Very helpful and very clear. Thank you very much.
Operator:
Our next comes from Doug Leggate from Bank of America. Please go ahead.
Doug Leggate:
Thanks. Good morning.
Lee Tillman:
Good morning.
Doug Leggate:
I wonder if I could ask a couple of questions - could you hear me, okay?
Lee Tillman:
Yes. I've got you Doug. Go ahead.
Doug Leggate:
Graced up. So yes, I wonder if you could talk more - a little more on the Bakken and really more in the context of your guidance. Your type curves. I think I feel like you asked this question every quarter, but your type curves are clearly dated relative to the stellar results that you had. What's holding you back from updating? What you really think is going on there? And if I could just add a bolt-on to the implications of the derisked inventory in the Hector if you could help us with that? I know it's only two wells, but I guess you've got five more in the second half with my [elbow shot], but any color on those two aspects and I've got up a quick follow-up, please.
Lee Tillman:
Yes. Well certainly on that the Bakken area, we continue to be very encouraged from the results there and what we try to do Doug was to provide that extended production history for both East and West Myrmidon dating all the way back to really the doll pads in 2015, such that the data set was there, it was visible. We have shown it relative to kind of our more historic if you will type curve, but clearly the performance is trending above that. We still have development work to do there, but our goal was to provide enough information. We're focused again could look at the real data and draw their own conclusions from it. And due course, we'll take adjustment to type curves when we feel that's appropriate to do so. But we feel very good about the data that we're providing and the visibility that we're providing in the market on the Bakken performance. Similarly, I think on the Hector side, I think as Mitch stated we started kind of in that North-West area, we've got only two wells that's far we've brought to sale. It looks really good initially, but we do need to step across the geology there and make sure that we're going to be able to extend that full acreage position and whether about the third of our program this year going to Hector that's exactly our intent is to really push that boundary over and make sure that we can extend to as much of that 120,000 acres as possible.
Mitchell Little:
If I could just to clarify to make sure it’s clear, those five additional pads in Hector, not five additional wells, so it’s about the third of the wells to sales in the second half.
Lee Tillman:
Yes. Good point. Thanks Mitch.
Doug Leggate:
That’s helpful, maybe I'll keep my follow-up as point of clarification and I guess I mean, Lee, obviously completely transformed this portfolio, but the guidance you gave I guess a year to ago the 10% to 12% of 55 now coming down into the 50’s. I just want to clear, what are you assuming in the type curves for that guidance, is it that dated type curve or is that the current well performance. I am just trying to get a handle on where the risk - the upside risk I guess is, so how your guiding as on what you can do at 50.
Lee Tillman:
Sure, what obviously internally Doug, we are going to take our best risk view of the current production data and incorporate that into to our forward outlook. But it is still going to be a rest of you based on our confidence level and the data set that we have currently. So, we'll be running with the most up to date, but risk adjusted data in our kind of longer-term guidance that we’ve provided in the market. And we are clearly going through the planning process today and we will take new data into that process not only for 2018, but for the long-term view as well.
Doug Leggate:
I appreciate the answers, Lee. Thanks again.
Lee Tillman:
Thanks, Doug.
Operator:
Our next question comes from Evan Calio for Morgan Stanley. Please go ahead.
Evan Calio:
Hey, good morning guys and good results. You raised your production guidance as noted while reducing CapEx and the number of completions versus your original 2017 plan I mean if you guys lowered well count assumptions, are you still ramping to 25 and on the budgeting comment if you had to reduce activity to stay close to cash flow given your strategic portfolio objectives, where would that be?
Lee Tillman:
Yes. First of all, I guess on your cash flow question, I think you need to consider the fact that we really began the year with a view that we were going to have a level of outspend this year that was the kind of part and parcel of our plan. I think the positive is that we built that plan on a $55 deck, we're now of course in a more of upper 40, lower 50 kinds of world and we feel like we can still deliver in limit and outspend the amount to say $200 million to $300 million this year. So, that was all part of the plan with the loss of OSM cash flows and obviously with the new investment in Northern Delaware, that was part of our original plan. When we think about our activity levels, we tend to look at the metric which is the best measure of output which is wells to sales. Rigs, we are going to optimize, frac cruise we are going to optimize, we continue to gain efficiency across both of those areas of our business. So, we really look at well to sales and in an absolute sense, we are going to have 20% more wells to sales in the second half of the year, when we look at kind of a basin level, we are going to be running Eagle Ford at a pace in cadence that will hold that production relatively flat to 2Q. In the Bakken, we want to deliver the Myrmidon program, but also continue with the work in Hector and so, we'll optimize the program around that and the Bakken of course well count wells to sales will be much greater in the second half for the year then it was in the first half of the year as we ramped up there. In Northern Delaware, we're really on a three-rig run rate there, because of the work that we are doing to really define the plan of development. And then finally in Oklahoma with the outperformance and our ability to progress our strategic objectives. Now we want to make sure that the cadence really fit in terms of the pace of driving our infill programs such that we have the opportunity to incorporate learning in real-time. So, it’s those factors really that are driving our wells to sales if you will in the second half for the year. So, we think of it more as wells to sales story versus a rig count story.
Evan Calio:
I appreciate that color. And my second question, positive on Hector was governing and congrats there. On the Hansen infill wells which IP-ed 35% to 30% below the parent of the same section and now is it similar drop off parent to child yields, to what extent is Hansen's performance representative of what we should expect in the black oil development, black oil window under full development and what can you do to mitigate the drop off and performance from parent to child and what we might see later this year and Eve?
Lee Tillman:
I'm going to start and then I'm going to hand over to Mitch for a little bit more of the technical details. First and foremost, to me the Hansen continues to support kind of our six wells per DSU base case that we had for the black oil window. But I will stress, it is still a very limited data set. Hansen is only one of three or four infills in the Meramec black oil window. So, we're still testing a lot of variable. I mean these truly are a pilot, these are not development pads, these are truly pilots where we're still trying to understand the best way to maximize value and return from each of these DSUs and I want to stress value and return, because it's very easy I think to get distracted by just the IP 30 gain. And you have to look at the well productivity, the completed well cost and how that's actually delivering returns and value. And I think often times, we try to kind of take the stack as being this ubiquitous play that's the same everywhere, where we know that we've got volatile oil window, we got the black oil window, they are very different, their cost structures are very different and consequently their IP performance is quite different. So, we're still very early days, I think we've got two of our pilots now on the ground. But we continue to be obviously it supportive of where the black oil Meramec program is going to take it, but it still very early days. With that, Mitch.
Mitchell Little:
Evan, I'll just try to build on to that a little bit and maybe start picking up from one of lease last point which the Hansen section, those where 4,600-foot laterals completed well cost of about $4.3 million. And so, as we Lee rightly point out, that's not a ubiquitous play, there is different drilling depths and different completion styles and techniques across the play. These are unique plays, not unlike any other play and if you look at the progression of whether [Caine], Woodford, or Bakken or Eagle Ford, we're in the optimization phase and the fact pattern that we see here and the number of trials that's going on is pretty consistent with how those plays built up and ultimately, we crack the nut. These were the that kind of technical challenges that our teams loved to solve and they have done it before and I've got confidence that we'll continue to optimize here with a lot of running room. To specifically answer one your other questions, the Yost was our first attempt in the black oil infill, we started with kind of our baseline conclusion design there. We learned some things about well interactions and we've modified completion parameters on the Hansen. In terms of fluid chemistry, fluid mix and the use of diversion, we're encouraged and not to mention tighter spacing test if you recall and as we try to lay out in the slide, this was really multidimensional pilot and on the western side of the section, we actually tested 660 foot spacing versus about 900 foot spacing on the Hansen. With the completion changes we made even on the tighter spacing, we're seeing some uplift in the early performance. We're encouraged by that. We invested a lot in technical data acquisition in the Hansen to help us better characterize the fractured geometry, through use of electromagnetic proppant, micro-seismic and seismos which is a pulse wave imaging log. So now, we're integrating that with the performance of these wells, we'll make some more radical design changes in the next pads which we think we'll help concentrate the energy closer to the new wells. And we look forward to seeing and how quickly and how materially, we can optimize as we go forward, particularly these direct offset wells.
Evan Calio:
And so recent direct change in the Eve.
Lee Tillman:
Absolutely.
Evan Calio:
In the back half of this year. Okay.
Mitchell Little :
Absolutely.
Lee Tillman:
And even that's part of the reason why cadence right now is very important. Because we want to make sure that we've time to integrate and incorporate this substantial data acquisition and technical work that we're doing in subsequent pads. And so that's the phase that we're in right now and so that does really set some of that cadence in Oklahoma at least as it pertains to infill spacing in the black oil window.
Evan Calio:
Very helpful. Thanks guys.
Lee Tillman:
Thanks, Evan. Our next question comes from Paul Sankey from Wolfe Research. Please go ahead.
Paul Sankey:
Hi guys. The call I guess right it has all been about the U.S. I was wondering if this potential for you lead to - to go back to the restructuring and focusing strategy that you previously employed to get today. Obviously, what I'm thinking about is the disposal of international. I do think you'll get rewarded for even more focus. And then sort of a follow-up, can you talk about how dividend and dividend growth fits into this. Because again the way the company is moving suggest that it'll be more about growth and resource development then it would be about for example a strategy to have a rapidly rising dividend. I think we would save it lastly, but I'd -- thanks.
Lee Tillman:
Okay. Thanks for expressing our preference. Let me start maybe with portfolio management. We will never be done with portfolio management. It's just something that we need to do as an AMP company. We've had a very strong focus on that. Our corporate development team has just done an outstanding job and implementing our non-core asset program which really culminated in some ways with the exit from oil sands mining business, but I would not want anyone to think with that transaction that we consider ourselves done. There are still elements of our portfolio that we continue to asses that are outside of kind of our core assets, which are really our U.S. resource plays and Equatorial Guinea are really the two areas where that really comprise our core business today, but we continue to look for avenues to continue to improve that simplification and concentration of our portfolio. So, I would just say continue to watch that space Paul, I mean we simply will never be done on the portfolio optimization side. EG today provides a very key free cash flow business that supports our ability to deliver within our kind of cash flow, neutral objectives. So, it still fulfills a very key role for us. But as you step aside of those assets, we want to continue to challenge and ask ourselves the question, do they compete for capital allocation and could they potentially have more value to another operator. On you second question around dividend growth, in the dividend in general, the dividend discussion is a discussion we have each and every quarter as a leadership team and then subsequently with our board as well. We scrutinized that to make sure that it still fits for where we are in the business cycle and where we are as a company today. And we talk about how that might be used in the future as we get to a different future state. But it's something that's always been under discussion at this stage and I think as we really continue to demonstrate consistent and profitable growth quarter in and quarter out, we believe that the dividend is still playing a role to help us scrutinize that last dollar of capital to ensure that we can put it to good use on behalf of the shareholder. But rest assured, it is a discussion each and every quarter with leadership.
Paul Sankey:
Yes, and I think that as you said that did express preference, but I'm not 100% convinced as long as you are doing what you say you're doing, which is profitably growing I guess at least to adding to resource. But anyway, I thanks to your folks.
Lee Tillman:
Yes. Thank you, Paul. Appreciate it.
Operator:
Our next question comes from Pavel Molchanov from Raymond James. Please go ahead.
Pavel Molchanov:
Thanks for taking my question. One of the issues in the industry right now is the oil, gas production mix and one of the striking things in your guidance is your saying your BoE will be growing in-line with your liquids number given that gases back below to $3 level. Is there a sense that maybe you should be kind of deemphasizing the gas component of your activity?
Lee Tillman:
Well, I think right now we are prioritizing obviously on the most profitable wells that we can bring to sales. For us, because of the portfolio in our four basin is largely liquids biased with the exception may be some of the gas area, most of the gas production you are seeing is associated gas outside of our international business where you have EG but we like our Oil and liquids waiting we felt that was a very important and specific that our growth metrics were on both of BoE as well as an oil basis to give that priority on that mix going forward but that mix it's going not use to continue to stay strong. We like our liquids biased and we are going to continue to support that liquids in all biased.
Pavel Molchanov:
Okay. Then look at you hedge book, your hedge out of decent amount may be 30% of sale of your domestic oil production in second half of this year, it's kind of tapers off into 2018 or you looking to add more hedges particularly as the curve kind of get back into contango.
Dane Whitehead:
Hey Pavel. This is Dane. Yes, you may have seen in our disclosure in our slide that we recently added about 20,000 barrels of day of count 2018 three well oil positioned at 43 by 50 by 55 and we certainly are going to keep methodically working our risk management activities both from the balance of 2017 and 2018 and as we go forward we will start looking into 2019 as well. I think we have well established team and set of practices now on and when we see market opportunity created by Raleigh particularly in oil but watch gas and NGLs as well expected to continue to lead in to those positions.
Lee Tillman:
I think we are going to be in a defensive hedger where we try to get in there and protect the key aspects of our investments program but at the same time going back to my comments, we are on liquids waiting. We wanted to actually make sure that we preserve that upside potential for our investors as well that’s critically important to go forward business model.
Pavel Molchanov:
Understood, all right. Congrats on the numbers. Thanks guys.
Lee Tillman:
Thank you.
Operator:
Once again if you do have a question please star one. Our next question comes from Jeffrey Campbell from Tuohy Brothers. Please go ahead.
Jeffrey Campbell:
Good morning and congratulations on the quarter. Lee on slide 14, I was impressed that Marathon already conducting an ambitious Delaware Basins and delineation test at Cyprus, but I wanted to point out a difference between the illustration and the description, the description says testing, spacing in the X-Y in the upper Wolfcamp and delineation in the middle Wolfcamp and Third Bone Spring. With the illustration, additionally shows new wells in the Second Bones Spring, so I just wondering if you could add some color on to how the Second Bone Spring fits into your overall Cyprus thought process.
Tom Hellman:
Jeffrey, this is Tom. Yes, nice catch there. Early days right after even the acquisition even with BD team intact we already talking about this infill pilot and right away we looked at that X-Y for practical well spacing of eight wells a section and we were going to add some signs to this and we are going to be very aggressive on the completions. And while we are working with that, we also recognized of the Second Bone above that, it looks great as well and we wanted to add some more wells in the areas so that’s a four well per section basically spacing trial above it and it actually adds a little more logistics to scale this. So, we're also testing that our logistics and learning curve on the drilling on the completion side, because we went off and we have a dedicated crew now that'll come in and [do that on the] fact side, with much better pricing. We've even self-source for our own stand for that. So, all of that came into the test itself at infill well spacing. And we're also going to pick up a Third Bone well and lower Wolfcamp as you can see for some delineation.
Jeffrey Campbell:
And kind of staying on that theme of the delineation and multiple well -- multiple zone potential, also in the Permian Basin also in the Delaware Basin, many producers are moving towards the model of completing all the locations of a given zone or even several zones that wants to avoid well interference and enhance efficiencies. I was wondering if you're going to be testing any of those kinds of concepts with this pilot and maybe others and also, I was wondering if you think that there is - not appropriate for okay, the Oklahoma Resource.
Lee Tillman:
Yes. I think that - this is Lee, Jeff. I think that clearly, we are watching those developments very closely as you know particularly in the Midland where that work seems to be progressing much more aggressively. I mean Northern Delaware is still kind of in the early phases. This is really our first foray in getting out and testing some of our assumptions that we had built in into the acquisition economic. I think though when you go to those extremely large-scale developments you need to have a pretty high certainty on your spacing and your completion designs and ultimately how you're going to manage the peak production that's going to come with that. We're not at that phase. I mean, we picked it, and we just completed two wells in the last quarter. This was really an acreage pickup by us. We're still - I would say accessing and determining the best combination of spacing both vertically and horizontally as well as the completion design that complements that spacing. And so, to go out and start replicating that in more of a manufacturing mode, we're not quite there yet. So that's kind of the technical reason. I think pragmatically, you've got to be extremely comfortable that the capital efficiency that you're generating at the surface is consistent maybe with some of the sub surface risk that you may be taking on with that. Because you really do have to standardize on a design and replicate a design and have confidence in that design both spacing and completion to do that type of initial large-scale development. Longer-term I think at the end of the day we're going to have to be able to understand though manage well communication whether we do it in large developments or small developments. This is part of the physics that we ultimately are going to have to understand and be able to account for and plan for.
Jeffrey Campbell:
I appreciate that color and I think that's make perfect sense. Just a follow-up again. Are you - is this kind of thinking appropriate for Oklahoma Resource particularly thinking to have some pilot and any other pilots you're doing that or is there something unique and Oklahoma is not going to make this kind of manufacturing model ever really viable?
Lee Tillman:
Well, I think that you could apply a similar kind of logic I think in Oklahoma. I think in Oklahoma there is a bit more development there. You have a bit more leasehold offset to you as well. So perhaps a pure kind of application and absolutely no other well interference might be a bit more challenging just because of the layout of Oklahoma. But I do think that these are all things that we need to consider as we move through our own pilot programs. As are there some implicit advantages even if you have a parent well in place to going in and doing you’re - if you will full development pattern all at one time obviously coming back at a later point present some unique challenges. So, I think the logic can certainly be applied in Oklahoma.
Jeffrey Campbell:
Okay. Thanks very much. Appreciate it.
Lee Tillman:
Thanks, Jeff.
Operator:
And we're no showing no further questions. I will now turn the call back to Lee Tillman for closing remarks.
Lee Tillman :
All right. So, thank you very much for joining us today. It was a fantastic quarter. I want to again thank all of our teams and our employees that contributed to this great outcome. We continue to believe that the robust model that we've develop with the focus on these U.S. unconventional plays to deliver long-term profitable growth do that within cash flows to generate value for our shareholders is a very compelling investment case. So, thank you for your time and attention today and your interest in Marathon Oil.
Operator:
Thank you, ladies and gentlemen. This concludes today's conference. Thank you for participating and you may now disconnect.
Executives:
Zach Dailey - Director of Investor Relations Lee Tillman - President and Chief Executive Officer Mitchell Little - Vice President of Operations Dane Whitehead - Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
Analysts:
Guy Baber - Simmons & Co. Ryan Todd - Deutsche Bank Securities, Inc. Edward Westlake - Credit Suisse Evan Calio - Morgan Stanley Doug Leggate - Bank of America Merrill Lynch Paul Sankey - Wolfe Research, LLC Brian Singer - Goldman Sachs Pavel Molchanov - Raymond James & Associates, Inc. Scott Hanold - RBC Capital Markets Robert Morris - Citigroup Roger Read - Wells Fargo Securities Jeffrey Campbell - Tuohy Brothers Investment Research, Inc. Arun Jayaram - JPMorgan Securities LLC
Operator:
Welcome to the Marathon Oil Corporation 2017 First Quarter Earnings Conference Call. My name is Paulette, and I will be your operator for today's call. At this time, all participants are in a listen-only mode. Later we will conduct a question-and-answer session. Please note that this conference is being recorded. I will now turn the call over to Zach Dailey. You may begin.
Zach Dailey:
Thanks, Paulette. Good morning, everyone, and thanks for joining us today. Welcome to Marathon Oil's first quarter 2017 conference call. I'm Zach Dailey, Vice President of Investor Relations. Also joining me this morning are Lee Tillman, President and CEO; Mitch Little, Executive Vice President of Operations; and Dane Whitehead, Executive Vice President and CFO. Last night, in connection with our earnings release, we also released prepared remarks and associated slides, which can be found on our website at marathonoil.com. Following some brief remarks from Lee, we'll open the call up for Q&A, where we'd request you ask no more than two questions, and you can re-prompt as time permits. As a reminder, today's call may contain forward-looking statements subject to risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed or implied by such statements. Please read the disclosures in our earnings release and/in our SEC filings for a discussion of these items. Reconciliations of any non-GAAP financial measures we discuss can be found in the quarterly information package on our website. With that, I'll turn the call over to Lee.
Lee Tillman:
Thanks, Zach. Good morning to all and thank you for joining us today. I'll have a few opening comments, then we'll get straight to your questions. We have been resolute in our transformation of Marathon Oil from an integrated company to a globally diversified independent to the U.S. resource play focused independent E&P we are today. We're now the only independent E&P with material positions and therefore highest return lowest-cost oil-rich basins in the U.S. We continue to execute against our playbook by strengthening our balance sheet, resetting our cost structure, simplifying concentrating our portfolio, and positioning our business to grow profitably within cash flows at [moderate] oil pricing. With our transformative transactions in the first quarter, exiting the Canadian oil sands and entering the Northern Delaware, we have further accelerated toward our strategic intent. We believe our differentiated portfolio, visibility on long-term growth within cash flows and execution strength, our foundational characteristics of a business model that offers a very compelling investment case for our shareholders. We have the balance sheet, cost structure and leadership to accelerate value from our portfolio beginning with the resumption of sequential growth in the resource plays in the second quarter. We're still on plan to see this growth increase in the back half of the year, with anticipated exit production rates 20% to 25% higher than 2015. We've also raised our full-year E&P production guidance by 5,000 boe per day and successfully ramped activity to 20 drilling rigs during first quarter from 12 rigs at year-end and we currently standard at 22 active rigs inclusive of our rig in Northern Delaware. We're on track to prepare the STACK for full-field development to maintain Eagle Ford production flat for free cash flow generation, to develop the high-value high-oil cut Myrmidon area in the Bakken, and to be running at three rigs in the Northern Delaware at mid-year. This quarter, North American production exceeded the high end of guidance, and the resource plays were flat sequentially as we prepare for growth in 2Q. In Oklahoma, we brought to sales only the second industry black oil infill test in the normally pressured window, and it is performing in line with expectations. In Eagle Ford, our deliberate focus on the oil window increased oil production 7% sequentially, and we continue to take advantage of our scale and efficiency. In the Bakken, we continue to prove up the competitiveness of East Myrmidon via a high-intensity stimulation designs, which we're expanding to the hectare area this year. And finally, in the Northern Delaware, we closed on the BC deal just this week, are well along in building a high-performing asset team, and look forward to our first Marathon design completion in 2Q. Our portfolio on business model have never been stronger or better positioned to adapt to a volatile commodity market, with over 95% of our capital program dedicated to the U.S. short-cycle investments. About 60% of our total production this year will come from the resource plays, and that mix will only continue to improve as we grow the U.S business over the next five years while enhancing our returns and our margins. 2017 is poised to be an exciting year for us, and our longer-term growth plans will now benefit from optimization across four basins. The integration of the Northern Delaware into our long-term capital allocation plan will only strengthen our confidence in delivering against our benchmark CAGRs of 10% to 12% total company, and 18% to 22% for the resource plays from 2017 to 2021 within cash flows, and at a flat $55 WTI. Our near-term and longer-term plans are further supported by a strong balance sheet with $2.5 billion of cash and a consistent cash flow generating E.G. business that provided $160 million of EBITDAX this quarter to reinvest back into the resource plays. While we can't predict future commodity prices, we have purposefully designed our 2017 business plan to be flexible and retain the ability to respond to the macro environment with many levers at our disposal should we feel the need to adjust. With that, I'll hand it back to the operator to begin the Q&A.
Operator:
Thank you. We will now begin the question-and-answer session. [Operator Instructions] And our first question comes from Guy Baber from Simmons and Company. Please go ahead.
Guy Baber:
Thanks very much. Good morning, everybody.
Lee Tillman:
Good morning, Guy.
Guy Baber:
Lee, my first question was. I wanted to follow-up on the last comment that you made there. So just maybe get a sense of the flexibility embedded in your current plan given some of the volatility in the market. Are they trigger points with respect to commodity prices, where you begin to pull back on the rig count at some point? I mean just given the volatility, I want to better understand how you plan to manage the business through the cycle here, and you mentioned many levers at your disposal, do you care to discuss that a bit at all?
Lee Tillman:
Yes, absolutely. Maybe, Guy, just a few comments on the macro in general first, and then I'll talk a little bit about how we might respond. I still think our belief is 2017 is going to be very volatile, probably in a bit tighter band if we continue to see OPEC discipline. We do feel that supply and demand have come back largely into balance, but as we all know, storage has continued to be a bit stubborn. We're not going to even attempt to predict pricing, but as I said in my opening comments, we've really focused on making sure our business plan has the flexibility and optionality that if the fundamentals do support adjustment, not technical changes, but the fundamental support adjustment then we are ready to do so. The levers that we have available, I think it starts with the fact that now a 95% of our capital program is in the short-cycle investments, we have minimal long-term contracts associated with our U.S. business, and we've got a balance sheet today that sits with $2.5 billion of cash and an untapped revolver. So in the event that we see the fundamentals supporting a price that is in the 40s, we've got a lot of tools available to modulate or spend and mitigate our exposure. And obviously, we'd expect service cost to start following that price down as well. We can't have low prices and high service cost, that just can't be sustainable. So in that scenario, we're going to revert back to our capital allocation priorities. We're going to ensure that our strategic priorities in Oklahoma and the Permian, Northern Delaware are met, and then we're going to take a hard look at our discretionary investments based on the available cash flows.
Guy Baber:
That's very helpful. And then I wanted to ask an operational follow-up, but the Eagle Ford results this quarter looked especially strong. Can you maybe talk a little more about those enhanced completions there, the intensity of those completions, lateral links, what you're seeing with inflation as well? The $4 million well costs would seem to indicate you aren't seeing much of there. And then you look like you had some really good results in Southeast Atascosa County as well outside of your typical Karnes focus area. Can you talk a little bit about that, and how that might influence your go-forward plans in the Eagle Ford?
Mitchell Little:
Yes, absolutely. Guy, this is Mitch. A number of questions in there, I'll try to hit them all, but check me if I miss one along the way. But you've seen us move up our completion intensity over the back half of 2016 and into 2017. The majority of our wells were pumping at 2,000 pounds per foot, 200 foot stage spacing in the oil window, which is where the majority of our program is concentrated. We've been in the process extending those enhanced completions down to the Southwest as you referenced in Southeast Atascosa, and really pleased what we're seeing there on those Guajillo pads that we released. And even as you extend that up on trend to the Franke May A pad where we pumped a little bit higher intensity, early results are certainly encouraging. We've got a number of additional tests that we'll be bringing online through the year, and with a little bit more production history and confirmation from those tests, we're encouraged by kind of upgrading that inventory and making it competing quite favorably with the rest of our Eagle Ford portfolio there, so certainly very encouraged by that. On the inflation side, like many are seeing, they're variable by service line, but seeing some pressure on the completion services side. But thus far, the teams are working really hard and focused on offsetting the majority of that. We noted a new record well performance at over 4,000 feet a day, about a 1/4 of the wells were delivered at 3,000 feet a day. And that’s why we were standing up a couple of cold-stacked rigs which we added late last year, so pleased with that. We're also tweaking designs, the completion recipe, reducing some of the higher cost elements to offset some of that. So certainly a bit of pressure there, but we've been successful in mitigating the majority of it. And the teams are focused on continuing to innovate and find operational efficiencies to keep that under control.
Guy Baber:
Great, thanks for the comment.
Operator:
Our next comes from Ryan Todd from Deutsche Bank. Please go ahead.
Ryan Todd:
Maybe let's start out in the Yost infill pilot. You had some solid results there in the pilot. Can you give a little more color on takeaways from the six wells, including any change to your thoughts on, if there's been any change in your thought on proper spacing within a unit? And should we expect to see these shifts to longer laterals going forward?
Mitchell Little:
Absolutely, Ryan, as you said and as we noted, the Yost is the second full section infill in the black oil window. We're pretty satisfied with the early results there, matching our expectations. We've got taken away a number of learnings there, probably the main take away is that six well per section density confirms our base case when we made the PayRock acquisition. As we go throughout the year, including the Hansens infill, that's next up. We're going to test a little bit tighter density and add another well in the Meramec per drilling unit, also taking a look at the learnings from the Yost's pilot, tweaking the completion design a little bit and testing a bit of a gap out from the parent well. In that particular case, we see a little bit higher fracture, natural fracture intensity around the parent well. And so it's appropriate to modify the design for that particular spacing unit. And keep in mind, we design spacing at the individual spacing unit, integrating the subsurface data, micro seismic and other fracture characterization techniques that take into account the local rock mechanics and fracture characteristics that we can model. But early in the program, we're pleased with the results, the productivity. The Yost's pilot was also a little bit shorter than full section, about 4,600 foot lateral length, so thus far so good, I'd say we're encouraged and have kind of confirmed the base case assumption in that acquisition, and we'll continue to take our learnings and apply additional optimization to the next few as we optimize ultimate spacing for that area.
Ryan Todd:
Okay. And should we expect to see a lateral length increase as you move forward in the area?
Mitchell Little:
We've got a portion of our acreage that's amenable to XLs. What we have seen thus far is that the SLs on a per lateral foot or capital efficiency basis are competing and in some cases, exceeding the performance of the XLs. So we don't see necessarily that XL is the right approach in the black oil normally pressured window.
Ryan Todd:
Okay. Thanks that's helpful and then maybe just some thoughts around your full-year guidance. I mean, the volume looks great in 1Q, 2Q guidance was a little bit better than we were expecting in your completion schedule is certainly back-half weighted towards – as we move through the year. I mean, how do you see about the potential? Is the full-year guidance at this point, does it feel conservative given what you're seeing? Is there – how do you think about the potential for that to move higher over the course of the year?
Lee Tillman:
Well, we feel confident in our ability to deliver against the revised guidance, Ryan and I think we've done a lot of good work. You've seen in the first quarter, essentially a flattening of the resource plays, we're essentially flat sequentially there, which sets us up very favorably now with the uplift in activity to get back on that sequential growth track. But your observation, of course, of that gaining momentum in the second half of the year is an accurate one. As we continue to learn more and as we feel more confident, we'll continue to re-examine that guidance each and every quarter based on actual field data. But it's still pretty early in the year for us, we're still early in the – even though we've ramped rigs, bear in mind that, that kind of the leading indicator, the completion still has to follow. And so we still have a lot of work in front of us, and we're going to watch it carefully, and update as we see appropriate.
Ryan Todd:
Okay. Thanks Lee.
Lee Tillman:
You bet.
Operator:
And our next question comes from Ed Westlake from Credit Suisse. Please go ahead.
Edward Westlake:
Yes, good morning and congrats on the strong cash flow and the progress. I mean maybe if I could start on the Delaware, just maybe some sort of high-level comments about the time it's going to take you to delineate the acreage. Obviously, there's some very strong industry-wide results around that. And then how the response has been post-closure from the service providers in the area and the infrastructure providers, which obviously, you need to step this asset up into development mode.
Mitchell Little:
Yes. Sure, Ed, this is Mitch again. Clearly, we just closed on the BC part of the deal earlier this week, but we're quickly advancing our near-term activity and appraisal plans. Through the rest of the year, the majority of the activity will be targeting Bone Spring and Wolfcamp intervals, and of course, lease protection. Nominally, we need just under two rigs dedicated to protect the leasehold. We'll certainly be doing that. And as we get later in the year, we'd expect to begin drilling a few pads. Certainly, we see areas where sufficient delineation has already occurred and can move to optimizing well spacing in those areas. And we'll also be looking to drill a multi-bench pad, still finalizing the design on there as you might expect. But current thinking we'd be looking to test three to four benches, probably six landing zones, all in combination, gathering technology, micro seismic and other technologies that help us characterize fracture behavior and rock mechanics in the areas that are a little less delineated, and we'll be testing various well spacing there as well, likely four to six well per bench type spacing. Building out marketing plans and infrastructure development plans in coordination with building out that detailed plan of development. So well on our way to three rigs by midyear, look forward to a busy second half of the year where we'll bring 15 to 20 wells to sales and as you mentioned, encouraged by the continued extension of the play. The BC Red light well, which was western and step-out in Eddy certainly looks good and some of the other wells that are pushing the play and also proven up some of those zones that we consider as upside targets in the acquisition. We released, or others have released a couple of nice Avalon wells over in Lee County.
Edward Westlake:
Okay, great. And then switching basin, I guess, further south in the SCOOP. I mean, you've got the Springer four-well pilot coming on in the middle of the year. Obviously, your peer, Continental's talked about the Sycamore, which is above the Woodford. Maybe some general thoughts as to how the sort of SCOOP has economics or potential has changed, obviously there's been a lot of focus on some of the other areas, so within the Marathon portfolio.
Mitchell Little:
Yes, sure. As you know, we will be drilling our first company-operated Springer infill down in the SCOOP. Those infill programs in the Springer oil window have really strong economics, and we're pleased to be seeing how that's developed, and we've got some running room there. Obviously, we're taking note of and paying attention to some of the Sycamore tests that are being released in that area. Our priorities, as we've talked about previously, are moving towards full-field development in 2018, where the majority of our activities will be pad-based drilling, both in the STACK and the SCOOP. And so we're happy to learn from, we're paying close attention and watching others derisk some of these plays but we certainly have exposure to the Sycamore and the SCOOP areas as well.
Lee Tillman:
But, Ed, I would just maybe add, there's no doubt that the Springer oil competes very favorably at the top of our portfolio. It's a matter of priority, that acreage is largely HBP, it held by production, so we've got the optionality to feather that into the portfolio at the appropriate time. But we're looking very much forward to the downspacing test there, and we believe it's going to compete very favorably for capital going forward.
Edward Westlake:
I think that’s what I was trying to get. Thank you very much Lee.
Operator:
Thank you. And our next question comes from of Evan Calio for Morgan Stanley. Please go ahead.
Evan Calio:
Hi. Good morning, guys.
Lee Tillman:
Good morning, Evan.
Evan Calio:
Lee, you've restructured the portfolio for conventional basin positions and one of the most active programs in 2017, amongst all peers 20 rigs today. I mean can you discuss how you changed your organization and integrated the two new assets, or built your Permian team? And how do you think about operational capacity to execute on this big resource?
Lee Tillman:
Right. Well, certainly when we did some of the restructuring in the operations side of the house last year, bringing all the operations under a single leadership, it was envisioned that we would have the optionality to transition a fourth basin into that structure. So we've built that structure with a mindset of bringing in a fourth basin into play, and making sure that we had both the technical and execution capacity available to drive that. Clearly though, in this case where we're standing up, a full asset team, one of Tom Hellman's first priority is building out that team. And we're building that from both internal resources as well as some select external hiring. When both of those groups having a very deep knowledge in the Northern Delaware. But our operational structure as a whole was really designed to plug in a fourth basin that was part of the design from last year. So I feel very good about that. From a capacity standpoint, Tom's well on his way of filling out the key leadership roles on the asset team. Of course, we have the transitional services agreement with BC operating as well, which provides us some incremental support. And, so we think we're off to a really strong start there, and we're absolutely looking forward to getting the first Marathon designed well down in the second quarter. But I expect very little loss of momentum there as we kind of pick up the bit there in Northern Delaware.
Evan Calio:
Great. And if I could follow-up on the Yost, specifically. I mean how much, with any frac interference did you see that gives you confidence in the upcoming seven- and nine-well per section test? I mean it sounds the parent-child wells could be optimized further from your results to support an even better results than some of the offsets there have been by their operators have been strong? Just kind of any color there to follow-up on Ryan's question.
Mitchell Little:
Sure, Evan. Yes, we had a really strong parent well at the Yost and also, from our subsurface integrated workflow noted some higher natural fracture intensity around that parent well. And so it's fair to say that we did see some communication impacts as we came back in and infill that. We'll take those learnings, and have taken those learnings into the Hansens. And we do think there's optimization that can be done, and we'll be changing the completion recipe a little bit as well as the gap-out test that we're doing on that location. So very early days, we're certainly encouraged by the early results, kind of confirming the base case, but like any of these programs that you're in early days, there will be some optimization to come.
Evan Calio:
Got it, I mean I'll just slip a small one in if I could, will you under lifted in 1Q? Was there an under lift in 1Q?
Mitchell Little:
In the UK, yes.
Lee Tillman:
UK yes.
Evan Calio:
For about 6,000 barrels a day?
Lee Tillman:
We have to get back to you, Evan. I think we can get back with you on that one. I’ll tell you the exact number, Evan. We had essentially, yes.
Mitchell Little:
We didn't have a crude lifting in Brae.
Lee Tillman:
Yes. We had no crude liftings. And obviously, it got concurrent on liftings in Libya, and so it's caught up there.
Evan Calio:
Okay, that was equal to sales and production. That is helpful. Thank you.
Lee Tillman:
Yes, you bet. Thank you. Thanks for the questions.
Operator:
Our next question comes from Doug Leggate from Bank of America Merrill Lynch. Please go ahead.
Doug Leggate:
Good morning everyone. Good morning Lee.
Lee Tillman:
Good morning, Doug.
Doug Leggate:
Lee, on a Hector, you're adding a couple of rigs back in an area that I think you had previously characterized as obviously not as good as the Myrmidon, but I don't want to call it non-core, but certainly it's sort of well over 100,000 acres, if I recollect.
Lee Tillman:
Correct.
Doug Leggate:
Bigger completions seem to be having a fairly sizable impact on some of your peers. Can you just walk us through how Hector is emerging to compete in the portfolio because I'm guessing that's a fairly large oil inventory or oil levered inventory that could be significant in your outlook?
Lee Tillman:
Yes. Your observations are spot on. The Myrmidon area, we typically characterized as being around 60,000 net acres. The Hector area, as you correctly stated, is around 115,000 net acres. I think we would absolutely have characterized Hector as being a lower tier from a quality standpoint to Myrmidon, but the same modeling that we employ to give us confidence and the response we would see in the Myrmidon area from the higher intensity completions. We've applied that of course, in the Hector area using the production data that we also have available there and feel confident that we're going to see uplift there and the potential of course to drive those to compete. They compete today, but certainly, we're looking to take them really to the next level. We've seen great response West and East Myrmidon, and now it's really the extension of that into the Hector area, and we'll see kind of the first wells to sales really in the Hector area in the second quarter of this year. I don't know, Mitch, if you want to add anything else.
Mitchell Little:
I think you covered it well. We have done the same technical workflow, seen very material improvements in the Myrmidon area, and we're certainly hopeful that we'll see that same type of uplift or a significant uplift on the Hector program and with the twice the acreage position down there, certainly encouraging results would lead to a nice enhancement to a big part of our portfolio up in the Bakken.
Lee Tillman:
I would also, maybe just add that a lot of our recomplete opportunities also sit in the Hector area, and we expect to have good response and good success from that as well.
Doug Leggate:
My follow-up if I may, Lee is a couple I guess over a year-ago, now you were one of the first to put out a chart that kind of characterized your economic inventory by area and by oil price. I'm just wondering obviously the portfolio has changed an awful lot in that time, could you characterize how you would see the incremental dollar? I realize a rising oil price is not a scenario anyone's catching right now, but how does the – what's the relative economics today in terms of what's the best part of your portfolio today if oil prices continue to fall?
Lee Tillman:
Yes. Setting the absolute price aside for a minute, and talking about relative economics in the portfolio, we would still see kind of occupying that top spot in the portfolio today. The Meramec black oil window, the [indiscernible] oil window in the Eagle Ford, West Myrmidon and now, of course, Northern Delaware, Wolfcamp and Bone Spring. I would also argue, even, though we didn't necessarily feature it on the chart, some of the earlier dialogue around the Springer formation, some of those wells would be quite competitive. And as we're successful in uplifting things like East Myrmidon and Hector, we want to drive those toward that absolute top tier as well.
Doug Leggate:
Okay. I appreciate the answer. Lee, thank you.
Lee Tillman:
Thank you.
Operator:
Our next question comes from Paul Sankey from Wolfe Research. Please go ahead.
Paul Sankey:
Good morning, Lee.
Lee Tillman:
Good morning, Paul.
Paul Sankey:
When you started out – during your commentary, you said that Marathon is unique as far as you're majorly positioned in all four plays in U.S. unconventional, that's not something the market really likes, in so far as it would prefer focus. Can you talk – but it's also very interesting position, obviously, because you have the view of all four. Could you sort of justify why you would want to be in all four simultaneously, and why given the information you presumably have, you wouldn't just focus on one aggressively? Thanks.
Lee Tillman:
Yes, I think multi-basin approach does provide some inherent advantages. And I think, first of all, it's a multi-basin approach in four basins that are resource plays and oil-rich resource plays, so it's very consistent with our strategic intent. But we see a great deal of value in having resource plays that are at various points in their developmental cycle. Being able to transfer learnings from the scale and efficiency that we've delivered in places like the Eagle Ford, and drive that into day one, into places like now Oklahoma and Northern Delaware, we see as an inherent advantage in the multi-basin model. Additionally, if you're looking to ensure that you can drive competitive growth and do that within cash flows, having mature assets, more mature assets that can be modulated between growth and free cash flow generation, we also see as a significant advantage. So the sharing, the learnings, the best practices that you can drive from our experiences in places like the Eagle Ford and the Bakken. And now we'll also start seeing reverse integration from the newer plays where the Oklahoma teams or the Northern Delaware teams provide us insight that can be plowed back into our basins like the Eagle Ford and the Bakken. All of that, to us provides some implicit advantages. And all four basins also have very unique product mixes as well, that again, allow us a little bit different exposure and a little different optimization, depending upon what we see in the market. So we do see some advantages in the multi-basin model. We like the fact, of course, that, that model is first and foremost focused though in those four resource plays that are of very high quality and very oil-rich.
Paul Sankey:
Yes. I think the perspective of different phases of development is interesting. It feels as if there was one that would be the Bakken that needs the higher price and would be the less attractive and presumably, you'd want more Permian if you could get it.
Lee Tillman:
Yes. I think the Bakken – that statement I likely would've agreed maybe 18 months ago. But I think with the Bakken, particularly in the geologically advantaged areas like Myrmidon, where we've seen such a strong response to the higher intensity completion designs, it has elevated at quite frankly on an economic basis, eye to eye with the best in our portfolio.
Paul Sankey:
Right, interesting and then just a follow up I guess, what we were talking about the spill of your assets. One big question amongst everyone about, if you like, the threat from U.S. unconventional growth that you're very much a part of is the non-U.S. non-OPEC decline rates. Can you make any observations first about that, as far as Marathon and then as far as the globe is concerned? Thanks.
Lee Tillman:
So Paul, I think just from a Marathon Oil standpoint, our international portfolio, operated portfolio is now really largely dominated by one big resource, which is of course, our EG asset, which is a long-life, relatively low-decline asset. I think that as you expand that perspective outside of Marathon's portfolio, the bottom line is that the conventional world does have a finite decline in those reservoirs. And I think that's been a little bit masked by some of the long-cycle investments that have FID decisions that were taken really three to five years ago coming to fruition over the last couple of years. So that decline is there. I think we're going to start seeing that much more visibly as we move forward in time and see this lack of the, I'll say, the longer-cycle barrels coming into the market. And again, presuming continued discipline with OPEC, I think the balance is there, and it's now just a matter of seeing a more consistent drawdown in storage.
Paul Sankey:
Thank you, Lee. And if I could just say that our clients and we appreciate the relatively short prepared comments and the longer Q&A. Thank you.
Lee Tillman:
Yes, we like that model as well, Paul. Thanks for that feedback.
Operator:
And the next question comes from Brian Singer from Goldman Sachs. Please go ahead.
Brian Singer:
Thank you. Good morning.
Lee Tillman:
Good morning, Brian.
Brian Singer:
Since we're going around the horn from shale play to shale play here. I wondered if you could talk to at the cost inflation profile, cost profiles, and ability to execute that you're seeing in the Eagle Ford versus the Bakken versus Oklahoma from particularly reflecting on midstream facilities in people?
Mitchell Little:
Sure, Brian. I touched on that a bit about later, if I understood your question, really, guided around inflation and pressures sort of by basin. Similar to the efficiency gains we've seen in the Eagle Ford, where not only are we drilling record pace wells and a more – higher fraction of the wells, hitting that 3,000-foot per day mark. The Bakken team also delivered three pacesetter wells early this year. First one in the first quarter, and a couple in the second quarter. And we're seeing efficiency on the drilling side pick up materially and on the frac efficiency side across these basins. The Eagle Ford pump record stages per crew in the month of March as well. We do see as we're standing up new rigs and new frac crews, a little bit of a learning curve at the start, but we're making good progress in all three basins, and quickly getting them to pace with our more continuous operations. So we've been successful in offsetting the majority of the inflation that we've seen to date. There's still going to be work to do there and teams are focused. A couple of specific examples where we're changing the completion recipe to eliminate some of the higher cost elements of the design, changing the well design in the Bakken, which eliminates the need for a tieback string and saves a number of operational days, not seeing any difficulty in sourcing materials. We're also focused on the commercial side with unbundling some of the services, doing some direct sourcing of sand and fuel and other services. So it's a full-court press by all of our asset teams to protect the margins that we worked so hard for during the last couple of years.
Brian Singer:
Thanks. And then in the Eagle Ford, you highlighted a number of strong 30-day rates in the Guajillo south area. I wondered if you could more broadly talk to what your latest thoughts are on spacing, and then whether the types of rates that you're reporting here are what we should expect more broadly over the Eagle Ford program.
Mitchell Little:
Sure Brian. We've got an extensive position across the Eagle Ford, as you're well aware, 150,000 acres-plus, and spread out across a few counties there and through a few different phase windows. But we are moving as a base design to this – we have moved as a base design to this 2,000 pound per foot on 200-foot stage spacing in the oil window. We're seeing a nice uplift from that in the early days, and we're getting more run time on that and seeing some of that hold in pretty well. Extremely encouraged by the extension of that down to the Southwest here in Atascosa. We'll have a number of additional pads coming on to try to confirm those results, but I would say, pretty consistently seeing uplift benefits from that higher intensity completion design. Continue to trial like we did in the Franke May, even higher intensity, which was like 2,500 pounds per foot. So we're encouraged. Like to get a little bit more production history behind us in this area down to the Southwest in particular and a few more pads to confirm that. But very encouraging early results and we would expect to be able to repeat that.
Brian Singer:
Great, thank you.
Operator:
Our next question comes from Pavel Molchanov from Raymond James. Please go ahead.
Pavel Molchanov:
Thanks for taking the question. As I look at your CapEx spend in Q1 and the increase in full-year guidance, it looks like a very backend loaded picture. So is my math right that you can be spending around $750 million per quarter by Q4? Is that accurate?
Lee Tillman:
Yes, that's very accurate. I mean obviously, the first quarter, we were in a bit of a ramp up phase. And so capital was on our plan, but obviously lower than what the ratable spend rate is going to be for the next three quarters, because we're really now hitting our stride, we're bringing completions on now. We're really starting to hit the pace of true development that we thought we would for the remainder of the year. So you should think of that $2.4 billion budget now being pretty ratable across the next three quarters.
Pavel Molchanov:
Okay, understood. And as you've three months ago, talked about your kind of 15% to 20% long-term target growth rate at $55 WTI, obviously, today we're at 20% below that. How long do you have to see oil prices below let's say sub-50 before you decide to pull back on your growth trajectory?
Lee Tillman:
Yes. It's hard to give a firm timeline on that. But the way I would describe it is, is we would have to see that sustained lower pricing, and that pricing supported by the fundamentals we observed in the market, i.e. it's supported by supply and demand and storage fundamentals, not just technical trading. And so we're not going – we're very wary of adjusting our full-year plans on the day-to-day fluctuations in oil price. Very difficult for me to see what has fundamentally changed, for instance from this week to last week from a fundamental supply and demand standpoint. So we would have to see a sustained lower pricing in concert with the fundamental saying that that's now where the market sits before we would start taking adjustments and modulating our spend. The good news for us is that we can respond very rapidly and very effectively in the event that we observe that set of parameters.
Pavel Molchanov:
All right, very clear. Appreciate it.
Lee Tillman:
Thank you.
Operator:
Our next question comes from Scott Hanold from RBC Capital Markets. Please go ahead.
Scott Hanold:
Yes, thanks. Good morning.
Mitchell Little:
Good morning, Scott.
Scott Hanold:
Could you discuss a little bit on your, I guess delineation plans? What is the needed yet to delineate in the STACK? And maybe I'll just throw my follow-up question at you right away too. When you look at big picture, you talked about two rigs needed for lease maintenance in the Permian. Could you just discuss what that is for the STACK, and maybe a couple of others just to give us a sense of what the sort of base lease maintenance is versus discretionary drilling going forward?
Mitchell Little:
Sure, Scott. I'll take the first one on delineation plans in the STACK. I would say what we're keenly focused on is making ourselves ready for full field development in 2018, where the majority of our activity is going to be on pad drilling. And so we've got a number of infill tests and pilots that we want to do to optimize well spacing in the Meramec across that. We have been doing some additional delineation to the south and to the east, pretty small data set at this point, but fair to see like you would expect with any delineation program, some mixed results there. We've got a number of other things that we want to test, both to the south and the east in terms of completion optimization, artificial lift and flow back optimization. But the majority of our activities are really focused on prepping us for full field development in 2018 in both STACK, where the most concentrated activity will be, and SCOOP. I mentioned earlier on Permian in terms of leasehold protection, nominally two rigs to hold the valuable leasehold there. I think we've talked about three in the STACK combined between the PayRock acquisition that we made last year and some of our legacy leasehold position there. So that's the type of near-term rig activity that we'll have devoted to those lease protection.
Scott Hanold:
So generally, what I'm hearing is we roll into 2018, I mean the vast majority of your programs are really going to start to look much more developmental. I guess the Permian will still going to be a bit of a work in process, I would assume, but it seems like in pretty much the other three areas, pretty developmental, is that fair?
Lee Tillman:
Yes. I think, Scott, that's very accurate. I think the only caveat I might put on that is that clearly, in the STACK and the SCOOP, we're talking of moving into development mode in the major primary targets, Meramec, Woodford and potentially, Springer as well. And suffice to say, there's still a lot of other potential there than we see in the other zones. But in those primaries zones, absolutely we're moving into development phase in 2018. As you rightly state, Northern Delaware is still a bit earlier, but we're going to look to accelerate up that curve as quickly as we can using not only our own information as we get into the second half of this year, but certainly, leveraging what is a tremendous amount of industry activity. I think currently across Eddy and Lee County, there's about a little over 30 rigs running.
Scott Hanold:
I appreciate the color. Thanks.
Operator:
Our next question comes from Bob Morris from Citi.
Robert Morris:
Good morning, Lee and team.
Lee Tillman:
Hey, Bob good morning.
Robert Morris:
Good morning. Some nice results on the Yost pilot that you announced this morning. You now have a peer that's drilled a pilot with 2-mile laterals in the normal pressured oil window here and certainly, on a per lateral foot, the Yost is cuming more over 60 days, although it's a little bit higher proppant loading on your pilot. Can you tell us again just why you think the sort of laterals are the better way to go here, and sort of now that you've got a peer comp there, whether that reinforces your view or kind of maybe has you thinking a little bit about the longer laterals, or why just you think the shorter laterals of the better way to go here?
Mitchell Little:
Sure, Bob. As you said, the early results, and we do have to keep in mind it's early, but the early results would suggest the combination of shorter laterals in our completion design is yielding a bit better productivity. That's consistent with what we saw in earlier wells, where the single laterals, parent wells where the single laterals were competing favorably. And in many cases, from a returns basis, which is really our focus. We're outperforming the extended laterals. So we don't see anything to date that would disqualify that thinking. We'll continue to watch it and test different concepts. But at this point, we believe the combination of our completion design and single laterals is the way to go.
Lee Tillman:
And then maybe, I would just add, too, Bob. We're going to go with the lateral design that we think generates the highest return. And so consequently, if you look at our completion design in the volatile oil window, we are looking at and we have been using and completing XL wells. So we're kind of – we're a bit agnostic on lateral length, we're more focused on returns and value generation. And it's great to have this 40 IPs, but at the end of the day, we're really going to be returns-driven.
Robert Morris:
Certainly. That makes sense. Looking at the last two quarters, again, in the Meramec area, you reported some wells that were outperforming the 940 MBOE-type curve by about 30%. On the Yost pilot today, they're tracking right on that 940 MBOE-type curve on the 60-day cumes. Any reason why the pilot's right on the type curve where the single wells you report the last two quarters were exceeding that type curve?
Mitchell Little:
I don't think there's anything that we would point out as any long-reaching conclusion on that, Bob. As with all of these plays and as with all type curves, there's some variability around the average type curve, which is what we put out and what we would expect for a larger program basis and so there are some variability in geology across the play, and probably, would characterize it more to do with that than anything else at this point. We're in the early days with only two full section infills in the black oil and more optimization to be done. So I don't think any long-reaching conclusions could be made from that data set.
Robert Morris:
Okay. Makes sense. Thanks and congrats again.
Lee Tillman:
Thank you, Bob.
Operator:
Our next question comes from Roger Read from Wells Fargo. Please go ahead.
Roger Read:
Thanks. Good morning.
Lee Tillman:
Good morning, Roger.
Roger Read:
A lot of stuff has been covered. I guess one thing to ask about. Tom, you made the Northern Delaware acquisitions, you referenced that there would be some swaps and other kind of acreage exchanges. Just wondering – I know it's early, but kind of where are you in that process and what should we look for? And is there desire to just generally expand that? Or is it really to think about kind of the equivalent current acreage and just working to get a more cohesive set of acreage?
Lee Tillman:
I think right now, Roger, I would kind of classify it as really the latter. We're really trying to further consolidate our operated positions to the extent that we can get more capability to do longer laterals as well in both the Bone Spring and the Wolfcamp, so that's really our focus. The good news is that there's a very cooperative operator group in this area in of core operators that have the same interest. In other words, they have the same drivers as we do to try to drive that consolidation. So even though we're in the very early days, rest assure that the asset team is already focused on the opportunity to continue to consolidate and core up our acreage position there. But in terms of overall scale and scope, obviously, we're very happy with the position we've established through the two acquisitions.
Roger Read:
And what do you think the right – what would be your target length for laterals out there? Is it the 10,000 foot, the way we should think about it? Or it might be more reasonable to say around 7,500 foot or something along those lines?
Lee Tillman:
Yes. I still think it's early days, Roger. Certainly, there appears to be some enhanced economics. We're certainly stepping out to the 7,500-foot length. We'll just have to see. Even though there's a lot of activity, we still don't have a lot of horizontals on the ground out there that are testing, not only lateral length, the completion designs, spacing designs. So I think it's still a bit too early to draw any direct conclusions, but certainly having the optionality to push lateral length out further is desirable. When we talk about our Northern Delaware acquisitions in the risk locations, we said, about half of our risk locations were amenable to longer laterals. And we would clearly like to drive that number higher to have that optionality in the future.
Roger Read:
Okay, great. And then just one follow-up. You mentioned the $161 million of EBITDAX out of Equatorial Guinea for Q1, is there a tax leakage we need to consider on bringing this back to the U.S.? Or is that a pretty close to a one-for-one kind of ratio?
Dane Whitehead:
Yes. It's really a one-for-one ratio. This is Dane. We have ample tax attributes to enable us to move cash around the globe without incurring any tax leakage. I mean the same tax in the U.S. from E.G.
Roger Read:
That’s great. Thank you.
Lee Tillman:
Thanks Roger.
Operator:
Our next question comes from Jeffrey Campbell from Tuohy Brothers. Please go ahead.
Jeffrey Campbell:
Good morning and congratulations on the strong quarter. Lee, thinking about your earlier remarks on operating in four basins. You've already mentioned Marathon completions and potentially longer laterals, implying potential upside for prior operations in the Northern Delaware Basin. I was just wondering if you see potential for any further improvements, for example better zone landing or maybe less drilling time to total depth.
Lee Tillman:
Absolutely. I think as we look at where the Northern Delaware sits on the maturity cycle, there is an immense amount of running room in not only improving the productivity of the completion designs, but also driving costs down on the wells themselves. I mean, as we compare and contrast the designs for instance, the BC operating was using to the designs, that we will start trialing really in the second quarter, we just see a lot of running room there and a lot of opportunity for further optimization. It's very early. We're anxious just like you guys are to get out there and get busy and get our own designs in the ground. But I think we're just starting to really see the potential and the learning curve in Northern Delaware, like I said, both from productivity as well as a capital efficiency standpoint.
Jeffrey Campbell:
Okay, thank you. And then as a follow-up, thinking about your references to impending multi-well pad designs mainly in the Northern Delaware Basin, your various Kingfisher test show the Osage underlying. And I was just wondering if it turns out that the Osage proves commercial in some of those areas, is there any concern regarding returning to your existing pads you drill that interval?
Mitchell Little:
Yes. Thanks, Jeff. As you note, the STACK has multiple perspective intervals, and the Osage is emerging. There's very few tests that are showing STACK, Meramec and Osage combined development, it's something we're going to have to study. We've got extensive data sets to look at the rock mechanics of that. It's not something that we've trialed yet, and I'm not aware of other trials of any extent to that. So it's something we'll have to evaluate and study over time. But there are also areas with Woodford potential underlying the Meramec. So we can expect to see over time multi-bench development there, but it hasn't been the near-term focus.
Jeffrey Campbell:
Okay. And the reason I asked you this is because even in the Permian Basin, you have some operators that are moving towards this multi-well mega pad kind of model. And then you've got others that just go in and drill all Wolfcamp base until they get them done, and then they go and do the Wolfcamp base and so forth. So I just wondered if there was any geological constraint to taking that lateral approach in the STACK, and it sounds like there's not.
Mitchell Little:
None that we're aware of at this point that it's certainly going to be somewhat basin-specific. And of course, in the Permian and in the Northern Delaware, we see up to 6,000 foot section there and individual benches of several hundred feet, in some cases, and then good vertical separation between that and the next bench, so even less likely that that's going to be an issue for many of the benches in the Northern Delaware. As you get closer in vertical proximity, then it needs to become more of a consideration.
Jeffrey Campbell:
Okay, great. Thanks. I appreciate the color.
Operator:
And our next question comes from Arun Jayaram from JPMorgan. Please go ahead.
Arun Jayaram:
Yes, good morning. I was wondering if you guys could – it's been about a year since you guys announced the PayRock acquisition. If you can maybe go through and maybe summarize some of the delineation activities, and how you think the acquisition was measuring up to your expectations thus far?
Mitchell Little:
Absolutely, Arun. We've been releasing a number of wells over the past few quarters, and I think the Yost infill would be the most recent in the first full section infill test in the black oil window that we've delivered, which is hitting early expectations right on the type curve. We've released a number of wells in the core that are at or above the type curve. And so I would say, we're very pleased with the results that we've delivered there. As you might guess, when we did our evaluation for the more untested or less delineated areas, we valued them appropriately, and so a little bit of higher variability in those results is not unexpected either. So we're still very pleased with acquisition. We're pleased that the Yost infill is confirming our base-case assumption, and with the additional pilots that we have later this year, we'll be testing higher density and it seems that we'll be pushing in that direction.
Arun Jayaram:
Great. Then just my follow-up, the fact that you guys are now in four different key shale basins, does that provide, you think a benefit as you deal with in a major service operator's just given the more some of the challenges we anticipate or likely to see in terms of the supply chain?
Lee Tillman:
Yes, I think it does afford us the advantage of scale. It also provides us some optionality in the way we approach our commercial discussions as well. We're able to actually share term across the basins as well as alter, say, rig specifications because we take a fleet management strategy versus a basin-centric strategy, and so being able to apply that scale when you're running a 20 plus rig program is very important. And obviously, we get the attention of our service providers because of that scale and scope.
Arun Jayaram:
Great, thanks a lot.
Lee Tillman:
Thanks, Arun.
Mitchell Little:
Thanks, Arun. End of Q&A
Operator:
And we're showing no further questions. I will now turn the call back to Lee Tillman for closing comments.
Lee Tillman:
Well, thank you again for your questions today and your interest in Marathon Oil. We believe our strategy of focusing the business on profitably growing production from our high quality inventory and four of the best oil basins in the world while maintaining a strong balance sheet with a competitive cost structure positions us very favorably to outperform the competition in 2017 and beyond. Thank you very much again for joining us today and that concludes our call.
Operator:
Thank you, ladies and gentlemen. This concludes today's conference. Thank you for participating and you may now disconnect.
Executives:
Zach Dailey - Marathon Oil Corp. Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp. Thomas Mitchell Little - Marathon Oil Corp. Patrick J. Wagner - Marathon Oil Corp.
Analysts:
Evan Calio - Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC Kalei S. Akamine - Bank of America Merrill Lynch Paul Sankey - Wolfe Research LLC Brian Singer - Goldman Sachs & Co. Pavel S. Molchanov - Raymond James & Associates, Inc. Scott Hanold - RBC Capital Markets LLC Jason Gammel - Jefferies International Ltd. Roger D. Read - Wells Fargo Securities LLC David Martin Heikkinen - Heikkinen Energy Advisors LLC Matthew Merrel Portillo - Tudor, Pickering, Holt & Co. Securities, Inc. Jeff L. Campbell - Tuohy Brothers Investment Research, Inc.
Operator:
Welcome to the Marathon Oil Corporation 2016 Q4 Earnings and 2017 Capital Program Conference Call. My name is, Cynthia, and I will be your operator for today's call. At this time, all participants are in a listen-only mode. Later, we will conduct a question-answer session. Please note that this conference is being recorded. And I will now turn it over to Zach Dailey. Zach, you may begin.
Zach Dailey - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Thanks, Cynthia. Good morning, everyone. And, thanks for joining us today. Welcome to Marathon Oil's fourth quarter of 2016 earnings and 2017 capital program conference call. I'm Zach Dailey, Director of Investor Relations. Also joining me this morning are, Lee Tillman, President and CEO, Mitch Little, Executive Vice President of Operations; and Pat Wagner, Interim CFO and Vice President of Corporate Development. We released prepared remarks last night in connection with both, the earnings and capital program releases. You can find those remarks in the associated slides on our website at marathonoil.com. Following some brief remarks from Lee, we'll open the call for Q&A, where we'd request you ask no more than two questions and you can re-prompt if time permits. As a reminder, today's call may contain forward-looking statements subject to risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed or implied by such statements. Please read the disclosures in our earnings release and our SEC filings for a discussion of these items. Reconciliations of any non-GAAP financial measures we discuss can be found in the quarterly information package on our website. With that, I'll turn the call over to Lee.
Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Thanks, Zach, and good morning to everyone. I'll make a few brief comments then open the call for questions. 2016 was a year about delivering on our commitments, and delivering on these commitments despite an extremely volatile commodity price environment that saw oil trade below $30 a barrel. We set a clear overarching goal for 2016, to live within our means by balancing CapEx and the dividend with operating cash flow and proceeds from our non-core asset program. Not only did we achieve this outcome, but we did so inclusive of our material STACK acquisition in Oklahoma. Our success was predicated on capital discipline, portfolio management, operational execution and a relentless focus on our costs. We ultimately finished the year at $1.1 billion of CapEx, down $300 million from our original budget, while exceeding the mid-point of our production guidance. And within that reduced capital spend we exited the year running 12 rigs in the U.S. resource plays, gaining valuable operational momentum as we look to average 22 rigs in 2017. We executed on all of these fronts in 2016, while ending the year with $2.5 billion in cash and $5.8 billion of total liquidity, positioning the company strongly for 2017 and beyond. Last night, we announced a 2017 capital program of $2.2 billion of $2.2 billion, with over 90% allocated to our high return U.S. resource plays, and roughly balanced with about a third to Oklahoma, Bakken and the Eagle Ford. Our top capital allocation priorities remain STACK leasehold, delineation and down spacing in Oklahoma, as we prepare that asset for full-field development in early 2018. We'll more than double our Oklahoma rig count from six 6 today to about 13 by the end of the year to achieve that. Beyond Oklahoma strategic objectives, we'll be ramping Bakken activity significantly, with two-thirds of their capital dedicated to bringing our high-return Myrmidon area to development mode this year. We'll build upon last year's success from high intensity completions that generated basin-leading well results from both, our West Myrmidon and East Myrmidon acreage and take advantage of scale efficiencies. We plan to extend the application of higher intensity completion techniques to Hector, where we have a larger footprint of about 115,000 net acres. Even with modest uplift, the Hector program is expected to meet or exceed East Myrmidon returns. And, finally, the Eagle Ford will become a substantial free cash flow generator as we keep activity at maintenance levels in 2017, while protecting our economies of scales and enhancing efficiencies even further. Rates of return in Eagle Ford are very compelling, as we continue to focus on the high margin oil window and benefit from very low completed well costs. This capital program accelerates quarterly growth in resource plays to the second quarter and achieves exit-to-exit oil and boe growth of 15% to 20% in the resource plays, while [audio skip] (05:25) cash flow this year at $55 WTI. 2017's momentum positions us strongly for the future and places us on track for 2017 to 2021, oil and boe production years, of 10% to 12% for the total company. That includes Oil Sands, but excludes Libya, and increased U.S. resource play CAGR guidance of 18% to 22%, also, for oil and boe. We plan to achieve all of these growth rates within cash flows each year, inclusive of the dividend at flat $55 WTI. We believe that a business model built around sustainable, profitable growth within cash flows will deliver excellent long-term results for our shareholders. With that we can open it up for questions.
Operator:
Thank you. We will now begin the question-answer session. . And our first question comes from Evan Calio with Morgan Stanley. You may begin.
Evan Calio - Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC:
Hi. Good morning guys.
Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Good morning, Evan.
Evan Calio - Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC:
So, you guys raised your long-term U.S. resource growth guidance from 15% to 20% to 18% to 22% – or to 18% to 22% from 15% to 20%, within cash flow. Can you walk us through the pieces that drove the raise? And given the size of the rig – ramp what you're expecting on the inflation side?
Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Yeah. Yeah, Evan, let me kind of address. You know, first of all the 15% to 20% was really calibrated on a very preliminary view of our plan, Evan, so a lot of it was just fully building on our plan, getting the latest and greatest definition built into that plan. And with that work, we've been able to move that number forward, so we feel very confident in that. I'll maybe offer a few high level views on the second part of your question on the inflation piece. And, then maybe let Mitch chime in with some specifics. You know, obviously, we have built an inflation in our capital program, and we built that in with, you know, due consideration of being able to be successful at mitigating elements of that through continued secular efficiencies, but there are lot of moving pieces to it. I mean, we are increasing the intensity of designs, we know that inflation will vary both, by basin as well as by service line. So, there are many, many elements of it. And, of course, we're somewhat reluctant to talk about hard numbers, because quite frankly, we're still out there negotiating with a lot of our service providers. And, we don't see a lot of benefit in that. But, it is built in. It does match up with our view of pricing and activity. And, I think, we've also done some things on the commercial side that will continue to not only give us some advantages, but also continue to provide us flexibility in the event that we can need to modulate activity.
Thomas Mitchell Little - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Yeah, Evan. Good morning. This is Mitch. Just building on a couple of Lee's comments, you know, heading into the year, we built in some protections, locking in rates at or near the bottom on a number of drilling rigs. Certainly, see a bit more pressure on the completion side of things, and less so on the drilling rigs side. I'd also offer, as we move in to scale in the Bakken and also ramping up activity at Oklahoma, we'd expect to be able to capture efficiencies like we've seen in the Eagle Ford. So, there's certainly an offset there. And, obviously, with the additional scale and activity, we'll continue to leverage that to make sure that we maintain competitive pricing across all three basins.
Evan Calio - Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC:
That's great. And maybe for a second question. Just want to better understand what drove the equal capital allocation among the three unconventional plays, you know, specifically the increase in the Bakken as a percentage of spending over the Eagle Ford IGOR (10:09) region. And, you know, were the limitations on the pace of development in each basin? I know you're ruining 22 rigs, average up from 14 rigs, or was it – was allocation strictly returns-driven? Any color there would be helpful.
Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Yeah. Well, first and foremost, you know, Evan, as I stated in my opening comments, and I think as we've talked about is, we were going to make sure we achieved our strategic objectives in Oklahoma, and that's around protecting our valuable leasehold, delineation and doing the downspacing and completion work that we need to have at hand to drive that asset toward full-field development in 2018. We feel that the program we've designed this year allows us to deliver across all of those strategic objectives. Once we met that, really, the criteria was to look at where we could generate the highest risk adjusted returns as well as continue to capture a scale efficiencies, and that really led us down the path of the capital allocation that you see in the plan. The Bakken opportunities compete head-to-head with the best in our portfolio, we challenged the Bakken team to really step up last year. They did so, really demonstrated their ability to go head-to-head with even the oil window in the Eagle Ford. And based on that, we struck a balance between those two assets. With Eagle Ford already operating at scale and very efficiently, we wanted to drive Bakken into more of a development mode, while also seeking to extend the success we saw in Myrmidon to places like Hector, so that was really the high level allocation.
Evan Calio - Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC:
Great. Appreciate it, guys.
Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Thank you, Evan.
Operator:
And our next question comes from Doug Leggate from Bank of America Merrill Lynch. You may begin.
Kalei S. Akamine - Bank of America Merrill Lynch:
Hey guys. Good morning. This is Kalei on for Doug.
Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Hi, Kalei. Good morning.
Kalei S. Akamine - Bank of America Merrill Lynch:
Hey, a couple questions from me. So, understand that you guys have a handful of operative pilots planned in the STACK this year. And I'm wondering whether those will be primarily in the Central to Eastern Kingfisher region where you guys have a lot of contagious acreage. And what I'm really trying to understand is how important those results will be in terms of updating your STACK oil type curve that continues to look too low.
Thomas Mitchell Little - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Sure, Kalei. This is Mitch. I'll address your question. And then, Lee can add to it if he likes. But, we're going to be bringing four to five STACK infill pilots to sales during 2017, likely spud a couple more than that. First one is the Yost infill that we TDed in fourth quarter That's a six-well infill, testing a couple benches and six wells per section there in Kingfisher, and our next infill will also be in that same area. Throughout the year, we'll be testing tighter well density, different landing zones. We see up to – between four and six high quality potential landing intervals. We'll certainly be optimizing around that, optimizing completion designs, flow back techniques and different stack-and-stagger concepts. As you said, our core wells continue to perform at or above the type curve expectations, including the Schoeder (14:03) well right in Northern Canadian there that we released this quarter. And, certainly all that's going to be integrated into understanding the longer term performance and the best way to optimize full-field development into 2018. So, we'll integrate that and update as appropriate.
Kalei S. Akamine - Bank of America Merrill Lynch:
I appreciate your comments. In the Bakken, it looks like you guys are moving forward with those enhanced completions, which provided strong results, but the range of propane on the go-forward plan look quite wide. You look to be at about 5 million pound to 16 million pound. I'm wondering, what's the reason behind the variation in that completion design? And, can you talk about whether these improvements can support an expansion in the Bakken inventory?
Thomas Mitchell Little - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Sure. I'll address that one as well. And, the variability in propane, total propant per well is really specific to different intervals that we are developing in the Bakken, whether Middle Bakken or Three Forks, first and second benches. Typically a little bit lower sand density propant concentration in the Three Forks, so that would represent the lower-end and the higher end as more typical of our Middle Bakken completions, different fluid types. You know, and as we talked about, we're moving to development mode in Myrmidon, where we've got that 60,000-acre position in advanced or advantaged geology. Looking to extend that into Hector, where we've got about twice the acreage position and we're applying the same science that we used last year to apply in the Myrmidon area and deliver those basin-leading results. So we got pretty – I've got pretty high confidence in our ability to uplift those wells. And, as Lee noted in his opening comments, just a modest uplift will move that program up to be very competitive in our portfolio.
Kalei S. Akamine - Bank of America Merrill Lynch:
Thanks. Appreciate the comments.
Operator:
And, our next question comes from Paul Sankey with Wolfe Research. You may begin.
Paul Sankey - Wolfe Research LLC:
Hi. Good morning, everyone. If I could start with a high-level question, Lee.
Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Sure, Paul.
Paul Sankey - Wolfe Research LLC:
You've got to that sort of 20% range of growth. Would you consider that to be a terminal level, whereby we could consider any future cash flow upside to be, I guess, perhaps even rotated into buyback or how do you see the position of Marathon in terms of what the marginal discipline will be from this point, given that you, as I say, once you get to that sort of 20% CAGR, you're kind of hitting a terminal level of growth I would have thought. Thanks (16:46).
Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Yeah. I think, Paul, you know, I still believe that in our model for the five-year plan, bear in mind, that's a benchmark kind of flat $55 WTI. And so, we were optimizing again around living within cash flows to deliver those long-term CAGRs. We still have the organic inventory, if you will, to put additional capital to work if we were to see more constructive pricing. And, that would obviously be our preference from a shareholder value standpoint would be to continue to look at that. At some point, of course, you're going to hit a pace of activity that probably would not be supported, and you would have to look at other opportunities for use of that incremental capital. I think, we've been very explicit that, for instance this year, we have cash on hand on our balance sheet. And we're going to be looking to use that to provide flexibility on handling some of our near-term debt maturities. Directionally, you know, we'd like to bring down our gross debt and we also want to be able to participate broadly – and resource capture opportunities in the market, particularly large accretive bolt-on, not dissimilar to what we did last summer with the STACK acquisition, so all of those things from my perspective offer incremental value to the shareholder if we meet all of our organic needs.
Paul Sankey - Wolfe Research LLC:
Okay. So, what would be the returns basis? For example, the choice to expand rather than to buy in your own stock or once you've done the debt repay down, which I understand?
Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Yeah. I think, then it just becomes an economic view. But, I think, given the incremental returns that we're able to generate, particularly in the short cycle U.S. investments, Paul, I feel very confident that those will compete very favorably to alternative uses of giving the cash back to the shareholder.
Paul Sankey - Wolfe Research LLC:
Got it. And then if I could ask a very specific follow-up.
Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Sure.
Paul Sankey - Wolfe Research LLC:
The wells bought to sales in Bakken and Oklahoma, seem a little bit light to us, relative to the way you're ramping up the rig count? Is that – because we would be expecting a sort of backlog or sort of these situations to be building up into 2018? And if so, could you just quantify that what that is? Thank you.
Thomas Mitchell Little - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Yeah. Yeah. Sure, Paul. As we ramp up to the higher activity levels, we'll certainly be building some operational inventory towards the end of the year. And keep in mind as well, in the Bakken, we're planning to do up to 25 refracs. Those are not included in new wells to sales. They would be incremental to that, but you can imagine it as being kind of a handful of pads in the Bakken. And, you know, similar number well count in Oklahoma that we would build just an operational inventory to make sure we operate on the completion side as efficiently as is possible, keeping full utilization of steady crews.
Paul Sankey - Wolfe Research LLC:
Thank you.
Operator:
And our next question comes from Brian Singer with Goldman Sachs. You may begin.
Brian Singer - Goldman Sachs & Co.:
Thank you. Good morning.
Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Good morning, Brian.
Brian Singer - Goldman Sachs & Co.:
First question is a bit of a follow-up to Paul's last question there. If we look at the Eagle Ford, I think, you mentioned that the six rigs puts it into a maintenance mode or maintenance capital. Does that mean we should expect a generally flat exit-to-exit or should we expect that that would get us or get Marathon some production growth? And similar type question for six rigs on the Bakken?
Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Yeah. Well, first, you know, let me deal with Eagle Ford. You know, though we've talked about maintenance activity levels. And, again, we don't do – usually, we don't provide exit-to-exit course on a basin-by-basin basis. But, what I will say, you know, Brian is that the Eagle Ford will participate in that five-year CAGR growth. As we optimized the 2017 program, the Eagle Ford, at a maintenance level, made sense. We have sufficient inventory though to continue to drive growth in the Eagle Ford in the future. And certainly within that time year window and the Eagle Ford is a component of that longer-term CAGR that we've talked about the 18% to 22%. On the Bakken, we are looking at an initial ramp-up this year as we get it back into development mode. And then, I think with respect to the future, we anticipate that Bakken will continue to grow and again participate in those long-term growth rates, but it's probably a little early to start talking about how we might or might not optimize the 2018 plan, specifically, but we expect all three basins to participate in that long-term CAGR.
Brian Singer - Goldman Sachs & Co.:
Great. Thanks. And then, my follow-up is just a strategic one with the focus very narrowed here on these three key resource plays. Did you feel like you have sufficient scale, obviously, you're due to get to the CAGR that you've mentioned here, but did you see opportunities out there either to expand your positions or swap positions to further add scale within these three areas or are there any other resource areas you're focused on.
Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Well, we're very happy with our organic inventory and feel confident in our ability across our three basins to deliver on the CAGRs that that we've talked about. Having said that, Brian, we're always looking at potential resource capture opportunities within our three core basins. I think, that was clearly on display last year with the STACK acquisition. We've done some smaller bolt-ons as well. One of the reasons we want financial flexibility and a strong balance sheet is, so that we can participate in those market opportunities, as they present themselves. But, in terms of the delivery of the plan that we have described from a CAGR standpoint, we have the organic opportunities to power that.
Brian Singer - Goldman Sachs & Co.:
Great. Thank you very much.
Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Thank you, Brian.
Operator:
And our next question comes from Pavel Molchanov with Raymond James. You may begin.
Pavel S. Molchanov - Raymond James & Associates, Inc.:
Yeah. Thanks for taking the question, guys. So the International component of your production's still almost half of the total, but it's getting only 10% of the CapEx. How long do you think you can maintain those International volumes, including oil sands at their current CapEx run rate?
Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Yeah. Well, the International business is still a material element of our business. But, obviously, it is also shifted in its significance, not only from a capital allocation standpoint but also from an overall volumetric standpoint as well. The North America segment now is quite a bit larger than our International segment. And that, of course, is by design; that's where our growth assets are. But, from a cash flow contribution standpoint, obviously, the International segment via our integrated business in Equatorial Guinea remains still a large component of free cash flow generation for the corporation that can be redeployed. That's even amplified in 2017, as we have come out of a relatively high investment year in Equatorial Guinea with the installation and startup of the compression deck last year. Similarly, OSM with improved performance, both on the reliability side, as well as on the cost side, offers the ability to provide free cash flow as well.
Operator:
And our next question comes from Scott Hanold with RBC Capital Markets. You may begin.
Scott Hanold - RBC Capital Markets LLC:
Thanks. Good morning, guys.
Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Hey, Scott. Good morning.
Scott Hanold - RBC Capital Markets LLC:
Maybe another question on capital allocation. And, just as you look into 2018 and through that 2021 outlook, how do you envision – you know, obviously, you're not looking for too much specifics, but how do you envision the weighting of that allocation going between the three resource plays, right now it's a third, a third, a third. But, as you look forward over the next few years, where ultimately do you want that to get to by 2020?
Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Yeah. Again, we haven't provided a specific projection around that, Scott. But, where we sit today, I would say we have never had a more diverse set of high return opportunities that are competing. I mean, if you looked at some of our material, where we've given some of those opportunities and the associated indicative economics, we've got a broad suite of things to select from and many opportunities that really didn't even show up on that page, things like the Springer and Oklahoma for instance and condensate in the Eagle Ford. So, our view is that we're going to continue to look first at delivering on strategic objectives in our plays. To the extent that we meet those, then we're going to look at it from a risk-adjusted return basis and also trying to leverage our ability to generate scale efficiencies. And so, it will be an ongoing real-time optimization of capital. That's part of the short-cycle business and you should expect to see that that one-third, one-third, one-third is not something that's set in stone. That will move as we move the business over the next five years.
Scott Hanold - RBC Capital Markets LLC:
Okay. All right, so is there particular bias? So, I mean, it seems like the STACK that, you know, certainly has got the most, I guess, relative...
Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Yes.
Scott Hanold - RBC Capital Markets LLC:
...upside excitement. Would that be, you know, just – would there be a bias of getting a little bit more active there?
Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Yeah. Well, certainly, as you point out, Scott, it is the basin that is earliest in its maturity cycle and has quite a bit of running room in front of it. So, I would agree that on balance, Oklahoma will be a large consumer of capital allocation going forward in that five-year period.
Scott Hanold - RBC Capital Markets LLC:
Okay. Thank you. And as a follow-up question, Libya, I understand the unknowns and uncertainties in terms of what's going to happen there. But, you did get a little bit of production this quarter – this past quarter. You know, where do we stand today and what could be the potential, I guess, from our seat upside implications if you do get some volumes coming through the year? How much incremental cash flow could you all stand to benefit there?
Thomas Mitchell Little - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Yeah. Scott, this is Mitch. Production resumed in fourth quarter. And, as we exited the year, gross production was up to about – just under 80,000 barrels a day, so little under 11,000 net. It's held pretty steady at that level this far into the year. Certainly, the Libyans would like to ramp that up. There're some infrastructure issues that need to be addressed, both at the export terminal, some of the transportation lines and some of the inner field lines that will dictate that pace along with just kind of the ebb and flow on the ground there with a political situation. So, pretty hard to project where that's headed. But today, sitting around 80,000, which is where we finished the year or 11,000 net.
Scott Hanold - RBC Capital Markets LLC:
(29:26).
Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp.:
I think the fact – I'm sorry, Scott. I was just going to say, I think the fact that we were successful like getting a couple of liftings in the fourth quarter, that's a – you know, that's a great signal to us that at least we've been able to generate some cash flow there. I know some of our partners have addressed that as well. But we view Libya, as a potential contributor of free cash flow assuming that the security situation remains stable this year. We clawed back some of our under-lifted positions, but we would think that we would see some free cash flow generation there.
Scott Hanold - RBC Capital Markets LLC:
Okay. Would you be willing to sort of quantify based on where we're at today, how big that could be?
Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Yeah. I mean, it's going to be probably in the $100 million to a couple hundred million bucks in that neighborhood. But, again, it's going to be dependent upon, how we go.
Scott Hanold - RBC Capital Markets LLC:
Absolutely. I appreciate that. Thanks.
Thomas Mitchell Little - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Yeah. Scott, and I'd just add a couple of comments there. Of course, it's not in our guidance. And our projections of living within our means are excluding Libya. But our interest is the same as the other large international ownership of those – partner in those concessions, but as Lee mentioned, we had two liftings in December. So we're in a slightly different position.
Operator:
And our next question comes from Jason Gammel with Jefferies. You may begin.
Jason Gammel - Jefferies International Ltd.:
Thanks very much. Obviously, activity levels picking up pretty quickly in Oklahoma, I was hoping you could just address any risks to the activity ramping at such a fast rate? And I'm thinking in terms of having the human resource capabilities in place, having full understanding of the subsurface given the PayRock's relatively recent addition to the portfolio and even things like infrastructure constraints?
Thomas Mitchell Little - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Sure, Jason. This is Mitch. As we were building our activity plan and execution plan across all three resource plays late last year, we put a well-defined execution strategy together, which of course address staffing, infrastructure, access to services and all of that. And so, we're tracking that regularly and we're on or ahead of plan across all of those major objectives. We're not having difficulty in sourcing either human resources or the suppliers that we need to execute that plan. And so, we don't really see that being a bottleneck for us. On the infrastructure side, we're actively working various aspects of that both, on the crude oil and on the residue gas side. We do see a need in the longer-term – mid-term to longer-term to add additional infrastructure for residue gas takeaway capacity. And, we also – while we don't have any limitations, we would like to see more of our oil on pipe and are moving in that direction and would expect the majority to be on the pipe when we get into full-field development mode.
Jason Gammel - Jefferies International Ltd.:
Great. That's useful. And then, maybe just my question would be around cash priorities. You clearly – you made very clear the ability to reinvest into the portfolio and that being a priority. But, you've also been very careful about emphasizing that you would be spending within cash flow, including the dividend. So, maybe if you could just address the dividend, rather you would consider that just to be a number, we should think it as flat going forward or if there's any plan for progress of within the dividend or does the same logic apply as it does to share repurchases? Then, maybe just sneak one more in the back of this because of the write-down of the deferred tax assets, can we assume that you won't be a cash payer in the U.S. for foreseeable future?
Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Yeah. Let me talk little bit about the dividend and maybe Pat can chime in on the valuational allowances that we took this past quarter. But, from a cash on balance sheet kind of standpoint right now again our number one objective is, as we look back to 2016, was to ensure that we had the financial flexibility to deal with ranges in commodity prices, but also near-term debt maturities, with, again, a goal of directionally reducing our gross debt. We also clearly want to be able to participate in resource capture if that looks like it may be on offer in the market. And so in that kind of call on those funds, today, we don't really see the value being generated to the shareholder through returning cash in the form of dividend. But, again, that's a decision that we'll continue to evaluate in the future as we see our business continue to grow.
Patrick J. Wagner - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Okay. This is Pat. As you mentioned, we did take the record valuation allowance of $1.3 billion in the quarter. That was triggered by an expected cum pre-tax loss in recent years. For modeling purposes moving forward in 2017, you should assume that there is no cash taxes in the U.S. and no U.S. deferred tax benefit or expense for the year.
Jason Gammel - Jefferies International Ltd.:
Very clear. Thanks, guys.
Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Thank you, Jason.
Operator:
And our next question comes from Roger Read with Wells Fargo. You may begin.
Roger D. Read - Wells Fargo Securities LLC:
Thanks, gentlemen. Good morning to you.
Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Good morning, Roger.
Roger D. Read - Wells Fargo Securities LLC:
Well, I guess, I was going to kind of ask you that cash flow question. So thanks, for taking care of that. I guess maybe, a second way to think about things, given the overall layout here not just for 2017, but the longer term CAGR. What would you take your foot off to gas on most likely if we don't get the $55 oil price either as in average for 2017 or if we have a speed bump here out there in 2018 or 2019 or something like that? Is it Eagle Ford? Is it Bakken? It doesn't sound like it would be Oklahoma unless things were pretty dire again?
Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Yeah. I would say, Roger, that clearly, Oklahoma for us really is a strategic objective to get that asset ready for full-field development. And, beyond that, the other investments in our portfolio are largely discretionary in terms of they are driven by economic returns. And so, if we felt that we needed to modulate activity, we would do that based on making a reasonable view of returns in addition to looking at the scale efficiencies that exist in the basin. So, it'd be a bit of a gain they call along on how we would approach that. But, we're going to deliver on the requirements in Oklahoma. And, I'd also maybe point out that, you know, in that scenario things like our commodity risk management through hedging also come into play. And, we've been very intentional about putting on a defensive hedging strategy that will underwrite the strategic elements of our business plan to ensure that we don't end up in a situation where that – those elements of our plan come under pressure.
Roger D. Read - Wells Fargo Securities LLC:
Okay. Appreciate that. And then, I guess, a little bit back to the balance sheet, obviously, the plan to pay off some debt this year. Should we look at future debt repayment as opposed to debt refinance as we see future maturity dates?
Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp.:
So, I think, what we've talked about, Roger, is that, we want to protect the flexibility to deal with those maturities based on the business environment at that point in time. We haven't really telegraphed whether that means re-fi on some, or pay down on others, or even tendering at some point. I mean, those are all options that would be on the table, but we want to make sure that we have the flexibility to deal with those in the most efficient manner that we can. And so, that's the way I would think about it. But, directionally, you are correct. We will be looking to reduce gross debt.
Roger D. Read - Wells Fargo Securities LLC:
Okay. Thank you.
Operator:
And our next questions comes from David Heikkinen with Heikkinen Energy Advisors (38:49). You may begin.
David Martin Heikkinen - Heikkinen Energy Advisors LLC:
Good morning, guys. And, thanks for taking my question. Just thinking about your annual capitalized costs per rig line in the Bakken STACK and Eagle Ford, can you just talk about where that is? And then, with the improved well designs and kind of larger completions, how that changes through the year or are there any changes to that?
Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Sure, David. It's a bit more complicated than that, I guess, I would say. And the reason is, coming back to some of the discussion we had earlier on the call. You know, we've got different completion designs for different well types, whether that was in the Bakken. Obviously, in Oklahoma, we've got SL wells, XL wells, STACK wells, some SCOOP wells. And then in the Eagle Ford, we've got multiple development concepts there depending on the specific areas reservoir stratigraphy, fluid type et cetera. So, I think, you know, what I would maybe point you to back to the Bakken specifically, and Oklahoma to some degree. As we're moving to the activity levels that we're headed towards, requires us to build a bit more operational inventory than we would have in the past, where at lower activities, you drill it and go immediately complete it to make sure we utilize our frac crews the most efficiently, we need a little bit of operational inventory there. We've also got the refrac program in Bakken, which is consuming part of the capital up to 25 refracs there. So, it's really hard to put a specific number on a rig line. And we touched early in the call as well, of course, we built some net inflation offset by some efficiencies in all these basins, but we just don't see value given our ongoing discussions to put a number out there.
David Martin Heikkinen - Heikkinen Energy Advisors LLC:
Yeah. So $100 million per rig line, rough number $110 million, that includes refracs and some changes in plans. So, that isn't a great run rate is what it sounds like. (41:10) – a third of your capital with six rigs in two different plays is about $110 million; $100 million per play is the simple math.
Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Yeah, but that's a simple math, I think as Mitch kind of outlined David, it's not that quite that simple.
David Martin Heikkinen - Heikkinen Energy Advisors LLC:
Exactly.
Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Of course in Oklahoma you still have a big non-operated slice in Oklahoma, you got the complexity in the Bakken of having a little bit of drill, but uncompleted inventory, probably a bit more than we typically had there by year end coupled with a relatively aggressive recomplete or refrac program in Hector. And, so there are some moving parts in there to make the math a little less straightforward, if you're trying to search kind of for our capital efficiency number per rig.
David Martin Heikkinen - Heikkinen Energy Advisors LLC:
Right. That's kind of what I was getting to. Maybe on the other direction...
Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Yeah.
David Martin Heikkinen - Heikkinen Energy Advisors LLC:
...just completely, so cash flow plus dividends. I mean, cash flow equals CapEx plus dividend. At $55 oil, it's kind of a $2.5 billion run rate into next year is what it roughly gets into, $600 million in the fourth quarter is our run rate; that matches. So, is that a fair exit rate for CapEx, around $600 million?
Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Yeah. I mean, it's – I think you described though the objective very well, David, which is, you know we are matching basically our operating cash flow. We want that to cover our capital program as well as our dividend. And so, we've calibrated that on a average WTI for the year of $55 oil, and so that's the modeling that we're doing today.
David Martin Heikkinen - Heikkinen Energy Advisors LLC:
Kind of no answer. Thanks, guys. What if I (43:02) shot at 2018.
Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Yeah.
David Martin Heikkinen - Heikkinen Energy Advisors LLC:
All right.
Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Okay. Thanks, David.
Operator:
And our next question comes from Matt Portillo with TPH. You may begin.
Matthew Merrel Portillo - Tudor, Pickering, Holt & Co. Securities, Inc.:
Good morning, guys. Just a quick follow-up to David's question maybe looking at it at a different way. Looking through your previous presentations, you guys talked about $4 million well costs in the Eagle Ford and about a $6 million well cost in the Bakken. And so, looking at your net well count and then kind of the total capital budgets in both the Eagle Ford and Bakken, just trying to understand the delta in the net CapEx you're laying out, about $600 million in each play versus what the implied kind of well build-up would be from a bottom-up perspective.
Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Yeah. We haven't. And, again, we haven't really provided the phasing of that over time. But, you know, in somewhere like the Eagle Ford, where we are already at a somewhat steady maintenance level, you should expect wells to sales to be somewhat ratable through the quarters. And the areas where we're on a much deeper ramp-up, that's going to vary. For instance, in the fourth quarter in Oklahoma, we only had eight wells in total to sale. So, with early on pad drilling and lower rig capacity in places like Oklahoma, at least in the early days of the year, it's going to be a little bit lumpy and bumpy in terms of when those wells to sales come to fruition.
Matthew Merrel Portillo - Tudor, Pickering, Holt & Co. Securities, Inc.:
Okay. Great. And then just a question around kind of the inventory side of the equation, it's been a while since we've seen a inventory update in both the Bakken and Eagle Ford, and I was just curious if you can provide us some context, I guess, as we look at the run rate of about 100 wells or so in the Eagle Ford today and about 60 wells or so in the Bakken in the core, how you guys kind of think about the core inventory depth you have in terms of years. Just trying to get a better sense of how we should think about that inventory as we progress over the next five, six years.
Thomas Mitchell Little - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Sure, Matt. This is Mitch. Maybe I'll start with the Bakken. And, we're allocating two-thirds of our CapEx up there this year to the Myrmidon area. With that kind of activity level, certainly see several years of inventory. Just in Myrmidon, we talked as well we're looking to extend our high intensity completion designs down to the Hector, but we've got about twice the position. And, certainly, with success there, we would extend that another several years as well. To your Eagle Ford question, more than sufficient inventory to drive the long-term growth CAGRs that we talked about earlier on the call and in our release. And, certainly, the Eagle Ford, as Lee mentioned earlier, is going to play a role in that growth. So not uncomfortable with the inventory in either of those basins. We've been working hard on finalizing our 2017 activity plans and making sure we're prepared to execute on the ramp-up. So still working resource updates across the company, across all three basins, and we'll try to share that with you all in due course.
Matthew Merrel Portillo - Tudor, Pickering, Holt & Co. Securities, Inc.:
Great. Thank you very much.
Operator:
And our next question comes from Jeff Campbell with Tuohy Rose. You may begin.
Jeff L. Campbell - Tuohy Brothers Investment Research, Inc.:
Good morning.
Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Good morning, Jeff.
Jeff L. Campbell - Tuohy Brothers Investment Research, Inc.:
There was mention of secondary zone tests in the Midcon. I was wondering if you'd add some color on what zones you might be looking at in the STACK and the SCOOP, specifically. And, also, will any of these tests be operated or are they all passive?
Thomas Mitchell Little - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Hey, Jeff, this is Mitch, again.
Jeff L. Campbell - Tuohy Brothers Investment Research, Inc.:
Hi.
Thomas Mitchell Little - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Not really ready to provide a lot of color on specific targets. I guess, I would point you to our slide in the deck with the strack (47:17) column. And, we've kind of highlighted ones. You could probably pick those from activity in the area. They will – we are referencing primarily company-operated tests there. So, those will be tests that we'll be executing on. And, obviously, as we get a little further into that, we'll share details as appropriate.
Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp.:
But, I think...
Jeff L. Campbell - Tuohy Brothers Investment Research, Inc.:
Well, maybe if I could just ask as a quick follow-up to that is, just will this be fairly even testing across your acreage or are you concentrating a little bit more on the STACK versus the SCOOP or vice-versa?
Thomas Mitchell Little - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Yeah. That's fair. I would say the concentration will be more weighted in the STACK.
Jeff L. Campbell - Tuohy Brothers Investment Research, Inc.:
Okay. Thank you. My other question was with regard to the Eagle Ford. And, you mentioned that there was going to be increased lateral lengths. I was just wondering if you have an average lateral length target for 2017, and also if you have a corresponding EUR estimate for that length?
Thomas Mitchell Little - Marathon Oil Corp.:
No. We're looking at a little bit longer lateral lengths there. As you're I'm sure familiar, the lease boundaries in Texas aren't as consistent as they are in areas like Oklahoma. So, we have some unique shapes. And the program is weighted towards some more 7,000-foot laterals in 2017 than we were in 2016. We talked about, in the release as well, you know, we've brought 52 wells to sales last quarter. In aggregate 30-day IPs are right on the type curve, and top 10 wells kind of range from 1,400 boe per day to 2,100 boe per day, but nothing really further to share on that at this point.
Jeff L. Campbell - Tuohy Brothers Investment Research, Inc.:
Okay. So, it sounds like that, even though the length is going to be 7,000 or whatever, it's not radically different than what you've been doing. And we can pretty much assume the type curves that we've – that have taken us up to this point for 2017. Is that fair?
Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Yeah. I think, I think the way I would maybe characterize it, Jeff, is that on average our lateral length is up a bit for the reasons that Mitch just described, but it's incrementally up from the average where we've been in the past.
Jeff L. Campbell - Tuohy Brothers Investment Research, Inc.:
Okay. That's very helpful. Thank you.
Operator:
And there are no.
Thomas Mitchell Little - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Well...
Operator:
That concludes our
Thomas Mitchell Little - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Go ahead. I'm sorry.
Operator:
That concludes our question-and-answer session. I would like to turn the call over to Lee Tillman for closing remarks.
Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp.:
All right, thank you very much. Well, I want to thank everybody for their questions and time today and your interest certainly in Marathon Oil. We believe our strategy of focusing the business on profitably growing production from our high quality inventory in three of the best oil basins in the world, maintaining a strong balance sheet with a competitive cost structure, coupled with competitive long-term oil growth rates that are achievable within cash flows at strip pricing, positions us very favorably to outperform the competition in 2017 and beyond. And with that, I will close the call and just say thank you to everyone.
Operator:
Thank you ladies and gentlemen, this concludes today's conference. Thank you for participating. You may now disconnect.
Executives:
Zach Dailey - Marathon Oil Corp. Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp. Thomas Mitchell Little - Marathon Oil Corp.
Analysts:
Doug Leggate - Bank of America Merrill Lynch Evan Calio - Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC Ryan Todd - Deutsche Bank Securities, Inc. Guy Allen Baber - Simmons & Company International Edward George Westlake - Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC (Broker) Roger D. Read - Wells Fargo Securities LLC Brian Singer - Goldman Sachs & Co. Pavel S. Molchanov - Raymond James & Associates, Inc. Arun Jayaram - JPMorgan Securities LLC
Operator:
Good morning and welcome to the Marathon Oil's Third Quarter 2016 Earnings Conference Call. My name is Brandon and I'll be your operator for today. At this time, all participants are in a listen-only mode. Later we will conduct the question-and-answer session. Please note this conference is being recorded. And I will now turn it over to Zach Dailey. You may begin, sir.
Zach Dailey - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Good morning, everyone. Thanks for joining us today. Welcome to Marathon Oil's third quarter earnings call. Following the opening remarks from President and CEO, Lee Tillman, we'll open the call up for Q&A. Also joining us this morning are Mitch Little, Executive Vice President of Operations, and Pat Wagner, Interim CFO and Vice President of Corporate Development. As a reminder, today's call may contain forward-looking statements subject to risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed or implied by such statements. Please read the disclosures in our earnings release and our SEC filings for a discussion of these items. Reconciliations of any non-GAAP financial measures we discuss can be found in the quarterly information package on our website. With that, I'll turn the call over to Lee.
Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Thanks, Zach, and let me add my good morning to everyone. I'll make a few brief comments and open the call for questions. Our key takeaways today are excellent well results and strong execution in the third quarter, while achieving cash flow neutrality, increasing rig activity in the fourth quarter within our original budget to prepare for sequential growth in the second half of 2017, and line of sight on 15% to 20% resource play CAGR at flat $55 WTI. Our total company third quarter production was above the top-end of guidance and up sequentially. I'd like to recognize each of our asset teams for their contribution to this outcome. It's their hard work each and every day that delivers these outstanding results for our shareholders. In the STACK and SCOOP, production was up over 50% from the prior quarter, as we benefited from new wells to sales and a couple of months of contribution from our recent STACK acquisition. We continue to balance leasehold demands and acreage delineation in the STACK, and brought some outstanding Meramec oil and volatile oil wells to sales that are, on average, exceeding type curves on both our legacy and acquired acreage. Our Bakken team delivered the best industry Three Forks well in the past three years on our East Myrmidon acreage, and extends the trend of basin-leading performance set last quarter in West Myrmidon. The Eagle Ford asset team continued to drive down completed well costs. This quarter's wells averaged just under $4 million, further enhancing their outstanding returns. And our focus on the oil window at reduced stage spacing is improving the already strong economics in the play. Internationally, we had an excellent quarter with Equatorial Guinea achieving their highest quarterly production since 2013, following the successful start-up of the Alba B3 compression platform in July. That contributed to a 10% sequential increase in international E&P's quarterly production volumes. And OSM delivered record quarterly production and its lowest unit cost in the history of the mine. On the portfolio side, we just sold some of our non-operated waterflood and CO2 assets in West Texas and New Mexico for proceeds of $235 million before closing adjustments, which brings our total for non-core asset sales to over $1.5 billion since August of last year. You should expect portfolio management to continue as we drive to maximize capital allocation to our lowest cost, highest margin opportunities. With our ongoing non-core asset sales and recent STACK acquisition, our commitment to concentrating and simplifying our portfolio to the U.S. resource plays is clear. Couple that with the $5.3 billion of liquidity, including $2 billion of cash we have on our balance sheet along with outstanding operational execution and a very competitive cost structure, we're poised to continue our execution momentum in 2017 and achieve profitable growth within cash flow at moderately higher prices. While our planning process is still under way, our preliminary five-year view for resource play production supports a compound annual growth rate of 15% to 20% within cash flows at flat $55 WTI. With that, we can begin the Q&A.
Operator:
Thank you. We will now begin the question-and-answer session. And from Bank of America we have Doug Leggate. Please go ahead.
Doug Leggate - Bank of America Merrill Lynch:
Thanks. Good morning, everybody. Good morning, Lee.
Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Good morning, Doug.
Doug Leggate - Bank of America Merrill Lynch:
So, Lee, back in September you raised the type curve on, I guess, your over-pressured Meramec wells, but you're substantially outperforming it seems on those latest results you announced last night. I guess I could say the same thing about the normally pressured areas. So, I guess, can you layout for us what inning you think you're in, in terms of revising your resource backlog in the basin? And maybe the same question on the drilling backlog also in terms of number of locations?
Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Yeah. Well, I think you're right that we had given a bit of an update on our Meramec volatile oil curve in our last disclosure. We continue to be very encouraged by result in both the black oil window as well as the volatile oil window. And I would say right now it simply comes down to continuing to amass sufficient production history to have confidence with coming back out with a revision. But clearly, the bias in, and I would say across the STACK play is with an upward vector. So, I would just say stay tuned on that count.
Doug Leggate - Bank of America Merrill Lynch:
Maybe just a quick clarification on that, Lee. The proppant loading is obviously substantially larger, but I don't think you gave any costs associated with that. Would you see that as a go-forward model or are you still testing the limits at this point?
Thomas Mitchell Little - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Yeah. Hey, Doug. This is Mitch Little. We didn't provide a cost update on the volatile oil wells, but we're in the neighborhood between $8.5 million to $9 million on the wells we delivered in Q3. Still fairly early in the learning curve. We would expect to be able to continue to look for other efficiencies. Certainly, as we go to pad drilling in some areas, we would capture efficiencies there. So, we're never done focusing on trying to drive costs down and returns up.
Doug Leggate - Bank of America Merrill Lynch:
Thank you. My last one, if I can just squeeze it in real quick. You've given – you've gone back to giving guidance on the unconventional growth, I believe, for the next five years. I'm just curious if you could put an activity level around that and maybe some range of what the balance of the portfolio might look like in that timeline. And I'll leave it there. Thanks.
Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Yeah. No, Doug, we did provide what I would kind of call some benchmark guidance linked to a flat $55 deck. We're, obviously, still in our planning process and won't really release formal budget guidance until kind of February, first quarter of next year. But we thought it was critical to provide some visibility of the growth potential within the resource play portfolio, and that's what really drove it. And again, although we didn't link it specifically to activity levels, I mean, you should expect that that represents a ramp-up across all three of our plays, and that's somewhat indicative of the action that were already taken in the fourth quarter of this year to begin the initial stages of that ramp-up to get to that sequential growth in the second half of 2017. So, you already see us kind of taking rig count from eight to 12. And as you extrapolate that over time, we should expect in that growth case that we would continue to build on that ramp-up.
Doug Leggate - Bank of America Merrill Lynch:
I appreciate the answers, Lee. Great quarter. Thanks.
Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Thank you, Doug.
Operator:
From Morgan Stanley, we have Evan Calio. Please go ahead.
Evan Calio - Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC:
Hey. Good morning, guys. Lee, maybe if I just follow up on that, the growth guidance in your last response. I mean, I just – could you help me put the scenario, the resource growth scenario in perspective? I mean, what does that assume for the non-resource portfolio under the same parameters within the cash flow of $55? Is that a...
Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Yeah.
Evan Calio - Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC:
...controlled decline, or how much of that portfolio is funding the growth within cash flow of the resource portfolio?
Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Yeah. Well, there's no doubt, Evan, that the conventional component of our portfolio, particularly in the areas like Equatorial Guinea and even OSM and the right commodity environment, those are providing significant free cash flow that allow us to redeploy that into the unconventional business. But again, given that we're going to give much more granular guidance in the first quarter, what I would say though about 2017, and perhaps the way to think about it, Evan, is that we would anticipate on the order of 90% of our capital program being allocated to the resource plays as we look toward 2017. So, you should expect that we'll be minimizing, to the extent possible, any plowback into the conventional assets.
Evan Calio - Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC:
Yeah. And my second question – and I'm trying to keep it outside of 2017 to front run the capital guidance. But can you talk about the capital allocation among the resource plays? I mean, I understand STACK has the first call on capital, but you guided two rigs here into the Eagle Ford. I presume your strategy is to hold Eagle Ford flat, and I guess the same is strategy as it relates to the Bakken, at least East Myrmidon, where I know you have 200 locations. When would you further accelerate there relative to your other plays? If you could talk about that in the longer-term, I'd appreciate it.
Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Yeah. Certainly, capital allocation for us, it starts, first and foremost, with the objective of living within our cash flows, living within our means. That's the overarching objective. But within that objective, and certainly this applies to 2017 and beyond, our first call on capital, as you rightly described, Evan, is going to be in Oklahoma and specifically achieving our strategic objectives in the STACK, which are first and foremost leasehold, after that really delineation. And then really thirdly is preparation for full field development in the STACK. As we meet those objectives over the next year or two, from that point on, to the extent that we have free cash flow to – or cash flow to deploy, it's going to be done on the basis of the best risk-adjusted returns. And what we see today, of course, is that Eagle Ford is still very strongly competing. It has some of the best economic returns in our portfolio. But with the recent results in the Bakken that we highlighted, including the East Myrmidon result this quarter, Bakken is now competing very strongly for capital allocation as well. So, it's going to be a balance. It's going to be modulated based on our ability to deliver that within our means. But that's the way you should think about it. It's first and foremost our strategic objectives in Oklahoma, and then we're going to allocate based on the best risk-adjusted return.
Evan Calio - Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC:
Maybe just a quick follow-up. With the rigs added in the quarter and relative to (12:26) PayRock and otherwise, can you give us a resource CapEx run rate exiting 2017? I'll leave it at that. Exiting 2016, sorry.
Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Yeah. We would again – many of the rigs that we're adding, which are the four rigs that we talked about going from the eight to the 12, actually the fifth rig has already been added into Oklahoma, and I believe will spud its first well tomorrow. So, we've already added that rig. The incremental rigs in the Eagle Ford and the Bakken will be added a little bit toward the backend of the quarter, but again it's preparing us for momentum into 2017. So we'll exit right at that 12 rig count number going into 2017. And then we'll evaluate that as we look at our price view at the time we release our budget. We'll adjust that, as necessary, to modulate the ramp, again, to deliver within cash flows.
Evan Calio - Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC:
Great. Thanks.
Operator:
From Deutsche Bank, we have Ryan Todd on line. Please go ahead.
Ryan Todd - Deutsche Bank Securities, Inc.:
Great. Thanks. Maybe a couple questions. I mean, first off, on your results in STACK, I mean, the great looking long laterals that we saw in the quarter with a couple wells. I mean, how much acres do you think is conducive to long laterals at this point? And any guidance on what the mix might look like between long and short laterals in 2017?
Thomas Mitchell Little - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Yeah. Sure, Ryan. This is Mitch. I think we have talked about this a little bit before, but on the newly acquired acreage, we see about 50% being conducive to XLs. On our total position, that's closer to 30% where we stand today. We are actively working with other operators to consolidate positions. We actually added about 11 units last quarter through those consolidation efforts. So, we would expect that to grow over time, but where we sit today is around 30%, a little bit over.
Ryan Todd - Deutsche Bank Securities, Inc.:
Great. And then maybe on portfolio management, you mentioned it in the prepared comments. I mean, you're down to very little outside of the U.S. resource space at this point. I mean, effectively just the oil sands – predominantly just the oil sands and Equatorial Guinea. Any thoughts – I mean, I guess longer term on either one of those strategic to the portfolio, any thoughts on actively marketing positions? I mean, where do you see those over the next five years, I guess?
Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Yeah. Well, I think that, first of all, just our non-core asset program in general, Ryan, we still believe that there are still some assets outside of the resource plays that we need to address. Those are, obviously, smaller in scale and will be deemed non-strategic to our go-forward plan. The larger asset, Equatorial Guinea, we just completed a pretty strong investment cycle there. We've seen the performance of that asset, really the best performance since 2013. We want to continue to build on that. We view that as core from the standpoint of providing significant free cash flow, both cash flow from the PSC as well as cash flow from the equity method investments that we have in country. And then, OSM, I think – and again, in today's environment, OSM is still delivering very strong cash flow that can be redeployed in the portfolio. But from, I'll say, a strategic long-term fit, a non-operated position in the mine is something that we'll continue to evaluate as to its fit in our long-term portfolio.
Ryan Todd - Deutsche Bank Securities, Inc.:
Okay. Thank you.
Operator:
From Simmons, we have Guy Baber on the line. Please go ahead.
Guy Allen Baber - Simmons & Company International:
Thanks very much. Good morning, everybody. Appreciated the medium-term overview of what you think the unconventional assets are capable of generating from a growth perspective. Now, understanding you can't give specific guidance, I just wanted to understand how you're thinking about the overall growth profile for the total company. So, that 15% to 20% CAGR, looks like it could translate to a total company growth rate in the high-single digit, maybe even low-double-digit type range on a five-year CAGR including the oil sands. Is that the type of growth rate, Lee, you envision for a company of Marathon's size, roughly 400,000 barrels a day? Is that how we should be thinking about the company?
Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Yeah. Well, you're right, Guy. I mean, we haven't gotten into specifics yet on the rest of the portfolio. We're still actively in our budgeting cycle, but I think the numbers you've thrown are certainly in the general ZIP code. And as a large-cap company, we think that that range is really where we need to be, to be competitive with the portfolio work that we have done. We think that's the right place for us to be for our shareholders. And, again, that's all going to be governed with the proviso that we're going to deliver that growth within cash flows, while paying our dividend at an enterprise level. And to me, that's an important and relevant distinction.
Guy Allen Baber - Simmons & Company International:
Absolutely. And then, one more on portfolio management. The type of growth you're discussing now on the unconventional plays, when it translates to total company growth and then you look at the well result improvements you're realizing, has that meaningfully raised the bar for you all in terms of any incremental meaningful acquisitions? And are you comfortable with the overall weighting that U.S. unconventional carries in the portfolio right now or do you like even more exposure? Just trying to understand the appetite for incremental acquisitions and what that growth guidance might mean on that front.
Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Yeah, Guy, we are squarely focused today on execution against our organic portfolio and our three core U.S. basins, and are very comfortable with the inventory and resource potential to drive our mid-term and long-term growth objectives. I think the STACK acquisition that we did in the summer is indicative of a type of opportunity that we will continue to test and evaluate. But in that case, in the case of the STACK acquisition, it really ticked all boxes for us. It was quality, scale. It offered value that could deliver full cycle returns, and it also offered a very attractive upside. And really any opportunity, any resource capture opportunity would have to compete on that same basis and come into the portfolio immediately to compete for capital allocation. So, it's a relatively high bar to make that occur. And again, we're very happy with the organic inventory. The teams are squarely focused on accelerating and delivering value from what we have today.
Guy Allen Baber - Simmons & Company International:
Thank you. And then last one for me. The macro oil backdrop, obviously, remains pretty fluid. OPEC has been unpredictable. You've talked about restoring operational momentum, increasing the rig count. Were oil to continue to regress down into the – below the mid-40s, into the low-40s, how do you think about the flexibility of increasing the rig count? Is this temporary weakness something you're willing to look through in terms of oil prices? Just how do you think about accelerating activity levels just in the midst of still a pretty fluid oil backdrop here?
Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Yeah. No doubt prices have gone through a little bit of softening here as of late. I think fundamentally, Guy, we think that supply and demand are starting to come more into balance. I think it's taking much longer than many anticipated. We've always viewed 2016 as a very transitional year. I think as we look out to 2017, I would kind of characterize it as a recovery year, where we think that likely we'll see supply and demand come more into balance as we get later in the year. And quite frankly, our internal price forecast are shaped to reflect that, a bit lower in the front half and a bit higher in the back half of the year. But to your point on flexibility, the beauty of the short cycle investments remains our ability to move and respond very quickly to the predominant price signals and price view that we have at that point in time. So, our view was that this was a step toward delivering on our sequential growth in the second half of 2017. But as we see the macro environment turn a different way, we've got significant flexibility to adjust our capital program, as well as look at our cost structure in general. So, we're not concerned necessarily with this latest softening of pricing. But we do need to be mindful of where the macro and our overarching objective of staying cash flow positive or neutral in 2017.
Guy Allen Baber - Simmons & Company International:
Thanks very much.
Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Yeah.
Operator:
From Credit Suisse, we have Ed Westlake on line. Please go ahead.
Edward George Westlake - Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC (Broker):
Yes, good morning, Lee. Congratulations on the momentum across all the plays. Eagle Ford proppant loading increased substantially in 3Q. Maybe just a little bit of color about when you expect to see the change in completion start to show up. I mean, obviously, you've released some of the wells.
Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Yeah, I think – and I'll let Mitch chime in. But at a high level, we have been operating Eagle Ford at below maintenance capital. Where we stand in the third quarter, we view now as our activity being supportive of holding that level flat moving forward in time. And, of course, part of that calculus is the fact that we are seeing improvements in the way that we're completing even the wells in the Eagle Ford, particularly in the oil window. And with that, maybe I'll let Mitch talk a little bit about what the teams are doing.
Thomas Mitchell Little - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Yeah. Sure, Ed. I think what I would say is the third quarter was really the first quarter where we had gone – sort of made the holistic shift to this being our base design in the oil window. This 200-foot stage spacing, kind of 400,000 pounds per stage for a conventional job, we were trialing that earlier in the year to build confidence in it. So, we've got some limited data now, a few dozen wells that are approaching a year or so of production. We've talked about before the increases that we have seen from tighter stage spacing at 200 feet versus 250 feet, showing initial uplift in the 15% to 20% range. So, certainly that'll be our base design going forward, and we'll continue to share the results as they come in, like we did in the third quarter.
Edward George Westlake - Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC (Broker):
And then, I guess a follow-up on the oil sands. I mean, fantastic operational performance, as you say, cash flow and likely free cash flow. And obviously that then creates a value in that asset at some point, should someone else be interested in the asset, your stake. Maybe just a little bit of an update in terms of where you can see sort of steady-state production, CapEx and OpEx, as the team continues to improve that asset.
Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Well, Ed, I would say that third quarter was an extraordinary quarter. I mean, we had production at an all-time record. I think the operator has done a great job of continuing to put pressure on operating cost. And the combination of all that delivered, again, a very exceptional unit operating cost there. And because our realizations off the back of the upgrader are largely linked to WTI, with a small component to WCS, the asset does have a lot of cash flow potential. So, I have to give a lot of credit to the operator in generating quite a strong quarter. Now, as we look forward, even in the fourth quarter we have planned turnaround that will ultimately impact, of course, volumes, which will have a feedback impact into the unit cost as well. So, I wouldn't extrapolate the third quarter as the base business model. But what I would extrapolate is that our ability to generate higher reliability and lower cost in the mine, that trend is now becoming pretty well-established. And I think that's just going to make the asset more valuable, not only to our shareholders, but certainly in the event that strategically we elect to monetize at some point in the future.
Edward George Westlake - Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC (Broker):
Thank you.
Operator:
From Wells Fargo, we have Roger Read on line. Please go ahead.
Roger D. Read - Wells Fargo Securities LLC:
Yeah, good morning.
Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Morning, Roger.
Roger D. Read - Wells Fargo Securities LLC:
Hey. Quick question, I guess, on the SCOOP/STACK and kind of looking at slide 11, talks about protecting the leasehold while doing the delineation. Can you give us an idea maybe where you are in terms of the efficiency of drilling in the SCOOP/STACK today? And then how you think about that changing as more of the acreage becomes truly HBP and you can really focus on the efficiency side?
Thomas Mitchell Little - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Yeah. Sure, Roger. This is Mitch again. I guess what I would say or what I would share with you, it's a mixture of well types out there still and we are in the delineation phase. But on average, across the STACK, our drilling efficiency is about a 40% increase in feet per day, if you looked as compared to a year ago and mixing the wells, kind of 10% to 20% lower completed well cost, and that's with higher intensity completions in most cases. So, we're still on the efficiency curve, if you will. We haven't moved to fulfill development, the advantages of pad drilling, the advantages of continuity with drilling crews and applying the latest technology. So, we would still expect to be able to continue to see some learnings there and our teams are certainly driving on that, and with a real focus on flat times as well as drilling rates.
Roger D. Read - Wells Fargo Securities LLC:
Okay. Thanks. And kind of a follow-up to some of the earlier questions about the guidance for second half of 2017, the growth in a $55 oil environment. What should we think of, Lee, as the – I don't know. It's pretty easy to understand, I guess, the positive. If you get crude above $55, it's easy to spend more money. But is it a sub-$50 world we need to be concerned about in the first half of next year, is maybe pushing these plans into 2018 from 2017? Or – I don't know. I guess we're all just trying to understand kind of what are the guidelines for how we should think about setting things up for 2017 and beyond.
Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Yeah. Well, certainly, Roger, our intent is to provide a bit more granularity on that in the first quarter. But just looking at kind of where we stand today, obviously, we're shaping our price forecast across 2017 to, obviously, reflect a bit lower price in the beginning of the year and somewhat of strengthening toward the back end of the year. And what we've talked about is that, we can maintain certainly that sequential growth case into the low 50s, and that's kind of ex any hedging success that we have as well. And so, if you were to say – let's say, that we languished in the environment that we're in today, we would have to just assess that as we move into 2017 and we would adjust accordingly. If we see that being persistent, then you're right. Then we may choose to push that ramp out a bit in time. But today, we want to make sure that we're on a trajectory that's going to deliver that ramp, recognizing that we have full optionality and flexibility to adjust early next year as price dictates. But again, our overarching objective is going to be cash flow neutrality.
Roger D. Read - Wells Fargo Securities LLC:
Appreciate it. Thank you.
Operator:
From Goldman Sachs, we have Brian Singer on line. Please go ahead.
Brian Singer - Goldman Sachs & Co.:
Thank you. Good morning.
Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Good morning, Brian.
Brian Singer - Goldman Sachs & Co.:
You touched on the oil sands operating cost. Can you talk about the operating cost trends elsewhere in the portfolio? It seemed like it came down for the international business outside of oil sands and parts of the domestic continue to come down as well. Can you just talk to the sustainability of some of these costs – op costs reduction that we've seen and how that might change in a $55 world that you're talking about potentially for 2017?
Thomas Mitchell Little - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Sure, Brian. I'll touch on it, and then others can add to this. But as you point out, we shared an update on our operating cost, and I think on an absolute basis we're down 37% year-over-year in North America and 31% overall. As you'd expect and as is common, that's a combination of some structural efficiencies that are sustainable and some commercial savings across the board. I think that's an impressive rate of change and we've seen it across the industry. Our work's never done in that area. We'll continue to push for further efficiencies. Probably not fair to think about it as the same rate of change going into the next year, but we're going to continue to do that. And I think we've traditionally talked on the order of 50% commercial, 50% structural and efficiency gains across the total spend. It's probably a little bit higher weighted to the structural and the operating side with things like the water handling system that we put in the Bakken, moving our water on pipe there. We're up to about 70% of our produced water on pipe now up there. And certainly, some staff rationalizations, getting more efficient using technology across the operation. So, a little bit heavier weighted on the structural, I would say.
Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp.:
And I would just add, and the case just building on our discussion around OSM, assets like that that, for instance, have a very large energy component to them will have some flex depending upon where prices go as well. So, there's a plus and a minus there from an asset like OSM's perspective, where, yeah, you may get a price response which is going to help you, of course, from a realization standpoint. But from a cost standpoint, because a large component of your production costs are around energy, you're going to feel a little bit of the burn on the energy cost as well.
Brian Singer - Goldman Sachs & Co.:
Got it. Thanks. And then, just a follow-up on the Bakken with some of the well productivity and efficiency that you're seeing from your slide 15, I think, it is. It certainly looks like some of these wells are trending above type curve. Is your focus, as you start to increase activity in the Bakken, just more on the well performance and the well side? Or did you also see some – do you also see the potential for your inventory in the Bakken to improve as a result of the results that you're seeing?
Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp.:
I certainly think that from an inventory standpoint, we have basically driven more inventory into what we would call kind of Tier 1 in competing for capital allocation by these changes in well productivity. I mean, kudos to the Bakken team. I think they have used this down cycle to really put themselves in a much competitive stance in terms of capital allocation. But also just looking at their lease operating expense, Mitch mentioned the water handling system that was installed. And when we look at other operators, we feel very confident that we are one of the low-cost operators, and that's just contributing to our margin in the Bakken. They had a limited amount of capital. We haven't been drilling in the Bakken since really early in 2016, but we've completed the Clarks Creek pad and then, of course, the Maggie pad, which demonstrated these very strong results. And when we look at these just from a sheer return basis, they're competing head-to-head with some of the best in our portfolio. And that team has, again, positioned themselves now to participate fully in the capital allocation discussion, and it's one of the key drivers of why we're putting a rig back to work there at the end of this year.
Thomas Mitchell Little - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Yeah. And I'll just a little bit to that, Brian. Certainly, some of the learnings in the Myrmidon area that we've employed over the last two quarters are going to be transferable and will be trialed in other areas as well. The team is very focused, as we are across all basins, in upgrading all of our inventory. So, watch this space. It's not one size fits all, certainly, but we do think there are some transferable learnings.
Brian Singer - Goldman Sachs & Co.:
Thank you.
Operator:
From Raymond James, we have Pavel Molchanov online. Please go ahead.
Pavel S. Molchanov - Raymond James & Associates, Inc.:
Hey, guys. Two different questions for you. First on the 15% to 20% long-term growth target for the resource plays. What rig count does that assume implicitly and how might that be allocated between the Bakken, Eagle Ford, and Oklahoma?
Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Yeah. Well, we haven't provided specific rig count numbers with that CAGR. Our intent, though, would certainly be to provide more definition specifically around 2017 in the first quarter when we do our capital budget release. But obviously, the growth engine for us going forward is going to be Oklahoma. So, there's going to be a significant ramp-up in both capital allocation as well as rig activity in Oklahoma. The other assets, Bakken and Eagle Ford, just due to their potential to generate very high returns, will continue to compete. And they give us the optionality to modulate between growth and cash flow generation in those particular assets, and we'll take full advantage of that.
Pavel S. Molchanov - Raymond James & Associates, Inc.:
Okay. And then, secondly, very different geography. You guys are one of the few international operators in Libya. We have heard just in the headlines that Libyan volumes have doubled since roughly August. Are you seeing any of that substance on your own acreage or is that mostly other people's stuff?
Thomas Mitchell Little - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Sure, Pavel. This is Mitch. You're aware, I think, that our position is within the Waha Concessions. And while we're encouraged with the lifting of force majeure and the restart of production there, production through the month of October has kind of ranged between 30,000 and 50,000 gross barrels a day. Liftings have commenced from the Ras Lanuf terminal, but they have not yet commenced from Es Sider. Through the various actions that have taken place in Libya over the last couple of years, there is certainly damage at the terminal that needs to be repaired and also out in the fields, particularly in some of the pipeline infrastructure. So, we haven't seen a rapid increase above those levels. Repairs are going to be required. They're working diligently on the terminal. We would expect a lifting to occur from Es Sider in the not too distant future. But kind of been in the 30,000 to 50,000 barrel a day range through the month of October, through most of the month.
Pavel S. Molchanov - Raymond James & Associates, Inc.:
All right. That's very useful. Thank you, guys.
Operator:
From JPMorgan, we have Arun Jayaram on the line. Please go ahead.
Arun Jayaram - JPMorgan Securities LLC:
Yeah, good morning. My first question is, if you could help us understand in terms of the 15% to 20% growth, is that going to look relatively linear as we think about growth moving forward or maybe the overall shape of that production profile?
Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Yeah. Again, Arun, we haven't provided a lot of the character of the shape of the ramp-up. But, obviously, we'll be looking to accelerate pretty strongly in Oklahoma. And given its relative maturity to the other two plays, we should expect pretty significant growth rates within Oklahoma. And then really in the Bakken and the Eagle Ford, it becomes a matter of choices around how rapidly do we want to develop those more mature areas. We can, again, modulate between the level of ramp-up and the level of free cash flow generation in both of those assets. And so, we made some assumptions within that kind of, if you will, 2017 to 2021 view, because we wanted to provide that visibility. But it is really just a benchmark case. It's not necessarily a planning basis for us today. We're not predicting $55 flat for – through 2017 through 2021. It's just a way for us, again, to provide that visibility and give a bit of a benchmark on the potential that we've got in those three core plays.
Arun Jayaram - JPMorgan Securities LLC:
And, Lee, have you guys looked at – that is a boe number. How would the oil mix change over that time? Do you think you could grow it at a similar rate? Or your thoughts on just oil growth.
Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Yeah. We've obviously looked at it in terms of specific products as well. And without getting into too much specific, you should expect oil growth to be in that same range for the resource plays.
Arun Jayaram - JPMorgan Securities LLC:
Great. Great. And just my follow-up is just, if you guys could maybe elaborate on some of the STACK wells that you reported this quarter. You had some very, very strong wells in eastern Blaine and Kingfisher. Some of the PayRock wells looked a bit mixed, but I was just wondering if you could maybe put some of the PayRock wells into context.
Thomas Mitchell Little - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Sure, Arun. This is Mitch. I think what we would say for starters is, certainly encouraged with the aggregate performance being about 30% over the type curve. We're strongly in delineation mode and protecting our valuable leasehold. So, not surprisingly, we're going to see a little bit of variability in results, but the wells are delivering expected oil rates. They're delivering oil cuts within the range that we expected based on the wells drilled prior to the acquisition. Seeing a little bit of variability in the GOR. But certainly too early to draw any conclusions from the limited datasets that we have there and encouraged by the early results relative to the type curve.
Arun Jayaram - JPMorgan Securities LLC:
Great. Thanks a lot.
Operator:
We do have a follow-up from Evan Calio. Please go ahead.
Evan Calio - Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC:
Thank you. Great. Thanks for taking my second question here. It's a question for Mitch. I know you provided details on your first operated spacing test in the Meramec, this Yost spacing test. Can you discuss the selection of the six-well spacing perception? I know it's a standard spacing assumption in the PayRock acquisition, yet maybe conservative. And how do you think these tests progress and with the completion design this year, if you would?
Thomas Mitchell Little - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Yeah. Sure, Evan. As you rightly point out, the six-well infill in Yost is consistent with kind of our base case assumption at the acquisition. You'll also be aware that we're participating in a number of outside operated infill programs. One, in that kind of general areas is the Clover (42:27) infill, which is going to be testing a tighter spacing, a higher density. And so, the overall concept I guess I would say for the Yost is, let's go out and prove up our base case assumption, let's leverage learnings from that, along with our outside operated infills. Take those learnings throughout 2017. We'll no doubt have a number of other infill tests and we'll test different concepts, both in terms of staggering vertically and well density within the section. And we'll take those learnings throughout 2017, and then move into more of a full field development mode after that.
Evan Calio - Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC:
That's helpful. And the completion design for Yost?
Thomas Mitchell Little - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Sure. I think our base case, we're feeding (43:22) that infill in the fourth quarter here. So, the base case would be similar design to what we've been pumping. But as with all these areas, we're taking real-time learnings. We're using our multi-variant analysis model to integrate new well results, and we're doing 3D hydraulic fracture modeling. So, base case would be similar to what we've been doing, kind of the 2,500 pounds per foot, 150 to 175 foot stage spacing, I believe, it is. But we'll continue to optimize that right up to the time the completion rig and frac crew move on location.
Evan Calio - Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC:
Great. Thanks, Mitch.
Operator:
We have no further questions at this time.
Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Okay. Well, thank you very much. Thanks, everyone, for your questions today and certainly your interest in Marathon Oil. Our investment case continues to strengthen, with visibility on competitive long-term growth within cash flows at moderate pricing, the depth and quality of inventory in three of the best oil basins, a very competitive cost structure, balance sheet strength, certainly continued concentration and simplification of the portfolio, and a pure leading leverage to oil. We are squarely focused on those aspects of our business that we control, our execution, and our cost. And we're going to continue to drive to lower the breakeven of our enterprise, which will serve us well regardless of the forward commodity price environment. And with that, I'll just end by saying thank you very much for joining us today.
Operator:
Ladies and gentlemen, this concludes today's conference. Thank you for joining. You may now disconnect.
Executives:
Zach Dailey – Director, Investor Relations Lee M. Tillman – President, Chief Executive Officer John R. Sult – EVP and Chief Financial Officer Lance W. Robertson – VP, Resource Plays
Analysts:
Ed Westlake - Credit Suisse Securities Doug Leggate - Bank of America Merrill Lynch Ryan Todd - Deutsche Bank Securities, Inc. Guy Baber - Simmons Evan Calio - Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC Brian Singer - Goldman Sachs & Co. Paul Sankey - Wolfe Research LLC Pavel Molchanov - Raymond James & Associates, Inc. Arun Jayaram - JPMorgan Securities LLC
Operator:
Welcome to the Marathon Oil Corporation 2016 Second Quarter Earnings Conference Call. My name is Hilda, and I will be your operator for today’s call. At this time, all participants are in a listen-only mode. Later, we will conduct a question-and-answer session. Please note that this conference is being recorded. I would now like to turn the call over to Mr. Zach Dailey. Mr. Dailey, you may begin.
Zach Dailey:
Thanks, Hilda, and good morning to everyone. Welcome to Marathon Oil’s second quarter earnings call. Joining me this morning are Lee Tillman, President and CEO; J.R. Sult, Executive Vice President and CFO; Lance Robertson, Vice President, Resource Plays; and Mitch Little, Vice President, Conventional. As a reminder, today’s call may contain forward-looking statements subject to risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed or implied by such statements. Please read our disclosures in our earnings release and in our SEC filings for a discussion of these items. Reconciliations of any non-GAAP financial measures we discuss can be found in the quarterly information package on our website. With that, I’ll turn the call over to Lee
Lee M. Tillman:
Thank you, Zach, and good morning to everyone. I’ll make a few brief comments and open the call for questions. Our second quarter headlines
Zach Dailey:
Thanks. We’ll ask that you guys limit your questions to one question and one follow-up. Hilda?
Operator:
Thank you. [Operator Instructions] We have a question from Ed Westlake from Credit Suisse.
Ed Westlake:
Good morning, a lot of excitement on the STACK. You spoke in the prepared remarks about resuming sequential growth at low to mid $50’s so maybe just some opening remarks about that statement?.
Lee Tillman:
Yeah, good morning, Ed. We’re still committed to that, Ed. As we look out at the macro today, though we’re sitting at $40 today, but as we look out to 2017 and see that more constructive pricing, we feel very confident in our ability to begin that growth sequentially again, and do it within cash flows in that low to mid-$50s kind of price range. A lot of that will also hinge on our ability to ensure that we have operational momentum coming out of 2016 as well.
Ed Westlake:
And so maybe some color on the rig activity that would be embedded in that. I mean, obviously, we can do our own forecast but just interested in your color on rig ramps and buying Eagle Ford STACK, Bakken...
Lee Tillman:
Yeah, absolutely, Ed. We’ve talked about nominally a $1.4 billion program in 2017 that would get us back on that sequential growth track within the resource plays. And within that, the way I would ask you to think about it is, is embedded basically an almost the doubling of the rig count from where we are today to when we would exit in 2017. And that would support both that capital program as well as that volumes profile.
Ed Westlake:
All right. Okay. If I could sneak one final one, debt repurchases, or blending and extending maturities, any thoughts there? Other companies are doing the same thing.
J. R. Sult:
Hey, Ed. This is J.R. You know, as we’ve talked, I think on previous calls, even though we’re focused here on ultimately being able to get that capital program up to a level to where we can resume the growth path, the balance sheet is still going to be important. I think we’ve got some maturities coming up here in October of 2017 and again in March of 2018. Sitting here today, it would appear to be the right allocation of capital might be just to wait to be able to pay off those maturities when they’re due. And that’s one reason why I think we’re maintaining the cash balance that we are today, to give us that option. But we’ll continue to look at other opportunities to be able to reduce overall gross debt. But right now, I think we’re leaning toward just repaying those maturities when they’re due.
Ed Westlake:
Thank you.
Lee Tillman:
Thanks, Ed.
Operator:
We have a question from Doug Leggate from Bank of America Merrill Lynch.
Doug Leggate:
Thanks. Good morning, everybody.
Lee Tillman:
Good morning, Doug.
J. R. Sult:
Hey, Doug.
Doug Leggate:
So, guys, as things post your acquisition in the STACK, obviously, there’s a lot of tension going on there. Can you just give us some idea as to how you would prioritize incremental rig additions in the event that the commodity does continue to recover next year?
Lee Tillman:
Yeah. Yeah, Doug. Good morning. Oklahoma STACK is going to be our absolute first priority, Doug. Once we’ve met our leasehold requirements and our strategic objectives in the STACK, then we’re going to look at optimizing across the remaining basins to maximize economic return. I think the good news there for us is that when we look at that multi-basin optimization, we’ve got a very competitive and diverse Tier 1 inventory that really now features everything from Eagle Ford oil and condensate to Bakken West Myrmidon to SCOOP. So it’s a great portfolio, but that first incremental capital is absolutely going to Oklahoma STACK. In fact, as we stated in our released material last evening, we’ll be looking to add that second rig into the STACK acquisition acreage later in the third quarter, bringing us to a total of four rigs in Oklahoma.
Doug Leggate:
As a follow-up, obviously, the STACK’s a fairly meaningful change in your inventory where you’ve got – how would you characterize your comfort level or your satisfaction, I guess is a better way of putting it, with your current acreage position up there because, obviously, relative to some of your other peers, you still have a relatively a small footprint. Do you see other additions in the future? Or what’s the overall characterization of availability of acreage? And I’ll leave it there. Thanks.
Lee Tillman:
Yep. Well, thank you. Yeah, Doug, I certainly wouldn’t – I’m very happy with our footprint in the STACK as well as the SCOOP, as certainly with the bolt-on of the STACK acquisition, the PayRock acquisition, it enhanced our position materially in the STACK. But as I look across it from a overall resource standpoint and you think about the fact that we now have in excess of about $1 billion 2P resource in the STACK as well as another $1 billion or so in the SCOOP, that is a very, very material position going forward in Oklahoma. And at just over 200,000 net surface acres in the STACK, we feel very good about our position. We would never forego accretive small bolt-on positions or greenfield leasing, but we’re quite pleased with where we stand right now in Oklahoma.
Doug Leggate:
Appreciate the answers, Lee. Thank you.
Lee Tillman:
Yeah. Thanks, Doug.
Operator:
We have a question from Ryan Todd from Deutsche Bank.
Ryan Todd:
Thanks. Good morning, gentlemen. Maybe with the PayRock deal closed, can you talk a little bit plans to integrate these assets? I mean, I guess you’ve talked about rig addition there, but generally how you characterize that acreage relative to your legacy acreage and potential improvements or any changes operationally that you might look to make on things like lateral length or completions or such versus what you’ve done on your acreage?
Lee Tillman:
Yeah. Let me maybe kick that one off, and then I’ll turn it over to Lance to maybe provide a bit more color. But we just closed on the STACK acquisition on Monday and took over operations after lunch on Monday, so integration is still a work in progress, though the team is well advanced. As you mentioned, we’re going to be putting a second rig to work there. The two rigs are going to be initially focused on protecting that valuable leasehold, but also looking toward continuing strategic, I’ll say, delineation around the play as well. But in terms of economics and where those wells fall in our set of opportunities, there’s no doubt that the STACK oil opportunities compete at the very top of our Tier 1 inventory. And that’s even been confirmed yet again with the three additional wells that have been brought to sales within the acquisition between, up to close. And so maybe I’ll just let Lance fill in a few more details on just how the integration is going?
Lance Robertson:
Sure. Thanks, Lee. We took over the operations Monday. It’s been very seamless to date. Obviously, we look at the acquired acres. They’re on the oil bias side. We think it balances the portfolio across the breadth of the STACK basin very nicely for us. We’re going to have the ongoing obligations there to defend the lease position. And our heritage Marathon acreage in STACK as well is ongoing in the acquired acres. We do have a bit of excess capacity there. I think one of the things that you had recognized in our activities to date, so for example, in the results we reported this quarter, we’ve been transitioning to XL wells in our over-pressured area to look at the value there. Those well results have been very compelling, and we’re very excited about those. We also purchased this acquisition on the oil bias side based on the fact that they had among the very best productivity on a lateral-adjusted foot basis with very low capital costs, which together create a great value opportunity for us. And so we’re going to continue on that basis. But I think we also recognize the opportunity with about half the acres in the acquired package suitable for XL that we’re going to move to also test the XL in that area to see what the best long-term result for Marathon is.
Ryan Todd:
How much of your acreage across the entire, not just the acquired acreage but across your entire STACK portfolio now is conducive to long laterals?
Lance Robertson:
I think in general about half of that’s conducive to long laterals, perhaps a bit more as we continue to consolidate and unitize in there. But that’s where we’d stand today.
Ryan Todd:
Great. Thanks. I’ll leave it there.
Lee Tillman:
Thank you, Ryan.
Operator:
We have a question from Guy Baber from Simmons.
Guy Baber:
Thanks very much. Good morning, everybody.
Lee Tillman:
Morning, Guy.
Guy Baber:
I’m just trying to understand the financial and operational framework you’ve set out here for 2017. So I had a follow-up there. But I believe you mentioned the early view is that about $1.4 billion in spending or so next year would be sufficient to return the company to sequential growth, assuming oil in the mid to low $50s. I believe you also mentioned the desire to live within cash flow. So is $1.4 billion, plus your dividend, about the type of cash flow you expect to generate next year in a low to mid-$50 world? Or are you incorporating some asset sales proceeds into your forecast to support that as well?
Lee Tillman:
Yeah. Guy, thanks for the follow-up question. First of all, I want to be very clear the $1.4 billion I’m talking about, Guy, is for the resource play element only. That would not include other capital requirements and the conventional elements of our business, although we would expect similar to what we did this year that the bulk of our capital investment in 2017 will, in fact, be allocated to the resource plays. But in that low $50 to mid-$50 window we would absolutely expect to cover that capital demand within operating cash flows. Does not mean that we’re not still pursuing non-core asset divestitures, but we’re certainly not saying we’re going to be reliant upon those. They give us optionality but we don’t feel that we need to rely on those if we’re in that price band.
Guy Baber:
Great, that’s very helpful. And then my follow-up is, understanding 2017 is something of a transitional year for you during which you attempt to return the company back to sequential growth, but once you get a better commodity price environment, you’ve improved the well results, the operational performance I think significantly. You’ve also made meaningful improvements to the portfolio and your opportunity set. When the time comes, what type of growth rate do you think Marathon is poised to fundamentally deliver longer term? Just trying to understand that framework for longer term growth?
Lee Tillman:
Yeah, no, absolutely. I think first and foremost, you said it well, we’ve got this great opportunity set that very much competes for capital and the price band. A lot of that I would say growth aspiration, though, will be highly dependent upon the pricing that we see. Being a very oil levered company, of course we have a very strong response in operating cash flows as we see improvement to the oil price. So to the extent that we need to modulate between growth as well as generating free cash flows, we’re prepared to do that. But the potential that we’ve got in the three resource plays definitely provides us an avenue for moving to a very competitive growth metric in the future. Without getting into specifics there, we have that potential.
Guy Baber:
Thank you very much.
Lee Tillman:
Thanks, Guy.
Operator:
We have a question from Evan Calio from Morgan Stanley.
Evan Calio:
Good morning, guys.
Lance Robertson:
Hey, Evan.
Lee Tillman:
Morning, Evan.
Evan Calio:
My first question, your Meramec, your legacy wells are performing better than your type curve. How large of a well sample of production history do you need to raise your resource estimate? I guess the same question applies to Eagle Ford with the 200-stage spacing and Bakken wells with larger completion. I know the last time you lifted your resource estimate was September. How are you guys thinking about that?
Lance Robertson:
Sure, Evan. This is Lance. So I’ll start kind of in the order you asked them, perhaps, but overall it’s clearly early in the STACK still. I mean we’re delineating the whole acreage, us and peers. Those well results we reported this quarter, the Irven John and the Olive June are excellent well results. They’re XL wells. They’re performing above that type curve. They’re also only about 40 days or 50 days into their total production. So I think we’re going to need to let those run a while. I think we’re excited that they’re above that curve, and so there’s certainly an opportunity for resource upgrade. We’ll also have, as you might recall, a number of other XL wells in the third quarter and fourth quarter in that same Blaine County area from our heritage acreage we’ll get to talk about. So when we get the breadth of those, and they’ve matured a bit would be a bit more appropriate time for that. Turning to the Bakken, I think the well results we reported there are really remarkable this quarter. All off of the same pad, among the three best wells put in the basin in the last three years. That really demonstrates what technology application, the right landings on the right combination is. And we have inventory like that. Similarly, we’d like to see those mature. But there are other wells in that area that also perform well, which is why we were aggressive in that area. So I think we need to let those mature. But I’d just echo your point. There’s clearly opportunity for a resource upgrade there, driven by that. Lastly, Eagle Ford. We continue to be really pleased with the results of tighter stage spacing, particularly in the oil areas in the Upper and Lower Eagle Ford. Responding very well. We’ve got a breadth of wells there now, almost 75 wells in that group. So it’s maturing, which gives us more confidence. And I think we recognize there’ll be a need to do a resource update in the not too distant future.
Evan Calio:
Okay. That’s helpful. If I could follow up in the Eagle Ford. I know you upspaced your Austin Chalk assumptions to 80 acre spacing. Could you walk us through what drove that change? And is that because you were getting well interference at the 40 acre spacing? I guess, are you planning on draining the Austin Chalk with your Upper Eagle Ford laterals?
Lance Robertson:
Yes, Evan. So I think we went last year from unconstrained Austin Chalk very quickly to 40-acre spacing in the Austin Chalk to try to find the bounds of productivity of that reservoir. I think what we’ve discovered over the last few quarters is that at 40-acre spacing when we’ve had groups, really our first groups of Austin Chalk wells together that are constrained, that the reservoir quality is very high. It’s got a lot of natural fracturing, which we suspected but weren’t certain of. And those wells are communicating laterally a bit and that overall we’re going to get the best capital efficiency in the Austin Chalk at wider spacing. In that same timeframe, we’ve also been testing the Upper Eagle Ford, really doubled the amount of our delineated acreage over that time in the Upper Eagle Ford and recognized that we could backfill some of those Austin Chalk locations with Upper Eagle Ford, but both at wider spacing. They just interact better. Ultimately, we’re looking for the highest recovery of hydrocarbon out of that unit at the lowest capital input. So we’re trying to optimize the returns at the drilling unit level.
Evan Calio:
Is there a reasonable oil price in which you’d go back to the 40-acre downspacing? Or how does that interplay work?
Lance Robertson:
Sure. I think you have to take a view on price, any of this, and I would reflect that we started this density testing at north of $90 a barrel. Probably looks different at $40. So the higher commodity price, I think the more you’d want to look at that ultimate density because that just drives the returns from that unit. We think where we are today, evolving, making these adjustments is appropriate for today’s commodity market.
Evan Calio:
Great. Good stuff. Thanks, guys.
Operator:
We have a question from Brian Singer from Goldman Sachs.
Brian Singer:
Great. Thank you. Good morning.
Lee Tillman:
Hey, Brian. Good morning.
Brian Singer:
I wanted to follow up on the CapEx, $1.4 billion. I think you clarified on the earlier question that this is for the key resource areas, and just wanted to kind of put that into context to make sure the base is right. Is this essentially off of about a $375 million spent for those resource plays in the first half of the year? And then can you talk about the trajectory for how you’re thinking about the rest of the company? I think if we look at least on a cash flow statement type perspective, you spent about $800 million overall for the company in the first half.
Lee Tillman:
Yeah. Certainly, in the first half of the year, Brian, there was a bit of a bias because we had a couple of long-cycle projects that were running their course that are now, of course, both started up, which are the EG compression project as well as the non-operated Gunflint project. So there was probably a bit more bias to the conventional portfolio in the first half of the year. As we look forward to the second half of the year, that’s going to largely be paced by the resource plays themselves, and that will really set the, I’ll say, kind of that exit velocity that we achieve from a capital program standpoint as we move out of the year. We do anticipate, based on the activity we’ve described, including the additional rig in Oklahoma, as well as some additional completion work in the Eagle Ford, that we will exit the fourth quarter with some pretty strong momentum going into 2017. To your point, I guess, on the rest of the portfolio, the looking forward to 2017, you should expect us to continue to minimize the capital allocation to the conventional program, very similar to what we endeavoured to do this cycle in 2016.
Brian Singer:
Great. Thanks. And then, as a little bit of a follow-up, from more of a strategic perspective, which is given your, I think, interest in the return that you’re seeing from the resource play portfolio, how strategically are you thinking about the assets elsewhere? Do you anticipate additional asset sales or, as you perhaps just described, minimal levels of capital investment, try to use these assets for the free cash flow to offset potential outspending going on at the resource plays?
Lee Tillman:
Yeah, Brian, our conventional business is absolutely geared toward generating free cash flow that can then be redeployed. That’s the model, that’s what Mitch drives the team toward. I will look at some selective investments there. Great example is the EG compression project, albeit a long cycle project it’s very accretive, it’s delivering very strong economics and performance in the portfolio and it’s simply going to add to the ability of Equatorial Guinea to add to our cash flows. I think a separate question, though, is more of the non-core asset question. We continue to scrutinize our portfolio and ensure that it is fully optimized. As I said in my opening remarks, we’ve achieved $1 billion year-to-date of non-core asset divestitures but we believe there is more work to be done there. We don’t think they’ll be to the scale of, say, a Wyoming, but we still believe there’s some good solid portfolio work, particularly here in North America, that we continue to drive. And again, it’s all focused on that simplification and concentration of the portfolio toward the highest risk-adjusted returns.
Brian Singer:
Thank you.
Operator:
We have a question from Paul Sankey from Wolfe Research.
Paul Sankey:
Hi, guys.
Lee Tillman:
Hey, Paul, good morning.
Paul Sankey:
Good morning. A high level question, if I could. I assume that you’re basically planning the company at about a $50 outlook. How would things change if we were to start assuming $40 or $60, in your mind? And I know you’ve been a little bit reluctant, probably quite rightly, to commit to levels of prices at which you’d start to think about faster growth and stuff, but I’m trying to pin you down on it. Thanks.
Lee Tillman:
Paul, I appreciate your transparency. I’ll maybe take those two bookends that you just talked about, the $40 and the $60. Obviously I think at $40, similar to what we’ve experienced this year, we’d be looking to protect our balance sheet, to ensure that though we continue to drive those leasehold and strategic objectives in the portfolio, and then look with great discipline at some of those discretionary economic opportunities within the portfolio. We’d still be bearing down on cost, we’d still be bearing down on non-core asset sales. So those would be the behaviors and the objectives if we saw an environment moving into 2017 that is more in the [ph] 4- handle range. I think, conversely, if we see more constructive pricing moving into 2017 at that $60, as we’ve talked about, a $10 move in pricing for us is a big impact on our operating cash flows. And we’d be looking to redeploy those pretty strongly back here into the U.S. resource place to not only get back on sequential growth, but to get on that growth quite strongly if we saw that level of price support. We’ve protected the organization in such a way that we have the capacity to move to much higher activity levels. And if we saw that $60, we’d move toward that as quickly as we could.
Paul Sankey:
That’s interesting. So on the dividend, is that still something that you aspire to return to be relatively a high dividend payer Or do you see yourself shifting as to a more of a unconventional growth story?
Lee Tillman:
I think as you look at our portfolio, Paul, you look at our business model, we have made the shift. We made the shift in the dividend last year. Of course it was helpful from an operating cash flow standpoint, but it was also much more consistent with where we were headed in this very short-cycle investment, resource-play-intensive business that we’re in. And we think from a competitive standpoint, given our opportunity outlook for growth and reinvestment, that’s the right place for us to place our shareholder money.
Paul Sankey:
Great. Thanks. And if I could just try one to Lance. Lance, we’ve seen something very interesting here, which is that obviously there’s been a significant improvement in cost performance, really across the industry, at lower prices. But what’s also interesting is I guess the technical improvements are still being achieved even though activity is so much lower. If we did go back to higher prices, do you think technical improvements would accelerate, or would they actually deteriorate because we’d be going into presumably into less high quality acreage?
Lance Robertson:
Yeah, Paul, I think that’s an insightful question. I think what we would focus on at today’s activity, which we are, or at higher activity in the future would be in our Tier 1 inventory. As we’ve taken those technical advances, and we’ve lifted up the returns of some of our portfolio, we have such a breadth of it now that we’re going to focus within that Tier 1 first. We’ll take a portion of our activity to try to test some Tier 2 and lift it up to meet that thing. We need to stay disciplined in any price environment to make sure we’re bringing our best opportunities forward, but also taking the view that we’re going to bet on technology, we’re going to bet on the innovation and the creativity of our people to keep bringing our portfolio up accretively over that time.
Paul Sankey:
Yeah. Could I just ask a follow-up? You said that you’ve retained – is it that you haven’t restructured people? Or how have you retained your ability that both of you mentioned?
Lance Robertson:
Yeah. Sure. As we spun down our activity, we recognized that we have a cadre of early career talented people. And we don’t necessarily have the direct activity to put them into. So we’ve taken them out to special projects across the company. They’re out doing site supervision work on rigs and frac crews, production supervisors. So we’re retaining them in very valuable functions, maturing their leadership and their technical skills and their business acumen. And then as we grow activity, we can recall them into other petro-technical-focused roles. And they’re going to be even better prepared to take those on. So that early activity ramp, those people are here for us.
Paul Sankey:
Thank you.
Operator:
We have a question from Pavel Molchanov from Raymond James.
Pavel Molchanov:
Yeah. Hey, guys. Maybe I can ask you to force rank your Bakken and Eagle Ford opportunities. So you’ve been very clear, SCOOP and STACK will be the first call on capital. Which one goes second?
Lee Tillman:
Yeah. This is Lee. Just for clarity. At the top of our batting order is going to be STACK oil. That clearly has the superior returns, whether we look at a $40 environment, or even a $50 environment. I think then the lead table gets pretty interesting. Because of all the good work the asset teams have been doing, we actually have more diversity within our tier one inventory that will compete for capital. But the ones that we would see really rising to the top are, we’re going to continue to see Eagle Ford high GOR oil. We’re going to continue to see Bakken, West Myrmidon specifically, come in to the mix. And then also the SCOOP condensate area is going to be a strong performer which will also maybe amplified in the event that we see stronger gas support as well. So that’s really the lead table as we see it today.
Pavel Molchanov:
Okay. That’s helpful. Then just a point of clarification on the small drop in your full-year production guidance, is that purely the net effect of taking out Wyoming and putting in the new STACK acreage?
Lee Tillman:
That’s an element of it. But there is also an element, of course, of just base decline and other elements for our business, specifically Eagle Ford, which we’ve already talked about.
Pavel Molchanov:
Okay. So it’s all in. All right. Thanks, guys.
Lee Tillman:
Thank you.
Operator:
[Operator Instructions] The next question comes from Arun Jayaram from JPMorgan.
Arun Jayaram:
Yeah. Good morning. I was wondering if you could give us your outlook or expectations for how the U.S. resource play production could trend in the back half of the year? And secondly, is there going to be some more knock-on effect from the Eagle Ford completions, the high density completions you highlighted in 2015 in the update?
Lee Tillman:
Yeah. I’ll take maybe the question around the back half of the year on resource plays. And then maybe pitch it over to Lance to take on if there’s any knock-on effect of the completion discussion. I think you’ve seen the releases that have come out over the last few days. There’s clearly more optimism in the market, particularly I think as you stretch into 2017. I think the sector in general is struggling with striking the correct balance between wanting to be prepared if they get a strong and sustainable price signal versus getting too far ahead of their headlights and losing, I think, the discipline that has been required during this downturn. So speaking from a Marathon Oil perspective, we do expect to build some momentum going in to the fourth quarter which we thing would position us quite favorably in the event we do see more constructive pricing. And I would say that there’s probably many others within our space that are looking to do the same. There, of course, will always be an element that may have to be more in a balance sheet repair mode as opposed to being on their front foot and looking to drive toward incremental activity. But I don’t see a dramatic adjustment, just because the declines have been pretty challenging this year. And it’s going to be hard, of course, to offset that completely with late-year activity. And maybe, Lance, if you want to chime in on just the question around the knock-on and the completion effects?
Lance Robertson:
Sure. So specifically focusing on the Eagle Ford, I think as Lee referenced, our guidance takes into account our view on all that. So it’s there in it. We have made some adjustments to the development plan. You’ll see those reflected in the Eagle Ford second half of the year. Shift to focus [ph] on more, two-thirds of that activity is in the high GOR oil areas which are our highest value type curves at current pricing. And we have widened out that Austin Chalk from 40-acre to 80-acre spacing to mitigate those influences. And the three and four zone high density pads are really, we’re foregoing those for the rest of this year. And so that will help mitigate those concerns. Otherwise we’ve put into our guidance what we think the base decline from 2015’s going to look like.
Arun Jayaram:
Great. And my follow-up. Just, Lee, in terms of your comments of, earlier in the call about doubling maybe the rig count between now and year-end 2017 in order to get to that, let’s call it, flattish with some growth in the U.S. resource plays. Would you anticipate a stair-step kind of linear kind of move in activity over that time period?
Lee Tillman:
Yeah. There will certainly be a ramp associated with that. I mean, I mean that would not be a step change, if you will. There would be a ramp across the year. So I was trying to just kind of project out kind of where we thought we might exit out of 2017 based on that nominal $1.4 billion type investment. But there will absolutely be a ramp. And I think, too, you have to bear in mind, that the rigs today are doing a lot more than the rigs did a year ago. And so, we absolutely are taking advantage of that efficiency. In fact, in the Eagle Ford we’ve actually gone down a rig since second quarter, from five to four rigs, recognizing just the sheer efficiency of our drilling operations and the ability of our teams to continue to set a very strong pace on the drilling side of the business.
Arun Jayaram:
Okay. Thanks a lot.
Lee Tillman:
Thank you.
Operator:
We have no further questions at this time. I would like to turn the call over to Mr. Lee Tillman for closing remarks.
Lee M. Tillman:
Yeah. Well, I would just like to thank everyone on the call for their questions and certainly their interest in Marathon Oil. It’s been a busy and productive quarter for the company. I think the headlines speak for themselves. I won’t go back through those. But we are preparing for that sustainable price environment where we can profitably grow our business within cash flows. In 2017, we can get our business back to sequential growth and live within our means with WTI in the low to mid-$50s. And as I’ve stated during the call, we have the potential for even higher growth at higher pricing with an industry-leading leverage to oil. So thank you again for the time on the call. I appreciate it and have a great day.
Operator:
Thank you, ladies and gentlemen. This concludes today’s conference. We thank you for participating. You may now disconnect.
Executives:
Christopher C. Phillips - Marathon Oil Corp. Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp. Lance W. Robertson - Marathon Oil Corp. John R. Sult - Marathon Oil Corp.
Analysts:
Doug Leggate - Bank of America Merrill Lynch Edward George Westlake - Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC (Broker) Evan Calio - Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC Scott Hanold - RBC Capital Markets LLC Brian Singer - Goldman Sachs & Co. Paul Sankey - Wolfe Research LLC Guy A. Baber, IV - Piper Jaffray & Co. Pavel S. Molchanov - Raymond James & Associates, Inc.
Operator:
Welcome to the Marathon Oil Corporation 2016 First Quarter Earnings Conference Call. My name is Sylvia, and I will be your operator for today's call. At this time, all participants are in a listen-only mode. Later, we will conduct a question-and-answer session. Please note that this conference is being recorded. I will now turn the call over to Chris Phillips. Mr. Philips, you may begin.
Christopher C. Phillips - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Thank you, Sylvia. Good morning and welcome to Marathon Oil's first quarter 2016 earnings call. I am Chris Phillips, Director of Investor Relations. Joining me on the call this morning are Lee Tillman, President and CEO; J.R. Sult, Executive Vice President and CFO; Mitch Little, Vice President, Conventional; Lance Robertson, Vice President, Resource Plays; and Zach Dailey, Director of Investor Relations. Our earnings release prepared remarks and associated slides are posted at MarathonOil.com. As a reminder, today's call may contain forward-looking statements subject to risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed or implied by such statements. Please read our disclosures in our earnings release and in our SEC filings for a discussion of these items. Reconciliations of any non-GAAP financial measures we discuss can be found in the course of the information package on our website. With that, I will turn the call over to Lee.
Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Thanks, Chris. Let me add my good morning. I'd like to take a few moments here to just offer some opening comments before we start taking your questions. Our first quarter results highlight our continued focus on resetting our cost structure across all elements of our business, reducing our capital program consistent with our plan and delivering production at the upper end of our guidance. Our capital program remains squarely focused on maximizing allocation to our lower risk, higher return U.S. resource plays. In the Eagle Ford, we continue to see well performance uplift from tighter stage spacing in our high-GOR oil wells while driving completed well cost down by about $2 million from last year. In the Bakken, we released our remaining rig, but base production outperformed our expectation supported by 2015 enhanced well completions, all while decreasing production expense per oil equivalent barrel 35% year-over-year. And in Oklahoma, we progressed our operated drilling program for leasehold protection and delineation. Outside the U.S. the jacket and topsides for the EG compression project were successfully installed ahead of schedule and we remain on track for first production mid-year. At OSM, the asset continued to perform well on both the cost and reliability fronts. On that subject, our thoughts go out to the Fort McMurray community today, where wildfires continue to take their toll. Though not currently threatened, operations at the Muskeg River and Jackpine mines have been temporarily suspended to support emergency response efforts. This year, we've continued to strengthen the balance sheet, first through the equity offering and second through the successful execution of our non-core asset sale program. In April, we announced $950 million worth of non-core asset sales, bringing our total since last summer to $1.3 billion, far exceeding our target and delivering on this commitment early in the year. With this success, we are on track to achieve our 2016 objective to live within our means inclusive of non-core asset sales. Looking ahead to the second quarter, total company E&P production will be higher with EG and the UK Brae field back online. We'll bring on twice the number of wells to sales in Oklahoma, four in the STACK, three in the SCOOP and all extended laterals. We'll have additional results from completion enhancements in the Eagle Ford, though at a reduced pace, and in the Bakken, we'll have our Clark's Creek pad online in West Myrmidon. Everything we've been doing for the last 18 months, lowering cost, workforce reduction, strengthening the balance sheet and executing non-core asset sales, has been designed to provide us the flexibility to respond when we see constructive commodity prices and to de-risk our business plan through 2017 in what remains an uncertain commodity price environment. While some positive trends are occurring, we're not yet confident that global supply and demand fundamentals are supportive of sustained higher oil prices, and we expect volatility to continue. As we see strengthening to $50 and above, we are well-positioned to consider increasing activity levels. Having quality resource, execution capability and a strong balance sheet puts us in a favorable position to be on our front foot when the time comes. Before I close, I'd like to recognize Chris Phillips, who will retire at the end of the month. Chris joined Marathon Oil in 1984 to help build the North Brae platform in the UK and has served in various roles within the company since, including the last eight years in Investor Relations. My thanks to Chris for all of his contributions and we wish him all the best in his retirement. And Chris is leaving our IR team in good hands so please contact Zach Dailey going forward for all IR related matters. With that, I'll hand it back to Chris to begin the Q&A.
Christopher C. Phillips - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Thanks, Lee. Before we open the call for questions we'd like to request that you ask no more than two questions with associated clarifications. And you can re-prompt as time permits. With that, Sylvia, we'll open the lines for questions.
Operator:
Thank you. And our first question comes from Doug Leggate from Bank of America Merrill Lynch.
Doug Leggate - Bank of America Merrill Lynch:
Thanks. Good morning, everybody, and let me also add my congratulations to Chris. It's been a pleasure, Chris, and I know we'll keep in touch going forward.
Christopher C. Phillips - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Thank you, Doug.
Doug Leggate - Bank of America Merrill Lynch:
Guys – Lee, maybe I can just jump straight into the capital question. You've got a fair amount of non – I guess, longer-dated capital in 2016. I'm guessing some of that's going to fall away with the completion of some projects. I wonder if you could speak to your capital flexibility beyond that $50 ceiling that you mentioned or level to go to back to work and how things might change as those spending commitments roll away.
Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Yeah. Absolutely, Doug and good morning. On the longer cycle investments that we have in 2016 that will be wrapping up, first and foremost is the operated compression project in Equatorial Guinea, which as I mentioned, we are still on track for startup in mid-year. Secondly, of course is our involvement in the non-operated Gunflint project in the Gulf of Mexico, which also will be starting up approximately mid-year. And then, finally, our non-operated participation in the Atrush project in the Kurdistan region. So, those three projects will essentially run their course from a capital program standpoint this year and would not be recurring in 2017. So as you state, that does give us some flexibility. If you think about our 2016 capital program, we have of the $1.4 billion budget that we've talked about, about $1 billion of that of course is targeting the U.S. resource plays, the short cycle investments. And about $400 million is targeting the rest of the portfolio, of which those three long cycle projects are a material component of that $400 million. We do still have some commitments in the exploration space, conventional exploration space that will have potentially an offset to that. But, largely speaking, those projects will come out and provide us a good deal more flexibility in 2017.
Doug Leggate - Bank of America Merrill Lynch:
So, basically should we anticipate that the $50 number that you mentioned as a kind of a ceiling or sorry, a starting point to go back to work, does that assume that the overall spending level stays the same next year?
Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Well. I think when we talk about the $50 number, Doug, for us, that's really the constructive signal to start increasing our activity, considering reinvestment back into the short cycle investments. And that would be on some type of ramp. I think the capital program for 2017 remains to be developed, but you would expect that we would be directing more than that $1 billion that we had this year toward the short cycle investments in that kind of constructive pricing case. And, we believe that at that $50 number, Doug, that we would not only have the opportunity to flatten the declines coming out of the resource plays but actually get back on a sequential quarter-on-quarter growth as we get toward the backend of 2017.
Doug Leggate - Bank of America Merrill Lynch:
Got it. Thank you. My follow-up, hopefully a quick one, is just in terms of capital reallocation, your SCOOP/STACK area appears to be gravitating to the top of the relative priority in terms of capital allocation. Is that a reasonable representation as to where new rigs would go first and if so, where are you in terms of your HBP commitments? And I'll leave it there. Thanks.
Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Okay. I do think that as we do get a more constructive commodity price environment, start looking at that first kind of new dollar of capital allocation, that the Oklahoma Resource Basins, the SCOOP and the STACK are going to compete very strongly for that initial investment when it becomes available. Currently we're running a two rig operated program that in essence covers our HBP requirements. We're largely held in the SCOOP currently, but most of our leasehold activity is directed at the STACK and of course our Meramec drilling. In fact, two-thirds of the Oklahoma program this year is directed toward the STACK and the Meramec and we would expect that by the time we get to year-end 2016, we should be around 70% HBP-ed with the rig activity that we currently have in place.
Doug Leggate - Bank of America Merrill Lynch:
Appreciate the answers, Lee. Thanks again. And congrats again, Chris.
Christopher C. Phillips - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Thank you.
Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Thank you, Doug.
Operator:
Our next question comes from Ed Westlake from Credit Suisse.
Edward George Westlake - Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC (Broker):
Hey, let me also add my congratulations. Amazing to think the Brae field is still running from all that work you did many years ago. So, congrats.
Christopher C. Phillips - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Thanks, Ed.
Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Was that a compliment, Ed?
Edward George Westlake - Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC (Broker):
Yeah. That was definitely meant to be a compliment. So, a couple of quick operational ones. Just obviously, the STACK has emerged as a very competitive play, the over pressured window is becoming more delineated by yourself and peers. You've got some good maps, sort of showing how much acreage you have there, I mean how much sort of in total, net acres would you have in that sort of over pressured window, however you wanted to define it, roughly.
Lance W. Robertson - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Sure, Ed, great question. This is Lance. I think in general we have a – from our organic leasing, as well as our historical efforts in the area, we have a large footprint in that. Within the what we view as the core of the Meramec, we see about 90% of our core acreage is underneath or inside that window, that's over pressured from that volatile oil window to down dip. So, a substantial portion of ours is over pressured. Part of the reason we've been growing, developing the lease position is in that area to focus on that over pressured high reservoir energy acreage.
Edward George Westlake - Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC (Broker):
Okay. Thank you. And then just switching to the Eagle Ford. Obviously, you mentioned in the first quarter results that you were seeing some encouraging results and you've given some data, 20% above on offset wells from tighter cluster spacing, the – stage spacing. The – any sort of update on EURs for those wells and the completed well cost of $4.3 million also seems quite low. So, maybe just talk a bit about how you manage to get down there?
Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Yes, Ed. So, starting with in the EURs, I think, the group of wells we released this quarter is really a follow-on to a group from the previous quarter. So, we've seen consistently that tighter stage spacing, in some cases tighter cluster spacing is also driving well productivity. Most of that activity has been focused in the oil areas, as we've looked to try to upgrade or improve the returns on our best acreage, as well as lift some of our other acreage up to the highest tier of returns, so we started on that, reflecting that, if you'll recall about 60% of our future inventory is in that high GOR oil window. We've also had the opportunity now, to move that stage spacing down into the condensate window and although it's early, we're encouraged with the response from the wells; you'll see us continue that. And I think what we'll find is as those wells mature – speaking now of the oil wells, over the next months and this year, we expect the EURs to rise. We haven't reflected that yet, because the production history is just too immature. But on the consistent response for that I think it's important to note that we've effectively moved that stage spacing to the basis for all of our oil well completions and continuing to test even down to 150 foot stage spacing today. And then on top of (14:30) the capital. I think the capital reflects really the focus and the team, they're continuing to drill the wells faster and be efficient and focused on that, they're continuing to stimulate the wells faster. We averaged more than 200 stages per month from our primary frac crew in the first quarter, which is the most efficient we've ever been with that equipment set. And so those efficiencies come right to the bottom line are helping to drive those costs down even as we spend more, invest more in the completions. Certainly, overall I think, I'd say that we're still going to need a bit of commercial help, most of these cost changes recently are driven, focused by the efficiency drive within the team.
Edward George Westlake - Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC (Broker):
Thanks very much. Very clear.
Operator:
Next question comes from Evan Calio from Morgan Stanley.
Evan Calio - Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC:
Hey. Good morning guys. And I'd like to add my best wishes to Chris in retirement.
Christopher C. Phillips - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Thanks, Evan.
Evan Calio - Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC:
My first question is on the asset monetizations. Your proceeds have already exceeded the high end of your guidance and still in motion. Any new guidance range here or maybe some color on how you arrived at the original guidance and what drove the excess, whether it be risking of the program, more assets sold or better prices?
Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Yeah. Well, I think we've been, Evan, pretty consistent that non-core asset sales will just be part of what we do as part of our ongoing portfolio management strategy. As such, even though I think, we have been successful in completing the sales against our published target, you should not deem that as us being finished or complete from a non-core asset standpoint. We're not putting out a new target, but certainly, the continued optimization of our portfolio, is just part of what we want to be doing going forward, it's – when we began that process, we had identified a population of non-core assets, then we considered, did they compete for capital allocation, could they potentially have higher value in someone else's portfolio, that population even on a risk adjusted basis, allowed us to have confidence in putting that target, first target out there at $500 million, and then ultimately, increasing that target to the $750 million, $1 billion mark. So, I think what we've seen is that for these quality assets, and a great example would be Wyoming. There is still a strong market out there that's willing to compete and pay very strong value for that type of asset. And again, it comes down to matching up very specific assets to very specific buyer pools, and I think that's what's created our success this year.
Evan Calio - Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC:
That's great. Maybe just the same question in a different way. The $1.3 billion sold, can you give me a percentage of what that was in your original guidance?
Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Well, I mean what I would say is that we identified well in excess of that original – of that completed $1.3 billion. And so, there is still room for continued portfolio optimization. For us, it will just be a focus on timing and how do we maximize value to the shareholder from those future transactions.
Evan Calio - Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC:
Great. That's fair. Let me ask my second question on the Eagle Ford. And, you cite the ability to drill 97% within 20 feet, maybe just some color where that was a year ago or where you think the industry average is? I'm just – how that relates to both drilling speed and well performance, as I'm just trying to dimension the impact of that, and where you think that may be going?
Lance W. Robertson - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Sure, Evan. I think you wouldn't be surprised if we – I can't articulate it, that that target window has evolved over time to be a specific interval from a wider interval. And that there would be positive tension on the size of that target versus how fast you can actually drill a well. The team has gotten very consistent and been able to be focused in that target, and still deliver the well at a very high efficiency within that. Part of that is repetition. They've had a lot of experience in the basin, a lot of practice if you will. So, they've gotten very effective at it. We've been consistently in the mid-90%s in terms of landing a target over time. I think where we look at it is we made the target smaller over the last quarters and years. And, they've still been able to stay within that, even as they increase the efficiency, which really speaks to the collaboration between the geosciences and the drilling engineering, that collaborative effort to work together to deliver those great results. We expect to continue to be able to deliver those results consistently even as the efficiency will still drive upwards.
Evan Calio - Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC:
Right. So, the – so, I guess both elements are targeted to change, both the percentage that relates more to time and I guess the size, the tightness as it relates to subsequent well performance?
Lance W. Robertson - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Yes. To some degree but and also keep in mind, over the last two years we've really pioneered the concept of multi-horizon development in south Texas, the Austin Chalk, the Upper Eagle Ford and the Lower Eagle Ford and we're doing all of those. And that percentage reflects landing three different horizons drilled from the same pad in most cases or in more than one of those horizons from every pad in almost every case. So the team's doing a really good job of targeting multi-horizons, very complex trajectories, I think it just demonstrates their efficacy overall.
Evan Calio - Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC:
Good stuff. Thanks, guys.
Operator:
Our next question comes from Scott Hanold from RBC Capital Markets.
Scott Hanold - RBC Capital Markets LLC:
Thanks. Hey, good morning and Chris again, congrats. You'll probably hear that many times today.
Christopher C. Phillips - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Thanks, Scott.
Scott Hanold - RBC Capital Markets LLC:
You're welcome. Can we go to the STACK and SCOOP and maybe specifically, what is your focus for 2016, obviously you've got some HBP work that needs to be done, but when you step back and look at your asset base, what is your focus. So for 2017, if prices improve and you put some more capital to work, you can be more toward development or maybe even that's too soon for that.
Lance W. Robertson - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Scott, this is Lance. I think our focus this year first and foremost is that at lower activity to manage our capital spend, we're going to protect our valuable leasehold in SCOOP and STACK. And second to that, we're going to delineate the phase windows within those two basins. I think there's some key tertiary parameters we're also going to test that'll be important for us this year. This year we're going to go from six operated wells historically in all of the last two years in STACK, to almost triple that, which will give us a much larger operated data set. Importantly, within that, over half those wells are XLs which gives us a chance to see long lateral performance as well some of the shorter laterals we've had historically. And those wells are very much positioned in the core of the play, the highest value part of the STACK to drive results. Similarly in the SCOOP, although we're not entirely held by production, we certainly have more flexibility this year and so all of our wells will be longer laterals, a mile-and-half plus laterals and give us a chance to really test that value of that longer lateral. So I think those are all key objectives that we can accomplish this year, even at lower activity.
Scott Hanold - RBC Capital Markets LLC:
Okay, then and just to clarify too, is the plan preparing yourselves for, I don't know if early 2017 is the right timeframe to think about more development once you've figured it out, or do we still have more time of delineating HBP?
Lance W. Robertson - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Well, I think, I was speaking of our operated acreage and we're certainly learning and preparing for full scale development with those activities. But also, we continue to leverage the OBO activity that's material for us in Oklahoma, both in SCOOP and STACK, and that gives us an opportunity this year to participate in some high density tests, some unique multi-horizon tests at scale. And so, we're learning from those and integrating that data just as if we're operating it effectively. And so, I think those things prepare us and help us get ready for that full scale development and to grow the activity. I think, broadly speaking, in Oklahoma and in the rest of our resource play assets, we've taken this opportunity to work and high-grade our staff over the last year, but also retain capacity to respond to what Lee described. So, as we see that constructive pricing and the opportunity to return to both first flatten and then sequential growth, we've got the core technical staff still in place to do that, doing special projects or other things in the interim so we're ready to respond to that need.
Scott Hanold - RBC Capital Markets LLC:
Okay. That's good clarity. And if I could follow up with the balance sheet looks pretty strong right now with a lot of the work that you all have done. Can you speak to again, if I were to stick on the STACK and SCOOP, do you all think you've got the acreage position appropriate in size relative to Marathon that you need to make this a really core growth engine, or should we expect you all could look at larger bolt-on opportunities? And if you could give some color on what the market's looking for M&A in there right now.
Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Right. Yeah. This is Lee. I think, absolutely, we feel that Oklahoma is at a scale now where it can be a key growth engine for the future. We've talked about in terms of 100,000 oil equivalent barrel per day producer for us in the future. Having said that, we continue to look for accretive opportunities to grow our core position there. Case in point, Scott, last year, we added something around 12,000 acres in Blaine County and we're going to continue to look for that type of opportunity to expand and more consolidate our position, particularly in the STACK area. We see it, as you look at not only our results as well as the industry results, what you can really say is that the vector is definitely up in the STACK in terms of the well performance, the cost reductions that are being achieved there. So, all of that for us is really just validating our very early perspective on just the potential that the SCOOP and the STACK have.
Scott Hanold - RBC Capital Markets LLC:
Great. Thanks for that.
Operator:
Next question comes from Brian Singer from Goldman Sachs.
Brian Singer - Goldman Sachs & Co.:
Thank you. Good morning.
Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Morning, Brian.
Brian Singer - Goldman Sachs & Co.:
From a big picture perspective, you talked on your last call about leverage versus liquidity, and as has been mentioned, you've done a few things here that have improved that leverage. But I wonder if you could just speak to as maybe the thought has come about moving towards ramp-up mode at some point, $50 might be the number, what we should expect and how you would expect to target both leverage and spending within cash flow or outspending and how that may change depending on the commodity environment or if it just doesn't change? Can you just talk about how we should see your strategy in a potentially higher oil price environment than the one that we're in right now?
Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Yeah, absolutely. First, just maybe to reprise a bit, when we took the decision on the equity raise, that was a risk management decision that allowed us to de-risk our business plans out through 2017. But probably more importantly, beyond strengthening our balance sheet, it also provided us the optionality and the flexibility to be a bit more on the offense, when we do see that constructive price signal. And we've kind of talked about the $50 or above number, as being that signal, and it has to be a signal that's also equally supported by the fundamentals of supply and demand. It needs to be something that we have confidence in; we know that we're going to be living with some near-term volatility. But we want to have confidence, as we start deploying that first amount of incremental investment. So, we are prepared. Everything we've been doing early this year and actually toward the backend of last year has been geared toward that ramp-up in activity that we can see a case for potentially in 2017. And to the extent that we do see that pricing signal, we're well-prepared, and I think Lance said it well, that we've retained the internal competencies and capabilities that would allow us to get on a good, strong ramp-up in 2017 from an activity standpoint that would get us back very quickly into sequential growth mode.
Brian Singer - Goldman Sachs & Co.:
And the willingness to outspend cash flow to do that is there in part, because of the proceeds that have come in?
Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Absolutely, I think, that it's an independent decision really on just how strongly we would want to go, I think right now, our 2016 objective is definitely living within cash flows inclusive of non-core asset sales. I think as we look at 2017, the reason we've talked about that $50 number is we believe that growth can be achieved there while still living within our means. And that's been a controllable factor. Again, we have a desire to continue to maintain and strengthen our balance sheet over time. So, 2017, again, we'd have very little appetite for outspending in that year.
Brian Singer - Goldman Sachs & Co.:
Great. Thank you...
Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp.:
And we don't see that as a limiting factor.
Brian Singer - Goldman Sachs & Co.:
Thanks. And, my follow-up is with regards to the Eagle Ford and the well performance that you've seen in the high-GOR area, the 20% outperformance. Can you talk to whether the production mix is the same as your expectations, and how when you layer in the combination of the high-GOR area and condensate drilling, what we should expect for oiliness in the Eagle Ford going forward?
Lance W. Robertson - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Sure, Brian. I think if you look back over the last several quarters, our overall crude and condensate has drifted down a little bit and I think that's been our focus of the last several quarters, we've been focused on value and I think rightfully so in a challenged commodity market. And in many cases that's been the very high pressure, high deliverability condensate wells. I think as we've lifted the returns and the performance of our oil well set, which is the majority of our future inventory, we have an opportunity to shift that mix back toward the crude oil side a bit. I don't expect it to move very much either way in the future because we have such a large base, but I think as we – first quarter has been more biased to the oil, we have some subsequent bias to that later in the year in general, we'll see it level out or perhaps trend a bit upward on the oil versus condensate side.
Brian Singer - Goldman Sachs & Co.:
Thank you.
Operator:
The next question comes from Paul Sankey from Wolfe Research.
Paul Sankey - Wolfe Research LLC:
Hi, good morning, everyone. Just a short term question, and apologies if you dealt with this as much as you want to, but could you talk a little bit more about the situation in Canada for us, Lee, and...
Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Yeah.
Paul Sankey - Wolfe Research LLC:
...sorry, before you start, Chris. Sorry, but congrats and I'll be thinking of you when the big soccer tournament happens this summer, and we have England versus Wales, but more importantly thank you for your help over the years. Sorry, back to Canada, Lee, thank you.
Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Yeah, absolutely. Obviously, it's a very serious and dynamic situation right now, Paul. It's – as we've gotten feedback of course from the operator shale, the current situation is that operations are suspended at both mines and that's largely being done to allow folks to focus on rendering aid to the community and emergency response. So very well justified. The mines themselves are not under any direct or immediate threat from the fires themselves but precautions, again, are being taken and it's being watched very closely. The upgrader is still operating on existing inventory and we have a certain amount of – a finite amount of inventory there that we can leverage during this outage and really, we're just going to have to wait and see how the situation develops. But rightly so, all the focus right now is on the safety and well-being of the folks in the Fort McMurray community.
Paul Sankey - Wolfe Research LLC:
Yeah, totally understood. So the industry obviously is just turning its attention to the human crisis and – got it.
Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Absolutely.
Paul Sankey - Wolfe Research LLC:
If I could ask you a strategic question, Lee, to totally change subjects. You talked about and a lot of companies have talked about the flex in short cycle. You mentioned short cycle several times. Is there a scenario for long cycle here? And if there is, what would it be for you? Would it be more Gulf of Mexico deepwater, would it be something else? Would it be more Canadian heavy oil sands? Thanks.
Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Yeah, absolutely. For us, Paul, it really starts with what are the risk adjusted returns that we can generate. And we want our capital allocation, whether it be short cycle or long cycle directed to those projects and opportunities that offer the highest risk adjusted returns. We've been very clear for instance that we're transitioning out of the conventional exploration space, and that's being driven strictly by capital allocation. We simply did not see those opportunities competing in a relative sense within the very opportunity rich portfolio that we have here in the U.S. resource plays. Now, we still have accretive opportunities that are more mid-cycle and long-cycle, for instance, the compression project that's wrapping up in Equatorial Guinea. But I think as we continue to transition our portfolio, you should expect to see more and more of our capital allocation going toward our very kind of deep and very economic U.S. resource play inventory.
Paul Sankey - Wolfe Research LLC:
Yeah. That's the impression I had. What do you think that the risk is of that, if there is one. I mean, it seems frankly, simply to be the right thing to do.
Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Yeah. Well, I think, again, going back to that kind of the risk adjusted return, kind of question for me really kind of sets it and when we look within our current portfolio and we see the deep inventory, the $3.6 billion of 2P resources that we have access to, we feel very good about that. And to bring other opportunities in that portfolio, they have to compete within that space in a relative sense. So, we feel very strongly that we're headed in the right direction. It's been a true transformational shift in our company since becoming an independent back in 2011 and we are very encouraged and excited by the progress that we've made.
Paul Sankey - Wolfe Research LLC:
Yeah. If I could just round out. I guess the risk is that everyone tries to grow at the same time. What can you do to mitigate costs? And I know I have asked six questions, so I'll leave it there. Thank you.
Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp.:
That's okay. We'll give you an out today, Paul. It is a question, when I think about the capacity and execution capacity question, I think of it really in two buckets, Paul. One is the internal capacity and competencies and I think Lance and I both addressed that, that we've been very thoughtful in our approach there to ensure that we preserve the internal capabilities and capacities needed to get back into growth mode when we do get that constructive pricing. We've done that through redeployment to everything from special projects to field leadership roles to displacement of contractors. So that we do retain those essential skill sets that will be required when we get back into a growth mode. Externally it's a little bit more complicated in that the service sector has been a bit decimated at least on the labor side from this correction. I do think what will modulate some of that is just many companies, will still be in either balance sheet repair or will just simply not have this cash flows or the wherewithal to get back on a very fast ramp. So I do think that the ramp will be self-moderated in some ways ones we get on it. But I think maintaining those strong relationships with our key service providers which we have been able to do during the downturn, that's very important and we're going to leverage those relationships when the kind of the bell rings again to get back into growth mode.
Paul Sankey - Wolfe Research LLC:
Thank you.
Operator:
Following question comes from Guy Baber from Simmons.
Guy A. Baber, IV - Piper Jaffray & Co.:
Good morning, everybody. And congrats, Chris.
Christopher C. Phillips - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Thank you.
Guy A. Baber, IV - Piper Jaffray & Co.:
Lee, you mentioned the objective to flatten declines at $50 and then eventually grow at that price. Can you give us some indications of the latest view with the productivity improvements you're realizing, the cost reductions you're seeing, how many rigs it would take or how much capital relative to current activity levels and CapEx to stabilize that unconventional production portfolio?
Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Yeah. Sure, Guy. Let me maybe address it this way, when we talk about kind of getting to the maintenance capital and getting back on a growth mode, you really have to talk about it from a common starting point, where are you starting that discussion. So, if I kind of fast-forward to the end of this year based on our current plan, and I look at where my resource plays will be exiting at the end of this year. And I think about what type of capital program will not only flatten, but will actually start growing sequentially in 2017, based on what we know today and again, this is not a budget outlook, we would probably place that capital program in the resource plays in the $1.3 billion to $1.4 billion. And, again, that's not just getting us back to flat; that's actually starting sequential growth again in 2017. So, that's kind of a ballpark number. It's one that I think will continue to improve as we – I mean, Lance did a great job describing some of the secular efficiencies that we're already creating in the business. The Eagle Ford is a great example of that because we're still operating at scale there. And, as we take those efficiencies forward, we expect that that number will even have some downward and constructive pressure on it.
Guy A. Baber, IV - Piper Jaffray & Co.:
That's great detail. And then, I wanted to discuss, we haven't talked about the Bakken much today, but wanted to discuss the resilience of your production there. I'm struck by the fact that production is effectively flat year-over-year and quarter-over-quarter despite the meaningful activity reductions. So can you update us on the strength you're seeing in your production rates there? What you're learning in terms of decline rates and really just update us on the outlook and kind of what's driven some of that unforeseen strength, at least on our part?
Lance W. Robertson - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Sure, Guy. This is Lance, I'm happy to address that. I'm pleased that you've noticed that actually. The Bakken team's done a really effective job of managing that production, the base over the last year at lower and lower activity. One of the key things is, as we've had lower activity and they've been very focused on the base business, the production efficiency or uptime is really rising and that's been a focus of theirs, not just the last year, the last couple of years, and they've really improved there. I think probably more important than that in driving that flattening decline profile you see is that we've made a material shift in our completion practices over the last year and a half and the wells from 2015 are among the best we've ever developed and put online. And the declines from those continue to flatten. And so, that group is a big part of driving that flatter profile. Those completion practices with more fluid volume, higher density proppant loading, more stages, have all been beneficial and we continue that. I think we're – I would certainly say today, at lower activity we have less opportunity to demonstrate that, but we look forward to the future. There's enormous commodity price leverage in the Bakken and when we get back to activity there, we expect to be able to deliver even better wells in the future than we have in the past just building on that. And I think we even looking forward to say in the second quarter earnings being able to talk about the results from the Clark's Creek pad in West Myrmidon, where we'll have pumped our, what we view as our most sophisticated, most aggressive stimulations to-date in the Bakken. And we expect those results to be compelling.
Guy A. Baber, IV - Piper Jaffray & Co.:
Great stuff. Thank you, guys.
Operator:
Our next question comes from Pavel from Raymond James.
Pavel S. Molchanov - Raymond James & Associates, Inc.:
Thanks for taking the question. Just one from me and this goes back to the labor issue that was discussed a little bit earlier. Given the head count reductions that you've had internally, and of course, your contractors as well, is there a rig count number, or analogously, a CapEx number, that you can say is kind of the peak that you guys could achieve before running into labor availability issues?
Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Yeah. The way I guess I would address that is going back to my earlier comments around what 2017 might look like in a more constructive environment as we get back on a flat and even a sequential increase or growth in the U.S. resource plays, we're sitting today at right around seven rigs across all the resource plays. We've got five rigs running in the Eagle Ford, two rigs running in Oklahoma. As we think about that kind of notional budget out in 2017 in the resource plays, that $1.3 billion to $1.4 billion we talked about, that type of spend in 2017 would likely see us ramping into a rig activity that would probably be close to double where we are today. And so we absolutely have the capacity internally and we feel that the vendor and service community could support it as well, that if that scenario did in fact play out and again, this is not a 2017 budget discussion, but if that scenario did play out, we would comfortably be able to ramp into that level of activity.
Pavel S. Molchanov - Raymond James & Associates, Inc.:
Okay. So, just to clarify, twice your current rig count is the – what can be realistically achieved, right, without labor pressures?
Lee M. Tillman - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Yeah. I think what we're saying is that as we look at a reasonable plan under a constructive pricing scenario that's a type of ramp-up that we think would be supportable with all the other constraints that we may have around cash flows, et cetera. And so, yeah, we would be very comfortable – I wouldn't want to portray that as a peak that we think we would get to, we just think that's a realistic scenario to think about.
Pavel S. Molchanov - Raymond James & Associates, Inc.:
All right. Appreciate it, guys.
Operator:
And our final question comes from Paul Sankey from Wolfe Research.
Paul Sankey - Wolfe Research LLC:
Yeah. Hi, guys. Just an update on hedging if you could? Thank you.
John R. Sult - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Hey, Paul, this is J.R. You've probably seen from the materials that we put out last night that we have increased our hedge book. I think we've done that really for the purpose of protecting at least some level of our cash flows that in turn supports the balance sheet. When I look at the second half of 2016, we've got now positions in the aggregate of about – a little bit less than 60,000 barrels a day of crude protection. Those are done through either straight two-way collars or through three-ways. When I look at kind of an average floor price, it's around, call it $49 to $50 average floor price with a sole put on the bottom of that of right around $40. So it gives us – it does put, again, I think, a floor underneath at least a portion of our production just to give us assurance with regard from a cash flow standpoint. Really nothing at this point in time beyond the 2016 timeframe, Paul.
Paul Sankey - Wolfe Research LLC:
Is the strategy changed and just remind us what the strategy is, I mean how much do you want to be hedged and where are we in that?
John R. Sult - Marathon Oil Corp.:
We don't have anything hard and fast, Paul, but I would tell you anything north of say, half of our crude production we would likely not do, at least at this point in time. And so, again, what we're trying to do is at least put some level of support under the cash flows, but still allow our shareholders the opportunity to participate in as much of that upside as possible. Hence, the use of the collars and the three load (44:58).
Paul Sankey - Wolfe Research LLC:
Understood. Thank you.
John R. Sult - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Thanks, Paul.
Operator:
And the next question comes from Guy Baber from Simmons
Guy A. Baber, IV - Piper Jaffray & Co.:
Sorry to re-prompt here, guys. But, J.R., I wanted to get a comment on the cash flow during the quarter, it was a little bit light versus what we had modeled. Granted, the environment, obviously, exceptionally challenging, but was there anything non-ratable that you might highlight as we think about the outlook for cash flow generation this year?
John R. Sult - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Yeah. Guy, I'm actually kind of glad you asked. I've seen the brief write-ups early this morning and needless to say, Chris and Zack have been responding to a lot of questions from folks and to be honest, first and foremost, I think you were somewhat alluding to, it's really predominately driven by the macro conditions in the first quarter being the substantial reduction in realized prices on a C&C basis about 25% and of course the volumetric implications as well. But when I then kind of just look at more the micro granular level, there is an item, to use the vernacular of some of the reports this morning, the amount of the deferred taxes in the first quarter – the deferred tax benefit in the first quarter might have been lower as compared to what many people were assuming it to be. And it's really – unfortunately, it's really just the methodology we are using for inter-period tax allocation. So how we allocate taxes, we anticipate for the full year, how we allocate them on a quarterly basis. And honestly that, coupled with a couple other non-recurring items likely accounts for close to $0.07 or $0.08 per share on a cash flow basis. And so I think, unfortunately when you're always looking at cash flow before working capital, you're going to get some anomalies there. We always try of course, we're managing total cash flow and look at it on an after working capital basis. And when I do that, we did have an additional anomaly in there, we had some non-qualified pension payments that we paid in the first quarter that relates to our late 2015 workforce reduction and as every company has in the first quarter, we also had the prior year's incentive compensation payment. And so all of those items actually add together to get us back another, as I said, $0.07 to $0.08 in the aggregate to cash flow per share.
Guy A. Baber, IV - Piper Jaffray & Co.:
Great. That's very helpful, J.R. Thank you.
John R. Sult - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Thanks, Guy.
Operator:
We have no further questions at this time. I'll turn the call back to Chris Phillips.
Christopher C. Phillips - Marathon Oil Corp.:
Thank you Sylvia. Thank you for the kind words at the end of your opening remarks, Lee. I have very much enjoyed interacting with the Street analysts and investors over the last eight years and of course, all of my work colleagues over the last 30 plus years at Marathon Oil. I look forward to following the progress of the company as an investor in my retirement. With that said, I'd like to thank everyone again for their participation this morning. This final statement I will particularly enjoy. Please contact Zach Dailey if you have any follow-up questions. Sylvia, thank you. This concludes today's conference call, and you may now disconnect.
Executives:
Christopher C. Phillips - Director-Investor Relations Lee M. Tillman - President, Chief Executive Officer & Director Lance W. Robertson - Vice President-North America Production Operations Thomas Mitchell Little - Vice President—International and Offshore Exploration and Production Operations John R. Sult - Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
Analysts:
Doug Leggate - Bank of America Merrill Lynch Edward George Westlake - Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC (Broker) Evan Calio - Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC Brian Singer - Goldman Sachs & Co. Harry Mateer - Barclays Capital, Inc. David Martin Heikkinen - Heikkinen Energy Advisors LLC Roger D. Read - Wells Fargo Securities LLC John P. Herrlin - SG Americas Securities LLC Pavel S. Molchanov - Raymond James & Associates, Inc. Paul Sankey - Wolfe Research LLC Arun Jayaram - JPMorgan Securities LLC
Unknown Speaker:
-MANAGEMENT DISCUSSION SECTION
Operator:
Welcome to the Marathon Oil Corporation 2015 fourth quarter earnings conference call. My name is Katie, and I will be your operator for today's call. At this time, all participants are in a listen-only mode. Later, we will conduct a question-and-answer session. Please note that this conference is being recorded. I will now turn the call over to Chris Phillips. Mr. Philips, you may begin.
Christopher C. Phillips - Director-Investor Relations:
Thank you, Katie. Good morning and welcome to Marathon Oil Corporation's fourth quarter and full 2015 earnings and full 2016 capital program conference call. I'm Chris Phillips, Director of Investor Relations. Also joining me on the call this morning are
Lee M. Tillman - President, Chief Executive Officer & Director:
Thanks, Chris. I'd like to extend my welcome to those listening. Last night we announced a reduced capital program for 2016 that reflects the current challenging environment and our clear objective of balance sheet protection. Our $1.4 billion program in 2016 is over 50% lower than last year's program and 75% lower than 2014. As the chart illustrates, we have responded as oil prices have fallen dramatically and are doing the same in 2016, with our capital program calibrated to a view of WTI in the upper $30s and assume success in our non-core asset sale program. Our business planning and budgeting are not static, but rather decisions are being made in real time, in large part facilitated by the optionality afforded by our short-cycle investments. We have designed our 2016 program to maximize capital allocation to the short-cycle investments in our U.S. resource plays, complete long-cycle projects that contribute production, and minimize allocation to conventional exploration. Guided by these principles as the foundation of our plan, production volumes were by design an outcome, not an objective, and we are forecasting a total company production decline of 6% to 8% year over year adjusted for divestitures. This program provides us the optionality to further adjust our short-cycle investments if needed based on commodity prices and the outcome of our non-core asset sales. Last year, we achieved over $300 million of non-core asset sales toward our original goal of at least $500 million. When we set that original target, we were transparent that the non-core assets under consideration far exceeded $500 million. Based on the transactions announced to date as well as progress on the remaining assets, we've increased our target to a range of $750 million to $1 billion. This year's capital allocation is designed to position the company for a sustained period of low commodity prices while maintaining the capability to be flexible in a dynamic environment. Slide four illustrates the allocation of our 2016 program in a bit more detail. As I mentioned, the majority of our 2016 program, about 70%, will be directed to the Eagle Ford, SCOOP/STACK, and Bakken. For each of our three core resource plays, we have set specific objectives for our 2016 investment, namely
Lance W. Robertson - Vice President-North America Production Operations:
Thanks, Lee. I'll continue with a broad overview of the 2016 program for U.S. resource plays on slide five. Consistent with our focus on prioritizing the balance sheet this year, our allocation to the resource plays is anticipated at $1 billion, down about 50% from 2015. As Lee said, the short-cycle nature of these assets allows us to be flexible in a volatile commodity market. If needed, we have the option to reduce spending down further, with substantially all of our acreage held by production in the Bakken, the Eagle Ford, and in the SCOOP-Woodford. We also have relatively few leases with continuing drilling obligations and no long-term rig commitments in these plays. The pie charts on the slide depict our operated drilling and completions, our non-operated drilling and completions, and other spend across each basin. Through the budget planning process, our intent was to maximize the allocation to drilling and completions opportunities. The non-operated drilling and completions component of the budget is our current best estimate of the spend based on recent engagement with partners. In the current commodity environment, we are closely scrutinizing each project proposal for costs and returns. When prudent, we will non-consent discretionary projects that do not deliver adequate returns. Given the continuing decline in industry rig counts across our three basins, the expected bias in the non-operated estimates is lower. For reference, the other spend category broadly consists of diverse non-discretionary items for direct support of development activity, such as centralized facilities expansions, data gathering, and other items not directly included in drilling and completions costs, but essential parts of an operation. Turning to the Eagle Ford, we are down to seven rigs, and we will be scaling down further to five rigs near the end of the first quarter. Additionally, we will be reducing to a single frac crew for much of the year that will match drilling activity. Consistent with our past practices, we plan to maintain sufficient inventory to keep the completion crew operationally efficient. This activity level retains our execution capability and core competencies, allowing us to continue co-developing the highest-value Austin Chalk upper and lower Eagle Ford horizons across our core acreage position. A continued focus on enhancing well productivity through stimulation design and technology application has recently yielded encouraging early results in our high-GOR [Gas/Oil Ratio] oil areas. As this activity matures, we anticipate sharing more details throughout the year. In the Oklahoma Resource Basins, our capital spend will focus on retaining term leases in the core of the STACK-Meramec as we continue to delineate the rich condensate window and optimize stimulation designs. While maintaining leases will be our primary objective across Oklahoma this year, based on the success of our first operated Springer oil well in the fourth quarter in the SCOOP, we will also continue to progress limited Springer activity to delineate the downdip areal extent of this play. In the Bakken, we will focus on the base business, where we will complete our ongoing water gathering system later this year to further reduce our largest single expense, water handling. Based on the current commodity price environment, we recently released our last operated rig in the Bakken and plan to have intermittent development activity later in the year, primarily to address continuing drilling obligations. With this reduced level of activity and at recent strip pricing, we anticipate Bakken achieves cash flow neutrality in 2016. The $75 million earmarked for outside-operated activity in Bakken is our current best estimate of AFEs we expect to receive from partners this year, and each will be scrutinized closely given the current low commodity environment. Despite reduced resource play activity, we continue to balance our current actions with the need to be responsive when more constructive pricing occurs. With that, I'll turn the call over to Mitch to review capital activities outside the resource plays.
Thomas Mitchell Little - Vice President—International and Offshore Exploration and Production Operations:
Thank you, Lance. Referring to slide six, I'll provide a brief overview of 2016 activities across our remaining portfolio, where we continue to moderate capital spend while delivering profitable long-cycle projects during the year. Starting with our OSM [Oil Sands Mining] segment, we've achieved a step-change reduction in sustaining capital levels, and our 2016 CapEx at about $40 million is well below historical averages. Along with the operator and other JV partner, our focus remains on maintaining the improved reliability while lowering operating and sustaining capital costs to reposition the business for profitable operation within the current environment. Despite challenging pricing in the third and fourth quarters last year, OSM was cash flow positive, thanks to operating costs that averaged less than $30 per barrel of synthetic crude oil for the two consecutive quarters. With the more consistent operations, our three highest net production quarters in the history of the operation occurred last year, leading to 2015 annual production volumes net of royalty at an all-time high, while unplanned downtime was at an all-time low. Outside of OSM, we expect to complete three long-cycle projects in 2016, bringing incremental cash flow starting in the second half of the year. Beginning with our operated business in EG, we completed a successful and incident-free installation campaign of the combined 10,000-ton jacket and topsides for the Alba B-3 Compression project in mid-January. The project remains on budget and on schedule. Following hookup and commissioning activities, we expect a midyear startup of the new facility. The installation will add 72,000 horsepower of compression and associated process equipment and utilities, which allow us to significantly extend Alba field life to beyond 2030 with minimal future capital requirements. In the Gulf of Mexico, we expect startup of the outside-operated Gunflint two-well subsea development, also by midyear. Finally, in the Kurdistan Region of Iraq, developments are progressing within the Atrush and Sarsang outside-operated blocks. In the Atrush block, installation of the Phase 1 30,000 barrel per day facility is progressing, with first oil expected later this year. Four existing wells will feed the facility, and future development decisions will be evaluated following the assessment of well and reservoir performance. In late 2015, a second well and well site production facility were brought online in the Sarsang block. 2016 activity is focused on bringing additional wells online to utilize existing facility capacity, while further expansion will be evaluated in light of the current macro environment. Across the portfolio, we continue to focus on cost management and delivering high operational availability in an effort to defend margins within the challenging commodity price environment. With that brief summary, I'll pass it back to Lee.
Lee M. Tillman - President, Chief Executive Officer & Director:
All right, thank you, Mitch. Capital discipline and balance sheet protection have driven the decisions supporting our reduced 2016 capital program, and slide seven provides our production guidance. As I mentioned earlier, we're forecasting total company production in 2016 to decline 6% to 8% from 2015, adjusted for our divestitures in the Gulf of Mexico and East Texas/North Louisiana. For the first quarter of 2016, our total E&P guidance includes two extraordinary downtime events. First, we expect downtime in EG of approximately 20,000 net BOE per day associated with the installation of the jacket and topsides for the Alba Compression project, as well as planned maintenance. Installation was completed in January, and the Alba field and onshore plants returned to full production earlier this month. Second, in late December the Brae Alpha installation experienced a process pipe failure and first quarter total E&P production guidance includes the impact of approximately 7,000 net BOE per day of UK production that remains shut in while repairs are underway. Resumption of full production is expected in the second quarter. Wrapping up on slide eight, we anticipate 2016 will require a similar level of flexibility to adapt to the uncertain macro environment, as did last year. In 2015, we lowered production and G&A expenses over $435 million. We reduced our workforce by over 20%, which will generate about $160 million of annualized net savings. And we decreased our quarterly dividend, increasing annual free cash flow by more than $425 million. We became even more efficient operators in each of our basins, decreasing completed well costs everywhere through a combination of commercial savings and execution efficiencies. 2016 will require that same level of focus and discipline, and our $1.4 billion capital program is designed with balance sheet protection as our top priority. The plan continues to direct the lion's share of capital to our short-cycle resources plays, which provide the most flexibility. The remainder of the portfolio includes completing long-cycle projects that contribute production volumes to the company, as well as keeping committed capital obligations to a minimal level. We will continue lowering our cost structure, enhancing operational productivity, and progressing toward our newly revised non-core asset sales target of $750 million to $1 billion. Finally, our $4.2 billion in liquidity at year end, which includes $1.2 billion in cash and an undrawn $3 billion revolving credit facility, positions us well for the reality of sustained low commodity prices. That concludes our remarks, and I will now hand back to Chris.
Christopher C. Phillips - Director-Investor Relations:
Thanks, Lee. Before we open the call for questions, we'd like to request that you ask no more than two questions with associated clarifications, and you can re-prompt as time permits. With that, Katie, we'll open the lines for questions.
Operator:
Thank you. And our first question comes from Doug Leggate from Bank of America Merrill Lynch. Doug, please go ahead.
Doug Leggate - Bank of America Merrill Lynch:
Thanks. Good morning, everyone. Good morning, Lee.
Lee M. Tillman - President, Chief Executive Officer & Director:
Good morning, Doug.
Doug Leggate - Bank of America Merrill Lynch:
Lee, I'm afraid the topic du jour is obviously balance sheet strength, credit metrics, and obviously the credit agencies' somewhat onerous price assumptions, one could argue. What additional steps are you prepared to take to basically get market comfort that your balance sheet can be managed through this downturn, and are you prepared to allow your credit rating to slide to sub-investment-grade? And I've got a follow-up.
Lee M. Tillman - President, Chief Executive Officer & Director:
Okay, let me take the first part and then maybe let J.R. jump in a little bit on just our view from a credit metric standpoint and the ratings agencies. But our plan, Doug, as we stated in our opening remarks, was really designed with a view of a high $30 WTI and assumed success in our non-core asset sales targets. But we still have implicit quite a bit of flexibility within our capital program to really adjust further as we see changes in price, changes in the macro, as well as we see the outcome from our non-core asset sales. I think we demonstrated last year certainly our willingness to use every lever available to us to ensure that we do in fact protect the balance sheet. I ticked through a few of those in my opening remarks. But the adjustment to the dividend, I think even the reduction in our capital budget last year of about $500 million, the strong steps that we took early in the cycle on both production expenses and G&A cost, including basically a 700-person reduction in our workforce, all of these are I think are demonstrative of the actions that we are prepared to take to ensure that we are putting balance sheet protection first and foremost. Maybe with respect to the credit agencies and the credit metrics, perhaps I'll just let J.R. chime in on those.
John R. Sult - Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer:
Doug, as you had indicated, clearly we have had actions already taken by two of the three rating agencies to date. At those two that have taken action, we remain investment-grade. Clearly, there is one still remaining outstanding. You're right in that they have taken an arguably significantly different view with regard to the commodity price outlook and seem to be fundamentally approaching the industry different than historically. And candidly, the outcome is uncertain. But what I would tell you, as Lee had indicated, we're going to continue to make the decisions that are in the best interest of all stakeholders to support the balance sheet and the outcome – with regard to the agencies will be the outcome. But we're going to continue to make sure that we've got sufficient liquidity and appropriate balance sheet so that we can continue to be successful in terms of developing the resources that we have at this company.
Lee M. Tillman - President, Chief Executive Officer & Director:
Doug, you said you had a second question
Doug Leggate - Bank of America Merrill Lynch:
Yes. Just maybe, if you don't mind, I'll just do a clarification on the first one as my second question, if that's okay. I'll be more direct about it. Obviously, we've seen some of your peers issue equity. Is that a risk for Marathon, in your view? Is it something you think would be the right move given where your stock is trading, or can you rule it out for investors at this point? And I'll leave it there. Thanks.
Lee M. Tillman - President, Chief Executive Officer & Director:
Doug, I think, as we have said, there's no doubt in the current environment that the balance sheet is our top priority. We have to maintain as much financial and operational flexibility as we can to adjust to these very dynamic market conditions. We're constantly reassessing in real time our capital budget, our non-core asset sales, our overall balance sheet strength, as well as our liquidity. And I think although our business plan assumes the successful execution of our non-core assets program to really contribute to our goal of free cash flow neutrality, we have to continue to keep all options on the table and available to us that give us that financial flexibility going forward. So again, you should expect us to continue to consider and access all of the levers available to us going forward.
Doug Leggate - Bank of America Merrill Lynch:
I appreciate you answering that, Lee. Thanks very much.
Lee M. Tillman - President, Chief Executive Officer & Director:
Thank you, Doug.
Operator:
And our next question comes from Edward Westlake from Credit Suisse. Edward, please go ahead.
Edward George Westlake - Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC (Broker):
Yeah, good morning, Lee, good morning, J.R.
Lee M. Tillman - President, Chief Executive Officer & Director:
Morning, Ed.
Edward George Westlake - Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC (Broker):
Just on – and Mitch and Lance. Just on the divestiture program, maybe just give us some idea as to why you think you could be confident to hit that $750 million to $1 billion total program.
Lee M. Tillman - President, Chief Executive Officer & Director:
Yeah, absolutely, Ed. Good morning. From the first maybe I'll just acknowledge that the market no doubt has softened since we've embarked on our non-core asset program. There's no question that the sales market is much more challenging than it was even last year. But I'll go back and say as a reminder, when we initially set our non-core asset target last year, we stated that we had identified a pretty broad pool of non-core assets that were well in excess of that original $500 million. And what I'll say is based on our progress to date, the transactions that we've been able to complete, and the quality as well as the diversity of the identified non-core assets that we still have in the hopper, we're comfortable increasing that target to that $750 million to $1 billion. The way I would describe the assets, Ed, is that they're primarily U.S. upstream and midstream. They're both operated and non-operated. But the list is very diverse, and we're very satisfied taking some singles and doubles. Some will be bigger, but there's quite a few that will be smaller. And thus far the market has shown an ability to digest some of those smaller transactions quite readily. Timing for us, we would expect to progress toward our revised target really through the balance of 2016.
Edward George Westlake - Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC (Broker):
And then a follow-up would be around 2017 getting a little depressing about recession risks. They are clearly rising. We'll see if one actually occurs, but you'll end up with, say, $1.2 billion or maybe whatever the number is at the end of the year depending on the asset sales program and the reduction in capital. But again, if you were looking into 2017, it would still feel if there was a recession that you'd need to do some shoring up of the balance sheet for that year. So what would be next in terms of the order if we had two years of low prices?
Lee M. Tillman - President, Chief Executive Officer & Director:
Of course, we're trying to, of course, manage through 2016 now. But as we have looked ahead to 2017, there's no question, Ed, that the majority of our capital will still be directed to the short-cycle investments. And as such, that still gives us a great deal of flexibility within our capital program and our capital spend. That activity, though, is going to largely depend upon where commodity prices are. And just to maybe level-set a little bit, at the current contango in the strip, that would equate to us to about $500 million of incremental free cash flow in 2017. And then at that point, as incremental cash flow might be realized, it would be a capital allocation decision based on the highest and best use as to whether that goes to balance sheet strengthening and/or into organic investment. I don't see those two as necessarily being mutually exclusive. The other thing that I would add too is that although we do have some long-cycle projects that Mitch addressed rolling off in 2016, we do have a little bit of an offset in that we do have a remaining deepwater GoM commitment – recommitment that will come back to us in 2017. But largely, those two somewhat balance off of one another.
Edward George Westlake - Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC (Broker):
Thank you.
Lee M. Tillman - President, Chief Executive Officer & Director:
Thanks, Ed.
Operator:
And our next question comes from Evan Calio from Morgan Stanley. Evan, please go ahead.
Evan Calio - Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC:
Hey, good morning, guys.
Lee M. Tillman - President, Chief Executive Officer & Director:
Hey, Evan.
Evan Calio - Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC:
Just to follow-up on credit and balance sheet, the du jour topic, and I understand you're protecting the balance sheet in the moves today. But how committed are you to an investment-grade rating? And based upon those private conversations, do you expect to be able to maintain it from – I know you talked about Moody's, but from the other two agencies? And then I have a follow-up.
John R. Sult - Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer:
Evan, we have maintained it at the other two rating agencies. They just recently published earlier this month. And so those have come out with investment-grade ratings. We're a notch lower than where they were, but we have maintained it there. As for the outstanding rating evaluation, honestly, Evan, I don't know what they're going to define as what it means to be an investment-grade anymore. I remember what it used to be throughout most of my career. And based on my historical understanding, I would say we still meet the metrics that they used to lay out there, but honestly, those are changing. And so I just – I don't want to predict what they will ultimately do. But at the end of the day, I'm still investment-grade. I'm still going to be part of the IG indices from a bond rating standpoint. There really isn't any significant impact on us if that one rating agency were to not rate us investment-grade. Clearly, there's going to be a cost issue and in periods that are highly volatile an access issue, but all of that is completely manageable.
Evan Calio - Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC:
And then how do you weigh that? How do you weigh the impact of an even deeper CapEx cut or a dilutive equity raise against a loss of that status? It just seems to be a primary debate amongst many of your peers.
John R. Sult - Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer:
Again, I don't think that ultimately you can necessarily solve for just one equation here. I've got to make decisions in the best interest of all of the stakeholders, and we're going to continue to do that. But as I said before, the way we've got the capital structure set up, the depth of our liquidity that exists that I'm very comfortable that whether we ultimately have an investment-grade rating from the remaining agency or not is not going to impact our ability to remain strong in this commodity price cycle.
Evan Calio - Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC:
Great.
Lee M. Tillman - President, Chief Executive Officer & Director:
Thanks, Evan.
Operator:
And our next question comes from Brian Singer from Goldman Sachs. Brian, please go ahead.
Brian Singer - Goldman Sachs & Co.:
Thank you, good morning.
Lee M. Tillman - President, Chief Executive Officer & Director:
Hey, Brian.
John R. Sult - Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer:
Good morning, Brian.
Brian Singer - Goldman Sachs & Co.:
So just to stay on the usual suspect topic here, I think what we're probably trying to get at here is how do you define success from a balance sheet perspective? What are you trying – where are you trying to take the company here? What is the key metric you're trying to use that is driving your decisions? It sounds like it's not necessarily but hopefully investment-grade. Is it leverage, is it liquidity for a couple years at $30 oil? Can you just talk to how you would define success from a balance sheet perspective?
John R. Sult - Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer:
Brian, honestly, the way we're thinking about it is really just to focus on managing the balance sheet throughout the full cycle. So historically, I've always tried to focus on liquidity when you're at the bottom of the cycle. And again, historically, that was the way it was measured, is whether or not you had enough liquidity to get you through the bottom of the cycle. As Lee indicated in his remarks, our goal here in 2016 is free cash flow neutrality, so to be able to manage the outspend with the success and the non-core assets sale program and not add debt to the balance sheet. As I indicated, we're going to maintain ample liquidity to support the business. And in addition, I want to make sure in not only liquidity but the cash component of that liquidity to maintain the option associated with just delevering the balance sheet in late 2017 when we have a relatively modest amount of debt that becomes due, about $700 million. So clearly, I think we've said multiple times, the non-core asset sale program and the flexibility of the capital program are really going to be the key levers in that. But one thing I do want to go to on this issue of leverage metrics and really highlight what Lee said before, just the embedded oil price leverage and the impact to cash flows and candidly leverage metrics is significant. And Lee just said, just assuming the forward contango that exists today, so whatever that is from an accrual (33:03) standpoint, it's probably about $7. Sometime around there is about $500 million of free cash flow and a significant step change in what your leverage would be on a net debt to EBITDA standpoint. So to me, we're focused on managing through the cycle. And again, as I indicated to Evan, really just trying to make decisions that are in the best interest of the business.
Brian Singer - Goldman Sachs & Co.:
That's great. My follow-up is perhaps a surprise operational resource question. You've acquired some additional acreage in SCOOP and STACK here over the last year, and I wondered if you could tell us a little bit more, A), what that does to make your position more contiguous, and then how you would think about and at what price you would allocate more capital and where you would go first within your key onshore shale plays?
Lance W. Robertson - Vice President-North America Production Operations:
Sure, Brian. This is Lance. I think you should think about those acres as that we're constantly looking, particularly in Oklahoma, which is an early cycle in the play relative to the others, to both, as you described, core up that position and just secure additional resources. We were very successful over the last year, primarily organically, through small local auction processes in the BIA [U.S. Bureau of Indian Affairs] and the CLO [Oklahoma Commissioners of the Land Office], and other organizations, as well as just doing small leasing opportunities with peers and accumulated 14,000 acres in Oklahoma. The overwhelming majority of that is in the STACK play, focused in the core, primarily Blaine County. What we found over the balance of that year is that the core of the Meramec has shifted in a western direction, which is where most of that acreage was acquired. And we managed to secure all that for about $3,000 an acre, which is very competitive. Referencing where we would go in terms of activity and allocate that capital, I think we're always going to take that broadly within our overall capital allocation process. We certainly want to be able to continue to delineate Oklahoma because we have more to learn there perhaps than other basins. I think we're going to have to wait to see how the commodity market really evolves before we can make those capital allocations beyond 2016.
Brian Singer - Goldman Sachs & Co.:
Thank you.
Operator:
And our next question comes from Harry Mateer from Barclays. Harry, please go ahead.
Harry Mateer - Barclays Capital, Inc.:
Hey, good morning, guys. So I guess back to the topic du jour on the balance sheet, but a bit of a different approach. To the extent you raise additional capital from non-core asset sales or other means, how do you think about deploying that? Is it more about maximizing liquidity right now? Or when you look at where your bonds are trading, you've got some bonds, particularly out the curve, trading at a pretty chunky discount to par. So do you think there are some opportunities to maybe reduce debt that way and take advantage of that discount currently in the market?
John R. Sult - Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer:
Harry, this is J.R. I would approach that the same way Lance was talking about whether we'd allocate capital to Oklahoma to buy acreage. It really is – each one of these investment opportunities are measured against themselves, whether it's drill bit capital, whether it's acquiring additional acres in Oklahoma, or whether it's even considering buying back some debt at a discount. So we're going to measure all those capital allocation decisions and determine which ones make the best sense for the enterprise. Clearly, you've got to do that. You've got to do that thoughtfully. That's a great example in response to some of the earlier questions where that might be in the best interest of the company. Rating agencies may view that transaction differently in terms of the way an investment-grade company should manage their business with the fundamental premise is that your debt holders be paid off at par. But again, we are going to make those decisions that are in the best interest of all stakeholders, and it would be something that we would consider.
Harry Mateer - Barclays Capital, Inc.:
Okay, thanks. And then my follow-up is the 2017 maturity. It's later in 2017, so you've got some time. But as you think about managing the business through the cycle, is your goal to be in a position where we you can pay that down, or is it something more where you would like to be in the position to be able to refinance that?
John R. Sult - Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer:
As I indicated, you probably missed it, Harry, earlier. I really want to be in the position to have the flexibility and the optionality just to pay that down, pay it off in other words. Clearly, I've got the liquidity to where I could bridge it on my facility. But I really want to be in a position if the market is what it is today, if the forward curve merely slides into 2017, to be able to pay that off.
Harry Mateer - Barclays Capital, Inc.:
Got it, thanks very much.
John R. Sult - Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer:
Thanks, Harry.
Operator:
And our next question comes from David Heikkinen from Heikkinen Energy. David, please go ahead.
David Martin Heikkinen - Heikkinen Energy Advisors LLC:
Good morning, guys.
John R. Sult - Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer:
Hey, David, she got your name right.
David Martin Heikkinen - Heikkinen Energy Advisors LLC:
I know, it's nice.
John R. Sult - Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer:
It's historic.
Lee M. Tillman - President, Chief Executive Officer & Director:
Hey, David.
David Martin Heikkinen - Heikkinen Energy Advisors LLC:
Enough of a stay-it now (38:01). So just thinking about the Eagle Ford program, you've basically been running flat in net wells for the last couple quarters. Can you just talk about the pacing of net wells in 2016 as you drop to five rigs and kind of the – particularly given the shape of the commodity curve? Do you go slower earlier and then pick up, or how do you think through just that space, and then really for the other basins as well?
Lance W. Robertson - Vice President-North America Production Operations:
Sure, David. This is Lance. I think perhaps we've articulated in the capital deck and the remarks this morning that we're prepared, that we're already moving into the activity reductions in Eagle Ford. We actually released our first rig recently this month. Down at the end of this quarter we'll be down to five rigs, and then we're going to stay at that flat activity level moving forward. I think there's a desire as we looked at the balance sheet prioritization overall. We want to take those decisions early in the year, and we have. And so you'll see us go down to that level and then maintain that activity level moving forward. From quarter to quarter, you'll see those net wells to sales moderate up or down a little bit, as we have diverse working interest across it, but it will be relatively level from that point forward. Similarly, we're going to continue to run effectively the two rigs we had all in 2015 through Oklahoma to manage lease obligations and continue to delineate and learn in the Springer the things we need to. And then to reiterate I think what I mentioned earlier is that we've actually released our Bakken activity, challenged by returns currently at that price. And so we're going to have limited activity for the rest of the year in the Bakken.
David Martin Heikkinen - Heikkinen Energy Advisors LLC:
So first quarter will have more wells, and then just divide the rest of the wells through the remainder of the year pretty evenly in the Eagle Ford and just keep things flat? There's no staging or duck games going on is I guess what I'm getting at.
Lance W. Robertson - Vice President-North America Production Operations:
No, I think that's a great clarification, David, in that we've said all along that we're not really building a drilled but uncompleted inventory. We're going to continue to manage our inventory of wells to efficiently manage our completion operations without really materially building or depleting that inventory.
David Martin Heikkinen - Heikkinen Energy Advisors LLC:
That's helpful. And then I know you don't want to get into details of volumes on the assets that you're selling, but the numbers are getting big with $1 billion. Can you just goal-post us on U.S. upstream and midstream, a split of how much would be midstream, how much could be upstream, and an idea of rough volumes? Anything could be helpful.
Lee M. Tillman - President, Chief Executive Officer & Director:
Yeah, David, this is Lee. As I stated and so you noted that this is primarily U.S. assets that are both upstream and downstream. But if you look at the characteristics of what we've already moved out of the portfolio, you can get a sense for just the diversity and even some of the scale of some of those actions that might occur going forward. For instance, the East Texas/North Louisiana deal was on the order of 4,000 oil equivalent barrels per day. The GoM assets were on the order of about 10,000-ish barrels a day. So those are the ballparks now. Those are some of the small to mid-sized assets we might talk about now. There could be some larger, more material assets that do ultimately come into play. And of course, the midstream assets, the advantage there is that there really is no volumetric impact per se, but you have to, of course, be absolutely concerned about making sure that you have the right operational transition there to ensure security of your barrels. So I don't know, but hopefully that helped a little bit.
David Martin Heikkinen - Heikkinen Energy Advisors LLC:
And scale, that's helpful. Thanks, guys.
Lee M. Tillman - President, Chief Executive Officer & Director:
Thank you.
Operator:
And our next question comes from Roger Read from Wells Fargo. Roger, please go ahead.
Roger D. Read - Wells Fargo Securities LLC:
Thank you. Good morning.
John R. Sult - Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer:
Hi, Roger.
Roger D. Read - Wells Fargo Securities LLC:
I guess maybe to follow up a little bit with Dave's question there on the potential sales that we should think about for volumes, is it just that wide open based on price, or do you at least have sort of a maybe high-to-low range of full-year potential impact of what's potentially being marketed out there, you have a data room open, that sort of thing?
Lee M. Tillman - President, Chief Executive Officer & Director:
Without getting too much into the specifics, Roger, we certainly have a good idea of the pool of assets that we're prepared to put into the market. The uncertainty is just which of those assets may in fact be transactable. And each of those has a finite, I would say, probability of occurrence, and it really comes down to connecting the assets to the correct buyers. And because of the diversity of these assets, they do appeal to a very, I would say, broad and diverse range of buyers potentially as well. So that's one of the reasons why we bracketed the range the way that we did is a little bit of the reflection of some of that uncertainty. And it's uncertainty not only just in which transactions will move forward, but also just the ultimate valuations that we're able to secure in those transactions as well.
Roger D. Read - Wells Fargo Securities LLC:
Sure. I guess it just sounds like, from a buyer's perspective, they're more interested in buying assets that generate cash flow. So just trying to get a feel for...
Lee M. Tillman - President, Chief Executive Officer & Director:
Absolutely.
Roger D. Read - Wells Fargo Securities LLC:
...where the volumes might go along now.
John R. Sult - Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer:
Hey, Roger, this J.R. I think that the question is fair. I think what Lee is trying to convey is we've got a lot of optionality here. And we're still talking about a range, even the revised range that candidly is not reflective yet of the full potential of what we're looking at. And so we've got the ability to plug-and-play assets here. And because there's a midstream element to this, it's hard for us to be able to say exactly whether this asset ultimately goes or that asset goes. So we still are very confident and comfortable of that $750 million to $1 billion, but candidly it's going to be very asset-specific in terms of which ones we use to achieve that objective.
Roger D. Read - Wells Fargo Securities LLC:
Okay, that's helpful. Thanks, and then probably more of a question for Lance. But, decline rates in the Eagle Ford with such a ramp down of drilling and well completions relative to the pace we were on, and I understand – I recognize you would have studied it quite a bit as you lay out the 6% to 8% decline for the year. But can you give us an idea of some of the confidence you have as some of the wells get older and fewer new wells coming in to lay out the overall view here on the production side for 2016?
Lance W. Robertson - Vice President-North America Production Operations:
Sure, Roger. And as you describe, we've looked at a number of scenarios across the resource plays for activity in that, and they all have their own implicit declines depending on the new wells coming to sales. I think individually in each of the basins, we have a lot of confidence and understanding of the decline profiles of the areas. And so it just becomes a matter of what's the capital we're going to allocate to it, and then the production is the outcome from it in this case. I think it's pretty clear that we've taken the activity down both in 2015 and 2016. There have to be decline in there. I think importantly, in the Eagle Ford for example, from Q3 to Q4 we held flat with effectively flat wells to sales, which indicates all the horizons we've been developing there are producing well and meeting our expectations. And then I think you should think of the resource plays from annual 2015 to annual 2016 are going to have an overall decline in the low teens.
Roger D. Read - Wells Fargo Securities LLC:
Okay, that's helpful. Thank you.
Operator:
And our next question comes from John Herrlin from Société Générale. John, please go ahead.
John P. Herrlin - SG Americas Securities LLC:
Yeah, hi. Thank you. Regarding the Springer well, were you surprised at that degree of liquids cut?
Lance W. Robertson - Vice President-North America Production Operations:
John, so I think the Springer is pretty early in the SCOOP area, and what we find there are two different distinct areas where it's been tested today, a northern core and a southern core. The Newby well we drilled and brought online last quarter was in that southern core area where there's probably the most data. We expected that to be oil biased in that area. I think we had a lot of confidence going in. The results so far have borne that out. The performance from that well has been very strong to begin with, and it actually is similar to the underlying Woodford, elevated reservoir pressure. The cumulative 30-day/60-day production tend to be relatively flat. That same production behavior has been borne out in the Springer thus far. So it's actually very consistent with our expectations. It's why we're excited about it. What we also see is the opportunity to delineate this play downdip from the core oil area that we've explored and others have looked at to date and to a rich condensate window perhaps. So you'll see us continue to test that in a limited way, the Springer, across 2016.
John P. Herrlin - SG Americas Securities LLC:
Great, next one from me. J.R., you mentioned liquidity and not being like the past. If you look at your overall liquidity relative to your market value, in the past when commodity prices were down, you would have a much lower percentage of overall liquidity relative to market cap, but it seems like a lot of companies are getting penalized today, or a straight question perhaps on strategy or leverage or whatever. Do you ever recall a time when there was this much relative liquidity to market cap, equity cap?
John R. Sult - Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer:
That's a great point, John. Honestly, there has been a shift, and it happened maybe even toward the latter part of last year to where I think there was a point in which liquidity was being rewarded in terms of equity valuations, but then it quickly shifted to almost a singular focus on leverage without regard to liquidity. And so I don't recall that, and you've got a long history as well, John, in terms of that being the market behavior historically. Candidly, I'm very thankful for the early moves that we did with regard to shoring up that liquidity, the early moves we did with regard to extending debt maturities, and feel like we're well situated for both 2016 and 2017 on the liquidity front. But it is interesting that the anomalies that we're seeing or the nuances as compared to previous market corrections.
John P. Herrlin - SG Americas Securities LLC:
Thank you.
John R. Sult - Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer:
Thanks, John.
Operator:
And our next question comes from Pavel Molchanov from Raymond James. Pavel, please go ahead.
Pavel S. Molchanov - Raymond James & Associates, Inc.:
Thanks, guys, just one from me. You mentioned that the current year CapEx is predicated on high $30s average. If per chance we were to see a recovery, let's say into the $50s towards the middle of the year, would you be inclined to upsize your activity level in the second half? And in particular, would you return to drilling in the Bakken?
Lee M. Tillman - President, Chief Executive Officer & Director:
I think as we saw that kind of recovery and we're convinced of the stability of it, I think it goes back to a point that J.R. made earlier. It's going to be a capital allocation decision around do we feel that there is still balance sheet repair that needs to be done at that stage. And that would not be mutually exclusive to putting capital back to work into the short cycle investments in the resource plays. When we think about capital allocation organically, certainly our ability to maintain the scale efficiencies in the Eagle Ford and the strong economics there would make it a viable candidate for that incremental capital. But strategically, because of its role in our future growth, driving more capital as well into Oklahoma would be one of our preferred pathways also. From an execution capacity and a competency standpoint, we feel that we're more than prepared to take that step in the event that that incremental cash flow comes available for investment.
John R. Sult - Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer:
But, Pavel, I think you raised a great point and that is because you've picked $50 as your hypothetical example, the Bakken at $50 is dramatically different than the Bakken today. And the leverage to crude oil changes dramatically. So even beginning at that level, all of a sudden the capital allocation decisions for us with whatever limited additional capital we chose to go to a drill bit versus the balance sheet becomes much tougher at that point in time and a high class problem to deal with. But you're exactly right to highlight that leverage to commodity prices in the Bakken.
Lee M. Tillman - President, Chief Executive Officer & Director:
And I would also add as well that some of the success that Lance and his team have had in West Myrmidon near the Nesson Anticline has been pretty dramatic. And I think as we saw a recovery in pricing, I believe those opportunities would certainly come back into play.
Pavel S. Molchanov - Raymond James & Associates, Inc.:
I appreciate it.
John R. Sult - Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer:
Thanks, Pavel.
Operator:
And our next question comes from Paul Sankey from Wolfe Research. Paul, please go ahead.
Paul Sankey - Wolfe Research LLC:
Hi, everyone. Good morning.
John R. Sult - Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer:
Hi, Paul.
Lee M. Tillman - President, Chief Executive Officer & Director:
Hi, Paul. Good morning.
Paul Sankey - Wolfe Research LLC:
I understand that these are tough times and you're very much circling the wagons. But could you just outline the bull case, the equity bull case for Marathon in competitive terms and maybe suggest to me how I should pitch the stock? Thanks.
Lee M. Tillman - President, Chief Executive Officer & Director:
Sure. Absolutely, Paul. I think when you consider more constructive pricing, our leveraging up to crude oil, which has of course been a bit painful on the way down, that's going to feel a bit different as we start seeing that more constructive pricing. And then I think it's the strength of our organic inventory across the three core basins, which now account for 3.6 billion BOE of 2P resource. That's really the investment case, not only the scale, the economies of scale that we have and developed a mode in the Eagle Ford, but certainly the potential for growth both midterm and long term in Oklahoma as well as a very solid oil position in Bakken, and I think a proven execution model where we have been able to not only drive capital efficiencies but also operating efficiencies, and all of that being supported I think by still some very good conventional assets as well, including Equatorial Guinea, which we just chatted about the project there, the Compression project.
Paul Sankey - Wolfe Research LLC:
That's good. But I guess primarily you're saying that you' are dependent on pricing. But you'd highlight a better organic inventory was the second point?
Lee M. Tillman - President, Chief Executive Officer & Director:
Yes, I would say that I would say it's a strong high-quality inventory, very resilient, very oil-weighted. It's also one that we think is in three of the highest-quality plays here in the U.S., and all of those also at scale.
Paul Sankey - Wolfe Research LLC:
Lee, just changing – thank you. I appreciate the answer. Is there any potential for mergers or acquisitions as an alternate way to change the investment case? Thanks.
Lee M. Tillman - President, Chief Executive Officer & Director:
Certainly that question is always out there. I think in the current environment, you haven't seen even a lot of small even asset level activity, I think largely speaking because of the volatility and the dislocation between the bid/ask spread has just really not facilitated that. Certainly where the market sits today, consolidation and the synergies that can be generated from that are very material relative to market caps as they stand today. So that case even beyond say, let's say, an improvement of overall portfolio and possibly even balance sheet upside, I think there is probably a case out there for some pair-ups that might be based on the synergy benefits alone.
Paul Sankey - Wolfe Research LLC:
Thanks, Lee.
Lee M. Tillman - President, Chief Executive Officer & Director:
Thank you.
Operator:
And our last question comes from Arun Jayaram from JPMorgan. Arun, please go ahead.
Arun Jayaram - JPMorgan Securities LLC:
Good morning. I was wondering if you could help us think about the shape of the U.S. production profile. You guys talked about a 6% to 8% decline on an adjusted basis. I think you're spending about $1 billion on the U.S. unconventionals. So I was just wondering if you could maybe help us think about how the Q4-to-Q4 exit rate in the U.S. could look like at that level-setting.
Lee M. Tillman - President, Chief Executive Officer & Director:
You accurately depicted it. I think when you think about the profile coming into the year, we've got an average-to-average that's got a midpoint of that 6% to 8% of about a 7% decline. When you think of total company exit-to-exit, you should probably think of it being towards the upper end of that decline range, if that helps calibrate. So there is in fact a profile to the year as you do experience decline through the year as you head toward that exit rate.
Arun Jayaram - JPMorgan Securities LLC:
And then just – I guess I was about – just to clarify, is it more focused on maybe the U.S. versus international producing assets?
Lee M. Tillman - President, Chief Executive Officer & Director:
I think as Lance alluded to, our resource play annual average declines year-on-year 2015 to 2016 are in the low teens.
Arun Jayaram - JPMorgan Securities LLC:
Yes.
Lee M. Tillman - President, Chief Executive Officer & Director:
You would expect the exit-to-exit for the U.S. resource plays to probably be in the mid-teens.
Arun Jayaram - JPMorgan Securities LLC:
Mid-teens, okay, that's helpful, and just final question here regarding the asset sales process. Under our model we peg about $500 million to $600 million of outspend in 2016 at the strip. You obviously have the asset sales underway. Let's just say that you partially cover that outspend with asset sales. What would be other additional leverage you think of pulling? Would it be to reduce CapEx, or would you consider equity in that circumstance?
Lee M. Tillman - President, Chief Executive Officer & Director:
I think for that level of outspend, which to me is getting in a much more manageable zip code, I think we'd look again at those core levers that we can control. And they would be the capital program, continued I would say capital efficiency as well as operating efficiency. Those would be the levers I think we would go to for that level of outspend, and not to mention the fact again that we do have, again, ample liquidity to support that.
Arun Jayaram - JPMorgan Securities LLC:
Okay, that's helpful. Thank you so much.
Lee M. Tillman - President, Chief Executive Officer & Director:
Thank you.
John R. Sult - Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer:
Thanks, Arun.
Operator:
Thank you. This concludes the question-and-answer session. At this time, I will turn the call back to Mr. Phillips for closing remarks.
Christopher C. Phillips - Director-Investor Relations:
I'd like to thank everyone again for their participation this morning. Please contact Zach Dailey or myself if you have any follow-up questions. Katie, thank you. This concludes today's conference call, and you may now disconnect.
Operator:
Thank you. Ladies and gentlemen, this concludes today's conference. Thank you for participating. You may now disconnect.
Executives:
Christopher C. Phillips - Director-Investor Relations Lee M. Tillman - President, Chief Executive Officer & Director Lance W. Robertson - Vice President-North America Production Operations Thomas Mitchell Little - Vice President—International and Offshore Exploration and Production Operations John R. Sult - Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
Analysts:
Ilya Balabanovsky - Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC Doug Leggate - Bank of America Merrill Lynch Edward George Westlake - Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC (Broker) Brian A. Singer - Goldman Sachs & Co. David Martin Heikkinen - Heikkinen Energy Advisors LLC John P. Herrlin - SG Americas Securities LLC Roger D. Read - Wells Fargo Securities LLC Pavel S. Molchanov - Raymond James & Associates, Inc.
Operator:
welcome to the Marathon Oil Corporation 2015 Third Quarter Earnings Conference Call. My name is Sylvia and I will be your operator for today's call. At this time, all participants are in a listen-only mode. Later, we will conduct a question-and-answer session. Please note that this conference is being recorded. I will now turn the call over to Chris Philips. Mr. Philips, you may begin.
Christopher C. Phillips - Director-Investor Relations:
Thank you, Sylvia. Good morning and welcome to Marathon Oil Corporation's third quarter 2015 earnings call. I'm Chris Philips, Director of Investor Relations. Also on the call this morning are Lee Tillman, CEO and President; J.R. Sult, Executive Vice President and CFO; Mitch Little, Vice President International and Offshore Exploration and Production Operations; Lance Robertson, Vice President North America Production Operations; and Zach Dailey, Director of Investor Relations. As has become our custom, we released prepared remarks last night in conjunction with the earnings release. You can find those remarks and the associated slides at marathonoil.com. As a reminder, today's call is being recorded, and our comments and answers to questions will contain forward-looking information subject to risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed or implied by such statements. Please refer to the aforementioned slides for additional information on forward-looking statements. Reconciliations of any non-GAAP financial measures we discuss can be found in the quarterly information package on our website. With that, I will turn the call over to Lee.
Lee M. Tillman - President, Chief Executive Officer & Director:
All right. Well, good morning. Thank you, Chris. Our priorities this year has been exercising capital discipline, reducing cost, capturing efficiencies, progressing our non-core asset sales and protecting the balance sheet, and our most recent actions have been fully consistent with those objections. Last Thursday, we announced the decision by the board of the directors to adjust our quarterly dividend from $0.21 per share to $0.05 per share. We felt that this action was prudent, in the best interest of all shareholders and appropriately addresses the uncertainty of a lower for longer commodity price environment. It will increase annual free cash flow by more than $425 million and aligns with our priority of maintaining a strong balance sheet through the cycle. The additional capital flexibility is essential to support growth from our deep inventory of investment opportunities in the U.S. resource plays, when commodity prices improved. Further, it is another step in the transformation of Marathon Oil from an integrated legacy to becoming a leading independent E&P company focused on capturing value in the U.S. unconventional resource plays. Turning to the third quarter, we delivered operational results that reflected consistent execution, efficiency gains and lower cost. The third quarter capital investment and exploration program came in below expectations, down 7% sequentially to $623 million. We've been able to reduce our 2015 program by $200 million to $3.1 billion, primarily through a combination of U.S. resource play efficiency gains, and phasing of international projects. Total company net production from continuing operations excluding Libya, averaged 434,000 oil equivalent barrels per day, a 6% increase over the year ago quarter and a 7% increase over the prior quarter. Record production from oil sands mining and higher production from Equatorial Guinea contributed to the increase from the prior quarter. We're on pace to achieve the high end of our total company 2015 production growth guidance at 7% year-over-year and U.S. resource play growth at 20%, even with the $200 million reduction to our 2015 program. In the U.S. resource play net production average 212,000 oil equivalent barrels per day, up 10% over the year-ago quarter and down 4% over the prior quarter. Our quarterly variance was driven primarily by lower sequential production from the Eagle Ford due to timing of wells to sales late in the third quarter and step out in delineation drilling tests. Our asset teams target the right balance of high confidence development activity and continued resource delineation that positions us for growth as we look through the current cycle. In the case of Eagle Ford for this quarter the team was focused on development drilling in core Karnes County, while also testing the limits of delineated acreage. We had another quarter of solid reductions and completed well costs, faster feet per day drilled and more frac stages completed per month. We also previously announced additions to Eagle Ford 2P resource of 165 million oil equivalent barrels driven by the upper Eagle Ford and Austin Chalk. Though our operated Oklahoma resource basins program is still dominated by leasehold activity, we brought our first SCOOP Woodford down spacing pilot on line late in the third quarter. Early results are in line with our type curve and supported of 107 acre spacing. Importantly, the learning curve improvement as we drilled and completed the well illustrate the potential for the Oklahoma to become significantly more efficient when we move to development mode. During the quarter we announced a 35% increase in SCOOP & STACK 2P resource adding 400 million oil equivalent barrels. The Bakken team had an outstanding quarter despite reduced completion activity, delivering 61,000 net oil equivalent barrels per day, in line with second quarter volumes. Results were driven by continued outperformance from the Doll pad wells in West Myrmidon, enhanced uptime as well as consistent performance from our three down-spacing pilots. The team continued to aggressively attack cost, lowering direct expense in the quarter from a variety of factors, reduce water handling cost and contract services, getting more of our product on pipelines and greater efficiency gains from workover rigs. International productions and sales volumes were higher in the quarter, primarily as a result of the performance of the new Alba C-21 well, the EG wireline intervention program and high operational availability. The EG compression project achieved mechanical completion during the third quarter and is preparing for transportation from the Netherlands to site. Installation and startup is set for mid-2016. Oil sands mining reported outstanding operational results in the third quarter, recording the highest level of production in the history of the asset as well as the lowest operating cost ever per synthetic barrel. These results were driven by increased reliability and uptime as well as an intense focus on reducing cost. We've made great strides so far this year focusing on those elements of the business that we control by reducing activity levels and capturing capital efficiencies. We've also reduced total company E&P production expenses and G&A cost, excluding special items, by about $136 million or 28% for third quarter 2015 compared to the same quarter in 2014. Similarly, on a year-to-date basis, the savings amount to over $290 million, over 20%. Drilling efficiency remained a focus across our U.S. unconventional plays, with our best Eagle Ford rig drilling a well that averaged 3,000 feet per day in the third quarter, similar to the exceptional pacesetter performance in the previous quarter. This performance was achieved while maintaining our geo-steering accuracy to land in the target window 98% of the time. Our other two areas, the Bakken and Oklahoma Resource Basins, also continue to show sustained improvement in their drilling efficiency. Portfolio management remains front and center, and we continue to make progress advancing our plan of divesting at least $500 million of non-core assets. What we've identified for sale are non-core E&P and midstream assets, operated and non-operated, that simply do not compete for capital today given the depth and breadth of our inventory in the U.S. resource plays and will likely have higher value in someone else's portfolio. During the quarter, we announced our strategic intent to scale back our conventional exploration business as the success of our U.S. resource play has continued to raise the bar for capital allocation. Commensurate with this decision, we signed an agreement to divest our exploration acreage in East Africa. Last week, we provided initial guidance on our 2016 capital investment and exploration program, as we continue to progress through the planning process with the overarching goal of living within our means next year, inclusive of dividend and non-core asset sales. Based on our current outlook and preliminary plan discussions, we would anticipate a total company 2016 program of up to $2.2 billion, which would give us the flexibility to deliver 2016 annual average production in the U.S. resource plays flat to 2015 exit rate. This represents a significant reduction from our $3.1 billion program in 2015. But at least three quarters of our 2016 program is expected to be directed toward the U.S. resource play which offer our highest risk-adjusted returns. We expect our 2016 budget to be approved by the board of directors later this year. There's no doubt that the macro environment continues to challenge the industry, but one thing remains clear, Marathon Oil is not opportunity limited. We have profitable inventory even in a lower-for-longer commodity price scenario as lower cost, capital efficiency and enhanced productivity continue to reduce breakeven prices and improve our economics. Our priority remains balance sheet strength and capital flexibility in 2016. And we have a workforce that is responding to the challenge and positioning our company for success today and through the cycle. I want to pause and personally thank and recognize our dedicated employees and contractors who continue to execute and deliver results while protecting our license to operate each and every day, despite the distractions and uncertainties of the current environment. With that, I'll hand it back to Chris to begin the Q&A.
Christopher C. Phillips - Director-Investor Relations:
Thanks, Lee. Before we open the call to questions, we'd like to request that you ask no more than two questions with associated clarifications, and you can re-prompt as time permits. With that, Sylvia, we'll open the lines for questions.
Operator:
Thank you. We will now begin the question-and-answer session. And our first question comes from Evan Calio from Morgan Stanley.
Ilya Balabanovsky - Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC:
Good morning, gentlemen. This is actually Ilya. Evan got stuck on the refining call, so I'm going to fill in for him. Thanks for taking the questions. You put out up to $2.2 billion CapEx guidance for 2016 out there last week. What is the primary governor on your activity next year? Are you trying to keep resource play production flat, are you trying to limit spending to a certain level or, I mean, is the primary goal to reach certain specific – target-specific goals in individual basins?
Lee M. Tillman - President, Chief Executive Officer & Director:
Yeah. Thanks for the question. Well, of course, for us, as we've stated, the objective for us in 2016, particularly in the current pricing environment, will be balance sheet protection. And, of course, balancing our cash flows and living within our means. That is our primary objective. We're still very much in the planning cycle. The numbers we presented are preliminary. The work is ongoing. But we felt it important, as we communicated the change or the adjustment in the dividend, to also pair that up with at least an early view of 2016 outlook.
Ilya Balabanovsky - Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC:
And kind of a follow-up, I mean, what does your Oklahoma program look like in 2016? Maybe – I mean, both in terms of rig count and in more qualitative terms? I mean, how you are thinking – how you're thinking about operated activity versus non-operated activity, to what extent is it going to be driven by HBP? I mean, will we expect to see more Woodford wells because you're trying to hold the entire depth? So can you kind of give some color on that? Thank you.
Lee M. Tillman - President, Chief Executive Officer & Director:
Yes. Thus far, of course because we're still very early in the planning process, we haven't provided quite that level of granularity down to the basin level, but that will be coming as we finalize the plan. However, what I will share that is as incremental cash flow comes available, and we think about our program in 2016, due to the returns and the growth potential in Oklahoma, we expect it to compete very favorably in the capital allocation process. So I would just say more to come on that point as we finalize our plan.
Operator:
And our next question comes from Doug Leggate from Bank of America Merrill Lynch.
Doug Leggate - Bank of America Merrill Lynch:
Thank you. Good morning, everybody. Lee, I wonder if I could ask a little bit about how you're preparing the portfolio for – let's be optimistic for a second – some kind of rebound in the commodity over time. You've obviously right-sized the dividend and you've got clearly significant depth in the Oklahoma Basin in particular. So, I'm just kind of thinking, as you look at incremental capital allocation going forward, where would you see the priorities? And if I may tack on an add-on there, how do you see reallocating capital from your non-core assets? Can you maybe quantify how much capital might be associated with the non-core stuff as well? I've got a follow-up please.
Lee M. Tillman - President, Chief Executive Officer & Director:
Okay Very good. Well, thanks and good morning, Doug. Of course, our decision around the adjustment and the dividend, one of the aspects of that was in fact the capital flexibility that it provides as we think about driving more allocation into the resource plays as we see more constructive pricings. But as we think about where that first incremental capital may be directed, Doug, the way I think about it is it's going to be driven by economics, which today says that that capital would be targeted toward incremental activity in both the Eagle Ford as well as ultimately Oklahoma, expanding our operated program in Oklahoma. In terms of the non-core asset question, maybe let me step back and just address that in general first and foremost. We have high confidence in our $500 million target that we have put out on the non-core assets. We have, of course, shared that we had, in fact, closed the earlier announced deal in East Texas, North Louisiana. We have many of those opportunities in process today and continue to feel that there is a market out there for the right type of assets. So our confidence in that remains very high. There will, no doubt, be implications as we are successful in those transactions from a capital avoidance standpoint, but it's probably a bit premature to get into those numbers until we actually are able to execute deals.
Doug Leggate - Bank of America Merrill Lynch:
I appreciate that Lee. My follow-up is really in your – I guess your earlier press release you talked about, the $2.2 billion holding the exit rate in the unconventional flat. I guess, I know it's a little early for 2016 yet, but one of your peers – one of your partners rather has talked about the fairly hefty maintenance you're going to have at Equatorial Guinea. So, I wonder if you could give us some – just order of magnitude as to how you see the portfolio production outlook with that level of spending going into next year, and I'll leave it there. Thanks.
Lee M. Tillman - President, Chief Executive Officer & Director:
Yeah. I think – let me – I believe what you're referring to, Doug, as we look out into 2016, there will naturally be associated scheduled and planned downtime as we do the installation of the compression project. That, of course, is fully accounted for in the preliminary numbers that we have shared thus far. So that work is integrated into that. So as we think about that 4Q exit that we talked about, which was really talking about the resource plays, 4Q exit to full-year 2016 average, that's really outside of the total company. But when you think about it from a total company perspective, given that we have provided direct guidance on the resource plays, I like to think about it in really a few kind of large buckets. One is, of course, Equatorial Guinea, which will largely be flat ex the downtime that I just addressed. Two, oil sands mining, which will have largely, again, a flat profile ex planned maintenance and turnaround, we do have some other North America onshore assets that will have relatively shallow declines. And then, of course, in our conventional GOM and mature UK businesses, which albeit relatively small volumes, we'd expect those to have typical mature declines. So as you put that overlay on it, I just wanted to try to give a feel for what volumes might feel like in their totality in 2016.
Operator:
Our next question comes from the Ed Westlake from Credit Suisse.
Edward George Westlake - Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC (Broker):
Hey. Congrats on a lot of tough decisions so far this year for the downturn. I've got, I guess, two questions looking at perhaps further out. The first one is on the Eagle Ford. Folks are worried that – about your Tier 1 Eagle Ford inventory relative to Tier 2. So, maybe just a reminder of how much Tier 1 years of drilling you think you have, and then what sort of degradation you think there is in the portfolio as you get out towards the fringe.
Lance W. Robertson - Vice President-North America Production Operations:
Yeah. Ed, good morning. This is Lance. I think as we look at it, perhaps where I'd start with is, earlier in this quarter, we actually disclosed an unconventional resource portfolio in North America of 5,500 wells. And of that portfolio, I think we described the first five years of it, 77% of that returns better than breakeven at $50 flat oil. And of that inventory, Eagle Ford is by far the largest component. And I think we have confidence we have many years of what you describe as Tier 1, or high-quality development, left in that asset, Ed.
Edward George Westlake - Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC (Broker):
And then, switching to the SCOOP and probably on the same kind of topic. Really, it's only the XLs on the current economics that really look like they can compete with some of the best shale that's in other basins. So, where do you think you can get the D&C cost down to perhaps for the shorter laterals? I mean, how many XLs do you think you can drill as a percent of the total? And then, where do we think we are in the completion cycle in terms of optimization to boost the EURs? I'm just trying to get sense of how much momentum there can be in that play in terms of recycle ratios and returns.
Lance W. Robertson - Vice President-North America Production Operations:
Ed, I think I'd start maybe at the last end of that question first. I think we have a lot of confidence that we're so early in the development cycle in both of the Oklahoma resource basins, both SCOOP and STACK, that we're nowhere near the highest efficiency, best completions yet. So, we expect well productivity to continue to increase over time, particularly as we get to scale and we have more opportunity to experiment in a structured way. Similarly, maybe perhaps best illustrated by the Smith pilot that was in our earnings deck, we also expect that more mature development cycle as it unfolds for us to really be able to materially impact the capital costs. I think that example where we're down 33% from the front-end to the back-end of that pad is emblematic of what we expect on a full-cycle basis. So I have complete confidence that we're going to continue to deliver both better costs and better productivity in Oklahoma, and that's going to help both the XL wells and the SL wells compete favorably for capital across the cycle.
Operator:
And the next question comes from Brian Singer from Goldman Sachs.
Brian A. Singer - Goldman Sachs & Co.:
Thank you. Good morning.
Lee M. Tillman - President, Chief Executive Officer & Director:
Good morning, Brian.
Brian A. Singer - Goldman Sachs & Co.:
For investors who have looked to Marathon historically in part for that dividend, now, as you've made the tough decision to cut that dividend, is there an offsetting metric that you and the board are looking to improve or bolster as a result of that cut? Could be production growth, maybe corporate returns, or does the dividend cut just help you to maintain your balance sheet objectives which would potentially argue for a dividend increase if oil prices were to rise?
Lee M. Tillman - President, Chief Executive Officer & Director:
Yeah. I think, Brian, I believe our board is looking at it quite holistically. They're looking at it in an aggregate for all shareholders, what is the model based on our portfolio that will deliver the best total shareholder return. When you think about the logic, I believe, that the board went through with the leadership team, it was really looking at the dividend in the context of appropriately addressing this lower for longer environment and the uncertainty that's associated with it. It was really making certain that we could protect our balance sheet through the cycle. And then finally, and I think most importantly, it provides us that capital flexibility going forward as we see more constructive pricings to drive more investment at a higher return into the U.S. resource plays. And of course, it gave us an increase in our free cash flows by greater than $425 million. So, I believe the board looked at it holistically, it looked at it in the context of the preliminary plan data that we had to share with them at the time, and it was really that collective logic that went into it.
Brian A. Singer - Goldman Sachs & Co.:
Great. Thanks. And then, follow up is with regards to one of the earlier questions on Eagle Ford and on the tiering; that would be (24:24) oil as a percent of the total in the mix has come down a bit here. Can you talk to whether that is timing, based on the timing of completions, and how the oiliness looks of the remaining inventory and the remaining locations there, and how that translates to the 2016 program?
Lance W. Robertson - Vice President-North America Production Operations:
Hey, Brian. I mean, our Eagle Ford asset has a substantial oil component, a substantial condensate component, and some wet condensate, a little bit of that as well. And so in this environment, the lower for longer, we're – in a disciplined way, we're choosing the highest return opportunities at current pricing. The condensate's generally been providing those returns, and so we're seeing a small change in mix to a little bit less oil overall. We still have large inventory in the oil and in the condensate left to develop in the future. And depending on commodity prices, we're going to consistently choose those highest return opportunities. As large as the base is, overall, we don't expect the mix to change very much over the – on the long-haul basis.
Brian A. Singer - Goldman Sachs & Co.:
Great. Thank you.
Operator:
Our next question comes from David Heikkinen, Heikkinen Energy Advisors.
David Martin Heikkinen - Heikkinen Energy Advisors LLC:
Good morning, guys, and thanks for taking my question.
Lee M. Tillman - President, Chief Executive Officer & Director:
Good morning, David.
David Martin Heikkinen - Heikkinen Energy Advisors LLC:
From your second quarter update to your third quarter update in the Eagle Ford, your net wells to sales increased. Can you talk about how that, the increase for this year and kind of what the expectation is now for fourth quarter versus net wells drilled didn't change?
Lance W. Robertson - Vice President-North America Production Operations:
Sure. I think one of the things we've seen, David, over the balance of this year is we just continue to get more and more efficient overall, both in the completion cycle and in the drilling cycle. I think we've illustrated that in the deck. And we continue to avoid building an inventory of drilled but uncompleted wells. So what you're seeing is us manage as we get more efficient with those rigs and we do it at lower cost, we have more opportunity to invest. We're just managing that inventory in an efficient operational basis overall. No intent to build inventory or to deplete it. We want to keep it relatively constant. And so we're managing that actively, David.
David Martin Heikkinen - Heikkinen Energy Advisors LLC:
Okay. And then in your – just one quick question on EG. How much downtime will you have for the compression project? How long will that take?
Thomas Mitchell Little - Vice President—International and Offshore Exploration and Production Operations:
Yeah. Hey, David. This is Mitch Little. We have the installation campaign for the new compression platform that Lee spoke to earlier, and we would look at on the order of a couple of weeks to facilitate the initial installation of the jacket and topsides. We also have scheduled planned maintenance that is part of delivering our high reliability in those assets. And so there will some partial downtime associated with that that will also occur in the first quarter. But going into the second half of the year, of course, we'll have the benefits from that compression project that will bring rates back up to above even current rates.
David Martin Heikkinen - Heikkinen Energy Advisors LLC:
And just one quick one on the Meramec wells, the EG one was just a fit in. The well results, kind of thinking about rates and well design. Can you talk about – I would have thought that area would have been a little gassier. It looks a little oilier. Just, Lance, can you kind of go through thoughts on what happened in that part of Kingfisher?
Lance W. Robertson - Vice President-North America Production Operations:
Sure, David. I think as we're working through this early part of the Meramec, it's important to realize that we're focusing primarily on leasehold drilling. So we're covering a diverse area of several counties to convert these term leases to held-by-production. We expect to see some diversity in those early well results. We're still working on the best designs in the completion and how we manage those wells in the early days. So, I think while our results aren't perhaps as much as we desire, we expected this diversity, it's early days. We're excited about seeing the continued momentum in the basin. The IPs continue to get better. The productivity is improving overall. And importantly, the cost improvements over the last year have been very material. And on top of that, you're seeing us continue to be opportunistic in adding acres in this area at attractive pricing as we continue to see this as a great place to invest in the future.
David Martin Heikkinen - Heikkinen Energy Advisors LLC:
Thanks, guys.
Operator:
Our next question comes from John Herrlin from Société Générale.
John P. Herrlin - SG Americas Securities LLC:
Yeah. Hi. Thanks. Most things have been asked, but I was just curious with Shenandoah. Is that an asset strategically that would be better off with one of your partners in terms of taking that cash flow or future CapEx and then dedicating it more towards the resource plays?
Lee M. Tillman - President, Chief Executive Officer & Director:
Yeah. No, great question. On Shenandoah, of course, we're still very much early in the appraisal phase. We've seen some excellent results from the last appraisal well, and I think we shared those as well as the operator has shared those. We haven't reached an investment decision, of course, around Shenandoah in the base case. Ultimately, it will need to compete for capital allocation head to head with the rest of our opportunities. But until we see the final development plan and can make, I would say, a thoughtful decision around that, I think that's an open question.
John P. Herrlin - SG Americas Securities LLC:
Okay. Thanks, Lee.
Operator:
Our next question comes from Roger Read from Wells Fargo Securities.
Roger D. Read - Wells Fargo Securities LLC:
Good morning.
Lee M. Tillman - President, Chief Executive Officer & Director:
Good morning, Roger.
Roger D. Read - Wells Fargo Securities LLC:
I apologize if some of this has been asked. I did get on the call a little bit late. In the unconventionals, when you announced the dividend reduction, the initial CapEx for 2016, the expectation the U.S. unconventionals could be flattish, I think, is the right way to think about it in 2016 with the 2015 exit rate. Is there a – and we've heard these questions asked other places. Is there a rationale to keep that flat because of the challenges of recovering once oil prices come up and you start drilling more in terms of fighting decline curves? Or should we think of it as, no, in a $45 to $50 oil environment, that really is a reasonable way to invest in terms of just the returns of those wells today?
Lee M. Tillman - President, Chief Executive Officer & Director:
Yeah. I think the way we have thought about that very preliminary guidance that we provided, Roger, is really rooted in our overarching objective of balance sheet protection. And in the current environment, a sub $50 environment we are not solving for growth at that point. We are really looking at living within our means inclusive of both the dividend as well as our non-core asset program. The preliminary guidance we provided we believe provides us a pathway to that cash flow neutrality. But as we see more constructive pricing or a more constructive outlook, certainly we'll take a thoughtful approach to how we allocate that and the number one column (32:08) in that allocation will be our U.S. resource plays. But I'd just emphasize that we're still very early still in the planning cycle.
Roger D. Read - Wells Fargo Securities LLC:
Okay. And kind of as a follow-up to that, is there anything that you've changed. You mentioned earlier the shift towards maybe a little more of the NGL condensate side because that's where the economics are. Is there anything you've changed in the sort of initial production of your wells, the first 30 days, 90 days, something like that, in terms of choking them back to – why, in other words, sell all your production up front when the prices aren't particularly impressive? And whether or not you've considered anything on the hedging side?
Lance W. Robertson - Vice President-North America Production Operations:
Roger, I'd say operationally, we continue to bring the wells back in each basin based on the flow back parameters that drive the best well productivity. We're not managing those lower, I think in the way you're describing just to manage the production profile. We're doing it to drive best well productivity In some small cases basin-to-basin where there – you may have a once in a while a limitation on gas capture, for example, in North Dakota, or we may build a facility that slightly undersized to minimize our spend, and we'll peak shave. But those tend to be short term and those are the exception not the rule. So overall we're continuing to manage the chokes and the flowback to drive best well productivity.
Roger D. Read - Wells Fargo Securities LLC:
Thanks. And hedging, any thoughts on that?
John R. Sult - Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer:
Yeah. Roger, this is J.R. I mean I think you should consider the fact that hedging will be an element of a broader commodity risk management strategy going forward. And as opportunities present themselves in the market we'll continue to look at ways to protect more of the downside commodity price risk in the portfolio.
Operator:
And the next question comes from the Pavel Molchanov from Raymond James.
Pavel S. Molchanov - Raymond James & Associates, Inc.:
Hey, guys. Well, at the risk of sounding like a CNBC debate moderator, I got to push you a little bit on the dividend. Three months ago you used very, very strong language in explaining why the dividend is the first call on cash flow. And I guess I'm just curious, what in the last 90 days – what was the specific trigger for shifting from it is the first call on cash flow to cutting it 76%?
Lee M. Tillman - President, Chief Executive Officer & Director:
Yeah. Pavel, I mean first of all I would still say even with our current dividend level, that is – remains our first call on cash flow. But in terms of the why now question, which I believe is what you're asking around the adjustment to the dividend. The way I would describe that is, first of all, it's really been a further and continued volatility and weakness in the commodity pricing environment. I would say, secondly, it's been a growing confidence in the quality, but most importantly the depth of our U.S. resource play base, which we just added in the past quarter 600 million oil equivalent barrels of 2P resource there. And then, I would say the third factor that really was the trigger point is that we were able to share a preliminary view of our plan at the board level. So, there was – we had the ability to put that dividend adjustment in the context of our forward outlook and plan. So, those were really the three, I would say, triggers, Pavel, in terms of the why now question.
Pavel S. Molchanov - Raymond James & Associates, Inc.:
Okay. Okay. Fair enough. And then, kind of shifting to 2016, I know you said you haven't finalized the specific geographic components of the CapEx. But do you envision there being any kind of carve-outs from the CapEx curtailments? And I'm thinking Oklahoma perhaps, any areas that will get special treatment or protection from the overall 30% cut?
Lee M. Tillman - President, Chief Executive Officer & Director:
Well, again, we're going to follow our rigorous capital allocation process, Pavel. So that it's going to be driven by economics. But there are cases, and Lance alluded to one earlier, where there are lost opportunity aspects to some of the plays, specifically in Oklahoma, where we still have significant term lease that we need to hold. We are going to be looking to protect that as a top priority. So, I wouldn't necessarily call that special treatment. I would just call that being smart about our business.
Pavel S. Molchanov - Raymond James & Associates, Inc.:
Okay. I appreciate that. Thanks, guys.
Operator:
We have no further questions at this time.
Christopher C. Phillips - Director-Investor Relations:
Thank you for your questions and interest in Marathon Oil. I'd like to thank everyone again for their participation this morning. Please contact Zach Dailey or myself if you have any follow-up questions. Operator, thank you. This concludes today's conference call. And you may now disconnect.
Operator:
Thank you, ladies and gentlemen. This concludes today's conference. Thank you for participating. You may now disconnect.
Executives:
Christopher C. Phillips - Director-Investor Relations Lee M. Tillman - President, Chief Executive Officer & Director John R. Sult - Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer Lance W. Robertson - Vice President-North America Production Operations Thomas Mitchell Little - Vice President—International and Offshore Exploration and Production Operations
Analysts:
Edward George Westlake - Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC (Broker) Evan Calio - Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC Doug Leggate - Bank of America Merrill Lynch Ryan Todd - Deutsche Bank Securities, Inc. Brian A. Singer - Goldman Sachs & Co. David Martin Heikkinen - Heikkinen Energy Advisors John P. Herrlin - SG Americas Securities LLC Scott Hanold - RBC Capital Markets LLC Guy Allen Baber - Simmons & Company International Phil J. Jungwirth - BMO Capital Markets (United States) Pavel S. Molchanov - Raymond James & Associates, Inc. Jeffrey L. Campbell - Tuohy Brothers Investment Research, Inc.
Christopher C. Phillips - Director-Investor Relations:
Good morning. And welcome to the Marathon Oil Corporation's Second Quarter 2015 Earnings Call. I'm Chris Phillips, Director of Investor Relations. Also on the call this morning are Lee Tillman, CEO and President; J.R. Sult, Executive Vice President and CFO; Mitch Little, Vice President International and Offshore Exploration and Production Operations; Lance Robertson, Vice President North America Production Operations; and Zach Dailey, Director of Investor Relations. As has become our custom, we released prepared remarks last night in conjunction with the earnings release. You can find those remarks and the associated slides at marathonoil.com. As a reminder, today's call is being recorded, and our comments and answers to questions will contain forward-looking information subject to risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed or implied by such statements. I refer you back to the aforementioned slides where you can find our full Safe Harbor statement. With that, I will turn the call over to Lee.
Lee M. Tillman - President, Chief Executive Officer & Director:
All right. Well, thanks, Chris. Let me add my good morning. I'd like to open with just a few comments regarding the elements of our business that we control – cost, efficiencies, and execution – and discuss how our actions will enhance returns and have us positioned for the current environment, as well as when commodity prices show a sustained improvement. We find ourselves in a continued low and volatile pricing environment. We've taken decisive action consistent with our business plan released in first quarter
Christopher C. Phillips - Director-Investor Relations:
Thanks, Lee. Before we open the call to questions, we'd like to request that you ask no more than two questions with associated clarifications, and you can re-prompt as time permits. With that, Cynthia, we'll open the lines for questions.
Operator:
Our first question comes from Ed Westlake. You may begin.
Edward George Westlake - Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC (Broker):
Yes. Good morning. And just wanted to touch base on completions in the Eagle Ford, obviously, the whole industry has been experimenting further with completion technology and seeing some incremental results. Just wanted to get a sense of how you see completions, where you are in terms of testing, and what improvements that you've seen, particularly in the Eagle Ford?
Lee M. Tillman - President, Chief Executive Officer & Director:
Ed, I would say, for the second quarter and actually the previous couple of quarters, the focus in the Eagle Ford has been to maintain the very high initial production and the high EURs we have. We have some of the highest of each of those in South Texas. Even as we have taken, for example in the second quarter, and taken more than a third of the total wells are outside of the lower Eagle Ford, in either of the Austin Chalk or the Upper Eagle Ford. We've really accelerated that co-development in multiple horizons – three, and in some cases, four horizons developed across our acreage position, particularly in Karnes County, to see how much vertical density in that total package we could create, as well as the 40-acre and in some cases, 30-acre spacing we have horizontally in that. So, what we're really most excited about is that, even as we've materially increased the complexity of the co-development through the stack-and-frac pilots, what we've seen is that the production per well in the other horizons, specifically the Upper Eagle Ford and the Austin Chalk, have competed very favorably with the traditional Lower Eagle Ford. So, we're still getting great results that are competitive, in returns among the best in our portfolio from all three of those horizons, which helps our long-term inventory and really helps our capital efficiency, as we can move to develop more wells per pad across the Eagle Ford.
Edward George Westlake - Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC (Broker):
So, yeah, that's clear and very helpful. So, there's an optimization and a science phase and then perhaps, as you go forward and you settle down, you go for more – once you've proved it, you go for more completion efficiency improvement. Is that a logical thought process?
Lee M. Tillman - President, Chief Executive Officer & Director:
We're always looking for more efficiency, Ed, into that, and we continue to get among the most stages per frac fleet in South Texas out of each of these fleets by very carefully planning our logistics, both on the water and the proppant side, and managing those. I think in the release you saw, we indicated we're going to drill about 20 more wells this year within the same capital in Eagle Ford. We're really just going to use the balance of those wells to manage full frac fleets of activity to drive highest efficiency on the completion side, which is where we have the most cost exposure. So we want to make sure that side is very well supplied with inventory, just so they stay at maximum efficiency.
Edward George Westlake - Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC (Broker):
Okay. Very clear. Thanks very much.
Operator:
And our next question comes from Evan Calio. You may begin.
Evan Calio - Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC:
Hey, good morning, guys.
Unknown Speaker:
Good morning.
Lee M. Tillman - President, Chief Executive Officer & Director:
Good morning, Evan.
Evan Calio - Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC:
In your prepared comments, you talked about $2.8 billion to $3 billion annual CapEx run rate, 2015 exit. I know you mentioned that it's early, but clearly the market is focused on 2016. Philosophically, how do you think about relative outspend into 2016 and kind of balancing the attractive returning assets in the current environment, your financial flexibility and the dividend? Any comments there on an outspend range, or how you're thinking about it approaching 2016?
Lee M. Tillman - President, Chief Executive Officer & Director:
Yeah, maybe Evan, let me maybe talk a little bit about our CapEx views as we exit 2015 and look ahead to 2016, and then perhaps I'll let J.R. maybe talk a little bit on the cash flow outspend question. But you know, as we kind of think about the current prices and look ahead to 2016, we would envision certainly a material lower budget than where we are, below that $3.3 billion and certainly, as you mention, our run rates coming out of this year are certainly south of $3 billion. We're honestly, though, Evan, right at the beginning of our budget process for 2016, and clearly any actions that we take, our capital allocation is going to be governed in large part by what we see in the commodity price environment. But in general, our strategic approach is going to be to prioritize our available capital to those highest return investments that we have in the North America resource plays. And the balance will go to any previously committed kind of non-discretionary longer cycle requirements. I would also expect, in 2016, that our exploration CapEx is further reduced. It was cut in half this year. And as you think about, even for a flat to reduced budget into 2016, the North America component of that will still grow in that context, because we have some long cycle investments running their course in 2015. We have further reductions, as I mentioned, in exploration spend, and we also have some non-recurring U.S. infrastructure investments this year in 2015 that are going to provide some accommodation space, if you will, for additional North America investments. Again, our goal is going to be to target as much investment as we can to the U.S. resource plays, based on the prevailing commodity environment and available cash flows. We still have the inventory to deliver strong and long-term growth, and we're going to protect that optionality as we move into 2016. With that, maybe I'll just offer it over to J.R., just to talk a little bit about cash flows.
John R. Sult - Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer:
Yeah, Evan, this is J.R., and I think Lee really kind of, I think, summarized it really well. I mean, it is early in the process but philosophically, from my standpoint, he referred to, the balance sheet strength's going to remain a priority. Again, philosophically, I want to see 2016 be as close to free cash flow neutral, including asset sales, as we possibly can. Many variables to that equation; capital, clearly, capital activity, capital efficiency, capital spend, operating cost efficiency, and of course our success on the ongoing asset sales programs, are all variables in dialing up and down that respective capital profile. But I think your takeaway should be that we continue to have a great deal of flexibility to manage that and to really achieve all of what we want to achieve, in terms of protecting that balance sheet, in terms of – if the commodity price environment is supportive of it, to continue to put those North American unconventionals back on a growth track going forward. The one point you did bring up that I'll go ahead and answer, you brought up the question with regard to the dividend. And as you might imagine, in this environment, it's a question we frequently get. Evan, it's still a very important element to when you think about the total shareholder return for our shareholders, even more so in this environment. And it does, it continues to be that first call on capital in our capital allocation process. The board is very thoughtful and very considered when they address this issue each and every quarter. They are making sure that it's still meeting our long-term capital allocation objectives and they'll continue to fulfil that roll each and every quarter. But honestly, sitting here today, I feel very good. Good solid balance sheet, $5.5 billion of liquidity, $2.5 billion of that in cash and cash equivalents and I think we've got a tremendous amount of flexibility to still continue to deliver that important element to our shareholders.
Evan Calio - Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC:
Great. That's it. That's helpful. Let me ask a second question or a segue in kind of an area which I presume would continue to get an increased allocation of capital in Oklahoma. You've added small working interest across a larger number of wells into the second half of the year versus prior spending plans in what appears to be very attractive neighborhood. Could you discuss how far away you think you are from putting Oklahoma, particularly STACK, into full development mode? And could you talk about, I guess, that shift in going to non-op and whether that's planning to leverage a fuller dataset in helping you to and/or lease or subsequently develop that resource?
Lee M. Tillman - President, Chief Executive Officer & Director:
Yeah. Evan, let me maybe start on that one as well. I think we – we're still in the very early days in the development in Oklahoma in both the STACK and the SCOOP but, as we've said in the past, we certainly believe with well over 1 billion barrels of 2P resource that this is a tremendously important growth engine for the company going forward. Because, again, of capital constraints in the current environment, we're running a two rig operated program there. That's designed to ensure that we protect our very valuable leasehold in both the SCOOP and the STACK. And as you mentioned, what we're doing is we're participating at a lower interest in the non-operated part of our portfolio to really leverage our funds to continue to grow our data set in Oklahoma in a very cost effective manner. In fact, in total, we've redeployed about $60 million into the Oklahoma non-operated business. And of course, we gain the information and the data from that investment in addition to the barrels, which allows us to continue to move toward that vision of what a full field development will look like ultimately in the SCOOP and the STACK. But I'd just emphasize that we are early days, but we're making good progress. Already you've seen some movement in our completed well cost downward in Oklahoma, reflecting some good efficiency as well as commercial work by the teams. And I think as we move to scale, we move out of leasehold mode, we get into pad drilling, those efficiencies are simply going to increase over time and we could see even more reduction in the those costs.
Evan Calio - Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC:
Any update on what you added in the quarter lease-wise?
Christopher C. Phillips - Director-Investor Relations:
This will be the last question, Evan.
Evan Calio - Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC:
Yeah, sorry. Any update on leasing activity in the quarter in Oklahoma in particular? I'll leave it at that.
Lee M. Tillman - President, Chief Executive Officer & Director:
No real update there that's material.
Evan Calio - Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC:
Great. Thank you.
Lee M. Tillman - President, Chief Executive Officer & Director:
Thank you.
Operator:
And our next question comes from Doug Leggate. You may begin.
Doug Leggate - Bank of America Merrill Lynch:
Thanks. Good morning, Lee. Good morning, J.R., and good morning, Chris.
Lee M. Tillman - President, Chief Executive Officer & Director:
Morning.
Doug Leggate - Bank of America Merrill Lynch:
I guess I'm trying to think of how to word this question so it doesn't count as two. On the dividend, Lee, I understand you've been very clear in the past about your commitment to why you think the dividend is important, but when you talk about cash breakeven, does that include covering the dividend? And I guess what I'm really kind of trying to get at is when you look at who your peer group is nowadays, folks who generally don't have that dividend commitment or obligation, they are able to redeploy – let's assume now it's $600 million or $570 million in your case towards accelerating something like the STACK or the SCOOP. Why is it better value for shareholders to see that dividend payout in this environment as opposed to moving it towards those high-graded assets? And if you could clarify the breakeven comment, please? And I do have a follow-up. Thank you.
Lee M. Tillman - President, Chief Executive Officer & Director:
Yeah. Absolutely, Doug. No worries. Just on the cash breakeven that J.R. was addressing in his earlier comments, we view that as inclusive of the dividend. When we think about cash flow neutrality, we're certainly wanting to cover all of our obligations from a capital allocation standpoint and the dividend is an important one of those. Obviously, with our dividend yield where it sits today, that's a bit different looking than it was in a different commodity price environment, but we still feel that this is an important way to deliver value to our shareholder. And we tend to look at the dividend in the context of our overall capital allocation and in conjunction with the growth that we can generate organically within our very strong North America resource play. So we view those two things as needing to be viewed collectively. From an investment standpoint, I think in this lower price environment, although you're correct in that it perhaps puts a bit more pressure than some of our peers, I do believe that is a key element of the return that we offer in this type of environment. And as J.R. very well put it, we're sitting with $5.5 billion in liquidity. We do not feel that we need to make any alteration in the way the dividend competes for capital allocation today.
Doug Leggate - Bank of America Merrill Lynch:
I appreciate the clarification. Just to be clear on the yield comment, do you feel that the yield – you're not indicating any intent to cut the dividend, are you, with that yield comment?
Lee M. Tillman - President, Chief Executive Officer & Director:
No.
Doug Leggate - Bank of America Merrill Lynch:
My follow-up is really a similar kind of question this time on exploration, because clearly you're building up your onshore resource backlog which by definition is lower risk. I'm wondering if you could touch on the bigger than expected exploration charge in the current quarter and how you see exploration as a strategy fitting into a lower for longer oil price environment and I'll leave it there? Thank you.
Lee M. Tillman - President, Chief Executive Officer & Director:
Yeah, let me maybe take the high-level question first, Doug, which is more around exploration strategy, how does that fit into our portfolio. As we've shared previously, Doug, we've been assessing our conventional exploration strategy and in really in the context of its ability to compete for capital allocation within the current portfolio which does include, as you well stated, the North America inventory. And it must compete really on a risk adjusted return basis and we really started this assessment some time ago. It really wasn't prompted by the current macro environment. It was really prompted by the depth and quality of the inventory that we saw in the North America resource play. So we were a bit ahead of the curve. We've already taken the step to reduce exploration essentially by half in 2015. And we certainly see a path that will allow us to moderate that further into 2016. I also mentioned in my opening comments that we most recently withdrew from some new country entries that we just simply felt in the current environment did not compete for capital allocation. So, when you consider the current commodity price environment, when you consider the depth of our resource inventory in North America and the limited capital to invest, it's just simply getting tougher and tougher for conventional exploration to compete for capital on a risk-adjusted basis. Back to your specific question on kind of the uptick in exploration expense, we did have a write-down in Birchwood, which is our in-situ property in Canada, which contributed to that, Doug.
Doug Leggate - Bank of America Merrill Lynch:
Very clear. Thanks a lot, guys. Appreciate the answers.
Lee M. Tillman - President, Chief Executive Officer & Director:
Thank you, Doug.
Operator:
And our next question comes from Ryan Todd. You may begin.
Ryan Todd - Deutsche Bank Securities, Inc.:
Great. Thanks, gentlemen. If I could and maybe with my first question follow up a little bit on CapEx. You show in your presentation effectively a flatlining of production in the second half of 2015. Is it reasonable – I know you can't give 2016 outlook, but is it reasonable to think of that level of that $700 million to $750 million CapEx level as kind of a reasonable idea of maintenance CapEx and its ability to hold the production flat for longer? And you also mentioned the roll off of long cycle spend, expiration reduction potential and non-recurring infrastructure spend. Could you maybe put some numbers around those that we could get maybe a bit of a better pro forma estimate for what the run rate on CapEx looks like into 2016?
Lee M. Tillman - President, Chief Executive Officer & Director:
Yeah. Well, yeah, let me maybe start with addressing what I think is more a question around maintenance capital, and I think first and foremost, Ryan, of course the $700 million, $750 million run rate includes the full portfolio. When we talk about maintenance capital, we tend to focus in on the resource plays themselves in aggregate. And our best estimate of CapEx required to hold those resource plays flat is around $2 billion to $2.1 billion. Of course as capital efficiencies and productivity improvements kick in, there'll be actually downward pressure on that maintenance capital. And so, when you think about looking ahead and how long could maintenance levels be sustained, my answer to that really would be that we have multiple years of high quality, high return resource play inventory that could ostensibly drive a maintenance level program even in a $50 barrel WTI environment. Again you'll recall, as I mentioned in my opening comments, that when we took a look in our most recent disclosure on our five-year drilling inventory, over 70% of our wells were profitable at $50 barrel for WTI. So you're right, we have had this rapid deceleration from first quarter to second quarter in our overall capital program, that $500 million that I quoted. We've now kind of settled into, I'd say, a maintenance capital mode in the resource plays. But bear in mind, riding on top of that are some of our other investments that will be a little bit more lumpy and bumpy, including – we may even see a little bit of an up in third quarter because of some non-recurring infrastructure investments and a few other non-recurring items in our International portfolio. But as you look through that lumpiness in the second half of the year, that $700 million, $750 million exit rate feels about right, with some plus or minus there. Your other question was around, how much of some of these longer cycle investments may run their course in 2015? And the items there that we talk about when we mention those items are things, like the work that we're doing currently on the EG compression project, which is now heavily in fabrication mode. The work that we did in the EG drilling program, the work that we did also in the UK drilling program. Those are the types of items that we talk about. And so, when we look kind on a net-net basis, as those kind of come off in 2016, there will be some puts and takes, but you're probably in the couple hundred million kind of dollar range, in terms of the accommodation space that that might create within the budget.
Ryan Todd - Deutsche Bank Securities, Inc.:
Thanks. That's very helpful. And maybe, if I could ask a follow-up and if we switch over to maybe the resource in the Bakken, you've got some results out there of 180-day update in high intensity completions, some pilot test results. Can you talk a little bit about maybe your thoughts on the results of the tests, on the pilot test for spacing, and the implications for spacing going forward, and whether the high intensity completion, whether 180 days is long enough to maybe start to impact the type curve, or whether you're still waiting to see an eventual EUR impact?
Lance W. Robertson - Vice President-North America Production Operations:
Sure, Ryan. I think in general, I'd say we're really, really pleased with the progress, broadly, from the Bakken completion pilots. You step back and look at what we have accomplished over the last several quarters, that material improvement in initial production. Now, with the cumulative production of a group of wells reaching 180 days, you start to see that improvement hold up over time. We've consistently taken those new designs and applications and spread it across our entire portfolio. I would add that, even as we've demonstrated these results that are kind of rearview mirror looking, we're continuing to progress even more intensive stimulations. I think we noted in the notes that, this group you're looking at has 40% more profit and about 10% more completion stages. We continue to see opportunity even beyond that, for more intensity to drive those results further. I think, based on the results you're seeing and referencing, there's certainly some pressure on us to look at overall EURs and talk about those, perhaps later this year provide some more color and context on that. And obviously, with more EUR combined with the Bakken well cost trending down to plus or minus $6 million, a material reduction there, I think you can see the value implication of the portfolio in Bakken from that. So again, we're very pleased with it, and by all means, we expect that momentum to continue.
Lee M. Tillman - President, Chief Executive Officer & Director:
And maybe if I could just add, too. On our last update on completed well kind of performance, our single well economics, we had reflected some of the early IP results that we were seeing from the Bakken completion trials, but we as of yet have not introduced the full EUR benefits that potentially we could garner from those wells. So, that's still yet to come.
Ryan Todd - Deutsche Bank Securities, Inc.:
Great. Thank you.
Operator:
And our next question comes from Brian Singer. You may begin.
Brian A. Singer - Goldman Sachs & Co.:
Thank you. Good morning.
Lee M. Tillman - President, Chief Executive Officer & Director:
Good morning, Brian.
Brian A. Singer - Goldman Sachs & Co.:
Wanted to follow up on a couple of the items surrounding free cash flow, and then capital allocation priorities. You mentioned earlier the potential for free cash neutrality after asset sales, wanted to just check whether that was before dividend or after dividend? And then, if that dividends is priority number one, just how you're thinking about the secondary priorities of growing production versus letting it decline, allowing leverage to increase or – and I think I know the answer to this last one – issuing equity?
John R. Sult - Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer:
Yeah, hey, Brian, this is J.R. I mean those are all the variables that we're trying to balance to achieve the optimal outcome of what we're trying to reach. In response to the question, my comments with regard to trying to target as close to free cash flow neutrality as possible is with dividends. I mean, at the end of the day, I think that's vitally important, that we manage the business to where we're not overextending the balance sheet. That balance sheet strength's going to remain important. But as you and I have talked about before, I think, Brian, during this low commodity price environment, I'm definitely leaning on it, and I want to lean on the balance sheet during this period. I just want to make sure I don't stress it too much. So when I look forward into just an early forward view of 2016, it will be in terms of – the leaning on that balance sheet will be, I'd say, impacted by the timing of, ultimately, our asset sales programs. There will be periods in which we're leaning on it more than not but that, at the end of the day, I want to try and ensure that, when we get through the year in 2016, that we still have a good solid balance sheet when we get to the end of the year.
Brian A. Singer - Goldman Sachs & Co.:
Great. Thanks. And so it would seem like then, from an asset sale perspective, the ideal opportunity would be something that doesn't take a ton away from your cash flow generation but where there's some value. Kurdistan comes to mind as potentially one of those opportunities, and perhaps you could give us an update on how you're thinking about what to do there? And then, if there are other opportunities out there you see in the portfolio, that maybe there's room for a targeted asset sale that wouldn't take away from the cash flow profile?
John R. Sult - Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer:
No. I'll take a crack at the asset sale comment, and if you wanted to hear a little bit more about just specifically what's going on in Kurdistan, Mitch can answer that. But we've not been real explicit, Brian, with regard to where in the portfolio. We've highlighted that they would be non-core, they would be assets that just, candidly, are not competing for capital in the portfolio. I think the one transaction we announced this quarter was a non-core natural gas, candidly a high cost asset as well, that was sold for, we think, very compelling economics for $100 million. Just kind of step one in our target of achieving greater than $500 million of asset sales. So I think you should think that we're looking across not only the operating portfolio for non-core assets but also the exploration portfolio as well.
Brian A. Singer - Goldman Sachs & Co.:
Thanks. And if there is a Kurdistan, how Kurdistan fits in, I'll take that as part of the follow-up?
Thomas Mitchell Little - Vice President—International and Offshore Exploration and Production Operations:
Yeah. Brian, this is Mitch Little. I think just in terms of thinking about where Kurdistan fits, we've got three blocks there, as I'm sure you know, at different levels of maturity. The operated block at Harir, we've completed testing of our appraisal well, the well results were largely in line with pre-drill expectations. And so, at this point, we've demobilized the rig. We've substantially completed all of our work commitments there and we're integrating that data into the rest of the technical database and commercial assessment headed towards a commerciality decision on that block later this year. You're probably also familiar the Atrush Block Phase 1 development is progressing towards a 30,000 barrel a day gross facility, should come online in 2016. And then our interest in the Sarsang Block is progressing towards approval of the field development plan, which will be a phased development ramp-up over time.
Lee M. Tillman - President, Chief Executive Officer & Director:
Yeah, Brian, I'm sorry, I should have stepped in or answered that before Mitch. But the reality is, I think we have generated an asset through the work that Mitch and the team have done that has had very solid subsurface success. I think the question we have to continue to ask ourselves is as we think about future investments in Kurdistan, whether or not they compete for capital with the rest of the portfolio. And if the answer to that is, no, we want to ensure that we can actually capture the value that's been generated by the team in order to redeploy that capital someplace else. So, as I said, I'm trying not to be explicit with regard to what particular asset so I don't put myself in a competitive disadvantage in a process, but you should expect that we're looking across the entire portfolio for candidates.
Operator:
And our next question comes from David Heikkinen. You may begin.
David Martin Heikkinen - Heikkinen Energy Advisors:
Every call.
Lee M. Tillman - President, Chief Executive Officer & Director:
You're a good sport, David.
David Martin Heikkinen - Heikkinen Energy Advisors:
I am. I need to figure out a way to respell my name or something so they pronounce it correctly. As I think about the profitable at $50 oil, are you using a well level economic or is that asset level inclusive of all costs or how do you define that inventory and metrics for profitable at $50 oil?
Lee M. Tillman - President, Chief Executive Officer & Director:
Yeah. We tend to look at single well economics from an external standpoint, which allows us to benchmark, I think, more effectively with what others put out into the public domain, David. I think internally, though, we also want to look and see from a fully burdened level what is the return not only down to the well level, but at a program or even a rig line in a particularly area in a particularly play. We want to make sure that we fully understand the fully burdened economics of those wells. So, there is an aspect of it, which is we want to be able to make sure that we can compare externally, but certainly internally we want to make absolutely sure we understand the total return from those investments.
John R. Sult - Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer:
Yeah. Just to be clear, what Lee's point is is that when you look at our completed well costs, that truly is just completed well costs. But when you look at the returns that we share, those have been burdened by facilities at least individual well facilities necessary for flow, not to the extent of broad central facilities but individual well facilities.
David Martin Heikkinen - Heikkinen Energy Advisors:
Yeah. So it has all the surface, everything needed?
John R. Sult - Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer:
Correct. Artificial lift, et cetera.
Lee M. Tillman - President, Chief Executive Officer & Director:
Yeah. Basically the lifecycle cost of the well ex any main centralized facilities, David.
David Martin Heikkinen - Heikkinen Energy Advisors:
Is there any particular area where the other 30% falls? I mean is it Williston, STACK, Eagle Ford in that order? That's probably I would do, but...
Lee M. Tillman - President, Chief Executive Officer & Director:
Yeah. The last disclosure that we offered up when we kind of showed the relative economics of various plays from a single well economics standpoint, it was clear that Eagle Ford and Oklahoma were at the most competitive portion of that plot. The higher quality in the Bakken was also in that same zip code and that really is what drove our capital allocation as we came into to 2015. I think what you've heard is that the Eagle Ford as well as Oklahoma have continued to also improve from a single well economic standpoint, from a cost and productivity standpoint, but also the Bakken has continued to improve its competitiveness as well. And we'll hopefully be able to share a little bit more color on that a bit later in the year, as we're able to roll in some of the specific updates on EURs and single well economics. But I think that that order in terms of capital allocation is exactly what you see in our current portfolio, which is the Eagle Ford wells, particularly condensate and high-GOR oil to certain extent are still very strong from a return standpoint. Both the SCOOP and the STACK still compete very favorably as well. And then in the higher quality areas of Bakken such as the Myrmidon, they're also competing for capital allocation.
David Martin Heikkinen - Heikkinen Energy Advisors:
And then asset sales around $500 million next year, as well is a reasonable assumption?
John R. Sult - Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer:
David, I just think what you ought to assume is what we've talked about is greater than $500 million, haven't been really explicit on timing. I thought give it 12 months from when we announced it again, but we wouldn't have put a target out there if we didn't have some degree of confidence. But you should expect that program to continue and not necessarily stop if we cross the $500 million level.
David Martin Heikkinen - Heikkinen Energy Advisors:
Yeah. Okay. Thanks.
John R. Sult - Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer:
Thanks, David.
Lee M. Tillman - President, Chief Executive Officer & Director:
Thanks, David.
Operator:
And our next question comes from John Herrlin. You may begin.
John P. Herrlin - SG Americas Securities LLC:
Yeah. Hi.
Lee M. Tillman - President, Chief Executive Officer & Director:
Hey, John.
John P. Herrlin - SG Americas Securities LLC:
Some quick ones. When you look at your portfolio, Lee, I want to get back to the short cycle, long cycle type activity. What do you think's kind of an ideal balance and if you have more of an emphasis on short cycle, is it time to revisit hedging?
Lee M. Tillman - President, Chief Executive Officer & Director:
Yeah. Let me, I'll may be let J.R. jump in on the hedging question. But let me first talk about long cycle versus short cycle. Right now, the bulk of our investment dollars are flowing into North America short cycles and the driver there is they have the highest risk-adjusted returns in the portfolio that we have today. So, for us, it's probably a little bit less about short cycle, long cycle than it is about where can we generate the highest risk-adjusted return. And to the extent that we continue to see long cycle or longer cycle opportunities and great examples are the things that we've done in Equatorial Guinea and the UK this year in terms of the program drilling that we've done there that are very strong from a capital allocation standpoint and have added very profitable barrels to the portfolio. So, in no way are we necessarily turning our back on longer cycle type investments, but the balance is going to be dictated by the opportunity set we have in the portfolio and being driven by generating those highest risk-adjusted returns. From a hedging standpoint, certainly we view that as just an element of overall commodity risk management, and maybe I'll let J.R. comment on that.
John R. Sult - Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer:
Hi, John. You and I have talked before. It's definitely a tool that we need to be using, we are using. We've been far more active than, I think Marathon has been in the past. Would I like to have more hedges on today, yes, but we have probably at least for the balance of 2015 and I know the market is more concerned about 2016, we've probably got about 35,000 barrels a day hedged for the balance of 2015 and we really just were able to begin to establish a position in 2016 before the market kind of fell on us. But it is definitely going to be a tool we're going to continue to use.
John P. Herrlin - SG Americas Securities LLC:
Great. Thanks, J.R. One other one for me. In the Eagle Ford, you had incredible drilling efficiency. Are you changing crews, are you getting different rigs, how can you have this level of improvement in your well design or execution?
Lance W. Robertson - Vice President-North America Production Operations:
John, I think what you're seeing is just a recognition by a team who refuses to accept that they've done their best work already. They continue to see in the future, they can be innovative and thoughtful. In this case, part of the change is that as we've moderated activity, we've certainly kept the best rigs and the best crews, because it helps both our operational efficiency as well as our environmental safety performance. We've retained rigs with the highest specifications, so the right types of capabilities that we moved to in that rig fleet that can really drive it. And those unique attributes of those rigs allow us to use other types of downhole tools. The combination of those technologies together has really delivered this performance. And I would say while 1,800 feet per day was materially better than the year ago quarter, our best rigs are at 2,600 feet, 2,700 feet per day already, which shows you the gap, right. If we can get the whole fleet to there, there's still room to improve that overall. We see that as sustainable. And in fact, as we've moved to the stack-and-frac pilots and the co-development of multiple horizons, we actually think that enables that type of efficiency further, because when we're going to drill more wells on each pad as we go to development.
Lee M. Tillman - President, Chief Executive Officer & Director:
I think, John, too, it's probably important to note that when we look at the true pace at our drilling performance in the Eagle Ford, where we had one of our best rigs deliver 3,100 feet per day. It just gives you a feel for just how much more room we have to drive toward if we're averaging 1,800 feet for the quarter. So it does show that there is continuing efficiency gains that can be made. Now will we get that immediately across the whole fleet? No, but it does set that marker out there of what can be achieved with the best crews, the best equipment being brought to bear.
John P. Herrlin - SG Americas Securities LLC:
Great. Thanks, Lee.
Lee M. Tillman - President, Chief Executive Officer & Director:
Thank you, John.
John R. Sult - Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer:
Thanks, John.
Operator:
And our next question comes from Scott Hanold. You may begin.
Scott Hanold - RBC Capital Markets LLC:
Thanks. Good morning.
Lee M. Tillman - President, Chief Executive Officer & Director:
Good morning, Scott.
John R. Sult - Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer:
Hi, Scott.
Scott Hanold - RBC Capital Markets LLC:
Hey. If I could step back and again kind of focus on big picture, where Marathon's going at this point in time, be somewhat agnostic to current low commodity prices, with the resource potential that you all are building in some of the North American resource plays, is there a transformation occurring where Marathon is going to become more focused on these lower risk, potentially higher returning short cycle opportunities? And again, being somewhat agnostic to low prices right now?
Lee M. Tillman - President, Chief Executive Officer & Director:
Yeah. Absolutely, Scott, I mean that transformation is underway – has been underway. I think as we have made this very decided pivot to North America resource plays for clear economic reasons, you're seeing that in where our investment dollars are flowing. And you're right, we have this incredible 3 billion barrels of 2P resource inventory in the three core U.S. resource plays that affords us a tremendous amount of future opportunity. And our challenge is ensuring that we get the appropriate investment levels driven to those three core plays and bring those up to scale development. I mean, we're really at scale in the Eagle Ford. Certainly, we've been in Bakken at scale for some time as well, but Oklahoma is still an area where we would like to see more capital invested and not just the non-operated but also the operated program. And certainly as we think about that incremental amount of capital coming available to invest, we absolutely see that flowing to places like the Eagle Ford and Oklahoma.
Scott Hanold - RBC Capital Markets LLC:
Okay, good. Thanks. And as a follow-up and I know both of you all have been in this industry for quite some time and, J.R., you're obviously experienced from some of your past firms, with the low price environment we are in right now, can you discuss from an industry consolidation perspective, your view on what could occur, and how Marathon fits into that?
Lee M. Tillman - President, Chief Executive Officer & Director:
Yeah, well, it's always tough to speculate, I think, on the M&A space. I think right now, with the dynamics that we're seeing in the marketplace, it's very challenging, I think, to see a lot of deal activity. And in fact, that's really what's played out. There's been a few one-off opportunities that were probably taken, the decisions may have been taken in a slightly different environment than we find ourselves today. But with equities very depressed, I think with everyone kind of reacting to another dramatic downtick in pricing, it's hard to imagine there's going to be a lot of that type of activity, at least in the near-term. Now, as you look further ahead, and we see a more persistent kind of lower for longer price environment, then I think the concept that there will be additional consolidation, additional opportunities come available to those that are prepared to take advantage of those, then absolutely I would agree with that.
Scott Hanold - RBC Capital Markets LLC:
That's great. Thank you.
Operator:
And our next question comes from Guy Baber. You may begin.
Guy Allen Baber - Simmons & Company International:
Good morning, everybody.
John R. Sult - Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer:
Hi, Guy.
Lee M. Tillman - President, Chief Executive Officer & Director:
Good morning, Guy.
Lee M. Tillman - President, Chief Executive Officer & Director:
You fared a little bit better than David did on the last name.
Guy Allen Baber - Simmons & Company International:
That's right. I have been called Gee numerous times, so Guy is better, I'll take it. I was hoping to clarify a few comments you just made earlier in the Q&A, Lee, but you mentioned that in this price environment, capital spending would be down from the current year. You also said that even with a flat to lower budget in 2016, that the North American production component would grow. So could you just elaborate on that comment a bit? Want to make sure that we have that right. And really just trying to understand that assertion, and square that with our understanding that the unconventional production would exit this year below the full-year average, and then on maintenance CapEx levels, you could hold that 4Q exit rate flat through 2016. So just want to make sure we understand that trajectory and some of the moving parts that we might be missing?
Lee M. Tillman - President, Chief Executive Officer & Director:
Yeah. No. Absolutely. I tried to address, again honestly, we're not – we're very early in the planning cycle for 2016, but just thinking about it conceptually, we know that our capital budget will be less than where we stand in 2015. In fact, the run rate that you mentioned as we exit 2015, that $2.9-ish billion (51:00) kind of run rate, certainly less than the $3 billion, that really does entail an ability to direct more capital deployment to the North America resource plays. So, for a bit smaller pie, we're able to today dedicate a much larger slice to the North America resource plays, even in that scenario. And so, the ability to have that optionality to move from more of a maintenance capital mode in the resource plays to more of a growth mode, we still have that optionality within a reduced budget in 2016.
Guy Allen Baber - Simmons & Company International:
Okay. Great. Thanks.
Lee M. Tillman - President, Chief Executive Officer & Director:
Did that get it clarified, Guy?
Guy Allen Baber - Simmons & Company International:
Yeah. That helps a ton. Thanks. That was the only one that I had.
Lee M. Tillman - President, Chief Executive Officer & Director:
All right. Thank you, Guy.
Operator:
And our next question comes from Phillip Jungwirth. You may begin.
Phil J. Jungwirth - BMO Capital Markets (United States):
Yeah. Good morning.
Lee M. Tillman - President, Chief Executive Officer & Director:
Morning, Phillip.
Phil J. Jungwirth - BMO Capital Markets (United States):
On the Eagle Ford, you noted the 40% sequential decline in activity as the reason for lower production. Looking at the expected wells to sales in the second half, it looks like the quarterly average is going to be a little bit lower than what you had in 2Q. So is the current activity run rate below maintenance CapEx for this asset, or can volumes still be held flat on better well productivity in the second half or a shallower decline, given that you probably had a lot of flush production coming into the year?
Lance W. Robertson - Vice President-North America Production Operations:
Yeah, Phillip, I think you're seeing that actually very well. Compared to the previous several quarters, where we've had in excess of 90 wells to sales, in the second quarter, we had 52 wells per sales, which is driving that production in Eagle Ford downward. Really, the wave of those higher productivity wells that are very early in their life coming down has kind of overwhelmed the number of new wells to sales. I think from a perspective of activity across North America, including Eagle Ford, has come down about 45% for us, what you really see is, we're managing that downward to a point of stability. We will have roughly the same number of wells, plus or minus, in the third quarter and fourth quarter in Eagle Ford specifically. In any given quarter, our working interest moves around a little bit within that, so the number of gross wells and net wells can move a bit. So I think in general, we are guiding toward relatively flat production quarter-over-quarter, and we're managing that large activity downward in the quarter. I would say, too, some context on that is, even as we said the wells to sales were lower in Eagle Ford, I think it's important to note we went from five frac fleets to two frac fleets by April. So we were down to that lowest level of wells to sales driven activity by very early in the second quarter, which kind of added to that deceleration impact.
Phil J. Jungwirth - BMO Capital Markets (United States):
Okay. Great. And then, can you discuss any results from the one Osage well brought on during the quarter? I think Marathon might be the first to drill a well in this zone. Based on what you know to date, how would you also compare this emerging play to both the Meramec and the Woodford?
Lance W. Robertson - Vice President-North America Production Operations:
Sure Phillip, last year we started an exploration program in STACK focused on Meramec and the Osage. That Osage well was the last well of the initial group, our initial foray into the STACK in an operated basis, I think you may recall in the second half of last year, we actually increased activity in Oklahoma up to six rigs and that well was drilled, effectively starting right after Christmas and is sort of the last well in that program. We've evaluated the results from all of those. We continue to see the Meramec is the most valuable zone in that area in general. I don't think we foresee more Osage activity anytime in the near term.
Phil J. Jungwirth - BMO Capital Markets (United States):
Great. Thanks.
Operator:
And our next question comes from Pavel Molchanov. You may begin.
Pavel S. Molchanov - Raymond James & Associates, Inc.:
Thanks for taking the question, guys. You're talking about selling some assets in an extremely depressed environment where there are plenty of distressed sellers that are in far worse shape than you are. Isn't it kind of leaving money on the table if you're monetizing just about anything right now?
Lee M. Tillman - President, Chief Executive Officer & Director:
Yeah. Well, first of all, I don't view our non-core assets as being distressed sales. And the reason I say that, Pavel, is that when you think about the type of assets that we will put in the market, we believe that there's still a very strong competitive environment for those assets and I'll use the East Texas, North Louisiana Wilburton transaction as an example. We had a very strong response to the data room. We had well over 20 proposals for the property. When you look at the deal metrics, they were very compelling on cash flow multiple basis, over 9X. And so, we feel like for the right type of asset, there is still a ready market out there and I would not want to leave the impression that we're selling anything at reduced value or low value to our shareholders. I mean we don't view these as distressed assets, we simply view them as part of our ongoing portfolio management. And if we can't capture fair value, then we'll continue to operate. In the case of the East Texas, North Louisiana Wilburton deal, it was a gassy asset, it was no longer competing for capital allocation, relatively high unit cash cost. We had a strong competitive environment for it and the deal metrics were very competitive in this pricing environment or others. So I think we feel very good about our ability to continue to transact at fair values.
Pavel S. Molchanov - Raymond James & Associates, Inc.:
Understood. Just to clarify, it's not your assets I was calling distressed, it's plenty of others (57:08) in the market that are in that state. Now my follow-up is, you talk about flexing the balance sheet into 2016, debt-to-cap is currently at 29%. How high would you be comfortable letting that metric go up?
John R. Sult - Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer:
Yeah. What I would tell you is I've always tried to be careful to draw hard and fast rules. But when I think of looking through 2016, when I take into consideration what I said before about the variables around capital, operating cost structure, asset sales programs, I still want to ultimately manage the balance sheet through 2016 to, let's call it, as close to 2.5 times net debt-to-EBITDA as I can in this low commodity price environment. Now that's going to be lumpy. It's going to be dependent upon the timing of various asset sales and so that will become a bit higher than that. But that's ultimately one of the variables I'm trying to manage to. And as commodity prices then begin to stabilize, whether that's early 2017 or you decide when, then ultimately you'll see that leverage get back to its more traditional levels of two times and below.
Pavel S. Molchanov - Raymond James & Associates, Inc.:
Okay. Useful. Appreciate it, guys.
John R. Sult - Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer:
Thank you.
Lee M. Tillman - President, Chief Executive Officer & Director:
Thanks, Pavel.
Operator:
And our next question comes from Jeffrey Campbell. You may begin.
Jeffrey L. Campbell - Tuohy Brothers Investment Research, Inc.:
Wow, I didn't think you could mispronounce Campbell, but that's okay.
Lee M. Tillman - President, Chief Executive Officer & Director:
Good morning, Jeff.
Jeffrey L. Campbell - Tuohy Brothers Investment Research, Inc.:
My first question regards the Oklahoma resource plays, the increased non-op participation. I was just wondering, are the choices driven by any specific operator performance or is it driven more by geography?
Lance W. Robertson - Vice President-North America Production Operations:
Jeffrey, I think overall, we're focused on value. We have a substantial core acreage position in both the SCOOP and in the STACK. When we see activity in that core high-value acreage, where we've seen great historical results and from recent data we expect those results to be great in other areas. We're choosing to participate in those wells to capture the data and leverage both the collection of that data and integration of it to drive toward full field development. And to some extent, if you didn't participate in those valuable acres, it's an opportunity lost. We certainly want to capture all those opportunities. So it's not really driven by an operator, it's driven by our perceived value of the acreage and the opportunity. I'd say within the context of that, we see more – I'd say, more execution friendly operators than others. And as you'd imagine, based on that, we make economic decisions based on how we feel they can execute.
Jeffrey L. Campbell - Tuohy Brothers Investment Research, Inc.:
Okay. That's helpful. And my other question was on slide 17 regarding the Bakken spacing pilots to this point. The ranges appear less prolific on some of the non-spacing data that's provided, yet a large production uplift was identified out to 180 days. So I'm wondering if you can help me to understand how to interpret the data that's being presented? And as well, if you could indicate how you feel the pilots are performing relative to your expectations at this point?
Lance W. Robertson - Vice President-North America Production Operations:
Sure. So with three spacing pilots online, I feel like we've made a lot of progress at moving that forward on an operated basis. I'll kind of start and work south to north, if you will. Spacing pilots are in three different areas, starting in the south, it's Middle Bakken, so it's on a six well per Middle Bakken pattern overall. There is a wide range of results here. I think in the case of that pilot in the Ajax area, when you look at the aggregate, or all of the wells on there, you'll see some above type curve, you'll see some a little below but when you put them together, they look like they're performing very in line with our early expectations for that, despite being at closer spacing than stand-alone wells. So that gives us a lot of encouragement. We expected some differentiation. In some cases, what we'll find is, when we go in and there's more than one parent well or older well in the area, you will see some depletion impact, and the new well that's near that older well will be impacted modestly by that. But in aggregate, we tend to look at the entire unit, how many wells, how many total dollars invested, what's the total production coming out of that. And so, that Ajax pilot, for example, is performing very much in line with those expectations. Moving further north to Hector and that pilot, again we see a diversity of results, but in aggregate they're performing very similarly to our expectations for the early production. Some of the wells in those groups are more mature than others. So, several of those are at 90 days or 120 days, and they're continuing to perform well. So, we're very pleased with that result overall. In these pilots, some of the wells vintage-wise had more aggressive stimulations than others based on when they were drilled and completed. And then lastly in Myrmidon, we see a wide range there too. I think in the case of that one pilot, we intentionally looked at that pilot and said there are four older parent wells between those two sections or units that were developed together. And so the wells near those – the new wells near the parent wells are showing a lesser production than the wells that are further outlying. And that's not unexpected. In our case, we want to test that as we have parent wellbores we need to work around. But I think, in general, we're still very pleased with the overall production and continue to see that as a validation of our spacing assumptions moving forward.
Jeffrey L. Campbell - Tuohy Brothers Investment Research, Inc.:
That's fantastic color. If I could just add a little follow-up, because the question was long enough to begin with. Just to clarify, do these spacing pilots have any cost advantages over a more typical production pad, or is this just purely about trying to capture the maximum resource?
Lance W. Robertson - Vice President-North America Production Operations:
Jeffrey, any time we have the opportunity to pad develop groups of wells, we have a great opportunity on the drilling efficiency side to capture those cost savings. Similarly on the completion side, we can leave a frac fleet on one pad and complete multiple wells, on both of those fronts, we gain tremendous efficiency. And then lastly, on the surface facility, the ability to share those surface facilities also creates a scale efficiency. So, we constantly seek and desire the opportunity for pad development because it really does positively influence our capital.
Jeffrey L. Campbell - Tuohy Brothers Investment Research, Inc.:
Okay. Thanks very much.
Christopher C. Phillips - Director-Investor Relations:
Thank you for the questions and interest in Marathon Oil. I'd like to thank everyone again for their participation this morning. Please contact Zach Dailey or myself if you have any follow-up questions. Operator, thank you. This concludes today's conference call. And you may now disconnect.
Executives:
Christopher C. Phillips - Director-Investor Relations Lee M. Tillman - President, Chief Executive Officer & Director Lance W. Robertson - Vice President-North America Production Operations Thomas Mitchell Little - Vice President-International Production Operations John R. Sult - Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
Analysts:
Edward George Westlake - Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC (Broker) Doug Leggate - Bank of America – Merrill Lynch Ryan Todd - Deutsche Bank Securities, Inc. Matthew Merrel Portillo - Tudor, Pickering, Holt & Co. Securities, Inc. Brian A. Singer - Goldman Sachs & Co. John P. Herrlin - SG Americas Securities LLC David Martin Heikkinen - Heikkinen Energy Advisors Guy Allen Baber - Simmons & Company International Scott Hanold - RBC Capital Markets LLC Hiram Monroe Helm - Barrow, Hanley, Mewhinney & Strauss LLC Pavel S. Molchanov - Raymond James & Associates, Inc. Jason D. Gammel - Jefferies International Ltd. Jeffrey L. Campbell - Tuohy Brothers Investment Research, Inc. Roger D. Read - Wells Fargo Securities LLC
Operator:
Welcome to the Marathon Oil Corporation 2015 Q1 Earnings Conference Call. My name is Vivian, and I'll be your operator for today's call. At this time, all participants are in a listen-only mode. Later, we will conduct a question-and-answer session. Please note that this conference is being recorded. I will now turn the call over to Mr. Chris Phillips. You may begin, sir.
Christopher C. Phillips - Director-Investor Relations:
Good morning, and welcome to Marathon Oil Corporation's First Quarter 2015 Earnings Call. I'm Chris Phillips, Director of Investor Relations. Also on the call this morning are Lee Tillman, CEO and President, J.R. Sult, Executive Vice President and CFO, Mitch Little, Vice President, International and Offshore Exploration and Production Operations, Lance Robertson, Vice President, North America Production Operations and Zach Dailey, Director of Investor Relations. As has become our custom, we released prepared remarks last night in conjunction with the earnings release. You can find those remarks and the associated slides at marathonoil.com. As a reminder, today's call is being recorded and our comments and answers to questions will contain forward-looking information subject to risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed or implied by such statements. I'll refer you back to the aforementioned slides where you can find our full Safe Harbor statement. With that, I will turn the call over to Lee.
Lee M. Tillman - President, Chief Executive Officer & Director:
Thanks, Chris, and glad to have you back on the call. Let me add my good morning to everyone. I'd like to open with just a few comments regarding the elements of our business that we control
Christopher C. Phillips - Director-Investor Relations:
Thanks, Lee. Before we open the call to questions, we'd like to request that you ask no more than two questions with associated clarifications. And you can reprompt as time permits. With that, Vivian, we'll open the lines for questions.
Operator:
Thank you. Our first question comes from Ed Westlake from Credit Suisse. Please go ahead.
Edward George Westlake - Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC (Broker):
Yeah. Good morning and congratulations on the strong operational momentum. And quick question on the Eagle Ford charts. I mean, I guess you did discuss it on the Q1 call but just a clarification. How much of the EUR improvement that you're talking about is kind of high grading and how much of it is due to completions performance?
Lance W. Robertson - Vice President-North America Production Operations:
Ed, it's a very good question, and I think you should look at it and both of the things you're referencing are important in that. First and foremost, the ongoing completions optimization we're doing is clearly driving EUR enhancement. As we work on stage density, profit loading, fluid loading and active diversion, we continue to see improvements on that side. There is an impact as we focused in this year, particularly 2015, on a more focused area to deliver the highest returns in a lower commodity environment. So we are seeing some uplift from that. But I would encourage you to say it's principally driven by the completions efficacy we're pushing all across those basins. That's what driving the real EUR enhancement. And I think that's reflected if you even look at the early IPs, again driving that.
Edward George Westlake - Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC (Broker):
Okay. And a totally unrelated question, and we won't talk about the politics of what's going on in Alberta. But the oil sands, a very solid performance in the first quarter. Is that a sign of the sustainability that you were looking for or is that just a lucky quarter?
Lance W. Robertson - Vice President-North America Production Operations:
Ed, not just us but our partners and Shell as operator have worked very hard over the last several years, particularly the last year to two years, really working on the reliability system. I don't think we've seen enough runtime yet to say that's sustainable. But the signs are encouraging from our perspective. We really like the focus on operating expense, and we have more steps planned to work on that this year. Certainly, the production is a sign that, in fact, this is the fourth strong quarter in a row of production deliverability out of that business. So I think we're on that road to improvement that we haven't been able to point to before. Again, I'd like to see more runtime, but I'm certainly encouraged by this past quarter and actually the past four quarters. That trend is headed in the right direction, and it needs to in this environment.
Edward George Westlake - Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC (Broker):
Yeah. Thanks very much.
Operator:
And our next question comes from Doug Leggate from Bank of America. Please go ahead.
Doug Leggate - Bank of America – Merrill Lynch:
Thanks. Good morning, everybody. Lee, I wonder if I could – I don't know who actually who wants to take this one. But if I look at the results you posted in the Upper Eagle Ford, quite a wide range of 30-day IP rates there. I'm just wondering if those wells were all of similar design or if there's some obvious kind of variance between those that caused that? And maybe just give us an update as to whether you think the type curve is moving higher or if this is really more of a high grading in 2015? Then I've got a follow-up, please.
Lee M. Tillman - President, Chief Executive Officer & Director:
Yeah. Well, maybe I'll offer a few comments and then let Lance weigh in. We're still in the early days of the Upper Eagle Ford co-development. I would say that we're still in the process of really delineating where the Upper Eagle Ford is going to be prospective across our acreage. And I think as part of that delineation, we will see some natural variability in well results as we test different things in that particular play. I think overall, though, we're very encouraged from what we're seeing in the Upper Eagle Ford and in combination, of course, with the Lower Eagle Ford. And we're seeing similar strong results in the stack-and-frac of which the Upper Eagle Ford is a component part. Maybe I'll let Lance just comment on the completion design aspect of that.
Lance W. Robertson - Vice President-North America Production Operations:
Yeah, Doug. I think Lee actually highlighted it very well. We're testing Upper Eagle Ford in a more fulsome way, spread out over a fairly large area. So we're going to see some disparate results of that as we make sure we fully delineate it. I'd say those results are very much in line with Lower Eagle Ford and Austin Chalk in the same respective areas. And I would say what's most encouraging to us, the Upper Eagle Ford is working well in the areas where the Austin Chalk has worked a little bit less effectively. And so we see those two as increasingly interchangeable so we can co-develop in a broader area. And very encouraged thus far on the Upper Eagle Ford both in that Northern end as well as in the stack and frac. I think, to be more clear, we brought on five Upper Eagle Ford wells that we announced that are distinctive. And in that stack and frac pilot that came online also includes a sixth or one more incremental Upper Eagle Ford well that's performing similarly.
Doug Leggate - Bank of America – Merrill Lynch:
All right. I appreciate that. Lee, you obviously had – my follow-up is in the costs. You clearly had a very strong cost performance, and I think that's really characterized your tenure since you've been CEO. But I guess my question is, assuming we do get a recovery in the oil price, let's assume into the $70s or something like that, how sustainable are these cost reductions? Is it dynamic with an oil price recovery, or do you expect to be able to hang on to a lot of these gains? And I'll leave it there. Thanks.
Lee M. Tillman - President, Chief Executive Officer & Director:
Yeah. Thanks, Doug. We are very focused on cost, and I give a lot of credit to our asset teams. And as I mentioned in my opening remarks, operating cost is just hard work. It's many things coming together to contribute to driving that unit cost lower. It's both the numerator as well as the denominator. It's working your absolute cost as well as making sure you're keeping your barrels online, and the teams did an outstanding job at that this quarter. Many of those things, I think, in the operating cost side, though, are structural in nature. When you think about things around preventive maintenance and our ability to efficiently deploy contractors, when you think about efficiently using our installed compression horsepower, when you think about our optimizing of our chemical programs in the oil field, all of these things, in our mind, are independent of the commodity price environment. And we will carry those forward in time. In parallel with that, though, we're not turning a blind eye to our scale and our ability to leverage that scale in commercial dialog as well. And some of those will be more sticky than others in some cases. But we do expect that we'll retain even an element of those commercial gains as we move forward in time. But those will have a much closer correlation with the pricing environment that we find ourselves. On the capital side, when you think about the cost reductions we've achieved there, I mean, when you look at the $1.3 million of well in the Eagle Ford, the $1 million of well that we've achieved in the Bakken, the $600,000 we've achieved per well in Oklahoma, those capital efficiencies have, in large part, been driven by the response of the service industry to participate in this downturn that we're experiencing. But even within that, there is a commercial element and efficiency element as well. Our most efficient frac crews can deliver a high number of stages on a monthly basis. That's a win-win for both the operator as well as the service provider. And our ability to keep those most efficient crews running, even with the downturn in activity, I believe, will be key to our ability to continue momentum as we see prices improvements in the future.
Doug Leggate - Bank of America – Merrill Lynch:
Appreciate the answers, Lee. Thank you.
Lee M. Tillman - President, Chief Executive Officer & Director:
Thank you, Doug.
Operator:
And our next question comes from Ryan Todd from Deutsche Bank. Please go ahead.
Ryan Todd - Deutsche Bank Securities, Inc.:
Yeah, thanks. Good morning, gentlemen. Great results. And if I could ask – maybe the first question is can you talk a little bit about the rationale behind the decision to drop the incremental rigs and what that means for the trajectory of 2015 production? Previously, you had talked about the U.S. onshore showing kind of an exit-to-exit incline. Is that still the case?
Lee M. Tillman - President, Chief Executive Officer & Director:
Yeah. Okay. Yeah, thanks, Ryan. Let me maybe start with the rationale around the further optimization and reduction in capital budget. I would really describe that decision and really driven by two things. First is just a continued focus on capital discipline and financial flexibility in a period where we still have uncertainty around the price environment, albeit, we've seen some strengthening here as of late. A lot of the macro factors that have driven the downturn are still in place, so we need to recognize that. Secondly, with the enablers of both cost efficiency and cost reduction, we're still able to achieve our strategic objectives in each of the three U.S. resource plays and hold our guidance under that revised budget and drive those efficiencies and savings, really, down to the balance sheet. And if we start to see a sustainable price recovery, we can then reconsider if we want to take some of that cash flow and redeploy it into the business. In terms of volumes targeting and trajectory, you mentioned that we had communicated previously an exit-to-exit in the unconventional target or unconventional production 4Q to 4Q, 2014 to 2015 slightly up on an exit-to-exit basis. And we still feel that that is consistent with the budget that we're putting forward today.
Ryan Todd - Deutsche Bank Securities, Inc.:
Great. And then maybe one follow-up on that. If we look at the normalized second half outlook, you've given – obviously, we have an updated CapEx budget and, like everybody else, you came into the year a bit hot. Can you talk maybe about what the normalized CapEx run rate looks like in the second half of the year?
Lee M. Tillman - President, Chief Executive Officer & Director:
Yeah. Let me maybe describe it more from an activity perspective, and I think the capital will then kind of follow, Ryan. As we talked about, you used the word we came in hot. I think we recognized that we were going to come into the first quarter at high activity levels. We were coming out of 2014 with nominally 30-plus rigs running in the unconventionals. We started that deceleration in activity in the first quarter and, in fact, our capital budget – we delivered essentially against our capital budget in the first quarter. But we did have a momentum effect as we came in from last year. That ramp-down is continuing. By the time we get to the end of second quarter, we'll be at our 10-rig count that we will hold flat for the remainder of the year, and that will set the activity levels in our unconventional plays.
Ryan Todd - Deutsche Bank Securities, Inc.:
Okay. And any idea of what the CapEx number is associated with that 10-rig program?
Lee M. Tillman - President, Chief Executive Officer & Director:
Well, again, if you kind of think about our $1.1 billion rate in the first quarter, you think about that in the context of our overall $3.3 billion budget, you put in the fact that we're relatively talking about a flat activity level from the second quarter forward, I think that you can back into the math in terms of what the actual rate will look like.
Ryan Todd - Deutsche Bank Securities, Inc.:
Great. Thanks. I'll leave it there.
Lee M. Tillman - President, Chief Executive Officer & Director:
Thank you, Ryan.
Operator:
And our next question comes from Matt Portillo from TPH. Please go ahead.
Matthew Merrel Portillo - Tudor, Pickering, Holt & Co. Securities, Inc.:
Good morning, all.
Lance W. Robertson - Vice President-North America Production Operations:
Hey, Matt.
Lee M. Tillman - President, Chief Executive Officer & Director:
Good morning, Matt.
Matthew Merrel Portillo - Tudor, Pickering, Holt & Co. Securities, Inc.:
Just a question around capital allocation thoughts. As you guys continue to see positive improvements in the SCOOP and STACK, can you talk about your capital allocation decisions as you think about heading into 2016 and how that may shift between the Bakken, Eagle Ford and Oklahoma asset base?
Lee M. Tillman - President, Chief Executive Officer & Director:
Yeah. Absolutely. As we've talked in the past, we look at capital allocation down really to a type-curve level. And it is a competition for capital allocation amongst the three resource plays. Specifically, when we look at the SCOOP and the STACK, and we think about incremental cash flows becoming available to reinvest in the business, we're going to drive those to the highest return opportunities. Today, when you look at our single-well economics, that's really the Eagle Ford and Oklahoma. And the highest quality of the Bakken, the Myrmidon, and as we integrate both the completion trial results and the down-spacing results, we'll see how those fare in the capital allocation decision. But there's no doubt that as incremental capital becomes available, that will be directed to the U.S. unconventionals and Eagle Ford and Oklahoma will be the strongest competitors for that capital.
Matthew Merrel Portillo - Tudor, Pickering, Holt & Co. Securities, Inc.:
Great. And then just a follow-up to that question, you mentioned potentially north of $500 million in non-core asset sales. Just curious as you see a firming of the commodity price here and potential execution on those transactions, should we expect to see that redeployed potentially into the ground in the back half of this year heading into 2016 in regards to activity, or can you provide a bit of an update on how you're thinking about the capital allocation from those transactions?
Lee M. Tillman - President, Chief Executive Officer & Director:
Yeah. Well, first maybe just a few thoughts on the potential transactions themselves. In our view, portfolio management is part of what we do. It's an evergreen process. These are non-core assets that we're talking about, and what that means to us is that these are assets that are not going to compete for capital allocation and likely have higher value in someone else's portfolio. This process would be going on irrespective of the commodity cycle that we find ourselves in because we think, again, these assets will have appeal to the right portfolio. Assuming success in those divestment activities, then we'll look at that at that point in time and see how constructive the price environment is and make a decision as whether or not we bring that to the balance sheet or redeploy it into our organic investment portfolio, which is very competitive.
Matthew Merrel Portillo - Tudor, Pickering, Holt & Co. Securities, Inc.:
Thank you very much.
Lee M. Tillman - President, Chief Executive Officer & Director:
Thanks, Matt.
Operator:
And our next question comes from Brian Singer from Goldman Sachs. Please go ahead.
Brian A. Singer - Goldman Sachs & Co.:
Thank you. Good morning.
Lee M. Tillman - President, Chief Executive Officer & Director:
Good morning, Brian.
Brian A. Singer - Goldman Sachs & Co.:
I wanted to follow-up a little bit on some of the capital allocation questions. In SCOOP, STACK and Springer, you've reallocated capital there. But can you talk to your preference on balancing non-operated spending versus accelerating your own spending, and specifically, what the milestones you would be looking for between price, costs and well results for you to make a more material acceleration in your operated activity levels?
Lee M. Tillman - President, Chief Executive Officer & Director:
Yeah. Yeah, absolutely. Well, first of all, the two-rig operated program, beyond delivering very profitable and competitive wells, is also allowing us to protect our pretty significant leasehold position in Oklahoma, over 300,000 acres. So that is an important element of our operated program and why we wanted to continue that commitment going into this year. There's no doubt that there's been an activity uptick in Oklahoma in our non-operated portfolio as those folks that are multi-basin operators direct more capital into Oklahoma. We want to participate in the high-quality wells that that affords us because it simply expands the number of data points in our knowledge base around the resource potential that exists in Oklahoma. Having said that, though, and kind of consistent with my previous comments, to the extent that we see a sustained strengthening in prices, that we see incremental cash flow come available. Oklahoma, our operated program, will compete very favorably for those incremental dollars.
Brian A. Singer - Goldman Sachs & Co.:
Got it. Thank you. And then I have a somewhat nuanced follow-up to, I think Ryan Todd's earlier question with regards to how you are thinking about year-end. What I'm trying to figure out is or what we're trying to figure out is whether on a going-forward basis, you are saying you can do exactly the same as previously as we look into next year but with fewer rigs. And so I guess my question is with your 1Q having beaten expectations, you now have a little bit of a buffer to lower activity and get back to the same point in terms of year-end production that you were at before. Is that just the case, or is what you're saying, you're going to be on a growth trajectory from the year-end point that was no different with a lower rig count than it was previously with a higher rig count?
Lee M. Tillman - President, Chief Executive Officer & Director:
Yeah, I think we want to make sure that we're well-prepared to reengage and ramp up in the unconventionals. Our base plan this year is to be at our 10-rig count by second quarter. We think that is the right answer from a capital discipline standpoint. But we have the execution capacity to step into more activity as the macro environment supports that decision, and we'll be well-positioned to do that. And one of the advantages, of course, of holding on to our best rigs, our best crew, is that it does position you very favorably to step back in to that high activity or higher activity period. So as we look ahead to 2016, we view that as an opportunity to start that ramp-up, again, assuming that we see that constructive price environment in front of us. And within our, of course, 2015 budget, we do have some items, some investments that will be either reduced or falling out of the 2016 program that will provide us a little bit of accommodation space even on a flat budget outlook going into 2016.
Brian A. Singer - Goldman Sachs & Co.:
Great. Thank you very much.
Lee M. Tillman - President, Chief Executive Officer & Director:
Thanks, Brian.
Operator:
And our next question comes from John Herrlin from Société Générale. Please go ahead.
John P. Herrlin - SG Americas Securities LLC:
Yeah. Hi. Just two quick ones from me. Could you talk more about the Rodo well in EG and what your plans are there?
Lee M. Tillman - President, Chief Executive Officer & Director:
Yeah, absolutely, John. We'll let Mitch take that one.
Thomas Mitchell Little - Vice President-International Production Operations:
Sure, John. Thanks for the question. We talked about in our 4Q call the two-well exploration program in EG. And we previously announced the non-commercial hydrocarbon results of the Sodalita well. We did fare a bit better on the Rodo well. But we now want to integrate the results of both of those wells into our regional database, look at the options to further exploit the other prospects in the area and understand what the commerciality options might be looking forward.
Lee M. Tillman - President, Chief Executive Officer & Director:
And I think just building on that, the EG program to us is a great example, though, of really infrastructure-led exploration where we have the investment there. These would be possibly smaller accumulations that we think that we have a unique ability to bring online and make commercial. But as Mitch stated, we still have some work to do to integrate the results from both wells before we're ready to move forward. You had a second question, John.
John P. Herrlin - SG Americas Securities LLC:
Yeah. I did. I was wondering whether you think your current distribution is too high relative to the cash flow, your dividend, whether you need to address that going forward or given your current capital plan and asset sales that it's not an issue.
John R. Sult - Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer:
Yeah. John, this is J.R. How are you this morning?
John P. Herrlin - SG Americas Securities LLC:
Good. And you?
John R. Sult - Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer:
I'm good. Thanks. No, John, still, we've been pretty clear that when we think about capital allocation, that the dividend today remains in that pool of the first call on our capital. At the end of the day, the decision around the dividend is really the board's and not management. At this point in time, it remains that first call on capital. There's no doubt in a sub-$60 or $60 commodity price environment, that it pulls on our cash flows much harder than it did when it was just a year ago. But at this point in time, we're still committed to that dividend, John.
Lee M. Tillman - President, Chief Executive Officer & Director:
And our goal is, of course, to grow back into it.
John P. Herrlin - SG Americas Securities LLC:
Great. Thank you.
Lee M. Tillman - President, Chief Executive Officer & Director:
Thanks, John.
Operator:
And our next question comes from David Heikkinen from Heikkinen Energy. Please go ahead.
David Martin Heikkinen - Heikkinen Energy Advisors:
Thanks. Just curious on the production and reserves associated with the non-core assets.
Lee M. Tillman - President, Chief Executive Officer & Director:
Yeah. Just, we haven't detailed out specifically any granularity on those assets, but they're non-core. And for us, that means that they will likely be not significant from a volumes or resource standpoint.
David Martin Heikkinen - Heikkinen Energy Advisors:
Are they in you guidance or not? I guess if it's not significant, doesn't really matter.
Lee M. Tillman - President, Chief Executive Officer & Director:
Well, yeah. Today, of course, we don't put any potential divestments into our forward guidance.
David Martin Heikkinen - Heikkinen Energy Advisors:
That's helpful. And then thinking about cadence in each of your onshore resource plays and your second quarter guidance, can you break out some idea of expectations of how you maintain the Eagle Ford at a higher activity level, and then I guess Oklahoma next, and then what happens in the Bakken as you've slowed more rapidly there? Just trying to get an idea of production in each of those as you go through the year.
Lee M. Tillman - President, Chief Executive Officer & Director:
Yeah. Well, just in terms of cadence or pace, it's really again driven by rig activity and frac crew activity. A case in point, David, we're already at a single rig of activity in the Bakken. But within that single rig capacity, we are very confident that we will still be able to deliver on our downspacing pilots, which was a key strategic objective for this year in the Bakken. In Oklahoma, our two-rig operated program was largely dictated by our desire to ensure we protected all of our high-quality leasehold while continuing to develop the SCOOP area as well. And then of course, leverage, to the extent that we can, the non-operated side of the business to leverage our capital very efficiently. And then in the Eagle Ford, it's really taking full advantage of some of the efficiencies that we are seeing on the drilling front and hopefully being able to extrapolate those moving forward into the second half of the year.
David Martin Heikkinen - Heikkinen Energy Advisors:
I guess just to make simple math, if we take your gross operated wells in each area, subtract first quarter and divide by three, is that a rough approximation of completed well cadence?
Lee M. Tillman - President, Chief Executive Officer & Director:
Yeah. I think it is a rough approximation because as we get down to that, we are a little bit in still that transitional period, David, as we come out of the first quarter where we're still kind of decelerating and ramping down. But as we kind of hit the back end of the second quarter, that really is setting the pace as we look forward into the second half of the year.
David Martin Heikkinen - Heikkinen Energy Advisors:
Okay. That's clear.
Lee M. Tillman - President, Chief Executive Officer & Director:
Does that help?
David Martin Heikkinen - Heikkinen Energy Advisors:
Yeah, yeah.
Lee M. Tillman - President, Chief Executive Officer & Director:
Okay. Thanks, David.
Operator:
And our next question comes from Guy Baber from Simmons & Company. Please go ahead.
Guy Allen Baber - Simmons & Company International:
Good morning, everybody.
Lance W. Robertson - Vice President-North America Production Operations:
Hey, Guy.
Lee M. Tillman - President, Chief Executive Officer & Director:
Good morning.
Guy Allen Baber - Simmons & Company International:
Lee, I apologize for belaboring this point, but on the topic of pivoting back toward increasing activity levels, you've mentioned consistently that you want to see a sustainable price recovery before you begin to add rigs. Can you just talk a little bit more about what that really means and what you want to see? Prices are at $65 a barrel on the forward curve later this year. Do you need to see a higher price, or is it more of a duration question, or is it just a matter of you all becoming more comfortable with the macro internally? And then relatedly, you mentioned a number of times you want to be well-prepared to re-engage. Are there any bottlenecks that you're aware of that could hinder an efficient ramp back up? And really just wondering, what risks you're most focused on mitigating in a ramp-up scenario and how you believe the company is well-positioned to ramp up whenever you feel that the time is right?
Lee M. Tillman - President, Chief Executive Officer & Director:
Yeah, well, let me maybe take the question on the price outlook and what we're really looking for there from a trigger point standpoint. And then maybe I'll defer the bottleneck question around our unconventionals over to Lance. But on the question of what is the trigger, what are the signs that we're looking for to then give us confidence to begin a ramp-up in our unconventionals. For us, you're right, the forward curve is looking around $65. I think if we saw sustainment at $65-plus certainly going into the back half of the year in 2016, to us, it's more about seeing that being a sustainable recovery and having the confidence to come back in and begin a ramp-up. But if we saw those levels, we felt that the macros were supportive and constructive of a sustainable $65-plus kind of a range, we feel very confident going into 2016 with a ramp-up in our unconventionals. Let me hand over to Lance, though, to address more of the question about execution bottlenecks as we start thinking about a ramp-up in the unconventionals.
Lance W. Robertson - Vice President-North America Production Operations:
Guy, as we reduce activity, we have a clear focus on retaining the most efficient service providers, crews and equipment, which naturally creates an efficiency drive on our existing activity that remains. But it also positions us well as we grow. We have existing relationships with those providers. Many of those are going to be the most equipped to bring equipment and people back into the sector on the growth side. So I think we're going to be comfortable there. And I think our drive to be really efficient is naturally a place where service providers would want to work for us before others. And so I think we'll have some opportunity there. Having said that, I mean, we do have some concern that the labor force is leaving the energy space during this time, and it's going to make ramping up more challenging than ramping down. And I think that's something that, not just to us, but others will have to face in the market.
Guy Allen Baber - Simmons & Company International:
Thanks for the comments.
Lee M. Tillman - President, Chief Executive Officer & Director:
Thank you, Guy.
Operator:
And our next question comes from Scott Hanold from RBC. Please go ahead.
Scott Hanold - RBC Capital Markets LLC:
Thanks. Good morning.
Lee M. Tillman - President, Chief Executive Officer & Director:
Good morning, Scott.
Scott Hanold - RBC Capital Markets LLC:
Hey, if I may just pile on again to the same theme and just maybe take a different tact. As you look into ramping up if you do get a sustained price increase, would you all be willing to utilize your credit facility to do that, or do you have a tendency not to want to, I guess, add that to ramp up? And if I can throw in my second question right away, maybe this is a good one for J.R. Is there any change in view on hedging because it looks like you've obviously now have some collars there with some floors. Can you just give us a sense of how that works into the equation?
John R. Sult - Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer:
Yes, Scott. You and I probably talked before. I don't think it's necessarily a change in view. We've always looked at commodity risk management much more broadly than just derivative usage. But I think we've been pretty clear and transparent that if we saw opportunities in the market to protect our cash flows while still giving us a piece of that upside in the commodity price, that we'd be willing to do that. And I think we've demonstrated it on a scale, at least, for 2015, as well as beginning to look at the 2016 market, all predominantly through the use of collars, again, to ensure that we're participating in that upside. I mean, in terms of the balance sheet, again, arguably, I'm definitely leaning on the balance sheet this year, although I'm reinvesting the proceeds that we receive from Norway and those high-return North American unconventionals. And we've been clear that we are willing to lean, but we're not willing to stress that balance sheet. And so it definitely is a balancing act. But don't forget, when those commodity prices do improve or as they do improve, the rest of my portfolio, that 70% weighted for oil is going to also increase my operating cash flows that then will further support our ability to reinvest in increased activity.
Scott Hanold - RBC Capital Markets LLC:
I appreciate the color. Thanks.
Lee M. Tillman - President, Chief Executive Officer & Director:
Thank you, Scott.
John R. Sult - Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer:
Thanks, Scott.
Operator:
And our next question comes from Monroe Helm from Barrow, Hanley Please go ahead.
Hiram Monroe Helm - Barrow, Hanley, Mewhinney & Strauss LLC:
Gosh. Almost got my name as bad as David Heikkinen. It's a good thing I'm not Monroe Heikkinen. It would really be bad. My question is just kind of a follow on to what the discussion's been here about increasing activity and a better commodity price environment. So if we look at the strip for 2016, it's $65. So let's just assume that the BTS, $65 for next year. I know you haven't done your budget for next year, but you got to have some sense of what your production profile will look like in a $65 world. So I'm wondering if you can give us a very early outlook on what CapEx and what production might look like in 2016 under a $65 environment?
Lee M. Tillman - President, Chief Executive Officer & Director:
Yeah. Luckily, it is a bit early from a budget cycle perspective. But of course, we're continuing to think about what 2016 may look like under various pricing scenarios. But I think under the scenario that you described, which is a confident $65 firm market going into 2016, in that sense, we could take a flat budget into 2016 and still have a ramp-up in the unconventionals due to the fact that we have other investments falling away in 2015. And that would, of course, be our plan. And then we'd watch for other signals in terms of how far we would want to go beyond that flat budget toward our ramp up in activity. But we can absolutely ramp up in the unconventionals on a flat three-three budget in 2016 in the environment that you just described.
Hiram Monroe Helm - Barrow, Hanley, Mewhinney & Strauss LLC:
What do you think – given that and this ramp-up in the unconventionals, could your production in the – can you give us a sense for what your U.S. production growth might be?
Lee M. Tillman - President, Chief Executive Officer & Director:
Yeah, well again, it's awfully early to talk about volume-metric growth in 2016, particularly with the dynamics that we're experiencing in the market right now. But as we think about that flat budget and that ramp-up that it might afford in that $65 price environment, we could see 2016 average production looking not dissimilar to our 4Q 2015 exit rates.
Hiram Monroe Helm - Barrow, Hanley, Mewhinney & Strauss LLC:
Okay. Thank you very much.
Lance W. Robertson - Vice President-North America Production Operations:
Thanks, Monroe.
Lee M. Tillman - President, Chief Executive Officer & Director:
Thank you, Monroe
Operator:
And our next question comes from Pavel Molchanov from Raymond James. Please go ahead.
Pavel S. Molchanov - Raymond James & Associates, Inc.:
Thanks for taking the question, guys. We haven't gotten a lot on international. So I thought I'd try a few on that front.
Lee M. Tillman - President, Chief Executive Officer & Director:
Excellent.
Pavel S. Molchanov - Raymond James & Associates, Inc.:
In the UK, you guys obviously had interest in the past in selling the asset. But then couple months ago, we got a positive change in the tax treatment in the UK sector. So does that change your stance on whether this is something that you want to keep for the long run?
Thomas Mitchell Little - Vice President-International Production Operations:
Yeah, Pavel. Thanks for the question. As you said, we did entertain a marketing effort last year. We did not receive offers that we thought represented full value for the assets. And so we've taken the position that we're going to continue to operate those assets in the most efficient manner we can. And certainly, we're focused this year in this down environment on both commercial leverage, extending some of our scale with strategic suppliers from North America across there and some structural changes. No doubt you've seen some of the equal time rotation work we're doing, which is decreasing our overall cost structure, focused on chemicals, logistics, all of those things. And of course, the tax reforms that have been introduced in the U.K. are helpful to us, but we're at a point in the asset life where they're not as material to us as they might be to earlier life assets.
Pavel S. Molchanov - Raymond James & Associates, Inc.:
Okay. Okay. That's useful. And then on Kurdistan, I know that there have been delays for obvious reasons with the Atrush development. Are you incorporating any production from that field in 2015 guidance?
Thomas Mitchell Little - Vice President-International Production Operations:
Sure, Pavel. We had, in our original plan, had very minimal production from that asset. And as you've noted, we have been informed from the operator of some potential delays to first oil, which was previously targeted for the very end of 2015. We're working through that with them and understanding the forward plan on that and look to have further updates in the near future.
Pavel S. Molchanov - Raymond James & Associates, Inc.:
Okay. But you're still committed to keeping that?
Lee M. Tillman - President, Chief Executive Officer & Director:
Well, I would just say, Pavel, just going back to our discussion around portfolio management that that's part of what we do. That includes our activities in Kurdistan as well. We'll test all assets for their fit in our portfolio. As you can imagine with the dynamics now in the KRG, even if we were to take a position of wanting to monetize those assets it might be relatively tough. But those are assets that when we look at the above ground risk, we'll need to consider their long-term fit in our portfolio.
Pavel S. Molchanov - Raymond James & Associates, Inc.:
Right. Appreciate the color, guys.
Lee M. Tillman - President, Chief Executive Officer & Director:
Thank you.
Operator:
And our next question comes from Jason Gammel from Jefferies. Please go ahead.
Jason D. Gammel - Jefferies International Ltd.:
Thanks very much. I wanted to ask a little bit about the stack-and-frac. Can you talk a little bit about the actual configuration of that and if you were to move into a program, what it would mean for something like inter-lateral spacing within the lower Bakken? And then maybe talk a little bit about the cost-efficiency that comes from the process.
Lance W. Robertson - Vice President-North America Production Operations:
Sure, Jason. The stack-and-frac, we've defined it. I think, I can't remember the exact time we actually rolled that out. But if you look at the diagram we put out in our previous press releases, we're showing that as a four-interval co-development; four vertical intervals, which is Austin Chalk, Upper Eagle Ford and then two wells in the Lower Eagle Ford. We would actually broaden that to say that we'll have stack-and-frac pilots where there'll just be three, which is Austin Chalk, Upper Eagle Ford as well as Lower Eagle Ford. So it's that vertical co-development. We like the rates from all three of those horizons when they've been stacked. We announced that first pilot in that, and we have some additional pilots flowing. We'll be able to talk about those as they mature. But in terms of the efficiency you're referencing there, and this opportunity, we really like the efficiency because we're co-developing all of those horizons from the same pads. So we're spudding from rig to rig, and it gives us an opportunity to address those efficiencies. So if you look at those pilots, what you'd see is that in most of those cases, it's 40-acre spacing in the same zone. In the Lower Eagle Ford, where we have two Lower Eagle Ford wells, it's 40-acre vertical, but it's really 20-acre between them. So it's like a chevron or a W pattern, if you will, in that lower Eagle Ford when you put two in there. But generally, same zone 40-acre with the exception of that in the lower Eagle Ford, we actually separated into, here it gets confusing, the Upper Lower Eagle Ford and the Lower Lower Eagle Ford. Creative names, I know. So it's generally 40 acre with the exception when you put two in there in the Lower Eagle Ford, it gets to what's effectively 20-acre spacing, but they're offset in that pattern.
Jason D. Gammel - Jefferies International Ltd.:
Okay. Thanks. That's really useful. If I could just ask one more question. There's been a lot of discussion about capital allocation over the course of the call in a low price environment. You've really had to take into stock what is important to you. I'm just wondering how deepwater exploration now fits into your future plans just given that, even if you're successful, the amount of capital that would be required for development and the rate of return on that may not even be competitive with what were you're doing onshore.
Lee M. Tillman - President, Chief Executive Officer & Director:
Yeah. Well, I think there, you're hitting upon, really, the contrast between the short cycle and the long-cycle investments. And to be fair to the deepwater, you need to look at it in terms of full-cycle returns as well not incremental returns. So I guess, it really comes down to your view of that longer-term price outlook over time. If you take a view to where that longer-term outlook is constructive, then deepwater has a role to play in continuing to meet part of the future demand. And in our view, the high-quality deepwater assets still have the ability to compete in that longer-term environment. I think the question for us becomes one of scale and cash flows and our ability to support the large investment dollars that are required in deepwater development. And so we're going to be very selective and very focused. This year's exploration program is half of the spend that we were last year. So we're going to bring a very sharp focus to that program that reflects the fact that these longer-cycle investments can have a role to play in your portfolio.
Jason D. Gammel - Jefferies International Ltd.:
Okay. Appreciate the thoughts.
Lee M. Tillman - President, Chief Executive Officer & Director:
Yeah. Thank you.
Operator:
And our next question comes from Jeffrey Campbell from Tuohy Brothers. Please go ahead.
Jeffrey L. Campbell - Tuohy Brothers Investment Research, Inc.:
Good morning.
Lance W. Robertson - Vice President-North America Production Operations:
Good morning, Jeff.
Lee M. Tillman - President, Chief Executive Officer & Director:
Good morning.
Jeffrey L. Campbell - Tuohy Brothers Investment Research, Inc.:
This is a great call. A lot of color. I wanted to ask you if you could provide a little bit more color on the Oklahoma resource non-op activity. And what I'm really wondering is is this just mirroring operated activity without the burden of adding a rig or does it present an additional opportunity to, perhaps, compress the learning curve on areas about which you have a less defined division?
Lance W. Robertson - Vice President-North America Production Operations:
Yeah, Jeff. It clearly accelerates the opportunities you're describing. We're learning an enormous amount from all of the offset-operated activity. That activity is predominantly focused in the highest values areas within the SCOOP and in the STACK where we have acreage. We clearly want to participate and capture that acreage and convert it to HBP. But we also want to take and leverage all of the early production, the petrophysics and the learnings we can have from that. One of the things we really appreciate about the Oklahoma resource basins is we're getting several multiples of data from the OBO activity that we get from an operated activity for very few capital dollars. So we're learning tremendously at very low risk, really accelerates our description of the resource, of the well productivity and allows us to design our own pilots and grow and get ready to grow to scale activity much more rapidly. I think our increase in capital spend in that area reflects that as Oklahoma continues to be resilient in the returns it can deliver, the activity in Oklahoma has also been resilient. And we're just responding to make sure we don't miss any valuable opportunities.
Lee M. Tillman - President, Chief Executive Officer & Director:
And I'll also just add that even though we're excited about the incremental information that can be gained from leveraging into non-operated, we have a very good understanding of Oklahoma. I mean, we have already greater than a billion barrels of oil equivalent and 2P resource ascribed to Oklahoma. So this is really just continuing to move that and progress that further and doing that in essentially a low price environment.
Jeffrey L. Campbell - Tuohy Brothers Investment Research, Inc.:
Okay. Thank you. And just as a follow-up, let's take the same thing but think of it comparatively with the Eagle Ford. Following on your earlier remarks about well performance, was the decision to pull capital out of the Eagle Ford while increasing capital in Oklahoma an example of capital competition or was it more that Oklahoma offered a unique opportunity to increase activity without having to commit to another rig?
Lee M. Tillman - President, Chief Executive Officer & Director:
Yes. I think it was, one, that Oklahoma does compete for capital very favorably. If you go back to our single well economics and you look at those even head-to-head with the Eagle Ford, those wells are on par. So strictly from an economic standpoint, absolutely competitive. But we saw a unique opportunity in Oklahoma, I think, as Lance very well described, to really leverage our money there to continue to expand our knowledge and insight around the Oklahoma resource basin. So we felt that was a unique opportunity. It's largely being driven by Oklahoma continuing to attract more capital from other operators' portfolios, and we want to participate in that.
Jeffrey L. Campbell - Tuohy Brothers Investment Research, Inc.:
Good. Thank you. That was very clear.
Operator:
And our next question comes from Roger Read from Wells Fargo. Please go ahead.
Roger D. Read - Wells Fargo Securities LLC:
Hey. Good morning.
Lance W. Robertson - Vice President-North America Production Operations:
Hey, Roger.
Lee M. Tillman - President, Chief Executive Officer & Director:
Good morning.
Roger D. Read - Wells Fargo Securities LLC:
Quite a lot of this been hit. I guess I'd like to see if we could get any more clarity on what qualifies as non-core and is there any risk if a sale occurs this year that it would impact the production guidance? Or are we thinking about more the undeveloped, as you mentioned, competing with capital going forward?
Lee M. Tillman - President, Chief Executive Officer & Director:
Yeah. Again, for a lot of reasons, we can't go into details on exactly what we would place in the non-core assets. But suffice to say, because of the definition of non-core, we view these as being not significant from a reserves and volume standpoint. So we would not view them as being highly impactful to our forward guidance. And to the extent we're successful on those transactions, we'll communicate those clearly and transparently into the market. But for now, I think, suffice to say, we have identified a select list of non-core properties that we feel like will struggle to compete for capital, could potentially have higher value in someone else's portfolio. And we want to pursue those and accelerate those cash flows either to the balance sheet or for redeployment.
Roger D. Read - Wells Fargo Securities LLC:
No, it's fair. And I guess the last question I have is as you think about reducing rig count, reducing CapEx, maintaining production, and you're seeing different ways of testing wells and completion designs, is there anything you're doing differently in terms of choking back to production or anything like that to sort of smooth out? I mean, some companies are going for more the drill but uncompleted, build a backlog. Clearly, you're not in that camp. But I didn't know as we think about the exit rate for 2015 and all the discussion about CapEx and future drilling activity in 2016, if there was an incentive to sort of, let's call it, smooth out things a little bit as you set yourself up for the next up cycle.
Lance W. Robertson - Vice President-North America Production Operations:
Roger, we managed each of the individual wells to deliver the highest value in that investment. So we generally let the technical and operations teams manage those wells effectively. So rather than try this, for example, flow them on a smaller choke size and smooth that out. We're looking for highest value on that investment return today. The wells we're investing in this quarter are generating good returns at current pricing. So we have confidence we can do that and decisions we've really let the technical teams make. We've scaled our activity in North America in logical increments that make sense. So for example, in the Eagle Ford, we want to keep whole frac fleets active rather than partial frac fleets to drive efficiency. We've scaled the drilling activity to match that. Part of the reduction we've taken in activity there is actually not just related to capital spend, but just recognizing as the efficiencies continue to improve, we were going to have to let go of one or more rigs anyway to make sure we didn't overdrill our plan for the year. And so we'll keep doing that. I think as you noted, also, we have not been building a backlog of drilled but uncompleted wells for use later in the year. We're really managing that as an operations basket of wells to complete to manage our stimulation operation smoothly and efficiently.
Roger D. Read - Wells Fargo Securities LLC:
Okay. That's helpful. Thank you.
John R. Sult - Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer:
Thanks, Roger.
Operator:
And our last question is a follow-up from Ed Westlake from Credit Suisse. Please go ahead, sir.
Edward George Westlake - Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC (Broker):
I've got 10 follow-ups but I'll limit it to one. I'm surprised we haven't been talking more about the SCOOP and STACKS, so maybe people aren't quite as (59:00) as I thought. But let me ask you about when do you think you'll be able to give us an update, just in terms of timing, in terms of the well costs in a development mode? And then appreciate that the Meramec is quite thick up in the STACK, and obviously, you've got the Woodford spring occurred about an opportunity in the south. So the spacing could be really quite tight. So when do you think you'll be able to give us some updates on these spacing tests?
Lee M. Tillman - President, Chief Executive Officer & Director:
Yeah, when we typically talk about production results with you, Ed, we tend to talk about wanting to get 180 days of production to really understand well performance, understand where we are on a specific type curve. We are still on the learning curve in Oklahoma when it comes, though, to D&C costs. And we think we're starting in a much more favorable position because of all the good work that has been done already in the Eagle Ford and the Bakken to drive well costs down. We captured $600,000 in well costs already since we released our new well costs this year and our single-well economics. But we think there's a lot more room to maneuver there from both an efficiency as well as a commercial standpoint. And that's just going to take some time as we grow to scale. Bear in mind, Ed, we had plans that had actually ramped up the six rigs in the Eagle Ford at year-end – I'm sorry – in Oklahoma at the end of the year here. And so the execution capacity is there. And I think as we move that to scale, that is going to allow us to really accelerate on that learning curve particularly when it comes to D&C costs.
Edward George Westlake - Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC (Broker):
Right. I was just trying to see if I could see if there was a NASCAR track in Oklahoma but so there'll be an Analyst Day at some point in the future.
Lee M. Tillman - President, Chief Executive Officer & Director:
We'll work on that one, Ed.
Edward George Westlake - Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC (Broker):
Okay. Thank you.
Lee M. Tillman - President, Chief Executive Officer & Director:
Thanks, Ed.
Operator:
And I'm not showing any further questions. At this time, I will now turn the call back over to Mr. Chris Phillips for closing remarks.
Christopher C. Phillips - Director-Investor Relations:
Thank you, Vivian. Thank you for the questions and interest in Marathon Oil this morning. I'd like to thank everyone again for their participation. Please contact Zach Dailey or myself if you have any follow-up questions. Operator, thank you. This concludes today's conference call. You may now disconnect.
Operator:
And thank you, ladies and gentlemen. This concludes today's conference. Thank you for participating. You may now disconnect.
Executives:
Zach Dailey - Director, Investor Relations Lee M. Tillman - Chief Executive Officer and President Lance W. Robertson - Vice President-North America Production Operations Thomas Mitchell Little - Vice President-International Production Operations John R. Sult - Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
Analysts:
Edward George Westlake - Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC (Broker) Doug Leggate - Bank of America Merrill Lynch Ryan Todd - Deutsche Bank Securities, Inc. John Herrlin - Société Générale Guy Allen Baber - Simmons & Company International Jeoffrey Lambujon - Tudor Pickering Holt & Co. Securities, Inc. Pavel S. Molchanov - Raymond James & Associates, Inc. Jason D. Gammel - Jefferies International Ltd. Jeffrey L. Campbell - Tuohy Brothers Investment Research, Inc.
Operator:
Welcome to the Marathon Oil Corporation 2014 quarter four earnings and 2015 capital budget conference call. My name is Vivian, and I will be your operator for today's call. At this time, all participants are in a listen-only mode. Later, we will conduct a question-and-answer session. Please note that this conference is being recorded. I will now turn the call over to Mr. Zach Dailey. Mr. Dailey, you may begin.
Zach Dailey - Director, Investor Relations:
Thanks, good morning and welcome to Marathon Oil Corporation's fourth quarter and full-year 2014 earnings and 2015 capital budget conference call. I'm Zach Dailey, Director of Investor Relations. Also joining me on the call this morning are
Lee M. Tillman - Chief Executive Officer and President:
All right, thank you, Zach, and good morning to all. I will say Zach is pinch-hitting for Chris Phillips today. He is a bit under the weather. We hope Chris is back with us soon. As Zach mentioned, yesterday afternoon we released our fourth quarter and full-year 2014 earnings as well as announcing our 2015 capital budget. What we really want to accomplish this morning is to spend the bulk of our time on the 2015 capital budget, and then turn to your questions. But before I do that, I'd like to share just a few thought on our full-year 2014 results. I think I would summarize by saying we delivered against our 2014 performance commitments, investing in our three high-return U.S. resource plays, which yielded a 35% increase in production. We successfully closed on really two significant strategic dispositions of over $4 billion in proceeds. And we were also able to return value to our shareholders through an increased dividend and $1 billion in share repurchases. We also had a proved reserve replacement ratio of 183% ex-dispositions, and that was at a very competitive $20 per barrel oil equivalent in finding and development cost. And we also recorded 97% operational availability across our company-operated assets. And of course, these are our most economic barrels. I think we would say that by any measure, it was an outstanding year, but the second half of the year brought us a bit of a new reality, a bit of a gut check. Commodity prices corrected significantly downward, and I think we were harshly reminded yet again of our inability to predict pricing. Our business plans for 2015, as with others, were being essentially adjusted in real time as the market continued to search for some semblance of stability. And in December, we felt it was critical to at least advise our shareholders as to our view of 2015 capital budget guidance at that particular point in time, with the caveat that we were prepared to respond to further downward movement in pricing. Our foreshadowing, unfortunately, was quite accurate, and prices fell more as we moved into the new year. This morning what we're sharing is our updated plan and budget based on today's view of the pricing environment. But it has the same caveat that flexibility is going to be essential in a volatile commodity market. We will admit that we're no more clairvoyant on pricing than we were in December. So with that little bit of a preamble, let me go and turn to 2015. Our $3.5 billion budget really emphasizes investment selectivity and returns, balance sheet flexibility, and positions us for price recovery. It is a further 20% reduction since our December update. We've significantly reduced exploration spending by half, and we are moderating activity levels in the U.S. in alignment with good cash flow management. We'll end up directing about 70% or $2.4 billion of our budget toward our three core U.S. resource plays, and these continue to be among our highest return investment opportunities. Our objective is simple. It's to deliver high returns in the current pricing environment while we protect our financial flexibility through prudent management of cash flows. Today we're also releasing updated single-well economics for the resource plays. And these new single-well economics reflect our 2015 inventory high-grading along with the service cost reductions that we've already captured and have in hand. Suffice to say, we are not opportunity limited. Furthermore, we're continuing to pursue all means to expand our margins. We're going to do this through capital efficiency, expense management, and operational reliability, those things that we can control. Marathon Oil clearly benefits from a deep multiyear inventory that is robust across a broad range of pricing scenarios. Given this portfolio, we're fortunate to have the optionality to adjust our short-cycle investments in line with commodity prices. As we continue to focus on our three high-quality U.S. resource plays in 2015, our budget and activity plans will support high-return investments that will in turn generate a total company production growth rate ex-Libya of 5% to 7% year over year; and specifically for our resource plays, a growth rate of about 20% year over year, admittedly benefiting from the 2014 carry-in effect. Bottom line is that we're going to be driven by returns and cash flow management with growth as an outcome while we retain the ability to flex on pricing. With that, I'll turn over to Lance Robertson, our Vice President of North America Production Operations, and he'll take us through our activity plans for the resource plays. Lance?
Lance W. Robertson - Vice President-North America Production Operations:
Thanks, Lee. I'll begin on slide four. In the context of the current environment, we are prudently reducing development activity and commensurate capital expenditures across all three of the resource plays. Having the flexibility within our existing commercial agreements allows us to make these adjustments readily and at little to no cost. As reflected by the table in the top right of the slide, activity will be reduced from 33 active rigs at the end of 2014 to 18 by the end of the first quarter, with a further reduction to 14 rigs by the end of the second quarter. We anticipate continuing at the 14 rig pace across the balance of 2015, but retain significant flexibility to scale up or down as market conditions warrant. In addition to rig reductions, we are optimizing completions activity to match our inventory of wells, with the focus on maintaining the execution efficiency of full frac fleets. In addition to driving operational efficiencies, we have focused extensively on service cost reductions in this environment, securing to date a minimum of $225 million in savings across the 2015 activity. Importantly, substantially all of these initial savings were effective in January, benefiting our returns early in the cycle. We continue to see opportunity for additional savings throughout the year, further protecting our cash margins. Our North America opportunities for investment remain compelling at current commodity pricing. Referencing the plot in the bottom right, our 2015 investments will focus on inventory that can deliver strong returns in each of Eagle Ford, Bakken, and the Oklahoma resource basins. In addition, we have multiple years of inventory that can deliver similar returns at today's pricing. With our core position in three key basins and our relentless focus on continuing to drive efficiencies and cost savings, we can continue to provide Marathon Oil with opportunities to deliver value to our shareholders. The 2015 development spend and activity in the resource basins will result in a production increase of approximately 20% year on year, with fourth quarter 2015 exit rates up from the same quarter of 2014. Turning to slide five, we will focus initially on the Eagle Ford, where we have allocated approximately 40% of total 2015 capital on our high-return inventory. Our quality core acreage provides opportunity to drive tremendous value at this scale. We continue to realize this value through highly effective execution. With these efficiencies and recently secured service cost reductions, our costs have fallen by $1.3 million a well to an average of $6.3 million a well in 2015, maintaining our position as one of the most cost efficient operators in the basin. Over the past year, completions optimization has resulted in a 25% increase in 180-day cumulative production across wells to sales. This incremental early-life production materially improves well margins. And as this group matures, we anticipate adding further value with an increase in ultimate volumes recovered. Taking into account cost savings and improvements in well performance, we anticipate drilling approximately 215 to 225 wells this year in South Texas, with returns ranging from 40% to 60% at $60 flat WTI pricing. This group includes Eagle Ford condensate wells, high-GOR Eagle Ford oil wells, with the remaining 25% of wells to develop and further delineate the Austin Chalk. In all cases, the Austin Chalk is co-developed with the Lower Eagle Ford, leveraging the existing gathering network and the facilities. Focusing on the table in the upper left, we are illustrating for the first time single-well metrics for the Austin Chalk. From the data, you can see that the initial production and estimated ultimate recovery compare favorably to the Eagle Ford condensate and high-GOR oil wells. In the currently delineated core area, the Austin Chalk wells deliver the highest returns, driven by higher early-life cumulative production relative to other horizons in the Eagle Ford portfolio. Continuing with our co-development efforts, the first four Upper Eagle Ford wells were placed on sales in the fourth quarter. They're co-developed above high-GOR Lower Eagle Ford oil wells in this pilot, consistent with the Austin Chalk co-development efforts. Same-zone spacing is 40-acre equivalent, with spacing between the horizons at 20-acre equivalent. These wells are early on flow, but initial rates and pressures are encouraging from both horizons. We will continue this testing throughout the year, much in the way the Austin Chalk has been and will continue to be identified, evaluated, and developed. In addition, we also spud the first Stack and Frac co-development pilot in the fourth quarter, including Austin Chalk, Upper Eagle Ford, and two wells in the Lower Eagle Ford. We will provide an update on these efforts later in the year. Focusing on the Bakken on slide six, the initial completion trials are mostly finished, with 42 of the wells completed and flowing to sales. Of these wells, the first 18 in Myrmidon and Hector have yielded a more than 30% increase in cumulative production over the first 60 days. This material change in early production is clearly very encouraging, and we anticipate further updates as the production histories mature. In aggregate, the incremental spend on more intensive completions is yielding a return on investment at or above 100% in all areas and zones. As a result of strong early production response and our focus on driving value, we have adopted the updated completion practices with more intensive stimulations into the base program. These changes are effective across Myrmidon and Hector and Middle Bakken and Three Forks intervals. Reflecting the success, we will continue to test and optimize completions moving forward. Directing your attention to the single-well returns table in the upper left of the slide, we illustrated updated gross completed well costs of $6.2 million to $6.6 million a well, reflecting a reduction of almost $1 million a well thus far. These costs include incremental spend for more intensive stimulations for each area. But the full performance benefits of enhanced completions on EUR is not yet reflected. In addition to the completion pilots, we have concluded drilling on the first two spacing pilots with six wells per horizon in Hector and Myrmidon. These pilots will move to completions over the coming weeks, with a third spacing pilot currently drilling. We anticipate a combination of improved stimulation designs coupled with increasing spacing density to drive toward the highest value, incrementally improving the recovery efficiency across a drilling unit. With improved well costs and higher initial production, our investments in the Williston Basin will deliver competitive returns at 20% to 30% in the current commodity environment. As we continue to focus on highest returns and value, the majority of our activity in 2015 will occur in the Myrmidon area. On slide seven, Oklahoma resource activity will focus on protecting core leasehold in the SCOOP and STACK areas. With more than 70% of our Oklahoma acreage held by production, our 2015 activity will allow us to manage lease expiries with moderated spend of approximately $225 million and two rigs after the first quarter. Our focus for the year will include high-value SCOOP and STACK wells, including our first operated spacing pilot in the SCOOP-Woodford, where we are targeting six wells in a 640-acre unit, effectively testing same-zone spacing of approximately 105 acres. This spacing pilot was spud in the fourth quarter. We anticipate moving to completions by the middle of 2015. In addition, we will spud our first operated Springer well in the SCOOP area later in the year to complement the 17 outside operated Springer wells in which we currently participate. We continue to grow our leaseholds in Oklahoma, adding 10,000 net acres focused on the SCOOP and Springer areas in the fourth quarter. Drawing your attention to the table on the upper left, SCOOP well estimated ultimate recoveries continue to be among the highest available with a high liquids content. Having secured an initial cost reduction of more than $0.5 million, we are confident we can deliver wells with 30% to 40% internal rates of return in the current commodity market. With the lower activity in Oklahoma, we will turn our focus to developing the spacing pilots, driving efficiency, securing additional cost reductions, and delivering higher ultimate value. With the longest wells from spud to total depth in our resource portfolio today, we see ample opportunity for cycle time improvements in 2015. And with price recovery, we'll be ready to move to scale at the lowest cost. Slide eight brings together all three U.S. resource plays and demonstrates the strength of our resource and inventory. Our 2015 capital development program is one that's appropriately scaled to today's commodity price environment. As Lee mentioned at the beginning, we expect these basins to achieve an approximate 20% increase in production 2015 over 2014, taking into account our spending plans and moderated activity levels. Next, I'll hand it off to my counterpart, Mitch Little, Vice President of International and Offshore E&P Operations. Mitch will describe 2015 activity for his business.
Thomas Mitchell Little - Vice President-International Production Operations:
Thank you, Lance. Switching now to our international and offshore activities, which begin on slide nine, our 2015 development activities are focused on high-return previously sanctioned long-cycle commitments and selective other projects that offer superior risk-adjusted returns, including targeted activities in Equatorial Guinea, the Kurdistan region of Iraq, the U.S. Gulf of Mexico, and the UK North Sea. Within EG, we're progressing the Alba B3 Compression project, which has important infrastructure, allowing us to access the field's proven reserve base by significantly lowering field abandonment pressure. The project is approximately 60% complete, remains within budget and on track for a 2016 startup. Combined with the addition of the C-21 infill producer, the project is expected to maintain field production plateau for an additional two years while extending field life by as much as eight years. Our investment activities in EG also include a second near-field wildcat well, testing an oil prone amplitude supported prospect at Rodo, which is located within sub-area B of the Alba block. While the recently drilled Sodalita West well did not encounter commercial hydrocarbon quantities, we were encouraged by the presence of high-quality oil in multiple stacked sands. Our upcoming Rodo well is targeting a younger reservoir section, and we have several additional prospects across our more than 120,000 net acres under contract in EG. Our UK investment program is concentrated on the addition of three infill producers that add high-return incremental barrels to our existing operations. The first well, an infill producer at South Brae, will be online within the first quarter and follows on the success of two previous wells that were brought online in late 2014 and continue to outperform pre-drill expectations. Activities also include drilling and completion of two subsea infill producers within our operated West Brae field. The first of these wells is expected to be online by the end of February, with the second coming online around midyear. Moving on to our planned 2015 Kurdistan investment program, which includes the development activities highlighted here as well as exploration activities, which will be discussed on the subsequent slide; within the outside operated Atrush Block, construction and installation of the Phase 1 production facilities continues, with first production currently forecast for late 2015. Appraisal and testing activities also continue in the eastern portions of the field. And results from those activities will be integrated with existing data to inform a future decision regarding the applicability of additional development phases. The outside operated Sarsang Block is currently producing around 4,000 gross barrels of oil a day from a single well facility within the Swara Tika field. A phased field development plan is under review within the Kurdistan Ministry of Natural Resources, and we anticipate approval and associated development activities in 2015. Finally, in the Gulf of Mexico, we are participating in the two-well subsea development project at the outside operated Gunflint, with first production expected in 2016. Moving now to slide 10, we have materially reduced our global exploration spending in 2015, with activities focused towards ongoing appraisal activities and/or prior commitments. The majority of this spending is tightly focused within two geographic areas. Within the Gulf of Mexico, we continue evaluation and testing of our prospect inventory within the inboard Paleogene play. Several discoveries have been announced within the play over the past few years, including the outside operated Shenandoah field, where Marathon Oil holds a 10% working interest. An appraisal well is expected to spud at Shenandoah in the second quarter. Additionally, the Maersk Valiant drillship will be back for our second operated well slot sometime during the second quarter of 2015. Moving over to Kurdistan, we are currently drilling the Mirawa 2 appraisal well within the company operated Harir Block. The well is a follow-up to the 2013 Mirawa discovery well and will further define the resource base in advance of a commerciality decision, which is due later this year. In addition, within the outside operated Sarsang Block, the East Swara Tika exploration well is currently being sidetracked to an updip location. Well results are expected to be announced later in 2015. With that, I'd like to turn the call back to Lee for his concluding comments.
Lee M. Tillman - Chief Executive Officer and President:
All right, thank you, Mitch, and thank you to Lance as well. As our budget and activity plans demonstrate, Marathon Oil is focused on delivering long-term shareholder value regardless of the commodity price cycle. We have a keen eye on returns and financial flexibility. We're committed to exercising capital discipline that will protect our optionality and position us to be a stronger E&P, and not only 2015 and 2016 but beyond. Our three U.S. resource plays have exceptional sub-surface quality and strong single-well economics that will deliver solid returns across a broad range of price scenarios. Even after high-grading our opportunities for this low price environment, our deep portfolio affords us a multiyear drilling inventory, with pace and spending levels ultimately moderated based on pricing and cash flows. We are exercising every means available to expand our margins, including significant contributions that you've heard about from enhanced completions and service cost reductions. But we're also mindful of driving the fundamentals of expense management, including organizational capacity which must match the current environment and activity levels, and finally, operational reliability. Our commitment to our previously stated seven strategic imperatives is durable regardless of the commodity cycle. Though we're rightly focused on prudent near-term actions, we've laid the groundwork for the future, and we'll continue building on our resource base. In 2015, our asset teams will be aggressively testing co-development, Stack and Frac, downspacing, enhanced completion designs, and new horizons, all strategic opportunities to expand our unconventional resource for the future. We are well prepared for the current low-price environment, and our 2015 investment program is based on achieving the highest returns at today's commodity prices while prudently managing cash flows. We will also continue to protect optionality to flex our spend up or down, and we'll ensure that our outstanding asset teams are prepared to take full advantage of a sustained recovery. That really concludes our prepared remarks. So, operator, we'll now open up the call for questions.
Operator:
Thank you. And our first question comes from Ed Westlake from Credit Suisse. Please go ahead.
Edward George Westlake - Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC (Broker):
Good morning, gentlemen, and congratulations on the operational performance last year, and thanks for a lot of color in the presentations. I guess a question on the 2015 and then 2016 shale growth. You mentioned that you have inventory and you can see it in the numbers if you look at well completions and then wells to sales, which obviously four less. As you roll forward into 2016, if you just kept the same level of activity, what sort of production growth do you think you'd get from each of your plays? It feels like it should flatten and then perhaps even decline if we carried on at this level of well completions.
Lee M. Tillman - Chief Executive Officer and President:
Let me address that one, Ed. First, maybe it's useful for us just to reflect on how we developed this year's plan. And it was really looking at the near-term pricing environment, the returns that we could generate, high-grading the inventory, and then testing that against our cash flow management objectives. And really, when we did that, growth became an outcome, if you will, from that process. And we tested that, of course, against numerous pricing scenarios. If we look at 2015, as we stated in the prepared material, Ed, we're looking at overall growth on average of 5% to 7% for the portfolio. But we also believe the resource plays will deliver approximately 20% in growth. If we think about that in terms of exit rates, the exit rates 4Q 2014 to 4Q 2015 and the resource plays will actually be up, and the overall portfolio will essentially be flat on exit rate with the resource plays, essentially offsetting our more mature properties. Looking forward into 2016, as you might imagine, Ed, we've run numerous scenarios looking at not only 2015 but also 2016 under many, many price decks over the last few months. But when we think about 2106 and we think about a moderate level of recovery in 2016, we think that we could hold our budget essentially at current levels, 2015 type levels around the $3.5 billion, and keep our overall average for the portfolio essentially flat, with likely exit rates increasing a bit year on year as we see a little bit more activity because we're seeing some improvement in cash flows.
Edward George Westlake - Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC (Broker):
That's very helpful and probably more guidance than we'll get from other companies at this stage, so thank you. And then on the cost side, $225 million across your budget, I mean that's sort of 5%, 6%. People are thinking service cost deflation is going to 20% or more. I'm just worried if you – I'm sorry, I'd like to ask whether you think 20% is realistic. Or is it just a function of where you are in the year?
Lance W. Robertson - Vice President-North America Production Operations:
Sure, Ed, good question. I think I would encourage everyone to think of that initial cost savings of $225 million as the minimum. Those are effectively savings we've already accomplished. They're in the rearview mirror from our perspective, and we're working on the next level. We've built those into our budget plans, so they're included in there. We're already working on several areas of next cost savings. So we fully anticipate that savings to grow throughout the year. We're confident in what we've already achieved and we're confident we'll achieve further savings throughout the year, Ed.
Edward George Westlake - Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC (Broker):
Thank you.
Operator:
And our next question comes from Doug Leggate from Bank of America. Please go ahead.
Doug Leggate - Bank of America Merrill Lynch:
Thanks, good morning, everybody. Lee, thanks for all the guidance and the detailed review on the capital budget. But I guess my question is one of your competitors this morning is also a very large operator in the Eagle Ford. They've just come out and basically said you know what, we're just not going to give this stuff away in this oil price environment, especially when we haven't had the costs come down yet. And if I read your interpretation correctly, what you're basically saying is we're going to try and get the best returns in the current oil price environment. Why complete the wells at all when you haven't had the cost reductions to the scale that most people are expecting? And I think by your own words, you anticipate that the oil price will ultimately recover. So why not store it in the ground as opposed to just keep on going at this stage? And I've got a follow-up question.
Lee M. Tillman - Chief Executive Officer and President:
Okay yes, I'll address that one, Doug. First of all, we feel very confident that, as Lance has already stated, that we have already captured significant cost savings. So we're not sitting here waiting to capture cost savings. We've already got cost savings in the bank essentially back through the January timeframe. So we feel very comfortable that we are already on that path of capturing cost reduction. We also continue of course to improve the overall productivity of the wells. And when you look at the returns that we're able to generate, we feel very confident that the shareholder is benefiting from those investments. I will say though that we are optimizing our completion program, though. We're not simply just driving forward with our backlog of inventory. As Lance mentioned, we're going to be very judicious about pacing our completion activity in 2015 to ensure that we one, capture full cost reduction savings at scale, but two, also capture the executions efficiency of running full frac crews. So my answer would be is we feel very confident in the returns that we're generating. That's a little bit of a bet on the future I guess in terms of what you see the contango in the future. But we're very comfortable with our investment program.
Doug Leggate - Bank of America Merrill Lynch:
Okay, I appreciate what's obviously not an easy answer. But I guess in a similar vein, you are quite different from your peers in terms of your dividend – in terms of the scale of the dividend in this oil price environment. And I guess given – I guess there's some debate over whether or not you get paid or recognized in your share price for the dividend that you pay. I just wonder if you could help us prioritize your relative expectations for how you allocate cash and maybe perhaps the level of cash flow that you anticipate in your current budget, including dividend spend. And I'll leave it at that, thanks.
Lee M. Tillman - Chief Executive Officer and President:
Okay, well let me maybe address the dividend question. And perhaps I'll ask J.R. to comment a little bit on cash flows and out spend because I know that's a topic of interest. We are committed to our dividend. When we talk about how we allocate capital, we look at the buckets to which we allocate capital. Our financial obligations, which in our view include the dividend, are at the top of that list. And we've always said that we'll scale any movement in the dividend according to the health of the business. But I want to be very clear that we remain committed to our dividends. It's the way that we return value to our shareholders. It needs to be looked at in the full context of the dividend plus the organic growth that we're generating in our business. With that, maybe I'll just ask J.R. to comment a bit on cash flows and our view of out spend moving forward.
John R. Sult - Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer:
Yes, thanks, Lee. Doug, good to hear from you this morning. I think Lee has indicated earlier today, I mean we really did design the capital budget to reflect the spend that we believe is appropriate even in the current environment. And it was really approached quite carefully to balance between this ongoing capital investment and what we believe are attractive returns in our U.S. unconventional resources, and high returns quite candidly, with our ability and our commitment to continue to maintain appropriate financial flexibility during this timeframe. I think also, let's keep in mind. I am sitting on nearly $5 billion of liquidity today, and I think that puts us in a good position as we start into 2015. But honestly that said, we're going to continue to monitor our level of cash flows based on not only the current price environment but expectations in the later part of 2015 and 2016 and look at our cash flow profile accordingly to make sure that we're maintaining that flexibility. And if conditions change, we've got a great deal of flexibility to either decrease if they get worse, or equally important, to increase if we see a strengthening environment, our level of capital spend to really match that increase in cash flows as well. So, and then finally I'd say, Doug, I think Lee highlighted pretty well that we're going to continue to address those matters. They're really within our control of the business, operating costs, G&A, and those sorts of matters. So at this point in point, there's no doubt that we are investing a significant portion of our Norway proceeds this year. But we think we're investing them in an organic program that's delivering solid returns for our shareholders.
Doug Leggate - Bank of America Merrill Lynch:
All right, guys, thanks very much indeed.
John R. Sult - Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer:
Thanks, Doug.
Lee M. Tillman - Chief Executive Officer and President:
Thanks, Doug.
Operator:
And our next question comes from Ryan Todd from Deutsche Bank. Please go ahead.
Ryan Todd - Deutsche Bank Securities, Inc.:
Great, thanks and good morning, gentlemen. Maybe if I could follow up a little bit on that last point, you're maintaining an attractive level of momentum operationally, and you'll still have on the balance sheet lots of dry powder again in 2015. If you think about that cash management going forward, what would you need to see to put money and rigs back to work? Is it a certain level on the oil price? Is it the cash flow relative to the spending outlook? Is it securing a level of cost reduction? What puts money and rigs back to work?
Lee M. Tillman - Chief Executive Officer and President:
I think, Ryan, the answer to that is probably a bit multi-dimensional. First, it starts with seeing I think a sustained recovery in pricing, one with certainly less volatility but also yields us enhanced cash flows that we can redeploy into the business. Again, we've stated we're not opportunity constrained. That's obvious from our single-well economics and our inventory. So as that incremental cash flow becomes available, we would certainly be looking to invest more. And in our current plans, again, we're not just looking at 2015. We are looking at 2016 and beyond. And in 2016, we are assuming a moderate recovery in pricing that we think will support some uplift in activity going forward, and we're well prepared to do that. We have the execution capacity to gear up or down in the resource plays quite readily.
Ryan Todd - Deutsche Bank Securities, Inc.:
Great, thanks, and then maybe one other on the opportunity set going forward. In recent years you've been a big – you've been a large seller of assets with the exception of maybe building a bit of position in the SCOOP and STACK area. When you think about that going forward, are you still – do you see yourselves more likely still trying to rationalize the portfolio a little bit, or would you look to be more opportunistic in deploying your balance sheet going forward?
Lee M. Tillman - Chief Executive Officer and President:
Let me first maybe, Ryan, address the portfolio management question. Portfolio management for us is an evergreen process. It's just part of what a healthy E&P company does. We're going to continually test our asset set to ensure that it competes for capital allocation within our portfolio. So you're going to see portfolio management feature in our business model going forward in time. Now let's be honest, it's a tough market right now to go out and dispose of an asset and capture true value for the shareholder, but we're going to continue to test the market when we think that it make sense for the shareholder. Back on your other question, though, more maybe along the lines of the M&A, the acquisitive side, I would maybe characterize it. Though it's not a focus for us today, when you think about the bid/ask spread, it's still out there. There's probably still a bit of a gap. But anything that we would evaluate has to compete against our already very strong organic inventory. It would have to come in and compete for capital allocation, which in our view is a relatively high bar from a quality and scale standpoint. So that would be I think the limiting factor to it. It's really finding that quality of asset.
Ryan Todd - Deutsche Bank Securities, Inc.:
Great, thanks.
Lee M. Tillman - Chief Executive Officer and President:
Thank you, Ryan.
Operator:
And our next question comes from John Herrlin from Société Générale. Please go ahead.
John Herrlin - Société Générale:
Hi, three unrelated ones. With the cost savings, is it just discount from book, or changes in procurement as well as efficiencies in well designs, things like that?
Lance W. Robertson - Vice President-North America Production Operations:
John, it's actually a number of things, all of which you included and more. So there is efficiency savings in there we've realized over the last quarter that we're reflecting in those updated single-well metrics tables. We certainly have gone out and renegotiated our contracts, in some cases taken on new contracts or negotiated new pricing within existing structures reflecting the market and taken every means necessary in that. I think we look at that and I'd say we look at the context of those single-well metrics on slide 13, and we feel confident. We're confident enough on those savings that we've already reflected new cost per well in those tables. And we think that's the beginning of the minimum for this year, and we anticipate additional savings. And it isn't clear what the ultimate savings will be throughout the year. We think it's more than we've already achieved. But we wanted to achieve those early in the cycle so we can continue to invest with confidence, and we are. But I also think those well costs we're reflecting are very competitive in each of those basins.
John Herrlin - Société Générale:
No, I agree. I just thought you might get more cost savings going forward. Next question for me is on the Stack and Frac. From the time you spud your initial well to the time you complete the formations, about how long is that in duration?
Lance W. Robertson - Vice President-North America Production Operations:
John, it depends on how big the pad size is. So it can vary from as little as 90 days. It could be 120 days. And in this case, the Stack and Frac is going to have four zones vertically, two in the Lower Eagle Ford, one in the Upper Eagle Ford, and then the Austin Chalk. Generally, those pilots may even be larger than that. It may be seven or eight wells as we expand that horizontally, but it's that same vertical stacking. So it's diverse in time depending on how many are on the pad, quite frankly.
John Herrlin - Société Générale:
Okay, that's fine. Last one for me is on Oklahoma, any acreage retention issues at all?
Lance W. Robertson - Vice President-North America Production Operations:
No, I think we're quite confident. We have 70% of our total acreage HBP today, John. And then reflecting those lease expiries over the next several years, not just this year, we can maintain those leases with about two rigs moving forward. Ideally, we'd like to see in a commodity price recovery more activity so we can test other things. But we're confident we can retain all of the value of that lease position within the business plan we've presented.
John Herrlin - Société Générale:
Great, thank you.
Zach Dailey - Director, Investor Relations:
Thanks, John.
Lee M. Tillman - Chief Executive Officer and President:
Thanks, John.
Operator:
And our next question comes from Guy Baber from Simmons & Company. Please go ahead.
Guy Allen Baber - Simmons & Company International:
Good morning, gentlemen. Thanks for taking my question.
Lee M. Tillman - Chief Executive Officer and President:
Good morning, Guy.
Guy Allen Baber - Simmons & Company International:
I had a follow-up on the comment that the unconventional production is expected to rise exit rate 2015 versus exit rate 2014, which is different than what we've heard from others in the industry who are cutting capital to a similar degree. So I was just hoping to better understand A little bit more specifically how you think you're driving that. And if there's anything that you would point out, maybe differentiated production expectations from one basin to another, or just if you had any other comments on that front. And then I had a follow-up as well.
Lee M. Tillman - Chief Executive Officer and President:
Sure, Guy. Maybe I'll just talk generically a bit about the resource plays. I think the reason that again we're able to be very capital efficient in 2015 is again several-fold. One, we've had the ability to high-grade our inventory even within our extremely strong core areas. So you got a high-grading effect where you're bringing the best opportunities forward, not only with a basin, but across all three basins. Secondly, we're able to do that at lower cost for the reasons that Lance has already enumerated. We've captured those early cost savings very early in the cycle, and certainly we're chasing even more throughout the year. And then, as the asset teams continue to drive things like enhanced completion performance as well as some of the co-development work, the downspacing work, all of those are tending to improve the overall productivity of the wells also. So it's lifting all boats, if I can put it that way. So when you consider all those factors, I think it positions us very, very strongly to continue to drive that kind of exit rate to exit rate growth. Now again, we are still benefiting from some pretty strong carry-in effects from 2014 as well. But as we look across the year and optimize our completion program, we're going to be able to again keep that production relatively steady throughout the year with again a little bit of uptick in the exit rates for 2015.
Guy Allen Baber - Simmons & Company International:
Thanks, that's helpful. And then my follow-up was on exploration. You made obviously very significant cuts to the capital allocated there. I was hoping to get some strategic commentary on that front. Does that reflect a permanent shift in the exploration strategy going forward, or is it more of a specific adjustment you're making this year to better balance cash flow? I'm just trying to better understand whether for exploration we creep back towards $500 million a year to $600 million a year. I just wanted to get the latest thoughts on how that has evolved as you've tested out some of the new acreage you've been building up over the last few years.
Lee M. Tillman - Chief Executive Officer and President:
Great question. Exploration remains attractive to us for obvious reasons because of the strong multiples that it can generate, again, when we're successful at exploration. To be very frank, we are not satisfied with our historical performance in exploration. And under Mitch's leadership, we feel a need to improve in that area. And while we're searching for the enhanced approach that will drive those improved results, we are reducing spend materially. A lot of that reduction though, Guy, quite frankly, was in place on an activity basis before the commodity price correction though. So it was largely driven by, I would say, scheduling and commitments that we had in the 2015 time period. I would end just by saying that exploration must compete for capital allocation, like every other aspect of our business. And so this year, yes, the spend will be materially reduced. And as we look forward in time, opportunities in exploration will have to go head to head with the other investment opportunities we have in our portfolio.
Guy Allen Baber - Simmons & Company International:
Thanks for the comments.
Lee M. Tillman - Chief Executive Officer and President:
Thank you.
Operator:
And our next question comes from Jeoffrey Lambujon from Tudor Pickering Holt. Please go ahead.
Jeoffrey Lambujon - Tudor Pickering Holt & Co. Securities, Inc.:
Good morning, thanks for taking my questions. I guess I'm trying to think about future potential cost savings. On the $225 million factored in so far, is there a breakout you have in terms of North America versus international? If it's primarily U.S. resource plays, it implied closer to 8% to 9% in cost savings. Is that the right way to think about it, or is it more of a balanced split?
Lance W. Robertson - Vice President-North America Production Operations:
It's a great question, Jeff. I would say that $225 million is specific to North America and really specific to the three resource plays underneath it. And so it's built into the development costs we've already captured today, primarily in Oklahoma, Bakken, and Eagle Ford. So I think the way you're describing it is accurate if it's on that, and that's our minimum floor. We expect that to grow materially over the balance of the year.
Thomas Mitchell Little - Vice President-International Production Operations:
Jeoffrey, this is Mitch Little. I'll just add a little bit to that from the international and offshore side. We are seeing some modest reductions across a number of suppliers. We've got specific plans in place at each asset. But keep in mind that a lot of the projects we're executing in that space are long-cycle prior commitments, executed long-cycle contracts, which aren't going to be subject to the same volatility as we are seeing in the North American onshore business.
Jeoffrey Lambujon - Tudor Pickering Holt & Co. Securities, Inc.:
Okay, great, and then last question for me. In regards to ongoing optimization on completions, how do you view that pilot testing going forward for increased proppant loading, additional completion changes, just given lower commodity prices and the incremental capital required up front there?
Lance W. Robertson - Vice President-North America Production Operations:
I think you'll see us continue, Jeff, with completions optimizations on an ongoing basis effectively indefinitely. We're always going to look for that better well productivity at the lowest cost possible, particularly as we look at Bakken and Oklahoma, where we have lower activity for the year. We see this as a great opportunity to drive well productivity as well as test spacing so that as prices do recover in the future, we're very well positioned to grow to full field development scale quickly and at the highest value for the company. I think we're confident we'll continue to see improvements on that. And working in all three of those basins and any new basins in the future on optimization is just going to be a natural cycle of our business.
Jeoffrey Lambujon - Tudor Pickering Holt & Co. Securities, Inc.:
Thank you.
Lee M. Tillman - Chief Executive Officer and President:
Thanks, Jeoffrey.
Operator:
And our next question comes from Pavel Molchanov from Raymond James. Please go ahead.
Pavel S. Molchanov - Raymond James & Associates, Inc.:
Hey, guys. Thanks for taking the question. You've always talked about share buyback as a flex variable. And I suppose now that you've cut CapEx by 40%, if oil prices were to recover, what's going to be the decision variables between allocating increased CapEx versus perhaps resuming buyback?
John R. Sult - Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer:
Yes Pavel, this is J.R. I think that's a fair question. We talked a lot about how share buybacks have got to compete against organic capital reinvestments, and I think we demonstrated that in 2014. You recall back when we sold Angola, the thought process was what was that next best highest use of capital. And at that point in time, it's a little bit of history, we had just significantly ramped up activity across North America. And at that point in time, we were not ready to make that next incremental investment in North America given our desire to see us operating at that higher scale. So really, the next highest and best use from an allocation standpoint was share repurchases. Now fast-forward. Not only do we find ourselves in this volatile commodity price environment, but we find ourselves with a level of capital spend that really isn't funding a large portion of our organic investment opportunities that are still high earning. So it is a much different conversation regarding what is the risk-adjusted return of that organic reinvestment versus the share repurchases. But I got to tell you, Pavel, I mean until we see a bit more clarity around the depth and duration of the commodity price correction that we're in right now, I feel like the balance sheet is probably the best place for any incremental capital at this point in time until we see a strengthening of cash flows. But again, at the appropriate time, share repurchases is going to be a consideration for capital allocation. It's just going to have to continue to compete on a risk-adjusted basis.
Pavel S. Molchanov - Raymond James & Associates, Inc.:
Okay, and then just a small housekeeping item about the production guidance. Are you giving credit to any volumes this year from your first development in Kurdistan?
Thomas Mitchell Little - Vice President-International Production Operations:
As I mentioned in my comments, we are currently forecasting first production from the Atrush non-operated Phase 1 block late this year. We also have very small production from the Sarsang Block, which is about 4,000 gross barrels of oil a day.
Lee M. Tillman - Chief Executive Officer and President:
A very small number.
Pavel S. Molchanov - Raymond James & Associates, Inc.:
Okay, understood. Thanks very much, guys.
John R. Sult - Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer:
Thanks, Pavel.
Lee M. Tillman - Chief Executive Officer and President:
Thanks, Pavel.
Operator:
And our next question comes from Jason Gammel from Jefferies. Please go ahead.
Jason D. Gammel - Jefferies International Ltd.:
Yes thanks very much. I just wanted to come back to J.R.'s comment about the balance sheet. Do you have any, as you think about capital allocations, upper limits on let's say, a leverage ratio that you'd be willing to go to if we have continued low prices, net debt-to-cap ratio, something along those lines?
John R. Sult - Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer:
Yes, Jason, I think that's a fair question and one that I've always tried to maintain the most flexibility and not necessarily commit myself to a ceiling. But that said, first and foremost, I want to make sure it's clear that we are committed to maintaining that strong balance sheet, and we'll continue to keep that commitment throughout this commodity price cycle. I think I said earlier or at least today, we got nearly – or at year end we've got nearly $5 billion of liquidity and $2.4 billion of that in cash. And the way I look at our investment-grade rating, and I think it's a solid investment-grade rating, is it does reflect one that we would expect to maintain throughout this commodity price cycle. And so I think the rating agencies have always historically rated our sector based on a through the commodity price cycle approach and not just on the environment that they're in. And finally I'd say, as I think as we've done that, Jason, we've taken that into consideration in designing the 2015 capital program that does reflect that balance between the need to continue the ongoing investment at high returns while at the same time maintaining that balance sheet. That said, and I think I mentioned it earlier, we're going to continue to watch the current environment and ensure that our capital profile and our operating cash flow profile are appropriately taken into consideration depending on that environment.
Jason D. Gammel - Jefferies International Ltd.:
Got it, thanks. That's helpful actually. One more if I could, please, and I apologize if this is a bit in the weeds. But this is the first time I've really seen the data on the Austin Chalk type curves. I'm trying to understand how it's giving a better IRR than an Eagle Ford condensate well given that the IP is lower, the EUR is lower, and the completed well cost is higher, but it's about the same level of liquids production.
Lance W. Robertson - Vice President-North America Production Operations:
Sure, Jason, great question. So I would encourage everybody to think that the IP of a Lower Eagle Ford well and an Austin Chalk well are similar, with the Lower Eagle Ford being a little bit better. But what really happens is really by the third month, those two have equalized, and then the Austin Chalk well declines at a little bit slower rate. So when you look toward, say, 180-day cumulative production, the Austin Chalk is just higher than the Lower Eagle Ford well. And it's that early-life production, particularly the first and second year, that drives the value by bringing forward the cash flows from those extra barrels.
Jason D. Gammel - Jefferies International Ltd.:
Okay, that's perfect. That's really helpful.
Lance W. Robertson - Vice President-North America Production Operations:
And as a result, you see those attractive return metrics for the Eagle Ford.
John R. Sult - Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer:
Yes Jason, I think you also highlighted something that I think is important. This is the first time, as Lance said in his prepared remarks, that we've actually shown standalone single-well economics for the Austin Chalk. So I appreciate you pointing that out on the call.
Jason D. Gammel - Jefferies International Ltd.:
Would you be able to share what the first year decline is on the Austin Chalk relative to the Eagle Ford condensate?
Lance W. Robertson - Vice President-North America Production Operations:
Jason, I don't know that I actually scrutinized them in that detail. I think the Eagle Ford range is depending on type curve from 70% to 78%. And it's just a few percent lower, but those incremental barrels make a difference in the Austin Chalk. I do think I'd like to reiterate, we've said several times before, we could only afford to co-develop Austin Chalk if it would compete favorably in economics. And so we're quite pleased to be able to show these and demonstrate that co-developing those horizons is the right choice today because they have very favorable returns together.
Jason D. Gammel - Jefferies International Ltd.:
Got it. Thanks for the comments, guys.
John R. Sult - Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer:
Thanks, Jason.
Operator:
And your next question comes from Jeffrey Campbell from Tuohy Brothers. Please go ahead.
Jeffrey L. Campbell - Tuohy Brothers Investment Research, Inc.:
Good morning.
Lee M. Tillman - Chief Executive Officer and President:
Good morning.
Jeffrey L. Campbell - Tuohy Brothers Investment Research, Inc.:
I'd like to go back to the cost reductions and just ask a little bit different question. One concern that I think people are talking about is that when oil prices recover, D&C costs are going to rise again as well. So I'm wondering how sticky can margin enhancement based on cost reduction remain?
Lance W. Robertson - Vice President-North America Production Operations:
Jeff, it's a good question. I think first and foremost, in the current market, our focus is with margins compressed by lower commodity prices, it's incumbent upon us to be aggressive in pushing those service costs and tangible goods costs down so that we protect our margins in our short-cycle investments as early as possible. I think – I hope we've demonstrated that we're doing that, and it will be up to us to do it. I think even as commodity prices rise, you will see pressure on those. We will obviously work to defend those to the extent we can and push on that. It's not all just cost savings though. We continue to focus on cycle time reductions and efficiencies. And so the efficiencies we can achieve in the market, those will be very sticky and stay with us on a perpetuity basis. Obviously, just like commodity pricing, we will have to some extent less control over service costs.
Lee M. Tillman - Chief Executive Officer and President:
Jeffrey, maybe I will just add too that we have to look at those elements of our cost structure too that will be durable irrespective of where the pricing environment. And I mentioned a few of the things that we can pursue, and we're looking at every means available to us. An obvious one for us is with our response to the commodity prices and the commensurate, I would say, reduction in activity. We're taking, of course, a hard look at our organizational capacity. And of course, on that front we're in the midst of implementing a reduction in organizational capacity that's going to take some 350 to 400 positions out of our cost structure going forward. So I want to make it very clear that we're doing the things necessary to put in place cost reduction initiatives that will be durable throughout the cycle.
Jeffrey L. Campbell - Tuohy Brothers Investment Research, Inc.:
Got it, that's very helpful. Thank you. Some of your peers say that the Springer shale produces the best returns in the Oklahoma resource plays. You have a lot of non-op data, but you appear to be moving into operated Springer drilling at a deliberate pace. I'm just wondering what your forward view is on the Springer, and that can be both 2015 and beyond.
Lance W. Robertson - Vice President-North America Production Operations:
Jeff, we also see the Springer as potentially very valuable, maybe among the most valuable investments we could make in Oklahoma. We have planned to be more active, quite frankly, in 2015 in the Springer, to test it earlier. As we've gone through the cycle and looked to prune our activity is we've reduced our forecast activity in Oklahoma. And as a result and our need to make sure we're maintaining our very valuable SCOOP and STACK leases in the area, we found it necessary to start our own operated Springer activity later in the year than possible. That does not reflect a lack of confidence on our part. It really reflects some constraints on the amount of activity we'll have in Oklahoma during the year. By way of having a diverse and large portfolio, particularly in the SCOOP area, which is overlain by the Springer, we've had the benefit of participating and I think nearly three-quarters of all Springer wells drilled to date. So we do have a lot of data and we're advancing our understanding of the reservoir performance early. But of course, we're excited to get our own operated activity later this year.
Jeffrey L. Campbell - Tuohy Brothers Investment Research, Inc.:
Okay, great. Thanks. If I could ask just one last quick one, where are the current and future Upper Eagle Ford locations relative to Lower Eagle Ford and the Austin Chalk? And really, what I'm thinking of is this slide five that talks about the Stack and Frac.
Lance W. Robertson - Vice President-North America Production Operations:
Right now we're early in the Upper Eagle Ford and the Stack and Frac. We're really bringing on our first pilot group for the Upper Eagle Ford. And so I'd start with that group. We have some places where we've delineated Austin Chalk. And in some of those areas, we recognize that the reservoir quality in the Upper Eagle Ford may actually be superior to the Austin Chalk. And so we may develop the Upper Eagle Ford and the Lower Eagle Ford together, and so we're testing that now. And it will be some time before we understand the delineated area. And then on the Stack and Frac, we have some areas within our acreage where we see a very prospective Austin Chalk, Upper Eagle Ford, and Lower Eagle Ford, and that's about us testing all three of those together. And in some cases, we'll actually have two wells in the Lower Eagle Ford like this first pilot. Again, with that first one drilling and not on completions, I think we have an idea of where that performance is. But it's early days, and we need to see that performance before we can talk about how delineated it can be.
Jeffrey L. Campbell - Tuohy Brothers Investment Research, Inc.:
That was so very helpful. Thanks, I appreciate it.
Lee M. Tillman - Chief Executive Officer and President:
Thanks, Jeff.
Operator:
And I'm not showing any further questions at this time. I'll now turn the call back over to Mr. Zach Dailey.
Zach Dailey - Director, Investor Relations:
Thanks. I'd like to thank everyone again for their participation this morning. Please contact me if you have any additional follow-up questions. In conclusion, Marathon Oil is well prepared for the current low price environment, with the 2015 capital program focused on our highest return investment opportunities and prudent management of cash flows. Combined with maintaining financial flexibility, we're positioning the company to be a stronger E&P in the future. THIS concludes today's call.
Operator:
And thank you, ladies and gentlemen. This concludes today's conference. Thank you for participating. You may now disconnect.
Executives:
Chris Phillips - Director, IR Lee Tillman - President and CEO Lance Robertson - VP, North America Production Operations J. R. Sult - EVP and CFO T. Mitch Little - VP, International and Offshore Production Operations
Analysts:
Ed Westlake - Credit Suisse Paul Sankey - Wolfe Research Doug Leggate - Bank of America-Merrill Lynch Ryan Todd - Deutsche Bank Jeoffrey Lambujon - Tudor, Pickering & Holt Guy Baber - Simmons & Company John Herrlin - Societe Generale David Heikkinen - Heikkinen Energy Roger Read - Wells Fargo Pavel Molchanov - Raymond James Scott Hanold - RBC Capital Markets Jeffrey Campbell - Tuohy Brothers Investment Mike Kelly - Global Hunter Securities
Operator:
Welcome to the Marathon Oil Corporation 2014 Third Quarter Earnings Conference Call. My name is Christine and I will be the operator for today's call. At this time, all participants are in a listen-only mode. Later, we will conduct a question-and-answer session. Please note that this conference is being recorded. I will now turn the call over to Mr. Chris Phillips. You may begin.
Chris Phillips :
Good morning and welcome to Marathon Oil Corporation's third quarter 2014 earnings call. I'm Chris Phillips, Director of Investor Relations. Also on the call this morning are Lee Tillman, CEO and President; J. R. Sult, Executive Vice President and CFO; Mitch Little, Vice President, International and Offshore Exploration and Production Operations and Lance Robertson, Vice President, North America Product Operations. As has become our custom, we released prepared remarks last night in conjunction with the earnings release. You can find those remarks and the associated slides at marathonoil.com. As a reminder, today's call is being recorded, and our comments and answers to questions will contain forward-looking information subject to risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed or implied by such statements. I refer you back to the aforementioned slides where you can find our full Safe Harbor statement. With that, I will turn the call over to Lee.
Lee Tillman :
Well, let me add my good morning. I want to open with a few comments on our outstanding operational performance focusing on those execution elements that are within the control of our excellent asset teams. First and foremost, our three high quality U.S. resource plays continue to deliver on our growth objectives with over 40% year-on-year growth and double-digit growth quarter-over-quarter. The Eagle Ford had a record quarter with 87 gross operated wells to sales, including eight Austin Chalk wells. We brought 19 gross operated wells to sales in the Bakken with eight of those piloting enhanced completion designs with encouraging early results. We also spud three high-density Bakken pilots with 12 wells per drilling unit and brought 13 additional recompletions to sales. Per our plan we have added an incremental rig in the Bakken to provide additional capacity for our high-density spacing and completion pilots and we are on track to add two incremental rigs in the Oklahoma Resource Basins before year-end to continue SCOOP development, STACK delineation and new horizon testing in the Springer, Caney and Granite Wash. We also grew our Oklahoma Resource Basin position by executing agreements for approximately 12,000 net acres in the SCOOP, including acres perspective in the emerging Springer formation. Internationally, we closed our Norway transaction for approximately $2.1 billion in proceeds and had excellent early results from our UK Brae platform drilling program, with both wells exceeding free drill expectations. In exploration, we spud our Key Largo inboard Paleogene prospect, our first well in a multi-year GoM exploration program and expect to spud our first well in the EG exploration program before year-end. Additionally, we successfully negotiated and executed our exploration and production sharing contract for Gabon Block G13 now named Tchicuate. An acquisition of 3D seismic is planned to begin in early November over this promising block. Looking ahead to the fourth quarter, we expect growth in North America E&P production available for sale and remain on track to deliver over 30% year-on-year growth from the U.S. resource plays. International E&P production available for sale, excluding Libya is expected to increase in the fourth quarter, reflecting improved reliability and no significant planned maintenance activities. Fourth quarter oil sands mining production is expected to decrease from third quarter volumes due to planned maintenance at the mine. Our full year volumes guidance has been narrowed to 350,000 to 360,000 net oil equivalent barrels per day for production available for sale from the combined North America E&P and international E&P segments excluding Libya and discontinued operations. The recent correction in commodity prices has rightly captured the attention of investors and operators alike. Marathon Oil through the strength of our balance sheet, which has recently benefitted from the receipt of proceeds from the sale of our Norway business is well positioned for a lower product price market. Although we have yet to finalize our 2015 capital program, at the macro level we are incorporating the latest commodity price volatility into our business planning but remain confident in our forward growth plans with strong cash flows and the proceeds from our completed asset sales to support the continued development of our deep and high quality inventory in the Eagle Ford, Bakken and Oklahoma Resource Basins. Our U.S. opportunity set remains economically robust across a broad range of pricing scenarios and we continually high grade and enhance our single well economics through the work of the asset teams via completion optimization, downspacing, capital efficiency and the testing of additional horizons. We expect our resource play programs to progress fundamentally unchanged with no plans to reduce rig count, except where productivity permits. Our continued focus on capital discipline and portfolio management has us well positioned to invest intelligently through the commodity cycle, and we will use the optionality across our opportunity inventory to maximize returns while retaining flexibility. We have a comprehensive process for examining CapEx at the margin and our investment portfolio has the requisite granularity to ensure all opportunities are fully tested for capital allocation. We have clear line of sight on our multiyear commitment as well as those areas of our business that are more discretionary and scalable in nature. Our resource plays are not the marginal capital dollars. So the key question will be more around pay and further acceleration as we balance growth with returns. We will also focus on protecting and expanding margins through continued expense management and commercial leverage with our service providers. We readily acknowledge our inability to predict pricing but are in good stead to progress profitable growth and drive shareholder value across range of macro-economic environments. Let’s now open for your questions. And as a reminder, we do have our two operational Vice Presidents joining us today. So please take full advantage of their participation. Back to Chris to kick us off.
Chris Phillips:
Thanks Lee. Before we open the call to questions, we’d like to request that you ask no more than two questions with associated clarifications. And you can re-prompt as time permits. With that Christine, we’ll open the lines for questions.
Operator:
Thank you. We will now begin the question-and-answer session [Operator Instructions]. Our first question comes from Ed Westlake from Credit Suisse. Please go ahead.
Ed Westlake - Credit Suisse:
I just wanted to I mean obviously you said in your opening remarks that you don’t see a need to change. But say oil prices continue to trade lower, get a sense of what it is that you think would be the first thing that you might defer in terms of the overall CapEx spending?
Lee Tillman:
Yes. Well, of course Ed, we’re going to be releasing our full view of the capital program in December. But to address your point specifically, I want to emphasize that our portfolio here in the U.S. is robust again across a broad range of pricing scenarios. And so we don’t view the U.S. portfolio as our marginal capital dollar. But we are well positioned to look at our full portfolio, look at those elements that maybe non-reserve adding or more discretionary in nature, if we do see more moderation in the pricing environment. We want to be intelligent as we move through this commodity price correction but we certainly feel very strong about the quality of our inventory.
Ed Westlake - Credit Suisse:
Right. And then some good progress up in the Bakken. Maybe talk a little bit about EUR expectations and IPs? Obviously you’ve got some core acreage there; but you’ve perhaps been a bit behind the peer group in terms of using the latest technologies. So just an update on where we are.
Lee Tillman:
Yes. Well, I’ll make a few opening comments and then maybe I’d ask Lance to chime in. But we are moving much more aggressive in the Bakken. As we stated in our release we’ve added an incremental rig effective in September to help us move forward, not only with the downspacing program but also with the enhanced completion designs. And some of the wells of course we brought, the sales were in fact part of our pilot testing and completions, some of these enhanced completions, which have shown some very promising early results. But maybe I’ll ask Lance just to comment specifically on some of the enhanced completions that we have been able to test thus far.
Lance Robertson:
Yes. We’ve had a very busy Q3, and actually the second half of the second quarter this year in terms of testing those. We recognize the need to continue to move forward with the most effective and best available technologies. To-date we’ve actually had 17 of the 45 wells that Lee talked about originally at Barclays online to sales in that testing. That group is been comprised of wells testing most specifically increased profit loading on a number of those wells. In fact a majority of them have had up to 6 million pounds of profit. We’ve also tested incremental stages in those wells, surfactants in two or three of those wells, as well as incremental stages adding for small or more finite stage delivery and then a change in fluid volume, both a decrease and in most cases an increase of fluid volume. And I would say in the overwhelming majority of those wells, the early response of the 30 day IP has been at or above a type curve. So it’s early. We'd like to see those cumulative production volumes mature a little bit but we're very encouraged by those results and we'll have the balance of those wells, probably two-thirds to three quarters online in sales in the fourth quarter with a few of those completions pilots trailing into the first quarter, Ed.,
Ed Westlake - Credit Suisse:
And so, just very quickly the breakeven oil price you think for that core Bakken or maybe too early to say?
Lance Robertson:
I think we'd recognize that across our portfolio Myrmidon, Hector and Ajax very different between the Middle Bakken and the Three Forks and all three of those areas. So there's a range of pricing in there. Our focus is how much better we can make each of those areas in this current commodity price environment or any environment to really compete for capital. As we move through the budgeting process we're going to focus on the wells that deliver the highest returns for next year.
Lee Tillman:
But I think just kind of building on that a little bit, Ed, certainly in our core areas in the Bakken we have a lot of confidence going forward in their ability to compete per capital allocation, even with the commodity price correction. Those are very strong wells for us.
Operator:
Thank you. Our next question comes from Paul Sankey from Wolfe Research. Please go ahead.
Paul Sankey - Wolfe Research:
I'm sure you can imagine we want to see slightly paddle long on the same theme of sensitivity of CapEx.
Lee Tillman:
I said I am shocked Paul.
Paul Sankey - Wolfe Research:
Yes alright. Apologies by the way if this noise issues here -- someone seems to be fracing Park Avenue right now. But if you could talk about where the sensitivity does lay, you mentioned that there's other areas that don’t add reserves directly or I wasn’t quite -- if you could just be more specific about where you would be looking to cut back, if you needed to and at what type of point you feel you would have to cut back CapEx as well? If you could talk about that for next year? Thanks.
Lee Tillman:
And again Paul, I don’t want to push the downtime but we do plan to comeback in a comprehensive way in December and really detail out our plan. We're right in the midst of our planning process and like many of our peer group, I think our planning process has been bit overtaken by the change in the commodity price environment. But when we talk about looking at the full portfolio, when we test our U.S. resource plays, again they just are simply not are marginal capital dollars. So we look at those moving forward largely unchanged, meaning that we're still committed to the two incremental rigs in Oklahoma plus the rig that we've already added in the Bakken. Beyond those elements of our portfolio, we do have aspects that are more discretionary in nature, that are either non-reserve add bearing or particularly longer term investments, including even within our exploration portfolio that we'll take a hard look at it in from a CapEx at the margin standpoint. But we haven’t put any limiter to this point on our budget process but we want to make sure that we invest intelligently, recognizing the change in commodity pricing.
Paul Sankey - Wolfe Research:
Yes I got. So I understood that about the unconventional U.S. not being the marginal barrel. Could you talk a bit about the parameters of cash balances and cash flows that you want to work with and just remind us of how you see credit rating, how you see dividend obviously et cetera. Thank you.
Lee Tillman:
I'll maybe say few words, then invite J.R. to also time in. But and foremost and I think we've been very clear on this point, as you know we do not view our operating cash flows per se as a limiter on our investment program. If we have good investment opportunities to pursue, then we certainly are going to take those on and leverage the strength of our balance sheet to support that. Now over the long-term, is being within cash flows good discipline? Absolutely. But when it comes to calls on our capital, maybe I'll turnover to J.R. and just let him emphasize how we do that.
J. R. Sult:
Well, I think when you about it more broadly as Lee indicated in his earlier remarks, not only where the balance sheet exists today, even now with incremental $2.1 billion capital from the disposition of Norway, that really gives us tremendous optionality as we're doing this almost as plug-n-play exercise with regard to determining what the right capital allocation is throughout the portfolio. It gives us that ability to use as much of those proceeds as we think is prudent, to either both grow and earn the record [ph] return that we think is necessary for our shareholders without in anyway jeopardizing the strength of that balance sheet. Honestly as you know commodity price environment is where it is. It does present or could present opportunities in the future as well. And we want to make sure that we are well positioned to take care of and pursue those potential opportunities.
Operator:
And our next question comes from Doug Leggate from Bank of America-Merrill Lynch. Please go ahead.
Doug Leggate - Bank of America-Merrill Lynch:
So I've got a couple also, Lee, if I may. I want to go -- same theme as you can imagine. If I go back to Oklahoma, when you gave us the resource update back in September that was one of the biggest drivers of your backlog increase. Obviously is a bit more gassy and some of the acreage I'm guessing is still being added. So I'm trying to understand what is the trade-off between a very large position and very small rig count? In other words you could probably do a lot more if the economics are competitive and really what was the trade-off between holding acreage out of necessity as opposed to drilling for the economic return? Then I've got a follow-up, please.
Lee Tillman:
Well, first of all, let me try to address your question I guess around product mix and Oklahoma. First and foremost, we’ve been drilling primarily leasehold and potentially all leasehold this year in Oklahoma. In fact even this quarter as well, the [indiscernible] the SCOOP to in the -- and the STACK are essentially drilling leasehold. Now within that, we quoted one particular IP that I believe had liquid content around 55%. That’s actually a lane condensate well. When we look across the wells that we drilled in this quarter, the liquid yields on those wells from the low 70s to the low80s. So these are relatively high liquids content wells and competed very favorably for capital allocation. And as we move and transition from a mode of holding leases to optimizing our development plans, we’ll have a lot more opportunity to move closer into the core areas, which we also feel will have higher liquids yield. And then as we test further some of this exploration horizons, including the Springer, our view of those very early on is mainly on the back of our participation, some of our OBO wells is that those are also going to be very high liquid yield. So, we do not necessarily see Oklahoma driving us per say to be more gassy. In fact just the opposite. We see very good liquid yields, particularly as we move into the core areas of the play. And those wells will compete head-to-head with the wells that we have in the Bakken and the Eagle Ford. Hence we’re very comfortable with the two incremental high spec rigs we'll be bringing in later this year.
Doug Leggate - Bank of America-Merrill Lynch:
But Lee, what I'm getting at is that still leaves me with a relatively limited rig counted compared to the size of the opportunity. So I'm just trying to understand, right now you’ve got a multi-decade drilling inventory with a peer with only a few rigs running. So I’m just trying to understand where that slacks up in terms of competing for capital relative to the rest of the portfolio?
Lee Tillman:
Well certainly you're correct Doug. We’re in the very early days in Oklahoma. We’re in the early days of understanding downspacing, completion design, the key core areas and delineating the core areas of the field and certainly in the early days of things like the Springer and the Caney and Granite Wash. So we are -- but I think adding that additional rig capacity is going to first and foremost allow us to ensure that we protect our lease hold, but secondly is going to allow us to get out in front of really understanding the full potential of that area and then we’ll make a progressive and measured and thoughtful ramp up from there. Bear in mind, we have moved from two rigs in 2013 to basically four rigs this year moving to six and so we are moving up quite aggressively in terms of rig count. And we see that rig capacity being very well justified based on the inventory we see in front of us. So I think it's just a question, as we learn more about the play Doug, we’ll generate more confidence to move more aggressively with that ramp up in activity, just like we've done in most of the other resource plays.
Unidentified Analyst :
Thank you. And my quick follow-up is for J.R. Just now that you've cleaned up the portfolio with Norway, J.R., can you give us an idea of what the current tax -- that is the deferred tax guidance should be on a go forward basis? And I’ll leave it there. Thanks.
J. R. Sult:
Doug, I think that we wouldn’t necessarily say we’ve cleaned up the portfolio with Norway. We’ve definitely simplified the portfolio and concentrated it more towards North America. I don’t think you should in anyway think that we’re done with portfolio management. It's very integral to capital allocation. But when I think about deferred taxes going forward, we are going to be a very U.S. centered cash flow company. We’ve given guidance from an effective tax rate standpoint in the 30% to 35% standpoint and I think you should assume that I do not expect to be U.S. tax payer for the foreseeable future and adjust your deferred taxes accordingly.
Operator:
Thank you. Our next question comes from Ryan Todd from Deutsche Bank. Please go ahead.
Ryan Todd - Deutsche Bank:
If I could do one follow-up question on CapEx from a slightly different angle. I know that the absolute level of the CapEx budget is probably still quite a bit and flux given the current environment, but if we think about year-on-year, your ability to shift CapEx is in the portfolio towards the U.S. onshore, obviously you've got lower CapEx year-on-year from the Norway sale. How should we think about how much CapEx you might be able to flex within that portfolio towards the U.S. onshore in 2015 in a flat CapEx environment?
Lee Tillman:
Yes. Well, certainly Ryan, our intent is to always prioritize and flex our capital allocation toward the highest returns. And in this case there is no doubt that the three U.S. resource plays are in very good stead to compete for that capital allocation. In fact that was part of the basis for moving more aggressively with the additional rigs that we’re bringing in before the end of the year. As we think about CapEx broadly, as you rightly say Norway accounted for about $500 million-ish our $5.9 billion in CapEx. And so as we look at kind of re-base lining our CapEx spend going forward, you kind of have to reorient back to that $5.4 billion type number. And so that’s a bit of a starting point from where we are today. And then we’ll test to see how much more aggressive we want to be in that in terms of really the pace and the acceleration level that we want to step into in the U.S. resource play. Beyond that, we’ll look very hard at CapEx at the margin outside of the U.S. resource plays to ensure that we make reasonable decisions based on the commodity price environment, which, as everyone knows, is still moving and really hasn’t found equilibrium yet.
Ryan Todd - Deutsche Bank:
Great, thanks. And then maybe one follow up on the Eagle Ford. Stronger than expected results, at least on from our expectations in terms of production in the quarter and obviously a lot of that was driven by record completions. But can you talk as well about -- you mentioned 59 wells at over 180 days production on the enhanced completions and 25% improvement relative to type curves. Can you talk about what you’ve seen to-date in terms of how much you think about earlier capture and how much [indiscernible] flow towards higher EURs?
Lee Tillman:
Yes. Maybe I’ll let Lance. He is already smiling though because you acknowledged the great performance in the Eagle Ford. So I'm sure I'm going to pay for that later. So Lance why don’t you talk a little bit about the enhanced completion design?
Lance Robertson:
Sure. I’d say directionally, Eagle Ford is performing where we expected it to this year, starting the year knowing we would gain efficiencies through the year. So some part of what you’ve seen in that production growth is driven by at a constant activity in the field just getting more and more efficient with the existing equipment and people. Certainly a credit to the team for their drive on that basis. The second part of the growth is driven, perhaps a large part of it by the simulation design. As we’ve tested stage spacing, profit loading perforation clusters and rate, we found a better completion design. And through the third quarter, almost 60 wells had reached six months of cumulative production and that uplift is about 25%. And so as we have a relatively constant pace of activity in the field and we get better well performance across a large group of wells, you're really seen that move through and create that broad production lift in the field. So this current design is working very well. As you would imagine we’re out testing additional enhancements to that design for future improvement. I think we’re very satisfied by that this year and what we’ve learned from that will take us to the next steps in terms of enhancement and future growth.
Ryan Todd - Deutsche Bank:
And is it too early to speculate as to whether you’ve shifted the entire curve up or whether you’ve just pulled forward production?
Lance Robertson:
That’s a great question, and right now what we see is early well performance is very strong. We’d like to see those wells mature. We’re focused on creating more value per drilling spacing unit by bring those volumes forward in time and doing it in a very capital efficient manner. I think as those wells mature and we have that history that we’ll reevaluate the EURs and talk about potential for resource growth later this year or early next.
Operator:
Thank you. Our next question comes from Jeoffrey Lambujon from Tudor, Pickering & Holt. Please go ahead.
Jeoffrey Lambujon - Tudor, Pickering & Holt:
Just one follow up on capital allocation, you talked about the U.S. onshore and international CapEx. Just focusing specifically on exploration, what’s your view on capital spend there over the next few years?
Lee Tillman:
Well, certainly as we included in the investor package, our near term focus is really wrapped around the Gulf of Mexico. We’re really bringing that into full view right now. We’ve got multiple wells that we’re executing in the Gulf, our operated Key Largo well. In addition we have an appraisal well and another exploration well that’s non-operated. So a lot of focus on the Gulf of Mexico in the near term. But I think what you’ll find is that the program is much more focused in the next couple of years. So we would expect to see some moderation in the overall exploration spend regardless of the pricing environment. This is not really linked directly to pricing. This is just a function of us continuing to drive focus towards oil prone emerging plays that we think can be accretive and can compete for capital allocation across our full portfolio. So you'll see that we have a focus as we move through towards the end of the year on our EG program, which we think is also quite promising and also plays right to that fair way on oil prone emerging plays. And maybe I could ask our Vice President on the International side just to comment just briefly on the EG program, which we hope to kick-off at the end of the year.
T. Mitch Little:
Yeah, thanks Lee and thanks for the question. Just quickly following up on the Lee’s comments. We will start a two well exploration program most likely towards the very end of the year this year. It’s in an area offsetting a couple of proven fields just across the international border. We're very encouraged with the revised interpretations from integrating reprocess size mix. We see chance of success for these in excess of 50% based on integrating all of the data available to us, and on a gross resources basis, with the multiple follow-on prospects, we see potential ranging from 200 million to 500 million barrels. So certainly a material opportunity that we'll be testing late this year.
Lee Tillman:
Okay, thanks, Mitch. So bottom-line is certainly in the near-term, next couple of years, we see much more focused, a better moderation in our exploration spend that are really driving at these high impact oil prone prospects.
Jeoffrey Lambujon - Tudor, Pickering & Holt:
And then lastly on the Oil Sands Mining, can you talk about progress towards improved reliability there and then plans for that long-term as well?
Lee Tillman:
Yes absolutely. I'll maybe make a few comments and then I'll offer Lance an opportunity to chime in as well. I think we had a strong performance in the third quarter but the reality is one quarter a trend does not make. We still have some hard work left to do on the reliability front. Lance and his team are working with our other joint venture partners, as well as the operator on the reliability front and maybe Lance, I'll just let you comment on how that work is progressing.
Lance Robertson:
I think the operator and the joint venture partners of which we're more clearly focused on reliability. We are making progress there. The variability in quarterly performance is higher than we would like it to be. I think the peers would agree. So we're focused and I would say broadly the third quarter showed some support on reliability focus but there is a dedicated program that is focused and targeted at the key mine reliability impact that we have experienced over the past few years. And so it’s too early to tell but certainly the rigor and the focus is there. That consistent results remain to be delivered.
Lee Tillman:
And I think again to -- also to the operators' credit, I think they did move the needle this quarter. I think they have also brought in some more focused mining leadership into the operation, and we think those are all positive signs. But again we need to see that consistent performance quarter-on-quarter from the OSM operation.
Operator:
Thank you. Our next question comes from Guy Baber from Simmons & Company. Please go ahead.
Guy Baber - Simmons & Company:
Surprise, surprise but I wanted to start off with capital spending and this year’s budget, but it would appear that you all have been able to accomplish more within the confines of that original budget than may have been initially planned. Granted Norway is dropping out but you're adding three rigs, albeit late in the year. You're testing various completion enhancements in the Bakken. You've enhanced completion designs in the Eagle Ford. You're more active in Oklahoma. So it appears like you're doing more with the same amount of capital as the budgets then changed. Is that a fair observation that we've made. And can you discuss maybe where you've driven efficiencies and spending and what some of those implications might be for 2015 as we think about your budgeting process?
Lee Tillman:
Well certainly we are on track on our capital budget this year. There have been pluses and minuses across the budget. Some of those have been timing impacts as we've had rigs arrive later than expected. A good example of that is the EG program, which we thought would be kicked-off before now but the operator that has the rig has had some success in his currently testing. So there are some timing impacts there. But I agree with -- we have been able to do more in this year’s program from an activity perspective particularly in the U.S. resource play. The additional rigs really haven’t put a lot of pressure on us because they've come somewhat late in the year but the higher intensity completion design certainly in the Eagle Ford, where we have such a high number of wells to sales, absolutely that has put some upward pressure into the budget. But that’s all been well justified based on economics. As we look at the incremental returns of those higher intensity completion designs, those are generating a 100% incremental rates of returns. So we have been able to drive a bit more success, a bit more activity this year within the confines of the $5.9 billion budget.
Guy Baber - Simmons & Company:
Okay, great. Then I had a follow-up for Lance. But obviously across the portfolio, drilling longer laterals in the Bakken, testing enhance completion design. So it does -- it appears there is some experimentation going on that I would imagine might make it difficult in driving continued improvement to the cycle times, in your spud to TD time. So could you discuss maybe a little bit for us, your view on the evolution of cycle times, from where we stand today in the Eagle Ford and in the Bakken and how you balance that with improved well performance and just how we should be thinking about that?
Lance Robertson:
Absolutely Guy. We continue to focus above all else on value in the resource plays and which requires us to continue to focus on completion enhancement, every month, every quarter to find that opportunity to create that enhanced value. Within the chain, the teams are focused on that and that systematic development. So let's start first with an Eagle Ford. They've been systematically developing and they've been at a constant rate through this year in terms of activity. You see that activity quarter after quarter. They continue to get more efficient and bring more wells to sales, even as they continue to experiment. So I look at that as a great success that we’re controlling and managing that capital that Lee referenced. And so while we are spending more per well to generate that value, it's certainly worth it and the team is continuing to actually bring that per well cost down, even if they enhance it broadly through efficiencies. And I would say, incumbent in that, in the first-half of the year, we actually achieved a substantial amount of savings and efficiencies in a well and commercial leverage across our service lines. And then from mid-year forward, it has been effectively flat. So that’s really helped offset much of the capital spend you referenced earlier, as we achieve those savings early in the year. And then looking at Bakken, they are experimenting more. It's a very mature team. They continue to get faster this year. They were more than a day faster on the spud to TD cycle even what they changes you referenced. That mature team is very systematic with planning those completing optimization pilots, putting those in a queue and managing those effectively. And as you’ve seen our production grow 12% from Q2 to Q3, well I would say that broadly their execution remains very robust, even in the face of that experimentation and we expect that to continue as we move forward.
Lee Tillman:
I guess I would just say in the resource play, that component of experimentation is just part of the business model. We have to do that to continue to drive optimization, capital efficiency into the resource play. So, our asset teams view that just part of the expectations.
Guy Baber - Simmons & Company:
That’s very helpful. And then more -- I guess a final quick one for me. Do you all have a target Eagle Ford production exit rate for the year that you might be willing to share?
Lee Tillman:
No currently Guy. We’ll spend some time at the end of the year, chatting a little bit about exit rates and forward-looking rates and all three of the resource plays.
Operator:
Thank you. Our next question comes from John Herrlin from Societe Generale. Please go ahead.
John Herrlin - Societe Generale:
Yes. Hi, this is either for Lee or J.R. Given a large review as focus, any change in view with respect to product hedging, commodity price hedging?
Lee Tillman:
:
That sounds like a great question for J. R.
J.R. Sult:
Now we've talked about it on a pass couple of calls. We try and look at the commodity price risk through the lens of our ability to meet what we believe is kind of the core of a capital program necessary to achieve and kind of those growth and return metrics that we set out for ourselves internally and that’s the way we look at it. Now no doubt today, we are and still remain substantially un-hedged when you look out to 2015. It is something we will continue to consider. We’ll look at the risks, not only the downside but also to the risk with the lost opportunity to the upside. But the focus is more in terms of that core capital program and our ability and our assessment of the probability of being able to fund that with both operating cash flows, cash on hand and the ability still to maintain a really strong balance sheet.
John Herrlin - Societe Generale:
Thanks. Next one for me is, you mentioned you’ll be opportunistic in terms of portfolio management on the sell side. What about buying acreage or assets in the downturn?
Lee Tillman:
Well, I think as J.R. kind of mentioned, having that strength of balance sheet does give us the -- I’ll say the horsepower to be opportunistic in the market whether the prices are up or down. It does allows us some flexibility to entertain opportunity. I think a great example of the type of opportunities that we’re able to pursue is to add this quarter in the SCOOP area, which is a very accretive add, I guess 12,000 net acres to kind of 300,000 acre position. So in our view those adds will always be open to -- if they make sense and they reflect the quality that can come in and compete in our inventory. I think we’ll always look to be opportunistic and consider those opportunities that present themselves particularly here in the U.S. unconventionals, because of the strength of our execution model and I think the credibility that we’ve generated, I believe we have confidence in pursuing those opportunities. But again it will have to be something that can come in and compete with the quality of inventory that we have today. It really all starts in the ends with quality and having that running room looking forward to add significant growth opportunity in the future.
J.R. Sult:
John as we talked before, I think Lee’s point is a good one. Whether we’re in a $100 price environment or an $80 price environment or lower, the same litmus test applies. Now no doubt this sort of environment can create opportunities for those who could take advantage of those opportunities. But that natural tension in the capital allocation process still exists. It’s still got to compete with those very high quality resource plays that we have today.
Operator:
Our next question comes from David Heikkinen from Heikkinen Energy. Please go ahead.
David Heikkinen - Heikkinen Energy:
Look-forward to the 2015 outlook in December. Can you walk us through your fourth quarter expectations for wells drilled and online in the Eagle Ford, Bakken and Oklahoma?
Lee Tillman:
Yes. I think again, we were on track, on plan to deliver the guidance that we’ve provided. Of course as part of last year’s budget, we still remain within those brackets. So there's really no change in the activity outlook in terms of wells we expect to drill and wells we expect to bring to sale. So we’re not singling anything different David than what we’ve communicated in the past.
David Heikkinen - Heikkinen Energy:
Okay. So no hard details as usual. Just trying
J. R. Sult:
It's worth a try David.
David Heikkinen - Heikkinen Energy:
And then the 12,000 acres that you added…
Lee Tillman:
Maybe David, just to not dive that completely though, I think you’ve seen our delivery in the three resource plays over the last three quarters. You’ve seen the efficiency that Lance has referenced. So I think based on the activity level we have in our three resource plays, it’s relatively straight forward I think to project that into the fourth quarter outlook.
David Heikkinen - Heikkinen Energy:
You’re on track. And then the 12,000 acres, can you give any specificity or details on where you added the acres in the SCOOP?
Lee Tillman:
Yes, I don’t want to talk about the specifics on the acreage add, but just I think suffice to say that our view is that it’s comprised a good core acreage that will compete going forward. The other element that we find very appealing in the acreage is that it also looks like it has prospectivity in the Springer formation, which we already have acres that are prospected in the Springer, but this would be in addition to that. And so we saw the Springer as a distinctive upside in this particular acreage position.
Operator:
Thank you. Our next question comes from Roger Read from Wells Fargo. Please go ahead.
Roger Read - Wells Fargo:
Just wanted to I guess follow up a little bit, maybe the details aren’t available yet. But your Bakken re-completions, particularly you had mentioned the Hector and Ajax, 16 wells. Can you give us a little more idea of what exactly you’re doing there, what you’re hoping to accomplish? Maybe if there's any way you can give us any expectations for volumes and changes relative to where the wells were before or what they did originally?
Lee Tillman:
Yes. Maybe few opening comments and I’ll turn over to Lance. We’ve got quite a large inventory of wells that were completed with our earlier technology in the Bakken, essentially single stage open hole frac designs. And we saw that inventory and we felt that there was a real potential there to go in and do recompletions to more modern multistage technology and generate not only uplift on IPs but also EURs. We started not surprisingly in kind of the best area of the field which was the Myrmidon area. We’ve now moved into Hector and Ajax. The majority of what you’ve seen this quarter is really Hector wells and that’s where the majority of acreage lies. But maybe I’ll let Lance just comment a little bit on what we’re doing in the wells and how the team is driving, not only capital efficiency but economics in those wells.
Lance Robertson:
Thanks Lee. Roger what you would find in terms of operational basis as we go into recomplete wells, we’re going back into a drilling unit most of the time that has one or maybe two wells in it on a 1,280 acre unit. And we’re going in to move to higher density full field development. Sometimes those wells are not using -- those original wells weren’t using the best available technology that we understand today. And they’re three, four maybe five years on production. So we’re re-stimulating those wells to that modern best available technology as we drill and complete the rest of the wells on that pad for efficiency, all at the same time and to see those results. We’re having good success with that. We had it in Myrmidon. We're having equal success in Hector. We do not have any more inventory outside of Hector effectively today for those recompletions. But they compete for capital very nicely. And otherwise those wells and pads would have to be shut in for some period as we do the offset stimulations. So rather than having expense workover, this is an opportunity for us to re-stimulate those wells on a capital basis and bring the EURs up. So far the wells have performed very well and we’re going to continue that program through the end of this year and pinning our capital evaluation into next year and we have about 70 more wells that are viable candidates.
Lee Tillman:
Yes. And just to add to that, we do have a dedicated recompletion rig running in the field and that rig will essentially be liquidating that inventory over the next couple of years on a go forward basis.
Lance Robertson:
I would say too that we’re now far enough into it that even as we move to Hector and the reservoir quality may not be quite equal to Myrmidon, our efficiency of doing the recompletions, we’ve gotten a faster as well as lower cost over the year which is really helping balance the returns on those.
Roger Read - Wells Fargo:
Okay, great. Thanks. And then sort of another way of asking the capital allocation question and maybe ways to lower spending commitments for next year. Key Largo I know the -- I guess that well's really maybe more of an impact on ’14 CapEx but at 60% working interest, any efforts to cut that back, sell down a little bit? Or any of the other exploration wells for next year?
Lee Tillman:
Certainly Roger we look at the risk profile on all of these wells and make a determination on do we want to try to bring in additional partners to mitigate the go forward risk, particularly on some of these high-dollar wells in the Gulf of Mexico. So we're going to continue to be interested in looking at that risk profile on all of these deep Paleogenetype wells to ensure that we balance materiality versus risk in the well. So you will continue to see us pursuing farm downs when it makes sense to reduce our exposure on these wells. Because these are very dollar wells as you know.
Operator:
Thank you. Our next question comes from Pavel Molchanov from Raymond James. Please go ahead.
Pavel Molchanov - Raymond James:
You guys operate in obviously a diverse of areas. Can I get some comments from you on what’s been happening with service costs in your various geographies in the last let’s say 90 days? In other words if there is a response on the cost side to the moves in the commodity market?
Lee Tillman:
Maybe I'll try again and then certainly I think Lance has already indicated that, at the beginning of the year we were quite successful in negotiating some very favorable commercial terms for our key service providers. And when you look at our business, particularly here in the U.S. it’s dominated really by the supply chain, it’s dominated our pumping service, our rig contracts et cetera. That’s really what’s driving our business here in the U.S. I think we were starting to see certainly some tightening in the availability of high spec rigs as we move through the second half of the year, but had not really seen a "price response" per se in the rig market. So I think now going forward in this somewhat different commodity price environment, our expectation is that there will be opportunity for both operators at scale and we very much have scale in our favor that we'll be able to expand margin by getting in and driving much more favorable commercial terms, just given the significant magnitude of our book of business.
Pavel Molchanov - Raymond James:
Okay, that’s helpful. Small housekeeping item in relation to Atrush. Given the delay that of course you've because of the fighting in the region, I understand that construction there was postponed for a period of time. You're still guiding to start up in 2015. In any sense kind of during the year when that might be?
Lee Tillman:
I will maybe just make a couple of comments and then turnover to Mitch. We were certainly impacted by the security situation in Iraq. We were impacted to varying degrees across all of the blocks that we have interest, including our own operated block where we temporarily suspended operations on logistic one well, but there were also other operations on our non-operated blocks that were also impacted. But maybe I will just let Mitch comment specifically on Atrush but I do think it’s important to note that Atrush from a net volume standpoint is still a very small component of our go forward portfolio.
T. Mitch Little:
Yeah thanks Lee and Pavel, good question. Clearly with the security developments in the region, several activities by various operators were put on hold or suspended. In the case of Atrush and the development of the Phase 1, a majority of that work is currently being done outside of the country. So that was able to progress. We had been expecting first production around mid-year. The team is working on developing recovery options and we're still in the midst of that process. So we can expect some impact from the security situation there but don’t have a definitive timeframe nailed down until we work through the recovery plan.
Pavel Molchanov - Raymond James:
Okay, but you are still firm on the 2015.
T. Mitch Little:
That’s correct.
Operator:
Thank you. Our next question comes from Scott Hanold from RBC Capital Markets. Please go ahead.
Scott Hanold - RBC Capital Markets:
Maybe this is a question for J.R. Obviously you all have gotten the proceeds of from the Norway sale and did indicate some intent to spend on some of the U.S. unconventional plays but J.R. could you talk about the -- looking at sort of the balance sheet in a lower commodity price environment, you've got that senior note I think coming due at the end of ’15. Is there a certain amount of comfort level you're going to create by I guess warehousing some of those proceeds before that coming due?
J. R. Sult:
Well Scott, as we have said a number of times now, I sleep very well at night with the strength of our balance sheet and the flexibility that that gives us especially in this slower commodity price environment. I wouldn’t necessarily view that I am warehousing those proceeds for debt repayment. In fact if anything, I'd like to be able to put as much of those proceeds that we think make sense in this environment from a return perspective to work in our organic portfolio. And so I would have every expectation that I’ll be refinancing that debt later in the year when it comes due in October of 2015.
Operator:
Thank you. Our next question comes from Jeffrey Campbell from Tuohy Brothers Investment. Please go ahead.
Jeffrey Campbell - Tuohy Brothers Investment:
I apologize, just a preamble if I'm being repetitive, because I knocked off Q&A for a little bit and got back on. You announced some [ph] Chalk results were identified as being within the previously announced delineated area. What’s the status of magnifying that area beyond the approximately 155000 acres presently de-risked as you move into 2015?
Lee Tillman:
Well, I think thus far we have delineated about 18,000 net acres in the Austin Chalk and I would say we are on plan to not only continue the development, co-development of the Austin Chalk, but also to continue to delineate to the east and the west and maybe Lance, you could just add a little bit about the forward Austin Chalk program.
Lance Robertson:
Absolutely. Jeff we have four wells in the fourth quarter that will test new areas outside of the currently delineated area and combination will be east and west of that area and they'll test about 8,000 more acres that we view as prospective for the Austin Chalk. In addition to that in the Eagle Ford area, we also have two pilots that we've previously described to STACK n frac that will test a combination of Austin Chalk, upper Eagle Ford and lower Eagle Ford, up to four wells vertically STACK. Those pilots are also drilling today. Results will be roughly Q1 available, by the time they're all drilled and completed. And we also have some standalone upper Eagle Ford tests that are also drilling today, but we haven’t developed before and with those results likely first quarter as well. So we have a substantial amount of activity testing other vertical horizons as well as combinations of horizon and then those four wells that should test about 8,000 acres in the Austin Chalk. And again I didn’t say that Austin Chalk was also. I think most of these are on pace all be drilled and start completions into Q4 and then first sales in early Q1.
Jeffrey Campbell - Tuohy Brothers Investment:
Okay, that was great color. If I could just clarify one thing that you just said, that the STACK and frac pilots, would you qualify those as being within presently de-risked acreage are they a part of de-risking the additional 8,000 acres that you saw to that?
Lee Tillman:
Those will be some about, actually. We’ll have some outside the area and the majority inside that area.
Jeffrey Campbell - Tuohy Brothers Investment:
Okay and if I could ask one follow-up, a little bit higher level, it seems like condensate export momentum has slowed as that government struggles with methodology to accurately categorize condensate. What's your current view on how the condensate export market is progressing and what do you anticipate in 2015?
Lee Tillman:
Well, I don’t know that I would necessarily characterize it is as slowing down. I think that definitely there has been -- if you're referring of course to the BIS process within the commerce department, I think that has slowed a bit as we move through the elections et cetera. So I still view this as a very important issue for the industry. I think for Marathon specifically the one advantage that we have is that our Eagle Ford production is relatively heavy compared to other operators with the bulk of our barrels being heavier than 50 degree API. And so we tend to see this as an issue going forward as those higher API condensate levels move up. But today it's not a hot pipe issue for us right now. Certainly we want to get high behind not only the lifting of the condensate export van, but also move toward lifting really of the crude export van fully and completely. We think that is really the long-term correct answer for the industry. But certainly if we see a progressive listing of condensate restriction, we want to make absolutely sure that we're positioned to take full advantage of that and the Eagle Ford team has definitely taken those steps.
Jeffrey Campbell - Tuohy Brothers Investment:
That’s helpful and just to be clear -- and to your point, really what I was thinking of is the EIA has sort of been empowered to try to arrive at some sort of an industry agreeable definition on condensate based on API. So that sort of moves into wheelhouse, I think….
Lee Tillman:
Well, certainly it would be helpful as to the extent that there is a clear and definitive definition of condensate. I think that will be helpful for the industry.
Operator:
Thank you. Our last question comes from Mike Kelly from Global Hunter Securities. Please go ahead.
Mike Kelly - Global Hunter Securities :
I know its early days in the delineation of the Springer, but I was hoping to get your initial thoughts on how much of your 300,000 acres in Oklahoma could be perspective for the formation and also really get your sense on how the Springer could fare on a rate of return basis versus the SCOOP and the STACK? Thanks.
Lee Tillman:
I’ll maybe just let Lance jump in on the Springer.
Lance Robertson:
Absolutely, so Mike, today we participate in about 11operated by other wells at our Springer and we see very high liquids rigs in those. It tends to be a lower gravity. And so I think what we’re working on now is to see is it really an oil intuit reservoir or is it a retrograde condensate reservoir. We’re very encouraged by the high liquids content to-date. It's little bit shallower than the existing Woodford. And so this is an opportunity continue to work on capital efficiencies there. But that liquids content been very high and high value products suggest that it should be able to compete favorably for capital on a go forward basis. We will have our own wells starting in the Springer on operated basis late in the first quarter next year as we evaluate that. And by virtue of having a very core valuable SCOOP position, we also have a large part of that position as perspective for the Springer. I don’t think we’re quite ready to declare how many of those acres are perspective but we’re encouraged by where we are and what we see because we’ve been working on the Springer for some time now really almost a year and looking at. And so I think it’s going to be a great opportunity for us to test in the future. And feel very comfortable it’s going to have a chance to complete for capital.
Operator:
Thank you. I will now turn the call back over to Chris Phillips for closing comments.
Lee Tillman:
Before turning back to Chris maybe just a closing thought here. I very much believe that as a company Marathon is very well positioned to invest intelligently through the commodity cycle and certainly we’re going to be using the optionality that we have across our opportunity inventory to not only maximize returns and growth but also retain flexibility as the market tries to find some equilibrium. And certainly we look forward to sharing more details on that later in December. So with that I’ll turn back to Chris to close out the call.
Chris Phillips:
Thank you, Christine. And to everyone, we appreciate questions and interest in Marathon.
Operator:
Thank you. And thank you ladies and gentlemen. This concludes today’s conference. Thank you for participating. You may now disconnect.
Executives:
Chris Phillips - Director of IR Lee Tillman - President and CEO J. R. Sult - EVP and CFO
Analysts:
Ed Westlake - Credit Suisse Ryan Todd - Deutsche Bank Paul Sankey - Wolfe Research Doug Leggate - Bank of America-Merrill Lynch John Herrlin - Societe Generale Guy Baber - Simmons & Company Jason Gammel - Jefferies Roger Read - Wells Fargo David Heikkinen - Heikkinen Energy Advisors Jeoffrey Lambujon - Tudor, Pickering & Holt Scott Hanold - RBC Capital Markets Pavel Molchanov - Raymond James Amir Arif - Stifel Nicolaus Theo Maryanos - Tuohy Brothers
Operator:
Welcome to the Marathon Oil Corporation 2014 Second Quarter Earnings Conference Call. My name is Ellen and I will be your operator for today's call. At this time, all participants are in a listen-only mode. Later, we will conduct a question-and-answer session. Please note that this conference is being recorded. I will now turn the call over to Chris Phillips, Director of Investor Relations. Mr. Phillips, you may begin.
Chris Phillips:
Good Morning and welcome to Marathon Oil Corporation's second quarter 2014 earnings call. I'm Chris Phillips, Director of Investor Relations. Also on the call this morning are Lee Tillman, CEO and President; and J. R. Sult, EVP and CFO. As has become our custom, we released prepared remarks last night in conjunction with the earnings release. You can find those remarks and the associated slides at marathonoil.com. As a reminder, today's call is being recorded, and our comments and answers to questions will contain forward-looking information subject to risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed or implied by such statements. I refer you back to the aforementioned slides where you can find our full Safe Harbor statement. With that, I will turn the call over to Lee.
Lee Tillman:
Thank you, Chris. Let me add my welcome to Marathon Oil second quarter 2014 earnings conference call. Before opening the lines for Q&A, I'd like to take a few minutes just to share a few personal thoughts. Last week was a bit of a special week for me, this past Friday, August 1, marked my first full year as President and CEO at Marathon Oil. It's been a remarkable year of growth and positive change for our company. I am very proud of what we've accomplished in this first year. We outlined a comprehensive strategic framework, what we call our seven strategic imperatives, as well as three tactical priorities for 2014 back at our Analyst Day in December. And we made great strides in advancing against these commitments toward our stated goal of the becoming premier independent E&P company. We have accelerated activity across all three of our high quality U.S. resource plays underpinned by a growing unconventional resource base. We have executed strategic divestitures in Angola and Norway to both simplify and concentrate our portfolio. And finally, we've delivered direct value to our shareholders through material share repurchases and a comparative dividend. I believe our company is fundamentally stronger today than it was 12 months ago. And I give full credit to the leadership team and our dedicated employees for embracing the changes to our portfolio and to our organization. But I also want to acknowledge that there is much left to accomplish if we are to be recognized as a premier independent E&P company. Many of you know that, that I have a passion in fact, my wife might say obsession for cars and racing. So, let me put it to you in racing terms. We have our car well set up. We run our qualifying laps. We even guard ourselves to spot on the grid, but the rate is just starting. And it's time for Marathon Oil to shift the next gear. Our seven strategic imperatives drive our business strategy and they have gained great momentum across our organization as we continue to make this shift to become a competitive independent E&P. We must continue this shift to align our strategic commitment to rigorous portfolio management, capital discipline and shareholder value. We are fundamentally striving for an organization that remains true to its core values to protect its license to operate but then also has a bias toward action, a commitment to stewardship. That is guided by sound risk management, prolific opportunity generation, efficiency and scalability in our processes, rigorous external benchmarking and a rapid sharing of best practices. A challenging and innovative culture well performance is not only differentiated but also rewarded. And last but not least a culture that creates a great place to work for our motivated employees. I'm personally asking our employees to test each and every decision against our seven strategic imperatives to ensure alignment, and to make sure that we drive shareholder value and in all their daily work activities. We understand that you, our investors, has options, that you have choices. And is our responsibility to make that compelling investment case for Marathon Oil. We must deliver consistent predictable financial and operating results, quarter-on-quarter and year-on-year with a clear focus on long-term value creation. We must be good stewards of our shareholders trust, and our shareholders capital. For our investors and the analyst covering our company, thank you for your support and continued confidence in Marathon Oil during my initial year. And rest assured, this leadership team listens to your feedback as we strive to profitably grow our company and create long term value. With that, let's turn our attention to the second quarter results and open up the call for your questions.
Chris Phillips:
Thanks Lee. Before we open the call to questions, we would like to request that you ask no more than two questions with associated clarifications, and you can re-prompt as time permits. With that Ellen, we'll open the lines for questions.
Operator:
Thank you. We will now begin the question-and-answer session. (Operator Instructions) The first question is from Ed Westlake with Credit Suisse. Please go ahead.
Ed Westlake - Credit Suisse:
Yes. Good morning, and congratulations on the progress, particularly in the U.S. You flagged in a RISA, a 25% increase in 180-day cumes for some of the Eagle Ford wells with the new completion. I'm just wondering, what change you're seeing and if you could update us on the EURs, particularly for the condensate window, but also for the oil window?
Lee Tillman:
Good morning, Ed. Thanks for the question. We are very pleased with the completion performance that we're seeing in the Eagle Ford. As you quoted, we have a population of wells with 180 day cumes that are really generating on average 25% relative to our model type curve. The bulk of that improvement is of course being driven by optimization of our completion design, a lot of that having to do with dropping our stage spacing down to 250 feet and below. Our expectation is as we get a bit more data, we intend to update to a comprehensive update on the type curves a bit later in the year and at that time we'll provide some updated EURs as well.
Ed Westlake - Credit Suisse:
Okay. And then just a separate follow-on, just on the SCOOP. Obviously, you're still drilling some good wells and adding acreage. Given the cash you've got coming in from Norway, when do you think you might accelerate your development in the SCOOP, and how would that fit into maybe acceleration elsewhere in the portfolio?
Lee Tillman:
Right. Maybe I'll just kind of take the general question around. As we move toward close in the fourth quarter around our Norway transaction, of course a key question of our investors is how we intend to redeploy those proceeds. We've stated exclusively in the press release that of course the first call on that, those proceeds will be around organic reinvestment. And the confidence that we have in that organic reinvestment is really underpinned by what we've seen in our down spacing and completion optimization in both Eagle Ford and the Bakken, the continued expansion and delineation of our acreage footprint in Oklahoma. So, as we move into our business planning process in the second part of the year, we fully expect that our further acceleration case and across really all of our resource plays, will be a key consideration in that dialog.
Ed Westlake - Credit Suisse:
Okay. Thanks very much.
Lee Tillman:
Thank you, Ed.
Operator:
The next question is from Ryan Todd with Deutsche Bank. Please go ahead.
Ryan Todd - Deutsche Bank:
Hi. Good morning, gentlemen. If I could talk a little bit more about the acceleration that you've referenced. At this point, what more do you need to see in the Bakken and the Oklahoma to accelerate activity? Is it still waiting on results of pilot tests, or delineation work, or what more do you need to see at this point to deploy the cash?
Lee Tillman:
One thing it's continued well performance and also of course getting those results from those comprehensive pilots. I think, as you look around the three resource plays in the Eagle Ford as we announced in the press release, we've continued to delineate our position in the Austin Chalk/Upper Eagle Ford which of course provide some potential uplift in our total resource space. When you look at the Bakken greater than 50% of the completions that we are pursuing in the second half of the year, are explicitly testing enhanced completion designs. In addition to that in the Bakken, we're looking at moving aggressively from kind of our four wells per DSU up to six wells using basically a six by six per DSU between the Middle Bakken and the Three Forks. And because of the nature of that pad drilling, much of those results would not be available until late 2014, early 2015. And then of course in Oklahoma, we're continuing to not only ensure that we protect our leasehold there in our high quality SCOOP acreage but as we work around, we're delineating the Southern Mississippi trend as well as our Granite Wash opportunity. So there is a lot of activity that is going to ultimately culminate in that decision to further accelerate across our plays. And that will be part and parcel of the business planning process that we are going through currently.
Ryan Todd - Deutsche Bank:
In the Bakken in particular, to potentially -- to use your racing terminology, to put your foot on the gas more? Is it going to be dependent at this point on pilot plant and completion testing, or is that still -- can you accelerate in the meantime?
Lee Tillman:
Yeah. I think we're going to move aggressively in the Bakken. When you look at our quality and materiality of our acreage position in the Bakken across our three core areas, Hector, Myrmidon and Ajax, we see a compelling opportunity there, hence, the uptick in our activity in the second half of the year. And so I think that provides us a very strong foundation, should we move toward a more, a higher acceleration case in the Bakken.
Ryan Todd - Deutsche Bank:
Great. If I could ask one on a different strategic, a higher strategic level. You've done a lot over the past 24 months in terms of narrowing your international portfolio and narrowing your focus as a company. And if you look at the international exploration program, you're still fairly diverse in terms of taking shots around the globe. Can you talk a little bit it about where the international exploration program fits into the broader portfolio and the newer, narrower focus of Marathon as an onshore-focused company?
Lee Tillman:
:
And as we get results in those areas, we'll continue to test those assets in the exploration portfolio as to how best to monetize. Is it best for us to develop, or is it best to look for a another way to generate value for the shareholders. So, just like our other portfolio, we continue to test our exploration assets as well to see what they're yielding in terms of results and how those maybe accretive to our shareholder. But we're going to continue to keep the exploration program very focused, very much focused on all prone emerging place, where we can come in and add value as the operator.
Ryan Todd - Deutsche Bank:
Great, thanks a lot. I'll leave it there.
Lee Tillman:
Thank you, Ryan.
Operator:
The next question is from Paul Sankey with Wolfe Research. Please go ahead.
Paul Sankey - Wolfe Research:
Good morning Lee, Chris.
Lee Tillman:
Hey, Paul.
Paul Sankey - Wolfe Research:
The previous question has been driving towards the potential for acceleration. I guess that you are outperforming your targets to an extent. Could you just remind us what your key targets are for the company, the ones you want us to focus on in terms of volume growth, obviously, by play, to the extent you're prepared to talk about that? It's just -- I'm looking at your slides and I see some guidance for 2014, but could you talk about, not only 2014, but also beyond and what we should think of you as capable of achieving? Thanks.
Lee Tillman:
Well certainly, for 2014, Paul, we are very committed to our greater than 30% growth across the resource plays. And that's fully consistent with our full year guidance and maybe I'll pause there for a moment, because I know this quarter is, - I'll acknowledge is a little bit messy because of the movement of Norway into discontinued operations. And hence the reason we've recast of course not only third quarter guidance but full year guidance to reflect the continuing operations element of our business. But that new guidance fully reflects that greater than 30% growth in our unconventional resource plays. Looking ahead, I would say, we want to insure that our growth targets, which will be developed as part of our business plan are competitive and the current E&P peer group that we compare ourselves against. I think that later in the year we'll give a little bit longer runway in terms of where we see those compound annual growth rates going in the future. But I'd like to probably hold that until we get a little bit further along in our business planning process and also have the full opportunity to evaluate the potential for further acceleration in the U.S.
Paul Sankey - Wolfe Research:
Great. Thank you. My second question is, have you applied to export condensate from the Eagle Ford lightly processed up in Washington?
Lee Tillman:
Yeah, let me maybe step back on that one and take the big picture question first, which is, I think I've been pretty vocal in my external comments that Marathon is very much committed to a listing of the overall crude export ban. And we think putting our unconventional barrels into the world open market is the right answer for both producers, as well as consumers. And we want to have our barrels compete in the world open market. So, not surprisingly with that philosophy, we are pursuing every avenue available to us to take advantage of the current regulatory environment to ensure we have the optionality to get our barrels, particularly condensate out in the market. I'll also maybe pause on condensate for just a moment, given that there's not a industry accepted definition, I would say for condensate, let me just give you a little bit of color on our Eagle Ford production. Our Eagle Ford production, unlike some of the other operators is actually quite heavy in terms of API. Materially more than 50% of our production in the Eagle Ford is less than 50 degree API, and that mix will vary as we change well mix over the years. But in general that mix looks pretty solid going forward. So, we have a pretty heavy barrel in the Eagle Ford and hence our CNC, crude and condensate realizations are largely priced at LLS minus 6. Having said that, we still want to ensure we have maximum optionality of getting our barrels potentially to other markets with higher realization. One of the ways that we're achieving that is also making sure that we maximize our volume on pipe out of the Eagle Ford. And ensuring that we get access to the water at Corpus Christi, and that work all continues to move forward. So, I would say on multiple fronts, we continue to drive towards positioning ourselves to be ready to take our condensate into the open market.
Paul Sankey - Wolfe Research:
Great. I guess, it's a long way of saying that you have applied to export?
Lee Tillman:
I'll let you make your interpretation Paul.
Paul Sankey - Wolfe Research:
Thanks Lee.
Lee Tillman:
Yeah, that was great question, thank you Paul.
Operator:
The next question is from Doug Leggate with Bank of America. Please go ahead.
Doug Leggate - Bank of America-Merrill Lynch:
Thanks, good morning Lee, good morning everybody.
Lee Tillman:
Hi, Dough.
Doug Leggate - Bank of America-Merrill Lynch:
I have two also, if I may. Lee, if I could go to the Bakken, please. I'm a little curious that you are moving, obviously, to 50%, per your commentary, for the enhanced completion design. But you haven't really given as much indication as to what that means in terms of any potential change to your type curve. So, I wonder if you could just help us help characterize what that enhanced completion then is doing for you in terms of IP rates, type curve, and maybe what the running room is in the play. And I have a follow-up, please.
Lee Tillman:
Yeah. I think for us in the Bakken, Dough, there are really two things going on there. One is the down spacing that we're doing. And as we've mentioned, we've already spurred on of our 12 well spacing pilots per 1,280 DSU. So, I think that is an important element of the work that we're doing. Implicit to those policies, well though, we also are testing these enhanced completion designs which as you stated, our anticipation is that those are going to have more deliverability that will enhance our overall type curves. But, we need to see the data first. What I'll share is, that when you look at our current, either 2P or total resource that we've externally communicated on the Bakken, that's largely based on a kind of four well per individual horizon, per DSU. So, as we move from six and higher, we would expect that to have an upward vector on our overall resource potential. Similarly, as we see more efficiency in our completion design, whether that's through stage spacing, through proppant loading, through slickwater hybrid fracturing or even some of the cemented liner completions that we're trying, we think that that will also be additive and be value creation and at the end of the day add to the resource space at the Bakken. My preference is to provide more comprehensive update on our resource position a bit later in the year, but later in the fall and we will likely do that not only for the Bakken but also for the Eagle Ford as well as the Oklahoma resource basins. So, we're still very early, I guess is the bottom line answer there Doug, but we do anticipate that those are going to be driving us toward potential resource adds in the future.
Doug Leggate - Bank of America-Merrill Lynch:
Great. I'll wait on the update. My follow-up is, you obviously tried to sell the UK, and Norway's gone. The growth in North America is, obviously, pretty punchy on an absolute basis when you isolate North America. But, there is a little bit of a nutshell in the fat east over the large position in EG. So, I'm just curious, when you look at the things that Apache came out with recently in terms of trying to concentrate the market's attention back in its North American portfolio, I just wonder if you could characterize your appetite, or perhaps your longer-term views, as to whether an international footprint for Marathon is still the right strategy, and EG in particular? And I'll leave it there. Thanks.
Lee Tillman:
Yeah, well certainly, I'll start by saying at a high level, we never view that our portfolio optimization is completed. And as I've said many times before Doug, we're going to be driven by profitability, not by geography. As you mentioned, we have, still have operations in the U.K. internationally as well as in Equatorial Guinea. Those operations will continue to be tested in terms of their fit in our portfolio. We made an attempt to market the U.K. position and we're unable to achieve full value for our shareholders that we've elected to continue to operate there. EG, a little bit different position in that, production relatively flat, very strong cash flows there. We also as you're aware Doug, have a pretty interesting exploration program kicking off in Equatorial Guinea here in the third quarter where we're exploring some very interesting oil potential on our current blocks. So, we continue to see the potential for EG to have opportunities that would compete for capital within our broad portfolio. If we get to a point where that's no longer the case, then we'll have a different discussion around what are the four prospects for Equatorial Guinea?
Doug Leggate - Bank of America-Merrill Lynch:
All right. Thanks a lot, Lee for the answers.
Lee Tillman:
Thank you, Doug.
Operator:
The next question is from John Herrlin with Societe Generale. Please go ahead.
John Herrlin - Societe Generale:
Hi, thanks. Two quick ones for you, Lee. You mentioned in the release and in your current comments and last night's comments about greater completion efficiency. Notionally, with the unconventionals, how much further do you think your spending dollars are going as a consequence of improved well designs and other operational practices?
Lee Tillman:
Well, I think we continue to be value driven. Of course we want to deliver the lowest completed well cost that we can. But we'd also want to make sure that we're mindful of generating the highest PV as well. For instance, if you look at our standard design in a place like this, Eagle Ford, we typically have 22 stages of fracs, we typically use about £5 million of proppants and we are now driving stage spacing to 250 foot. In fact, in many of our completions we are now testing even going below 250 foot. We're also looking at various fluid loadings as well that will influence our ability to drive efficiency there. I think the learning curve continuous to exist on the completion side across all the U.S. resource plays. I think the technology continuous to move. I think one of the advantages that Marathon has is that, we learn from all three resource plays because all have very different completion techniques and strategies. In the Eagle Ford we have plug-and-perf. In the Bakken, we're using sliding sleeve and in the Oklahoma resource basins we are using slickwater with plug-and-perf. So, we get to see a lot of different completion designs and it's really taking the best of those and applying them for the region of interest to generate the most returns. But, in terms of the true return on that incremental investment and I'll use the example of maybe stage spacing in the Eagle Ford. There is a cost to dropping down to more stages, more frac stages per well as you drop it stage facing to 250 feet and below. And we have tested that against the incremental value that it generates and absolutely see the return there for those incremental dollars.
John Herrlin - Societe Generale:
Okay. Great. Next one is a follow-up on some of the other questions. If you look at your asset base, and you can either put on your VSRA hat or SCA hat, or NHRA hat as a driver, when you look at it, in terms of the spending commitment, you said earlier that everything is rated, whether it's exploration or unconventional -- or conventional versus unconventional. On a going-forward basis, how would you lay out your spending, conventional versus unconventional? Obviously, you have commitments on the development side, but in terms of seeking new resources?
Lee Tillman:
Yeah. Well, I think as we talked about overall capital just to maybe review where we stand in 2014, about 60% of our capital is largely directed toward the U.S. resource plays. And I think as certainly, as we look forward into the near term particularly 2015, we still continue to see a strong case for those U.S. resource plays competing very well for capital allocation. Now, that excludes any potential discovery in the exploration space or for instance even in the previously referenced EG exploration program which could change the dynamics there. We often talked about wanting to exercise the discipline of keeping our CapEx within our operating cash flow but we don't view that as a limiter, we view that as good discipline. But certainly if we see great opportunities, we're willing to step outside of our operating cash flows to pursue those.
John Herrlin - Societe Generale:
Great. Thank you.
Lee Tillman:
Thank you very much.
Operator:
Our next question is from Guy Baber with Simmons. Please go ahead.
Guy Baber - Simmons & Company:
Good morning, everybody, and thanks for taking my question. I want to go back to the Bakken for a minute, with more of a backward-looking question, I guess, for me. But despite some weather complications earlier in the year, you appear to be easily tracking ahead of the full-year guidance that you would have given at last September's Analyst Day. So, was just hoping you could maybe shed a bit more light as to where, specifically, you're outperforming relative to the internal plan? And maybe what has surprised you internally? Is it maybe -- is it better well results, more efficiencies? Just any more color there would be great.
Lee Tillman:
Yeah. Absolutely, we have made a strong recovery in the Bakken, post the weather impacts in the first quarter that ourselves and many other operators experienced. But we are now tracking very well, relative to our plan. In fact, we feel that we'll be able to accommodate the various completion enhancement test, that we want to do in the second half of the year within our capital budget. So I think we are being very efficient in the Bakken. We are seeing very strong results not only from our drilling program, but even our re-frac program that we're executing this year with a dedicated re-frac rig is also delivering very strong results. And we are about to move from the higher productivity areas of the Myrmidon to test those re-fracs also as we move into the Hector area. So, we've had some very good results. We've had very positive results from the early four by four spacing pilots that we've implemented in the Middle Bakken and the Three Forks. And that has in fact given us great confidence to move forward in the second half of the year with kind of the six by six format, the 12 wells per DSU going forward. So, the results continue to be very positive in the Bakken.
Guy Baber - Simmons & Company:
Okay, great. That's helpful. And then my follow-up was, as we begin to think about the potential and possibilities around you allocating more capital to your unconventional plays, both in total, and then from one play to the next, can you just highlight for us any constraints or limits we might need to consider with respect to you all quickly ramping up investment in each of your primary plays? Are you maybe more constrained in certain areas than in others? Anything from an infrastructure perspective, or people perspective, or anything else that you might highlight?
Lee Tillman:
Yeah, good question Guy. I think that as we think about acceleration and like I said looking toward the end of this year what actions we might have to take if an acceleration case proves beneficial. I think we have high confidence in our execution model in all three resource plays. It shouldn't be surprising that we've already kind of tested our ability to step up in terms of the ability of the service industry, whether that be frac crews or rigs to support further step up in activity. It's a similar process that we went through last year as we tested our ability to make the first step in acceleration. So, it would just be building on that. We don't see any constraints today either from the service sector or from a rig standpoint and certainly not from an internal support standpoint that would preclude us from taking another step in terms of acceleration.
Guy Baber - Simmons & Company:
Thanks very much.
Operator:
The next question is from Jason Gammel with Jefferies. Please go ahead.
Jason Gammel - Jefferies:
Thanks very much. Just wanted to talk about the pace of bringing wells to sales in the Eagle Ford. I know first quarter was a bit of a slip because of several issues, but can you talk about how many wells that you still have an inventory that need to be brought on to sales, and whether we should think about the pace moving forward as essentially same number of wells being drilled being brought into sales?
Lee Tillman:
Yeah. I think Jason that the second quarter was much more indicative of our ability to deliver wells to sales. As you mentioned, the first quarter was a bit of an anomaly as we brought new rigs into the fleet. We were also making some changes to our well designs, et cetera that was creating a little bit more measured depth on some our wells. All of those contributed to driving some of our performance in the first quarter. The intensity also of our pad drilling, as you are well aware changed. In the first quarter we averaged about four wells per pad in the first quarter. That number has gone up to about 4.4, 4.5 now in the second quarter. But we feel very confident now that we're generating the inventory that will keep our five fracs fleet very well loaded. Our current inventory, and again this is just a ballpark number Jason, is probably about five pads or 30 wells that we currently have in inventory.
Jason Gammel - Jefferies:
Okay. Great. Then if I could just turn to the SCOOP play. I'm afraid I'm still learning about this one. Can you talk a little bit about the potential running room that you have there in terms of an inventory? And then also, obviously, the extended reach lateral had the pretty impressive flow rate. Can you talk about the amount of irrigates that is contiguous that would support these extended reach laterals?
Lee Tillman:
Yeah. Well certainly for us, we're very bullish on Oklahoma. We've continued to grow and consolidate our acreage position there as we noted in the press release with further delineation with some acquisitions and some Greenfield leasing, we've moved our acreage position now to over 300,000 net acres. About 80% of that is in the SCOOP and STACK areas. So, we have a very deep inventory in both SCOOP and STACK as we look forward. Again, I would say our intent is to provide a bit more of an comprehensive update on the resources associated with that acreage position a bit later in the year. But to your specific question around SCOOP XL, we've had very good success for the SCOOP XL. They're delivering outstanding incremental well economics we would compete, very favorably for capital. Part of our consolidation and growth in Oklahoma is focused on ensuring we can maximize the inventory of XL wells that we can access. Because of course it has a lot to do with lease configuration, as well as the specific geology that you find in an individual lease. But we absolutely want to maximize our exposure to SCOOP XL well. It's not that the SCOOP wells are poor performers. Our SCOOP wells are still delivering 1300 or equivalent barrels per day, relative to say the 2,000 that you might see in the SCOOP XL wells. But we know when we can deliver the XL design that's exactly where we want to hit.
Jason Gammel - Jefferies:
Okay, great. Could you maybe mention any uplift that you got in the IRR of the XL wells versus the standard SCOOP wells?
Lee Tillman:
Yeah, I think we've shown some incremental well economics in our last external. But certainly you're getting significant uplift in terms of return on the XL wells. Particularly, when you consider the 2000 or equivalent barrel per day, 30 day IPs.
Jason Gammel - Jefferies:
Okay. Thanks very much.
Lee Tillman:
But I think, IRRs, Jason are run north of 50% on those SCOOP XL wells.
Jason Gammel - Jefferies:
Great. Thanks very much.
Operator:
And the next question is from Roger Read with Wells Fargo. Please go ahead.
Roger Read - Wells Fargo:
Hi, good morning.
Lee Tillman:
Good morning, Roger.
Roger Read - Wells Fargo:
Just to come back to the Eagle Ford a little bit, and I recognize we'll have more information later this year. But, can you give us an idea, as you look at the enhanced completions of the Eagle Ford there, the improvement of the 25% against the type curves, but what are you seeing in terms of additional costs? Hopefully, a lot less than the 25%. But I just hoping to get maybe an idea of the extra cost per well, and then whether or not you're seeing any -- or whether or not any service cost inflation is included in that, or if that's a relatively static event at this point.
Lee Tillman:
Okay. Well certainly our current well costs in the Eagle Ford is running around from a completed well cost standpoint around $7.4 million and that of course incorporates moving to the reduced stage facing that we previously referenced. Certainly the reduced stage spacing, Roger does put upward pressure on the target costs of our wells. However to your second question around service company costs, what we saw at the beginning of 2014 was actually some costs savings in the service sector, particularly on the pumping side as well as some of our intangible costs on OCTG. So, we have had some other offsets as we've intensified the density of our fracs stages. We've also been able to find some offsets as well. But there is, honestly some upward pressure there. When you just look at the, I'll call it the gross cost of stepping up the stage density, you're probably talking about 700,000 gross per well. So you are having to accommodate that level of costs in your target well cost. But that's 700,000 again is very well justified in terms of the incremental return that you're generating.
Roger Read - Wells Fargo:
Right. Well, that's what I wanted to see. Thanks for that. And then on the second and completely unrelated question, Kurdistan. Obviously, that area is in the news almost every day, it seems like. I was just wondering, in terms of, as you're looking at your international exploration program, how that's fitting in from a capital allocation standpoint? And whether or not -- maybe you haven't had many people there, since a lot of it's not your operation. But I was just wondering whether or not you have people there, what you would need to see to put people on the ground in Kurdistan again.
Lee Tillman:
Well, first and foremost, our number one priority is keeping our folks safe and secure. And so we of course just like every one have been monitoring the situation in Kurdistan very, very carefully with the developments there and Iraq with Isis. What I can share with you is that our operations as well as the operations in our OBO operated by others blocks there, today have not been impacted by the activities there, the Kurdistan Regional Authority has had a very stabilizing influence. We simply have not seen an impact on our operations but we are monitoring it on a day-to-day basis to ensure that our folks are protected from a safety end and security standpoint. In terms of backing away from the security question, and maybe moving forward to the - to the more geologic side of things and how it competes for capital. We have had very good success in Kurdistan. When you look at our operated block Harir, we've had the Mirawa-1 discovery. We're currently testing the Jisik-1 well. We've got the Mirawa-2 appraisal well schedule for later in the year. So, on the operated block we feel very strongly that we've had very good geologic success there. We're still again early days. We're still doing exploration and appraisal. But it looks quite promising from a geologic standpoint. Similarly on our non-operated blocks, we continue to make good progress there, Atrush of course is moving rapidly toward first oil. Next year that will be kind of 30,000 barrel early production system in 2015. And then on our Sarsang block, which is also non-operated, we're currently testing the East Swara Tika-1 well. So a lot of activity there. We're thankful that that has not been impacted by the security issues in Iraq. But we're going to continue to monitor that.
Roger Read - Wells Fargo:
Okay. Thank you.
Lee Tillman:
Thank you, Roger.
Operator:
The next question is from David Heikkinen with Heikkinen Energy Advisors. Please go ahead.
David Heikkinen - Heikkinen Energy Advisors:
Good morning, Lee. You've highlighted that you don't see any constraints to accelerate. Can you talk about, as you think about accelerating, what you see on the delta of services and drilling cost basis? And then how you offset that with efficiency? You hit the 700,000 per well increase, but makes better returns. I'm just trying to get into the base cost, apples-to-apples, of what you're saying?
Lee Tillman:
Yeah. If I look at the first half of the year, I would say that our service cost were kind of flat to down, there was still good commercial tension there. We also again as I mentioned, saw it in some our intangible goods as well. I think though, you can sense that there is a bit more of a tightening around availability. When you look at rigs and pumping crews, particularly as the activity continues to be at a very high level and there's some rebalancing around the resource plays as you see the Permian competing for a lot of the horizontal activity as well. So, as I look out to the second half of the year, I would anticipate that we will see a little bit of upward pressure on the services side. And we're going to have continue to work to offset any of that commercial pressure. Now, we'll say with our scale across all three of the resource plays, we're dealing from a strong position from a negotiation standpoint because we do have a very large book of business. The other aspect, I would point out that, as we move to longer laterals, more complex terms associated with more pad drilling, we are trying to go more high spec rigs that give us the ability to use 7,500 PSI pumping systems that have the more advanced moving systems so we can move across the pad efficiently. So, all of those things, I think will contribute to little bit more upward pressure commercially on services and goods probably in the second half of the year. And it's our job to continue to work to offset those.
David Heikkinen - Heikkinen Energy Advisors:
And then in Oklahoma, a couple years ago you talked about in a lower price environment, it wasn't as competitive. And you've talked about the improving technology that's made the SCOOP work and extended reach laterals. Can you talk about the STACK and the extension of the southern Mississippi, and of what your seeing there, and how that works in this commodity price environment?
Lee Tillman:
Yeah, our early results in the Southern Mississippi trend or the STACK are very, very encouraging as we look at liquid deals and overall performance. We feel very encouraged given that there is remaining consolidation and Greenfield leasing opportunities there, we've been somewhat quiet on sharing specific well results because we still see some competitive advantage to, based on our knowledge base of the play now to continue to go out and grow and consolidate that position. But we feel today that based on very early results, that Southern Mississippi trend will be in and compete for capital allocation.
David Heikkinen - Heikkinen Energy Advisors:
All right, thanks guys.
Lee Tillman:
Thank you.
Operator:
The next question is from Jeoffrey Lambujon with Tudor, Pickering & Holt. Please go ahead.
Jeoffrey Lambujon - Tudor, Pickering & Holt:
Good morning. Thanks for taking my questions. On the Bakken enhanced fracs, looking at the public data shows that in 2013, you averaged 8000 pounds of proppant per stage on 30 stages. Can you talk about what you're seeing -- or what you're testing leading-edge, and where on your acreage you're testing that?
Lee Tillman:
Yeah, absolutely. Well certainly for us, we're looking across all the variables and completion design. Of course in the Bakken, our standard completion has been kind of a notional 29, 30 stage completion with a little under £3 million of proppant. Typically that's been a sliding sleeve, and again that's using our kind of 320 acre kind of spacing model. I think what you're going to see going forward is that we're going to drop at stage spacing facing, which of course will have the effect of raising our number of stages per well. I think you'll see us looking to test the variability and frac volume loading, how much volume we're actually plumping. And then as you stated, we'll also look at moving the proppant loading to much higher levels. In fact, we have trials that will take us up to £6 million per completion. We'll also be looking at different frac designs using both the hybrid fracs which combine slickwater and more conventional proppant as well as straight slickwater as well. And given that we've been primarily sliding sleeve completions. We're very interested in also testing the cement liner with plug-and-perf. So, we've got a variety of variables. That's why we're going to be so active in the second half of the year is that, we think we because of the quality, because of the materiality of our position, we think we can move a bit more aggressively on both down spacing as well as completion design, and that's really what you're seeing in the second half of the year. And that will be an – in really the core areas of our play Jeoffrey, Myrmidon, Hector and Ajax.
Jeoffrey Lambujon - Tudor, Pickering & Holt:
Great. Thanks for that detail. Switching to the Eagle Ford. Just going back to the proppant side there of those enhanced completions, can you talk more about your running room that you've got for further testing there, and what you're experimenting with leading edge there, as well? Thanks
Lee Tillman:
Yeah, similar, I would say, to Bakken it starts with continuing to drive down spacing. We, largely speaking now are at 40 acre spacing for the bulk of our core acreage that we're developing. But with that, as I mentioned earlier, our standard design now is around 250 foot stage spacing but, we're looking at even taking that lower than the 250 foot, which will have the net affect again of having more stages in our designs. We're also similar to Bakken looking at higher volume metric loading in terms of frac volumes as well as higher proppant loadings. And so, both of those will be key variables that we're taking a look at. And we'll even look at some of our chemical additives that we use with the jobs that we pump, the surfactants that we use, et cetera, to see if we can find efficiency there as well. So, there's still in my view, running room there in the Eagle Ford today. We've essentially offset any potential negative impact from down spacing to 40 acres by continually improving our completion design and delivery and we anticipate that continuing.
Jeoffrey Lambujon - Tudor, Pickering & Holt:
Thank you.
Operator:
The next question is from Scott Hanold with RBC Capital Markets. Please go ahead.
Scott Hanold - RBC Capital Markets:
Thanks. Good morning. Question on the upper Eagle Ford. You obviously talked about some successful wells there. Can you give us a sense, when you step back and look at your entire Eagle Ford position, how much do you think could be perspective for it? When you look at the nine wells you are currently drilling, how much the rest of your acreage are you testing right now?
Lee Tillman:
Yeah. And just to be absolutely clear, when we talk about upper yield for we tend to talk about the Austin Chalk/Upper Eagle Ford as a unit together. And when we talked in the release about the 15,500 net acres that we've delineated, that really is the combined Austin Chalk/Upper Eagle Ford. We're continuing that delineation program Scott. We wanted to get out some of the positive news this quarter because we have de-risk now, that's 15,500 net acres, which we believe will be developed on normally 40/60 acre spacing going forward. We want to continue that delineation plan. You talked about the additional wells that we have activity on. And those are just going to continue we hope to add to that 15,500 net acres.
Scott Hanold - RBC Capital Markets:
Okay. Then, just to clarify, when you all give your resource update late in the year, will you have a pretty good sense of your entire acreage position and how much of that has upper Eagle Ford/Austin Chalk potential?
Lee Tillman:
That's absolutely. Our plan is to give more - based on where we are at that point in time, we will connect the dots between the net acreage that we've been able to de-risk and the resource potential and well inventory that that will deliver.
Scott Hanold - RBC Capital Markets:
Okay. And my follow-up. In the Bakken, on your 12 wells per DSU test, can you remind me, how are you drilling those? Are they going to be six Bakken and six Three Forks? And will those Three Forks be all in that upper bench? Or are you planning on doing any chevron in some of the lower benches on that?
Lee Tillman:
Yeah, you're spot on Scott. These will be the six-by-six, with six middle Bakken. Six primarily in the Three Forks first bench. We do have some activity – we've of course been involved in the other benches of the Three Forks through our joined interest business in Bakken our OBO business. But it is our intent to also test in our operative well, some of the lower benches a bit later in the year as well. But our primary objective is getting the 12 wells per DSU utilizing the middle Bakken and the first bench of the Three Forks.
Scott Hanold - RBC Capital Markets:
Okay, thanks.
Lee Tillman:
Thank you.
Operator:
The next question is from Pavel Molchanov with Raymond James. Please go ahead.
Pavel Molchanov - Raymond James:
Thanks for taking my question. Mostly answered. One on continue, if I may. You mentioned that Sala-1 discovery, given that it's natural gas, what can you guys do with that?
Lee Tillman:
Yeah, well certainly Sala-1 is gas discovery. Sala-2 which is already spud in the third quarter. We'll be appraising the size of that development, of that resource. In terms of development, of course that area of the world needs gas, needs power infrastructure. So there are paths to monetization there for gas. For us, of course we would prefer to keep the bias toward our liquids waiting. But we do see opportunity here with the Sala-2 appraisal, it will give us a view of the size of the prospect and then we'll start talking about how best to move forward the development. What I'll stress though is that, the discovery there is, one discovery on blocks that our multi-million acre blocks. So, this is just one part and the fact that this proved a working hydrocarbon system with reservoir quality, I think is notable and important.
Pavel Molchanov - Raymond James:
Okay. And then one on Kurdistan, following up on the question of maybe 10 minutes ago. In the context of the fighting, has there been any slowdown in activity, bringing in personnel, and in particular, I'm thinking about the development of the Atrush block, which I know you guys were hoping to bring online next year.
Lee Tillman:
At this point Pavel, I would say we have an experience, any material impact on either our drilling operations or on the go-forward development work at Atrush, we continued with the development well at Atrush per plan. So, today, and again, we're only as good as our last day of operation there. But today we just haven't seen direct impact on our operations.
Pavel Molchanov - Raymond James:
Okay. Clear enough. Appreciate it.
Lee Tillman:
Thank you, Pavel.
Operator:
The next question is from Amir Arif with Stifel Nicolaus. Please go ahead.
Amir Arif - Stifel Nicolaus:
Thanks, good morning guys.
Lee Tillman:
Good morning.
Amir Arif - Stifel Nicolaus:
Just a quick question for you. When you think of the large proceeds coming in from Norway, how do you think about maybe using some of that to do a large, bolt-on acquisition in one of the existing areas or a new area? And just comparing that against your inventory, especially at a higher activity level, in terms of your comfort level with inventory in your three key resource plays?
Lee Tillman:
Well, I would say Amir, we again, our first call is going to be on organic growth. We feel very strongly that our inventory is solid. And as we look at the performance, not only in the second quarter but look at the activity in second half of the year, we anticipate forward positive pressure on our resource size across the resource plays. So we have very high confidence in our organic opportunities. Having said that, we would never rule-out another use of capital but we're very comfortable with our organic investment. We also have the option to look at opportunistic share repurchases as well. So, we feel that we've got ample internal opportunities for the deployment of the Norway capital.
Amir Arif - Stifel Nicolaus:
Okay. But, in terms of the return potential or opportunities that you see right now, could you just provide some color on acquisition versus organic growth?
Lee Tillman:
Again, our immediate view today is that we have the organic opportunities that will compete very favorably for the redeployment of the Norwegian capital. And that really is our case to be. And in fact that's one of the reasons why we'll be testing very thoroughly as part of our business planning process, our ability to further accelerate in the U.S. resource plays.
Amir Arif - Stifel Nicolaus:
Okay. And then just a follow-up question on the share buybacks. Is the timing of that dependent on the proceeds coming, in or will that -- should we think of you using up pretty much or maintaining the current pace of share buybacks?
Lee Tillman:
Well, we don't have a current pace of share buybacks. We have been an opportunistic share repurchaser. That will continue and the timing of that will be a discussion with the leadership team and our board, when that occurs. We have remaining $1.5 billion of repurchase authorization that's outstanding and so we have that flexibility available to us.
Amir Arif - Stifel Nicolaus:
Okay. Thank you.
Lee Tillman:
Thank you.
Operator:
The next question is from Jeffrey Campbell with Tuohy Brothers. Please go ahead.
Theo Maryanos - Tuohy Brothers:
Good morning. This is the Theo Maryanos for Jeffrey Campbell. Can you guys just touch on the mix for liquids in the Oklahoma resource plays?
Lee Tillman:
I think we've talked about that certainly on an incremental well basis, as we've quoted, our numbers in the SCOOP XL, we've tried to be very transparent on the liquid content. Our most recent IP is right around 64% liquids. We of course have a bit more exposure there to NGL pricing in Oklahoma. But as we look again at the incremental well economics in the SCOOP, we find it competing very favorably for capital. And again as we continue to grow and consolidate that position, there's no doubt that Oklahoma is a candidate for moving to a much higher scale in the future. We're only currently running four rigs in Oklahoma, which are largely dedicated toward ensuring we hold our very high quality SCOOP acreage.
Theo Maryanos - Tuohy Brothers:
Great. Appreciate it. And can you touch, how many location -- or potential recompletion locations might you have if the Hector area recompletions are successful?
Lee Tillman:
If we're successful, if we move through 2014 successfully, we would anticipate having an inventory of about 60 recompletes going forward based on our current analysis.
Theo Maryanos - Tuohy Brothers:
Great. Appreciate it.
Lee Tillman:
Thank you very much.
Operator:
We have no further questions at this time. I'll turn the call back to Chris Phillips for closing remarks.
Chris Phillips:
Thank you, Ellen. And we appreciate the questions and interest in Marathon. If you have any additional questions, please don't hesitate to call myself. We hope you have a wonderful day. Ellen, thank you, this concludes today's conference call. And you may now disconnect.
Operator:
Thank you. Thank you, ladies and gentlemen. This concludes today's conference. Thank you for participating. You may all disconnect.
Executives:
Chris Phillips - Director of IR Lee Tillman - President and CEO
Analysts:
Ed Westlake - Credit Suisse Doug Leggate - Bank of America-Merrill Lynch Paul Sankey - Wolfe Research Evan Calio - Morgan Stanley Guy Baber - Simmons & Company Roger Read - Wells Fargo John Herrlin - Societe Generale Amir Arif - Stifel Pavel Molchanov - Raymond James Jeffrey Campbell - Tuohy Brothers
Operator:
Welcome to the Marathon Oil Corporation 2014 Q1 Earnings Conference Call. My name is Tiffany and I will be your operator for today's call. At this time, all participants are in a listen-only mode. Later, there will be a question-and-answer session. Please note that this conference is being recorded. I will now turn the call over to Chris Phillips. You may begin.
Chris Phillips:
:
As has become our custom, we released prepared remarks last night in conjunction with the earnings release. You can find those remarks and the associated slides at marathonoil.com. As a reminder, today’s call is being recorded, and our comments and answers to questions will contain forward-looking information subject to risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed or implied by such statements. I refer you back to the aforementioned slides where you can find our full Safe Harbor statement. With that, I will turn the call over to Lee.
Lee Tillman:
Thank you, Chris. Good morning to everyone joining us on the call and the web cast. Prior to opening up to your questions, I want to make a few brief remarks on our first quarter performance. We delivered strong financial results in the quarter, underpinned by continued production growth across our U.S. resource plays coupled with strong realizations and lower exploration costs. Our adjusted net income per diluted share increased to $0.88, up 73% from year ago quarter. First quarter of 2014 production available for sale from continuing operations excluding Libya averaged 440,000 net barrel oil equivalents per day and was impacted by an estimated 6,000 net barrels of oil equivalent per day associated with extreme winter weather and by an estimated 14,000 net barrel oil equivalent per day related to lower reliability on non-operated assets. Importantly, we have already advanced the three key priorities of our 2014 agenda; ramping up U.S. resource play drilling activity, marketing our North Sea businesses, and delivering shareholder value through opportunistic share repurchases. We remain confident in our plans to grow production from our three U.S. resource plays by 30% in 2014 over 2013 as we aggressively pursue co-development opportunities for the Austin Chalk/Upper Eagle Ford, the Three Forks, and the Bakken, and vertically stacked horizons in Oklahoma. We are committed to rigorous portfolio management to simply and concentrate our portfolio towards higher growth and higher margin opportunities. The closing of the sales of our working interest in Blocks 31 and 32 in Angola during the quarter and the ongoing marketing of our U.K. and Norway North Sea businesses are evidence of this result. We completed the $1 billion share repurchase tied to the Angola Block 31 sale; representing 29 million shares and in March, announced an additional $500 million share repurchase, which is now substantially complete. Upon completion of this additional share repurchase, there will be $1.5 billion remaining on our share repurchase authorization. We recognize the importance of delivering on our commitments quarter-on-quarter, year-on-year. The first quarter delivered $1.35 billion in cash flow from continuing operations, 97% average availability in our operated assets, and 26% production increase in the U.S. resource plays year-over-year or 7% quarter-over-quarter. But our high-quality assets, deep inventory, capital discipline and demonstrated ability to execute, we look for continued profitable volumes growth to support the strong investment case for Marathon Oil. We will now be pleased to take your questions.
Chris Phillips:
Thanks Lee. Before we open the call to questions, we would like to request that you ask no more than two questions with associated clarifications and you can re-prompt as time permits. With that, Tiffany, we will open the lines to questions.
Operator:
(Operator Instructions). And our first question is from Edward Westlake of Credit Suisse. You may go ahead.
Ed Westlake - Credit Suisse:
Yes, good morning and congratulations on the free cash flow that you generated in the quarter. I guess some of that probably was from the North Sea. Maybe talk a little bit about how you see the free cash trajectory of the company excluding the North Sea, assuming that you are able to sell that? Thank you.
Lee Tillman:
Thank you Ed and good morning. Ed, as we've previously communicated, on a pro-forma basis, the North Sea businesses contribute about 20% of projected 2014 cash flow. Obviously we're watching the cash flows very carefully. As we look forward though, post the post the potential transaction. It's also important to recognize that both the Eagle Ford as well as the Bakken will be going cash flow positive at current activity levels in 2015. So, we remain confident in our go forward outlook and our ability to fund our investment program.
Ed Westlake - Credit Suisse:
And s:
Lee Tillman:
Well, I’ll just maybe for a moment talking about the North Sea, I just want to confirm that’s a competitive process, it’s moving forward per plan and we’re still on the timeline that we’ve communicated. Our main objective there of course are a full exit from the North Sea and of course delivering shareholder value there. When we talk about the buybacks, I would refer back it to our view of capital allocation. Share repurchases factor into that, they compete for capital. We’ve seen some opportunistic share repurchases. I am not sure that I would call them aggressive, I would call them opportunistic. We’ve looked at the returns that those could generate for our shareholders and have felt very comfortable with what we’ve able to deliver in the share repurchase program. Going forward and assuming a successful transaction, repurchases will be part of the capital allocation consideration.
Operator:
Our next question is from Doug Leggate of Bank of America-Merrill Lynch. You may go ahead.
Doug Leggate - Bank of America-Merrill Lynch:
Thank you good morning everybody. Hi, good morning Lee. I wonder if I could try to say a quick one on the running room on the co-development opportunities in the Eagle Ford, specifically obviously the Austin Chalk, are there any other spiked opportunities you see in that area? You've obviously given some pretty impressive well results, but we still don't have really any feel for what the scale of the acreage, what the scale of the running room could be ultimately for that development. And I guess the pace of development would come into that debate as well, if you could address those issues in the Eagle Ford, and I've got a follow-up please.
Lee Tillman:
Yes, absolutely Doug, it’s a great question. I I’ve shared with several on the line. When we look at the co-development and we like to call it, of course we refer to it as the Austin Chalk, but I want to be clear that it’s the Austin Chalk in conjunction with the Upper Eagle Ford being co-developed with the Lower Eagle Ford. That work is progressing. Last, I would say in 2013, our task at hand was really determining the viability of those zones, of the Austin Chalk and Upper Eagle Ford. And for the areas where we have wells, we have fully demonstrated that viability. 2014 is really geared towards now attempting to extend that viability across our acreage position and the reason we haven't been out there with an update from a resource potential or well inventory standpoint is because we are still in that process of appraising the full potential of the Austin Chalk Upper Eagle Ford and as we complete that appraisal and then determine what that inventory is, we'll then flow that inventory into the prioritization of our full development plan of the Eagle Ford and that will ultimately dictate the pace.
Doug Leggate - Bank of America-Merrill Lynch:
I appreciate the answer Lee, thanks. I guess as a follow up to Ed's question, the running room in the Bakken and the Cana and the Eagle Ford drove, those obviously anchor your production going forward. But how are you thinking about redeploying the potential proceeds of the Norwegian and U.K. sales assuming they complete? Would that be additional buybacks or would you consider adding another leg to the proverbial goose so to speak?
Lee Tillman:
Yes, I would say, obviously nothing is off the table, but I would go back to our capital allocation discipline Doug. As you say, we've got a deep inventory of growth opportunities across our three high quality U.S. resource play. Certainly one of the first calls on those proceeds would be looking to drive further accretive investments and across those three plays. In addition to that, we will look at selective resource capture opportunities as long as those opportunities can compete with the current inventory that we have in hand which is quite high quality. And then as you state, share repurchases may also factor in to that equation as well. So, we are not ruling out any options, but from a long-term shareholder investment standpoint, we feel very good about driving investment, further investment into our three high quality U.S. resource plays.
Operator:
Our next question is from Paul Sankey of Wolfe Research.
Paul Sankey - Wolfe Research:
Can I just keep going on that Lee, I think that there is a perception that the asset base isn't strong enough to generate long-term growth, and that you kind of have to buy something. As I say, I know I'm hammering on the point, but I do perceive it to be the big overhang on your stock. Can you just keep coming back to this idea, I guess that you're not going to make a dilutive acquisition and that you believe you got the asset base to grow the company in a way that you think is attractive to shareholders?
Lee Tillman:
Yes, absolute, Paul. I want to be absolutely clear and in fact for those that participated in Howard Weil, we spend a good deal of time and effort trying to go through the complete resource base that we currently view in the three resource plays, which we feel is very compelling. We are looking at 2.4 billion oil equivalent barrels and in aggregate 10 plus year drilling inventory there. And as we look at further co-development down spacing stacked opportunities across those three plays, we see a path toward further enhancement in that two key resource base. So our confidence is very high. We in no way feel compelled or driven towards an M&A strategy that would be dilutive. Opportunistically, any type of resource acquisition, small or large has to compete against that existing inventory that we have today.
Paul Sankey - Wolfe Research:
And then if you could just update us on the Gulf of Mexico, what's Gulf of Mexico, what you're to and what's happening there and the outlook? Thanks a lot.
Lee Tillman:
Yes, absolutely Paul. Well I think everyone is aware that we are bringing in the new build drill ship into the Gulf of Mexico this year. We expect to spud that in the third quarter that would be our initial inboard paleogene prospect which is the Key Largo prospect. We have got currently a 60% working interest in our operator of that well. So we are quite excited this is the rig that we are sharing 50-50 with another operator. In addition to that, we have the second appraisal well on the outside operated Shenandoah prospect, which is of course also paleogene in nature. And then finally, we are looking or have farmed into the Perseus prospect, as well in Desoto Canyon, and a well there is anticipated in the second half of 2014, and that is a [indiscernible] opportunity.
Paul Sankey - Wolfe Research:
Thank you.
Lee Tillman:
Thanks Paul.
Operator:
Thank you. Our next question is from Evan Calio of Morgan Stanley. You may go ahead.
Evan Calio - Morgan Stanley:
Hey, good morning guys. So just keeping with the organic inventory theme. I know you answered questions on Austin Chalk/Upper Eagle Ford, but also appears location upside from the SCOOP with your results. So I know, maybe it’s a while early, I don't know if you could put any numbers around that potential or -- and just more details on these extended laterals, commodity mix, lateral lengths, IRRs and how that's stacking up competitively within your portfolio?
Lee Tillman:
Yes, absolutely. We are quite encouraged by the early results from our drilling program in the SCOOP. We communicated some 30 day IP rates from two SCOOP XL wells, which were again quite encouraging, good liquids yields, very good IP. But the real question continues to be is what's going to again be the long term EUR performance. And really before we start broadly communicating resource and inventory impacts at a minimum we want to be able to get enough production time to confirm the underlying economics of those wells. You might recall from Howard Weil, we had shared some indicative economics of SCOOP XL condensate wells and they were quite compelling when looked at our broad inventory. And based on the confirmatory results we've seen thus far, and our XL program, we see at least those types of returns and of course, those were done at a relatively modest flat pricing environment as well. So we are quite encouraged, as we've stated, we've got 100,000 net acres in the SCOOP, but we are methodically walking through our program there. We have got about 20 SCOOP wells planned for 2014 and the inventory this year, and so we hope to have a bit more results later in the year.
Evan Calio - Morgan Stanley:
Are you testing different length laterals? I mean the results that you reported were those a one-mile lateral similar to the Continental…
Lee Tillman:
Yes, it varies in the SCOOP; we vary between one mile to two miles, a lot of that will be dictated by geology or by the lease configurations that we are confronted with. Sometimes we're not able to do this full XL length and we'll scale accordingly. So, you may have some XL minuses and some XL pluses in there.
Evan Calio - Morgan Stanley:
Right and then in the commodity mix you mentioned condensate, but is there any more detail through the different windows there, just curious where you are drilling?
Lee Tillman:
Yes well we expect there to be some variability that's -- we wanted to provide those -- some indication of liquids yield and that's why we show that 66% to 70% liquid yields on the two wells that we communicated, and that's the type of economics that would look very attracted to it and compete for capital allocation.
Evan Calio - Morgan Stanley:
And maybe just lastly from me. So, do you think it's through this 20 well program that you'll -- once that's complete, you'll have a better view to express a location number, resource number similar to what you did in December to see what the upside might be from what you disclosed there?
Lee Tillman:
Certainly, we will have more data and I think we will have more data, and really two areas; one is on the resource and performance side, what type curves are we really observing in the wells. Really, to confirm these economics you truly you need about 180 days of clean production to really get the underlying type curve define. But the other pieces is also that you have to bear in mind, is it will also be gaining information on where we can drive capital efficiency on the D&C side as well. So it's really those two elements coming together that will ultimately dictate the resource sides and the number of inventories that we see, but we'll have a lot more data at the end of the year.
Evan Calio - Morgan Stanley:
Great Lee. Thanks for the answers.
Lee Tillman:
Thank you Evan.
Operator:
(Operator Instructions). Our next question is from Guy Baber of Simmons & Company. You may go ahead.
Guy Baber - Simmons & Company :
Good morning everybody. My first question was on the capital spending during 1Q came in lower than we had modeled, lower than the rate implied by the full year guidance. You guys ramped up to the 28 rig program fairly early in the year, and we have been expecting pretty consistent levels of activity this year. So, just curious as to how the 1Q CapEx came in relative to your internal plans. Are you guys tracking below budget, and may be seeing some better than expected cost savings and efficiencies or did you have some weather influence 1Q and is the spending just going to be a little bit -- will just build as we progress through the year?
Lee Tillman:
Yes, great question Guy. Let me take that one head on. We are down on run rate in the first quarter and let me give you the rationale for that. One is we had fewer wells to sales, fewer completion in the Eagle Ford and that was largely driven by the learning curve of three new rigs, the increased density in our pad drilling moving from notionally three to four and also extending the lateral length on our well mix. So, less completions of course, less cost. The bigger element though was the timing and phasing of some of our major project span, and so I'll emphasize that’s a timing factor. We’re not predicting that we will not spend our full capital budget for 2014. Specifically we had some expense well work that ran into 2014, displaced some of the capital work that needed to occur on the Boyla project that will now be a bit later in the year, and that really was the project element, was the main driver. But our expectations of course is that, that is simply a timing element.
Guy Baber - Simmons & Company :
Okay very helpful Lee. And then my follow-up was, I was just hoping you could provide some more information if available, with respect to what you are seeing on the Bakken down spacing initiatives, how the four pilot locations are progressing in your core areas? Any color that you might have there. And then also, could you talk a bit more about the even higher density spacing that you have planned for later in the year? What's the timing on that? When would you expect to be in a position and to maybe communicate some of the comprehensive results from that program and what it might mean to your view of the resource potential there?
Lee Tillman:
Yes, good question. As we mentioned before, we are at the early days of the 320 acre spacing test and we refer to these as high density pilots because essentially we are combining eight wells there, four in the Middle Bakken, four in the Three Forks, one 1,280 DSU. That work is progressing. We continue to see encouraging results. We don't have any new data to share. We had shared a bit of where that -- where those cumulative oil curves were progressing in the Howard Weil and we don't really have a material update on that. We are though progressing into the higher density pilot where we're looking up to 12 wells, for 1,280 spacing units; and those will not really be spudded until the second half of 2014, and will be in both the Myrmidon as well as the Hector areas.
Guy Baber - Simmons & Company :
Okay, great. Thank you.
Lee Tillman:
Thank you very much Guy.
Operator:
Our next question is from Roger Read of Wells Fargo. You may go ahead.
Roger Read - Wells Fargo:
Thanks good morning. Just wanted to come back to the questions on the Eagle Ford regarding the -- as you mentioned, the increased number of rigs, the density and all that and then, you maybe commented on the transcript about needing to rebuild your uncompleted well inventory. Could you just help us understand, may be how that either already has or will affect kind of well completions production growth as we looked over the next couple of quarters?
Lee Tillman:
Yes, absolutely. Good question, Roger. We did mention that there were a few factors impacting our wells to sales in the first quarter in the Eagle Ford. And again just to review those, those were essentially the movement to higher density pad drilling, a bit longer laterals, which again -- that's a great value proposition for us. We're doing that because it's creating more present value on those wells. And then finally, as you say that the learning curve of bringing incremental wells into the fleet. What I will say is that if you look at the total wells to sales in the first quarter which was 49, for the full quarter, to give you some confidence going forward that we have now crossed that bridge and rebuilding inventory for the month of April, we've already brought 26 wells to sell in the Eagle Ford in the month of April. So, we are back fully on track for moving into the second quarter.
Roger Read - Wells Fargo:
And as we look out Q3, Q4, the run-rate of say in April or Q2 overall should be more indicative than Q1, or are we kind of in a -- little bit of a sign curve ups and downs here?
Lee Tillman:
No, I think at this stage, we're looking at -- the second quarter should be much more of an indicative rate for us in terms of wells completions. We'll again have some runtime with the new rigs. The well mix may continue to create some lumpiness as we now have longer laterals. And certainly our density in pad drilling is going to continue to move even from before to higher numbers, which does create some lumpiness, and particularly as you get around the transition quarter-to-quarter depending upon when some of those well pads fall, could impact the number of wells to sales because you're now talking four, five, and six wells that could trip from one quarter to the next.
Roger Read - Wells Fargo:
And then my last question. The OSM, another kind of bumpy quarter here. It's not unusual for that category for anyone. You've been pairing assets that haven’t necessarily met your long-term criteria. Can you walk us through the thoughts on OSM? Given its challenges, given the discounts in general for Canadian crude, how that sort of fits in with everything. Is it something that you want to fix or it might be better off in someone else's hands?
Lee Tillman:
Well, certainly first and foremost we want to fix the OSM's performance. It is a high-quality mining asset. It has suffered from very challenged reliability, which has created an inconsistency in the returns that it does deliver. It is a very large resource base for us. We have about 600 million barrels in reserves associated with our interests in AOSP. In terms of how does it fit in our portfolio, I would say we have no sacred assets. I’m not going to speculate on future strategic divestitures, but we will test all of our assets in terms of their long-term fit and we’ll take it from there.
Operator:
Our next question is from John Herrlin of Societe Generale. You may go ahead.
John Herrlin - Societe Generale:
(Indiscernible) that you're pleased with the Eagle Ford performance being above type curve. How much above type curve are the wells doing? Are you changing your designs at all? Are you putting in more profits or increasing frac density?
Lee Tillman:
Well, our completion designs continue to evolve and improve and as we – again as we talked about at Howard Weil quite extensively, the movement and completion designs have essentially offset any impact that we might have foreseen in the down spacing moving down to 40 acres. So the completion of the design continues to be an iterative process where we continue to improve the value proposition. We look at all elements of completion design; proppant loaded, fluid loading, stage spacing, a number of frac stages, the type stages that we're using and pumping. And here is where we really benefit from the competitive aspects of the service company; really bringing the best and available technology to the completion side. So the designs do continue to move, do continue to improve.
John Herrlin - Societe Generale:
With Key Largo, are you going to go into the well with 60% working interest or are you going to farm it down more?
Lee Tillman:
Well, we'll take just like any of these deep water Paleogene prospects, we’ll look to see if it makes sense to manage risk further. Our view is we want to maintain a materiality and operatorship, but certainly we would not rule out the potential to bring in the correct partner if we saw that as an opportune chance to mitigate risk.
Operator:
Our next question is from Amir Arif from Stifel. You may go ahead.
Amir Arif - Stifel:
First question on the Eagle Ford. The six Austin Chalk wells that you do have, can you just give us a sense of how this 30-day and the type curve so far compares to the lower Eagle Ford wells in the same region.
Lee Tillman:
Yes, absolutely Amir. We've shown this before in previously released data, but when we compare to a lower Eagle Ford, 40-acre type curve, we’re seeing very analogous performance. In some cases, even the Austin Chalk performance is moving ahead of the 40-day Eagle Ford. So there's variability there but we're very encouraged that the Austin Chalk Upper Eagle Ford completions are quite competitive with the Lower Eagle Ford, and more importantly in the co-development scenario, we see those two zones behaving independently and we see no impact or interference -- negative interference from the Austin Chalk Upper Eagle Ford completions.
Amir Arif - Stifel:
And then, so there's no pressure drop that you're seeing on those wells relative to the other existing wells?
Lee Tillman:
Correct. We haven't seen any issue with the co-development scenario cannibalizing the Lower Eagle Ford production.
Amir Arif - Stifel:
Okay. Then the second question is just on the Oklahoma Basin. The 100,000 acres you have over there, is that just the SCOOP and if that's the case, can you also outline how many acres you do have in the stack, and how many acres in the Granite Wash or the Mississippi play?
Lee Tillman:
The 100,000 acres simply refers to our SCOOP position, our net acreage in the SCOOP position. We haven't given out specific acreage, but overall we have about 210,000 total acres in the Oklahoma Resource Basins. But bear in mind that things like the Southern Mississippi Trend and the Cana Woodford are stacked with one another. So there are components of that 210,000 net acres that are in core stacked potential as well as things like the Granite Wash.
Amir Arif - Stifel:
And have you tested the stack still?
Lee Tillman:
We currently -- as we mentioned in our press release, we continue to test other horizons in the Oklahoma resource basin. Specifically we have two operated wells that are producing in the southern Mississippi trend and we have in fact brought online the first of two Granite Wash horizontals. And again Granite Wash is a bit of a redevelopment of a field that was vertically developed. And we do have additional wells in the Southern Mississippi trend schedule to spud in the second quarter of 2014.
Operator:
Thank you. And our next question is from Pavel Molchanov of Raymond James. You may go ahead.
Pavel Molchanov - Raymond James:
First on Kurdistan. As you are getting ready to begin production on Atrush in 2015, is there a clear framework for the off take on that? And on a related point, do have a sense of where crude pricing is going to be relative to benchmarks?
Lee Tillman:
Maybe take the off take question first. Kurdistan, the Atrush development, which is a PACA-operated development, we’re looking to have three wells that will be producing about 30,000 gross barrels per day with first oil in 2015. The original field development plans were predicated really on truckable volumes because that was the export solution of high confidence. As the discussion continues between Erbil and Basra we know that there are Kurdistani barrels in Turkey today. They have not been brought to the open market as of yet. But if there is a resolution there, then clearly the path we would like to pursue would be linking into more of a pipeline export solution. It gives us much more flexibility, ensures flow assurance, and certainly would allow us to ramp up additional phases more readily in that scenario. Realization wise, I think our view would be hopefully driving those towards benchmark pricing with some discount based on the location. It would be a brand index type pricing.
Pavel Molchanov - Raymond James:
Okay. And then just on your exploration program, given the calendar you've laid out in the press release, it looks like Q2 will be or maybe second half of Q2, first half of Q3 is going to be the most kind of high-impact period of 2014 in the program. Is that a fair characterization? Is it just kind of concentrated this way?
Lee Tillman:
Well, absolutely. We would certainly be getting some well results in 2Q that will be very important. We will be in the testing and TD phase of the Jisik-1 well, which is an important operated well. It's a follow-up to our discovery, the Mirawa-1 discovery on the Harir Block. We will also see results from the Sala-1 well in Kenya and the Shimela-1 well in Ethiopia. Most of the other activity will be a bit more back-end loaded in the year. But I certainly don't want to minimize the importance though of that inventory relative to forward performance. So that includes the operated Key Largo, as well as two potential operated wells in Equatorial Guinea from an exploration standpoint. So yes, 2Q is important to us, but certainly the back-end of the year and the wells we'll be spudding then are equally as important.
Operator:
Thank you. (Operator Instructions) And our next question is from Jeffrey Campbell of Tuohy Brothers. You may go ahead.
Jeffrey Campbell - Tuohy Brothers:
The first question I wanted to ask was on the Bakken re-completions that you announced in the press release. I was just curious to know something about the costs and also what were your production expectations prior to the re-completion?
Lee Tillman:
Yes, absolutely. We have progressed our Bakken re-completions program. We've delivered five wells there thus far in the first quarter. That program will continue through the year. We do have initial 24-hour and 30-day IP rates in hand and those are certainly exceeding our original funding expectations. These are though full re-completions. These are not re-fracs. So you are essentially re-completing and re-fracturing the well, bringing it up to current technology levels. These are wells that were originally completed with open-hole single-stage gravel packs or frac packs for the most part. So we're bringing those up to current technology norms. The ranges that we're seeing for these re-completions are between $4 million to $4.5 million. As we get a bit more cumulative production and can confirm the economics, we'll come forward with that and share it a bit more broadly. We're just a bit still in the early days. I would also mention that the initial recompletions have been in what we consider to be the highest quality area of the Myrmidon. We're now extending that into the Hector area as well, and when you look at that 100 well inventory that we quoted at Howard Weil, these are important tests to see just how much of that inventory will be within the economic window.
Jeffrey Campbell - Tuohy Brothers:
Okay And just to make sure that I have a little idea what we’re talking about --you’re talking about maybe going in and taking an open-hole well and maybe doing a cement liner and plug-and-perf, that kind of stuff that we see evolving in the new wells in the Bakken. Is that where we’re getting at?
Lee Tillman:
Yes. But basically, we’re taking lease wells and re-completing them using the best available fracturing technology that we’re applying on our new drill wells, which for us maybe sliding sleeve type completions, whatever we feel is the best completion for that area at the Bakken.
Jeffrey Campbell - Tuohy Brothers:
And sticking with the Bakken, I just wondered if you have any update on your lower Three Forks bench tests, and if not, when might you have something more to share?
Lee Tillman:
We’re still very much in the early days of the Three Forks lower benches. We've had great success of course in the first bench. I believe we reported numbers that we have a little over -- 20% of our production is in fact coming from the Three Forks first bench. We have plans to initially focus in the Myrmidon area, and we've got about six wells currently planned for late 2014, early 2015. Permitting is currently in progress. The data we will get more in the near term is from some of our working interest participation and some OBO pilot projects. And those we talked about quite extensively at Howard Weil. And we’ll take that data, and of course use it as we look at developing our own inventory on the operated side.
Operator:
Thank you. Our last question comes from Ed Westlake of Credit Suisse. You may go ahead.
Ed Westlake - Credit Suisse:
Just a follow-up. In the past, I guess you've given us some sort of instantaneous rates. I know they are not very helpful for us in Eagle Ford, but just to give us a sense of actually seeing it in the numbers. I appreciate all the color you've given on wells to sale, but maybe some color on current production in the Eagle Ford?
Lee Tillman:
What I would tell you Ed, is that we remain on plan in the Eagle Ford to deliver our targets for the year. We're at or above 100 KBED in the Eagle Ford. Again, because of the number of wells to sells in the first quarter, that dampened a bit the production for the first quarter, but we still had good growth quarter-on-quarter, 7% even with that number of wells to sales. And as I mentioned, with the pace that we're on for the remainder of the year, we feel very confident in our Eagle Ford growth rates for 2014.
Ed Westlake - Credit Suisse:
And then this is in my opinion, noise, but it's important for some folks, the 213 [ph] for the U.S. production came in below the guidance that you gave, I guess, in February. I appreciate that's only a month and a half of data. What do you think went wrong to drive the guidance below the bottom-end of the range in U.S.?
Lee Tillman:
Yes, I think we're pretty explicit on that one, Ed, and I appreciate you raising it, which is we did have pretty significant weather impact in North America, not only on our current base production, but we had pretty dramatic impact on our ability to do our D&C activities in the Bakken. And when you look at that in aggregate, it would absolutely have delivered us at the midpoint of the range. So it was a bit of external impacts that were out with the asset team's control that impacted not only production but activity levels as well.
Ed Westlake - Credit Suisse:
So a little bit more contingency in the winter months I guess going forward in hurricane season?
Lee Tillman:
Yes, it's a little bit tough, because even though we’re very accustomed to severe weather in the Bakken, this has been an anomalous winter even by Bakken standards. And our inability really to run the frac crews and even sometimes get to location put a very large challenge on us in the Bakken.
Ed Westlake - Credit Suisse:
And then finally, just on the Austin Chalk/Upper Eagle Ford co-developments, obviously you've put type curves into the Howard Weil presentations, which reflect your geological view of where those wells will go. From the outside, you can get data off the Texas RRC, but that doesn't give day’s downtime. It just shows you what the actual production is from the wells. And we’re observing that the cumes on some of those wells are less than the cumes that you’re seeing on sort of Eagle Ford stuff that's close by. So, maybe just a little bit of color on, I mean is it just – as you are testing that, perhaps these wells aren't up as much as they would normally in a full development mode.
Lee Tillman:
We certainly have not seen anything in the wells that we have brought online that caused us concern relative to the type curve. We have quite a few of these wells now that have pretty extended days on production some of them are approaching 250 days and plus. So we're very confident. We outsourced some of the – the older Austin Chalk/Upper Eagle Ford wells that have cumed quite well. So, our confidence still remains quite high, Ed, in the areas where we've tested the Austin Chalk/Upper Eagle Ford.
Ed Westlake - Credit Suisse:
The fear people have is the decline rate, because some of the earlier Austin Chalk tests in different parts of the Austin Chalk and I get that the shale is more like a shale in your area, but had higher decline, so that's why people look at it.
Lee Tillman:
No, understand and also I think people are also tainted a bit by their view of the more traditional Austin Chalk as well. As we’ve stated, there are some fundamental technical aspects of the Austin Chalk/Upper Eagle Ford in our acreage position that make it pretty unique. One, it’s in direct contact with the Eagle Ford reservoir; two, it's got its own organic content. So it's somewhat self-sourcing. And so coupling that with the well performance that we’ve seen, we’re quite comfortable, again in the areas where we have cumulative production.
Operator:
And we have one final follow up question from Jeffrey Campbell of Tuohy Brothers. You may go ahead.
Jeffrey Campbell - Tuohy Brothers:
Going back to the Austin Chalk. I just wanted to ask you, what was the reason for the rate restriction on the Children Westin well?
Lee Tillman:
On that point, Jeff, we are using our similar choke optimization process that we use across the field that we think balances present value versus ultimate EUR. So we’re very comfortable with our choke optimization process that we have in place and we want to ensure that we don't damage the reservoir for its long-term performance. And again, we feel very comfortable, we've got enough experience with the Lower Eagle Ford and the appropriate way to manage choke that we’re extending that process into these Austin Chalk/Upper Eagle Ford wells.
Jeffrey Campbell - Tuohy Brothers:
I was familiar with your program. I just wanted to make sure that it was a voluntary choking and not maybe – (indiscernible).
Lee Tillman:
No, absolutely. The 16/64 is our typical approach on choke optimization and there's nothing more to read into that.
Jeffrey Campbell - Tuohy Brothers:
Okay. I wanted to ask you one other final question with regard to the Austin Chalk and what I'm really thinking of here is Slide 10 from your Howard Weil presentation, where you showed a selection of acreage and then you had some colored dots that showed the difference to Austin Chalk, vintages and where they were drilling. Can you characterize just on a percentage basis, what you see as the potential -- the percentage of acreage that's potentially perspective for the Austin Chalk and I don't know if you think you've had enough wells yet, but has some percentage of that perspective acreage been delineated by the drilling you've done to-date?
Lee Tillman:
Yeah, I would say, we're still in the very early days. That map that you refer to was illustrating us walking around our acreage position from an appraisal standpoint. The positive is, as we talk about the next set of wells, bear in mind that we've got two Austin Chalk wells that are waiting on completion right now and we have three more pilot groups that have a total of six Austin Chalk wells in them that are currently drilling. And what I will share with you is that that those tests will take us to the North and to the East, which will help us further delineate that acreage position. So I think we’ll have a lot of excellent data to share a bit later in the year as we complete that pilot work. But we're staying with that plan as we described at Howard Weil.
Operator:
Thank you. And that was our last question. I will now turn the call back over to Mr. Chris Phillips for closing remarks.
Chris Phillips:
Thank you, Tiffany. We appreciate the questions and interest in Marathon. If you have additional questions, please don't hesitate to call myself. We hope you have a wonderful day. Operator, thank you. This concludes today's conference call, and you may now disconnect.
Operator:
Thank you very much. Ladies and gentlemen, this concludes today's call. Thank you for participating. You may now disconnect.